MICROAGE INC /DE/
10-K405, 1997-01-31
COMPUTERS & PERIPHERAL EQUIPMENT & SOFTWARE
Previous: MICROAGE INC /DE/, SC 13G, 1997-01-31
Next: SELFIX INC, PRE 14C, 1997-01-31



================================================================================
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM 10-K

(Mark One)
   X     Annual report pursuant  to  Section  13  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities
  ---    Exchange Act of 1934 (Fee Required) For the fiscal  year ended November
         3, 1996 or

         Transition  report  pursuant to Section  13 or  15(d) of the Securities
  ---    Exchange Act of 1934 (No Fee Required)

         For the transition period from ___________to ___________

                                              Commission file number 0-15995

                                 MICROAGE, INC.
             (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

         DELAWARE                                         86-0321346
(State or Other Jurisdiction of             (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
Incorporation or Organization)


                  2400 South MicroAge Way, Tempe, AZ 85282-1896
               (Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)

                                 (602) 804-2000
              (Registrant's Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

           Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
                                      None

           Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
                     Common Stock, $.01 Par Value Per Share
                                (Title of Class)

     Indicate by check mark  whether the  registrant:  (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
1934  during  the  preceding  12 months  (or for such  shorter  period  that the
registrant was required to file such reports),  and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes X   No   
                                             ---    ---

     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of registrant's  knowledge,  in definitive proxy or information  statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. [X]

     The aggregate  market value of the voting stock held by  non-affiliates  of
the registrant was $328,102.550 at January 15, 1997, based on the closing market
price of the Common Stock on such date, as reported by NASDAQ.

     The  number of shares  of the  registrant's  Common  Stock  outstanding  at
January 15, 1997 was 14,772,030.

                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

     Portions of the Proxy Statement for the 1997 Annual Meeting of Stockholders
to be held on April 2, 1997 are incorporated by reference into Part III hereof.
================================================================================
<PAGE>
                                     PART I

ITEM 1.           BUSINESS

BUSINESS OVERVIEW

MicroAge, Inc. (the "Company"), was incorporated in the State of Arizona in 1976
and  reincorporated  in the State of Delaware  in 1987.  The Company is a global
systems  integrator  and  a  full-line  distributor  of  information  technology
products and services.  Information  technology solutions offered by the Company
include  servers,  desktops,  mobile  computing,  mass  storage,   connectivity,
imaging,   peripherals,   software,   and   component   products   from  leading
manufacturers, including COMPAQ Computer Corporation ("COMPAQ"), Hewlett-Packard
Company   ("Hewlett-Packard"),   International   Business  Machines  Corporation
("IBM"),  Toshiba America  Information  Systems,  Inc.,  Apple  Computer,  Inc.,
Digital Equipment  Corporation  ("Digital"),  NEC Technologies,  Inc., Microsoft
Corporation, and Novell, Inc..

Unless the context otherwise  requires,  as used herein,  the term the "Company"
refers to MicroAge,  Inc., its  predecessors,  and  subsidiaries.  The Company's
headquarters is located at 2400 South MicroAge Way, Tempe,  Arizona  85282-1896,
and its telephone number is (602) 804-2000.

This  document may contain  "forward-looking  statements"  within the meaning of
Section 27A of the  Securities  Act of 1933 and  Section  21E of the  Securities
Exchange  Act  of  1934.  Such  forward-looking  statements  involve  risks  and
uncertainties  which could cause actual results or outcomes to differ materially
from those  expressed in such  forward-looking  statements.  See  "Products  and
Vendors"  and  "Competition"  in this  Item  and  "Management's  Discussion  and
Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operation  --  Results  of
Operations" and "Potential Fluctuations in Operating Results" in Part II, Item 7
of this report for a  discussion  of  important  factors  that could  affect the
validity of any such forward-looking statements.

BUSINESS STRATEGY

The Company's  dual  strategic  focus is to pursue profit  expansion and revenue
growth.  The Company's  profit  expansion  strategy  focuses on expense control,
including the  improvement of the Company's  internal  processes and procedures,
effective  asset  management,  and the addition and  expansion of  higher-margin
products  and  services.  Revenue  growth  is driven  primarily  by sales to new
resellers,  the Company's focus on large account sales, increased demand for the
Company's major vendors' products, and the addition of new product lines.

BUSINESS GROUPS

The Company  implements its business  strategy  through four principal  business
groups:  MicroAge  Distribution  Group,  MicroAge  Integration  Group,  MicroAge
Logistics Group, and MicroAge Services Group.  These business groups provide the
framework for managing the Company's  expanding  technology  services portfolio.
Under the  framework of these  business  groups,  the Company  will  continue to
expand and foster the customer-focused  business unit structure,  which delivers
market-driven  products and services to specific customer segments. In addition,
the Company  provides  various  support  services to the four  business  groups,
including financial services, through the MicroAge Headquarters Support Group.
<PAGE>
MicroAge Distribution Group

General.  The MicroAge  Distribution  Group  consists of the Company's  MicroAge
Computer  Centers and MicroAge  Technologies  business units.  The  Distribution
Group provides more than 20,000  technology  hardware and software  products and
value-added  services  (including  product  financing,  technical  support,  and
distribution) to reseller  customers  worldwide.  The customer group consists of
franchised  resellers  and  non-franchised   resellers,   including  value-added
resellers  ("VARs")  (the  "Network").  The Company  provides  distribution  and
support  services to resellers so that the Company and the resellers may realize
operating efficiencies and benefit from economies of scale in product purchasing
and  distribution,  financing,  and working  capital  management.  See "MicroAge
Logistics Group" below for a discussion of certain of the Company's  services to
resellers  and  end-user  customers,   including  distribution  and  integration
services.  See  "MicroAge  Services  Group" and "MicroAge  Headquarters  Support
Group" for a discussion  of other  services  available to  resellers,  including
integration and financial services.

Resellers generally operate  independently,  although  franchisees operate under
the Company's  proprietary marks. The Company generally does not require minimum
purchase levels from its reseller customers. Due in part to "open sourcing" (see
"Products and Vendors - Open Sourcing" below) and the expansion of the Company's
product  offerings  to  include  products  that  have  previously  been  offered
primarily  by  wholesale  distributors  (see  "Products  and  Vendors  - Product
Strategy"  below),  sales tos VARs has been one of the Company's fastest growing
sales  segments.  The loss of any  single  reseller  would  not have a  material
adverse impact on the Company.

Reseller  Purchasing  Terms.  The Company  offers  resellers  several  financing
options,  including the option of purchasing products on open credit terms of up
to 30 days, subject to credit review and approval.  If the Company is successful
in achieving  continued  revenue growth,  this reseller  financing  program will
place increased  demands on the Company's  working capital  requirements to fund
the associated increase in accounts receivable. See "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of  Operations  --  Liquidity  and
Capital  Resources"  in Part  II,  Item 7 of this  report.  See  also  "MicroAge
Headquarters  Support  Group" for a  discussion  of the broad range of financial
services that the Company offers to resellers.

Network Expansion. The Company will continue to pursue Network expansion through
the recruitment of established  computer resellers that can use and benefit from
the  products  and services  offered by the  Company.  In addition,  in order to
establish  or  solidify  its  presence  in  strategic  markets or in response to
competitive  pressures,  the  Company  has  made,  and in the  future  may make,
acquisitions   of  or  investments  in  additional   reseller   locations.   See
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations  --  Liquidity  and  Capital  Resources"  in Part II,  Item 7 of this
report.
                                        2
<PAGE>
MicroAge Integration Group

General.  The MicroAge  Integration  Group  consists of the  Company's  MicroAge
Infosystems  Services ("MIS"),  MicroAge Solutions,  Inc.("MAS"),  and Selective
Outsourcing  Services business units. The Integration Group provides distributed
computing solutions to large corporations,  government agencies, and educational
institutions  worldwide  through the global MIS network of  qualified  resellers
(the "MIS Network"), which includes Company-owned and affiliated branches. As of
November 3, 1996, the Company owned and operated thirteen  resellers through its
MAS business unit.

Large end-user customers are generally  solicited by the Company's large account
sales and service force in collaboration with MIS Network  resellers.  While the
MicroAge  Network of resellers  encompasses  thousands of  affiliated  resellers
worldwide, MIS Network resellers must meet rigorous MIS certifications.  The MIS
Network offers the advantage of the local  presence of the MIS Network  reseller
combined  with the  Company's  financial  and  operational  stability to provide
consistent  pricing and  services to large  end-user  customers.  See  "MicroAge
Services  Group" and "MicroAge  Headquarters  Support Group" for a discussion of
various  services   available  to  MIS  Network  resellers  and  large  end-user
customers,  including  integration  and financial  services.  See also "MicroAge
Logistics  Group  --  Distribution  Services"  below  for a  discussion  of  the
Company's distribution services to resellers and end-user customers.

Selective Outsourcing Services. Selective Outsourcing Services serves as a large
end-user customer's single  point-of-contact  for the planning,  implementation,
and support aspects of a project.

Support  Services.  The MIS Network  provides  expertise and advanced  technical
support  capabilities that can be accessed at the local level.  Nationwide,  the
MIS Network  currently  deploys  hundreds  of  technicians,  systems  engineers,
certified  network  engineers,  and  supplier-specific  certified  engineers for
various  applications.  MIS also coordinates  strategic  service  alliances with
industry  leaders  that  include  DecisionOne   Corporation,   Digital,   Unisys
Corporation, and Comdisco, Inc., to support large-account business. In addition,
MIS offers expertise in Microsoft Windows NT, Lotus Notes,  Cisco, Bay Networks,
and Internet- related services.

Global Services.  "MIS Global"  coordinates global fulfillment for international
clients through local in- country  fulfillment,  regional  distribution  through
"MIS  Europe,"  and  centralized  distribution  through  exports from the United
States. With a global reach that extends to 29 countries, MIS Global also offers
the following services and capabilities:  project planning and analysis; project
management;  supplier  relations  management in export  authorization,  pricing,
warranty,  and  maintenance;   international  configuration  and  transportation
services; and international technical support services.

MicroAge Logistics Group

General.  The  MicroAge  Logistics  Group  consists of several of the  Company's
business units,  including MicroAge Distribution  Services, the MicroAge Quality
Integration Center, MicroAge Service Solutions,  MicroAge Sourcing Services, and
MicroAge Global Support Services.  The Logistics Group provides distribution and
integration  services  to  resellers,   large   organizations,   and  technology
suppliers.
                                        3
<PAGE>
Distribution   Services.   Product   orders  are   fulfilled  and  shipped  from
distribution centers located in Tempe,  Arizona,  Cincinnati,  Ohio, and Sparks,
Nevada for  delivery  in one to three  business  days to a reseller  or end-user
anywhere in the continental  United States. In conjunction with product ordering
and shipment,  the Company  offers  various  services to end-user  customers and
resellers,  including  expedited  delivery,  vendor  direct  shipment,  deferred
shipment, and the following special services:

     Back-order Management.  Network resellers may elect to receive notification
     of the  receipt by the  Company of  products  that were not  available  for
     shipment  within  three days of order  placement,  rather  than  having the
     product  shipped to them  automatically,  thereby  avoiding  costly product
     returns.

     Multi-site Direct Shipment. Product shipments,  including configured system
     orders,  may be  specified  for  delivery  directly  to  multiple  end-user
     customer  locations from the Company's  distribution  centers.  This allows
     resellers to reduce freight  expense,  product handling costs, and delivery
     times to end-user customers.

     Complete  Order  Shipment.  Resellers  and end-user  customers may elect to
     defer  shipment of orders until all products and services  specified in the
     order are fulfilled, thereby eliminating the costs associated with multiple
     shipments and the storage of inventory.

Quality  Integration  Center. The MicroAge Quality  Integration Center is an ISO
9001-certified  facility  that offers  custom  integration  services,  including
systems  set-up;  local  area  network  integration  and  testing;   board-level
enhancement;  disk or tape drive  installation;  device  testing;  and  software
loading,  including complex operating systems.  Each integrated system is tested
and  inspected  before  delivery  to  ensure  that   manufacturer  and  customer
specifications are met. The Quality Integration Center can incorporate unique or
highly complex system testing  requirements  into the integration  process.  The
Quality  Integration  Center also  direct-ships  configured  systems to end-user
customers,  allowing  resellers to service these  customers  more  profitably by
reducing inventory levels,  carrying costs, and freight expense,  and by freeing
up technical staff.

MicroAge Service Solutions.  Through MicroAge Service  Solutions,  the Company's
customers can select a help desk solution that provides  end-users with a single
point of contact for  questions or problems  relating to the use of  shrink-wrap
software,  network operating systems,  communications  software, and proprietary
client  application  software.  For  large  scale  technical  and  non-technical
teleservices,  MicroAge Service Solutions offers customers state-of-the-art call
center  technology to conduct inbound support and outbound  services,  including
new product launches, surveys, and direct mail follow up.

MicroAge Sourcing Services.  Through alliances with industry-leading  suppliers,
the Company provides clients with one-stop  sourcing for information  technology
hardware and software.  MicroAge Sourcing  Services has relationships  with more
than  500  on-demand  suppliers  to  quickly  procure  products  outside  of the
Company's  major  manufacturing  alliances.  The Company  also offers  consigned
storage and redistribution of customer-owned proprietary products.

MicroAge Global Support Services.  "GSS" coordinates an international network of
service  providers who provide total  systems  support for customers  worldwide.
Through  this  network,   GSS  offers   centralized   hardware  call  screening,
diagnostics,  and service  dispatching  for  personal  computers,  workstations,
laptops,
                                        4
<PAGE>
terminals,   options,  and  peripherals.  The  available  services  include  the
following:  on-site or mail-in  depot  repair,  manufacturer  depot  warranty to
on-site warranty upgrades,  out-of -warranty on-site  maintenance,  and time and
materials fulfillment service.

MicroAge Services Group

General.  The  MicroAge  Services  Group  consists  of several of the  Company's
business units, including ECadvantage,  Inc.,  MicroSource,  Inc., MicroAge Data
Services,   MicroAge  Marketing  Services,  MicroAge  Strategic  Alliances,  and
MicroAge Category Management. The MicroAge Services Group surveys customer needs
and establishes the go-to-market  strategies that provide information technology
solutions  ranging from mobile computing and computer  telephony  integration to
multimedia and software licensing.

ECadvantage. Introduced in September 1996, ECadvantage is a series of integrated
tools  that  allow   MicroAge's   resellers  and  large  account   customers  to
electronically configure systems,  retrieve technical  specifications,  generate
quotes, and place orders.  ECadvantage  provides access to MicroAge's  extensive
product  catalog,  including  product and technical  specifications,  as well as
capabilities for order management and checking on order status at any time.

MicroSource.  MicroSource  incorporates  the MicroAge  Internet  Department  and
MicroAge  Multimedia  Department.  The Internet  Department is a focal point for
Internet-related  projects and web-hosting  services.  The Multimedia Department
develops custom multimedia applications for businesses.

MicroAge Data Services. MDS is designed to capture, package, and deliver product
and market information to technology manufacturers,  resellers, consultants, and
end-users. MDS also manages the Company's information systems infrastructure and
provides help desk services to large organizations  through MicroAge Information
Services.  In addition,  MDS provides  resellers and certain end-user  customers
with various technical services,  including telephone hotline support, technical
publications, on-line technical services, training programs, product evaluation,
and on-site consultation.

MicroAge Marketing Services.  Marketing Services develops, sells, and implements
high-quality  marketing  programs that create demand and increase  sales for the
Company and its suppliers,  enhance the MicroAge brand,  and generate profit for
the Company.

MicroAge Strategic  Alliances.  This business unit develops strategic  alliances
with  select  suppliers  with the goal of  identifying  and  executing  mutually
beneficial joint efforts.

MicroAge   Category   Management.   In  an  effort  to   maximize   revenue  and
profitability,  the Company has implemented  product/service category management
principles  and  practices,  managing  categories as strategic  businesses,  and
producing enhanced business results by focusing on integrating sales, marketing,
and purchasing to deliver client value.
                                        5
<PAGE>
MicroAge Headquarters Support Group

Headquarters Support provides numerous services,  including financial (described
below),  administrative,  human resources,  and facilities services. The Company
has  developed  numerous  financial  services  that are  designed to improve the
ability of  qualifying  resellers  to  purchase  products  from the Company in a
cost-effective   manner.   The  Company  also  sponsors  payment  programs  with
commercial  credit companies to facilitate  reseller  purchases of products from
vendors that do not offer their own payment programs;  under these programs, the
Company  receives  payment for product  sales within three to five business days
and pays the  commercial  credit  company  a fee  based on a  percentage  of the
products sold.

The Company also offers a program to its  resellers  whereby the Company  grants
credit and assumes  collection  and  administration  responsibilities  for large
end-user  customers.  The continuing use of this program will provide  increased
revenue and profit  opportunities  for the Company but will continue to increase
working capital requirements as accounts receivable for large end-user customers
increase.  See "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital  Resources" in Part II, Item 7 of
this report.

PRODUCTS AND VENDORS

Product  Strategy.  The  Company  sells a broad  selection  of  products  with a
predominant  focus  on  the  products  of  major  microcomputer  and  peripheral
manufacturers.  Three vendors of the Company each  represented  more than 10% of
total  product  sales for the year ended  November  3, 1996.  They were  COMPAQ,
Hewlett-Packard, and IBM. The following table sets forth the percentage of sales
of these vendors' products for the last three fiscal years:

                                 1994              1995              1996
                                 ----------------------------------------

         COMPAQ                   22%               21%               22%
         Hewlett-Packard          19%               20%               20%
         IBM                      19%               15%               14%

Sales of these three manufacturers'  products  represented  approximately 56% of
the  Company's  revenue  from  product  sales during both fiscal 1996 and fiscal
1995.  The  Company's  agreements  with  these  vendors  generally  are  renewed
periodically and permit termination by the vendor without cause,  generally upon
30 to 90 days' notice,  depending on the vendor. The Company believes that these
provisions  are standard in the computer  reseller  industry.  In addition,  the
Company's  business  is  dependent  upon  price and  related  terms and  product
availability  provided by its key vendors.  Although the Company  considers  its
relationships with COMPAQ, Hewlett-Packard,  and IBM to be good, there can be no
assurance that these  relationships will continue as presently in effect or that
changes by one or more of these key vendors in their volume  discount  schedules
or other marketing programs would not adversely affect the Company.  Termination
or nonrenewal of the Company's agreements with COMPAQ,  Hewlett-Packard,  or IBM
would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business.
                                        6
<PAGE>
The Company continually  evaluates its product assortment based on technological
advances,  the market for  information  technology  products,  and the Network's
requirements  related to technological  capability,  product  availability,  and
marketability. Over the last several years, the Company has expanded its product
offerings in response to market  conditions  and has  established  relationships
with  new  vendors  to   distribute,   service,   and  support  both   high-end,
higher-priced workstation products, as well as complementary computer peripheral
products and software. These products generally carry higher profit margins than
the  Company's  traditional  brand  name  products  and have  historically  been
distributed primarily by wholesale distributors or sold directly to end-users by
manufacturers. Sales of these products generally require the extension of credit
by the Company, resulting in increased working capital requirements.

Product Supply

The computer reseller industry  continues to experience product supply shortages
and customer  order  backlogs due to the inability of certain  manufacturers  to
supply  certain  products.  In  addition,  certain  vendors have  initiated  new
channels of distribution  that increase  competition  for the available  product
supply. The backlog of orders for products distributed by the Company was $401.6
million on November 3, 1996,  compared  to $149.6  million at October 29,  1995.
Such  orders are not  necessarily  firm since  customers  may place  orders with
several  computer  resellers and will accept  products  from the first  computer
reseller to provide  delivery.  There can be no  assurance  that vendors will be
able to maintain an adequate  supply of products to fulfill all of the Company's
customer  orders on a timely  basis.  Although the Company has not  historically
encountered such conditions, the failure to obtain adequate product supplies, if
competitors  were able to obtain them,  could have a material  adverse effect on
the Company's results of operations.

Open Sourcing

In the past,  certain of the Company's  vendors  required  resellers to purchase
their products and services exclusively from one source.  Vendors have generally
removed this  requirement,  resulting in "open sourcing" of their  products.  To
date,  open sourcing has  significantly  contributed  to the rapid growth of the
Company's sales to VARs. However,  competitive pricing pressures  throughout the
industry have intensified;  these  competitive  pressures have been particularly
evident in the Company's distribution business.  During 1996, 61% of total sales
were attributable to the Company's  distribution business and 39% of total sales
were  attributable  to its  systems  integration  business.  While  the  Company
believes that it can effectively  compete for sales of those products  available
under open  sourcing,  there can be no  assurance  that open  sourcing  will not
adversely affect the Company's business.

Vendor Relationships

Because of its quantity purchasing  capabilities,  the Company generally obtains
volume discounts from its vendors,  enabling it to sell products to resellers on
more favorable terms than the typical reseller could obtain on its own from such
vendors. In general, the Company's  agreements have price protection  provisions
to  protect  the  Company  in the event of price  reductions  by its  vendors on
eligible  products  in the  Company's  inventory  and to  permit  the  return of
slow-moving and other products for credit  (generally at cost minus a restocking
fee). Subject to product  availability,  the Company carries inventory at levels
that it believes will enable it to meet the  anticipated  needs of its resellers
and end-user  customers  and, to a lesser  extent,  to take advantage of certain
vendor discounts and promotions.
                                        7
<PAGE>
Several major vendors sponsor payment programs with commercial  credit companies
to facilitate product sales to and through the Network.  Such programs generally
provide  Network  resellers  with  payment  terms  ranging  from 30 to 60  days,
depending on the vendor.  Under these programs,  the Company generally  receives
payment for product sales within three to five business days, thus significantly
reducing the Company's  working capital  requirements and credit  exposure.  See
"MicroAge  Headquarters Support Group" for a discussion of payment programs that
the Company  sponsors with commercial  credit  companies to facilitate  reseller
purchases of products from vendors that do not offer their own payment programs.

COMPETITION

The computer  reseller industry is characterized by intense  competition,  based
primarily  on  product   availability,   price,   speed  of   delivery,   credit
availability,  ability to tailor specific  solutions to customer needs,  quality
and breadth of product  lines,  service and  post-sale  support,  and quality of
customer training. In addition, the Company faces competition in the recruitment
and  retention of resellers for the Network.  The Company and Network  locations
compete for sales with numerous resellers,  including (i) master resellers; (ii)
direct resellers;  (iii) wholesalers  (resellers that do not sell to end-users);
(iv)  vendors  that sell  directly to large  purchasers;  and (v)  parties  that
implement other sales methods, such as direct mail, computer  "superstores," and
mass merchandisers. See "Products and Vendors -- Open Sourcing" for a discussion
of the competitive pressures associated with open sourcing.

EMPLOYEES

As of November 3, 1996, the Company employed approximately 2,892 persons, 569 of
whom  were  employed  at  the  thirteen  Company-owned  reseller  locations.  No
employees are  represented by labor unions.  The Company  considers its employee
relations to be good.

GOVERNMENT REGULATION

The  Company  is  subject  to a  substantial  number  of state  laws  regulating
franchise operations.  In general, these laws impose registration and disclosure
requirements  on franchisors  in the offering and sale of  franchises.  Also, in
certain cases, statutes and court-created  doctrines apply substantive standards
to the relationship between franchisor and franchisee, including restrictions on
the Company's ability to terminate or refuse to renew a franchise agreement. The
Company is also  subject  to  Federal  Trade  Commission  regulations  governing
disclosure requirements in the sale of franchises. The Company believes it is in
substantial  compliance with all such  regulations.  See Note 2 of the Company's
Consolidated  Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 for additional information
regarding the Company's franchising activities.
                                        8
<PAGE>
TRADEMARKS AND SERVICE MARKS

The Company holds various trademarks and service marks, including, among others,
MicroAge,(R)  The  Solution  Store,(R)  The  Solution  Center,(R)  Solutions,(R)
MicroSource,(R)  MicroAge  2000,(R)  The  Franchise  Program  for the  90's  and
Beyond,(R)  and ZDATA.(R) All trademarks and service marks are registered in the
United  States,  and certain  trademarks  and service  marks are  registered  in
various  foreign  countries.  The marks are not  otherwise  registered  with any
states; however, the Company also claims common law rights to the marks based on
adoption and use.  Management  believes that the value of the Company's marks is
increasing  with the  development of its business,  but that the business of the
Company as a whole is not materially dependent on such marks.

SEASONALITY

Although the  Company's  financial  performance  has not  exhibited  significant
seasonality in the past,  the Company and the computer  industry in general tend
to follow a sales  pattern  with peaks  occurring  near the end of the  calendar
year,  due  primarily  to  special  vendor   promotions  and  year-end  business
purchases.

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

The  following  table sets forth  certain  information  regarding  the executive
officers of the Company as of January 15, 1997:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         NAME                       AGE              POSITION

<S>                                 <C>               <C>
     Jeffrey D. McKeever            54                Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
     Alan P. Hald                   50                Vice Chairman of the Board and Secretary; and
                                                      President, MicroAge Enterprises, Inc.
     Robert G. O'Malley             51                President
     James R. Daniel                49                Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and
                                                      Treasurer; and President, Headquarters Support Group
     James G. Manton                49                Senior Vice President - Operations
     Christopher J. Koziol          36                Senior Vice President - Sales and President,
                                                      Distribution Group
     John S. Lewis                  43                President, Integration Group; and President,
                                                      MicroAge Infosystems Services, Inc.
     John H. Andrews                40                President, Logistics Group; and President, MicroAge
                                                      Logistics Services, Inc.
     Jeffrey M. Swanson             42                President, MicroAge Solutions, Inc.
     Raymond L. Storck              36                Vice President - Controller and Assistant Treasurer
     James H. Domaz                 41                Corporate Counsel and Assistant Secretary
</TABLE>
                                        9
<PAGE>
JEFFREY D. MCKEEVER has served as Chief  Executive  Officer since  February 1987
and as Chairman of the Board since October 1991.  Mr.  McKeever  co-founded  the
Company in August 1976 and has served as a director of the Company since October
1976. He also served as President  from June 1995 to January 1996,  from January
1993 to February  1993,  and from  February 1987 to October 1991, as Chairman of
the Board and  Secretary  from October 1976 to February  1987,  and as Treasurer
from October 1976 to February 1983 and from February 1987 to December 1988.

ALAN P. HALD has served as  Vice-Chairman of the Board since October 1991 and as
Secretary  since February 1987. He co-founded the Company in August 1976 and has
served as a director  of the  Company  since  October  1976.  He also  served as
President  from  February  1993 to August 1993 and from October 1976 to February
1987,  Chairman of the Board from  February  1987 to October 1991 and  Treasurer
from February 1983 to February 1987.

ROBERT G.  O'MALLEY has served as President of the Company  since  November 1996
and as President,  MicroAge Data Services,  MCCI, since May 1995. He also served
as Vice  President - Services  Marketing  of the Company  from  January  1996 to
November 1996. Prior to joining the Company,  he held various positions with IBM
Corporation since January 1976,  including  General Manager,  PC Desktop Systems
from  September  1994 to February  1995;  Vice  President  of  Marketing & Brand
Management - Americas from February 1994 to September 1994;  Managing  Director,
Asia Pacific PC Operations  from January 1992 to January 1994;  Vice  President,
National Distribution Division, from August 1990 to December 1991; and Director,
US Finance and Planning, from February 1988 to July 1990.

JAMES R. DANIEL has served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial  Officer
of the Company since January 1993,  and as Treasurer of the Company from January
1993 until December  1994, at which time he assumed the  additional  position of
President,  Headquarters  Support Group.  He reassumed the title of Treasurer in
September 1995. Prior to joining MicroAge,  he served as Chief Financial Officer
and Treasurer of Dell Computer  Corporation from 1991 to 1993. Prior to Dell, he
served as Chief  Financial  Officer and  Treasurer  for SCI  Systems,  Inc.,  an
electronics contract manufacturer,  from 1984 to 1991. Mr. Daniel is a certified
public accountant.

JAMES G. MANTON has served as Senior Vice  President - Operations of the Company
since  November  1996.  He also  served  as Group  Vice  President  -  Technical
Services, MicroAge Logistics Services, Inc. from September 1993 to November 1996
and as Vice President - Technical Services,  MicroAge Logistics  Services,  MCCI
from  January 1993 to  September  1993.  Mr.  Manton  served as  Executive  Vice
President  from January 1987 to February 1989, at which time he left the Company
to start his own companies.  He served as President of Unizone,  Inc., a systems
integrator,  from  March  1989  to  July  1993  and  as  Chairman  of  QualiTime
Strategies,  Inc., a consulting firm engaged in cycle time reduction,  from July
1991 to December 1992.

CHRISTOPHER J. KOZIOL has served as President, Distribution Group since November
1996,  and as Senior Vice  President - Sales of the Company  since May 1996.  He
served as President,  MicroAge Infosystems  Services,  Inc. from October 1995 to
January 1997, as President,  MicroAge Infosystems Services, MCCI, from July 1993
to October 1995, and as Vice President,  Sales,  MCCI, from January 1992 to July
1993.  He joined the Company in September  1985 and served as  Director-Regional
Support from March 1988 to December 1991.
                                       10
<PAGE>
JOHN S. LEWIS has served as President,  Integration  Group of the Company and as
President,  MicroAge  Infosystems  Services,  Inc. since January 1997.  Prior to
joining the Company, he served as Executive Vice President,  Division Manager of
Wells Fargo Bank's  Southwest  Region branch network from April 1996, when Wells
Fargo acquired  First  Interstate  Bancorp,  to November 1996. He also served as
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of First Interstate's  Southwest Region and
as Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of First Interstate Bank of
Arizona from January 1995 to April 1996. Mr. Lewis joined First  Interstate Bank
of Arizona in August 1990 as Executive Vice President and served in a variety of
positions, including Chief Operating Officer for the Southwest Region from April
1994 to December 1995.

JOHN H. ANDREWS has served as  President,  Logistics  Group of the Company since
November 1996 and as President,  MicroAge Logistics  Services,  MCCI, since July
1993. He also served as Vice  President - Logistics of the Company from December
1995 to November 1996;  Vice  President - Operations  from July 1993 to December
1995;  Group Vice  President,  Operations  from January 1993 to July 1993;  Vice
President and Chief  Financial  Officer from June 1990 to January  1993;  and as
Treasurer from June 1991 to January 1993. Mr. Andrews joined the Company in 1984
and served as Principal  Accounting  Officer from December 1988 to June 1990. Mr
Andrews is a certified public accountant.

JEFFREY M.  SWANSON has served as  President,  MicroAge  Solutions,  Inc.  since
December  1994 and served as  General  Manager of MCSB,  Inc.,  a  Company-owned
location in Plymouth,  Minnesota  from October 1991 to November  1994.  Prior to
joining   MicroAge,   he  served  as  Executive   Vice  President  of  AmeriData
Incorporated from 1981 to 1991.

RAYMOND L. STORCK has served as Vice President - Controller of the Company since
July 1993,  and as  Controller  and Assistant  Treasurer  since October 1991. He
joined the Company in 1986 and served in positions in accounting,  reporting and
analysis,  including  Director of Planning and  Analysis  from June 1990 to July
1991.

JAMES H. DOMAZ has served as Corporate  Counsel and  Assistant  Secretary of the
Company since  November 1996, as Legal Counsel from April 1996 to November 1996,
and Associate  Counsel from May 1993 to April 1996. Prior to joining the Company
he served as General Counsel for C&L Distributing, Inc.
from May 1991 to May 1993.

ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES

The  Company's  executive  offices  are  located  in Tempe,  Arizona  and occupy
approximately  232,428  square  feet of  commercial  office  space.  The Company
operates  automated  distribution  and logistics  centers in Tempe,  Arizona and
Cincinnati,  Ohio, which occupy  approximately  300,000 square feet each, and in
Sparks,  Nevada, which occupies  approximately  100,000 square feet. The Company
also  maintains  a  125,000  square  foot  Technical  Services  Center in Tempe,
Arizona, adjacent to a 135,000 square foot Quality Integration Center.

As of November 3, 1996, the Company  operated  thirteen  Company-owned  reseller
locations (one each in Tempe, Arizona; Plymouth,  Minnesota;  Chicago, Illinois;
Westminster,  Colorado;  Burlington,  Massachusetts;  Wilton, Connecticut; Novi,
Michigan; St. Louis, Missouri; New York, New York; Oklahoma City,
                                       11
<PAGE>
Oklahoma;  Tulsa, Oklahoma;  Houston, Texas; and Irving, Texas), which occupy an
aggregate of approximately 146,575 square feet.

All  facilities  are  leased.  The  Company  believes  that its  properties  and
equipment are well-maintained, in good operating condition, and adequate for its
present foreseeable needs.

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

On July 14 through July 19, 1994,  seven class action  complaints  were filed in
the  United  States  District  Court for the  District  of Arizona  against  the
Company,  certain of its officers and directors,  and, in three of the lawsuits,
one of the underwriters of the Company's June 16, 1994 public offering of common
stock.  On December 5, 1994,  the Court  consolidated  the seven  actions into a
single  action.  On February 16, 1995,  plaintiffs  filed and served an amended,
consolidated  complaint  against the Company,  certain officers and directors of
the Company, and three of the underwriters of the Company's June 16, 1994 public
offering of common stock (the "Complaint"). The Complaint purports to be brought
on behalf of a class of  purchasers  of the  Company's  common  stock during the
period April 13, 1994 through July 14, 1994. The Complaint alleges,  among other
things,  that the Company violated federal  securities laws by making misleading
public statements and omitting material facts regarding the Company's operations
and  financial  results,  which  the  plaintiffs  contend  to have  artificially
inflated  the price of the  Company's  common  stock  during the  alleged  class
period. The Complaint seeks unspecified compensatory damages as well as fees and
costs. On April 28, 1995, the Company filed a motion to dismiss the Complaint in
its  entirety.  On March 25,  1996,  the court  dismissed  the  majority  of the
allegations contained in the Complaint. An agreement in principle has since been
reached to settle the  litigation,  subject to reducing the settlement  terms to
writing and obtaining court approval thereof. The Company's  contribution to the
proposed  settlement,  after the  contributions of the Company's  director's and
officer's insurers,  will not be material to the Company's financial position or
results of operations.

ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

No matters were submitted to a vote of the Company's security holders during the
fourth quarter of fiscal 1996.
                                       12
<PAGE>
                                     PART II

ITEM 5.           MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED
                  STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The Company's  common stock is traded in the  over-the-counter  market under the
symbol  MICA and has been  quoted on the Nasdaq  National  Market  since July 1,
1987. The following  table sets forth the quarterly high and low sale prices for
the common  stock as  reported  by the Nasdaq  National  Market for the two most
recent fiscal years:

                                                       RANGE OF SALE PRICES
                                                         HIGH         LOW
                                                         ----         ---

     FISCAL 1995
         First Quarter    . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $12 1/2       $10 3/4
         Second Quarter   . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $11 3/4       $ 8 5/8
         Third Quarter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $14 7/8       $ 9 13/16
         Fourth Quarter   . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $13 1/8       $ 8 1/8

     FISCAL 1996

         First Quarter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $ 9 1/2       $ 7 1/2
         Second Quarter   . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $10 5/8       $ 9
         Third Quarter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $15 3/8       $11
         Fourth Quarter   . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $20           $12 7/16

As of January 15, 1997, there were  approximately  392 stockholders of record of
the  common  stock.  The  Company  believes  that as of  such  date  there  were
approximately 3,906 beneficial holders of the common stock.

The Company has never  declared or paid a cash  dividend on its common stock and
does not presently  intend to do so. Future dividend policy will depend upon the
Company's earnings, capital requirements,  financial condition and other factors
deemed relevant by the Board of Directors.

During fiscal 1996, the Company did not sell any equity securities that were not
registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
                                       13
<PAGE>
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The  following  selected  financial  data for the five fiscal year periods ended
November  3,  1996  are  derived  from  the  Company's   Consolidated  Financial
Statements.  The selected  financial data should be read in conjunction with the
Company's Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes included elsewhere
in this  report.  See also  "Management's  Discussion  and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations."
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Income Statement Data:  (1)
                                                                    Fiscal years ended
                                   --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       Nov. 3,       Oct. 29,       Oct. 30,      Sept. 30,      Sept. 30,
                                        1996         1995 (2)         1994          1993           1992
                                   --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               (in thousands, except per share data)
<S>                                    <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>            <C>       
Revenue                                $3,516,446     $2,941,100     $2,220,816    $1,509,823     $1,016,948

Gross profit                              184,836        152,091        115,747        77,346         56,486

Income before income taxes                 23,131          1,110         26,970        17,493          7,814

Net income                                 13,253            241         16,342        10,500          4,681

Net income per common share            $     0.89     $     0.02     $     1.22    $     1.15     $     0.59

Weighted average common and
    common equivalent shares               14,883         14,338         13,385         9,125          7,921



Balance Sheet Data:

                                      Nov. 3,        Oct. 29,       Oct. 30,      Sept. 30,     Sept. 30,
                                        1996           1995           1994          1993           1992
                                   --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      (in thousands)

Working capital                          $110,568       $107,703       $120,556       $84,315        $44,573

Total assets                              689,505        572,563        510,199       323,409        226,892

Long-term obligations                       3,892          4,079          2,054         1,215          9,324

Stockholders' equity                      186,123        168,453        166,159       108,152         56,866

</TABLE>
- --------------------

(1)  Effective  for the  Company's  1994 fiscal  year,  the Company  changed its
     fiscal year end from September 30 to the Sunday nearest  October 31 in each
     calendar year.

(2)  The fiscal year ended October 29, 1995 included $9,029,000 of restructuring
     and other one-time charges.  See "Managements's  Discussion and Analysis of
     Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
                                       14
<PAGE>
ITEM 7.    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
           CONDITION  AND  RESULTS  OF  OPERATIONS

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth, for the indicated  periods,  data as percentages
of total revenue:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            Fiscal years ended
                                                       --------------------------------------------------------
                                                           Nov. 3,             Oct. 29,            Oct. 30,
                                                            1996                 1995                1994
                                                       ----------------      --------------      --------------
<S>                                                    <C>                   <C>                 <C>       
     Revenue                                                $3,516,446          $2,941,100          $2,220,816

     Cost of sales                                                94.7 %              94.8 %              94.8 %
                                                       ----------------      --------------      --------------
     Gross profit                                                  5.3                 5.2                 5.2

     Operating other expenses
         Operating expenses                                        4.2                 4.3                 3.7
         Restructuring and other one-time charges                   --                 0.3                  --
                                                       ----------------      --------------      --------------
             Total                                                 4.2                 4.6                 3.7
                                                       ----------------      --------------      --------------
     Operating income                                              1.0                 0.6                 1.5

     Other expenses - net                                          0.4                 0.5                 0.3
                                                       ----------------      --------------      --------------
     Income before income taxes                                    0.7                 0.0                 1.2

     Provision for income taxes                                    0.3                 0.0                 0.5
                                                       ----------------      --------------      --------------
     Net income                                                    0.4  %              0.0  %              0.7  %
                                                       ================      ==============      ==============
</TABLE>

Fiscal Year Ended November 3, 1996 Versus Fiscal Year Ended October 29, 1995

Total Revenue.  Total revenue during fiscal 1996 was $3.5 billion,  $2.1 billion
(61%) of which was attributable to the Company's distribution business, and $1.4
billion (39%) of which was  attributable  to the Company's  systems  integration
business.  The Company's distribution business is conducted through the MicroAge
Distribution  Group,  which  provides more than 20,000  technology  hardware and
software products and value-added services to reseller customers worldwide.  The
Company's  systems  integration  business  is  conducted  through  the  MicroAge
Integration  Group,  which  provides  distributed  computing  solutions to large
corporations,   government  agencies,  and  educational  institutions  worldwide
through a global  network of  qualified  resellers,  which  includes  affiliated
branches and thirteen Company-owned resellers. See "Business -- Business Groups"
in Part 1, Item 1 for  additional  information  about the MicroAge  Distribution
Group,  the  MicroAge  Integration  Group,  and the  Company's  other  principal
business groups.
                                       15
<PAGE>
Total revenue increased $575 million, or 20%, for the fiscal year ended November
3, 1996 as compared to the fiscal year ended  October  29,  1995.  This  revenue
increase  included a $422 million,  or 25%,  increase in  distribution  business
revenue and a $214 million,  or 19%,  increase in systems  integration  business
revenue,  partially  offset  by a  decrease  in  revenue  due to the sale of the
Company's  memory  distribution  business  in the fourth  quarter of fiscal year
1995.

The  revenue  increases  were  primarily  due to sales to  resellers  (primarily
non-franchised  resellers)  added since October 29, 1995, the Company's focus on
large account sales,  increased demand for the Company's major vendors' products
and the Company's addition of new product lines.

The fiscal year ended November 3, 1996 included 53 weeks,  while the fiscal year
ended  October  29,  1995  included  52  weeks.  See  Note  3 to  the  Company's
Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8.

During the first three quarters of fiscal 1996, the Company's  primary focus was
on  improving  internal  processes  and  profitability,   rather  than  pursuing
aggressive  revenue growth.  Revenue for this period grew by 14% compared to the
same period of fiscal 1995.  In the fourth  quarter of fiscal 1996,  the Company
began to emphasize revenue growth. Revenue for the fourth quarter of fiscal 1996
was $1.0  billion,  a 35% increase over the fourth  quarter of fiscal 1995.  The
Company intends to continue to pursue revenue growth;  however,  there can be no
assurances that revenue increases will be achieved.  If revenue does continue to
increase, the Company's capital requirements are likely to increase.

Gross Profit Percentage.  The Company's gross profit percentage was 5.3% for the
fiscal year ended  November  3, 1996 and 5.2% for the fiscal year ended  October
29, 1995.

Future  gross  profit  percentages  may be  affected  by market  pressures,  the
introduction  of new Company  programs,  changes in revenue mix,  the  Company's
utilization of early payment discount opportunities,  vendor pricing actions and
other competitive and economic factors. See "Potential Fluctuations in Operating
Results" below for information  regarding industry trends that may affect future
gross profit percentages.

Operating Expense  Percentage.  As a percentage of revenue,  operating  expenses
decreased  to 4.2% for the fiscal year ended  November 3, 1996  compared to 4.3%
for the fiscal year ended October 29, 1995.  Operating  expenses  increased from
$126.4  million for fiscal 1995 to $148.4  million for fiscal 1996. The increase
was primarily due to increased costs as a result of higher volumes.

Restructuring and Other One-Time Charges. The Company's  consolidated  statement
of income for fiscal 1995 includes $9.0 million of pre-tax charges ($5.4 million
net of taxes, or $0.38 per share) for  restructuring and other one-time charges.
See "Fiscal  Year Ended  October 29, 1995 Versus  Fiscal Year Ended  October 30,
1994 -- Restructuring and Other One-Time Charges" below.

Other  Expenses - Net.  Other  expenses - net decreased to $13.3 million for the
fiscal year ended  November 3, 1996 from $15.6 million for the fiscal year ended
October 29, 1995.  The decrease is primarily  attributable  to a decrease in net
financing  costs during the year as a result of the 
                                       16
<PAGE>
Company's focus on inventory  management  during the 1996 fiscal year. Days cost
of sales in ending  inventory  decreased  from 37 days at October 29, 1995 to 33
days at November 3, 1996.

Marketing  Development  Funds.  The Company  receives funds from certain vendors
which are earned through  marketing  programs,  meeting  established  purchasing
objectives or meeting other objectives determined by the vendor. There can be no
assurance  that these  programs will be continued by the vendors.  A substantial
reduction  in the vendor funds  available  to the Company  would have an adverse
effect on the Company's results of operations.

Fiscal Year Ended October 29, 1995 Versus Fiscal Year Ended October 30, 1994

Total Revenue. Total revenue increased $720 million, or 32%, to $2.9 billion for
the fiscal  year ended  October  29,  1995 as  compared to the fiscal year ended
October  30,  1994.  This  revenue  increase  included a $320  million,  or 41%,
increase in sales to large  accounts  and a $341  million,  or 26%,  increase in
sales to resellers.

These revenue  increases  were  primarily due to sales to resellers  added since
October 30, 1994, the Company's focus on large account sales,  increased  demand
for the Company's major vendors' products, the Company's addition of new product
lines and same location sales growth (including sales to large accounts).

The Company  experienced  quarterly  revenue growth rates in excess of 40% (when
compared to the same  quarters of the prior years) during the fiscal years ended
September 30, 1993 and October 30, 1994 as well as for the first two quarters of
fiscal 1995.  Quarter over quarter  revenue growth  decreased to 30% and 20% for
the last two quarters of fiscal 1995.

Gross Profit Percentage.  The Company's gross profit percentage was 5.2% for the
fiscal year ended  October  29,  1995 and for the fiscal year ended  October 30,
1994.

Operating Expense  Percentage.  As a percentage of revenue,  operating  expenses
increased to 4.3% for the fiscal year ended October 29, 1995,  from 3.7% for the
fiscal year ended October 30, 1994. Operating expenses for the year increased by
$43.2  million  over the  prior  year.  If  expenses  had  remained  at the same
percentage of revenue as in the prior year, the expense increase would have been
$27.0  million.  The  remainder of the increase was  primarily due to facilities
expansion  ($3.0  million),  increased  depreciation  as a result of  automation
initiatives  and  facilities  expansion  ($5.8  million),   the  addition  of  a
Company-owned location ($6.0 million) and other personnel additions. Some of the
expense  increases  were made in  anticipation  of revenue  growth at historical
rates.  Revenue  growth slowed in the last two quarters of fiscal year 1995 (see
"Total  Revenue"  above) and a decision was made to reduce expense levels during
the fourth quarter.  This contributed to the restructuring  charges taken during
the fourth quarter.

Restructuring  and Other One-Time  Charges.  During the fourth quarter of fiscal
1995,  the Company  approved and  implemented  actions  targeted at reducing the
Company's future cost structure and improving its  profitability.  These actions
included,  among other things, (i) the sale of the Company's memory distribution
business,  (ii) outsourcing a certain business function and (iii) a reduction in
the number of the Company's employees.  The Company's  consolidated statement of
income for fiscal 1995 includes $9.0 million of pretax charges ($5.4 million net
of tax  benefits,  or $0.38 per  share)  for  restructuring  and other  one-time
charges.
                                       17
<PAGE>
The charges for the memory  distribution  business  sale  included a loss on the
sale of fixed assets and  intangible  assets of $3.4  million.  Also included in
these charges was $1.3 million for asset  liquidations  and write-offs and other
charges  totaling  $0.9  million.  The pretax  loss for the memory  distribution
company in fiscal 1995 was $1.7 million.  Losses  incurred during fiscal 1995 on
the outsourced business function totaled $1.6 million. Most of the costs related
to this business will be eliminated, although some expenses will be incurred for
coordinating  the  relationship  with  the  outsourcing   company.  The  charges
associated  with staff  reductions  consist  primarily of severance  pay for 219
associates.  See Note 16 of the Company's  Consolidated  Financial Statements in
Part II, Item 8 for  additional  information  regarding  the 1995  restructuring
charges.

If the  restructuring and other one-time charges are calculated as though all of
the actions targeted at reducing  expenses and improving  profitability had been
implemented  on the first day of the fourth fiscal  quarter,  the total of these
charges  would have been  $10.8  million  before  tax,  or $0.45 per share.  The
Company  reported  a loss of $0.40 per share for its  fourth  fiscal  quarter of
1995,  including  restructuring and other one-time charges.  Excluding the $10.8
million in charges,  the  Company's  fourth  quarter net income  would have been
$744,000,  or $0.05 per share, up slightly from the $662,000, or $0.05 per share
reported for the third quarter of fiscal 1995, and net income for the year would
have been $6.7 million, or $0.47 per share.

The Company  believes the  restructuring  charges  contributed  to the Company's
improved  financial  performance  in fiscal  1996 by  positively  impacting  the
Company's  earnings and cash flows  through a reduction in expenses and the sale
or  outsourcing  of certain parts of the business that were operating at a loss.
However,  there can be no assurance that the restructuring charges will continue
to positively impact the Company's earnings and cash flows.

Other  Expenses - Net.  Other  expenses - net increased to $15.6 million for the
fiscal year ended  October 29, 1995 from $5.6  million for the fiscal year ended
October 30, 1994. The increase is primarily  attributable  to an increase in net
financing costs during the year.

The  financing  cost  increase   included  higher  expenses  from  the  sale  of
receivables under an agreement with a commercial lender ($7.2 million increase),
higher costs from flooring  subsidies provided to the lenders that floor product
purchases for the  Company's  customers  ($1.1 million  increase) and higher net
interest expense due to higher average  borrowings  during the fiscal year ($1.6
million increase).  The flooring subsidy costs represent amounts paid to finance
companies who provide payment terms to the Company's  customers on sales made by
the Company to such customers.

Effective tax rate.  The Company's  effective tax rate  increased from 39.4% for
the  fiscal  year ended  October  30,  1994 to 78.3% for the  fiscal  year ended
October 29, 1995. This increase is a result of the impact of certain state taxes
not based on income and non-deductible expenses, such as meals and entertainment
and goodwill amortization, on a lower pretax income amount.
                                       18
<PAGE>
Potential Fluctuations in Operating Results

The Company's  operating results may vary  significantly from quarter to quarter
depending  on certain  factors,  including,  but not limited to,  demand for the
Company's  information  technology products and services,  product availability,
competitive  conditions,  and general economic  conditions.  In particular,  the
Company's  operating  results are sensitive to changes in the mix of product and
service revenues,  product margins,  inventory adjustments,  and interest rates.
See "Products and Vendors" and  "Competition"  in Part I, Item 1 for  additional
information regarding certain of these factors. Although the Company attempts to
control its expense  levels,  these levels are based,  in part,  on  anticipated
revenues. Therefore, the Company may not be able to control spending in a timely
manner  to  compensate  for  any  unexpected  revenue  shortfall.  As a  result,
quarterly  period-to-period  comparisons of the Company's  financial results are
not  necessarily  meaningful  and should not be relied upon as an  indication of
future performance.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The Company has  financed  its growth and cash needs to date  primarily  through
working capital financing facilities,  bank credit lines, common stock offerings
and cash generated from  operations.  The primary uses of cash have been to fund
increases in inventory and accounts  receivable  resulting from increased sales.
If the  Company  is  successful  in  achieving  continued  revenue  growth  (see
"Business  Strategy" in Part I, Item 1), its working capital  requirements  will
continue to increase.

During the fiscal year ended  November 3, 1996,  the Company  used $4 million of
cash for a business purchase.  See Note 14 of the Company's Financial Statements
in Part II, Item 8 for information regarding non-cash investing  activities.  In
order to establish  or solidify its presence in strategic  markets or to respond
to competitive  pressures,  the Company may make acquisitions of, or investments
in, reseller locations.  These acquisitions or investments may be made utilizing
cash,  stock or a combination of cash and stock.  See  "Competition"  in Part I,
Item 1 for information regarding competitive pressures.

For the fiscal year ended  November 3, 1996, $36 million of cash was provided by
operating  activities.  Net cash  provided by operating  activities  included an
increase in accounts  payable of $91 million,  income (before  certain  non-cash
charges) of $41 million  and an increase in accrued  liabilities  of $9 million,
partially  offset by an increase in  accounts  receivable  of $78 million and an
increase  in  inventory  of $26  million.  The  number  of days  sales in ending
accounts  receivable  increased  from 22 days at October  29, 1995 to 25 days at
November 3, 1996.  The  receivable  days adjusted for  receivables  sold under a
financing  facility  (see  discussion  below)  were 42 days at  November 3, 1996
compared to 36 days at October 29,  1995.  The increase in  receivable  days was
primarily due to the continued  increases in sales to large  end-user  customers
through  the  MicroAge  Integration  Group.  The number of days cost of sales in
ending  inventory  decreased  from  37 days at  October  29,  1995 to 33 days at
November 3, 1996. The decrease in inventory days was primarily due to a focus on
controlling  inventory  levels;  however,  there  can be no  assurance  that the
inventory  level will remain as low as the 33 days reported at November 3, 1996.
For fiscal  year 1996,  net cash of $28  million  used in  investing  activities
consisted  of $24 million for the  purchase of  property  and  equipment  and $4
million for a business purchase.
                                       19
<PAGE>
The Company  maintains a primary  financing  agreement (the  "Agreement") with a
financing facility of $400 million. The Agreement includes two major components:
an accounts  receivable  facility (the "A/R Facility") and an inventory facility
(the  "Inventory  Facility").  The  Agreement  expires in August 1997,  but will
remain in effect  until 90 days after either  party to the  Agreement  gives the
other party notice of termination.

Under the A/R  Facility,  the  Company  has the right to sell  certain  accounts
receivable  from time to time, on a limited  recourse  basis, up to an aggregate
amount of $250  million  sold at any given time.  At  November 3, 1996,  the net
amount of sold accounts  receivable was $191 million,  and the effective funding
rate was LIBOR plus 2.1%.

The Inventory  Facility  provides for borrowings up to $150 million.  Within the
Inventory  Facility,  the  Company  has a line of  credit  for the  purchase  of
inventory from selected  product  suppliers  ("Inventory Line of Credit") of $50
million  and  a  line  of  credit  for  general  working  capital   requirements
("Supplemental Line of Credit") of $100 million,  provided in the aggregate that
the sum under  the A/R  Facility  and the  Supplemental  Line of Credit  may not
exceed $350 million at any given time. Payments for products purchased under the
Inventory Line of Credit vary depending upon the product supplier, but generally
are due  between 45 and 60 days from the date of the  advance.  No  interest  or
finance charges are payable on the Inventory Line of Credit if payments are made
when due. At November 3, 1996, the Company had $2 million  outstanding under the
Inventory Line of Credit and had no amounts  outstanding  under the Supplemental
Line of Credit.

Of the $400 million of financing  capacity  represented by the  Agreement,  $207
million  was unused as of  November  3,  1996.  Utilization  of the unused  $207
million is dependent upon the Company's collateral  availability at the time the
funds would be needed.

Borrowings under the Agreement are secured by substantially all of the Company's
assets,  and the Agreement  contains certain  restrictive  covenants,  including
working  capital  and  tangible  net worth  requirements,  and ratios of debt to
tangible  net worth and current  assets to current  liabilities.  At November 3,
1996, the Company was in compliance with these covenants.

The Company also maintains trade credit  arrangements with its vendors and other
creditors to finance product purchases.  Several major vendors maintain security
interests in their products sold to the Company.

The unavailability of a significant portion of, or the loss of, the Agreement or
trade credit from vendors would have a material adverse effect on the Company.

Although the Company has no material capital commitments, the Company expects to
make capital expenditures of approximately $20 to $25 million in the next fiscal
year.

Inflation

The Company  believes that inflation has generally not had a material  impact on
its operations or liquidity to date.
                                       20

<PAGE>
ITEM 8.           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.

The  consolidated  Financial  Statements  of the  Company  listed  in the  index
appearing  under Item 14(a)(1) hereof are filed as part of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K and are  hereby  incorporated  by  reference  in this Item 8. See also
"Index to Financial Statements" on page F-1 hereof.

ITEM 9.           CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON
                  ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.

None.

                                    PART III
                                    --------

ITEM 10.          DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

Information   regarding  the  Company's  directors  is  incorporated  herein  by
reference  to  the  information   furnished  under  the  captions  "Election  Of
Directors"  and  "Section  16(a)  Beneficial   Ownership  Reporting   Compliance
Requirements"  in the  Company's  Proxy  Statement  relating  to its 1997 Annual
Meeting of Stockholders (the "1997 Proxy Statement").

Information  regarding  executive officers of the Company is included in Part I,
Item  1  hereof,   furnished  under  the  caption  "Executive  Officers  of  the
Registrant."

ITEM 11.          EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Information regarding executive compensation is incorporated herein by reference
to the information  furnished under the captions  "Executive  Compensation"  and
"Other  Information  Regarding  the  Board  of  Directors"  in  the  1997  Proxy
Statement.

ITEM 12.          SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND
                  MANAGEMENT

Information  regarding  security  ownership  of  certain  beneficial  owners and
management of the Company is incorporated herein by reference to the information
furnished under the captions  "Security  Ownership of Management" and "Principal
Stockholders" in the 1997 Proxy Statement.

ITEM 13.          CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Information   regarding  certain   relationships  and  related  transactions  is
incorporated herein by reference to the information  furnished under the caption
"Certain Relationships and Related Transactions" in the 1997 Proxy Statement.
                                       21
<PAGE>
                                     PART IV

ITEM 14.          EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENTS SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM
                  8-K

(a) The  following  documents  are filed as part of this  Annual  Report on Form
10-K:
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                       <C>
     (1) Consolidated Financial Statements:                                                               Page No.

                  Report of Independent Accountants                                                       F-2

                  Consolidated Balance Sheets at
                  November 3, 1996 and October 29, 1995                                                   F-3

                  Consolidated Statements of Income for
                  the fiscal years ended November 3, 1996,
                  October 29, 1995, and October 30, 1994                                                  F-4

                  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for
                  the fiscal years ended November 3, 1996,
                  October 29, 1995, and October 30, 1994                                                  F-5

                  Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity
                  for the fiscal years ended November 3, 1996,
                  October 29, 1995, and October 30, 1994                                                  F-6

                  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                                              F-7

     (2) Consolidated Financial Statement Schedules:

                  Schedule I - Valuation and Qualifying
                  Accounts and Reserves                                                                   S-1

     All other  schedules  are omitted  because they are not  applicable  or the
     required  information is shown in the consolidated  financial statements or
     notes thereto.

     (3) The Exhibits which are filed with this Report or which are incorporated
         herein by reference are set forth in the Exhibit Index which appears on
         page  E-1  hereof,  which  Exhibit  Index  is  incorporated  herein  by
         reference.                                                                                       E-1
</TABLE>

(b) Reports filed on Form 8-K during the quarter ended November 3, 1996:

     None.

(c)  See Item 14(a)(3) above.

(d) See "Index to Consolidated  Financial  Statements"  included under Item 8 to
this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
                                       22
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES

     Pursuant  to the  requirements  of  Section  13 or 15(d) of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                             MICROAGE, INC.
                                             (Registrant)

                                             By:/s/   Jeffrey D. McKeever
                                                -------------------------------
                                                      Jeffrey D. McKeever
                                                      Chairman of the Board and
                                                      Chief Executive Officer

         Pursuant to the  requirements  of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,
this  report has been  signed  below by the  following  persons on behalf of the
registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         Signature                                   Title                                    Date
<S>                                        <C>                                          <C> 
/s/ Jeffrey D. McKeever                     Director, Chairman of the Board             January 31, 1997
- -----------------------                     and Chief Executive Officer  
Jeffrey D. McKeever                         (Principal Executive Officer)
                                            

/s/ Alan P. Hald                            Director, Vice-Chairman of                  January 31, 1997
- ------------------------                    the Board and Secretary
Alan P. Hald                                

/s/ William H. Mallender                    Director                                    January 31, 1997
- ------------------------
William H. Mallender

/s/ Steven G. Mihaylo                       Director                                    January 31, 1997
- ------------------------
Steven G. Mihaylo

/s/ Fred Israel                             Director                                    January 31, 1997
- --------------------------
Fred Israel

/s/ Lynda M. Applegate                      Director                                    January 31, 1997
- ----------------------
Lynda M. Applegate

/s/ Roy A. Herberger, Jr.                   Director                                    January 31, 1997
- -------------------------
Roy A. Herberger, Jr.

/s/ James R. Daniel                         Senior Vice President, Chief                January 31, 1997
- -------------------------                   Financial Officer and Treasurer 
James R. Daniel                             (Principal Financial Officer)   
                                            

/s/ Raymond L. Storck                       Vice President - Controller                 January 31, 1997
- ---------------------                       and Assistant Treasurer       
Raymond L. Storck                           (Principal Accounting Officer)
</TABLE>
                                       23
<PAGE>
                           ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

                   ITEM 8, ITEM 14(a)(1) AND (2), (c) AND (d)
                            ------------------------

                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                       CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                    EXHIBITS
                            ------------------------

                          YEAR ENDED NOVEMBER 3, 1996

                        MICROAGE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                                 TEMPE, ARIZONA

<PAGE>
                                 MICROAGE, INC.

                          INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


      Report of Independent Accountants                                      F-2

      Consolidated Balance Sheets
           at November 3, 1996 and
           October 29, 1995                                                  F-3

      Consolidated  Statements  of Income for each of the fiscal years
           ended November 3, 1996, October 29, 1995
           and October 30, 1994                                              F-4

      Consolidated  Statements  of Cash  Flows for each of the  fiscal
           years ended November 3, 1996, October 29, 1995
           and October 30, 1994                                              F-5

      Consolidated Statements of Stockholders'  Equity for each of the
           fiscal years ended November 3, 1996, October 29, 1995
           and October 30, 1994                                              F-6

      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                             F-7

      Schedule I - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
           and Reserves                                                      S-1
<PAGE>
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
                       ---------------------------------




To the Board of Directors and 
Stockholders of MicroAge, Inc.

In our  opinion,  the  consolidated  financial  statements  listed  in the index
appearing under Item 14(a) (1) and (2) present fairly, in all material respects,
the financial  position of MicroAge,  Inc. and its  subsidiaries  at November 3,
1996 and October 29, 1995,  and the results of their  operations  and their cash
flows for the fiscal years ended November 3, 1996,  October 29, 1995 and October
30, 1994, in conformity with generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  These
financial  statements are the  responsibility of the Company's  management;  our
responsibility  is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based on
our audits.  We conducted  our audits of these  statements  in  accordance  with
generally accepted auditing standards which require that we plan and perform the
audit to obtain reasonable  assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material  misstatement.  An audit includes  examining,  on a test basis,
evidence  supporting the amounts and  disclosures  in the financial  statements,
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  and evaluating the overall  financial  statement  presentation.  We
believe  that our audits  provide a reasonable  basis for the opinion  expressed
above.



PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP

Phoenix, Arizona
December 11, 1996
                                       F-2
<PAGE>
                                 MICROAGE, INC.
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                        (in thousands, except share data)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     ASSETS

                                                                            November 3,    October 29,
                                                                              1996            1995
                                                                          ------------    ------------
<S>                                                                       <C>             <C>         
Current assets:
    Cash and cash equivalents                                             $     20,496    $     13,700
    Accounts and notes receivable, net                                         253,220         183,286
    Inventory, net                                                             325,213         297,742
    Other                                                                       11,129          13,006
                                                                          ------------    ------------
        Total current assets                                                   610,058         507,734

Property and equipment, net                                                     53,141          45,689
Intangible assets, net                                                          17,499          11,201
Other                                                                            8,807           7,939
                                                                          ------------    ------------

        Total assets                                                      $    689,505    $    572,563
                                                                          ============    ============

                      LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Current liabilities:
    Accounts payable                                                      $    471,318    $    379,897
    Accrued liabilities                                                         22,478          13,968
    Current portion of long-term obligations                                     2,121           2,908
    Other                                                                        3,573           3,258
                                                                          ------------    ------------
        Total current liabilities                                              499,490         400,031

Long-term obligations                                                            3,892           4,079

Stockholders' equity:
    Preferred stock, par value $1.00 per share;                                   --              --
        Shares authorized: 5,000,000
        Issued and outstanding:  none
    Common stock, par value $.01 per share;
        Shares authorized: 40,000,000
        Issued:  November 3, 1996 -- 14,679,640
                 October 29, 1995 -- 14,459,847                                    147             145
    Additional paid-in capital                                                 124,115         122,399
    Retained earnings                                                           62,792          49,539
    Loan to ESOT                                                                  (207)           (768)
    Note receivable - stock purchase agreement                                    --            (2,000)
    Treasury stock, at cost;
        Shares:  November 3, 1996 -- 97,028
                 October 29, 1995 -- 115,443                                      (724)           (862)
                                                                          ------------    ------------
        Total stockholders' equity                                             186,123         168,453
                                                                          ------------    ------------

        Total liabilities and stockholders' equity                        $    689,505    $    572,563
                                                                          ============    ============
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
                                       F-3
<PAGE>
                                 MICROAGE, INC.
                        CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                      (in thousands, except per share data)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  Fiscal years ended
                                               ----------------------------------------------------------
                                                  November 3,          October 29,          October 30,
                                                    1996                  1995                 1994
                                               ----------------     ----------------     ----------------
<S>                                             <C>                 <C>                  <C>             
Revenue                                         $     3,516,446     $      2,941,100     $      2,220,816

Cost of sales                                         3,331,610            2,789,009            2,105,069
                                               ----------------     ----------------     ----------------

Gross profit                                            184,836              152,091              115,747

Operating and other expenses
   Operating expenses                                   148,388              126,400               83,226
   Restructuring and other one-time charges               --                   9,029                --
                                               ----------------     ----------------     ----------------
       Total                                            148,388              135,429               83,226
                                               ----------------     ----------------     ----------------

Operating income                                         36,448               16,662               32,521

Other expenses - net                                     13,317               15,552                5,551
                                               ----------------     ----------------     ----------------

Income before income taxes                               23,131                1,110               26,970

Provision for income taxes                                9,878                  869               10,628
                                               ----------------     ----------------     ----------------

Net income                                      $        13,253     $            241     $         16,342
                                               ================     ================     ================

Net income per common share
   Primary                                      $          0.89     $           0.02     $           1.22
                                               ================     ================     ================
   Fully diluted                                $          0.86     $           0.02     $           1.22
                                               ================     ================     ================

Weighted average common and
   common equivalent shares
   outstanding
       Primary                                           14,883               14,338               13,385
       Fully diluted                                     15,397               14,342               13,385
</TABLE>
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements
                                       F-4
<PAGE>
                                 MICROAGE, INC.
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents
                                 (in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           Fiscal years ended
                                                                    -----------------------------------
                                                                    November 3, October 29,  October 30,
                                                                      1996         1995         1994
                                                                    ---------    ---------    ---------
<S>                                                                 <C>          <C>          <C>      
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income                                                        $  13,253    $     241    $  16,342
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to
     net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
       Depreciation and amortization                                   20,337       15,439        9,280
       Provision for losses on accounts and notes receivable            7,629        5,844        3,193
       Non-cash restructuring and other one-time charges                 --          7,410         --
       Changes in assets and liabilities
         net of business acquisitions:
           Accounts and notes receivable                              (77,563)     (52,790)     (28,404)
           Inventory                                                  (26,307)       9,280     (117,859)
           Other current assets                                         1,877       (4,802)      (7,146)
           Other assets                                                (3,668)      (1,830)       2,007
           Accounts payable                                            91,421       50,950       99,460
           Accrued liabilities                                          8,510        1,833        5,516
           Other liabilities                                              315          396        1,223
                                                                    ---------    ---------    ---------

     Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities               35,804       31,971      (16,388)

Cash flows from investing activities:
  Purchases of property and equipment                                 (23,991)     (22,885)     (17,569)
  Purchases of businesses and investments
       in unconsolidated companies                                     (4,150)      (6,099)      (8,955)

                                                                    ---------    ---------    ---------
     Net cash used in investing activities                            (28,141)     (28,984)     (26,524)

Cash flows from financing activities:
  Amounts received from ESOT                                              561          640          595
  Proceeds from issuance of stock, net of issuance costs                1,856        1,037       40,305
  Principal payments on long-term obligations                          (3,284)      (2,038)      (1,418)
                                                                    ---------    ---------    ---------

     Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities                 (867)        (361)      39,482
                                                                    ---------    ---------    ---------

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents                    6,796        2,626       (3,430)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period                       13,700       11,074       14,504
                                                                    ---------    ---------    ---------

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period                          $  20,496    $  13,700    $  11,074
                                                                    =========    =========    =========
        Supplemental disclosure to cash flows - See Note 14
</TABLE>
          The  accompanying  notes  are an  integral  part  of  these  financial
statements.
                                       F-5
<PAGE>
                                  MICROAGE, INC
                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                        (in thousands, except share data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                For the fiscal years ended November 3, 1996, October 29, 1995 and October 30, 1994
                                               -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  Additional                     Note-stock               Total
                                              Preferred   Common   paid-in   Retained  Loan to    purchase   Treasury  stockholders'
                                                stock     stock    capital   earnings    ESOT     agreement    stock      equity 
                                               --------  --------  --------  --------  --------  ----------  ---------   --------
<S>                                            <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>     
BALANCE at October 31, 1993                    $   --    $     80  $ 78,558  $ 32,995  $ (2,005)  $    --    $  (1,344)  $108,284
    Issuance of 2,000,000 shares of common
      stock, net of issuance costs                 --          20    39,482      --        --          --         --       39,502
    Three for two stock split                      --          39      --         (39)     --          --         --         --
    Options for 153,365
      common shares exercised                      --           3       800      --        --          --         --          803
    Issuance of 72,728 shares of common stock
      for convertible subordinated debentures      --           1     1,999      --        --        (2,000)      --         --
    Contribution of 26,266 treasury shares to
      employee benefit plan                        --        --         200      --        --          --          221        421
    Tax benefit from employees'
      stock option plans                           --        --         210      --        --          --         --          210
    Loan payments from ESOT                        --        --        --        --         597        --         --          597
    Net income                                     --        --        --      16,342      --          --         --       16,342
                                               --------  --------  --------  --------  --------  ----------  ---------   --------

BALANCE at October 30, 1994                        --         143   121,249    49,298    (1,408)     (2,000)    (1,123)   166,159
    Options for 192,147
      common shares exercised                      --           2     1,035      --        --          --         --        1,037
    Contribution of 34,991 treasury shares to
      employee benefit plan                        --        --         115      --        --          --          261        376
    Loan payments from ESOT                        --        --        --        --         640        --         --          640
    Net income                                     --        --        --         241      --          --         --          241
                                               --------  --------  --------  --------  --------  ----------  ---------   --------

BALANCE at October 29, 1995                        --         145   122,399    49,539      (768)     (2,000)      (862)   168,453
    Options for 108,861
      common shares exercised                      --           1       934      --        --          --         --          935
    Contribution of 18,415 treasury shares to
      employee benefit plan                        --        --           5      --        --          --          138        143
    Issuance of 110,932 shares under the
      employee stock purchase plan                 --           1       777      --        --          --         --          778
    Cancellation of convertible subordinated
      debentures due to acquisition                --        --        --        --        --         2,000       --        2,000
    Loan payments from ESOT                        --        --        --        --         561        --         --          561
    Net income                                     --        --        --      13,253      --          --         --       13,253
                                               --------  --------  --------  --------  --------  ----------  ---------   --------

BALANCE at November 3, 1996                    $   --    $    147  $124,115  $ 62,792  $   (207) $     --    $    (724)  $186,123
                                               ========  ========  ========  ========  ========  ==========  =========   ========
</TABLE>
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
                                       F-6
<PAGE>
                                 MICROAGE, INC.

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 - BUSINESS
- -----------------

MicroAge,  Inc.  ("MicroAge")  is a global  systems  integrator  and a full-line
distributor  of  information  technology  products  and  services.   Information
technology  solutions offered by the Company include servers,  desktops,  mobile
computing,  mass storage,  connectivity,  imaging,  peripherals,  software,  and
component  products.  Unless the context otherwise  requires,  references to the
"Company"  include  MicroAge,  Inc.  and its  consolidated  subsidiaries,  which
include thirteen Company-owned resellers.

NOTE 2 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
- ---------------------------------------------------

Principles of consolidation
- ---------------------------

The  consolidated  financial  statements of the Company  include the accounts of
companies more than 50% owned.  Investments  in affiliates  owned 20% to 50% are
accounted  for by the equity  method.  All  material  intercompany  accounts and
transactions have been eliminated.

Disclosures about fair value of financial instruments
- -----------------------------------------------------

Financial instruments that are subject to fair value disclosure requirements are
carried in the  consolidated  financial  statements at amounts that  approximate
fair value.

Cash equivalents
- ----------------

All highly liquid debt instruments  purchased with an original maturity of three
months or less are considered to be cash  equivalents.  The Company did not have
any cash equivalents at November 3, 1996 or October 29, 1995.

Cash overdrafts
- ---------------

Under the Company's cash management  system,  checks issued but not presented to
banks  frequently  result in overdraft  balances for accounting  purposes.  Such
amounts, aggregating $65.0 and $38.5 million at November 3, 1996 and October 29,
1995,  respectively,  are  included  as a component  of accounts  payable in the
accompanying balance sheets.

Accounts and notes receivable
- -----------------------------

Accounts  and notes  receivable  are  comprised  of amounts  due from  financing
companies,  end-users,  and  resellers  and are net of an allowance for doubtful
accounts of $7,254,000 and $12,255,000 at November 3, 1996 and October 29, 1995,
respectively.
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
Inventory
- ---------

Inventory consisting of resale merchandise is stated at lower of cost (first-in,
first-out method) or market. International Business Machines Corporation ("IBM")
products totaling  $43,231,000 and $54,083,000 included in inventory at November
3, 1996 and October 29, 1995, respectively,  are subject to a reservation of the
title  in IBM for the  purpose  of  assuring  that  such  products  are sold and
delivered only to IBM-authorized  personal  computer  dealers;  such reservation
does not prohibit the Company from granting security interests to other parties.

During  the  fiscal  year  ended  November  3,  1996,  sales of COMPAQ  Computer
Corporation,   Hewlett-Packard   Company   and  IBM   products   accounted   for
approximately  22%, 20% and 14%,  respectively,  of the  Company's  revenue from
sales  of  merchandise.  The  sales  of no other  individual  vendor's  products
accounted  for more  than 10% of such  revenue  during  the  fiscal  year  ended
November 3, 1996.

Property and equipment
- ----------------------

Property  and  equipment  are  recorded  at  cost  and  are  depreciated  on the
straight-line method over their estimated useful lives.  Equipment under capital
lease is  recorded at the lower of fair  market  value or the  present  value of
future lease  payments and is  amortized  on the  straight-line  method over the
estimated useful life or the term of the lease, whichever is less.

The  following  reflects  the  estimated  lives  by  category  of  property  and
equipment:

         Furniture, fixtures, equipment and software    3 to 7 years  
         Equipment under capital lease                  4 to 5 years 
         Leasehold improvements                         3 to 5 years

Expenditures  for  maintenance and repairs are charged to operations in the year
in which the expense is incurred.

Intangible assets
- -----------------

Intangible  assets are amortized over their economic lives ranging from three to
fifteen years using the straight-line  method. The Company  periodically reviews
goodwill  to assess  recoverability,  and  impairments  would be  recognized  in
operating results if a permanent reduction in value were to occur. The excess of
cost over the fair value of net  identifiable  assets  acquired is classified as
goodwill  and is included in  intangible  assets.  Intangible  assets are net of
$5,343,000 and $4,573,000 of  accumulated  amortization  at November 3, 1996 and
October 29, 1995, respectively.

Revenue recognition
- -------------------

Revenue  from  product  sales is  recognized  at the time of  shipment.  Revenue
associated  with  service  contracts is  initially  recorded as deferred  income
(included in other  liabilities) and amortized on the straight-line  method over
the service period of the contract.

Marketing development funds
- ---------------------------

In general,  vendors provide the Company with various  incentive  programs.  The
funds  received  under these  programs  are  determined  based on the  Company's
purchases  and/or  sales of the  vendor's  product.  The funds are earned by the
performance of specific  marketing  programs or upon completion of predetermined
objectives  dictated by the vendor.  Once earned,  the funds are applied against
product cost or operating expenses.
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
Income taxes
- ------------

In addition to charging  income for taxes paid or  payable,  the  provision  for
income taxes reflects  deferred income taxes resulting from changes in temporary
differences  between the tax bases of assets and  liabilities and their reported
amounts in the accompanying financial statements.

Income per common share
- -----------------------

Income per common and common  equivalent  share is computed  using the  weighted
average  number of common and  dilutive  common  equivalent  shares  outstanding
during the period.  Dilutive common  equivalent  shares consist of stock options
and warrants  using the treasury stock method.  The weighted  average common and
common equivalent shares consist of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            Fiscal years ended
                                              ---------------- -------------  --------------
                                                 November 3,    October 29,     October 30,
                                                    1996            1995           1994
                                              ---------------- -------------  --------------
                                                               (in thousands)
<S>                                           <C>              <C>            <C>   
Primary
   Weighted average common shares                      14,409        14,133          12,755
   Stock options and warrants                             474           205             630
                                              ---------------- -------------  --------------

   Weighted average common and common
     equivalent shares outstanding                     14,883        14,338          13,385
                                              ================ =============  ==============

Fully diluted
   Weighted average shares from primary
      calculation                                      14,883        14,338          13,385
   Additional stock options and warrants                  514             4               -
                                              ---------------- -------------  --------------

   Weighted average common and common
     equivalent shares outstanding                     15,397        14,342          13,385
                                              ================ =============  ==============
</TABLE>

The additional stock options and warrants in the fully diluted calculation are a
result of using the market price of the Company's stock at the end of the period
under the treasury stock method.


Franchising Activities
- ----------------------

MicroAge  distributes its products and services  through a network of franchised
and  affiliated  resellers  and  Company-owned  locations.  In fiscal 1996,  193
franchised  resellers were added and 203 were  eliminated due to transferring to
an affiliate agreement, closing or terminating their agreement, resulting in 779
franchised  reseller  locations at November 3, 1996. There were 13 Company-owned
locations at November 3, 1996.  In fiscal 1996,  total revenue and total cost of
sales  from   Company-owned   locations  were   $403,852,000  and  $360,426,000,
respectively.
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
Postemployment Benefits
- -----------------------

During 1994, the Company adopted Financial  Accounting Standards Board Statement
No. 112 ("SFAS 112"),  "Employers Accounting for Postretirement  Benefits." SFAS
112  established  standards  of  financial  accounting  and  reporting  for  the
estimated  cost of  benefits  provided  by an  employer  to  current  and former
employees  pursuant to the terms of an  employer's  agreement  to provide  those
benefits.  The adoption of this statement did not have a material  impact on the
Company's operating results.

Reclassifications
- -----------------

Certain prior year amounts have been  reclassified  to conform with current year
financial statement presentation.

Use of Estimates
- ----------------

Management  of the  Company  has  made a number  of  estimates  and  assumptions
relating to the reporting of assets and  liabilities to prepare these  financial
statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting  principles.  Actual
results could differ from those estimates.

NOTE 3 - FISCAL YEAR
- --------------------

The Company's fiscal year ends on the Sunday nearest October 31 in each calendar
year. The fiscal year ended November 3, 1996 included 53 weeks. The fiscal years
ended October 29, 1995 and October 30, 1994 included 52 weeks.

NOTE 4 - PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
- -------------------------------

Property and equipment consist of the following:     November 3,    October 29,
                                                        1996           1995
                                                   -------------   -------------
                                                          (in thousands)
Equipment, furniture, fixtures and software              $82,528         $62,376
Equipment under capital lease                             14,179          11,876
Leasehold improvements                                    14,071          12,581
Land                                                       1,839             164
                                                   -------------   -------------
                                                         112,617          86,997
Less:  accumulated depreciation and
amortization                                              59,476          41,308
                                                   -------------   -------------
                                                         $53,141         $45,689
                                                   =============   =============
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
NOTE 5 - LEASES
- ---------------

The following is a schedule by year of future  minimum lease  obligations  under
noncancelable  leases together with the present value of the net minimum capital
lease obligations as of November 3, 1996:

                                                     Operating        Capital
                                                      leases          leases
                                                   -------------   -------------
Fiscal year ending in:                                   (in thousands)
1997                                                     $6,172          $2,557
1998                                                      5,782           1,960
1999                                                      5,383           1,394
2000                                                      4,341             550
2001                                                      3,520             410
Thereafter                                               10,737              68
                                                   -------------   -------------
Total minimum lease obligations                         $35,935           6,939
                                                   =============
Less: amount representing interest                                          926
                                                                   -------------
Present value of minimum lease obligations                               $6,013
                                                                   =============

None of the leases contain significant restrictive provisions;  however, some of
the leases contain  renewal options and provisions for payment by the Company of
real estate taxes,  insurance and maintenance  costs. Total rent expense was (in
thousands):

Fiscal year ended:
October 30, 1994                        $ 6,017
October 29, 1995                          7,830
November 3, 1996                         10,175

NOTE 6 - FINANCING ARRANGEMENTS
- -------------------------------

The Company  maintains a primary  financing  agreement (the  "Agreement") with a
financing facility of $400 million. The Agreement includes two major components:
an accounts  receivable  facility (the "A/R Facility") and an inventory facility
(the  "Inventory  Facility").  The  Agreement  expires in August 1997,  but will
remain in effect  until 90 days after either  party to the  Agreement  gives the
other party notice of termination.

Under the A/R  Facility,  the  Company  has the right to sell  certain  accounts
receivable  from time to time, on a limited  recourse  basis, up to an aggregate
amount of $250  million  sold at any given time.  At  November 3, 1996,  the net
amount of sold accounts  receivable was $191 million,  and the effective funding
rate was LIBOR plus 2.1%

The Inventory  Facility  provides for borrowings up to $150 million.  Within the
Inventory  Facility,  the  Company  has a line of  credit  for the  purchase  of
inventory from selected  product  suppliers  ("Inventory Line of Credit") of $50
million  and  a  line  of  credit  for  general  working  capital   requirements
("Supplemental Line of Credit") of $100 million,  provided in the aggregate that
the sums  under the A/R  Facility  and the  Supplemental  Line of Credit may not
exceed $350 million at any given time. Payments for products purchased under the
Inventory Line of Credit vary depending upon the product supplier, but generally
are due  between 45 and 60 days from the date of the  advance.  No  interest  or
finance charges are payable on the Inventory Line of Credit if payments are made
when due. At November 3, 1996, the Company had $2 million  outstanding under the
Inventory  Line of Credit  (included  in  accounts  payable in the  accompanying
Balance  Sheet),  and no  amounts  outstanding  under the  Supplemental  Line of
Credit.
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
Borrowings under the Agreement are secured by substantially all of the Company's
assets,  and the Agreement  contains certain  restrictive  covenants,  including
working  capital  and  tangible  net worth  requirements,  and ratios of debt to
tangible  net worth and current  assets to current  liabilities.  At November 3,
1996, the Company was in compliance with these covenants.

The Company also maintains trade credit  arrangements with its vendors and other
creditors to finance product purchases.  Several major vendors maintain security
interests in their products sold to the Company.

NOTE 7 - LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS
- ------------------------------

Long-term obligations consist of the following:
                                                   November 3,   October 29,
                                                      1996          1995
                                                  ------------  -------------
                                                          (in thousands)
Capital lease obligations                              $6,013         $5,987
Note payable resulting from business purchase              --          1,000
                                                  ------------  -------------
                                                        6,013          6,987
Less: current portion                                   2,121          2,908
                                                  ------------  -------------
                                                       $3,892         $4,079
                                                  ============  =============

Following are the annual maturities of long-term obligations (in thousands):

Fiscal year ending in:
1997                                                    $2,121
1998                                                     1,691
1999                                                     1,257
2000                                                       491
2001                                                       386
Thereafter                                                  67
                                                   ------------
                                                        $6,013
                                                   ============

NOTE 8 - STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
- -----------------------------

Stock Split
- -----------

On December 8, 1993, the Company's  Board of Directors  declared a 3-for-2 stock
split effected in the form of a common stock dividend.  The dividend was paid on
January 13, 1994, to  stockholders of record on December 20, 1993, in the amount
of 0.5  shares of  common  stock for each  share of  common  stock  held by such
stockholders.  All data in the  accompanying  financial  statements  and related
notes have been restated to give effect to the stock split  effected in the form
of a common stock dividend.

Public offering
- ---------------

On June 16, 1994, the Company completed a public offering of 2,000,000 shares of
common  stock.  The  proceeds  from  the  sale,  net  of  issuance  costs,  were
approximately $39,502,000.

Increase in Authorized Common Shares
- ------------------------------------

In March 1994, the Company's  stockholders approved an increase in the number of
authorized  common shares,  par value $.01 per share,  from 20,000,000 shares to
40,000,000 shares.
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
Employee stock option and award plans
- -------------------------------------

During  fiscal 1994,  the Board of  Directors  and  stockholders  of the Company
approved  the  adoption  of the  MicroAge  Inc.  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan (the
"Incentive  Plan") for  officers and other key  employees  of the  Company.  The
Incentive   Plan   authorizes   grants  of  Incentive   Stock  Options   (ISOs),
Non-Qualified  Stock Options (NQSOs),  Stock  Appreciation  Rights,  Performance
Shares,  Restricted  Stock,  Dividend  Equivalents  and other Common Stock based
awards.  The total number of shares of common stock  available  for awards under
the Incentive Plan is 1,800,000.

The  Company  has  issued  NQSOs  and ISOs  under the  Incentive  Plan at prices
representing  the fair market value of the Company's common stock on the date of
the  grant.  The NQSOs and ISOs are  granted  for terms of five years and become
exercisable  on a  pro-rata  basis  on  each  anniversary  of the  grant  over a
five-year period as long as the holder remains an employee of the Company. NQSOs
under the Incentive Plan were also granted in fiscal 1994 to selected  employees
in exchange for the employees'  irrevocable  waiver of a specific amount of base
salary or bonus otherwise  payable by the Company during a specific period.  The
options  will vest in one-third  increments  beginning on the January 1 which is
three  years  following  the  January  1 of  the  calendar  year  in  which  the
participant elects to waive  compensation.  No other awards have been made under
the Incentive Plan.

In addition to the Incentive Plan,  stock options are available under four plans
for  grant  to  certain   officers  and  employees  of  the  Company  at  prices
representing  the fair market value of the Company's common stock on the date of
the grant.  Options  under  these  plans are granted for terms of five years and
become  exercisable  on a pro-rata basis on each  anniversary  date of the grant
over a  five-year  period  as long as the  holder  remains  an  employee  of the
Company.

Changes  during  fiscal  1994,  1995 and 1996 in options  outstanding  under the
employee stock option plans (including the Incentive Plan) were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                  Price Range
                                                  Number           ---------------------------------------
                                                of Options               From                   To
                                             -----------------     -----------------     -----------------

<S>                                          <C>                           <C>                   <C>   
Outstanding at October 31, 1993                       949,455               $4.00                $14.59
   Granted                                            919,547              $21.00                $31.75
   Exercised                                         (74,185)               $4.00                 $7.92
   Canceled or expired                               (18,595)               $4.42                $31.75
                                             -----------------
Outstanding at October 30, 1994                     1,776,222               $4.42                $31.75

   Granted                                            162,750               $9.25                $11.13
   Exercised                                        (120,900)               $4.42                $10.42
   Canceled or expired                               (46,174)               $5.33                $24.83
                                             -----------------
Outstanding at October 29, 1995                     1,771,898               $4.42                $31.75

   Granted                                            339,000               $8.75                $14.13
   Exercised                                         (97,125)               $5.33                $10.88
   Canceled or expired                              (157,630)               $5.33                $31.75
                                             -----------------
Outstanding at November 3, 1996                     1,856,143               $4.42                $31.75
                                             =================

Exercisable at November 3, 1996                       512,225               $4.42                $31.75
                                             =================
</TABLE>
                                      F-13
<PAGE>
Director stock plans
- --------------------

During  fiscal 1989,  the Board of Directors and  stockholders  approved a stock
option plan for those Directors who are not officers or employees of the Company
or its subsidiaries (the "Directors' Plan").  Under the Directors' Plan, options
to purchase 1,000 shares of common stock were automatically granted, immediately
following each annual meeting of stockholders, to eligible Directors. The option
price is the fair market value of the Company's  common stock on the date of the
grant.  Options granted pursuant to this plan are exercisable,  in full,  during
the period  between three months from the date of grant and three years from the
date of grant, and terminate on the earlier of the expiration date or six months
after the date that an  optionee  ceases to be a Director of the Company for any
reason other than death or permanent disability.  As of November 3, 1996, 27,000
options had been granted under this plan at prices  ranging from $8.42 to $31.88
per share. There were 7,500 options  exercisable as of November 3, 1996. Options
to  eligible  Directors  may no longer be  granted  under the  Directors'  Plan.
Instead,  eligible  Directors  are granted  options under the 1995 Director Plan
(see below).

In March 1995,  the Board of Directors  and  stockholders  approved an incentive
plan for those Directors who are not officers or employees of the Company or its
subsidiaries  (the "1995  Director  Plan").  Under the 1995  Director  Plan,  on
November 1 of each year,  commencing  in 1995 and ending in 2004,  each eligible
Director will  automatically be granted (i) 1,000 shares of the Company's common
stock subject to certain  restrictions and (ii) options to purchase 1,000 shares
of the Company's common stock. The options vest over three years and are subject
to certain  stock price hurdles after each vesting date. As of November 3, 1996,
16,000  options had been granted under this plan at prices ranging from $8.38 to
$19.38 per share. There were 6,000 options exercisable as of November 3, 1996.

The  aggregate  number of shares of the  Company's  common stock  available  for
awards under the 1995 Director Plan is 80,000.

Restricted stock plan
- ---------------------

In accordance with the provisions of a restricted  stock plan approved in fiscal
1982,  45,000 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance.  At November 3,
1996, 39,938 shares had been awarded under the plan, and 5,062 additional shares
may be awarded under the plan.

Preferred stock purchase rights
- -------------------------------

In February 1989, as amended in November 1994, the Company's  Board of Directors
adopted a  Stockholder  Rights  Agreement  (the  "Rights  Plan") and  declared a
dividend  distribution of one Right for each share of the Company's common stock
outstanding  as of the close of  business  on March 7, 1989 and intends to issue
one Right for each share of common  stock issued  between  March 7, 1989 and the
date of the  distribution  of the Rights.  As amended,  the Rights Plan provides
that when  exercisable,  each Right will entitle its holder to purchase from the
Company  one  one-hundredth  (.01) of a share of  Series C Junior  Participating
Preferred stock at a price of $19.90. The Company has reserved 500,000 preferred
shares for issuance  upon exercise of the Rights.  Generally,  the Rights become
exercisable  on the  earlier  of the date a person  or  group of  affiliated  or
associated  persons  acquires  or  obtains  the  rights  to  acquire  securities
representing fifteen percent (15%) or more of the common stock of the Company or
on the tenth day following the  commencement of a tender or exchange offer which
would result in the offeror beneficially owning fifteen percent (15%) or more of
the  Company's  common stock  without the prior  consent of the Company.  In the
event that an unauthorized person or group of
                                      F-14
<PAGE>
affiliated persons becomes the beneficial owner of fifteen percent (15%) or more
of the common stock of the Company,  proper provision shall be made so that each
holder of a Right will have the right to receive,  upon exercise thereof and the
payment of the  exercise  price,  that number of shares of common stock having a
market  value of two times the  exercise  price of the Right.  The  Rights  will
expire on February 23, 1999,  unless redeemed earlier by the Company pursuant to
authorization by the Board of Directors.

Generally,  in the  event  that the  Company  is  involved  in a merger or other
business combination transaction after the Rights become exercisable,  provision
shall be made so that each  holder of a Right  shall have the right to  receive,
upon the exercise thereof and the payment of the exercise price,  that number of
shares  of  common  stock  of the  acquiring  company  which at the time of such
transaction  would have a market  value of two times the  exercise  price of the
Right.

Associate Stock Purchase Plan
- -----------------------------

In March 1995,  the Board of Directors  and  stockholders  approved an associate
stock purchase plan (the "Associate  Plan"). The Associate Plan provides a means
for the Company's  employees to authorize payroll  deductions up to 10% of their
earnings to be used for the periodic  purchase of the  Company's  common  stock.
Under the Associate Plan, the Company will initially sell shares to participants
at a price  equal to the  lesser of 85% of the fair  market  value of the common
stock at the  beginning  of a six month  subscription  period or 85% of the fair
market  value  at the end of the  subscription  period.  The  Associate  Plan is
intended to qualify as an "employee  stock  purchase  plan" under Section 423 of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The maximum number of shares that
may be purchased under the Associate Plan is 500,000.  The initial  subscription
period began July 1, 1995.

NOTE 9 - OTHER EXPENSES - NET
- -----------------------------

Other expenses - net consists of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                Fiscal years ended
                                             -------------------------------------------------------------
                                               November 3,           October 29,           October 30,
                                                   1996                  1995                  1994
                                             -----------------     -----------------     -----------------
                                                                    (in thousands)
<S>                                          <C>                   <C>                   <C>   
Interest expense                                     $  1,286              $  3,370                $1,263
Expenses from the sale of accounts
     receivable                                        11,438                10,468                 3,274
Other                                                     593                 1,714                 1,014
                                             -----------------     -----------------     -----------------
                                                      $13,317               $15,552                $5,551
                                             =================     =================     =================
</TABLE>

NOTE 10 - INCOME TAXES
- ----------------------

The provision for income taxes consists of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                Fiscal years ended
                                             -------------------------------------------------------------
                                               November 3,           October 29,           October 30,
                                                   1996                  1995                  1994
                                             -----------------     -----------------     -----------------
                                                                    (in thousands)
<S>                                          <C>                   <C>                   <C>          
Current
     Federal                                     $      6,806        $        3,905         $      10,398
     State                                              1,721                 1,065                 2,416
Deferred                                                1,351                (4,101)               (2,186)
                                             -----------------     -----------------     -----------------
                                                 $      9,878        $          869         $      10,628
                                             =================     =================     =================
</TABLE>
                                      F-15
<PAGE>
The components of deferred  income tax expense  (benefit) from operations are as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                Fiscal years ended
                                             -------------------------------------------------------------
                                               November 3,           October 29,           October 30,
                                                   1996                  1995                  1994
                                             -----------------     -----------------     -----------------
                                                                    (in thousands)

<S>                                          <C>                   <C>                   <C>         
Allowance for doubtful accounts                        $1,440          $    (2,014)          $    (1,142)
Software development costs                                433                   247                   224
Depreciation and amortization                           (429)                 (159)                 (163)
Restructuring reserves                                    358                 (533)                    --
Inventory obsolescence reserve                          (300)                 (112)               (1,382)
State deferral, net of federal benefit                    168                 (528)                 (242)
All other - net                                         (319)               (1,002)                   519
                                             -----------------     -----------------     -----------------
                                                       $1,351          $    (4,101)          $    (2,186)
                                             =================     =================     =================
</TABLE>

Deferred tax assets,  which are recorded as a component of other assets or other
current assets, are comprised of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     November 3,        October 29,
                                                                        1996                1995
                                                                   ----------------    ---------------
                                                                             (in thousands)
<S>                                                                <C>                 <C>
Gross deferred tax assets:
     Depreciation and amortization                                  $        3,682     $        2,007
     Allowance for doubtful accounts                                         3,265              5,208
     Inventory valuation                                                     2,729              3,067
     Deferred service revenue                                                  596                593
     Restructuring reserve                                                     234                667
     Other                                                                   2,337              1,139
                                                                   ----------------    ---------------
          Total gross deferred tax assets                                   12,843             12,681
                                                                   ----------------    ---------------

Gross deferred tax liabilities:

     Software development                                                    1,872              1,347
     Other                                                                     471                171
                                                                   ----------------    ---------------
          Total gross deferred tax liabilities                               2,343              1,518
                                                                   ----------------    ---------------

Net deferred tax asset                                                     $10,500            $11,163
                                                                   ================    ===============
</TABLE>

In light of the  Company's  history of  profitable  operations,  management  has
concluded  that it is more  likely  than not that the  Company  will  ultimately
realize the full benefit of its deferred tax assets related to future deductible
items. Accordingly, the Company believes that no valuation allowance is required
for the deferred tax assets in excess of deferred tax liabilities.
                                      F-16
<PAGE>
The  effective  tax rate applied to income  before income taxes differs from the
expected federal statutory rate as follows: 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   Fiscal years ended
                                             -------------------------------------------------------------
                                               November 3,           October 29,           October 30,
                                                   1996                  1995                  1994
                                             -----------------     -----------------     -----------------
<S>                                          <C>                  <C>                    <C>    
Federal statutory rate                                   35.0  %               34.0  %               35.0  %
Addition (reduction) in taxes
resulting from:
     State income taxes, net of
         federal tax benefit                              5.6                  15.7                   4.6
     Non-deductible meals and
         entertainment                                    0.7                  13.8                   0.1
     Goodwill amortization                                0.2                   3.6                   0.2
     Other                                                1.2                  11.2                 (0.5)
                                             =================     =================     =================
                                                         42.7  %               78.3  %               39.4  %
                                             =================     =================     =================
</TABLE>

During fiscal 1994, the Company  adopted  Financial  Accounting  Standards Board
Statement No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes" ("SFAS 109"). SFAS 109 requires
an asset and liability approach for financial accounting and reporting of income
taxes.  Adoption  of  this  statement  did not  have a  material  impact  on the
Company's operating results.

NOTE 11 - COMMITMENTS
- ---------------------

The Company has arrangements with major vendors and certain financing  companies
to develop inventory and accounts  receivable  financing  facilities for certain
reseller customers.  These arrangements include repurchase agreements that would
require the Company to repurchase  inventory  which might be repossessed  from a
reseller by the vendor or the financing  company.  As of November 3, 1996,  such
repurchases have been insignificant.

The  Company  also  provides a program  whereby the  Company  may  guarantee  an
addition to a reseller's credit facility with certain finance  companies.  As of
November  3,  1996  losses   related  to  the   guarantee   program   have  been
insignificant,  and  the  Company's  exposure  for  guaranteed  amounts  is  not
material.

NOTE 12 - EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN
- -------------------------------

In July 1988, a deferred compensation plan (the "Savings Plan") became effective
for all eligible employees of the Company under the provisions of Section 401(k)
of the Internal  Revenue Code.  Employees are eligible to participate  after one
year of service and may  contribute  a  percentage  of their  salary  subject to
certain limitations.  Subject to certain profitability requirements, the Company
has  historically  matched  25% of the  employee  contribution  up to a  maximum
employee contribution of 6%, as defined in the Savings Plan. Participants are at
all times fully vested in their contributions, and the Company contributions, if
any, become fully vested to the participant after five years of employment.

In April 1989,  the Company  amended and  restated the Savings Plan to include a
leveraged  Employee  Stock  Ownership  Plan and Trust (the  "ESOT") for eligible
employees.  The ESOT used proceeds of loans from the Company to purchase 312,500
shares and 157,827  shares of the  Company's  common  stock for  $2,396,000  and
$1,105,000 during the years ended September 30, 1990 and 1989, respectively.
                                      F-17
<PAGE>
The Company's stock is held by the ESOT trustee as collateral for the loans from
the Company. The Company makes periodic contributions to the ESOT which are used
to make loan principal and interest  payments.  A portion of the common stock is
allocated  to the  accounts  of  participating  employees  annually  based  upon
principal and interest payments. The Company, using the shares allocated method,
recognized contribution expenses of $510,000,  $675,000, and $694,000 during the
fiscal  years  ended  November 3, 1996,  October 29, 1995 and October 30,  1994,
respectively.

The loans from the  Company to the ESOT are  payable in  quarterly  installments
ending  March  31,1997.  Interest is payable  quarterly at rates equal to 85% of
prime and prime plus 0.75%.  The Company's  receivable from the ESOT is recorded
as a separate reduction of the Company's stockholders' equity.

NOTE 13 - NOTE RECEIVABLE - STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
- ----------------------------------------------------

During fiscal 1994,  the Company  exchanged  72,728 shares of common stock for a
$2,000,000 convertible subordinated debenture. During fiscal 1996, the debenture
was  forgiven  as partial  consideration  in an  agreement  for the  purchase of
certain assets from the issuer.

NOTE 14 - SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION
- ----------------------------------------------------------

The Company's non-cash investing and financing  activities and cash payments for
interest and income taxes were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                Fiscal years ended
                                             -------------------------------------------------------------
                                               November 3,           October 29,           October 30,
                                                   1996                  1995                  1994
                                             -----------------     -----------------     -----------------
                                                                    (in thousands)
<S>                                                 <C>                   <C>                   <C>      
Details of acquisitions:-
  Fair value of assets acquired                     $   2,000             $   1,252             $  20,158
  Liabilities assumed and
      acquisition-                                  $      --             $     383             $  17,549
      related accruals
  Cash acquired                                     $      --             $      --             $     354
  Note forgiven                                     $   2,000             $      --             $      --
  Purchase obligation forgiven                      $   1,029             $      --             $      --


Details of other investing activities:
   Note receivable exchanged for
   72,728 shares of the Company's
   stock (See Note 13)                              $      --             $      --              $  2,000

Details of other financing activities:
  Capital lease obligations executed
  for equipment                                     $   2,303             $   4,726              $  2,780
                                                                           
Cash paid for:                                                             
  Interest                                          $   1,286             $   3,370              $  1,263
  Income taxes                                      $   4,903             $   9,050              $ 12,449
</TABLE>
                                      F-18
<PAGE>
NOTE 15 - LITIGATION
- --------------------

On July 14 through July 19, 1994,  seven class action  complaints  were filed in
the  United  States  District  Court for the  District  of Arizona  against  the
Company,  certain of its officers and directors,  and, in three of the lawsuits,
one of the underwriters of the Company's June 16, 1994 public offering of common
stock.  On December 5, 1994,  the Court  consolidated  the seven  actions into a
single  action.  On February 16, 1995,  plaintiffs  filed and served an amended,
consolidated  complaint  against the Company,  certain officers and directors of
the Company, and three of the underwriters of the Company's June 16, 1994 public
offering of common stock ("the Complaint"). The Complaint purports to be brought
on behalf of a class of  purchasers  of the  Company's  common  stock during the
period April 13, 1994 through July 14, 1994. The Complaint alleges,  among other
things,  that the Company violated federal  securities laws by making misleading
public statements and omitting material facts regarding the Company's operations
and  financial  results,  which  the  plaintiffs  contend  to have  artificially
inflated  the price of the  Company's  common  stock  during the  alleged  class
period. The Complaint seeks unspecified compensatory damages as well as fees and
costs. On April 28, 1995, the Company filed a motion to dismiss the Complaint in
its  entirety.  On March 25,  1996,  the Court  dismissed  the  majority  of the
allegations contained in the Complaint. An agreement in principle has since been
reached to settle the  litigation,  subject to reducing the settlement  terms to
writing and obtaining court approval thereof. The Company's  contribution to the
proposed  settlement,  after the  contributions  of the Company's  directors and
officers insurers,  constitutes  amounts  immaterial to the Company's  financial
statements.

NOTE 16 - RESTRUCTURING AND OTHER ONE-TIME CHARGES
- --------------------------------------------------

During the fourth fiscal quarter of 1995, the Company  approved and  implemented
actions targeted at reducing expenses and improving profitability. The Company's
consolidated statement of income for fiscal 1995 includes $9.0 million of pretax
charges ($5.4 million net of tax benefits, or $0.38 per share) for restructuring
and other one-time charges, consisting of the following (in thousands):

    Charges associated with the sale of a memory distribution business    $5,563
    Charges associated with outsourcing business function                  1,517
    Charges associated with staff reductions                               1,170
    Other one-time charges                                                   779
                                                                        --------
    Total restructuring and other one-time charges                        $9,029
                                                                        ========

The charges  associated with staff reductions consist primarily of severance pay
for 219  associates.  The  reductions  occurred  in  virtually  all areas of the
Company and were  completed by October 29, 1995. The amount of benefits paid and
charged  against  the  restructuring  liability  as of October 29, 1995 was $1.0
million. All actions related to the restructuring were implemented as of October
29, 1995, and the liability for restructuring activities at October 29, 1995 was
not material.

The  revenue  and net  operating  results  of the  activities  that  will not be
continued are as follows (in millions):

                                               1995          1994          1993
Revenue
  Memory distribution business                $70.5         $47.1          $0.0
  Outsourced business function                 $3.5          $7.1          $0.3

Pretax income (loss)
  Memory distribution business               $(1.7)        $(0.1)          $0.0
  Outsourced business function               $(1.6)          $0.0          $0.2

                                      F-19
<PAGE>
NOTE 17 - RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
- ------------------------------------------

Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  No.  121 -  Accounting  for the
Impairment of  Long-Lived  Assets and for  Long-Lived  Assets to be Disposed Of.
Effective  for fiscal years  beginning  after  December  15, 1995,  the standard
establishes  accounting  standards  for the  impairment  of  long-lived  assets,
certain  identifiable  intangibles,  and goodwill  related to those assets to be
held and used and for long-lived assets and certain identifiable  intangibles to
be disposed  of. This  Statement  requires  that  long-lived  assets and certain
identifiable  intangibles  to be held  and used by an  entity  be  reviewed  for
impairment  whenever  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that the
carrying amount of an asset may not be  recoverable.  The Company will implement
the  provisions  of SFAS 121 for its fiscal  year ending  November 2, 1997.  The
Company does not believe that  adoption of this  Statement  will have a material
impact on its financial position or results of operations.

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 - Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation. The accounting requirements are effective for transactions entered
into  in  fiscal  years  beginning  after  December  15,  1995.  The  disclosure
requirements  are effective for fiscal years  beginning after December 31, 1995.
Pro forma  disclosures  required for entities  that elect to continue to measure
compensation  cost using APB  Opinion  No. 25 must  include  the  effects of all
awards  granted  in fiscal  years that  begin  after  December  15,  1994.  This
Statement   establishes   financial   accounting  and  reporting  standards  for
stock-based  employee  compensation plans. This Statement defines the fair value
based  method of  accounting  for an  employee  stock  option or similar  equity
instrument  and  encourages  all entities to adopt that method of accounting for
all of their  employee  stock  compensation  plans.  However,  it also allows an
entity to  continue  to  measure  compensation  cost for those  plans  using the
intrinsic  value based method of  accounting  prescribed  by APB Opinion No. 25,
Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees.  The Company  expects to implement the
disclosure  provisions  of SFAS No. 123 for its fiscal year  ending  November 2,
1997.

NOTE 18 - SUBSEQUENT EVENT (UNAUDITED)
- --------------------------------------

On January 14,  1997,  the Company  completed  the  acquisition  of a previously
franchised  reseller  location.  Under  the  terms  of  the  acquisition,  to be
accounted for as a pooling of interests,  the Company  exchanged  640,493 common
shares for all of the outstanding shares of the acquired company.  The financial
position and results of operations of the Company and the acquired  company will
be combined in fiscal 1997  retroactive  to November 4, 1996.  In addition,  all
prior  periods  presented  will be restated  to give  effect to the merger.  The
impact of the  combination on the  previously  reported  financial  position and
results of operations of the Company will not be material.
                                      F-20


<PAGE>
                                 MicroAge, Inc.
                                   Schedule I
                 Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves
                                 (in thousands)
       Years ended November 3, 1996, October 29, 1995 and October 30, 1994
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           Balance at        Charged to          Charged to                            Balance at
                                            beginning         costs and            other           Deductions/            end
               Description                  of period         expenses           accounts          write-offs          of period
- ---------------------------------------  ----------------  ----------------   ----------------   ----------------   ----------------
<S>                                      <C>               <C>                <C>                <C>                <C>   
Allowance for doubtful accounts:

Year ended October 30, 1994                       $3,911            $3,370          --                     ($448)            $6,833
                                         ================  ================   ================   ================   ================

Year ended October 29, 1995                       $6,833            $5,844          --                     ($422)           $12,255
                                         ================  ================   ================   ================   ================

Year ended November 3, 1996                      $12,255            $7,629          --                  ($12,630)            $7,254
                                         ================  ================   ================   ================   ================
</TABLE>

                                      S-1
<PAGE>
                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.                       Description                         Page No. *
- -----------                       -----------                         ----------


     3.1           Restated  Certificate of Incorporation of
                   MicroAge, Inc. (Incorporated by reference
                   to Exhibit 3.1 to the Quarterly Report on
                   Form  10-Q  for  MicroAge,  Inc.  for the
                   quarter ended May 1, 1994)

     3.2           By-Laws of  MicroAge,  Inc.,  amended and
                   restated   as   of   January   18,   1996
                   (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2
                   to the  Annual  Report  on Form  10-K for
                   fiscal year ended October 29, 1995)

     4.1           Specimen    Common   Stock    Certificate
                   (reference  is also made to Exhibits  3.1
                   and 3.2)  (Incorporated  by  reference to
                   Exhibit 4.1 to Registration Statement No.
                   33-45510)

     4.2           Amended  and  Restated  Rights  Agreement
                   dated as of  September  28, 1994  between
                   MicroAge,  Inc. and First Interstate Bank
                   of California  (Incorporated by reference
                   to  Exhibit  1.1  to  the  Form  8-A  for
                   MicroAge, Inc. filed January 13, 1994)

     4.2.1         First  Amendment  dated as of November 5,
                   1996 by and between  MicroAge,  Inc.  and
                   American Stock Transfer and Trust Company
                   to Amended and Restated Rights  Agreement
                   dated as of  September  28, 1994  between
                   MicroAge,  Inc. and First Interstate Bank
                   of California

     10.1          MicroAge,    Inc.   Restated    Executive
                   Supplemental    Savings   Plan(1)   dated
                   September 26, 1996

     10.2          MicroAge,   Inc.  Supplemental  Executive
                   Retirement  Plan  dated as of  October 1,
                   19921   (Incorporated   by  reference  to
                   Exhibit 10.65.2 to Registration Statement
                   No. 33-33094)

     10.2.1        First   Amendment   to   MicroAge,   Inc.
                   Supplemental  Executive  Retirement  Plan
                   dated as of September 26, 1996(1)

- -------
   * Included only in manually signed original
                                      E - 1
<PAGE>
                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.                       Description                         Page No. *
- -----------                       -----------                         ----------

     10.3          Form of MicroAge,  Inc.  1994  Management
                   Equity  Program  Award  Agreement  by and
                   between   MicroAge,   Inc.   and  certain
                   executives(1)(Incorporated  by  reference
                   to Exhibit  10.2 to the Annual  Report on
                   Form  10-K  for  MicroAge,  Inc.  for the
                   fiscal year ended October 30, 1994)

     10.3.1        Form  of  First  Amendment  dated  as  of
                   December 14, 1995 to the  MicroAge,  Inc.
                   1994  Management   Equity  Program  Award
                   Agreement by and between  MicroAge,  Inc.
                   and certain executives(1)

     10.4          Form of MicroAge,  Inc.  1997  Management
                   Equity  Program  Award  Agreement  by and
                   between   MicroAge,   Inc.   and  certain
                   executives(1)

     10.5          Amended and Restated Employment Agreement
                   dated  as of  November  4,  1996  by  and
                   between   Jeffrey  D.  McKeever  and  the
                   Company(1)

     10.5.1        Amended   and    Restated    Split-Dollar
                   Insurance  Agreement dated as of December
                   14, 1994, by and between  MicroAge,  Inc.
                   and  Jeffrey D. McKeever(1) (Incorporated
                   by reference to the  Quarterly  Report on 
                   Form  10-Q  for  MicroAge, Inc.  for  the 
                   quarter ended July 30, 1995)

     10.5.2        MicroAge,  Inc.  1994  Management  Equity
                   Program  Award   Agreement  dated  as  of
                   December   14,   1993   by  and   between
                   MicroAge, Inc. and Jeffrey D. McKeever(1)

     10.5.3        First  Amendment  dated December 14, 1995
                   to the  MicroAge,  Inc.  1994  Management
                   Equity Program Award  Agreement  dated as
                   of  December  14,  1993  by  and  between
                   MicroAge, Inc. and Jeffrey D. McKeever(1)

     10.6          Amended and Restated Employment Agreement
                   dated  as of  November  4,  1996  by  and
                   between Alan P. Hald and the Company(1)

- -------
   * Included only in manually signed original
                                      E - 2
<PAGE>
                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.                       Description                         Page No. *
- -----------                       -----------                         ----------

     10.6.1        Split-Dollar Insurance Agreement dated as
                   of  January  29,  1997,  by  and  between
                   MicroAge, Inc. and Alan P. Hald(1)

     10.6.2        MicroAge,  Inc.  1994  Management  Equity
                   Program  Award   Agreement  dated  as  of
                   December   14,   1993   by  and   between
                   MicroAge, Inc. and Alan P. Hald(1)

     10.6.3        First  Amendment  dated December 14, 1995
                   to the  MicroAge,  Inc.  1994  Management
                   Equity Program Award  Agreement  dated as
                   of  December  14,  1993  by  and  between
                   MicroAge, Inc. and Alan P. Hald(1)

     10.7          Amended and Restated Employment Agreement
                   dated  as of  November  4,  1996  by  and
                   between   James   R.   Daniel   and   the
                   Company(1)

     10.7.1        Split-Dollar Insurance Agreement dated as
                   of September 1, 1995 by and between James
                   R.    Daniel    and    the     Company(1)
                   (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit
                   10.5.2 to the Annual  Report on Form 10-K
                   for fiscal year ended October 29, 1995)

     10.7.2        MicroAge,  Inc.  1994  Management  Equity
                   Program  Award   Agreement  dated  as  of
                   December   14,   1993   by  and   between
                   MicroAge, Inc. and James R. Daniel(1)

     10.7.3        First  Amendment  dated December 14, 1995
                   to the  MicroAge,  Inc.  1994  Management
                   Equity Program Award  Agreement  dated as
                   of  December  14,  1993  by  and  between
                   MicroAge, Inc. and James R. Daniel(1)

     10.8          Amended and Restated Employment Agreement
                   dated  as of  November  4,  1996  by  and
                   between   Robert  G.   O'Malley  and  the
                   Company(1)

     10.8.1        Split-Dollar Insurance Agreement dated as
                   of  September  1,  1995  by  and  between
                   Robert G. O'Malley and the Company(1)

     10.8.2        Split-Dollar Insurance Agreement dated as
                   of January 27, 1997 by and between Robert
                   G. O'Malley and the Company(1)

- -------
   * Included only in manually signed original
                                      E - 3
<PAGE>
                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.                       Description                         Page No. *
- -----------                       -----------                         ----------

     10.8.3        MicroAge,  Inc.  1997  Management  Equity
                   Program  Award  Agreement  by and between
                   MicroAge, Inc. and Robert G. O'Malley(1)

     10.9          Amended and Restated Employment Agreement
                   dated  as of  November  4,  1996  by  and
                   between  Christopher  J.  Koziol  and the
                   Company(1)

     10.9.1        Split-Dollar Insurance Agreement dated as
                   of  September  1,  1995  by  and  between
                   Christopher J. Koziol and the Company(1)

     10.9.2        MicroAge,  Inc.  1994  Management  Equity
                   Program  Award   Agreement  dated  as  of
                   December   14,   1993   by  and   between
                   MicroAge,   Inc.   and   Christopher   J.
                   Koziol(1)

     10.9.3        First  Amendment  dated December 14, 1995
                   to the  MicroAge,  Inc.  1994  Management
                   Equity Program Award  Agreement  dated as
                   of  December  14,  1993  by  and  between
                   MicroAge,   Inc.   and   Christopher   J.
                   Koziol(1)

     10.10         Employment    Agreement   dated   as   of
                   September 1, 1993 by and between  Kenneth
                   R. Waters and the Company(1)(Incorporated
                   by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.22  to the
                   Annual  Report on Form 10-K for MicroAge,
                   Inc. for the fiscal year ended  September
                   30, 1993)

     10.11         Form of Employment  Agreement dated as of
                   November 4, 1996 by and between MicroAge,
                   Inc. and certain executives(1)
         
     10.12         Form of Split-Dollar  Insurance Agreement
                   dated  September  1, 1995 by and  between
                   MicroAge,  Inc.  and certain  executives(1)
                   (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit
                   10.9 to the  Annual  Report  on Form 10-K
                   for fiscal year ended October 29, 1995)
         
     10.13         Resolutions by the Compensation Committee
                   of the Board of  Directors  of  MicroAge,
                   Inc. approving the fiscal year 1997 bonus
                   compensation    formula    for    certain
                   executives(1)

- -------
   * Included only in manually signed original
                                      E - 4
<PAGE>
                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.                       Description                         Page No. *
- -----------                       -----------                         ----------

     10.14         The Amended and Restated  MicroAge,  Inc.
                   1984   Incentive  Stock  Option   Plan(1)
                   (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit
                   10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
                   for MicroAge,  Inc. for the quarter ended
                   January 30, 1994)

     10.15         The Amended and Restated  MicroAge,  Inc.
                   1986   Incentive  Stock  Option   Plan(1)
                   (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit
                   10.2 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
                   for MicroAge,  Inc. for the quarter ended
                   January 30, 1994)

     10.16         The Amended and Restated  MicroAge,  Inc.
                   1988 Stock Option Plan(1)(Incorporated by
                   reference   to   Exhibit   10.3   to  the
                   Quarterly   Report   on  Form   10-Q  for
                   MicroAge,  Inc.  for  the  quarter  ended
                   January 30, 1994)

     10.17         The Amended and Restated  MicroAge,  Inc.
                   1989 Stock Option Plan(1)(Incorporated by
                   reference   to   Exhibit   10.4   to  the
                   Quarterly   Report   on  Form   10-Q  for
                   MicroAge,  Inc.  for  the  quarter  ended
                   January 30, 1994)

     10.18         MicroAge,    Inc.   Long-Term   Incentive
                   Plan(1)  (Incorporated  by  reference  to
                   Exhibit A to the Proxy  Statement for the
                   Annual   Meeting   of   Stockholders   of
                   MicroAge,  Inc.  held on March 23,  1994,
                   File No. 0-15995)

     10.19         The Amended and Restated  MicroAge,  Inc.
                   Directors'     Stock     Option   Plan(1)
                   (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit
                   10.5 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
                   for MicroAge,  Inc. for the quarter ended
                   January 30, 1994)

     10.19         1995 MicroAge,  Inc.  Director  Incentive
                   Plan(1)  (Incorporated  by  reference  to
                   Appendix C to the Proxy Statement for the
                   Annual   Meeting   of   Stockholders   of
                   MicroAge,  Inc.  held on March 15,  1995,
                   File No. 0-15995)

     10.21         Amended  and  Restated   MicroAge,   Inc.
                   Retirement  Savings  and  Employee  Stock
                   Ownership  Plan  and  Trust  Agreement(1)
                   (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit
                   10.14 to the  Annual  Report on Form 10-K
                   for  MicroAge,  Inc.  for the fiscal year
                   ended October 30, 1994)

- -------
   * Included only in manually signed original
                                      E - 5
<PAGE>
                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.                       Description                         Page No. *
- -----------                       -----------                         ----------

      10.21.1      First   Amendment   to  the  Amended  and
                   Restated   MicroAge,    Inc.   Retirement
                   Savings and Employee Stock Ownership Plan
                   and Trust  Agreement(1)  (Incorporated by
                   reference   to   Exhibit   10.1   to  the
                   Quarterly   Report   on  Form   10-Q  for
                   MicroAge,  Inc.  for  the  quarter  ended
                   April 30, 1995)

     10.21.2       Second   Amendment  to  the  Amended  and
                   Restated   MicroAge,    Inc.   Retirement
                   Savings and Employee Stock Ownership Plan
                   and  Trust   Agreement  dated  March  14,
                   1996(1)  (Incorporated  by  reference  to
                   Exhibit 10.1 to the  Quarterly  Report on
                   Form 10-Q for fiscal  quarter  ended July
                   28, 1996)

    10.22.3        Third   Amendment   to  the  Amended  and
                   Restated   MicroAge,    Inc.   Retirement
                   Savings and Employee Stock Ownership Plan
                   and Trust  Agreement  dated  October  28,
                   1996(1)

    10.23.4        Fourth   Amendment  to  the  Amended  and
                   Restated   MicroAge,    Inc.   Retirement
                   Savings and Employee Stock Ownership Plan
                   and Trust  Agreement  dated  December  4,
                   1996(1)

    10.24          1988  MicroAge,   Inc.  Franchisee  Stock
                   Option Plan (Incorporated by reference to
                   the  Proxy   Statement   for  the  Annual
                   Meeting of Stockholders of MicroAge, Inc.
                   held February 9, 1988, File No. 0-15995)

    10.25          1989  MicroAge,   Inc.  Franchisee  Stock
                   Option Plan (Incorporated by reference to
                   the  Proxy   Statement   for  the  Annual
                   Meeting of Stockholders of MicroAge, Inc.
                   held on March 1, 1989, File No. 0-15995)

    10.26          MicroAge,   Inc.  1995  Associate   Stock
                   Purchase Plan1 (Incorporated by reference
                   to Appendix B to the Proxy  Statement for
                   the  Annual  Meeting of  Stockholders  of
                   MicroAge,  Inc.  held on March 15,  1995,
                   File No. 0-15995)

    10.26.1        First  Amendment  to the  MicroAge,  Inc.
                   1995  Associate  Stock  Purchase  Plan(1)
                   (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit
                   99.1  to   Registration   Statement   No.
                   33-58901)


- -------
   * Included only in manually signed original
                                      E - 6
<PAGE>
                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.                       Description                         Page No. *
- -----------                       -----------                         ----------

    10.26.2        Second  Amendment to the  MicroAge,  Inc.
                   1995  Associate  Stock  Purchase  Plan(1)
                   (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit
                   10.3 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
                   for  fiscal  quarter  ended  January  28,
                   1996)

    10.27          Inventory   Financing  Agreement  by  and
                   between MicroAge Computer  Centers,  Inc.
                   and IBM  Credit  Corporation  dated as of
                   July 9, 1993  (Incorporated  by reference
                   to Exhibit 10.7 to the  Quarterly  Report
                   on Form 10-Q for  MicroAge,  Inc. for the
                   quarter ended May 1, 1994)
 
    10.27.1        First Amendment dated January 27, 1994 to
                   Inventory   Financing  Agreement  by  and
                   between MicroAge Computer  Centers,  Inc.
                   and IBM  Credit  Corporation  dated as of
                   July 9, 1993  (Incorporated  by reference
                   to Exhibit 10.8 to the  Quarterly  Report
                   on Form 10-Q for  MicroAge,  Inc. for the
                   quarter ended May 1, 1994)

    10.28          Agreement For Wholesale  Financing by and
                   between   IBM  Credit   Corporation   and
                   MicroAge  Computer  Centers,  Inc.  dated
                   December   17,  1993   (Incorporated   by
                   reference   to   Exhibit   10.9   to  the
                   Quarterly   Report   on  Form   10-Q  for
                   MicroAge,  Inc. for the quarter ended May
                   1, 1994)

    10.29          Restated and Amended  Purchase  Agreement
                   dated as of August 3, 1995,  by and among
                   MicroAge  Computer  Centers,  Inc., et al
                   and    Deutsche     Financial    Services
                   Corporation (Incorporated by reference to
                   Exhibit 10.3 to the  Quarterly  Report on
                   Form  10-Q  for  MicroAge,  Inc.  for the
                   quarter ended July 30, 1995)

    10.29.1        Second  Restated  Agreement for Wholesale
                   Financing  Agreement dated as of December
                   17, 1993, by MicroAge  Computer  Centers,
                   Inc.  and  Deutsche   Financial  Services
                   Corporation (Incorporated by reference to
                   Exhibit 10.3.1 to the Quarterly Report on
                   Form  10-Q  for  MicroAge,  Inc.  for the
                   quarter ended July 30, 1995)


- -------
   * Included only in manually signed original
                                      E - 7
<PAGE>
                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.                       Description                         Page No. *
- -----------                       -----------                         ----------

    10.30          Agreement For Wholesale  Financing  dated
                   as of December 17,  1993,  by and between
                   MicroAge Computer  Centers,  Inc. and IBM
                   Credit   Corporation   (Incorporated   by
                   reference   to   Exhibit   10.9   to  the
                   Quarterly   Report   on  Form   10-Q  for
                   MicroAge,  Inc. for the quarter ended May
                   1, 1994) 

    10.30.1        Amendment  No. 1 to Addendum  dated as of
                   August  3,  1995  to  the  Agreement  For
                   Wholesale  Financing dated as of December
                   17,   1993,   by  and  between   MicroAge
                   Computer  Centers,  Inc.  and IBM  Credit
                   Corporation (Incorporated by reference to
                   Exhibit 10.4.1 to the Quarterly Report on
                   Form  10-Q  for  MicroAge,  Inc.  for the
                   quarter ended July 30, 1995)

    10.31          COMPAQ   Computer    Corporation   Dealer
                   Agreement,  dated  April 1, 1984,  by and
                   between COMPAQ  Computer  Corporation and
                   MicroAge     Computer    Stores,     Inc.
                   (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit
                   10.1  to   Registration   Statement   No.
                   33-14333)

    10.32          COMPAQ   Computer   Corporation   Central
                   Purchase  Agreement,  dated  November 21,
                   1983  by  and  between  COMPAQ   Computer
                   Corporation and MicroAge Computer Stores,
                   Inc.   (Incorporated   by   reference  to
                   Exhibit  10.2 to  Registration  Statement
                   No. 33-14333)

    10.32.1        Amendment  dated  June  15,  1992  to the
                   COMPAQ   Computer   Corporation   Central
                   Purchase  Agreement,  dated  November 21,
                   1983  by  and  between  COMPAQ   Computer
                   Corporation and MicroAge Computer Stores,
                   Inc.   (Incorporated   by   reference  to
                   Exhibit 10.8 to Quarterly  Report on Form
                   10-Q for  MicroAge,  Inc. for the quarter
                   ended March 31, 1993)

    10.33          IBM  Business  Partner   Agreement  dated
                   April   25,    1994   by   and    between
                   International      Business      Machines
                   Corporation    and   MicroAge    Computer
                   Centers, Inc.  (Incorporated by reference
                   to Exhibit  10.23 to the Annual Report on
                   Form  10-K  for  MicroAge,  Inc.  for the
                   fiscal year ended October 30, 1994)

- -------
   * Included only in manually signed original
                                      E - 8
<PAGE>
                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.                       Description                         Page No. *
- -----------                       -----------                         ----------

    10.34          Apple Authorized  Dealer Sales Agreement,
                   dated as of April 1, 1989, by and between
                   Apple   Computer,   Inc.   and   MicroAge
                   Computer  Stores,  Inc.  (Incorporated by
                   reference  to Exhibit  10.4 to the Annual
                   Report  on Form 10-K for  MicroAge,  Inc.
                   for the fiscal year ended  September  30,
                   1989)

    10.34.1        Amendment  dated  April  1,  1989  to the
                   Apple Authorized  Dealer Sales Agreement,
                   dated as of April 1, 1989, by and between
                   Apple   Computer,   Inc.   and   MicroAge
                   Computer Centers,  Inc.  (Incorporated by
                   reference to Exhibit 10.4.1 to the Annual
                   Report  on Form 10-K for  MicroAge,  Inc.
                   for the fiscal year ended  September  30,
                   1990)

     10.34.2       Letter Agreement dated September 30, 1992
                   to  the  Apple  Authorized  Dealer  Sales
                   Agreement,  dated as of April 1, 1989, by
                   and  between  Apple  Computer,  Inc.  and
                   MicroAge    Computer    Centers,     Inc.
                   (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit
                   10.9 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
                   for MicroAge,  Inc. for the quarter ended
                   March 31, 1993)

     10.34.3       Letter  Agreement dated February 28, 1994
                   to  the  Apple  Authorized  Dealer  Sales
                   Agreement,  dated as of April 1, 1989, by
                   and  between  Apple  Computer,  Inc.  and
                   MicroAge    Computer    Centers,     Inc.
                   (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit
                   10.24.3 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K
                   for  MicroAge,  Inc.  for the fiscal year
                   ended October 30, 1994)

     10.34.4       Letter  Agreement  dated June 23, 1994 to
                   the   Apple   Authorized   Dealer   Sales
                   Agreement,  dated as of April 1, 1989, by
                   and  between  Apple  Computer,  Inc.  and
                   MicroAge    Computer    Centers,     Inc.
                   (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit
                   10.24.4 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K
                   for  MicroAge,  Inc.  for the fiscal year
                   ended October 30, 1994)

    10.35          Hewlett-Packard  Company  U.S.  Agreement
                   for Authorized  Resellers effective March
                   1, 1995, by and between  Hewlett  Packard
                   Company and  MicroAge  Computer  Centers,
                   Inc.   (Incorporated   by   reference  to
                   Exhibit 10.2 to the  Quarterly  Report on
                   Form  10-Q  for  MicroAge,  Inc.  for the
                   quarter ended April 30, 1995)

- -------
   * Included only in manually signed original
                                     E - 9
<PAGE>
                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.                       Description                         Page No. *
- -----------                       -----------                         ----------

    10.36          Form  of   Franchise   Agreement  by  and
                   between the  Company and its  franchisees
                   effective  January 1996  (Incorporated by
                   reference   to   Exhibit   10.1   to  the
                   Quarterly Report on Form 10- Q for fiscal
                   quarter ended April 28, 1996)

    10.37          Form  of  Agreement  by and  between  the
                   Company  and  its  Independent   Computer
                   Dealers effective June 1994 (Incorporated
                   by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.27  to the
                   Annual  Report on Form 10-K for MicroAge,
                   Inc.  for the fiscal  year ended  October
                   30, 1994)

    10.38          Form of Purchase Agreement by and between
                   the Company and its  resellers  effective
                   January 1997

    10.39          Triple Net  Industrial  Lease dated as of
                   December   21,   1993,   by  and  between
                   Catellus   Development   Corporation  and
                   MicroAge    Computer    Centers,     Inc.
                   (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit
                   10.22  to the  Quarterly  Report  on Form
                   10-Q for  MicroAge,  Inc. for the quarter
                   ended May 1, 1994)

    10.40          Triple Net  Industrial  Lease  dated July
                   28,   1993,   by  and  between   Catellus
                   Development   Corporation   and  MicroAge
                   Computer Centers,  Inc.  (Incorporated by
                   reference   to   Exhibit   10.24  to  the
                   Quarterly   Report   on  Form   10-Q  for
                   MicroAge,  Inc. for the quarter ended May
                   1, 1994)

    10.40.1        Amendment No. One dated December 21, 1993
                   to Triple Net Industrial Lease dated July
                   28,   1993,   by  and  between   Catellus
                   Development   Corporation   and  MicroAge
                   Computer Centers,  Inc.  (Incorporated by
                   reference   to   Exhibit   10.25  to  the
                   Quarterly   Report   on  Form   10-Q  for
                   MicroAge,  Inc. for the quarter ended May
                   1, 1994)

    10.41          Lease dated as of October 27, 1994 by and
                   between Chimiarra Investments Limited and
                   MicroAge    Computer    Centers,     Inc.
                   (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit
                   10.35 to the  Annual  Report on Form 10-K
                   for  MicroAge,  Inc.  for the fiscal year
                   ended October 30, 1994)


- -------
   * Included only in manually signed original
                                     E - 10
<PAGE>
                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.                       Description                         Page No. *
- -----------                       -----------                         ----------

     10.41.1       Addendum  dated October 27, 1994 to lease
                   dated  as of  October  27,  1994  by  and
                   between Chimiarra Investments Limited and
                   MicroAge    Computer    Centers,     Inc.
                   (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit
                   10.35.1 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K
                   for  MicroAge,  Inc.  for the fiscal year
                   ended October 30, 1994)

     10.41.2       Lease  Amendment  dated September 9, 1994
                   to Triple  Net  Industrial  Leases  dated
                   July,  16,  1985,   July  28,  1993,  and
                   December 21, 1993 by and between Catellus
                   Development   Corporation   and  MicroAge
                   Computer Centers,  Inc.  (Incorporated by
                   reference  to  Exhibit   10.34.2  to  the
                   Annual  Report on Form 10-K for MicroAge,
                   Inc.  for the fiscal  year ended  October
                   30, 1994)

    10.42          Lease  dated March 6, 1990 by and between
                   MicroAge  Computer   Centers,   Inc.  and
                   Petula  Associates,  Ltd. and The Alameda
                   Group, as tenants in common (Incorporated
                   by   reference   to   Exhibit   10.40  to
                   Registration Statement No. 33- 45510)

    10.42.1        First  Amendment  dated  July 1,  1990 to
                   Lease  dated March 6, 1990 by and between
                   MicroAge  Computer   Centers,   Inc.  and
                   Petula  Associates,  Ltd. and The Alameda
                   Group, as tenants in common (Incorporated
                   by  reference   to  Exhibit   10.40.1  to
                   Registration Statement No. 33-45510)

    10.42.2        Second Amendment dated August 10, 1993 to
                   Lease  dated March 6, 1990 by and between
                   MicroAge  Computer   Centers,   Inc.  and
                   Petula  Associates,  Ltd. and The Alameda
                   Group, as tenants in common (Incorporated
                   by  reference  to Exhibit  10.31.2 to the
                   Annual  Report on Form 10-K for MicroAge,
                   Inc. for the fiscal year ended  September
                   30, 1993)

    10.43          Lease  Agreement  dated April 12, 1994 by
                   and   between    Duke   Realty    Limited
                   Partnership    and   MicroAge    Computer
                   Centers, Inc.  (Incorporated by reference
                   to Exhibit 10.23 to the Quarterly  Report
                   on Form 10-Q for  MicroAge,  Inc. for the
                   quarter ended May 1, 1994)

- -------
   * Included only in manually signed original
                                     E - 11
<PAGE>
                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.                       Description                         Page No. *
- -----------                       -----------                         ----------

     10.43.1       Lease  Agreement dated November 18, 1994,
                   by  and  between   Duke  Realty   Limited
                   partnership   and   Kenco   Group,   Inc.
                   (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit
                   10.2 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
                   for MicroAge,  Inc. for the quarter ended
                   July 30, 1995)

    10.43.2        Assignment   and   Assumption   of  Lease
                   Agreement  dated  July 18,  1994 to Lease
                   dated  November 18, 1994,  by and between
                   Duke Realty Limited partnership and Kenco
                   Group, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to
                   Exhibit 10.2.1 to the Quarterly Report on
                   Form  10-Q  for  MicroAge,  Inc.  for the
                   quarter ended July 30, 1995)

    10.44          Triple Net  Industrial  Lease dated as of
                   July 16,  1985,  by and between  MicroAge
                   Computer  Centers,  Inc. Southern Pacific
                   Industrial       Development      Company
                   (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit
                   10.41  to   Registration   Statement  No.
                   33-45510)

    10.44.1        Amendment No. 1 dated  September 18, 1985
                   to Triple Net  Industrial  Lease dated as
                   of July 16, 1985, by and between MicroAge
                   Computer   Centers,   Inc.  and  Southern
                   Pacific  Industrial  Development  Company
                   (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit
                   10.41.1  to  Registration  Statement  No.
                   33-45510)

    10.44.2        Amendment No. 2 dated  September 19, 1986
                   to Triple Net  Industrial  Lease dated as
                   of July 16, 1985, by and between MicroAge
                   Computer   Centers,   Inc.  and  Southern
                   Pacific  Industrial  Development  Company
                   (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit
                   10.41.2  to  Registration  Statement  No.
                   33-45510)

     10.44.3       Supplemental  Agreement (Amendment No. 3)
                   dated   April  19,  1990  to  Triple  Net
                   Industrial  Lease  dated  as of July  16,
                   1985,  by and between  MicroAge  Computer
                   Centers,   Inc.  and   Southern   Pacific
                   Industrial       Development      Company
                   (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit
                   10.41.3  to  Registration  Statement  No.
                   33-45510)

- -------
   * Included only in manually signed original
                                     E - 12
<PAGE>
                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.                       Description                         Page No. *
- -----------                       -----------                         ----------

      10.44.4      Amendment  No.  4 dated  July 2,  1990 to
                   Triple Net  Industrial  Lease dated as of
                   July 16,  1985,  by and between  MicroAge
                   Computer    Centers,     Inc.    Catellus
                   Development  Corporation  (fka  Santa  Fe
                   Pacific Realty Corporation), successor by
                   merger with Southern  Pacific  Industrial
                   Development   Company   (Incorporated  by
                   reference    to   Exhibit    10.41.3   to
                   Registration Statement No. 33-45510)

      10.44.5      Lease  Amendment  dated July 28,  1993 to
                   Triple Net  Industrial  Lease dated as of
                   July 16,  1985,  by and between  MicroAge
                   Computer   Centers,   Inc.  and  Catellus
                   Development Corporation  (Incorporated by
                   reference    to   Exhibit    10.41.3   to
                   Registration Statement No. 33-45510)

      10.44.6      Lease  Amendment  dated December 21, 1993
                   to Triple Net Industrial Lease dated July
                   16,   1985   by  and   between   Catellus
                   Development   Corporation   and  MicroAge
                   Computer Centers,  Inc.  (Incorporated by
                   reference   to   Exhibit   10.20  to  the
                   Quarterly   Report   on  Form   10-Q  for
                   MicroAge,  Inc. for the quarter ended May
                   1, 1994)

       10.45       Standard            Industrial/Commercial
                   Single-Tenant  Lease  dated  January  18,
                   1995, by and between  Chamberlain  Family
                   Trust  dated   September   21,  1979  dba
                   Chamberlain   Enterprises   and  MicroAge
                   Computer Centers,  Inc.  (Incorporated by
                   reference   to   Exhibit   10.1   to  the
                   Quarterly   Report   on  Form   10-Q  for
                   MicroAge,  Inc.  for  the  quarter  ended
                   January 29, 1995)

      10.46        Lease  dated  September  14,  1993 by and
                   between MicroAge Computer  Centers,  Inc.
                   and  Amberjack,   Ltd.  (Incorporated  by
                   reference to Exhibit  10.30 to the Annual
                   Report on Form 10- K for  MicroAge,  Inc.
                   for the fiscal year ended  September  30,
                   1993)

      10.47        Land  Purchase and Sale  Agreement  dated
                   August  8,  1996  by  and   between   CMD
                   Southwest  Inc.  and  MicroAge   Computer
                   Centers, Inc.

- -------
   * Included only in manually signed original
                                     E - 13
<PAGE>
                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.                       Description                         Page No. *
- -----------                       -----------                         ----------

      10.48        Single-Tenant Lease-Net,  dated March 31,
                   1995,   by   and   between    Chamberlain
                   Development, L.L.C. and MicroAge Computer
                   Centers, Inc.

      10.48.1      First  Amendment,  dated as of August 29,
                   1995,  to the Single-  Tenant  Lease-Net,
                   dated  March  31,  1995,  by and  between
                   Chamberlain   Development,   L.L.C.   and
                   MicroAge Computer Centers, Inc.

      10.49        Standard Industrial Lease dated September
                   27,   1996   by   and   between   Dermody
                   Properties    and   MicroAge    Logistics
                   Services, Inc.

      11.1         EPS Detail  Calculation  (Incorporated by
                   reference  to  Footnote 2 to the  Audited
                   Financial Statements included herein)

      21           List of Subsidiaries of MicroAge, Inc.

      23           Consent of Independent Accountants

      27           Financial Data Schedule

      99.1         Company and Purchasers  Rights  Agreement
                   dated as of April 27, 1990 by and between
                   MicroAge,  Inc., Banstock Company Limited
                   and   Fred   Israel    (Incorporated   by
                   reference  to Exhibit 28.3 to the Current
                   Report  on Form  8-K for  MicroAge,  Inc.
                   dated May 7, 1990)

      99.2         Parent  Agreement  dated as of April  27,
                   1990  by  and   among   MicroAge,   Inc.,
                   Olivetti  Holding N.V. and Kokudo Sangyo,
                   Inc.   (Incorporated   by   reference  to
                   Exhibit  28.5 to the  Current  Report  on
                   Form 8-K for MicroAge,  Inc. dated May 7,
                   1990)

- ----------
   * Included only in manually signed original
                                     E - 14
<PAGE>
                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.                       Description                         Page No. *
- -----------                       -----------                         ----------

      99.3         Trust  Agreement  dated December 30, 1994
                   by and between  MicroAge,  Inc. and First
                   Interstate  Bank  of  Arizona,  N.A.,  as
                   Trustee on behalf of The  MicroAge,  Inc.
                   Retirement  Savings  and  Employee  Stock
                   Ownership Plan and Trust (Incorporated by
                   reference  to Exhibit  99.8 to the Annual
                   Report  on Form 10-K for  MicroAge,  Inc.
                   for the  fiscal  year ended  October  30,
                   1994)


- ----------

(1)  Management  contract for  compensatory  plan or arrangement  required to be
     filed as an exhibit pursuant to Item 14(c) of Form 10-K.


   * Included only in manually signed original

                                     E - 15

                               FIRST AMENDMENT TO
                      AMENDED AND RESTATED RIGHTS AGREEMENT

         This  First  Amendment  (the  "First  Amendment")  to the  Amended  and
Restated Rights Agreement dated as of November 5, 1996, between MicroAge,  Inc.,
a Delaware  corporation (the  "Company"),  and American Stock Transfer and Trust
Company amends that certain Amended and Restated Rights  Agreement (the "Amended
and Restated Rights Agreement") dated September 28, 1994.

         WHEREAS,  on  September 3, 1996,  the Board of  Directors  approved the
appointment of American Stock Transfer and Trust Company (the "Rights Agent") to
serve as successor rights agent to First Interstate Bank of California; and

         WHEREAS,  pursuant  to Section 27, the Company has decided to amend the
provisions  of  the  Amended  and  Restated  Rights   Agreement   regarding  the
qualifications of successor rights agents;

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises  and  the  mutual
agreements herein set forth, the parties hereby agree as follows:

         Section 1.        Amendments to Amended and Restated Rights Agreement.
                           ----------------------------------------------------

         The Amended and Restated Rights Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

         A.  Section 21 of the Amended and Restated  Rights  Agreement is hereby
         amended in its entirety to read as follows:

         "Section 21. Change of Rights Agent.  The Rights Agent or any successor
         Rights  Agent may resign and be  discharged  from its duties under this
         Agreement  upon 30 days' notice in writing mailed to the Company and to
         each  transfer  agent of the  Common  Shares  or  Preferred  Shares  by
         registered  or  certified  mail,  and  to  the  holders  of  the  Right
         Certificates  by  first-class  mail.  The Company may remove the Rights
         Agent or any  successor  Rights  Agent upon 30 days' notice in writing,
         mailed to the Rights Agent or successor  Rights Agent,  as the case may
         be, and to each transfer agent of the Common Shares or Preferred Shares
         by  registered  or  certified  mail,  and to the  holders  of the Right
         Certificates  by first-class  mail. If the Rights Agent shall resign or
         be removed or shall otherwise become  incapable of acting,  the Company
         shall  appoint a successor to the Rights  Agent.  If the Company  shall
         fail to make such  appointment  within a period of 30 days after giving
         notice of such removal or after it has been notified in writing of such
         resignation  or  incapacity by the  resigning or  incapacitated  Rights
         Agent or by the holder of a Right  Certificate  (who  shall,  with such
         notice,  submit his Right  Certificate  for inspection by the Company),
         then the registered  holder of any Right  Certificate  may apply to any
         court of competent  jurisdiction  for the  appointment  of a new Rights
         Agent.  After  appointment,  any successor Rights Agent shall be vested
         with the same powers,  rights, duties and responsibilities as if it had
         been originally  named as Rights Agent without further act or deed; but
         the  predecessor  Rights  Agent  shall  deliver  and  transfer  to  the
         successor  Rights Agent any property at the time held by it  hereunder,
         and execute and deliver any further assurance,  conveyance, act or deed
         necessary  for the purpose.  Not later than the  effective  date of any
         such  appointment the Company shall file notice thereof in writing with
         the  predecessor  Rights  Agent and each  transfer  agent of the Common
         Shares or Preferred 1
<PAGE>
         Shares,  and mail a notice thereof in writing to the registered holders
         of the Right  Certificates.  Failure to give any notice provided for in
         this Section 21, however,  or any defect therein,  shall not affect the
         legality or validity of the  resignation or removal of the Rights Agent
         or the appointment of the successor Rights Agent, as the case may be."

         Section 2.        Effectiveness.
                           --------------

         This First Amendment will become effective as of September 3, 1996.

         Section 3.        Miscellaneous.
                           --------------

         A.       Full Force and Effect.

         Except as expressly  provided in this First Amendment,  the Amended and
Restated Rights Agreement will remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

         B.       Counterparts.

                  This  First  Amendment  may  be  executed  in  any  number  of
         counterparts,  all of which taken together will  constitute One and the
         same  instrument,  and any of the parties hereto may execute this First
         Amendment by signing any such counterpart.

         C.       Arizona Law.

                  It is the  intention  of the parties  that the laws of Arizona
         will govern the validity of this First  Amendment,  the construction of
         its  terms,  and the  interpretation  of the  rights  and duties of the
         parties.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
duly executed and attested, all as of the day and year first above written.

ATTEST:                                             MICROAGE, INC.


By:/s/ Barbara Baker                       /s/ Jeffrey D. McKeever              
- ---------------------------------          -------------------------------------
Title:___________________________          By: Jeffrey D. McKeever
                                                 Its: Chairman and Chief 
                                                      Executive Officer

ATTEST:                                             AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER AND
                                                    TRUST COMPANY


By:/s/ Susan Silber                        /s/ Herbert J. Lemmer
- ---------------------------------          -------------------------------------
Title:___________________________          By: Herbert J. Lemmer
                                               ---------------------------------
                                           Its: Vice President
                                               ---------------------------------
                                        2

                                 MICROAGE, INC.

                                    RESTATED

                       EXECUTIVE SUPPLEMENTAL SAVINGS PLAN













                               September 26, 1996
<PAGE>
                                 MICROAGE, INC.
                                    RESTATED
                       EXECUTIVE SUPPLEMENTAL SAVINGS PLAN

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

SECTION 1   PREAMBLE.........................................................  1

SECTION 2   DEFINITIONS......................................................  1

SECTION 3   ELIGIBILITY......................................................  4

SECTION 4   CONTRIBUTIONS....................................................  6

SECTION 5   WITHDRAWALS......................................................  8

SECTION 6   CREDITING OF CONTRIBUTIONS AND INCOME............................ 10

SECTION 7   RETIREMENT BENEFITS.............................................. 13

SECTION 8   DEATH BENEFITS................................................... 13

SECTION 9   PAYMENT OF BENEFITS ON RETIREMENT OR DEATH....................... 14

SECTION 10  PAYMENT OF BENEFITS ON TERMINATION OF SERVICE
             ................................................................ 15

SECTION 11  ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN....................................... 17

SECTION 12  ADOPTION OF PLAN BY AFFILIATES................................... 19

SECTION 13  CLAIM REVIEW PROCEDURE........................................... 19

SECTION 14  LIMITATION OF RIGHTS, CONSTRUCTION............................... 20

SECTION 15  LIMITATION ON ASSIGNMENT; PAYMENTS TO LEGALLY
            INCOMPETENT DISTRIBUTEE.......................................... 21

SECTION 16  AMENDMENT, MERGER AND TERMINATION................................ 22

SECTION 17  GENERAL PROVISIONS............................................... 22
                                        i
<PAGE>
                                 MICROAGE, INC.
                       EXECUTIVE SUPPLEMENTAL SAVINGS PLAN

                                    SECTION 1

                                    PREAMBLE
                                    --------

           MICROAGE,  INC., a corporation  organized and existing under the laws
of the State of Delaware (the "Company"),  previously adopted the MicroAge, Inc.
Executive  Supplemental  Savings  Plan (the  "Plan") in order to provide its key
executives  with an  opportunity  and incentive to save for retirement and other
purposes. By this document,  the Company wishes to amend and restate the Plan to
incorporate certain changes.

                                    SECTION 2

                                   DEFINITIONS
                                   -----------

           When a word or phrase  appears in this Plan with the  initial  letter
capitalized,  and the word or  phrase  does not  begin a  sentence,  the word or
phrase shall  generally be a term defined in this Section 2. The following words
and phrases used in the Plan with the initial letter  capitalized shall have the
meanings  set forth in this  Section 2,  unless a clearly  different  meaning is
required by the context in which the word or phrase is used:

           2.1  "Account"  or  "Accounts"   means  the  accounts  which  may  be
maintained  by the Plan  Administrator  to reflect the interest of a Participant
under the Plan which shall include the following:

                      (a) "Company Contribution Account" which shall reflect the
           portion of a Participant's Account representing contributions made by
           a Plan  Sponsor to the Trust  pursuant to Section 4.2, as adjusted to
           reflect  the rate of  return  on the  Investment  Funds in which  the
           Account is invested and other  credits or charges  called for by this
           Plan.

                      (b) "Employee  Deferral  Account"  which shall reflect the
           portion  of  a  Participant's  Account  representing  deferrals  by a
           Participant  pursuant to Section  4.1 hereof,  as adjusted to reflect
           the rate of return on the  Investment  Funds in which the  Account is
           invested and other credits or charges called for by this Plan.

                      (c) "After-Tax Rollover  Contribution Account" which shall
           reflect  the  portion of a  Participant's  Account  representing  the
           amount of all After-Tax Rollover  Contributions made by a Participant
           pursuant to Section 4.3, as adjusted to reflect the rate of return on
           the  Investment  Funds in which the  Account  is  invested  and other
           credits or charges called for by this Plan.
                                       1
<PAGE>
           2.2 "Affiliate" means (a) a corporation which is a member of the same
controlled  group of  corporations  (within the meaning of Section 414(b) of the
Code) as is a Plan  Sponsor,  (b) any other  trade or  business  (whether or not
incorporated)  controlling,  controlled by, or under common control  (within the
meaning of Section  414(c) of the Code) with a Plan  Sponsor,  and (c) any other
corporation,  partnership,  or  other  organization  which  is a  member  of  an
affiliated service group (within the meaning of Section 414(m) of the Code) with
a Plan  Sponsor or which is  otherwise  required  to be  aggregated  with a Plan
Sponsor pursuant to Section 414(o) of the Code.

           2.3 "After-Tax  Rollover  Contribution"  means  a  contribution  by a
Participant pursuant to Section 4.3.

           2.4 "Base Salary" means the total basic  compensation  paid by a Plan
Sponsor  to a  Participant  during  the  portion  of the  Plan  Year in which an
election by a Participant to make Deferral Contributions pursuant to Section 4.1
is in effect.

           2.5 "Beneficiary"  means only the person or trust that a Participant,
in his most recent written designation filed with the Plan Administrator,  shall
have designated to receive his benefit under the Plan in the event of his death;
provided  that, if the  Participant  has failed to make a  designation  or if no
person  designated  shall be alive or if no trust shall have been established by
the Participant,  and no successor Beneficiary shall have been designated and be
alive, any death benefit payable  hereunder on behalf of such Participant  shall
be paid to the  legal  representative  of such  deceased  Participant's  estate.
Changes in designations of Beneficiaries  may be made upon written notice to the
Plan  Administrator in any form as the Plan  Administrator may prescribe and the
Plan  Administrator  shall immediately  notify the Trustee,  in writing,  of any
designation or change in designation.

           2.6 "Board of Directors" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

           2.7  "Bonus"  means  the  additional  cash  compensation  paid  to  a
Participant by a Plan Sponsor pursuant to any incentive or bonus plan,  program,
or practice of the Plan Sponsor which is subject to an election to make Deferral
Contributions pursuant to Section 4.1(b).

           2.8 "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

           2.9  "Compensation"  means the sum of a Participant's Base Salary and
Bonuses plus any amounts deferred under the Management Equity Plan.

           2.10 "Deferral  Contributions"  means  contributions by a Participant
pursuant to Section 4.1 of this Plan.

           2.11  "Delayed  Retirement  Date"  means  the  first day of the month
subsequent to a  Participant's  Normal  Retirement Date during which he actually
terminates service with a Plan Sponsor.
                                       2
<PAGE>
           2.12  "Distributable  Amount"  means  the  least  of (i) the  maximum
elective  contributions  that could be made to the 401(k) Plan for the Plan Year
consistent  with Sections 402(g) and 401(k)(3) of the Code and the provisions of
the 401(k) Plan, (ii) the Participant's  Deferral Contributions made pursuant to
Section  4.1  above  during  the  Plan  Year,   or  (iii)  the  balance  of  the
Participant's Employee Deferral Account.

           2.13  "Effective  Date" of this  restated  Plan with  respect  to the
Company and any Plan Sponsor that previously adopted this Plan means November 1,
1996.  With respect to each Plan Sponsor that adopts this Plan after November 1,
1996, Effective Date means, the date designated by the adopting Plan Sponsor.

           2.14 "ERISA"  means the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act of
1974, as amended from time to time.

           2.15 "401(k) Plan" means the MicroAge,  Inc.  Retirement  Savings and
Employee Stock Ownership Plan, as the same may be amended from time to time.

           2.16 "Income Fund" means one of the Investment  Funds  established by
the Plan  Administrator,  the assets of which  shall be  invested by the Trustee
with the  objective  of earning  interest  income  without  exposing the fund to
significant fluctuations in value.

           2.17 "Investment Fund" means the investment fund or funds established
by the Plan  Administrator  pursuant to Section 6.3, into which Participants may
direct the Trustee to invest amounts credited to their Bookkeeping Accounts.

           2.18 "Leadership  Team" means the group consisting of officers of the
Plan Sponsors holding the positions and titles of Vice President or higher.

           2.19 "Normal Retirement Age" means age 65.

           2.20  "Normal  Retirement  Date"  means  the  first  day of the month
coinciding  with or next  following  the date on which the  Participant  attains
Normal Retirement Age.

           2.21 "Participant" means any individual  providing services to a Plan
Sponsor  who has  become a  Participant  in the Plan for as long as his  benefit
under the Plan has not been fully distributed  pursuant to the provisions of the
Plan.

           2.22 "Participation  Agreement" means the agreement entered into by a
Plan Sponsor and a Participant as set forth in Section 3.2.

           2.23  "Plan   Administrator"  means  the  Company  or  the  committee
designated  by the Company to carry out its  responsibilities  under the Plan as
set forth in Section 11.3.
                                       3
<PAGE>
           2.24  "Plan  Sponsor"  means  individually  (i)  the  Company  or any
successor  thereto  and (ii) each  organization  which has  adopted the Plan and
become a party to the Trust in the manner set forth in Section 12 of the Plan.

           2.25  "Plan  Year"  has meant the  calendar  year.  For the Plan Year
beginning  January 1, 1996,  the Plan Year shall be a short Plan Year  beginning
January 1, 1996 and ending on October 27, 1996. Thereafter,  the Plan Year shall
be the  Company's  fiscal  year,  i.e.,  the Plan Year  shall end on the  Sunday
closest to October 31.

           2.26 "Plan Year Quarter"  means the quarters of the Plan Year,  which
for convenience, shall be deemed to begin on the first day of each Plan Year and
on each February 1, May 1 and August 1.

           2.27 "Retirement" means termination of a Participant's service with a
Plan Sponsor on his Normal Retirement Date or Delayed Retirement Date.

           2.28 "Trust Agreement" means that certain trust agreement established
pursuant to the Plan between the Company and the Trustee or any trust  agreement
hereafter  established,  the  provisions  of which  are  incorporated  herein by
reference.

           2.29 "Trustee" means the Trustee under the Trust Agreement.

           2.30 "Trust Fund" means all assets of whatsoever  kind or nature held
from time to time by the Trustee  pursuant to the Trust  Agreement and forming a
part of this Plan,  without  distinction  as to income and principal and without
regard to source, i.e., Plan Sponsor or Participant  contributions,  earnings or
forfeitures.

           2.31  "Valuation  Date" means the last business day of each Plan Year
and such other dates as the Plan Administrator may designate.

           2.32  "Years of  Service"  means the years of service  credited  to a
Participant for purposes of determining such Participant's  vested benefit under
the 401(k) Plan,  all as determined  under  Sections 2.66 and 6.01 of the 401(k)
Plan as such  provisions  may be amended,  superseded  or replaced  from time to
time. All years of service credited to a Participant under the 401(k) Plan shall
be considered in determining the Participant's Years of Service under this Plan.

                                    SECTION 3

                                   ELIGIBILITY
                                   -----------

           3.1  GENERAL.  Participation  in the Plan  shall be  limited to those
individuals  who are members of the Leadership  Team. The Company has determined
that  each  current  member  of the  Leadership  Team  holds a key  position  of
management and responsibility and that the Leadership Team presently constitutes
a select group of management or highly compensated employees for 
                                       4
<PAGE>
purposes  of  Title I of  ERISA.  The  Compensation  Committee  of the  Board of
Directors  shall have the full  discretion  and authority to exclude a member of
the  Leadership  Team from  participation  in the Plan if it concludes that such
member is not  properly  characterized  as a  management  or highly  compensated
employee. The Compensation  Committee's decision shall be made in its discretion
and shall be final and binding for all purposes under this Plan.

           3.2  PARTICIPATION  AGREEMENT.  Subsequent to an individual  becoming
eligible  to  participate  in the  Plan,  such  individual  shall  enter  into a
Participation  Agreement in such form and at such time as the Plan Administrator
shall require. If the individual's initial  Participation  Agreement is executed
and  delivered  within  thirty (30) days of the day on which the  individual  is
notified  that he is  eligible  to  participate  in the Plan,  the  individual's
Deferral  Contributions may be determined with reference to Compensation  earned
on or after the  first  day of the first  full  payroll  period  next  following
receipt of the Participation  Agreement by the Plan  Administrator or as of such
other  uniform  date (not  earlier  than the first day of the next full  payroll
period) as may be designated by the Plan  Administrator.  If the individual does
not execute and deliver the  Participation  Agreement  within the initial thirty
(30) day period, the individual's Deferral  Contributions may be determined with
reference to Compensation  earned on or after the first day of the first payroll
period  in  any  later  Plan  Year  Quarter  by  executing   and   delivering  a
Participation Agreement to the Plan Administrator prior to the first day of such
quarter.  The  individual  shall  designate on the  Participation  Agreement the
amount of his Deferral  Contributions  and shall  authorize the reduction of his
Compensation in an amount equal to his Deferral Contributions.

           3.3 DISCONTINUANCE OF PARTICIPATION. Once an individual is designated
as a Participant,  he will continue as such for all future Plan Years unless and
until the  individual  is no longer  categorized  as a member of the  Leadership
Team,  or the  Compensation  Committee  specifically  acts  to  discontinue  the
individual's  participation,  or the  Participant's  participation  is suspended
pursuant to Section 5.3(c) hereof. The Compensation Committee may discontinue an
individual's  participation in the Plan at any time for any or no reason.  If an
individual's  participation  is  discontinued,  the individual will no longer be
eligible to make Deferral Contributions.  The individual will not be entitled to
receive a  distribution,  however,  until the  occurrence  of one of the  events
listed in  Sections  5.1 through 5.3 or  Sections  7.1 through  7.5,  unless the
Compensation  Committee,  in the  exercise  of its  discretion,  directs  that a
distribution  be made as of an  earlier  dated  in which  case the  individual's
Accounts  shall  be  distributed  on  the  same  basis  as if  the  individual's
employment had been terminated.

                                    SECTION 4

                                  CONTRIBUTIONS
                                  -------------

           4.1 PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS.

                      (a)  DEFERRAL  OF  BASE  SALARY.  For  any  Plan  Year,  a
Participant may elect to defer a portion of the Base Salary otherwise payable to
him.  Any such  deferrals  shall be in whole  percentages  or a specific  dollar
amount of the  Participant's  Base Salary,  as  specified  in the
                                       5
<PAGE>
Participant's  Participation Agreement.  Contributions of amounts deferred shall
be made by the Plan Sponsor directly to the Trust.

                      (b) DEFERRAL OF BONUSES.  A Participant  may also elect to
defer a portion of any Bonuses  which might be payable to him by a Plan Sponsor.
Any such deferrals shall be in whole  percentages or a specific dollar amount of
the  Participant's  Bonuses,  as  specified in the  Participant's  Participation
Agreement.  Contributions  of  amounts  so  deferred  shall  be made by the Plan
Sponsor directly to the Trust.

                      (c) LIMITATIONS ON DEFERRALS.  The Plan  Administrator may
limit the amount of a Participant's  Deferral  Contributions  in accordance with
such uniform rules as it may adopt from time to time.

           4.2 MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS. In addition to any contributions required
to be made by a Plan Sponsor pursuant to Section 6.2(b),  for each year in which
a Plan  Sponsor  achieves  a net  profit,  the Plan  Sponsor  may make  matching
contributions to the Trust on behalf of each of its Participants who has elected
to make any  Deferral  Contributions  during  the Plan Year  under  Section  4.1
hereof,  other than  Participants  who terminated  service with the Plan Sponsor
during the Plan Year for reasons other than death, disability or Retirement. The
matching  contribution shall equal such amount as the Plan Sponsor,  in its sole
and absolute  discretion,  determines,  but the matching  contribution shall not
exceed ten percent (10%) of the Plan Sponsor's  before-tax  income for the year.
The matching  contribution  shall be allocated  to each  eligible  Participant's
Company Contribution Account as of the year-end Valuation Date in the ratio that
each such  Participant's  Deferral  Contributions for the Plan Year bears to the
Deferral  Contributions made by all of that Plan Sponsor's  Participants for the
Plan Year.  In the  exercise of its  discretion,  the Plan Sponsor may choose to
disregard  Deferral   Contributions  in  excess  of  a  ceiling  (e.g.,  10%  of
Compensation)  set from time to time by the Plan  Sponsor and may further  limit
allocations   in  its  sole  and   absolute   discretion   in  a   uniform   and
nondiscriminatory  manner.  In no event shall matching  contributions be made in
stock or other securities of a Plan Sponsor.

          4.3 AFTER-TAX ROLLOVER  CONTRIBUTIONS.  Each Participant may, upon the
Plan Administrator's prior approval,  make after-tax contributions to the Trust.
Such  contributions  may be made through  payroll  deductions  or  otherwise.  A
Participant's after-tax  contributions,  in the aggregate,  shall not exceed the
distribution   received  by  the  Participant   from  a  nonqualified   deferred
compensation  plan  not  sponsored  by any  Plan  Sponsor  and  received  by the
Participant  within the twelve (12) month period before or after the Participant
commences employment with a Plan Sponsor.

           4.4 CHANGE IN  CONTRIBUTIONS.  A Participant may change the amount or
percentage of contributions under Sections 4.1 or 4.3 once during each Plan Year
Quarter by  written  notice to the Plan  Administrator,  which  change  shall be
effective  beginning with the Participant's  first full payroll period beginning
in the Plan Year Quarter immediately following the Plan Administrator's  receipt
of such written notice.
                                       6
<PAGE>
          4.5 SUSPENSION OF CONTRIBUTIONS.

          (a)  SUSPENSION.  A Participant  may suspend his  contributions  under
Sections 4.1 or 4.3 as of the first day of the first full payroll  period in any
Plan Year  Quarter,  but in no event more than once  during  each Plan Year,  by
giving written notice to the Plan Administrator on a form prescribed by the Plan
Administrator  at  least  thirty  (30)  days  prior  to the  date on  which  the
suspension shall become effective.

          (b) RESUMPTION OF  CONTRIBUTIONS.  A Participant who has suspended his
contributions  pursuant  to  Section  4.5(a)  above and who  applies to the Plan
Administrator  in a timely manner shall be entitled to resume his  contributions
in  accordance  with  Section  4.3 on the  first  day of any Plan  Year  Quarter
following  the  expiration of at least six (6) months from the date on which the
suspension  became  effective.  Any application  shall be made in writing to the
Plan  Administrator,  on a form prescribed by the Plan  Administrator,  at least
thirty (30) days prior to the first day of the applicable Quarter.

          4.6 DISTRIBUTION AND TRANSFER OF PARTICIPANT DEFERRALS.

                      (a) ELECTION.  A Participant must elect either to have the
Distributable  Amount  distributed  from this Plan and contributed to the 401(k)
Plan  as a  pre-tax  contribution  or to have  such  amount  distributed  to the
Participant  in a single  lump  sum  payment.  Elections  made  pursuant  to the
preceding sentence must be filed with the Plan Administrator  prior to the first
day of the  applicable  Plan Year.  Any election  made  pursuant to this Section
shall be  irrevocable  during the Plan Year  covered by the  election but may be
changed  prior to the  beginning  of a new Plan  Year by  submitting  a  revised
election to the Plan  Administrator in writing prior to the first day of the new
Plan Year.

                      (b) DETERMINATION OF 401(k) PLAN  CONTRIBUTION.  Not later
than thirty (30) days after the close of the Plan Year, i.e., November 30th, the
Plan Administrator  shall request the administrator of the 401(k) Plan to inform
the Plan  Administrator  of the  amount  of  elective  contributions  that  each
Participant may contribute to the 401(k) Plan for the immediately preceding Plan
Year  consistent  with  Sections  402(g)  and  401(k)(3)  of the  Code  and  the
provisions  of  the  Plan.  The  Plan   Administrator  then  shall  compute  the
Distributable  Amount for each Participant  pursuant to Section 2.12 and Section
4.7(a).

                      (c) DISTRIBUTION.  The Plan Administrator will thereafter,
but in no event later than two and  one-half  (2 1/2) months  after the close of
the Plan Year,  distribute on behalf of each  Participant an amount equal to the
Distributable   Amount.   If  the   Participant  has  elected  to  transfer  the
Distributable  Amount to the 401(k)  Plan,  the Plan  Administrator  will make a
direct  transfer  of the  Distributable  Amount  to the  Trust  Fund  maintained
pursuant  to the 401(k)  Plan.  If the  Participant  has  elected to receive the
Distributable Amount, the Plan Administrator will make a single lump sum payment
to the Participant and the Plan Sponsor will include the Distributable Amount in
the Participant's  gross income for the calendar years in which the Compensation
to which  the  Deferral  Contributions  are  attributable  was  earned.  Amounts
attributable  to the  positive  or
                                       7
<PAGE>
negative  rate of return  allocable to the  Participant's  Accounts  will not be
distributed until an event described in Sections 5.1 through 5.3 or Sections 7.1
through 7.4 has occurred.

                      (d)  TREATMENT  OF MATCHING  CONTRIBUTIONS.  The  matching
contributions,  if any,  due  pursuant  to  Section  4.2 shall be reduced by the
amount of the matching  contributions  attributable to the Distributable Amount.
If the matching  contributions  have already been credited to the  Participant's
Matching  Contributions  Account when the Distributable Amount is calculated and
distributed,  the Matching Contributions Account shall be debited for the amount
of the matching  contributions  attributable to the  Distributable  Amount.  The
Participant  shall then be entitled to receive whatever  matching  contributions
may  be  due  pursuant  to the  401(k)  Plan  if  the  Distributable  Amount  is
transferred  to the 401(k) Plan. No matching  contributions  shall be due if the
Participant  has  elected to receive a cash  distribution  of the  Distributable
Amount.

                                    SECTION 5

                                   WITHDRAWALS
                                   -----------

          5.1 AFTER-TAX ROLLOVER  CONTRIBUTIONS.  A Participant may at any time,
upon  written  notice to the Plan  Administrator  at least  thirty  (30) days in
advance of the last day of any Plan Year  Quarter,  on a form  prescribed by the
Plan Administrator,  request a withdrawal of all or any portion of the lesser of
(i) the total  amount of After-Tax  Rollover  Contributions  contributed  by the
Participant,  or (ii) the then current  balance in the  Participant's  After-Tax
Rollover   Contribution   Account.  Such  request  for  a  withdrawal  from  the
Participant's After-Tax Rollover Contribution Account shall designate a specific
dollar amount to be withdrawn therefrom;  provided,  however, that no withdrawal
request shall be made for a withdrawal  that is less than  $500.00,  unless such
withdrawal  is of the entire  balance of the  After- Tax  Rollover  Contribution
Account. Upon approval of the Plan Administrator,  any amount payable under this
Section  5.1  shall be paid as soon as  administratively  practicable  after the
first day of the Plan Year Quarter  following  the Plan  Administrator's  timely
receipt  of a  withdrawal  request.  No  Participant  shall  make  more than one
withdrawal under this Section 5.1 in any Plan Year Quarter.

           5.2 HARDSHIP.  In the event of financial  hardship,  and only after a
Participant has withdrawn all amounts available to him under Section 5.1 hereof,
a  Participant  may  make a  written  request  to the Plan  Administrator  for a
hardship  withdrawal from his Employee  Deferral  Account.  For purposes of this
Section,   the  term  "financial  hardship"  shall  mean  any  extraordinary  or
unforeseeable  need for funds  arising  from  events  beyond  the  Participant's
control for the purpose of: (i) paying  medical  expenses  described  in Section
213(d) of the Code incurred by the Participant, the Participant's spouse, or any
dependent  of the  Participant,  as  defined in  Section  152 of the Code;  (ii)
purchasing   (excluding   mortgage  payments)  a  principal  residence  for  the
Participant;  (iii) paying tuition, room and board, and related expenses for the
next  12  months  of  post-secondary  education  for  the  Participant,  or  the
Participant's spouse,  children or dependents,  as defined in Section 152 of the
Code;  (iv)  preventing  the  eviction  of the  Participant  from his  principal
residence  or the  foreclosure  on the mortgage of the  Participant's  principal
residence;  or  (v)  such  other  circumstance  as is  determined  by  the  Plan
Administrator,  in its sole and absolute  discretion,  to constitute a
                                       8
<PAGE>
financial hardship. Any determination of the existence of financial hardship and
the  amount  to be  withdrawn  on  account  thereof  shall  be made by the  Plan
Administrator.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  no hardship withdrawal shall be
made  which is less than  $500.00,  unless  the  distribution  is of the  entire
portion of the Participant's Employee Deferral Account. A request for a hardship
withdrawal  must be made in writing at least  thirty (30) days in advance,  on a
form  provided by the Plan  Administrator,  and must be  expressed as a specific
dollar amount. The amount of a hardship  withdrawal may not exceed the lesser of
(a) the amount required to meet the Participant's  financial hardship or (b) the
entire  balance  of  the  Participant's   Employee  Deferral  Account  less  the
difference between (i) the Participant's  Deferral Contributions made during the
current Plan Year and (ii) the maximum elective contributions that could be made
to the 401(k) Plan for the current Plan Year  consistent with Sections 402(g) of
the Code.

          5.3 ACCELERATION OF BENEFITS.

                      (a)  GENERAL.  A  Participant  may  elect  to  receive  an
accelerated withdrawal by filing an election with the Plan Administrator on such
forms as may be  prescribed  from time to time by the Plan  Administrator.  If a
Participant  makes such an election,  except as otherwise  provided  below,  the
Participant  shall  receive  a  single  lump  sum  payment  equal  to the sum of
ninety-five percent (95%) of the Participant's  "available Account balance." For
this purpose,  the  Participant's  "available  Account  balance" is equal to the
Participant's  Employee Deferral Account plus the Participant's  vested interest
in the Participant's  Company Contribution  Account. For purposes of determining
the amount to be distributed,  the Participant's  Accounts shall be valued as of
the  Valuation  Date  immediately  preceding  the  date  of the  withdrawal.  In
calculating such value,  Deferral  Contributions  made by the Participant during
the Plan Year in which the  request  is made shall be  disregarded  as shall any
matching  contributions   attributable  to  such  Deferral  Contributions.   The
Participant's  vested  interest in his  Company  Contribution  Account  shall be
determined  as of the day on which  the  accelerated  withdrawal  is paid to the
Participant.  The  accelerated  withdrawal  shall be paid as soon as  reasonably
possible following the filing of the election by the Participant.

                      (b)  FORFEITURE.   The   Participant   shall  forfeit  the
remaining  five percent (5%) of the "available  Account  balance" as well as the
unvested portion of the Participant's Company Contribution Account as of the day
on which the  accelerated  withdrawal is  distributed  to the  Participant.  The
Deferral Contributions made by the Participant during the Plan Year in which the
accelerated   withdrawal   request  is  made  and  the  matching   contributions
attributable to such Deferral Contributions (both of which are not subject to or
available for withdrawal) shall not be forfeited.

                      (c) SUSPENSION OF PARTICIPATION.  If a Participant  elects
to receive an accelerated withdrawal,  the Participant's right to participate in
the Plan shall be suspended for twelve (12) months from the date the accelerated
withdrawal is paid to the Participant.  Upon expiration of the twelve (12) month
suspension  period,  the  Participant  shall  be  permitted  to  execute  a  new
Participation Agreement and to begin making Deferral Contributions in accordance
with  Section  3.2,  as of the  first  day of the  first  payroll  period in any
subsequent Plan Year Quarter.
                                       9
<PAGE>
                      (d) REPAYMENT OF ACCELERATED  BENEFITS BY  PARTICIPANT.  A
Participant who receives an accelerated  withdrawal under this Section 5.3 shall
be  required  to repay the Trustee the full amount of the payment if the Company
is or  becomes  subject  to a pending  proceeding  as a debtor  under the United
States  Bankruptcy Code within three (3) months of the date of the Participant's
filing of the election to receive an accelerated  withdrawal pursuant to Section
5.3(a).

          5.4  CREDITING OF  WITHDRAWALS.  Withdrawals  and other  distributions
shall be charged  pro rata to the  Investment  Funds in which the Account of the
Participant is invested, pursuant to his designation under Section 6.3 hereof.

                                    SECTION 6

                      CREDITING OF CONTRIBUTIONS AND INCOME
                      -------------------------------------

           6.1  TRANSFER  TO  TRUSTEE.  All  Deferral  Contributions,  After-Tax
Rollover  Contributions and Plan Sponsor  contributions  shall be transmitted to
the Trustee by the Plan Sponsor as soon as reasonably  practicable  and shall be
credited to the  Employee  Deferral  Account,  After-Tax  Rollover  Contribution
Account and  Company  Contribution  Account,  respectively,  of the  Participant
immediately upon receipt.  All payments from an Account between  Valuation Dates
shall be charged  against the Account as of the preceding  Valuation  Date.  The
Accounts are bookkeeping  accounts only and the Plan Administrator is not in any
way obligated to segregate assets for the benefit of any Participant.

          6.2 CREDITING TO BOOKKEEPING ACCOUNTS.

                      (a) GENERAL.  Except as otherwise provided in the Plan and
Trust,  as of each  Valuation  Date the Plan  Administrator  shall  adjust  each
Participant's  Accounts  with the  positive  or  negative  rate of return on the
Investment  Funds selected by the Participant  pursuant to Section  6.3(b).  The
rate of return will be determined by the Plan Administrator  pursuant to Section
6.3(c) and will be credited or charged  against  the  "adjusted  balance" of the
Account,  which will be the balance of the Account as of the preceding Valuation
Date less all withdrawals,  distributions and other amounts  chargeable  against
the  Account  pursuant  to any other  provisions  of this  Plan  since the prior
Valuation Date. In the exercise of its discretion,  the Plan  Administrator also
may direct that a portion of the Employee Deferral  Contributions made since the
prior  Valuation Date be considered in calculating  the adjusted  balance of the
Employment  Deferral Account.  If the Participant's  Distributable  Amount for a
Plan Year is transferred to the 401(k) Plan pursuant to Section 4.6, despite the
preceding sentence,  the Plan Administrator,  in the exercise of its discretion,
may elect to  include  all or any  portion  of the  Distributable  Amount in the
adjusted  balance  of the  Participant's  Accounts  for  purposes  of making the
adjustments  called for by this  Section for the  valuation  period in which the
Distributable  Amount is distributed to the 401(k) Plan. The amount representing
any positive rate of return on the Distributable Amount shall not be transferred
to the  401(k)  Plan but shall  remain in this  Plan.  In  addition,  the amount
representing any negative rate of return on the  Distributable  Amount shall not
be serve to reduce the amount  transferred  to the 401(k)
                                       10
<PAGE>
Plan but rather shall serve to reduce the remaining balance of the Participant's
Accounts  in this Plan,  provided,  however,  that the amount  representing  any
negative  rate of return  shall  serve to reduce the amount  transferred  to the
401(k) Plan if the  Participant's  Account  balance is less than the amount that
would otherwise be transferred to the 401(k) Plan. Notwithstanding any provision
hereof to the contrary,  if the Participant  elects to receive a distribution of
the Distributable Amount pursuant to Section 4.6(a), no adjustment shall be made
for any positive rate of return with respect to the  Distributable  Amount,  but
any negative rate of return shall serve to reduce the Distributable Amount.

                      (b) INCOME FUND  GUARANTEE.  For each Plan Year,  the Plan
Sponsors shall guarantee that the Participants'  "adjusted account balance" that
is invested in the Income Fund shall earn a minimum  annual rate of return equal
to ten  percent  (10%),  or  such  other  percentage  as may be  determined  and
announced by the Company  before the beginning of the Plan Year. For purposes of
the preceding  sentence,  a Participant's  "adjusted account balance" shall mean
the portion of the Participant's  Account that is invested in the Income Fund as
of the first day of such Plan  Year (or the  effective  date of a  Participant's
participation  in the Plan, if such  effective  date is not the first day of the
Plan Year),  plus 50% of the contributions  made by the Participant  pursuant to
Section 4 that are  credited  to the Income Fund  pursuant to the  Participant's
direction  during the applicable  Plan Year. If the earnings on the  investments
that  comprise the Income Fund are not  adequate to assure such  minimum  annual
rate of return, the Plan Sponsors shall make a special contribution to the Trust
Fund in the amount of the shortfall, which contribution shall be credited to the
Income  Fund and  shall be  allocated  to the  Accounts  of  Participants  whose
Accounts  are  invested  in the  Income  Fund in the same  manner as  investment
earnings are otherwise allocated.

          6.3 INVESTMENT DIRECTION.

                      (a)  INVESTMENT  FUNDS.  The  Plan   Administrator   shall
establish one or more Investment  Funds in which each  Participant  shall invest
amounts  credited to his Account.  The Investment  Funds shall include an Income
Fund  and such  other  funds as may be  selected  from  time to time by the Plan
Administrator. The Investment Funds may be changed from time to time by the Plan
Administrator.

          (b) PARTICIPANT DIRECTIONS.

                                (1) GENERAL.  Upon becoming a Participant of the
Plan, each  Participant  may direct that all of the amounts  attributable to his
Account  be  invested  in a  single  investment  fund or may  direct  fractional
(percentage)  increments  of his Account to be invested in such fund or funds as
he shall desire,  on such forms and in accordance with such procedures,  if any,
as may be established by the Plan Administrator. Such designation may be changed
as of  the  first  day  of  any  Plan  Year  Quarter,  with  respect  to  future
contributions  and transfers among Investment  Funds, by filing an election with
the Plan Administrator, on a form prescribed by the Plan Administrator, at least
thirty (30) days (or such fewer number of days as may be  prescribed by the Plan
Administrator)  prior to the applicable Plan Year Quarter.  The designation will
continue until changed by the timely submission of a new form, which change will
be effective as of the first day of the next succeeding Plan Year Quarter. 
                                       11
<PAGE>
                                (2) INCOME FUND.  Notwithstanding paragraph (1),
above, a Participant  shall only be permitted to invest amounts  credited to his
Account in, or otherwise  change such direction with respect to, the Income Fund
as of the first day of each Plan Year.

                                (3)  DEFAULT  SELECTION.  In the  absence of any
designation, a Participant will be deemed to have directed the investment of his
Accounts  in such  Investment  Funds as the  Trustee,  in its sole and  absolute
discretion,  shall  determine.  In no  event  may a  Participant  designate  the
investment of his Account in stock or other securities of a Plan Sponsor.

                                (4)  IMPACT  OF  ELECTION.   The   Participant's
selection of Investment  Funds shall serve only as a measurement of the value of
the Accounts of said  Participant  pursuant to Section 6.2(a) and Section 6.3(c)
and the  Plan  Administrator  and the  Trustee  are not  required  to  invest  a
Participant's Accounts in accordance with the Participant's selections.

                      (c)  RATE  OF  RETURN.  As  soon as  possible  after  each
Valuation  Date,  the Plan  Administrator  shall  determine  the rate of return,
positive or negative,  experienced on each of the Investment  Funds. The rate of
return determined by the Plan  Administrator in good faith and in its discretion
pursuant to this Section shall be binding and conclusive on the Participant, the
Participant's Beneficiary and all parties claiming through them.

                      (d)  CHARGES.  The  Plan  Administrator  may  charge  each
Participant's  Account for the  reasonable  expenses of carrying out  investment
instructions directly related to such Account.

                                    SECTION 7

                               RETIREMENT BENEFITS
                               -------------------

           7.1  RETIREMENT  DATE. The provisions of this Section 7 apply only in
the event  that a  Participant  remains in the  service of a Plan  Sponsor or an
Affiliate until reaching a Retirement date.  Wherever  reference is made in this
Plan to a Retirement  date, it shall mean the Normal  Retirement Date or Delayed
Retirement Date of a Participant, whichever is applicable.

          7.2 NORMAL  RETIREMENT.  The Participant shall be entitled,  as of his
Normal Retirement Date, to the entire value of his Accounts.

          7.3 DELAYED  RETIREMENT.  A Participant  shall be entitled,  as of his
Delayed Retirement Date, to the entire value of his Accounts.

          7.4 PAYMENT OF  RETIREMENT  BENEFIT.  Any benefit  payable  under this
Section 7 shall be paid in accordance  with Section 9 or Section 10 of the Plan,
whichever  is   applicable,   after   receipt  by  the  Trustee  from  the  Plan
Administrator of notice of the Retirement of the Participant.
                                       12
<PAGE>
                                    SECTION 8

                                 DEATH BENEFITS
                                 --------------

          8.1  DEATH  BEFORE  TERMINATION  OF  EMPLOYMENT.  Upon the  death of a
Participant  prior to the  termination of his service with all Plan Sponsors and
Affiliates,  the Beneficiary of such Participant shall be entitled to the entire
value of his Accounts.

          8.2  DEATH  AFTER  TERMINATION  OF  EMPLOYMENT.  Upon  the  death of a
Participant  who, at the time of his death,  has terminated his service with all
Plan Sponsors and  Affiliates,  the  Beneficiary  of such  Participant  shall be
entitled to receive the vested portion of the Participant's Accounts, determined
pursuant to Section 10.

          8.3  ENTITLEMENT  TO DEATH  BENEFIT.  If  subsequent to the death of a
Participant,  the  Participant's  Beneficiary  dies  while  entitled  to receive
benefits under this Plan, the successor Beneficiary of the Participant,  if any,
shall be  entitled  to  receive  benefits  of the  Participant  under this Plan.
However,  if no successor  Beneficiary  shall have been  designated and shall be
alive,  the benefits shall be paid to the legal  representative  of the deceased
Beneficiary's estate to be paid according to the deceased Beneficiary's will, or
if the deceased  Beneficiary  has no will, by the laws of intestacy of the state
in  which  the  deceased  Beneficiary  resided  at  the  date  of  the  deceased
Beneficiary's  death. If the  Participant is married,  a designation of a person
other than the Participant's spouse as his Beneficiary with respect to more than
fifty percent (50%) of the amount allocated to the Participant's  Accounts shall
not be  effective  without  the  written  consent of the  Participant's  spouse.
Subject to the foregoing, a Beneficiary designation may be changed or revoked by
a  Participant  at any time  provided the change or revocation is filed with the
Plan Administrator.

          8.4 PAYMENT OF DEATH BENEFIT. Any benefit payable under this Section 8
shall be paid in accordance with Section 9 or Section 10 of the Plan,  whichever
is  applicable,  after  receipt by the Trustee  from the Plan  Administrator  of
notice of the death of the Participant.

                                    SECTION 9

                   PAYMENT OF BENEFITS ON RETIREMENT OR DEATH
                   ------------------------------------------

          9.1  COMMENCEMENT  OF  PAYMENTS.  Upon  the  Retirement  or death of a
Participant,  the value of the Accounts of such Participant  shall be determined
as of the Valuation Date  coinciding  with or next  following the  Participant's
Retirement date or date of death, provided, however, that the Participant or, if
applicable, his Beneficiary, may request that payment be made promptly after the
date of Retirement or death of a Participant.  In such event,  and upon approval
of the Plan Administrator,  in its sole and absolute discretion, the Accounts of
the  Participant  shall be valued as of the  Valuation  Date next  preceding the
Participant's  Retirement  date or date of  death,  increased  by any  After-Tax
Rollover  Contributions,  Deferral  Contributions and Plan Sponsor contributions
made since that  Valuation  Date, and in that event payment shall commence or be
made no later than sixty  (60) days  after the  Retirement  date or death of the
Participant  or sixty  (60) days
                                       13
<PAGE>
after the  Participant  or the  Participant's  Beneficiary,  as the case may be,
files a request for distribution,  whichever is later. If the Plan Administrator
does not approve  prompt  payment as described in the preceding  sentence,  then
payment to a Participant, or to the Beneficiary of a deceased Participant, shall
be made no later than sixty (60) days after the Valuation Date  coinciding  with
or  next  following  the  Retirement  date  or the  death  of  the  Participant.
Notwithstanding the foregoing,  if the amount of the payment required to be made
on that date cannot be ascertained by that date,  payment shall be made no later
than sixty (60) days after the earliest  date on which the amount of the payment
can be ascertained under the Plan.

          9.2 FORM OF PAYMENT. The payment of a Participant's  benefits shall be
made either in a lump sum in cash, or in cash payments in annual,  quarterly, or
monthly  installments  over a period certain not exceeding ten (10) years,  such
method  of  payment  to be  elected  by the  Participant  in  his  Participation
Agreement.  If  installment  payments  are made,  the  unpaid  balance  shall be
continued to be invested in the Trust Fund in accordance with the  Participant's
direction and shall  continue to share in any gain or loss  attributable  to the
Investment Fund or Funds.

                                   SECTION 10

                  PAYMENT OF BENEFITS ON TERMINATION OF SERVICE
                  ---------------------------------------------

          10.1  TERMINATION OF SERVICE  DEFINED.  Transfer of a Participant from
one Plan Sponsor to another Plan Sponsor or to an Affiliate  shall not be deemed
for  any  purpose  under  the  Plan  to  be a  termination  of  service  by  the
Participant.  A Participant shall be deemed to have terminated service only upon
the earlier of his death, Retirement or other actual termination of service with
all Plan Sponsors and Affiliates.

          10.2 TERMINATION OF SERVICE BENEFITS.  In the event of the termination
of service of a  Participant  for reasons  other than death or  Retirement,  the
Participant  shall be  entitled to that  portion of his  Accounts in which he is
vested, as set forth in Section 10.3 below.

          10.3 VESTING OF BENEFITS.

                      (a)  DEFERRAL   CONTRIBUTIONS   AND   AFTER-TAX   ROLLOVER
CONTRIBUTIONS.  Each  Participant  shall at all  times be  fully  vested  in all
amounts  credited to a  Participant's  Employee  Deferral  Account and After-Tax
Rollover  Contribution  Account, and a Participant's rights and interest therein
shall  not be  forfeitable  for  any  reason.  The  amounts  distributable  to a
Participant  from the  Participant's  Employee  Deferral  Account and  After-Tax
Rollover  Contribution  Account shall equal the value in such Accounts as of the
Valuation  Date  coinciding  with  or  immediately  preceding  the  date  of the
Participant's  termination  of  service,  increased  by any  After-Tax  Rollover
Contributions and Deferral  Contributions made by the Participant  subsequent to
that Valuation Date.

                      (b) FULL VESTING.  Each Participant  shall be fully vested
in the amounts  credited to his  Company  Contribution  Account on and after the
first to occur of the following events:
                                       14
<PAGE>
                                (1) Attainment by the  Participant of the age of
                                    sixty-five (65) years;

                                (2) The date of death of the Participant;

                                (3) Termination of the Plan; or

                                (4) The completion of five (5) Years of Service.

                      (c) VESTING SCHEDULE. If a Participant  terminates service
with a Plan  Sponsor at a time when the  Participant  is not fully vested in the
amounts credited to his Company  Contribution  Account, the Participant's vested
interest shall be determined in accordance with the following vesting schedule:

      Years of Service                                Percentage Vested
      ----------------                                -----------------

      Fewer than 1 Year                                       0%
      1 but less than 2                                      20%
      2 but less than 3                                      40%
      3 but less than 4                                      60%
      4 but less than 5                                      80%
      5 or more                                             100%

           A Participant's  vested interest in his Company  Contribution Account
shall be  determined as of the Valuation  Date  immediately  preceding the first
distribution to the Participant from his Company  Contribution Account following
his termination of employment.

          10.4 FORM OF  PAYMENT.  Payment  shall be made either in a lump sum in
cash, or in cash payments in annual,  quarterly or monthly  installments  over a
period  certain  not  exceeding  ten (10)  years,  such  method of payment to be
elected  by the  Participant  in his  Participation  Agreement.  If  installment
payments are made, the unpaid balance shall continue to be invested in the Trust
Fund  and the  Participant  will  continue  to be  entitled  to make  investment
elections  pursuant to Section 6.3(b) and to have his Accounts adjusted pursuant
to Section  6.2(a).  Payment  shall  commence or be made as soon as  practicable
after the  Participant's  date of termination of service,  but in no event later
than one year following that date.

          10.5  CHANGES IN VESTING  SCHEDULE.  In the event that an amendment to
this Plan  directly or  indirectly  changes the  vesting  schedule  set forth in
Section 10.3 of the Plan,  the vested  percentage  for each  Participant  in his
benefit  accumulated  to the date when the  amendment  is  adopted  shall not be
reduced as a result of the amendment. In addition, any Participant with at least
three (3) Years of Service may irrevocably  elect, by written notice to the Plan
Administrator within the election period hereinafter  provided,  to remain under
the pre- amendment  vesting schedule with respect to all of his benefits accrued
both before and after the  amendment.  The election  period shall begin no later
than the date on which the  amendment  is adopted and shall end no earlier  than
sixty (60) days after the  latest  of:  (i) the date on which the  amendment  is
adopted, (ii) the date on 
                                       15
<PAGE>
which  the  amendment  becomes  effective,  or  (iii)  the  date  on  which  the
Participant  is issued  written notice of the amendment by a Plan Sponsor or the
Plan Administrator.

          10.6 FORFEITURES.  Any portion of a Participant's Company Contribution
Account in which he is not vested as  provided  in Section  10.3 above  shall be
forfeited  in the Plan Year in which the  Participant  receives  a  distribution
under this Section 10.

                                   SECTION 11

                           ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN
                           --------------------------

          11.1 ADOPTION OF TRUST. The Company shall enter into a Trust Agreement
with the Trustee,  which Trust  Agreement  shall form a part of this Plan and is
hereby incorporated herein by reference.

          11.2 POWERS OF THE PLAN ADMINISTRATOR.

                      (a) The Plan  Administrator  is the named  fiduciary  with
respect to the administration of the Plan.

                      (b) The  Plan  Administrator  shall  have  the  power  and
discretion  to  perform  the  administrative  duties  described  in this Plan or
required  for  proper  administration  of the Plan  and  shall  have all  powers
necessary to enable it to properly carry out such duties.  Without  limiting the
generality of the  foregoing,  the Plan  Administrator  shall have the power and
discretion  to construe  and  interpret  this Plan,  to hear and resolve  claims
relating to this Plan,  and to decide all questions  and disputes  arising under
this Plan.  The Plan  Administrator  shall  determine,  in its  discretion,  the
service  credited to the  Participants,  the status and rights of a Participant,
and the identity of the  Beneficiary  or  Beneficiaries  entitled to receive any
benefits  payable  hereunder  on  account  of the  death of a  Participant.  The
Compensation  Committee of the Board of Directors  shall have the  discretion to
exclude   Leadership  Team  members  from  participation  in  the  Plan  and  to
discontinue a Participant's participation in the Plan.

                      (c) Except as is otherwise  provided  hereunder,  the Plan
Administrator  shall  determine the manner and time of payment of benefits under
this Plan.  All  benefit  disbursements  by the  Trustee  shall be made upon the
instructions of the Plan Administrator.

                      (d)  The  decision  of the  Plan  Administrator  upon  all
matters within the scope of its authority  shall be binding and conclusive  upon
all persons.

                      (e) The Plan  Administrator  shall  file all  reports  and
forms  lawfully  required  to be  filed  by the  Plan  Administrator  and  shall
distribute any forms,  reports or statements to be  distributed to  Participants
and others.
                                       16
<PAGE>
                      (f) The Plan Administrator  shall keep itself advised with
respect to the investment of the Trust Fund and shall report to the Plan Sponsor
regarding the investment and  reinvestment of the Trust Fund not less frequently
than annually.

          11.3  CREATION OF  COMMITTEE.  The Company may appoint a committee  to
perform its duties as Plan Administrator by the adoption of appropriate Board of
Directors  resolutions.  The committee must consist of at least two (2) members,
and they shall hold office  during the pleasure of the Board of  Directors.  The
committee  members shall serve without  compensation but shall be reimbursed for
all expenses by the Company.  The committee  shall conduct  itself in accordance
with the  provisions of this Section 11. The members of the committee may resign
with  thirty  (30) days  notice in  writing  to the  Company  and may be removed
immediately at any time by written notice from the Company.

          11.4 CHAIRMAN AND SECRETARY. The committee shall elect a chairman from
among its  members  and shall  select a  secretary  who is not  required to be a
member of the  committee  and who may be  authorized  to execute any document or
documents on behalf of the  committee.  The  secretary  of the  committee or his
designee  shall record all acts and  determinations  of the  committee and shall
preserve  and  retain  custody  of all such  records,  together  with such other
documents as may be necessary for the  administration  of this Plan or as may be
required by law.

          11.5  APPOINTMENT  OF AGENTS.  The  committee  may appoint  such other
agents,  who need not be members of the committee,  as it may deem necessary for
the effective  performance of its duties,  whether ministerial or discretionary,
as the committee may deem  expedient or  appropriate.  The  compensation  of any
agents who are not  employees  of the  Company  shall be fixed by the  committee
within any limitations set by the Board of Directors.

          11.6  MAJORITY  VOTE AND  EXECUTION  OF  INSTRUMENTS.  In all matters,
questions and  decisions,  the action of the committee  shall be determined by a
majority  vote of its  members.  They may meet  informally  or take any ordinary
action without the necessity of meeting as a group. All instruments  executed by
the committee shall be executed by a majority of its members or by any member of
the committee designated to act on its behalf.

          11.7  ALLOCATION  OF  RESPONSIBILITIES.  The  committee  may  allocate
responsibilities  among its  members or  designate  other  persons to act on its
behalf. Any allocation or designation, however, must be set forth in writing and
must be retained in the permanent records of the committee.

          11.8  CONFLICT  OF  INTEREST.  No  member  of the  committee  who is a
Participant   shall  take  any  part  in  any  action  in  connection  with  his
participation  as an  individual.  Such action  shall be voted or decided by the
remaining members of the committee.

          11.9 ACTION  TAKEN BY PLAN  SPONSOR.  Any action to be taken by a Plan
Sponsor  shall be taken by  resolution  adopted by its board of  directors or an
executive committee thereof; provided, however, that by resolution, the board of
directors or an executive committee
                                       17
<PAGE>
thereof may  delegate to any  committee  of the board or any officer of the Plan
Sponsor the  authority  to take any actions  hereunder,  other than the power to
determine the basis of Plan Sponsor contributions.

          11.10 FIDUCIARY AUTHORITY. All delegations of fiduciary responsibility
set forth in this  document  regarding  the  determination  of benefits  and the
interpretation of the terms of the Plan confer discretionary  authority upon the
named fiduciary.

                                   SECTION 12

                         ADOPTION OF PLAN BY AFFILIATES
                         ------------------------------

          The adoption of this Plan by any Affiliate or any corporation  related
to the Company by  function  or  operation  shall not be  effective  without the
written  consent of the Company.  Any  adoption  shall be evidenced by certified
copies of the  resolution of the  foregoing  board of directors  indicating  the
adoption  and by the  execution  of the  Trust by the  adopting  corporation  or
Affiliate. The resolution shall define the Effective Date for the purpose of the
Plan as adopted by the corporation or Affiliate.

                                   SECTION 13

                             CLAIM REVIEW PROCEDURE
                             ----------------------

          13.1 GENERAL. In the event that a Participant or Beneficiary is denied
a claim for benefits under this Plan (the  "claimant"),  the Plan  Administrator
shall  provide to the  claimant  written  notice of the denial  which  shall set
forth:

                      (a) the specific reason or reasons for the denial;

                      (b) specifIc  references to pertinent  Plan  provisions on
            which the Plan Administrator based its denial;

                      (c)  a   description   of  any   additional   material  or
            information  needed for the  claimant  to  perfect  the claim and an
            explanation of why the material or information is needed;

                      (d) a statement that the claimant may:

                                  (i) Request a review upon written  application
                       to the Plan Administrator;

                                  (ii) Review pertinent Plan documents; and

                                  (iii)  Submit  issues and comments in writing;
                       and 
                                       18
<PAGE>
                      (e) That any  appeal  the  claimant  wishes to make of the
           adverse  determination  must be in writing to the Plan  Administrator
           within  sixty  (60) days after  receipt  of the Plan  Administrator's
           notice of denial of benefits.  The Plan  Administrator's  notice must
           further  advise the claimant that his failure to appeal the action to
           the Plan  Administrator  in writing  within the sixty (60) day period
           will render the Plan Administrator's  determination  final,  binding,
           and conclusive.

          13.2 APPEALS.

                      (a)  If  the   claimant   should   appeal   to  the   Plan
Administrator,  he,  or his  duly  authorized  representative,  may  submit,  in
writing, whatever issues and comments he, or his duly authorized representative,
feels are pertinent.  The Plan Administrator  shall re-examine all facts related
to the  appeal  and make a final  determination  as to  whether  the  denial  of
benefits is justified  under the  circumstances.  The Plan  Administrator  shall
advise the  claimant  in writing of its  decision on his  appeal,  the  specific
reasons for the decision, and the specific Plan provisions on which the decision
is based.  The notice of the  decision  shall be given within sixty (60) days of
the claimant's written request for review, unless special circumstances (such as
a hearing)  would  make the  rendering  of a decision  within the sixty (60) day
period  infeasible,  but in no  event  shall  the  Plan  Administrator  render a
decision  regarding  the denial of a claim for  benefits  later than one hundred
twenty (120) days after its receipt of a request for review.  If an extension of
time for review is required because of special circumstances,  written notice of
the extension shall be furnished to the claimant prior to the date the extension
period commences.

                      (b) If, upon appeal,  the Plan  Administrator  shall grant
the relief requested by the claimant,  then, in addition, the Plan Administrator
shall award to the  claimant  reasonable  fees and  expenses of counsel,  or any
other duly  authorized  representative  of claimant,  which shall be paid by the
Company.  The  determination as to whether such fees and expenses are reasonable
shall  be made by the  Company  in its  sole and  absolute  discretion  and such
determination shall be binding and conclusive on all parties.

          13.3 NOTICE OF DENIALS. The Plan  Administrator's  notice of denial of
benefits  shall  identify  the  address to which the  claimant  may  forward his
appeal.

                                   SECTION 14

                       LIMITATION OF RIGHTS, CONSTRUCTION
                       ----------------------------------

          14.1 LIMITATION OF RIGHTS. Neither this Plan, the Trust nor membership
in the Plan  shall give any  employee  or other  person any right  except to the
extent that the right is  specifically  fixed  under the terms of the Plan.  The
establishment  of the Plan shall not be construed to give any individual a right
to be  continued  in the service of a Plan  Sponsor or as  interfering  with the
right of a Plan Sponsor to terminate the service of any individual at any time.
                                       19
<PAGE>
          14.2 CONSTRUCTION.  The masculine gender, where appearing in the Plan,
shall  include the  feminine  gender (and vice versa),  and the  singular  shall
include  the plural,  unless the  context  clearly  indicates  to the  contrary.
Headings and subheadings are for the purpose of reference only and are not to be
considered  in the  construction  of this Plan. If any provision of this Plan is
determined  to be  for  any  reason  invalid  or  unenforceable,  the  remaining
provisions  shall  continue in full force and effect.  All of the  provisions of
this Plan shall be  construed  and enforced in  accordance  with the laws of the
State of Delaware.

                                   SECTION 15

                  LIMITATION ON ASSIGNMENT; PAYMENTS TO LEGALLY
                  ---------------------------------------------
                             INCOMPETENT DISTRIBUTEE
                             -----------------------

          15.1  ANTI-ALIENATION  CLAUSE. No benefit which shall be payable under
the  Plan  to any  person  shall  be  subject  in any  manner  to  anticipation,
alienation, sale, transfer,  assignment,  pledge, encumbrance or charge, and any
attempt to anticipate,  alienate,  sell,  transfer,  assign,  pledge,  encumber,
charge or otherwise  dispose of the same shall be void.  No benefit shall in any
manner be subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities,  engagements or torts of
any  person,  nor shall it be  subject to  attachment  or legal  process  for or
against any person, except to the extent as may be required by law.

           15.2  PERMITTED   ARRANGEMENTS.   Section  15.1  shall  not  preclude
arrangements  for the withholding of taxes from benefit  payments,  arrangements
for the  recovery  of benefit  overpayments,  arrangements  for the  transfer of
benefit  rights to another plan, or  arrangements  for direct deposit of benefit
payments to an account in a bank,  savings and loan  association or credit union
(provided that such  arrangement is not part of an arrangement  constituting  an
assignment  or  alienation).  Additionally,  Section  15.1  shall  not  preclude
arrangements   for  the  distribution  of  the  benefits  of  a  Participant  or
Beneficiary pursuant to the terms and provisions of a "domestic relations order"
in accordance  with such  procedures as may be established  from time to time by
the Plan Administrator.

          15.2 PAYMENT TO MINOR OR INCOMPETENT. Whenever any benefit which shall
be payable  under the Plan is to be paid to or for the benefit of any person who
is then a minor or determined by the Plan  Administrator  to be  incompetent  by
qualified  medical  advice,   the  Plan   Administrator  need  not  require  the
appointment  of a guardian or  custodian,  but shall be  authorized to cause the
same to be paid over to the person having  custody of the minor or  incompetent,
or to  cause  the  same to be paid  to the  minor  or  incompetent  without  the
intervention  of a guardian or  custodian,  or to cause the same to be paid to a
legal  guardian  or  custodian  of the  minor  or  incompetent  if one has  been
appointed  or to  cause  the  same to be used for the  benefit  of the  minor or
incompetent.
                                       20
<PAGE>

                                   SECTION 16

                        AMENDMENT, MERGER AND TERMINATION
                        ---------------------------------

          16.1  AMENDMENT.  The Company  shall have the right at any time, by an
instrument  in writing duly  executed,  acknowledged  and  delivered to the Plan
Administrator,  to  modify,  alter  or  amend  this  Plan,  in whole or in part,
prospectively  or  retroactively;   provided,   however,  that  the  duties  and
liabilities of the Plan  Administrator  and the Trustee  hereunder  shall not be
substantially  increased without its written consent;  and provided further that
the amendment  shall not reduce any  Participant's  vested interest in the Plan,
calculated  as of the date on which the  amendment  is  adopted.  If the Plan is
amended by the Company  after it is adopted by an  Affiliate,  unless  otherwise
expressly provided,  it shall be treated as so amended by such Affiliate without
the necessity of any action on the part of the Affiliate. Any Affiliate or other
corporation  adopting this Plan hereby delegates the authority to amend the Plan
to the Company. An Affiliate or other corporation that has adopted this Plan may
terminate its future participation in the Plan at any time.

          16.2  MERGER  OR  CONSOLIDATION  OF  COMPANY.  The Plan  shall  not be
automatically  terminated  by the  Company's  acquisition  by or merger into any
other employer, but the Plan shall be continued after such acquisition or merger
if the successor  employer elects and agrees to continue the Plan. All rights to
amend,  modify,  suspend,  or  terminate  the Plan shall be  transferred  to the
successor employer, effective as of the date of the merger.

          16.3 TERMINATION OF PLAN OR DISCONTINUANCE OF CONTRIBUTIONS. It is the
expectation  of the  Company  that this Plan and the  payment  of  contributions
hereunder will be continued  indefinitely.  However,  continuance of the Plan is
not  assumed  as a  contractual  obligation  of the  Company,  and the  right is
reserved at any time to terminate this Plan or to reduce, temporarily suspend or
discontinue contributions hereunder.

          16.4 LIMITATION OF COMPANY'S  LIABILITY.  The adoption of this Plan is
strictly a  voluntary  undertaking  on the part of the  Company and shall not be
deemed to  constitute  a  contract  between  the  Company  and any  employee  or
Participant or to be consideration  for, an inducement to, or a condition of the
employment of any employee.  A Participant,  employee,  or Beneficiary shall not
have any right to retirement  or other  benefits  except to the extent  provided
herein.

                                   SECTION 17

                               GENERAL PROVISIONS
                               ------------------

          17.1 STATUS OF PARTICIPANTS AS UNSECURED CREDITORS. All benefits under
the  Plan  shall be the  unsecured  obligations  of the  Company  and each  Plan
Sponsor, as applicable, and, except for those assets which will be placed in the
Trust  established  in  connection  with this Plan,  no assets will be placed in
trust or  otherwise  segregated  from the general  assets of the Company or each
Plan Sponsor, as applicable, for the payment of obligations hereunder. To the
                                       21
<PAGE>
extent  that any person  acquires a right to receive  payments  hereunder,  such
right shall be no greater than the right of any  unsecured  general  creditor of
the Company and each Plan Sponsor, as applicable.

          17.2 UNIFORM  ADMINISTRATION.  Whenever in the  administration  of the
Plan any action is required  by the Plan  Administrator,  such  action  shall be
uniform in nature as applied to all persons similarly situated.

          17.3 HEIRS AND SUCCESSORS. All of the provisions of this Plan shall be
binding  upon all persons who shall be entitled to any benefits  hereunder,  and
their heirs and legal representatives.

          To signify its adoption of this  restated Plan  document,  the Company
has caused this  restated  Plan  document  to be  executed by a duly  authorized
officer of the Company on this 26th day of September, 1996.

                                           MicroAge, Inc.



                                           By /s/ Jeffrey D. McKeever
                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Its Chairman & CEO
                                                  ------------------------------
                                       22

                               FIRST AMENDMENT TO
                     SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN

         THIS FIRST  AMENDMENT TO  SUPPLEMENTAL  EXECUTIVE  RETIREMENT PLAN (the
"Amendment"), is made and entered into as of September 26, 1996.

                                 R E C I T A L S
                                 - - - - - - - -

         WHEREAS,  MicroAge,  Inc. (the  "Company") has  previously  adopted the
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan of MicroAge,  Inc., dated October 1, 1992
(the "SERP"); and

         WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 8.01 of the SERP the Compensation
Committee of the Company's Board of Directors may amend the SERP;
and

         WHEREAS,  pursuant to action  taken by the  Compensation  Committee  on
September 26, the SERP was amended as follows:

                                A M E N D M E N T
                                - - - - - - - - - 

         1.       Section 2.02 of the SERP is hereby amended to read in its
entirety as follows:

                  2.02   "Average   Compensation"   means  the   average   of  a
         Participant's  Compensation  for the highest five calendar years out of
         the last fifteen  calendar years ending with the calendar year in which
         occurs his or her Normal Retirement Date or earlier  termination of his
         or her employment with the Company.

         2.       Section 2.08 of the SERP is hereby amended to read in its
entirety as follows:

                  2.08  "Compensation"  means the amount paid to the Participant
         which is, or in the absence of any salary or bonus  deferral  under any
         deferred  compensation plan of the Company and any contributions by the
         Participant to the MicroAge, Inc. Retirement Savings and Employee Stock
         Ownership Plan would be,  considered  "wages" under Section  3401(a) of
         the Code.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term "Compensation" shall
         not include the Warrant Restitution and Founder's Bonus paid to Jeffrey
         D.  McKeever and Alan P. Hald pursuant to action taken by the Company's
         Compensation Committee on February 22, 1995.

         3.       The first sentence of Section 2.14 of the SERP is hereby
amended to read in its entirety as follows:

                  2.14 "Other  Benefits" means the sum of: (i) the annual amount
         the  Participant  would  receive as a primary  benefit under the Social
         Security Act as in effect on the
                                        1
<PAGE>
         date of calculation if he continued to work until his Normal Retirement
         Date with wages for  purposes of that Act equal to his most recent rate
         of Compensation;  and (ii) the Actuarial Equivalent of the amount which
         would be  payable  to the  Participant  in the  form of a life  annuity
         payable monthly commencing on the Participant's  Normal Retirement Date
         utilizing  the sum of the  amounts,  if any,  in (a) the  Participant's
         "Employer  Contribution  Account"  in  The  MicroAge,  Inc.  Retirement
         Savings  and  Employee  Stock   Ownership  Plan  on  the  date  of  his
         termination  of   employment;   and  (b)  the   Participant's   Company
         contribution  account  in the  MicroAge,  Inc.  Executive  Supplemental
         Savings Plan on the date of his  termination of  employment;  provided,
         however,  that  if  any  amount  was  previously   distributed  to  the
         Participant  from the  Participant's  Company  account  or the  Company
         contribution  account,  proper  adjustment shall be made to the annuity
         amount to reflect the amount of such distribution.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Company has adopted  this First  Amendment to
Supplemental  Executive  Retirement  Plan  as of the day and  year  first  above
written.

                                                     MICROAGE, INC.
                                                     a Delaware corporation

                                                     By:  /s/Jeffrey D. McKeever
                                                          ----------------------

                                                     Name:   Jeffrey D. McKeever
                                                             -------------------

                                                     Title:  Chairman and CEO
                                                             -------------------
                                        2

                         FORM OF FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE
                     MICROAGE 1994 MANAGEMENT EQUITY PROGRAM
                               AWARD AGREEMENT FOR
                               CERTAIN EXECUTIVES


         THIS FIRST  AMENDMENT to the Award  Agreement  dated  December 14, 1993
("Award Agreement"), is entered into by MicroAge, Inc. ("Company"),  and certain
executives  (the  "Executive")  pursuant to the  Management  Equity Plan ("MEP")
under the MicroAge,  Inc. Long- Term Incentive Plan ("Plan"), as of December 14,
1995.

         WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive entered into the Award Agreement
effective  December  14, 1993,  to enable the  Executive to acquire an option to
purchase Company stock by making salary deferrals; and

         WHEREAS,  the exercise  price of the option to purchase  Company common
stock, $.01 par value ("Common Stock"),  under the Award Agreement is $24.83 per
share,  after giving effect to a 3-for-2 stock split that was payable on January
13, 1994; and

         WHEREAS,  the closing price of the Common Stock on the Nasdaq  National
Market on December 13, 1995, was $8.75 per share; and

         WHEREAS,  in order to provide a meaningful  incentive for the Executive
under the MEP, the  Compensation  Committee of the Company's  Board of Directors
has reduced the  exercise  price under the Award  Agreement  to the current fair
market value of the Common Stock.

         NOW THEREFORE, the Executive and the Company agree as follows:

                  1.  Paragraph 5 of the Award  Agreement is hereby  amended and
restated in its entirety as follows:
<PAGE>


         5. NUMBER OF OPTIONS  GRANTED.  In exchange  for  electing to waive the
amount of compensation  specified in the 1994-1996  Waiver Table in Paragraph 4,
above,  you are  hereby  granted an option to  purchase  the number of shares of
MicroAge, Inc. Common Stock calculated pursuant to the formula below:

         (1)      TOTAL COMPENSATION WAIVED (1994-1996)                 $______

         (2)      $______ (TOTAL COMPENSATION WAIVED)
                  MULTIPLIED BY 3.5234705 (THE "LEVERAGING
                  FACTOR")                                              $_______

         (3)      COMMON STOCK CLOSING PRICE ON DECEMBER
                  13, 1995 (THE "COMMON STOCK PRICE")                   $8.75

         (4)      TOTAL OPTIONS GRANTED (2) / (3)                       ______

                  2.  Paragraphs  8, 9, and 10 of the Award  Agreement  shall be
amended by  deleting  the  references  to the number  "ten" and  replacing  such
reference with the phrase "the Leveraging Factor."
                  
                  3. This First  Amendment  shall be  effective  as December 14,
1995.


                                            MICROAGE, INC.


                                            By:
                                                --------------------------------
                                                     Jeffrey D. McKeever
                                                     Chairman of the Board and
                                                     Chief Executive Officer


                                                --------------------------------
                                                     Executive
                                        2

                                 MICROAGE, INC.

                     FORM OF 1997 MANAGEMENT EQUITY PROGRAM

                                 AWARD AGREEMENT

                                   (EXECUTIVE)

                                December 4, 1996




Dear Executive:


         Pursuant to the action  taken by the Board of  Directors  of  MicroAge,
Inc. (the "Company") and the  Compensation  Committee of the Board of Directors,
you are hereby offered  participation in the 1997 Management Equity Program (the
"1997 MEP") under the  MicroAge,  Inc.  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan (the "Plan").
Under the 1997 MEP, you have the  opportunity to receive  options to restructure
your compensation package to some extent. Essentially, you may elect to purchase
shares of the common stock of the Company if you irrevocably  elect to waive all
or a portion of your base  salary and any  bonuses you may receive for the 1997,
1998, and 1999 fiscal years,  and later years if necessary,  under the following
terms and conditions.

BEFORE YOU ELECT TO PARTICIPATE IN THE 1997 MEP, READ THIS AWARD AGREEMENT.  YOU
WILL BE REQUIRED TO SIGN THIS AWARD AGREEMENT,  AND YOUR SIGNATURE WILL EVIDENCE
THAT YOU HAVE READ THIS AWARD AGREEMENT, UNDERSTAND IT, AND AGREE WITH ITS TERMS
AND CONDITIONS.

TO PARTICIPATE IN THE 1997 MEP, YOU MUST COMPLETE AND SIGN THIS AWARD
AGREEMENT AND RETURN IT TO AL LYONS BY 12:00 P.M. NOON ON FRIDAY,
DECEMBER 27, 1996.


         1. EFFECTIVE DATE. The effective date of your participation in the 1997
MEP is January 6, 1997.

         2. 1997-1999 WAIVER. You hereby elect to waive a portion of your salary
and bonuses  received for the Company's 1997, 1998, and 1999 fiscal years in the
amounts specified in the tables below (please  understand that bonuses for later
years may be  automatically  waived,  as may be necessary to make up any deficit
(see footnote 2 and Example A attached to this Award Agreement)):
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              1997-1999 WAIVER TABLE
                                              ----------------------
<S>                            <C>                           <C>                          <C>                                
=============================  ============================  ============================  =============================
         Fiscal Year                     Salary1                       Bonus2                         Total
- -----------------------------  ----------------------------  ---------------------------  ------------------------------
            1997               $                             $                            $
     (11/4/96 - 11/2/97)
- -----------------------------  ----------------------------  ---------------------------  ------------------------------
            1998               $                             $                            $
     (11/3/97 - 11/1/98)
- -----------------------------  ----------------------------  ---------------------------  ------------------------------
            1999               $                             $                            $
    (11/2/98 - 10/31/99)
- -----------------------------  ----------------------------  ---------------------------  ------------------------------
          1997-1999            $                             $                            $                            3
=============================  ============================  ===========================  ==============================
</TABLE>

         3. NUMBER OF OPTIONS  GRANTED.  In exchange  for  electing to waive the
amount of compensation  specified in the 1997-1999  Waiver Table in Paragraph 2,
above,  you are  hereby  granted an option to  purchase  the number of shares of
MicroAge,  Inc.  Common Stock  calculated  pursuant to the formula  below (to be
completed by MicroAge):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

         <S>                                                                    <C>
         (1)      Total Compensation Waived (1997-1999 fiscal years):           $_______________

         (2)      $                         (Total Compensation Waived)         $_______________
                   ------------------------

                  Multiplied by Seven (7) (the Leverage Factor"):

         (3)      Common Stock Closing Price on Effective Date
                  (January 6, 1997) (the "Common Stock Price"):                 $_______________

         (4)      Total Options Granted (2) / (3) (rounded up):
                  (See Example B attached to this Award Agreement)              $_______________

</TABLE>
___________________________

         1 The minimum annual salary waiver amount is $8,000 (5% of your Current
Base  Salary).  The maximum  annual salary waiver amount is $24,000 (15% of your
Current Base Salary).

         2 There is no minimum  annual bonus waiver  amount.  The maximum annual
bonus waiver amount is $40,000 (25% of your Current Base  Salary).  If the bonus
amount  you elect to waive in any year is more than the bonus  actually  paid to
you for that year,  the deficit amount will be added to your bonus waiver amount
for the following  year.  Deficit  amounts will  continue to be carried  forward
until made up or until  January 6, 2006.  See  Example A attached  to this Award
Agreement.  Note: The bonus waiver  amounts are for bonuses  relating to a given
fiscal  year,  whether or not the bonus is paid  during such  fiscal  year.  For
example, if a bonus for fiscal year 1997 is paid in December 1997 (during fiscal
year 1998),  any 1997 bonus waiver  amount you have included in the Waiver Table
would be deducted from your December 1997 bonus.

         3 The minimum  waiver  amount  (salary and  bonuses  combined)  for the
three-year period (1997- 1999) is $______ (50% of your Current Base Salary). The
maximum  waiver amount (salary and bonuses  combined) for the three-year  period
(1997-1999) is $_______ (100% of your Current Base Salary).
                                        2

<PAGE>
         (See Example B attached to this Award Agreement)        $______________

         4.  VESTING OF  OPTIONS.  Your  options  will vest in  one-third  (1/3)
increments  beginning  on the first day of the fiscal  year which is three years
following the first day of the fiscal year for each year you elect to waive base
salary and/or bonus amounts. HOWEVER, your options will not fully vest until you
have actually waived all of the compensation you agreed to waive.

                  FOR EXAMPLE, the options to be purchased with the compensation
you  receive  for  fiscal  year 1997 will vest in 1/3  increments  beginning  on
November  1, 1999 (the first day of fiscal year 2000) and will be 100% vested on
October  29,  2001 (the first day of fiscal  year  2002).  Correspondingly,  the
options to be purchased with the waived compensation you receive for fiscal year
1998 will vest in 1/3 increments beginning on October 30, 2000 (the first day of
fiscal  year 2001) and will be 100% vested on November 4, 2002 (the first day of
fiscal year 2002), and so on.

                  If you elect to waive a specific  amount of your  bonuses  for
the next three  fiscal  years,  but do not  receive  bonuses  for the next three
fiscal years sufficient to cover the amount you agreed to waive, the bonuses you
may be otherwise entitled to receive in later years (up through January 6, 2006)
will be used to make up any  shortfall on a "first-in,  first-out"  theory.  See
Examples C and D attached to this Award Agreement.

                  Notwithstanding  the above,  your  options  will become  fully
vested and  exercisable  as of January 6, 2006,  unless you otherwise  terminate
employment before such date.

         5.  EXPIRATION  OF  OPTIONS.  Subject  to Section 6 and 7 of this Award
Agreement,  your options will expire,  unless  sooner  exercised,  on January 6,
2006.

         6. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.

                  Death.  Upon your death,  your beneficiary will be entitled to
receive  the  number  of  options  determined  by  multiplying  the  sum of your
compensation actually waived up to the date of your death by the Leverage Factor
and dividing the product by the Common Stock Price; provided, however, that only
the  total  compensation  waived  by you up to the  date of your  death  will be
considered.  All options  received by your  beneficiary will be fully vested and
immediately exercisable. Your beneficiary will have up to one year from the date
of your death to exercise the options.  After that one year period,  the options
will be  cancelled.  Under  no  circumstances  will you or your  beneficiary  be
entitled  to receive  cash equal to all or any portion of the  compensation  you
elected to waive under the 1997 MEP.

                  Disability.  Upon  your  termination  of  employment  due to a
"Disability"  (as that term is  defined  in the Plan)  you will be  entitled  to
receive  the  number  of  options  determined  by  multiplying  the  sum of your
compensation  actually waived up to the date of your termination by the Leverage
Factor and dividing the product by the Common  Stock Price;  provided,  however,
that  only  the  total  compensation  waived  by  you  up to the  date  of  your
termination  will be considered.  All options  received will be fully vested and
immediately  exercisable.  You  will  have  up to one  year  from  the  date  of
termination  of employment to exercise the options.  After that one year period,
the options will be cancelled.  Under no  circumstances  will you be entitled to
receive  cash equal to all or any  portion of the  compensation  you  elected to
waive under the 1997 MEP.
                                        3
<PAGE>
         Voluntary  or   Involuntary.   Upon  your   voluntary  or   involuntary
termination of employment, you will be entitled to receive the number of options
determined by multiplying the sum of your compensation actually waived up to the
date of your  termination by the Leverage Factor and dividing the product by the
Common Stock Price;  provided,  however, that only the total compensation waived
by you up to the date of  termination  of employment  will be  considered.  Your
options  will  continue  to vest  under the  above  vesting  schedule  as if you
continued to be employed by the Company and continued  participating in the 1997
MEP. Under no circumstances will you be entitled to receive cash equal to all or
any portion of the compensation you elected to waive under the 1997 MEP.

         7.  TERMINATION OF 1997 MEP. If the Committee  decides to terminate the
1997 MEP,  you will be  entitled  to receive a number of options  determined  by
multiplying the sum of your compensation  actually waived up to the date of your
termination by the Leverage  Factor and dividing the product by the Common Stock
Price;  provided,  however, that only the total compensation waived by you up to
the date of termination  will be considered.  All options received will be fully
vested and  immediately  exercisable.  You will have up to thirty  days from the
date of such termination to exercise the options.  After such thirty day period,
the options will be cancelled.  Under no  circumstances  will you be entitled to
receive  cash equal to all or any  portion of the  compensation  you  elected to
waive under the 1997 MEP.

         8.  CHANGE OF  CONTROL.  Upon a "Change  of  Control"  (as that term is
defined in the Plan), the terms of Section 13.10 and 14.2 of the Plan will apply
to all options issued under the 1997 MEP. Upon a Change of Control,  you will be
entitled to receive the number of options  determined by multiplying  the sum of
your compensation actually waived up to the date of the Change of Control by the
Leverage  Factor and dividing  the product by the Common Stock Price;  provided,
however, that only the total compensation waived by you up to the date of Change
of Control will be considered.  All options will be fully vested and immediately
exercisable.  In the event of a dissolution  or  liquidation of the Company or a
merger or  consolidation  in which the  Company  would not be the  surviving  or
resulting  corporation,  you will be  entitled  to receive the number of options
determined by multiplying the sum of your compensation actually waived up to the
date of exercise by the  Leverage  Factor and dividing the product by the Common
Stock Price;  provided,  however, that only the total compensation waived by you
up to the date of exercise will be considered.  All options will be fully vested
and  exercisable  (a) in the case of a dissolution  or  liquidation,  at anytime
after the Company's Board of Directors takes action  authorizing the dissolution
or liquidation of the Company or (b) in the case of a merger or consolidation in
which the Company would not be the resulting or surviving corporation,  upon the
Company's  public  announcement  that a definitive  agreement  regarding  such a
merger or consolidation  has been reached.  Under no  circumstances  will you be
entitled  to receive  cash equal to all or any portion of the  compensation  you
elected to waive under the 1997 MEP.

         9.  COMPANY   INFORMATION.   By  signing  this  Award  Agreement,   you
acknowledge  that you have been given, or were offered,  a copy of the Company's
(i) Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended  October 29, 1995,  and
(ii)  Quarterly  Reports on Form 10-Q for the fiscal  quarters ended January 28,
April 28,  and July 28,  1996 (the "SEC  Reports"),  and that you were  given an
opportunity  to  ask  questions  of  any of  the  Company's  executive  officers
regarding the SEC Reports or any other matter regarding the Company.

         10. RISK OF INVESTMENT.  By signing this Award Agreement, you recognize
that your participation in the 1997 MEP is a speculative  investment in that the
success  or  failure  of your  investment  depends  on the  market  value of the
Company's  Common Stock over a several year period.  You further  recognize that
all or a portion of your investment  (i.e., your salary and bonus waiver) may be
lost. You also
                                        4
<PAGE>
acknowledge  that you were given the  opportunity  to consult with your personal
advisor(s) regarding the 1997 MEP.
                                       5
<PAGE>
         I hereby  elect to  participate  in the 1997 MEP  under  the  terms and
conditions set forth above and  acknowledge  that I have read and understood the
terms and conditions of the 1997 MEP.




SIGNATURE____________________________

DATE_________________________________

SSN__________________________________


ACCEPTED:
MICROAGE, INC.



BY___________________________________
         Jeffrey D. McKeever
ITS:     Chairman of the Board and
         Chief Executive Officer
                                        6

                              AMENDED AND RESTATED

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

                          dated as of November 4, 1996

                                 by and between

                                 MICROAGE, INC.

                                       and

                               JEFFREY D. MCKEEVER
<PAGE>
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

  

ARTICLE I - DUTIES AND TERM..................................................  1
Section 1.1       Continued Employment.......................................  1
Section 1.2       Position and Responsibilities..............................  1
Section 1.3       Term.......................................................  2
Section 1.4       Location...................................................  2

ARTICLE II - COMPENSATION....................................................  3
Section 2.1       Base Salary................................................  3
Section 2.2       Bonus Payments.............................................  3
Section 2.3       Stock Options..............................................  3
Section 2.4       Additional Benefits........................................  4

ARTICLE III - TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT......................................  6
Section 3.1       Death or Retirement of Executive...........................  6
Section 3.2       By Executive...............................................  6
Section 3.3       By Company.................................................  6

ARTICLE IV - COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.....................  6
Section 4.1       Upon Termination for Death or Disability...................  6
Section 4.2       Upon Termination by Company for Cause or by
                  Executive Without Good Reason..............................  7
Section 4.3       Upon Termination by the Company Without Cause
                  or by Executive for Good Reason Prior to a
                  Change of Control..........................................  8
Section 4.4       Upon Termination by the Company Without Cause
                  Following a Change of Control or by Executive
                  for Good Reason Following a Change of Control
                  or Pursuant to a Change of Control Resignation............. 12
Section 4.5       Certain Additional Payments by Company..................... 12

ARTICLE V - RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS............................................ 15
Section 5.1       Confidential Information and Materials..................... 15
Section 5.2       General Knowledge.......................................... 16
Section 5.3       Executive Obligations as to Confidential
                  Information and Materials.................................. 17
Section 5.4       Inform Subsequent Employers................................ 17
Section 5.5       Ideas and Inventions....................................... 17
Section 5.6       Inventions and Patents..................................... 18
Section 5.7       Copyrights................................................. 18
Section 5.8       Conflicting Obligations and Rights......................... 18
                                      - i -
<PAGE>
Section 5.9       Non-Competition............................................ 19
Section 5.10      Non-Disparagement.......................................... 20
Section 5.11      Remedies................................................... 20
Section 5.12      Consulting Agreement....................................... 21
Section 5.13      Scope of Article........................................... 21

ARTICLE VI - COMPANY'S RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL................................ 21
Section 6.1       The Company's Right of First Refusal....................... 21
Section 6.2       Exceptions................................................. 22

ARTICLE VII - MISCELLANEOUS.................................................. 23
Section 7.1       Definitions................................................ 23
Section 7.2       Key Man Insurance.......................................... 28
Section 7.3       Mitigation of Damages; No Set-Off; Dispute Resolution...... 28
Section 7.4       Successors; Binding Agreement.............................. 29
Section 7.5       Modification; No Waiver.................................... 29
Section 7.6       Severability............................................... 30
Section 7.7       Notices.................................................... 30
Section 7.8       Assignment................................................. 30
Section 7.9       Entire Understanding....................................... 30
Section 7.10      Executive's Representations...............................  31
Section 7.11      Liability of Company with Respect to Insurance Policies.... 31
Section 7.12      Governing Law.............................................. 31

EXHIBIT A - SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN

EXHIBIT B - SPLIT DOLLAR INSURANCE AGREEMENT

EXHIBIT C - REGISTRATION RIGHTS

EXHIBIT D - LIST OF DESIGNATED BENEFICIARIES

EXHIBIT E - EXECUTIVE'S RIGHTS

EXHIBIT F - EXECUTIVE'S EXISTING OBLIGATIONS AND CLAIMS

EXHIBIT G - CONSULTING AGREEMENT

EXHIBIT H - DISPUTE RESOLUTION PROCEDURES
                                     - ii -
<PAGE>
                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                              --------------------
                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
                              --------------------


         Amended and Restated  EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") made and
entered  into as of November 4, 1996 by and between  MICROAGE,  INC., a Delaware
corporation (the "Company"), and JEFFREY D. MCKEEVER ("Executive").


                                R E C I T A L S :
                                - - - - - - - - -

         WHEREAS, the Company and Executive entered into an Employment Agreement
on October 1, 1992 (the "Employment Agreement"); and

         WHEREAS,  pursuant  to Section  7.5 of the  Employment  Agreement,  the
Employment Agreement may be amended only by a written document signed by each of
the parties thereto; and

         WHEREAS,  the  Company  and  Executive  desire to amend and restate the
Employment Agreement.

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises,  and  for  other
valuable consideration,  the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged by each
of the parties hereto, the parties hereby agree as follows:


                               A G R E E M E N T :
                               - - - - - - - - - -

                                    ARTICLE I

                                 DUTIES AND TERM

         1.1. Continued  Employment.  In consideration of their mutual covenants
and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt, adequacy and sufficiency
of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company agrees to continue Executive in its
employ,  and Executive  agrees to remain in the employ of the Company,  upon the
terms and conditions herein provided.

         1.2. Position and Responsibilities.

                      (a) Executive  shall serve as Chairman and Chief Executive
Officer  of  the  Company  (or  in a  capacity  and  with a  title  of at  least
substantially  equivalent  quality) reporting directly to the Board of Directors
of  the  Company  (the  "Board").  Executive  agrees  to  perform  services  not
inconsistent with his position and involving duties of comparable scope, dignity
and importance to those of the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
on November 4, 1996 as shall from time to time be assigned to him by the Board.
                                        1
<PAGE>
                      (b) Executive  further agrees to serve,  if elected,  as a
director  of the Company  and as an officer or  director  of any  subsidiary  or
affiliate of the Company. During the period of his employment hereunder, so long
as Executive owns at least 80,000 shares of the common stock, par value $.01 per
share, of the Company (the "Common  Stock"),  the Company agrees to use its best
efforts to cause  Executive  to be nominated  for  election  and all  reasonable
efforts to cause Executive to be elected as a director of the Company.

                      (c)  During  the  period  of  his  employment   hereunder,
Executive shall devote substantially all of his business time, attention,  skill
and  efforts to the  faithful  performance  of his duties  hereunder;  provided,
however, that Executive may serve or continue to serve on the board of directors
(or  equivalent  governing  body) of, or hold other  offices or positions  with,
companies  or  organizations  if they  involve no conflict of interest  with the
interests  of the Company and may engage in  customary  professional  activities
which in the judgment of the Board will not adversely  affect the performance by
Executive  of his duties  hereunder.  Executive  has  disclosed to the Board all
material  business ventures in which he is currently  involved,  and, subject to
approval by the Board (after written notice to it), may in the future have other
business  investments and participate in other business ventures which may, from
time to time,  require  portions of his time,  but shall not interfere  with his
duties  hereunder.  Executive  shall  be  deemed  to be in  compliance  with the
provisions of this Section  1.2(c) if the  professional  activities and business
investments  and  ventures  in which he engages  are  similar in nature and time
commitment to those in which he was engaged during the twelve-month period ended
November 3, 1996.

         1.3.  Term.  The term of  Executive's  employment  under this Agreement
shall commence on the date first above written and shall continue, unless sooner
terminated,  until  October 31, 1999;  provided,  however,  that  commencing  on
November 4, 1996 and on each subsequent day thereafter,  the Executive's term of
employment shall automatically be extended without further action by the Company
or Executive for the 36 month period commencing on each such day.

         1.4.  Location.   During  the  period  of  his  employment  under  this
Agreement,  Executive  shall not be  required,  except  with his  prior  written
consent,  to relocate his principal place of employment outside Maricopa County,
Arizona.  Required  travel  on the  Company's  business  shall  not be  deemed a
relocation  so long  as  Executive  is not  required  to  provide  his  services
hereunder outside of Maricopa County, Arizona, for more than fifty (50%) percent
of his working days during any consecutive six (6) month period.

                                   ARTICLE II

                                  COMPENSATION

         For all  services  rendered by  Executive  in any  capacity  during his
employment under this Agreement,  including,  without limitation,  services as a
director,  officer or member of any  committee of the Board of the Company or of
the board of directors  of any  subsidiary  or  affiliate  of the  Company,  the
Company shall compensate Executive as follows:
                                        2
<PAGE>
         2.1.  Base  Salary.  The Company  shall pay to Executive an annual base
salary of not less than $600,000 (such amount, less any salary waivers under the
1994  Management  Equity  Program or any subsequent  management  equity or other
waiver program  adopted by the Company is  hereinafter  referred to as the "Base
Salary")  during  the term  hereof;  provided,  however,  that in the  event the
Company institutes a salary reduction program which affects all exempt employees
(as  defined by standard  Company  policies  in  compliance  with the Fair Labor
Standards  Act) by the same  percentage,  then  Executive's  Base  Salary may be
reduced by such percentage (and the term "Base Salary" as used in this Agreement
shall refer to Base Salary as so  adjusted).  Executive's  Base Salary  shall be
paid in equal  semi-monthly  installments.  The Base  Salary  shall be  reviewed
annually  by the Board or a committee  designated  by the Board and the Board or
such committee may, in its discretion, increase the Base Salary.

         2.2. Bonus Payments.

                      (a) During the period of Executive's employment under this
Agreement,  the Company shall pay to Executive annually a fixed cash bonus equal
to $18,985 and, in addition,  such amount as may be necessary,  after payment by
the Executive of all taxes, including,  without limitation, any federal or state
income taxes,  on such fixed cash bonus payment,  so that  Executive  shall have
remaining,  on a grossed-up basis, the amount of $18,985 (the "Annual Fixed Cash
Bonus").

                      (b)  Executive  shall,  in addition,  be entitled to bonus
payments,  if any shall be due,  pursuant to the Executive  Bonus Plan which has
been  established  by  resolution  of the Board for fiscal  year 1996 (the "1996
Executive  Bonus Plan").  The Company shall use all reasonable  efforts to cause
the Board or a  committee  thereof to  establish  in each fiscal year during the
term hereof an executive  bonus plan that is similar to the 1996 Executive Bonus
Plan in providing for  incentive  compensation  to Executive  based on a formula
related to the Company's  profits  during such fiscal year.  Any bonus under the
1996  Executive  Bonus Plan or any such  subsequent  plan less any bonus waivers
under the 1994 Management Equity Program or any subsequent  management equity or
other  waiver  program  adopted by the  Company,  is  referred  to herein as the
"Annual Incentive Bonus."

         2.3.  Stock Options.  The Company shall use all  reasonable  efforts to
establish and maintain one or more stock option plans in which  Executive  shall
be entitled to  participate  to the same extent as other Senior  Executives  (as
such term is defined in Section 7.1 hereof).  The terms and  conditions  of such
plan(s)  shall be  determined  and  administered  by the  Board  or a  committee
thereof.

         2.4. Additional Benefits. Executive shall be entitled to participate in
all employee benefit and welfare  programs,  plans and arrangements  (including,
without  limitation,  pension,  profit-sharing,  supplemental  pension and other
retirement plans, insurance,  hospitalization,  medical and disability benefits,
travel or accident insurance plans) and to receive fringe benefits, such as club
dues and fees of professional  organizations  and  associations,  which are from
time to time available to the Company's executive personnel;  provided, however,
that there shall be no
                                        3
<PAGE>
duplication  of  termination  or severance or  disability  benefits,  and to the
extent that such benefits are specifically  provided by the Company to Executive
under other  provisions  of this  Agreement,  the benefits  available  under the
foregoing  plans and programs shall be reduced by any benefit amounts paid under
such other  provisions.  Executive  shall  during  the period of his  employment
hereunder  continue  to be provided  with  benefits at a level which shall in no
event be less in any  material  respect  than the  benefits  made  available  to
Executive by the Company as of the date of this  Agreement,  provided that in no
event shall the Company  have any  obligation  to acquire and maintain in effect
during the term of  Executive's  employment  hereunder  a  long-term  disability
insurance  policy on Executive  (except that  Executive may  participate  in any
group  disability  plan in which  other  executive  officers  of the Company may
participate). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may terminate or reduce
benefits  under any benefit  plans and  programs  to the extent such  reductions
apply uniformly to all Senior Executives  entitled to participate  therein,  and
Executive's benefits shall be reduced or terminated  accordingly.  Specifically,
without limitation, Executive shall receive the following benefits:

                      (a) Retirement and Death Benefits.

                      Not later than the date of  execution  of this  Agreement,
         (i) Executive  shall be designated as a participant in, and entitled to
         receive   retirement   benefits  in  accordance   with,  the  Company's
         Supplemental  Executive  Retirement  Plan dated  October  1,  1992,  as
         amended  (the  "SERP"),  a copy of which is annexed as Exhibit A hereto
         and which is incorporated as a part hereof; and

                      (ii) the Company and  Executive  shall execute and deliver
         the agreement annexed as Exhibit B hereto, and in accordance therewith,
         the Company shall implement and maintain in effect during the period of
         Executive's employment hereunder a "split dollar" life insurance policy
         on  Executive's  life  issued by  Northwestern  Mutual  Life  Insurance
         Company in such amount and in accordance with such terms and conditions
         as are set forth in Exhibit B which is incorporated as a part hereof.

                      (b) Medical  Expenses.  Executive shall during the term of
his  employment  hereunder  continue  to  be  provided  with  medical,   dental,
hospitalization and other health benefits at a level and of a kind substantially
equivalent  to the benefits  provided to  Executive  by the Company  immediately
prior to the effective date of this Agreement;  provided,  however,  that if the
Company  terminates  or reduces  any such  benefits  with  respect to all Senior
Executives  entitled  to  participate  therein,  Executive's  benefits  shall be
reduced or terminated  accordingly,  but not below the level of medical benefits
then provided by the Company to full-time employees.

                      (c)  Short-Term  Disability  Benefits.  In  the  event  of
Executive's failure substantially to perform his duties hereunder on a full-time
basis for a period not exceeding 180 consecutive days or for periods aggregating
not more than 180 days during any twelve-month  period as a result of incapacity
due to physical or mental  illness,  the Company shall  continue to pay the Base
Salary  to  Executive  during  the  period of such  incapacity,  but only in the
amounts and
                                        4
<PAGE>
to  the  extent   that   disability   benefits   payable  to   Executive   under
Company-sponsored insurance policies are less than Executive's Base Salary.



                      (d)  Relocation   Expenses.   In  the  event   Executive's
principal  place of  employment  is relocated  by mutual  consent of the parties
outside Maricopa County,  Arizona, the Company shall reimburse Executive for all
usual relocation  expenses  incurred by Executive and his household in moving to
the new location,  including,  without  limitation,  moving  expenses and rental
payments for temporary  living  quarters in the area of relocation  for a period
not to exceed six months.

                      (e) Reimbursement of Business Expenses. The Company shall,
in accordance with standard Company policies,  pay, or reimburse  Executive for,
all reasonable travel and other expenses incurred by Executive in performing his
obligations under this Agreement.

                      (f) Vacations.  Executive shall be entitled to 22 business
days,  excluding  Company  holidays,  of  paid  vacation  during  each  year  of
employment  hereunder.  Executive may accrue and carry forward no more than five
unused  vacation  days from any  particular  year of his  employment  under this
Agreement to the next, not to exceed 25 days in the aggregate. Prior to the date
hereof,  Executive has accrued 98 days of unused vacation  ("Previously  Accrued
Vacation"),  which shall not be subject to such 25-day limit. Executive shall be
entitled to ten (10) business days,  excluding Company  holidays,  of Previously
Accrued Vacation each year hereunder,  which shall be applied against and reduce
the aggregate Previously Accrued Vacation, provided that, even if Executive does
not use such ten  (10)  additional  vacation  days in any  year  hereunder,  the
aggregate  number of days of Previously  Accrued Vacation shall be reduced by at
least  eight  (8)  days  for  each  year of  employment  hereunder.  Prior to or
contemporaneously therewith,  Executive shall in a written notice to the Company
designate as such any vacation days to be taken as Previously Accrued Vacation.

                      (g) Registration  Rights.  Executive shall have the rights
to  registration  under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the  "Securities
Act"),  of his  shares of Common  Stock as set  forth in  Exhibit C hereto,  the
provisions of which are incorporated as a part hereof,  subject to the terms and
conditions of Section 4.3(j) and Article VI hereof.


                                   ARTICLE III

                            TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

         3.1.  Death or Retirement of Executive.  Executive's  employment  under
this Agreement  shall  automatically  terminate upon the death or Retirement (as
defined in Section 7.1) of Executive.

         3.2.  By  Executive.  Executive  shall be  entitled  to  terminate  his
employment  under this Agreement by giving Notice of Termination  (as defined in
Section 7.1) to the Company:
                                        5
<PAGE>
                      (a) for Good Reason (as defined in Section 7.1);

                      (b) at any time  commencing  with the date six (6)  months
following the date of a Change in Control (as defined in Section 7.1) and ending
with the date twelve  months after the date of such Change in Control (a "Change
in Control Resignation"); and

                      (c) at any time without Good Reason.

         3.3. By Company. The Company shall be entitled to terminate Executive's
employment under this Agreement by giving Notice of Termination to Executive:

                      (a) in the  event  of  Executive's  Total  Disability  (as
defined in Section 7.1);

                      (b) for Cause (as defined in Section 7.1); and

                      (c) at any time without Cause.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                   COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

         If Executive's  employment  hereunder is terminated in accordance  with
the  provisions  of Article III hereof,  except for any other rights or benefits
specifically provided for herein following his period of employment, the Company
shall be obligated  to provide  compensation  and benefits to Executive  only as
follows, subject to the provisions of Section 5.11 hereof:

         4.1.  Upon   Termination  for  Death  or  Disability.   If  Executive's
employment is terminated  hereunder by reason of his death or Total  Disability,
the Company shall:

                      (a) pay  Executive  (or his Estate (as  defined in Section
4.3(k) hereof)) or beneficiaries  any Base Salary which has accrued but not been
paid as of the termination date (the "Accrued Base Salary");

                      (b) pay  Executive  (or his Estate) or  beneficiaries  for
unused  vacation days accrued as of the  termination  date in an amount equal to
his Base Salary multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of
accrued unused  vacation days and the  denominator of which is 260 (the "Accrued
Vacation  Payment") plus the Previously  Accrued Vacation (less days deducted in
accordance  with the  provisions  of Section  2.4(f))  (together,  the "Adjusted
Previously Accrued Vacation)";

                      (c) reimburse  Executive (or his Estate) or  beneficiaries
for expenses  incurred by him prior to the date of termination which are subject
to  reimbursement   pursuant  to  this  Agreement  (the  "Accrued   Reimbursable
Expenses");
                                        6
<PAGE>
                      (d) provide to Executive (or his Estate) or  beneficiaries
any  accrued  and vested  benefits  required  to be provided by the terms of any
Company-sponsored  benefit plans or programs (the "Accrued Benefits"),  together
with any  benefits  required to be paid or provided in the event of  Executive's
death or Total Disability under applicable law;

                      (e) pay  Executive  (or his Estate) or  beneficiaries  any
Annual Incentive Bonus with respect to a prior fiscal year which has accrued but
has not been paid; and in addition;

                      (f) Executive (or his Estate) or beneficiaries  shall have
the  right to  exercise  all  vested  unexercised  stock  options  and  warrants
outstanding at the  termination  date in accordance  with terms of the plans and
agreements pursuant to which such options or warrants were issued; and further

                      (g) in the event of Executive's death while he is employed
by the Company under this Agreement, his Designated Beneficiaries shall have the
Termination  Put  rights  provided  pursuant  to  and  in  accordance  with  the
provisions of Section 4.3(k) which may be exercised  within 180 days of the date
of Executive's death.

         4.2. Upon Termination by Company for Cause or by Executive Without Good
Reason. If Executive's  employment is terminated by the Company for Cause, or if
Executive  terminates  his  employment  with  the  Company  other  than (x) upon
Executive's death or Total Disability, (y) for Good Reason, or (z) pursuant to a
Change of Control Resignation (as defined in Section 3.2(b)), the Company shall:

                      (a) pay Executive the Accrued Base Salary;

                      (b) pay Executive the Accrued Vacation Payment;

                      (c) pay Executive the Accrued Reimbursable Expenses;

                      (d) pay Executive the Accrued Benefits,  together with any
benefits required to be paid or provided under applicable law;

                      (e) pay Executive any accrued  Annual Fixed Cash Bonus and
any Annual Incentive Bonus with respect to a prior fiscal year which has accrued
but has not been paid  (together,  such bonus payments are referred to herein as
the "Accrued Annual Bonus Payments"); and in addition

                      (f)  Executive  shall  have the right to  exercise  vested
options and warrants in accordance with Section 4.1(f).

         4.3. Upon  Termination by the Company Without Cause or by Executive for
Good Reason Prior to a Change of Control.
                                        7
<PAGE>
                      If  Executive's  employment  is  terminated by the Company
without Cause or by Executive for Good Reason, the Company shall:

                      (a) pay Executive the Accrued Base Salary;

                      (b) pay  Executive  the Accrued  Vacation  Payment and the
Adjusted Previously Accrued Vacation;

                      (c) pay Executive the Accrued Reimbursable Expenses;

                      (d) pay Executive the Accrued Benefits,  together with any
benefits required to be paid or provided under applicable law;

                      (e) pay Executive the Accrued Annual Bonus Payments;

                      (f)  pay  Executive  on or  prior  to  the  thirtieth  day
following the termination  date a lump sum payment equal to the product of three
(3) times the sum of (1) Executive's Base Salary in effect  immediately prior to
the time such termination  occurs,  plus (2) the average of the Annual Incentive
Bonuses paid to Executive for the three (3) fiscal years  immediately  preceding
the fiscal  year in which the  termination  occurs (or if less than  three,  the
average of the two and if less than two, the amount of his single  Annual Bonus,
if any);

                      (g) maintain in full force and effect, for Executive's and
his eligible  beneficiaries,  continued benefit, until the first to occur of (x)
his  attainment  of  alternative  employment  or (y)  24  months  following  the
termination  date of his  employment  hereunder the employee  benefits  provided
pursuant to Company-sponsored  benefit plans,  programs or other arrangements in
which Executive was entitled to participate as a full-time employee  immediately
prior to such termination in accordance with Section 2.4 hereof,  subject to the
terms and conditions of such plans and programs (the "Continued  Benefits").  If
Executive's continued participation is not permitted under the general terms and
provisions of such plans,  programs and arrangements,  the Company shall arrange
to provide  Executive with  Continued  Benefits  substantially  similar to those
which Executive  would have been entitled to receive under such plans,  programs
and arrangements; and in addition

                      (h) Executive  shall have the right to exercise all vested
unexercised stock options and warrants in accordance with Section 4.1(f);

                      (i)  the  Company  shall,   subject  to  applicable   law,
including,  without limitation,  federal or state laws proscribing impairment of
the Company's  capital,  and any financing  agreements with lenders to which the
Company  is  bound,  if at the  termination  date  of his  employment  hereunder
Executive  holds stock  options or warrants for shares of the Common Stock which
are not then vested or  exercisable,  pay to Executive in a lump sum on or prior
to the thirtieth day following the termination  date of his employment an amount
equal to the  excess,  if any,  above the  option  price of each such  option or
warrant of the fair market value of the shares 
                                       8
<PAGE>
subject to such options or warrants  (the "Cash Option  Payment").  In the event
that the Company is prohibited under applicable law or its financing  agreements
from making the Cash Option  Payment to  Executive  at such time,  it shall make
payment  only  to the  extent  permitted  by law  or its  financing  agreements,
provided that the Company  shall remain liable for the unpaid  balance and shall
pay the same when  legally  permitted.  For purposes of this  subparagraph  (i),
"fair market  value" shall mean the weighted  average of the last sale prices of
the Common  Stock during the ten (10) trading  days  immediately  preceding  the
termination  date of his employment as quoted on the Automated  Quotation System
of the National  Association of Securities  Dealers (or any successor  hereto or
any  national  securities  exchange  upon  which  the  Common  Stock may then be
traded);

                      (j) if during the two-year period following termination of
his employment under this Agreement, Executive exercises his demand registration
rights under Section 2.4(g) hereof in accordance  with the  provisions  thereof,
and the Company fails to cause the  registration  statement to become  effective
under the Securities Act within 120 days after the Company's  obligation to file
the same in accordance  with the provisions of paragraph  (a)(i)(B) of Exhibit C
(provided  that any delay is not caused  directly  or  indirectly  by any act or
omission of  Executive),  and the price per share at which  Executive is able to
sell his shares of Common  Stock in such  offering  is less than the fair market
value  (determined in accordance with subparagraph (k) of this Section 4.3) of a
share of Common Stock on the date of his request for registration  under Section
2.4(g) hereof in accordance  with the provisions of Exhibit C, the Company shall
pay to  Executive  an amount in cash equal to the  difference  between  the fair
market  value per share as so  determined  and the net price per share of Common
Stock  in the  offering  for all  shares  sold  by  Executive  in the  offering.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have the option to purchase all
of such shares of Common  Stock at any time prior to the  effective  date of the
registration  statement pursuant to which such shares are registered at the fair
market value per share  determined in accordance with  subparagraph  (k) of this
Section 4.3 and in accordance with the provisions of Article VI; and

                      (k) (i) in the event of Executive's  death during a period
of six (6) months from the termination date of Executive's employment hereunder,
his estate (the "Estate"),  his spouse at the date of his death and his children
and trusts for the benefit of his spouse and children all as listed on Exhibit D
hereto (collectively, the Estate, such spouse and the other persons and entities
so listed being referred to herein as the "Designated Beneficiaries") shall have
the option (the "Termination Put") to sell to the Company within 180 days of the
date  of  Executive's  death,  subject  to the  terms  and  conditions  of  this
subparagraph   (k),  the  shares  of  Common  Stock  owned  by  such  Designated
Beneficiaries  respectively on the date of Executive's death (or, in the case of
the Estate,  the shares of Common  Stock owned by  Executive  at the date of his
death or which may be  acquired  by the  Estate  upon  exercise  of  outstanding
options or warrants in accordance  with Section  4.1(i)  hereof).  No Designated
Beneficiary  shall be entitled to the benefits of this  subparagraph  (k) unless
such Designated  Beneficiary (together with the other Designated  Beneficiaries)
at such time owns beneficially or of record at least 50,000 shares of the Common
Stock and delivers to the Company a written  undertaking  in form and  substance
satisfactory  to the  Company  agreeing  to be  bound  by all of the  terms  and
conditions hereof as though a party hereto.
                                        9
<PAGE>
                                (ii) The Termination Put may be exercised by any
         Designated  Beneficiary  by a notice in writing (the  "Termination  Put
         Notice") to the Company  delivered no later than the date 180 days from
         and after  Executive's  death  indicating  the  number of shares of the
         Common  Stock  to be  repurchased.  Within  five (5)  business  days of
         receipt of the first such  Termination  Put Notice by the Company,  the
         Company shall  transmit by first class U.S. mail a copy thereof to each
         person or entity named as a Designated  Beneficiary on Exhibit D hereto
         at the address  set forth in Exhibit D for such person or entity.  Such
         list may be amended by Executive by written  notice to the Company from
         time  to  time,  and  as so  amended,  is  referred  to  herein  as the
         "Designated  Beneficiaries List". The Company shall be entitled to rely
         on  such  Designated  Beneficiaries  List  for  all  purposes  of  this
         subparagraph  (k).  Within fifteen (15) business days after the date of
         the Company's mailing, each Designated  Beneficiary wishing to exercise
         its or his  Termination  Put rights,  shall  deliver to the Company its
         Termination Put Notice.  Any two or more Designated  Beneficiaries  may
         join in a Termination Put Notice.

                                (iii) The price at which  such  shares of Common
         Stock  shall  be  purchased   by  the  Company   from  the   Designated
         Beneficiaries  who have  given  timely  notice in  accordance  with the
         provisions hereof shall be the fair market value of the Common Stock as
         of the date of the Termination Put Notice first received by the Company
         from a Designated  Beneficiary  in connection  with any one exercise of
         the Termination Put. For purposes of this  subparagraph  (k), the "fair
         market value" of the Common Stock shall be the weighted  average of the
         last sale price of the Common  Stock  during the ten (10)  trading days
         immediately  preceding  and  the  ten  (10)  trading  days  immediately
         following  the date of such  Termination  Put Notice,  as quoted on the
         Automated  Quotation  System of the National  Association of Securities
         Dealers (or any successor thereto or any national  securities  exchange
         upon which the Common Stock may then be traded).

                                (iv)  Each   Termination  Put  Notice  shall  be
         accompanied by the certificates representing the shares of Common Stock
         covered by the  Notice,  which  shall be  endorsed  to the order of the
         Company,  signature  guaranteed.  Each Designated  Beneficiary giving a
         Termination  Put Notice shall  represent and warrant that the shares of
         Common Stock to be sold by such Designated  Beneficiary  are, and shall
         transfer   the  same,   free  and  clear  of  all  liens,   claims  and
         encumbrances.

                                (v) Payment for all shares of Common Stock to be
         purchased  by the  Company  pursuant to the  Designated  Beneficiaries'
         exercise of the  Termination  Put shall be made only from and up to the
         extent of the aggregate proceeds available for such purchase from up to
         $5,000,000 in key man  insurance  maintained by the Company as provided
         in this  subparagraph  (k),  such  amount  to be pro  rated  among  the
         Designated  Beneficiaries  that have delivered a timely Termination Put
         Notice in accordance  with the number of shares offered for sale to the
         Company by each such Designated Beneficiary respectively.
                                       10
<PAGE>
                                (vi)  The  Company  shall  acquire  key man life
         insurance  on the life of the  Executive  in such amount as it believes
         will  be  reasonable  to  satisfy  its  obligations  in the  event  the
         Termination  Put is  exercised,  but in no event  will the  Company  be
         obligated to acquire more than $5,000,000 in key man life insurance for
         this  purpose or shall the  Company be  obligated  to  repurchase  more
         shares of Common Stock from all  Designated  Beneficiaries  than can be
         acquired at the price provided for herein from the aggregate  amount of
         such proceeds.

Anything in this subparagraph (k) to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company's
obligation  hereunder to purchase  any Common Stock  pursuant to the exercise of
the Termination Put shall be in compliance  with,  subject to and limited by the
following:

                      (A)  applicable  federal  and  state  securities  laws and
         regulations;

                      (B)  loan or  financing  agreements  with  banks  or other
         lenders  to which the  Company  is a party or by which the  Company  is
         bound and the Company's outstanding  obligations under its stock option
         plans  for  franchisees  and its  obligation  to  maintain  in effect a
         registration  statement  with respect to shares of Common Stock held by
         the trustee of the Company's Employee Stock Purchase Plan;

                      (C)  applicable  federal  and state  laws with  respect to
         solvency, including, without limitation, state corporate law and/or any
         state law proscribing impairment of the Company's capital;

                      (D) the face amount of key man life insurance purchased by
         the Company pursuant to its obligation under this subparagraph (k).

The Company shall make payment in cash to the Designated Beneficiaries that have
delivered to the Company a timely  Termination Put Notice in accordance with the
provisions  hereof  of  their  pro rata  amounts  for  shares  of  Common  Stock
surrendered to the Company  pursuant to the respective  Termination Put Notices,
except that if the Company is prohibited  from  purchasing such shares of Common
Stock  because  payment  would  constitute  a violation  of federal law or state
corporate  or other law or its  financing  agreements  or the  other  agreements
referred to above,  the Company shall make payment only to the extent  permitted
by law or its financing  agreements or the other  agreements  referred to above;
provided,  however,  that the Company shall remain liable for the unpaid balance
and shall pay the same when  legally  permitted  and shall  purchase the maximum
amount permissible under such laws or loan or financing agreements,  but, in any
event,  subject to the  limitations  under  paragraph (D) above.  If the Company
shall  purchase  less than all shares of Common  Stock  tendered by a Designated
Beneficiary, the Company shall return the certificates representing the unbought
shares to the respective Designated  Beneficiary.  In no event shall the Company
be liable to any  Designated  Beneficiaries  to repurchase  shares of the Common
Stock over and above the aggregate  amount of the key man  insurance  maintained
for this purpose. If upon exercise of the Termination Put on any one occasion as
described  above,  any amount of proceeds of the key-man life  insurance  remain
available for additional such purchases,  any
                                       11
<PAGE>
Designated  Beneficiary  may give a  Termination  Put Notice as  provided  above
within the 180-day period.

         4.4. Upon  Termination by the Company  Without Cause Following a Change
of Control or by  Executive  for Good  Reason  Following  a Change of Control or
Pursuant to a Change of Control Resignation.

                      If following a Change of Control,  Executive's  employment
is  terminated  by the Company  Without Cause or by Executive for Good Reason or
pursuant to a Change of Control Resignation, the Company shall:

                      (a)  make  the  payments  and  provide  to  Executive  the
benefits  under  Section  4.3 other than under  Section  4.3(f)  hereof;  and in
addition

                      (b) pay to Executive a lump sum payment on or prior to the
thirtieth day following the termination date of Executive's employment hereunder
in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 300% of the sum of Executive's aggregate
total  compensation  under  Sections  2.1 and 2.2(b)  hereof for the fiscal year
immediately prior to the fiscal year in which the Change of Control occurs,  and
(ii) an amount,  the present value of which  (determined in the manner set forth
herein)  shall not exceed 299% of  Executive's  "Base  Amount",  as such term is
defined in Section  280G of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended (the
"Code"), and the regulations promulgated thereunder (the "Regulations"). Company
and Executive  agree that for purposes of making any present  value  calculation
under this  Agreement,  the  Applicable  Federal Rate in effect on the date this
Agreement is executed  shall  control as permitted by Q&A 32 of Treas.  Reg. ss.
1.280G-1.

         4.5.         Certain Additional Payments by Company.

                      (a)   Anything   in  this   Agreement   to  the   contrary
notwithstanding,  if it shall be determined  that any payment or distribution by
the  Company to or for the  benefit  of  Executive  (whether  paid or payable or
distributed  or  distributable  pursuant  to the  terms  of  this  Agreement  or
otherwise,  but determined  without regard to any additional  payments  required
under this Section 4.5 (a "Payment")  would be subject to the excise tax imposed
by Code Section  4999,  or any  interest or penalties  are incurred by Executive
with  respect  to such  excise  tax (such  excise  tax,  together  with any such
interest and penalties,  are hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Excise
Tax"), then Executive shall be entitled to receive,  in addition to the Payment,
a payment  (a  "Gross-Up  Payment")  in an amount  such that,  after  payment by
Executive of all taxes (including any interest or penalties imposed with respect
to such taxes), including, without limitation, any federal or state income taxes
(and any interest and penalties imposed with respect thereto) and the Excise Tax
imposed upon the Gross-Up  Payment,  Executive  will have  received the Gross-Up
Payment in an amount equal to the Excise Tax imposed upon the Payment.

                      (b)  Subject  to the  provisions  of Section  4.5(c),  all
determinations  required to be made under this  subparagraph,  including whether
and when a Gross-Up  Payment is required
                                       12
<PAGE>
and the amount of such Gross-Up  Payment and the  assumptions  to be utilized in
arriving  at  such  determination,  shall  be made  by a  nationally  recognized
accounting  firm  retained  by the  Company  as its  auditor  at the  time  such
determinations are required (the "Accounting Firm") which shall provide detailed
supporting  calculations  both to the Company and  Executive  within 15 business
days of the receipt of notice from the Company that there has been a Payment, or
such earlier time as is required by the Company.  If at such time the Accounting
Firm either is serving as  accountant or auditor for the  individual,  entity or
group effecting the Change in Control, or is retained by the Company following a
Change in  Control,  Executive  may,  in his sole  discretion,  appoint  another
nationally  recognized  accounting  firm to  make  the  determinations  required
hereunder  (which  accounting  firm shall then be referred to as the  Accounting
Firm  hereunder).  All fees and expenses of the  Accounting  Firm shall be borne
solely by the Company.  Any Gross-Up  Payment,  as  determined  pursuant to this
Section 4.5,  shall be paid by the Company to Executive  within five days of the
receipt  of  the  Accounting  Firm's  determination.   If  the  Accounting  Firm
determines  that no  Excise  Tax is  payable  by  Executive,  it  shall  furnish
Executive  with a written  opinion  that  failure  to report  the  Excise Tax on
Executive's  applicable  federal  income  tax  return  would  not  result in the
imposition  of a  negligence  or  similar  penalty.  Any  determination  by  the
accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and Executive.  As a result of
the  uncertainty  in the  application  of Code  Section  4999 at the time of the
initial  determination  by the Accounting  Firm  hereunder,  it is possible that
Gross-Up  Payments which will not have been made by the Company should have been
made  ("Underpayment"),  consistent  with the  calculations  required to be made
hereunder.  If Executive  thereafter is required to make a payment of any Excise
Tax, the Accounting Firm shall determine the amount of the Underpayment that has
occurred and any such  Underpayment  shall be promptly paid by the Company to or
for the benefit of Executive.

                      (c)  Executive  shall notify the Company in writing of any
claim by the Internal  Revenue  Service that, if  successful,  would require the
payment by the Company of the Gross-Up Payment. Such notification shall be given
as soon as  practicable,  but in no event  later  than ten  business  days after
Executive  has been  informed  in writing of such claim,  and shall  apprise the
Company of the nature of such claim and the date on which such claim is required
to be paid.  Executive  shall not pay such claim prior to the  expiration of the
30-day  period  following the date on which  Executive  gives such notice to the
Company  (or such  shorter  period  ending on the date that any payment of taxes
with respect to such claim is due). If the Company notifies Executive in writing
prior to the  expiration  of such  30-day  period  that the  Company  desires to
contest such claim, Executive shall:

                                (i) give the Company any information  reasonably
         required by the Company relating to such claim,

                                (ii)  take  such  action  in   connection   with
         contesting  such  claim as the  Company  shall  reasonably  request  in
         writing  from time to time,  including,  but not limited to,  accepting
         legal  representation  with  respect  to  such  claim  by  an  attorney
         reasonably selected by the Company,
                                       13
<PAGE>
                                (iii)  cooperate  with the Company in good faith
         in order effectively to contest such claim, and

                                (iv)  permit the Company to  participate  in any
         proceedings relation to such claim; provided, however, that the Company
         shall  bear  and  pay  directly  all  costs  and  expenses   (including
         additional  interest and  penalties)  incurred in connection  with such
         contest and shall  indemnify  and hold  Executive  harmless for (A) any
         Excise Tax or  federal or state  income  tax  (including  interest  and
         penalties   with  respect   thereto)   imposed  as  a  result  of  such
         representation and payment of costs and expenses,  and (B) any federal,
         state and local  income tax  imposed  with  respect  to the  payment of
         amounts  pursuant to clause (A) above and this clause (B), based on the
         highest  marginal  income tax rate  applicable to Executive for the tax
         year such  payments  are  includible  in his  taxable  income.  Without
         limitation on the  foregoing  provisions  of this Section  4.5(c),  the
         Company shall  control all  proceedings  taken in connection  with such
         contest  and,  at its sole  option,  may  pursue or forego  any and all
         administrative appeals, proceedings,  hearings and conferences with the
         taxing  authority in respect of such claim and may, at its sole option,
         either direct  Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund or
         contest the claim in any permissible  manner,  and Executive  agrees to
         prosecute  such contest to a  determination  before any  administrative
         tribunal,  in a  court  of  initial  jurisdiction  and in  one or  more
         appellate  courts, as the Company shall determine;  provided,  however,
         that if the Company  directs  Executive to pay such claim and sue for a
         refund,  the  Company  shall  advance  the  amount of such  payment  to
         Executive,  on an  interest-free  basis  and shall  indemnify  and hold
         Executive  harmless  from (X) any Excise Tax or federal or state income
         tax (including interest or penalties with respect thereto) imposed with
         respect to such  advance or with  respect to any  imputed  income  with
         respect to such  advance,  and (Y) any federal,  state and local income
         tax imposed with  respect to the payment of amounts  pursuant to clause
         (X) above and this clause (Y), based on the highest marginal income tax
         rate  applicable  to  Executive  for the tax  year  such  payments  are
         includible  in his  taxable  income;  and  further  provided  that  any
         extension  of the statute of  limitations  relating to payment of taxes
         for the taxable year of Executive  with respect to which such contested
         amount is claimed to be due is limited solely to such contested amount.
         Furthermore,  the Company's  control of the contest shall be limited to
         issues  within  respect  to which a Gross-Up  Payment  would be payable
         hereunder and Executive shall be entitled to settle or contest,  as the
         case may be, any other issue raised by the Internal  Revenue Service or
         any other taxing authority.

                      (d) If,  after  the  receipt  by  Executive  of an  amount
advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 4.5(c),  Executive  becomes entitled
to receive any refund with respect to such claim,  Executive  shall  (subject to
the Company's complying with the requirements of Section 4.5(c)) promptly pay to
the  Company  the amount of such  refund  (together  with any  interest  paid or
credited thereon after taxes applicable  thereto) and, as and when received,  an
amount  equal to any  savings in federal  and state  income  taxes  realized  by
Executive  by reason of the payment to the Company of such  refunds and interest
plus the amounts in this clause. If, after the receipt by Executive of an amount
advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 4.5(c), a determination is made that
Executive shall not be entitled to any refund with respect to such claim
                                       14
<PAGE>
and the Company  does not notify  Executive  in writing of its intent to contest
such  denial  of  refund  prior  to  the   expiration  of  30  days  after  such
determination,  then such advance shall be forgiven and shall not be required to
be repaid and the amount of such advance  shall offset,  to the extent  thereof,
the amount of Gross-Up Payment required to be paid.

                                    ARTICLE V

                              RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS

         5.1.  Confidential  Information and Materials.  Executive hereby agrees
and acknowledges that the following ideas, information and materials in written,
oral, magnetic, photographic,  optical or other form and whether now existing or
developed or created during the period of  Executive's  employment or engagement
with the Company (the "Confidential Information") are proprietary to the Company
and are highly sensitive in nature:

                      (a)  Hardware.  Any and  all  ideas,  concepts,  know-how,
techniques,  structures,  information  and  materials  relating  to the  design,
development,  engineering, invention, patent, patent application, manufacture or
improvement of any and all equipment, components, devices, techniques, processes
or formulas (including,  without limitation,  mask works,  semi-conductor chips,
processors,  memories,  disc drives, tape heads, computer terminals,  keyboards,
storage  devices,   printers,  and  optical  storage  media)  and  any  and  all
components,  devices,  techniques or circuitry  incorporated in any of the above
which is or are constructed,  designed, improved, altered or used by the Company
and which is or are not generally  known to the public or within the  industries
in which the Company competes.

                      (b)  Software.  Any and  all  ideas,  concepts,  know-how,
techniques,  structures, information and materials relating to existing computer
software  or  firmware  products  and  computer  software or firmware in various
stages of research and development  including  without  limitation  source code,
object and load modules,  requirements  specifications,  design  specifications,
design notes, flow charts, coding sheets, annotations,  documentation, technical
and  engineering  data,  laboratory  studies,  benchmark  test results,  and the
structures,  organization,  designs, formulas and algorithms which reside in the
software  and  which  are not  generally  known  to the  public  or  within  the
industries or trades in which the Company competes.

                      (c) Business Procedures.  Internal business procedures and
business  plans,   including   analytical  methods  and  procedures,   licensing
techniques,  manufacturing  information  and  procedures  such as  formulations,
processes and equipment,  technical and engineering  data,  vendor names,  other
vendor information,  purchasing information,  financial information, service and
operational  manuals and  documentation  therefor,  ideas for new  products  and
services  and  other  such  information  which  relates  to the way the  Company
conducts its business and which is not generally known to the public.
                                       15
<PAGE>
                      (d) Legal Rights. All patents,  copyrights, trade secrets,
trademarks and service marks, and the like.

                      (e)  Marketing  Plans  and  Customers  Lists.  Any and all
customer and marketing  information  and materials,  such as (i) strategic data,
including  marketing and development plans,  forecasts and forecast  assumptions
and volumes, and future plans and potential strategies of the Company which have
been or are being  discussed;  (ii) financial data,  price and cost  objectives,
price  lists,  pricing  policies  and  procedures,  and  estimating  and quoting
policies and  procedures;  and (iii) customer data,  including  customer  lists,
names of existing, past or prospective customers and their representatives, data
about or provided by prospective,  existing or past customers,  customer service
information and materials, data about the terms, conditions and expiration dates
of existing  contracts with customers and the type,  quantity and specifications
of products  and  services  purchased,  leased or licensed by  customers  of the
Company.

                      (f) Not  Generally  Known.  Any and  all  information  not
generally  known to the public or within the  industries  or trades in which the
Company competes.

         5.2.  General  Knowledge.  The general skills and experience  gained by
Executive  during  Executive's  employment  or  engagement  by the Company,  and
information  publicly  available or generally  known  within the  industries  or
trades  in  which  the  Company   competes,   is  not  considered   Confidential
Information.  Following the Non-Competition  Period (as defined in Section 5.9),
Executive  is not  restricted  from  working  with a person or entity  which has
independently  developed  information or materials  similar to the  Confidential
Information,  but in such a circumstance,  Executive  agrees not to disclose the
fact that any similarity  exists between the  Confidential  Information  and the
independently  developed  information and materials,  and Executive  understands
that such similarity does not excuse Executive from the non-disclosure and other
obligations in this Agreement.

         5.3.   Executive   Obligations  as  to  Confidential   Information  and
Materials. During Executive's employment or engagement by the Company, Executive
will have access to the  Confidential  Information and will occupy a position of
trust and  confidence  with  respect  to the  Confidential  Information  and the
Company's affairs and business.  Executive agrees to take the following steps to
preserve  the   confidential   and  proprietary   nature  of  the   Confidential
Information:

                      (a)   Non-Disclosure.   During   and   after   Executive's
Employment  or engagement by the Company,  Executive  will not use,  disclose or
otherwise  permit  any  person  or  entity  access  to any  of the  Confidential
Information other than as required in the performance of Executive's duties with
the  Company.  Executive  understands  that  Executive  is not  allowed to sell,
license,  market or  otherwise  exploit  any  products  or  services  (including
software  or  firmware  in any  form)  which  embody  in  whole  or in part  any
Confidential Information.

                      (b) Prevent Disclosure. Executive will take all reasonable
precautions   to  prevent   disclosure  of  the   Confidential   Information  to
unauthorized persons or entities.
                                       16
<PAGE>
                      (c) Abide by the Company's  Restrictions.  Executive  will
treat as confidential  and proprietary any information or materials from outside
the  Company  which  the  Company  is  obligated  to  treat as  confidential  or
proprietary,  in  accordance  with  the  Company's  reasonable  instructions  to
Executive.

                      (d) Return All Materials.  Upon termination of Executive's
employment  or engagement  by the Company for any reason  whatsoever,  Executive
will deliver to the Company all tangible  materials  embodying the  Confidential
Information,  including  any  documentation,  records,  listings,  notes,  data,
sketches, drawings,  memoranda, models, accounts, reference materials,  samples,
machine-readable media and equipment which in any way relate to the Confidential
Information.  Of course, Executive agrees not to retain any copies of any of the
above materials.

         5.4. Inform Subsequent Employers.  Executive covenants and agrees that,
for a period of 24 months following  termination of the Non-Competition  Period,
prior  to  accepting   subsequent   employment  with  an  employer   engaged  in
substantially the same line of work as the Company,  Executive shall: (a) inform
any such  subsequent  employer in writing that this  Agreement  exists;  and (b)
provide the Company with a copy of such writing.

         5.5. Ideas and  Inventions.  Executive  agrees to assign to the Company
all of  Executive's  right,  title  and  interest  in or to any and  all  ideas,
concepts,   know-how,   techniques,    processes,    inventions,    discoveries,
developments,  works of authorship,  innovations and improvements ("Inventions")
conceived or made by Executive, whether alone or with others, whether patentable
or not,  except those that the Executive  developed  entirely on Executive's own
time without  using the  Company's  equipment,  supplies,  facilities,  or trade
secret  information  and which  neither (1) relate at the time of  conception or
reduction to practice of the invention to the Company's  business,  or actual or
demonstrably  anticipated  research or development of the Company nor (2) result
from any work  performed by the Executive for the Company.  Executive  agrees to
disclose all Inventions to the Company  promptly,  and to provide all assistance
reasonably  requested by the Company in the preservation of its interests in the
Inventions (such as by executing documents,  testifying,  etc.), such assistance
to be provided at the Company's expense but without any additional  compensation
to Executive.

         5.6. Inventions and Patents. Executive agrees that from this date until
Executive  leaves the  Company's  employment,  Executive  shall keep the Company
informed of any Inventions made by Executive,  in whole or in part, or conceived
by Executive,  alone or with others, which result from any work Executive may do
for,  or at the  request  of,  the  Company,  or which  relate to the  Company's
activities, investigations, or obligations.

                      (a) Assertion of Rights.  Executive  shall, at the expense
of the Company,  assist the Company or its  nominees to obtain  patents for such
Inventions in any countries  throughout the world.  Such Inventions shall be the
property  of the Company or its  nominees,  whether  patented or not.  Executive
shall and does,  without  charge to the Company,  assign to the Company,  all of
Executive's  right,  title,  and interest in and to such  Inventions,  including
patents
                                       17
<PAGE>
and patent  applications  and  reissues  thereof.  Executive  agrees to execute,
acknowledge,  and deliver any instruments  confirming the complete  ownership by
the Company of such Inventions.  Such assignments shall include the right to sue
for infringement.

                      (b)  Reserved  Inventions.   Descriptions  of  all  ideas,
concepts,   know-how,   techniques,    processes,    inventions,    discoveries,
developments,  innovations and improvements  which Executive made,  conceived or
acquired  prior to  Executive's  employment  by the  Company and all patents and
patent applications relating thereto  (collectively  referred to as "Executive's
Rights")  are  attached  hereto in Exhibit E, and  Executive's  Rights  shall be
excluded  from this  Agreement.  Executive  represents  that the  absence of any
Executive's  Rights in  Exhibit E shall  indicate  that  Executive  owns no such
Executive's Rights at the time of signing this Agreement.

         5.7.  Copyrights.  Executive agrees that any work prepared by Executive
during the course of  Executive's  employment or engagement  hereunder  which is
eligible  for  United  States  copy right  protection  or  protection  under the
Universal Copyright Convention, the Berne Copyright Convention and/or the Buenos
Aires Copyright  Convention shall be a work made for hire. In the event any such
work is deemed  not to be a work made for hire,  Executive  hereby  assigns  all
right,  title and interest in and to the  copyright in such work to the Company,
and agrees to provide all assistance  reasonably requested by the Company in the
establishment,  preservation and enforcement of its copyright in such work, such
assistance  to be provided at the Company's  expense but without any  additional
compensation to Executive.

         5.8. Conflicting Obligations and Rights. Executive agrees to inform the
Company in writing of any apparent  conflict  between  Executive's  work for the
Company  and  (i)  any   obligations   Executive   may  have  to  preserve   the
confidentiality of another's proprietary  information or materials,  or (ii) any
rights  Executive  claims to any patents,  copyrights,  trade secrets,  or other
inventions, ideas or similar rights, before performing that work. Otherwise, the
Company  may  conclude  that  no  such  conflict  exists  and  Executive  agrees
thereafter to make no such claim against the Company.  The Company shall receive
such  disclosures in  confidence.  All such existing  obligations  and claims of
Executive,  if any,  as of the date of this  Agreement  are  listed on Exhibit F
attached hereto.

         5.9. Non-Competition.

                      (a)  Non-competition.  By  execution  of  this  Agreement,
Executive agrees that during his employment with the Company and for a period of
24 months  following  the date of expiration or  termination  of his  employment
hereunder  (the   "Non-Competition   Period")  for  any  reason   (whether  such
termination  shall be voluntary or involuntary),  Executive will not, within the
United States (in which territory  Executive  acknowledges  that the Company has
sold or marketed its products or services and conducted its Business, as defined
in Section 5.9(d) as of the date hereof),  directly or indirectly,  compete with
the  Company by  carrying  on a business  that is  substantially  similar to the
Business.  Executive  agrees  that the two (2) year  period  referred  to in the
preceding  sentence  shall be  extended  by the number of days  included  in any
period of time during which he is or was engaged in  activities  constituting  a
breach of this Section 5.9.
                                       18
<PAGE>
                      (b)  Definition  of  "Compete".  For the  purposes of this
Section 5.9, the term  "compete"  shall mean with respect to the  Business:  (i)
managing,  supervising,  or otherwise  participating  in a  management  or sales
capacity;  (ii) calling on,  soliciting,  taking away,  accepting as a client or
customer, or attempting to call on, solicit, take away, or accept as a client or
customer, any individual  partnership,  corporation,  company,  association,  or
other  entity that was a client or  customer  of the  Company as of  immediately
prior to the date hereof; (iii) hiring,  soliciting,  taking away, or attempting
to hire, solicit, or take away, either on Executive's behalf or on behalf of any
other person or entity, any person serving  immediately prior to the date hereof
or during the term hereof as an employee in  connection  with the  Business;  or
(iv)  entering  into or  attempting  to enter  into any  business  substantially
similar  to the  Business,  either  alone or with any  individual,  partnership,
corporation, company, association, or other entity.

                      (c) Direct or Indirect  Competition.  For the  purposes of
this  Section 5.9, the words  "directly or  indirectly"  as they modify the word
"compete"  shall  mean  (i)  acting  as an  agent,  representative,  consultant,
officer,  director, member, independent contractor, or employee of any entity or
enterprise  that is  competing  (as defined in Section  5.9(b)  hereof) with the
Business,  (ii)  participating  in any such competing entity or enterprise as an
owner,  partner,   limited  partner,  joint  venturer,   member,   creditor,  or
stockholder  (except  as a  stockholder  holding  less than a one  percent  (1%)
interest in a  corporation  whose  shares are  actively  traded on a regional or
national  securities  exchange  or in the  over-the-counter  market),  and (iii)
communicating  to any such competing entity or enterprise the names or addresses
or any other information concerning any past, present, or identified prospective
client or customer of the Company or any entity  having title to the goodwill of
the Company with respect to the Business.

                      (d)  Business.  For purposes of this  Agreement,  the term
"Business"  shall mean the delivery of systems  integration  services and master
distribution of information  technology  products and services,  as conducted by
the Company  immediately  prior to the date hereof and/or  developed  during the
term of this Agreement.

                      (e) Executive expressly agrees and acknowledges that:

                                (i) it will  require  at least 24 months for the
         Company to locate, hire and train an appropriate  individual to perform
         the functions and duties that Executive is performing hereunder;

                                (ii)  the   Company   has   protected   business
         interests  throughout the United States and that  competition  with and
         against such business interests would be harmful to the Company;

                                (iii) this covenant not to compete is reasonable
         as to time and  geographical  area and does not place any  unreasonable
         burden upon him;

                                (iv) the general  public will not be harmed as a
         result of enforcement of this covenant not to compete;
                                       19
<PAGE>
                                (v) his personal legal counsel has reviewed this
         covenant not to compete; and

                                (vi) he  understands  and hereby  agrees to each
         and  every  term  and   condition  of  this  covenant  not  to  compete
         (including, without limitation, the provisions of Section 5.11).

         5.10.  Non-Disparagement.  During  the term of this  Agreement  and the
Non-Competition  Period,  neither  Executive nor the Company shall disparage the
other,  and  neither  shall  disclose  to any  third  party  the  conditions  of
Executive's  employment  with the Company except as may be required (i) pursuant
to applicable  law or  regulations,  including the rules and  regulations of the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  (ii) to  effectuate  the  provisions  of
employee plans or programs and insurance policies,  or (iii) as may be otherwise
contemplated  herein or  unless  such  information  becomes  publicly  available
without fault of the party making such disclosure.

         5.11.  Remedies.  Executive  expressly agrees and acknowledges that the
covenants  set  forth  in  Sections  5.1  through  5.10  are  necessary  for the
protection  of the  interests of the Company and its  affiliates  because of the
nature and scope of their  business and his position with the Company.  Further,
Executive  acknowledges  that any  breach  of such  covenants  would  result  in
irreparable damage to the Company,  and that money damages will not sufficiently
compensate the Company for its injury caused thereby, and that the remedy at law
for any breach or threatened  breach of any of such covenants will be inadequate
and,  accordingly  agrees,  that the  Company  shall,  in  addition to all other
available remedies (including without limitation, seeking such damages as it can
show it has  sustained  by reason of such  breach),  be entitled  to  injunctive
relief or specific performance and that in addition to such money damages he may
be restrained  and enjoined from any  continuing  breach of this covenant not to
compete  without  any  bond or  other  security  being  required  of any  court.
Executive  further  acknowledges  and agrees that if such  covenants,  or any of
them, are deemed to be  unenforceable  and/or the Executive fails to comply with
this Article V, the Company has no  obligation  to provide any  compensation  or
other  benefits  described in Article IV hereof.  The remedies set forth in this
Section  5.11  shall be  included  in any  award in favor of the  Company  under
Exhibit H hereto.

         5.12. Consulting Agreement. Effective upon expiration or termination of
Executive's  employment  hereunder  for any  reason  other  than  death or Total
Disability  (if such Total  Disability  continues  in  effect),  the Company may
request  at  its  option  that  Executive  enter  into  a  consulting  agreement
substantially  in the form annexed as Exhibit G hereto,  which  incorporates  by
reference  therein  the  provisions  of Sections  5.1  through  5.11 hereof (the
"Consulting  Agreement"),  for a period of two years from the date of expiration
or  termination  and Executive  agrees to enter into such  Consulting  Agreement
effective  as of the  date  of  expiration  or  termination  of  his  employment
hereunder.  Exhibit G is  incorporated  as a part hereof.  The Company agrees to
provide the following  benefits to Executive  thereunder:  (i) the Company shall
pay to Executive (A) in semi-monthly  installments  supplementary  severance and
consulting  compensation  at a rate equal to  Executive's  Base Salary in effect
immediately  prior to expiration or  termination  of his  employment
                                       20
<PAGE>
under this  Agreement and (B) the Annual Fixed Cash Bonus,  and (ii) the Company
shall continue to provide to Executive health and disability  insurance coverage
substantially  of the type  provided by the  Company  and in effect  immediately
prior to termination of his employment under this Agreement, provided that, such
health  and  disability  benefits  will  only  be  provided  to the  extent  not
duplicative of benefits the Company is otherwise  required to provide  Executive
pursuant to Article IV of this Agreement.

         5.13.  Scope of Article.  For  purposes  of this  Article V, unless the
context otherwise  requires,  the term "Company"  includes  MicroAge,  Inc., its
direct and indirect subsidiaries, and its affiliates.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                        COMPANY'S RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

         6.1. The Company's  Right of First Refusal.  Other than as permitted in
Section 6.2, in the event that Executive (or any Designated Beneficiary) desires
to sell or  transfer  any shares of Common  Stock,  whether or not  pursuant  to
exercise of the  registration  rights under Section  2.4(g),  in any transaction
during  the  period  that  commences  on the  expiration  date  hereof  or other
termination date of Executive's  employment hereunder and which ends twenty-four
(24) months after such termination date or expiration date, Executive (or any of
his Designated  Beneficiaries,  as the case may be) shall first deliver a notice
in writing (the  "Notice") to the Company  which shall specify (i) the number of
shares of  Common  Stock  which the  Executive  or such  Designated  Beneficiary
desires  to  sell  or  transfer,  the  name(s)  of the  proposed  purchasers  or
transferees  (except  in the case of a  request  for  registration  pursuant  to
Section  2.4(g)),  (ii) the price per share (the "Transfer  Price") at which the
Executive or such Designated Beneficiary proposes to sell or transfer the shares
to a third  party  pursuant  to a bona fide  offer,  (iii)  whether  such  price
represents a control premium price ("Control  Premium Price") and (iv) the other
material  terms upon which such sale or transfer  is  proposed  to be made.  The
Company  shall  have the right to  purchase  all (but not less than all) of such
shares at the fair  market  value  thereof  (determined  as  provided in Section
4.3(k)  hereof) on the date of  Executive's  (or the  Designated  Beneficiary's)
Notice  hereunder;  provided,  however,  that if the Transfer Price represents a
Control Premium Price,  the Company shall, if it wishes to exercise its right of
first  refusal  hereunder,  have the right to purchase the shares at the Control
Premium  Price.  In the event  that the  shares  are to be sold in a  registered
offering  pursuant  to a demand  for  registration  under  Section  2.4(g),  the
Company's  right of first  refusal  may be  exercised  at any time  prior to the
effective date of the  registration  statement  under which the shares are to be
registered.  Unless  the Notice is given in  conjunction  with the  exercise  of
registration rights hereunder, the Company shall, by written notice given by the
Company to Executive or  Designated  Beneficiary  within ten (10)  business days
after  receipt of the Notice,  indicate  its  intention  to purchase  the shares
specified in the Notice, for cash at the fair market value per share as provided
above or at the Control  Premium  Price,  as the case may be. Within 30 calendar
days after written notice of exercise by the Company,  the Company shall provide
the Executive with evidence reasonably  satisfactory to Executive of its ability
to finance the purchase of the shares (by a written  commitment  letter  subject
only to customary
                                       21
<PAGE>
representations, diligence and documentation, letter of credit or otherwise). If
the Company exercises its right of first refusal  hereunder,  the closing of the
purchase of the Common Stock with respect to which such right has been exercised
will take place within 60 calendar  days after the Company  gives notice of such
exercise,  which  period  of time  shall be  extended  in order to  comply  with
applicable  laws and  regulations.  Upon exercise of the right of first refusal,
the Company and the  Executive or Designated  Beneficiary  shall each be legally
obligated to consummate the purchase  contemplated thereby and the Company shall
use its best efforts to secure any approvals  required in connection  therewith.
If the Company does not exercise its right of first refusal hereunder within the
time specified for such exercise,  Executive or Designated  Beneficiary shall be
free to sell the Common Stock at the Transfer  Price  specified in the Notice on
terms no less  favorable  to Executive or the  Designated  Beneficiary  than the
terms  specified  in  the  Notice.  In the  event  Executive  or the  Designated
Beneficiary  does not sell the Common Stock  specified in the Notice  within 180
days after the date of the Notice, Executive or the Designated Beneficiary shall
not thereafter sell such Common Stock without first offering the Common Stock to
the Company  pursuant to this Article VI. The  Company's  right of first refusal
with respect to the  Executive's  and the  Designated  Beneficiaries'  shares of
Common Stock shall terminate if Executive and his Designated  Beneficiaries  own
beneficially  and/or  record less than an aggregate  50,000 shares of the Common
Stock.  In any twelve month  period  during the term of the  Company's  right of
first  refusal,  Executive may,  without regard to the Company's  right of first
refusal in this Article VI, sell or transfer up to an aggregate 25,000 shares of
Common Stock  pursuant to a transaction  in compliance  with Rule 144,  provided
that Executive gives prior or  contemporaneous  notice to the Company in writing
of such sale or disposition.

         6.2.  Exceptions.  Nothing in Section 6.1 shall preclude Executive from
pledging his shares of Common Stock to a financial  institution  pursuant to the
terms of a bona fide pledge or from  transferring  shares of the Common Stock by
way of gift to his spouse and/or children or trusts for their benefit,  provided
that such pledgee or donee delivers to the Company a written undertaking in form
and substance  satisfactory to the Company  agreeing to the terms and conditions
of this  Agreement  as though a party  hereto,  and the transfer is made subject
thereto.
                                   ARTICLE VII

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         7.1. Definitions.  For purposes of this Agreement,  the following terms
shall have the following meanings:

                      (a) "Accounting Firm" - as defined in Section 4.5(b);

                      (b) "Accrued Base Salary" - as defined in Section 4.1(a);

                      (c) "Accrued Benefits" - as defined in Section 4.1(d);

                      (d)  "Accrued  Annual  Bonus  Payments"  - as  defined  in
Section 4.2(e);
                                       22
<PAGE>
                      (e)  "Accrued  Reimbursable  Expenses"  -  as  defined  in
Section 4.1(c);

                      (f)  "Accrued  Vacation  Payment"  - as defined in Section
4.1(b);

                      (g) "Adjusted Previously Accrued Vacation" - as defined in
Section 4.1(b).

                      (h)  "Annual  Fixed  Cash  Bonus" - as  defined in Section
2.2(a);

                      (i)  "Annual  Incentive  Bonus" - as  defined  in  Section
2.2(b);

                      (j) "Base Amount" - as defined in Section 4.4(b);

                      (k) "Base Salary" - as defined in Section 2.1;

                      (l) "Board" - as defined in Section 1.2;

                      (m)   "beneficial   ownership"   as   defined  in  Section
7.1(p)(ii);

                      (n) "Cash Option Payment" as defined in Section 4.3(i);

                      (o)  "Cause"  shall  mean  the  occurrence  of  any of the
following:

                                (i)  Executive's  gross and  willful  misconduct
         which is injurious to the Company;

                                (ii) Executive's  engaging in fraudulent conduct
         with  respect  to the  Company's  business  or in conduct of a criminal
         nature that may have an adverse  impact on the  Company's  standing and
         reputation;

                                (iii) the continued and  unjustified  failure or
         refusal by  Executive  to perform  the duties  required  of him by this
         Agreement  which failure or refusal  shall not be cured within  fifteen
         (15) days following (A) receipt by Executive of written notice from the
         Board  specifying  the factors or events  constituting  such failure or
         refusal, and (B) a reasonable opportunity for Executive to correct such
         deficiencies;

                                (iv)  Executive's use of drugs and/or alcohol in
         violation of then current Company policy; or

                                (v)  Executive's  breach  of  his  duties  under
         Section 1.2(c) hereof which shall not be cured within fifteen (15) days
         after written notice thereof to Executive.

                      (p) "Change of Control"  shall mean and shall be deemed to
have occurred if:
                                       23
<PAGE>
                                (i)  After  the  date  of  this  Agreement,  any
         "person"  (as such term is used in Section  13(d) and  14(d)(2)  of the
         Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange  Act"),  or
         any successor  provision  thereto)  shall become the  beneficial  owner
         (within  the  meaning  of Rule  13d-3  under  the  Exchange  Act or any
         successor  provision  thereto)  directly or indirectly of securities of
         the Company  representing  15% or more of the combined  voting power of
         the Company's then outstanding  securities  ordinarily having the right
         to vote at an election  of  directors;  provided,  however,  that,  for
         purposes of this subparagraph,  "person" shall exclude the Company, its
         subsidiaries,  any person  acquiring such securities  directly from the
         Company,  any employee  benefit  plan  sponsored by the Company or from
         Executive or any stockholder  owning 15% or more of the combined voting
         power of the  Company's  outstanding  securities as of the date of this
         Agreement; or

                                (ii) Any  stockholder  of the Company owning 15%
         or more of the  combined  voting  power  of the  Company's  outstanding
         securities as of the date of this Agreement shall become the beneficial
         owner  (within  the  meaning  of Rule  13d-3  under the  Exchange  Act)
         directly or indirectly of securities of the Company (other than through
         the  acquisition  of  securities  directly  from  the  Company  or from
         Executive) representing 25% or more of the combined voting power of the
         Company's then outstanding  securities  ordinarily  having the right to
         vote at an election of directors; or

                                (iii)  Individuals  who, as of the date  hereof,
         constitute  the Board (the  "Incumbent  Board") cease for any reason to
         constitute  at least  80% of the  Board;  provided,  however,  that any
         person  becoming a member of the Board  subsequent  to the date  hereof
         whose   election,   or   nomination   for  election  by  the  Company's
         stockholders,  was  approved  by a vote of at least 80% of the  members
         then  comprising  the  Incumbent  Board  (other  than  an  election  or
         nomination  of an individual  whose initial  assumption of office is in
         connection with an actual or threatened  election  contest  relating to
         the election of  directors  of the  Company,  as such terms are used in
         Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act or any
         successor  provision thereto) shall be, for purposes of this Agreement,
         considered as though such person were a member of the Incumbent  Board;
         or

                                (iv) Approval by the stockholders of the Company
         and consummation of (A) a  reorganization,  merger,  consolidation,  or
         sale or other  disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of
         the Company,  in each case, with or to a corporation or other person or
         entity  of  which  persons  who were the  stockholders  of the  Company
         immediately prior to such transaction do not,  immediately  thereafter,
         own  more  than 60% of the  combined  voting  power of the  outstanding
         voting  securities  entitled  to  vote  generally  in the  election  of
         directors  of  the  reorganized,  merged,  consolidated  or  purchasing
         corporation  (or,  in the case of a  non-corporate  person  or  entity,
         functionally  equivalent  voting  power) and 80% of the  members of the
         Board of which  corporation (or functional  equivalent in the case of a
         non-corporate person or entity) were not members of the Incumbent Board
         at the time of the  execution of the initial  agreement  providing  for
                                       24
<PAGE>
         such reorganization, merger consolidation or sale, or (B) a liquidation
         or dissolution of the Company.

                      (q)  "Change  of  Control  Resignation"  - as  defined  in
Section 3.2(b).

                      (r) "Code" - as defined in Section 4.4(b).

                      (s) "Common Stock" - as defined in Section 1.2(b).

                      (t)  "Confidential  Information"  - as  defined in Section
5.1.

                      (u) "Consulting Agreement" - as defined in Section 5.13.

                      (v) "Continued Benefits" - as defined in Section 4.3(g).

                      (w) "Control Premium Price" - as defined in Section 6.1.

                      (x)  "Designated  Beneficiaries"  - as  defined in Section
4.3(k)(i).

                      (y)  "Designated  Beneficiaries  List"  -  as  defined  in
Section 4.3(k)(ii).

                      (z) "Estate" - as defined in Section 4.3(k).

                      (aa) "Excise Tax" - as defined in Section 4.5(a).

                      (bb) "expiration" shall mean the expiration of Executive's
employment hereunder in accordance with Section 1.3.

                      (cc) "fair market value" - as defined in Section 4.3(i) or
4.3(k), as the case may be.

                      (dd) "Good Reason" shall mean the occurrence of any of the
following:

                                (i) The Company's failure to elect or reelect or
         to appoint or  reappoint  Executive  to  offices,  titles or  positions
         carrying comparable authority, responsibilities, dignity and importance
         to that of  Executive's  offices and  positions  as of November 4, 1996
         (provided that  notwithstanding  Executive's present title as Chairman,
         failure of  Executive  to be elected or  reelected as a director of the
         Company shall not constitute "Good Reason"), or in the case of a Change
         in  Control,  involving  duties  of a  scope  comparable  to  those  of
         Executive's  most  significant  offices or  positions  held at any time
         during the 90-day period immediately  preceding the date such Change in
         Control  occurs,  or failure by the Company to use its best  efforts to
         nominate  Executive for election as a director or to use all reasonable
         efforts to cause him to be elected as a director;
                                       25
<PAGE>
                                (ii)   Material   change  by  the   Company   in
         Executive's function,  duties or responsibilities  (including reporting
         responsibilities)  which  would  cause  Executive's  position  with the
         Company to become of less dignity,  responsibility  and importance than
         those associated with his functions,  duties or  responsibilities as of
         November  4,  1996,  or in the case of a Change in  Control,  involving
         duties of a scope  less  than that  associated  with  Executive's  most
         significant   position  with  the  Company  during  the  90-day  period
         immediately preceding the date such Change in Control occurs;

                                (iii)  Executive's Base Salary is reduced by the
         Company  (unless  such  reduction  is  pursuant  to a salary  reduction
         program  as  described  in Section  2.1  hereof) or there is a material
         reduction  in the  benefits  that are in effect  for the  Executive  on
         November 4, 1996 in accordance  with Section 2.4 (unless such reduction
         is  pursuant  to  a  uniform  reduction  in  benefits  for  all  Senior
         Executives);

                                (iv)  Except  with  Executive's   prior  written
         consent,  relocation of Executive's  principal place of employment to a
         location outside of Maricopa County, Arizona, or requiring Executive to
         travel on the  Company's  business more than is required by Section 1.4
         hereof;

                                (v) The  failure  by the  Company  to obtain the
         assumption  by operation  of law or otherwise of this  Agreement by any
         entity  which is the  surviving  entity in any  merger or other form of
         corporate  reorganization  involving the Company or by any entity which
         acquires all or substantially all of the Company's assets; or

                                (vi) Other material  breach of this Agreement by
         the Company,  which breach is not cured within  fifteen (15) days after
         written notice thereof is received by the Company.

                      (ee) "Gross-Up Payment" as defined in Section 4.5(a).

                      (ff) "Incumbent Board" as defined in Section 7.1(o)(iii).

                      (gg) "1996  Executive  Bonus Plan" - as defined in Section
2.2.

                      (hh)  "Non-Competition  Period" - as  defined  in  Section
5.9(a).

                      (ii) "Notice" - as defined in Section 6.1.

                      (jj)  "Notice of  Termination"  shall mean a notice  which
shall indicate the specific termination  provision of this Agreement relied upon
and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances  claimed to
provide a basis for termination of Executive's employment under the provision so
indicated.  Each Notice of  Termination  shall be delivered at least thirty (30)
days prior to the effective date of termination.
                                       26
<PAGE>
                      (kk) "Payment" - as defined in Section 4.5(a).

                      (ll) "Previously Accrued Vacation" - as defined in Section
2.4(f).

                      (mm)  "Proprietary  Information"  - as  defined in Section
5.1(b);

                      (nn) "Regulations" - as defined in Section 4.5(b).

                      (oo)  "Retirement"  shall mean normal retirement at age 65
or in  accordance  with the  provisions  of the SERP or  following  ten years of
service as defined in any other  retirement plan  established  with  Executive's
consent with respect to Executive.

                      (pp) "Securities Act" - as defined in Section 2.4(g);

                      (qq) "Senior  Executives"  shall mean the chief  executive
officer and the four most highly  compensated  executive officers of the Company
determined in accordance  with the rules and  regulations  of the Securities and
Exchange Commission under the Exchange Act.

                      (rr) "SERP" - as defined in Section 2.4(a)(i);

                      (ss)   "termination"   shall  mean  the   termination   of
Executive's  employment hereunder other than upon expiration of the term of such
employment in accordance with Section 1.3.

                      (tt) "Termination Put" - as defined in Section 4.3(k)(i).

                      (uu)  "Termination  Put  Notice"  as  defined  in  Section
4.3(k)(ii).

                      (vv) "Total  Disability"  shall mean  Executive's  failure
substantially  to perform his duties hereunder on a full-time basis for a period
exceeding 180  consecutive  days or for periods  aggregating  more than 180 days
during any  twelve-month  period as a result of  incapacity  due to  physical or
mental  illness.  If  there  is a  dispute  as to  whether  Executive  is or was
physically or mentally unable to perform his duties under this  Agreement,  such
dispute shall be submitted for resolution to a licensed physician agreed upon by
the Board and  Executive,  or if an agreement  cannot be promptly  reached,  the
Board and Executive shall promptly select a physician,  and if these  physicians
cannot agree,  the physicians  shall  promptly  select a third  physician  whose
decision shall be binding on all parties.  If such a dispute  arises,  Executive
shall submit to such  examinations  and shall provide such  information  as such
physicians  may  request,   and  the  determination  of  the  physicians  as  to
Executive's  physical  or mental  condition  shall be  binding  and  conclusive.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Executive participates in any group disability
plan provided by the Company which offers long-term disability benefits,  "Total
Disability" shall mean total disability as defined therein.

                      (ww) "Transfer Price" - as defined in Section 6.1.
                                       27
<PAGE>
                      (xx) "Underpayment" - as defined in Section 4.5(b).

         7.2. Key Man Insurance.  The Company shall have the right,  in its sole
discretion, to purchase "key man" insurance on the life of Executive in addition
to the key man insurance acquired pursuant to Section 4.3(k) hereof. The Company
shall be the owner and beneficiary of any such policy.  If the Company elects to
purchase  such a policy,  Executive  shall take such physical  examinations  and
supply such information as may be reasonably requested by the insurer.

         7.3.  Mitigation  of  Damages;  No  Set-Off;  Dispute  Resolution.  (a)
Executive  shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment  provided
for in this  Agreement by seeking other  employment or otherwise,  nor shall the
amount  of any  payment  provided  for  in  this  Agreement  be  reduced  by any
compensation earned by Executive as the result of employment by another employer
after the date of  termination  of his  employment  hereunder or otherwise.  The
Company's  obligation to make the payments  provided for in this Agreement shall
not be affected by any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim
or action which the Company may have against Executive.

                      (b) If there shall be any dispute  between the Company and
Executive (i) in the event of any  termination of Executive's  employment by the
Company,  whether such  termination  was for Cause,  or (ii) in the event of any
termination of employment by Executive,  whether Good Reason  existed,  or (iii)
otherwise  arising  out of this  Agreement,  the  dispute  shall be  resolved in
accordance with the dispute resolution procedures set forth in Exhibit H hereto,
the  provisions  of which are  incorporated  as a part  hereof,  and the parties
hereto  hereby  agree  that  such  dispute  resolution  procedures  shall be the
exclusive  method for  resolution of disputes  under this  Agreement;  provided,
however,  that (1) either party may seek preliminary  judicial relief if, in its
judgment,  such  action is  necessary  to avoid  irreparable  injury  during the
pendency of such  procedures,  and (2) nothing in Exhibit H shall prevent either
party from exercising the rights of termination set forth in this Agreement.  In
the event of a dispute  hereunder as to whether a termination by the Company was
for Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason,  until there is a resolution  and
award as provided in Exhibit H, the Company  shall pay all amounts,  and provide
all benefits, to Executive and/or Executive's family or other beneficiaries,  as
the case may be, that the Company would be required to pay or provide  hereunder
as though such termination were by the Company without Cause or by Executive for
Good Reason and shall pay the reasonable  legal fees and expenses of counsel for
Executive in connection with such dispute resolution;  provided,  however,  that
the Company shall not be required to pay any disputed  amounts or any legal fees
and expenses  pursuant to this subparagraph (b) except upon receipt of a written
undertaking  by or on behalf of Executive  (and/or  Executive's  family or other
beneficiaries,  as the case may be) to repay,  without  interest or penalty,  as
soon as  practicable  after  completion of the dispute  resolution  (A) all such
amounts to which Executive (or Executive's family or other beneficiaries, as the
case may be) is ultimately  adjudged not be entitled with respect to the payment
of such disputed  amount(s)  and (B) in addition,  in the case of legal fees and
expenses, a proportionate amount of legal fees and expenses  attributable to any
of Executive's claim(s) (or any of Executive's  defenses or
                                       28
<PAGE>
counter-claims(s)),  if any, which shall have been found by the dispute resolver
to have been  frivolous or without  merit.  IT IS EXPRESSLY  UNDERSTOOD  THAT BY
SIGNING THIS AGREEMENT, WHICH INCORPORATES BINDING ARBITRATION,  THE COMPANY AND
EXECUTIVE AGREE,  EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY  PROVIDED OTHERWISE IN SECTION 5.11 AND
THIS  SECTION  7.3(b),  TO WAIVE  COURT  OR JURY  TRIAL  AND TO WAIVE  PUNITIVE,
STATUTORY, CONSEQUENTIAL AND ANY DAMAGES OTHER THAN COMPENSATORY DAMAGES.

         7.4.  Successors;  Binding  Agreement.  This Agreement shall be binding
upon any  successor  to the  Company  and shall  inure to the  benefit of and be
enforceable by  Executive's  personal or legal  representatives,  beneficiaries,
designees,  executors,   administrators,   heirs,  distributees,   devisees  and
legatees.

         7.5.  Modification;  No Waiver.  This  Agreement may not be modified or
amended except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto. No term
or condition of this  Agreement  shall be deemed to have been waived,  nor shall
there  be any  estoppel  against  the  enforcement  of  any  provision  of  this
Agreement, except by written instrument by the party charged with such waiver or
estoppel.  No such written  waiver shall be deemed a  continuing  waiver  unless
specifically  stated therein,  and each such waiver shall operate only as to the
specific term or condition waived and shall not constitute a waiver of such term
or condition for the future or as to any other term or condition.

         7.6.  Severability.  The covenants and agreements  contained herein are
separate and severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any one or more
of such covenants or agreements,  if not material to the employment  arrangement
that is the  basis  for  this  Agreement,  shall  not  affect  the  validity  or
enforceability of any other covenant or agreement  contained herein.  If, in any
judicial  proceeding,  a  court  shall  refuse  to  enforce  one or  more of the
covenants or agreements  contained  herein  because the duration  thereof is too
long,  or the scope  thereof is too broad,  it is expressly  agreed  between the
parties hereto that such duration or scope shall be deemed reduced to the extent
necessary to permit the enforcement of such covenants or agreements.

         7.7.  Notices.  All the  notices and other  communications  required or
permitted  hereunder  shall be in writing and shall be delivered  personally  or
sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt  requested,  to the parties
hereto at the following addresses:

                                If to the Company, to it at:

                                MicroAge, Inc.
                                2400 South MicroAge Way
                                Tempe, Arizona  85282-1896
                                ATTN:  Board of Directors

                                With a copy to:
                                       29
<PAGE>
                                Matthew P. Feeney
                                Snell & Wilmer, L.L.P.
                                One Arizona Center
                                Phoenix, Arizona  85004-0001

                                If Executive, to him at:

                                Jeffrey D. McKeever
                                5660 North Saquaro Road
                                Paradise Valley, Arizona  85253

         7.8.  Assignment.  This Agreement and any rights hereunder shall not be
assignable by either party without the prior written  consent of the other party
except as otherwise specifically provided for herein or in the Exhibits that are
incorporated as a part hereof.

         7.9. Entire  Understanding.  This Agreement (together with the Exhibits
incorporated as a part hereof) constitutes the entire understanding  between the
parties hereto and no agreement,  representation,  warranty or covenant has been
made by either party except as expressly set forth herein.

         7.10.  Executive's  Representations.  Executive represents and warrants
that neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the performance of
his duties hereunder  violates the provisions of any other agreement to which he
is a party or by which he is bound.

         7.11.   Liability  of  Company  with  Respect  to  Insurance  Policies.
Executive has selected the insurer and policy referred to in Section  2.4(a)(ii)
hereof,  and the  Company  shall not have any  liability  to  Executive  (or his
beneficiaries)  should the insurance company which issues the policy referred to
therein  fail or refuse to pay (whether  voluntarily  or by reason of any order,
injunction  or  otherwise)  thereunder  or if any rights or elections  otherwise
available to Executive thereunder are restricted or eliminated.

         7.12.  Governing Law. This  Agreement  shall be construed in accordance
with  and  governed  for all  purposes  by the  laws  of the  State  of  Arizona
applicable to contracts executed and wholly performed within such state.

         IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  hereto  have  duly  executed  this
Agreement as of the day and year first above written.


                                           Company:

                                           MICROAGE, INC.
                                       30
<PAGE>
                                           By:/s/Jeffrey D. McKeever
                                              ----------------------------------
                                           Name:Jeffrey D. McKeever
                                                --------------------------------
                                           Title:Chairman and CEO
                                                 -------------------------------

                                           Executive:


                                           /s/Jeffrey D. McKeever
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           
                                           -------------------------------------
                                       31
<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT A
                                    ---------

                     SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN
                     --------------------------------------
                                       32
<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT B
                                    ---------

                        SPLIT DOLLAR INSURANCE AGREEMENT
                        --------------------------------
                                       33
<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT C
                                    ---------

                      AMENDED AND RESTATED RIGHTS AGREEMENT
                      -------------------------------------
                                       34
<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT D
                                    ---------

                        LIST OF DESIGNATED BENEFICIARIES
                        --------------------------------
                                       35
<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT E
                                    ---------

                               EXECUTIVE'S RIGHTS
                               ------------------

                                      None
                                       36
<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT F
                                    ---------

                   EXECUTIVE'S EXISTING OBLIGATIONS AND CLAIMS
                   -------------------------------------------

                                      None
                                       37
<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT G
                                    ---------

                              CONSULTING AGREEMENT
                              --------------------
                                       38
<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT H
                                    ---------

                          DISPUTE RESOLUTION PROCEDURES
                          -----------------------------


         A. If a  controversy  should  arise  which is covered by Section 7.3 of
Article  VII,  then not later than twelve (12) months from the date of the event
which is the  subject of dispute  either  party may serve on the other a written
notice  specifying  the  existence  of such  controversy  and  setting  forth in
reasonably  specific  detail the  grounds  thereof  ("Notice  of  Controversy");
provided  that,  in any event,  the other party shall have at least  thirty (30)
days  from and after the date of the  Notice of  Controversy  to serve a written
notice  of  any  counterclaim   ("Notice  of   Counterclaim").   The  Notice  of
Counterclaim shall specify the claim or claims in reasonably specific detail. If
the Notice of Controversy or the Notice of Counterclaim,  as the case may be, is
not served  within the  applicable  period,  the claim set forth therein will be
deemed to have been waived, abandoned and rendered unenforceable.

         B.  Following  receipt of the Notice of  Controversy  (or the Notice of
Counterclaim,  as the case may be),  there shall be a three week  period  during
which the parties will make a good faith  effort to resolve the dispute  through
negotiation  ("Period  of  Negotiation").  Neither  party  shall take any action
during the Period of Negotiation to initiate arbitration proceedings.

         C. If the parties  should  agree  during the Period of  Negotiation  to
mediate  the  dispute,  then the Period of  Negotiation  shall be extended by an
amount of time to be agreed upon by the parties to permit such mediation.  In no
event,  however,  may the Period of  Negotiation  be  extended by more than five
weeks or,  stated  differently,  in no event may the  Period of  Negotiation  be
extended to encompass more than a total of eight weeks.

         D. If the  parties  agree to mediate  the  dispute  but are  thereafter
unable to agree within a week on the format and  procedures  for the  mediation,
then the effort to mediate  shall  cease,  and the Period of  Negotiation  shall
terminate  four  weeks  from  the  Notice  of  Controversy  (or  the  Notice  of
Counterclaim, as the case may be).

         E. Following the termination of the Period of Negotiation,  the dispute
(including  the  main  claim  and  counterclaim,  if any)  shall be  settled  by
arbitration,  governed by the Federal  Arbitration  Act, 9 U.S.C.  ss. 1 et seq.
("FAA"),  and  judgment  upon the  award  may be  entered  in any  court  having
jurisdiction thereof. The format and procedures of the arbitration are set forth
below (referred to below as the "Arbitration Agreement").

         F. A notice of intention to arbitrate  ("Notice of Arbitration")  shall
be served within 45 days of the termination of the Period of Negotiation. If the
Notice of Arbitration  is not served within this period,  the claim set forth in
the Notice of Controversy  (or the Notice of  Counterclaim,  as the case may be)
will be deemed to have been waived, abandoned and rendered unenforceable.
                                       39
<PAGE>
         G. The  arbitration,  including  the  Notice  of  Arbitration,  will be
governed by the Commercial Rules of the American Arbitration Association ("AAA")
in effect on the date of the  Notice of  Arbitration,  except  that the terms of
this  Arbitration  Agreement  shall  control in the event of any  difference  or
conflict between such Rules and the terms of this Arbitration Agreement.

         H. The arbitrator  shall reach a decision on the merits on the basis of
applicable legal principles as embodied in the law of the State of Arizona.  The
arbitration hearing shall take place in Phoenix, Arizona.

         I.  There  shall  be  one  arbitrator,  regardless  of  the  amount  in
controversy. The arbitrator selected, in order to be eligible to serve, shall be
a lawyer in Phoenix,  Arizona with at least fifteen (15) years  specializing  in
either  general  commercial  litigation  or  general  corporate  and  commercial
matters.  In the event the parties cannot agree on a mutually  acceptable single
arbitrator  from the  list  submitted  by the AAA,  the AAA  shall  appoint  the
arbitrator who shall meet the foregoing criteria.

         J.  At  the  time  of  appointment  and  as a  condition  thereto,  the
arbitrator will be apprised of the time limitations and other provisions of this
Arbitration  Agreement and shall indicate such dispute  resolver's  agreement to
the Tribunal Administrator to comply with such provisions and time limitations.

         K. During the 30-day period  following  appointment of the  arbitrator,
either  party may serve on the other a request for limited  numbers of documents
directly  related to the dispute.  Such documents will be produced  within seven
days of the request.

         L. Following the thirty-day period of document  production,  there will
be a forty-five day period during which limited depositions will be permissible.
Neither  party  will take more than five  depositions,  and no  deposition  will
exceed three hours of direct testimony.

         M.  Disputes as to  discovery  or  prehearing  matters of a  procedural
nature  shall be promptly  submitted  to the  arbitrator  pursuant to  telephone
conference call or otherwise. The arbitrator shall make every effort to render a
ruling on such interim  matters at the time of the hearing (or conference  call)
or within five business days thereafter.

         N. Following the period of depositions,  the arbitration  hearing shall
promptly commence. The arbitrator will make every effort to commence the hearing
within thirty days of the conclusion of the deposition  period and, in addition,
will make every effort to conduct the hearing on  consecutive  business  days to
conclusion.

         O. An award will be rendered,  at the latest, within nine months of the
date of the Notice of  Arbitration  and within  thirty  days of the close of the
arbitration  hearing.  The award shall set forth the  grounds  for the  decision
(findings of fact and  conclusions  of law) in
                                       40
<PAGE>
reasonably  specific detail and shall also specify whether any claim (or defense
or  counter-claim)  of Executive  is found to be frivolous or without  merit and
what proportion,  if any, of his legal fees and expenses which have been paid by
the Company  Executive  shall be required to repay to the Company in  accordance
with  Section  7.3(b).  The  award  shall be final and  nonappealable  except as
provided in the FAA and except that a court of competent jurisdiction shall have
the power to review whether, as a matter of law, based upon the findings of fact
by the  arbitrator,  the award  should be  confirmed  or should be  modified  or
vacated  in order to  correct  any  errors of law made by the  arbitrator.  Such
judicial  review shall be limited to issues of law,  and the parties  agree that
the  findings of fact made by the  arbitrator  shall be final and binding on the
parties  and  shall  serve  as the  facts  to be  relied  upon by the  court  in
determining  the  extent to which the award  should be  confirmed,  modified  or
vacated.

         The award may only be made for compensatory  damages,  and if any other
damages (whether  exemplary,  punitive,  consequential,  statutory or other) are
included, the award shall be vacated and remanded, or modified or corrected,  as
appropriate to promote this damage limitation;  provided, however, that an award
in favor of the Company shall include the relief set forth in Section 5.11.
                                       41

                                 MICROAGE, INC.
                         1994 MANAGEMENT EQUITY PROGRAM
                                 AWARD AGREEMENT

                                December 9, 1993

Dear Jeff:

                  Pursuant  to the  action  taken by the Board of  Directors  of
MicroAge,  Inc. (the "Company") and the  Compensation  Committee of the Board of
Directors,  you are hereby offered  participation in the 1994 Management  Equity
Program (the "1994 MEP") under the MicroAge,  Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan (the
"Plan").  Under the 1994 MEP,  you have the  opportunity  to receive  options to
restructure your compensation package to some extent. Essentially, you may elect
to purchase shares of the common stock of the Company if you  irrevocably  elect
to waive (1) all or a portion of your 1993 fiscal year bonus (the "1993 Bonus"),
and (2) a portion of your base  salary and any  bonuses  you may receive for the
1994,  1995, and 1996 calendar  years,  and later years if necessary,  under the
following terms and conditions.

BEFORE YOU ELECT TO PARTICIPATE IN THE 1994 MEP, READ THIS AWARD AGREEMENT.  YOU
WILL BE REQUIRED TO SIGN THIS AWARD  AGREEMENT AND YOUR  SIGNATURE WILL EVIDENCE
THAT YOU HAVE READ THIS AWARD AGREEMENT, UNDERSTAND IT, AND AGREE WITH ITS TERMS
AND CONDITIONS.

TO PARTICIPATE IN THE 1994 MEP, YOU MUST COMPLETE AND SIGN THIS AWARD  AGREEMENT
AND RETURN IT TO CRAIG CANTONI BY 12:00 P.M. NOON ON TUESDAY, DECEMBER 14, 1993.

                  1. EFFECTIVE DATE. The effective date of your participation in
the 1994 MEP is December 14, 1993.

                  2.   STOCKHOLDER   APPROVAL.   The  1994  MEP  is  subject  to
stockholder  approval  of the Plan,  which  will be  sought  at the 1994  Annual
Meeting  of  Stockholders.  If  stockholder  approval  is not  obtained  at such
meeting,  the 1994 MEP will be deemed to have  never  been  implemented  and the
options thereunder will be deemed to have never been granted.

                  3.  1993  BONUS  WAIVER.  You  hereby  elect to waive all or a
portion of your 1993 Bonus in the amount  specified in the table below,  subject
to the limitation described in footnote 6 below.

                              1993 BONUS WAIVER(1)

================================================================================
1993 Bonus Waived     1994 Salary Credit Amount(2)     Bonus Credit Amount(3)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    $75,000                    $75,000                          $0
================================================================================

- -----------------

     1 You are not  required to waive any of your 1993 Bonus as a  condition  to
participate in the 1994 MEP. Any part of your 1993 Bonus that you elect to waive
will be credited against your 1994 salary waiver amount (up to the amount of the
Salary Credit  Amount) and your 1994 bonus waiver  amount,  in that order.  This
"credit"  can be carried  forward  beyond  1994.  See Example A attached to this
Award Agreement.
                                                                                
     2 You may insert any amount from $0 to $75,000  (15% of your  Current  Base
Salary).  

     3 Computed  by  subtracting  the Salary  Credit  Amount from the 1993 Bonus
Waived.
<PAGE>
                  4.  1994-1996  WAIVER.  You hereby elect to waive a portion of
your salary and  bonuses  for the 1994,  1995,  and 1996  calendar  years in the
amounts specified in the tables below (please  understand that bonuses for later
years may be  automatically  waived,  as may be necessary to make up any deficit
(see footnote 5)): 

                             1994-1996 WAIVER TABLE

================================================================================
     Year             Salary(4)            Bonus(5)            Total
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1994              $75,000            $125,000           $200,000(6)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1995              $75,000            $125,000           $200,000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1996              $75,000            $125,000           $200,000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   1993-1996           $225,000           $375,000           $600,000(7)
                                                             ======== 
================================================================================

                  5.  NUMBER OF OPTIONS  GRANTED.  In exchange  for  electing to
waive the amount of  compensation  specified  in the  1994-1996  Waiver Table in
Paragraph 4, above,  you are hereby  granted an option to purchase the number of
shares of MicroAge,  Inc. Common Stock calculated  pursuant to the formula below
(to be completed by MicroAge):

           (1)      Total Compensation Waived (1994-1996):            $600,000
                                                                      --------

           (2)      $600,000 (Total Compensation Waived)
                    Multiplied by Ten (10):                           $6,000,000
                                                                      ----------
           (3)      Common Stock Closing Price
                    Effective Date (December 14, 1993)
                    (the "Common Stock Price"):                       $24.83
                                                                      ------
           (4)      Total Options Granted (2) / (3) (rounded up):     241,611
                    (See Example C attached to this Award Agreement)  -------


- -------------------------

     4 The minimum  annual  salary  waiver amount is $25,000 (5% of your Current
Base  Salary).  The maximum  annual salary waiver amount is $75,000 (15% of your
Current Base Salary).
                                                                                
     5 There is no minimum annual bonus waiver amount.  The maximum annual bonus
waiver amount is $125,000 (25% of your Current Base Salary). If the bonus amount
you elect to waive in any year is more than the bonus  actually  paid to you for
that year (and you do not have a Bonus Credit  Amount to apply to the  deficit),
the deficit  amount will be added to your bonus waiver  amount for the following
year. Deficit amounts will continue to be carried forward until made up or until
December 14, 2002. See Example B attached to this Award Agreement.  

     6 The  amount of your 1993  Bonus  that you may waive  cannot  exceed  this
number.  See Example A attached to this Award  Agreement.  

     7  The  minimum  waiver  amount  (salary  and  bonuses  combined)  for  the
three-year period (1994-1996) is $250,000 (50% of your Current Base Salary).
                                       -2-
<PAGE>
                  6.  VESTING OF OPTIONS.  Your  options  will vest in one-third
(1/3)  increments  beginning on the January 1 which is three years following the
January 1 of the  calendar  year for each year you  elect to waive  base  salary
and/or bonus amounts. Any amount of your 1993 Bonus that you elect to waive will
be used as a credit  against  future  waiver  amounts  and will be  deemed to be
waived in the year that such credit is taken.  HOWEVER,  your  options  will not
fully vest until you have actually waived all of the  compensation you agreed to
waive.

                           FOR  EXAMPLE,  the options to be  purchased  with the
compensation you waive in 1994 will vest in 1/3 increments  beginning on January
1, 1997 and will be 100% vested on January 1, 1999. Correspondingly, the options
to be  purchased  with  the  compensation  you  waive in 1995  will  vest in 1/3
increments  beginning  on January 1, 1998 and will be 100%  vested on January 1,
2000, and so on.

                           If you  elect  to  waive a  specific  amount  of your
bonuses for the next three years,  but do not receive bonuses for the next three
years  sufficient to cover the amount you agreed to waive (and you do not have a
Bonus  Credit  Amount to apply  against  the  deficit),  the  bonuses you may be
otherwise entitled to receive in later years (up through December 13, 2002) will
be used to make up any shortfall on a "first-in,  first-out" theory. See Example
D attached to this Award Agreement.

                           Notwithstanding  the above,  your options will become
fully  vested and  exercisable  as of December 14,  2002,  unless you  otherwise
terminate employment before such date.

                  7.  EXPIRATION OF OPTIONS.  Subject to Section 8 and 9 of this
Award Agreement,  your options will expire, unless sooner exercised, on December
14, 2003.

                  8. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

                           Death.  Upon your  death,  your  beneficiary  will be
entitled to receive the number of options  determined by multiplying  the sum of
your  compensation  actually  waived  up to the  date of your  death  by ten and
dividing the product by the Common Stock Price; provided, however, that only the
total  compensation  waived  by  you  up to the  date  of  your  death  will  be
considered.  All options  received by your  beneficiary will be fully vested and
immediately exercisable. Your beneficiary will have up to one year from the date
of your death to exercise the options.  After that one year period,  the options
will be  cancelled.  Under  no  circumstances  will you or your  beneficiary  be
entitled  to receive  cash equal to all or any portion of the  compensation  you
elected to waive under the 1994 MEP.

                           Disability.  Upon your  termination of employment due
to a "Disability"  (as that term is defined in the Plan) you will be entitled to
receive  the  number  of  options  determined  by  multiplying  the  sum of your
compensation  actually  waived  up to the  date of your  termination  by ten and
dividing the product by the Common Stock Price; provided, however, that only the
total  compensation  waived  by you up to the date of your  termination  will be
considered.   All  options   received  will  be  fully  vested  and  immediately
exercisable.  You will  have up to one year  from  the  date of  termination  of
employment to exercise the options. After that one year period, the options will
be cancelled.  Under no circumstances will you be entitled to receive cash equal
to all or any  portion of the  compensation  you elected to waive under the 1994
MEP.

                           Voluntary  or  Involuntary.  Upon your  voluntary  or
involuntary  termination  of  employment,  you will be  entitled  to receive the
number  of  options  determined  by  multiplying  the sum of  your  compensation
actually  waived  up to the date of your  termination  by ten and  dividing  the
product  by the  Common  Stock  Price;  provided,  however,  that only the total
compensation  waived by you up to the date of termination of employment  will be
considered.  Your options will continue to vest under the above vesting schedule
as if you continued to be employed by the Company and continued participating in
the 1994 MEP. Under no circumstances  will you be entitled to receive cash equal
to all or any  portion of the  compensation  you elected to waive under the 1994
MEP.
                                       -3-
<PAGE>
                  9.  TERMINATION  OF 1994  MEP.  If the  Committee  decides  to
terminate  the 1994 MEP,  you will be  entitled  to  receive a number of options
determined by multiplying the sum of your compensation actually waived up to the
date of your  termination  by ten and  dividing  the product by the Common Stock
Price;  provided,  however, that only the total compensation waived by you up to
the date of termination  will be considered.  All options received will be fully
vested and  immediately  exercisable.  You will have up to thirty  days from the
date of such termination to exercise the options.  After such thirty day period,
the options will be cancelled.  Under no  circumstances  will you be entitled to
receive  cash equal to all or any  portion of the  compensation  you  elected to
waive under the 1994 MEP.

                  10.  CHANGE OF CONTROL.  Upon a "Change of  Control"  (as that
term is defined in the  Plan),  the terms of Section  13.10 and 14.2 of the Plan
will apply to all options  issued under the 1994 MEP.  Upon a Change of Control,
you will be entitled to receive the number of options  determined by multiplying
the sum of your  compensation  actually  waived up to the date of the  Change of
Control by ten and dividing  the product by the Common  Stock  Price;  provided,
however,  that only the total  compensation  waived by you up to the date of the
Change of Control  will be  considered.  All  options  will be fully  vested and
immediately  exercisable.  In the event of a dissolution  or  liquidation of the
Company  or a merger  or  consolidation  in which the  Company  would not be the
surviving or resulting  corporation,  you will be entitled to receive the number
of options  determined  by  multiplying  the sum of your  compensation  actually
waived up to the date of exercise by ten and  dividing the product by the Common
Stock Price;  provided,  however, that only the total compensation waived by you
up to the date of exercise will be considered.  All options will be fully vested
and  exercisable  (a) in the case of a dissolution  or  liquidation,  at anytime
after the Company's Board of Directors takes action  authorizing the dissolution
or liquidation of the Company or (b) in the case of a merger or consolidation in
which the Company would not be the resulting or surviving corporation,  upon the
Company's  public  announcement  that a definitive  agreement  regarding  such a
merger or consolidation  has been reached.  Under no  circumstances  will you be
entitled  to receive  cash equal to all or any portion of the  compensation  you
elected to waive under the 1994 MEP.

                  11. COMPANY INFORMATION.  By signing this Award Agreement, you
acknowledge  that you have been given, or were offered,  a copy of the Company's
Annual  Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal  year ended  September  30, 1993 (the
"1993 10-K"),  and that you were given an opportunity to ask questions of any of
the  Company's  executive  officers  (as  disclosed  on page 7 of the 1993 10-K)
regarding the 1993 10-K or any other matter regarding the Company.

                  12. RISK OF INVESTMENT.  By signing this Award Agreement,  you
recognize that your participation in the 1994 MEP is a speculative investment in
that the success or failure of your  investment  depends on the market  value of
the  Company's  Common Stock over a several year period.  You further  recognize
that all or a portion of your  investment  (i.e.,  your salary and bonus waiver)
may be lost. You also acknowledge that you were given the opportunity to consult
with your personal advisor(s) regarding the 1994 MEP.


                  I hereby elect to  participate in the 1994 MEP under the terms
and conditions set forth above and  acknowledge  that I have read and understood
the terms and conditions of the 1994 MEP.

                                    ACCEPTED:
                                    MICROAGE, INC.


SIGNATURE  /s/Jeffrey D. McKeever           BY  /s/Jeffrey D. McKeever
           --------------------------       ------------------------------------
DATE       12/14/93                         ITS  Chairman and CEO
           --------------------------       ------------------------------------
SSN        ###-##-####
           --------------------------
                                       -4-

                             FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE
                     MICROAGE 1994 MANAGEMENT EQUITY PROGRAM
                               AWARD AGREEMENT FOR
                               JEFFREY D. McKEEVER

                  THIS FIRST AMENDMENT to the Award Agreement dated December 14,
1993 ("Award Agreement"),  is entered into by MicroAge,  Inc.  ("Company"),  and
Jeffrey D. McKeever ("Executive") pursuant to the Management Equity Plan ("MEP")
under the MicroAge,  Inc. Long- Term Incentive Plan ("Plan"), as of December 14,
1995.
                  WHEREAS,  the Company and the Executive entered into the Award
Agreement  effective  December 14, 1993,  to enable the  Executive to acquire an
option to purchase Company stock by making salary deferrals; and

                  WHEREAS,  the exercise price of the option to purchase Company
common stock,  $.01 par value  ("Common  Stock"),  under the Award  Agreement is
$24.83 per share,  after giving effect to a 3-for-2 stock split that was payable
on January 13, 1994; and

                  WHEREAS,  the closing  price of the Common Stock on the Nasdaq
National Market on December 13, 1995, was $8.75 per share; and

                  WHEREAS,  in order to provide a meaningful  incentive  for the
Executive  under the MEP, the  Compensation  Committee of the Company's Board of
Directors  has  reduced the  exercise  price  under the Award  Agreement  to the
current fair market value of the Common Stock.

                  NOW THEREFORE, the Executive and the Company agree as follows:

                                    1.  Paragraph  5 of the Award  Agreement  is
hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
<PAGE>
                  5.  NUMBER OF OPTIONS  GRANTED.  In exchange  for  electing to
waive the amount of  compensation  specified  in the  1994-1996  Waiver Table in
Paragraph 4, above,  you are hereby  granted an option to purchase the number of
shares of MicroAge, Inc. Common Stock calculated pursuant to the formula below:

   (1)          TOTAL COMPENSATION WAIVED (1994-1996)             $600,000

   (2)          $600,000 (TOTAL COMPENSATION WAIVED)
                MULTIPLIED BY 3.5234933 (THE "LEVERAGING
                FACTOR")                                          $2,114,096

   (3)          COMMON STOCK CLOSING PRICE ON DECEMBER
                13, 1995 (THE "COMMON STOCK PRICE")               $8.75

   (4)          TOTAL OPTIONS GRANTED (2) / (3)                   241,611

                                    2.  Paragraphs  8,  9,  and 10 of the  Award
Agreement  shall be amended by deleting the  references  to the number "ten" and
replacing such reference with the phrase "the Leveraging Factor."

                                    3. This First  Amendment  shall be effective
as of December 14, 1995.

                                 MICROAGE, INC.


                                 By: /s/Alan P. Hald
                                     ---------------------------------------
                                 Its: Vice Chairman and Secretary
                                      --------------------------------------



                                      /s/Jeffrey D. McKeever
                                     ---------------------------------------
                                      Jeffrey D. McKeever
                                        2

                              AMENDED AND RESTATED

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

                          dated as of November 4, 1996

                                 by and between

                                 MICROAGE, INC.

                                       and

                                    Alan Hald
<PAGE>



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

ARTICLE I - DUTIES AND TERM..................................................  1
Section 1.1       Continued Employment.......................................  1
Section 1.2       Position and Responsibilities..............................  1
Section 1.3       Term.......................................................  2
Section 1.4       Location...................................................  2

ARTICLE II - COMPENSATION....................................................  3
Section 2.1       Base Salary................................................  3
Section 2.2       Bonus Payments.............................................  3
Section 2.3       Stock Options..............................................  3
Section 2.4       Additional Benefits........................................  4

ARTICLE III - TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT......................................  6
Section 3.1       Death or Retirement of Executive...........................  6
Section 3.2       By Executive...............................................  6
Section 3.3       By Company.................................................  6

ARTICLE IV - COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.....................  6
Section 4.1       Upon Termination for Death or Disability...................  6
Section 4.2       Upon Termination by Company for Cause or
                  by Executive Without Good Reason...........................  7
Section 4.3       Upon Termination by the Company Without
                  Cause or by Executive for Good Reason Prior
                  to a Change of Control.....................................  8
Section 4.4       Upon Termination by the Company Without
                  Cause or by Executive for Good Reason
                  Following a Change of Control or Pursuant
                  to a Change of Control Resignation......................... 12
Section 4.5       Certain Additional Payments by Company..................... 12

ARTICLE V - RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS............................................ 15
Section 5.1       Confidential Information and Materials..................... 15
Section 5.2       General Knowledge.......................................... 16
Section 5.3       Executive Obligations as to Confidential
                  Information and Materials.................................. 17
Section 5.4       Inform Subsequent Employers................................ 17
Section 5.5       Ideas and Inventions....................................... 17
Section 5.6       Inventions and Patents..................................... 18
Section 5.7       Copyrights................................................. 18
Section 5.8       Conflicting Obligations and Rights......................... 18
Section 5.9       Non-Competition............................................ 19
                                     - ii -
<PAGE>
Section 5.10      Non-Disparagement.......................................... 20
Section 5.11      Remedies................................................... 20
Section 5.12      Consulting Agreement....................................... 21
Section 5.13      Scope of Article........................................... 21

ARTICLE VI - COMPANY'S RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL................................ 21
Section 6.1       The Company's Right of First Refusal....................... 21
Section 6.2       Exceptions................................................. 22

ARTICLE VII - MISCELLANEOUS.................................................. 23
Section 7.1       Definitions................................................ 23
Section 7.2       Key Man Insurance.......................................... 28
Section 7.3       Mitigation of Damages; No Set-Off; Dispute Resolution...... 28
Section 7.4       Successors; Binding Agreement.............................. 29
Section 7.5       Modification; No Waiver.................................... 29
Section 7.6       Severability............................................... 30
Section 7.7       Notices.................................................... 30
Section 7.8       Assignment................................................. 30
Section 7.9       Entire Understanding....................................... 30
Section 7.10      Executive's Representations................................ 30
Section 7.11      Liability of Company with Respect to Insurance Policies.... 31
Section 7.12      Governing Law.............................................. 31

EXHIBIT A - SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN

EXHIBIT B - SPLIT DOLLAR INSURANCE AGREEMENT

EXHIBIT C - REGISTRATION RIGHTS

EXHIBIT D - LIST OF DESIGNATED BENEFICIARIES

EXHIBIT E - EXECUTIVE'S RIGHTS

EXHIBIT F - EXECUTIVE'S EXISTING OBLIGATIONS AND CLAIMS

EXHIBIT G - CONSULTING AGREEMENT

EXHIBIT H - DISPUTE RESOLUTION PROCEDURES
                                     - ii -
<PAGE>
                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                              --------------------
                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
                              --------------------


         Amended and Restated  EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") made and
entered  into as of November 4, 1996 by and between  MICROAGE,  INC., a Delaware
corporation (the "Company"), and ALAN HALD ("Executive").


                                R E C I T A L S :
                                - - - - - - - - -

         WHEREAS, the Company and Executive entered into an Employment Agreement
on October 1, 1992 and the First  Amendment  to  Employment  Agreement  dated on
October 1, 1995 (the "Employment Agreement"); and

         WHEREAS,  pursuant  to Section  7.5 of the  Employment  Agreement,  the
Employment Agreement may be amended only by a written document signed by each of
the parties thereto; and

         WHEREAS,  the  Company  and  Executive  desire to amend and restate the
Employment Agreement.

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises,  and  for  other
valuable consideration,  the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged by each
of the parties hereto, the parties hereby agree as follows:


                               A G R E E M E N T :
                               - - - - - - - - - -

                                    ARTICLE I

                                 DUTIES AND TERM

         1.1. Continued  Employment.  In consideration of their mutual covenants
and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt, adequacy and sufficiency
of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company agrees to continue Executive in its
employ,  and Executive  agrees to remain in the employ of the Company,  upon the
terms and conditions herein provided.

         1.2. Position and Responsibilities.

                      (a)  Executive   shall  serve  as  President  of  MicroAge
Enterprises,  Inc. (or in a capacity and with a title of at least  substantially
equivalent  quality)  reporting  directly to the Chief Executive  Officer of the
Company. Executive agrees to perform services not inconsistent with his position
as shall from time to time be assigned to him by the Chief Executive Officer.
                                        1
<PAGE>
                      (b) Executive  further agrees to serve,  if elected,  as a
director  of the Company  and as an officer or  director  of any  subsidiary  or
affiliate  of the  Company.  Executive  currently  serves as Vice  Chairman  and
Secretary  of the  Company,  and  Executive's  current  term as a member  of the
Company's  Board  of  Directors  will  expire  at the  1997  Annual  Meeting  of
Stockholders.  The  Company  is under no  obligation  to cause  Executive  to be
nominated for reelection to the Board or for reelection as Secretary.

                      (c)  During  the  period  of  his  employment   hereunder,
Executive shall devote substantially all of his business time, attention,  skill
and  efforts to the  faithful  performance  of his duties  hereunder;  provided,
however, that Executive may serve or continue to serve on the board of directors
(or  equivalent  governing  body) of, or hold other  offices or positions  with,
companies  or  organizations  if they  involve no conflict of interest  with the
interests  of the Company and may engage in  customary  professional  activities
which in the judgment of the Board will not adversely  affect the performance by
Executive  of his duties  hereunder.  Executive  has  disclosed to the Board all
material  business ventures in which he is currently  involved,  and, subject to
approval by the Board (after written notice to it), may in the future have other
business  investments and participate in other business ventures which may, from
time to time,  require  portions of his time,  but shall not interfere  with his
duties  hereunder.  Executive  shall  be  deemed  to be in  compliance  with the
provisions of this Section  1.2(c) if the  professional  activities and business
investments  and  ventures  in which he engages  are  similar in nature and time
commitment to those in which he was engaged during the twelve-month period ended
November 3, 1996.

         1.3.  Term.  The term of  Executive's  employment  under this Agreement
shall commence on the date first above written and shall continue, unless sooner
terminated,  until  October 31, 1999;  provided,  however,  that  commencing  on
November 4, 1996 and on each subsequent day thereafter,  the Executive's term of
employment shall automatically be extended without further action by the Company
or Executive for the 36 month period commencing on each such day.

         1.4.  Location.   During  the  period  of  his  employment  under  this
Agreement,  Executive  shall not be  required,  except  with his  prior  written
consent,  to relocate his principal place of employment outside Maricopa County,
Arizona.  Required  travel  on the  Company's  business  shall  not be  deemed a
relocation  so long  as  Executive  is not  required  to  provide  his  services
hereunder outside of Maricopa County, Arizona, for more than fifty (50%) percent
of his working days during any consecutive six (6) month period.

                                   ARTICLE II

                                  COMPENSATION

         For all  services  rendered by  Executive  in any  capacity  during his
employment under this Agreement,  including,  without limitation,  services as a
director,  officer or member of any  committee of the Board of the Company or of
the board of directors  of any  subsidiary  or  affiliate  of the  Company,  the
Company shall compensate Executive as follows:
                                        2
<PAGE>
         2.1.  Base  Salary.  The Company  shall pay to Executive an annual base
salary of not less than $325,000 (such amount, less any salary waivers under the
1994  Management  Equity  Program or any subsequent  management  equity or other
waiver program  adopted by the Company is  hereinafter  referred to as the "Base
Salary")  during  the term  hereof;  provided,  however,  that in the  event the
Company institutes a salary reduction program which affects all exempt employees
(as  defined by standard  Company  policies  in  compliance  with the Fair Labor
Standards  Act) by the same  percentage,  then  Executive's  Base  Salary may be
reduced by such percentage (and the term "Base Salary" as used in this Agreement
shall refer to Base Salary as so  adjusted).  Executive's  Base Salary  shall be
paid in equal  semi-monthly  installments.  The Base  Salary  shall be  reviewed
annually  by the Board or a committee  designated  by the Board and the Board or
such committee may, in its discretion, increase the Base Salary.

         2.2. Bonus Payments.

                      (a) During the period of Executive's employment under this
Agreement,  the Company shall pay to Executive annually a fixed cash bonus equal
to $9,249 and, in addition,  such amount as may be  necessary,  after payment by
the Executive of all taxes, including,  without limitation, any federal or state
income taxes,  on such fixed cash bonus payment,  so that  Executive  shall have
remaining,  on a grossed-up  basis, the amount of $9,249 (the "Annual Fixed Cash
Bonus").

                      (b)  Executive  shall,  in addition,  be entitled to bonus
payments,  if any shall be due,  pursuant to the Executive  Bonus Plan which has
been  established  by  resolution  of the Board for fiscal  year 1996 (the "1996
Executive  Bonus Plan").  The Company shall use all reasonable  efforts to cause
the Board or a  committee  thereof to  establish  in each fiscal year during the
term hereof an executive  bonus plan that is similar to the 1996 Executive Bonus
Plan in providing for  incentive  compensation  to Executive  based on a formula
related to the Company's  profits  during such fiscal year.  Any bonus under the
1996  Executive  Bonus Plan or any such  subsequent  plan less any bonus waivers
under the 1994 Management Equity Program or any subsequent  management equity or
other  waiver  program  adopted by the  Company,  is  referred  to herein as the
"Annual Incentive Bonus."

         2.3.  Stock Options.  The Company shall use all  reasonable  efforts to
establish and maintain one or more stock option plans in which  Executive  shall
be entitled to  participate  to the same extent as other Senior  Executives  (as
such term is defined in Section 7.1 hereof).  The terms and  conditions  of such
plan(s)  shall be  determined  and  administered  by the  Board  or a  committee
thereof.

         2.4. Additional Benefits. Executive shall be entitled to participate in
all employee benefit and welfare  programs,  plans and arrangements  (including,
without  limitation,  pension,  profit-sharing,  supplemental  pension and other
retirement plans, insurance,  hospitalization,  medical and disability benefits,
travel or accident insurance plans) and to receive fringe benefits, such as club
dues and fees of professional  organizations  and  associations,  which are from
time to time available to the Company's executive personnel;  provided, however,
that there shall be no  duplication  of  termination  or severance or disability
benefits,  and to the extent that such benefits are specifically provided by the
Company to Executive  under other  provisions  of this  Agreement,  the benefits
available under the foregoing plans and programs shall be reduced by any benefit
amounts paid
                                        3
<PAGE>
under such other provisions. Executive shall during the period of his employment
hereunder  continue  to be provided  with  benefits at a level which shall in no
event be less in any  material  respect  than the  benefits  made  available  to
Executive by the Company as of the date of this  Agreement,  provided that in no
event shall the Company  have any  obligation  to acquire and maintain in effect
during the term of  Executive's  employment  hereunder  a  long-term  disability
insurance  policy on Executive  (except that  Executive may  participate  in any
group  disability  plan in which  other  executive  officers  of the Company may
participate). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may terminate or reduce
benefits  under any benefit  plans and  programs  to the extent such  reductions
apply uniformly to all Senior Executives  entitled to participate  therein,  and
Executive's benefits shall be reduced or terminated  accordingly.  Specifically,
without limitation, Executive shall receive the following benefits:

                      (a) Retirement and Death Benefits.

                      Not later than the date of  execution  of this  Agreement,
         (i) Executive  shall be designated as a participant in, and entitled to
         receive   retirement   benefits  in  accordance   with,  the  Company's
         Supplemental  Executive  Retirement  Plan dated  October  1,  1992,  as
         amended  (the  "SERP"),  a copy of which is annexed as Exhibit A hereto
         and which is incorporated as a part hereof; and

                      (ii)  Not  later  than  the  date  of  execution  of  this
         Agreement,  the Company  and  Executive  shall  execute and deliver the
         agreement annexed as Exhibit B hereto, and in accordance therewith, the
         Company  shall  implement  and maintain in effect  during the period of
         Executive's employment hereunder a "split dollar" life insurance policy
         on  Executive's  life  issued by  Northwestern  Mutual  Life  Insurance
         Company in such amount and in accordance with such terms and conditions
         as are set forth in Exhibit B which is incorporated as a part hereof.

                      (b) Medical  Expenses.  Executive shall during the term of
his  employment  hereunder  continue  to  be  provided  with  medical,   dental,
hospitalization and other health benefits at a level and of a kind substantially
equivalent  to the benefits  provided to  Executive  by the Company  immediately
prior to the effective date of this Agreement;  provided,  however,  that if the
Company  terminates  or reduces  any such  benefits  with  respect to all Senior
Executives  entitled  to  participate  therein,  Executive's  benefits  shall be
reduced or terminated  accordingly,  but not below the level of medical benefits
then provided by the Company to full-time employees.

                      (c)  Short-Term  Disability  Benefits.  In  the  event  of
Executive's failure substantially to perform his duties hereunder on a full-time
basis for a period not exceeding 180 consecutive days or for periods aggregating
not more than 180 days during any twelve-month  period as a result of incapacity
due to physical or mental  illness,  the Company shall  continue to pay the Base
Salary  to  Executive  during  the  period of such  incapacity,  but only in the
amounts and to the extent that  disability  benefits  payable to Executive under
Company-sponsored insurance policies are less than Executive's Base Salary.
                                        4
<PAGE>
                      (d)  Relocation   Expenses.   In  the  event   Executive's
principal  place of  employment  is relocated  by mutual  consent of the parties
outside Maricopa County,  Arizona, the Company shall reimburse Executive for all
usual relocation  expenses  incurred by Executive and his household in moving to
the new location,  including,  without  limitation,  moving  expenses and rental
payments for temporary  living  quarters in the area of relocation  for a period
not to exceed six months.

                      (e) Reimbursement of Business Expenses. The Company shall,
in accordance with standard Company policies,  pay, or reimburse  Executive for,
all reasonable travel and other expenses incurred by Executive in performing his
obligations under this Agreement.

                      (f) Vacations.  Executive shall be entitled to 22 business
days,  excluding  Company  holidays,  of  paid  vacation  during  each  year  of
employment  hereunder.  Executive may accrue and carry forward no more than five
unused  vacation  days from any  particular  year of his  employment  under this
Agreement to the next, not to exceed 25 days in the aggregate. Prior to the date
hereof,  Executive has accrued 98 days of unused vacation  ("Previously  Accrued
Vacation"),  which shall not be subject to such 25-day limit. Executive shall be
entitled to ten (10) business days,  excluding Company  holidays,  of Previously
Accrued Vacation each year hereunder,  which shall be applied against and reduce
the aggregate Previously Accrued Vacation, provided that, even if Executive does
not use such ten  (10)  additional  vacation  days in any  year  hereunder,  the
aggregate  number of days of Previously  Accrued Vacation shall be reduced by at
least  eight  (8)  days  for  each  year of  employment  hereunder.  Prior to or
contemporaneously therewith,  Executive shall in a written notice to the Company
designate as such any vacation days to be taken as Previously Accrued Vacation.

                      (g) Registration  Rights.  Executive shall have the rights
to  registration  under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the  "Securities
Act"),  of his  shares of Common  Stock as set  forth in  Exhibit C hereto,  the
provisions of which are incorporated as a part hereof,  subject to the terms and
conditions of Section 4.3(j) and Article VI hereof.


                                   ARTICLE III

                            TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

         3.1.  Death or Retirement of Executive.  Executive's  employment  under
this Agreement  shall  automatically  terminate upon the death or Retirement (as
defined in Section 7.1) of Executive.

         3.2.  By  Executive.  Executive  shall be  entitled  to  terminate  his
employment  under this Agreement by giving Notice of Termination  (as defined in
Section 7.1) to the Company:

                      (a) for Good Reason (as defined in Section 7.1);
                                        5
<PAGE>
                      (b) at any time  commencing  with the date six (6)  months
following the date of a Change in Control (as defined in Section 7.1) and ending
with the date twelve  months after the date of such Change in Control (a "Change
in Control Resignation"); and

                      (c) at any time without Good Reason.

         3.3. By Company. The Company shall be entitled to terminate Executive's
employment under this Agreement by giving Notice of Termination to Executive:

                      (a) in the  event  of  Executive's  Total  Disability  (as
defined in Section 7.1);

                      (b) for Cause (as defined in Section 7.1); and

                      (c) at any time without Cause.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                   COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

         If Executive's  employment  hereunder is terminated in accordance  with
the  provisions  of Article III hereof,  except for any other rights or benefits
specifically provided for herein following his period of employment, the Company
shall be obligated  to provide  compensation  and benefits to Executive  only as
follows, subject to the provisions of Section 5.11 hereof:

         4.1.  Upon   Termination  for  Death  or  Disability.   If  Executive's
employment is terminated  hereunder by reason of his death or Total  Disability,
the Company shall:

                      (a) pay  Executive  (or his Estate (as  defined in Section
4.3(k) hereof)) or beneficiaries  any Base Salary which has accrued but not been
paid as of the termination date (the "Accrued Base Salary");

                      (b) pay  Executive  (or his Estate) or  beneficiaries  for
unused  vacation days accrued as of the  termination  date in an amount equal to
his Base Salary multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of
accrued unused  vacation days and the  denominator of which is 260 (the "Accrued
Vacation  Payment") plus the Previously  Accrued Vacation (less days deducted in
accordance  with the  provisions  of Section  2.4(f))  (together,  the "Adjusted
Previously Accrued Vacation)";

                      (c) reimburse  Executive (or his Estate) or  beneficiaries
for expenses  incurred by him prior to the date of termination which are subject
to  reimbursement   pursuant  to  this  Agreement  (the  "Accrued   Reimbursable
Expenses");

                      (d) provide to Executive (or his Estate) or  beneficiaries
any  accrued  and vested  benefits  required  to be provided by the terms of any
Company-sponsored  benefit plans or
                                        6
<PAGE>
programs (the  "Accrued  Benefits"),  together with any benefits  required to be
paid or provided in the event of  Executive's  death or Total  Disability  under
applicable law;

                      (e) pay  Executive  (or his Estate) or  beneficiaries  any
Annual Incentive Bonus with respect to a prior fiscal year which has accrued but
has not been paid; and in addition;

                      (f) Executive (or his Estate) or beneficiaries  shall have
the  right to  exercise  all  vested  unexercised  stock  options  and  warrants
outstanding at the  termination  date in accordance  with terms of the plans and
agreements pursuant to which such options or warrants were issued; and further

                      (g) in the event of Executive's death while he is employed
by the Company under this Agreement, his Designated Beneficiaries shall have the
Termination  Put rights  provided  pursuant to and in  accordance  with  Section
4.3(k) which may be exercised within 180 days of the date of Executive's death.

         4.2. Upon Termination by Company for Cause or by Executive Without Good
Reason. If Executive's  employment is terminated by the Company for Cause, or if
Executive  terminates  his  employment  with  the  Company  other  than (x) upon
Executive's death or Total Disability, (y) for Good Reason, or (z) pursuant to a
Change of Control Resignation (as defined in Section 3.2(b)), the Company shall:

                      (a) pay Executive the Accrued Base Salary;

                      (b) pay Executive the Accrued Vacation Payment;

                      (c) pay Executive the Accrued Reimbursable Expenses;

                      (d) pay Executive the Accrued Benefits,  together with any
benefits required to be paid or provided under applicable law;

                      (e) pay Executive any accrued  Annual Fixed Cash Bonus and
any Annual Incentive Bonus with respect to a prior fiscal year which has accrued
but has not been paid  (together,  such bonus payments are referred to herein as
the "Accrued Annual Bonus Payments"); and in addition

                      (f)  Executive  shall  have the right to  exercise  vested
options and warrants in accordance with Section 4.1(f).

         4.3. Upon  Termination by the Company Without Cause or by Executive for
Good Reason Prior to a Change of Control.

                      If  Executive's  employment  is  terminated by the Company
without Cause or by Executive for Good Reason, the Company shall:
                                        7
<PAGE>
                      (a) pay Executive the Accrued Base Salary;

                      (b) pay  Executive  the Accrued  Vacation  Payment and the
Adjusted Previously Accrued Vacation;

                      (c) pay Executive the Accrued Reimbursable Expenses;

                      (d) pay Executive the Accrued Benefits,  together with any
benefits required to be paid or provided under applicable law;

                      (e) pay Executive the Accrued Annual Bonus Payments;

                      (f)  pay  Executive  on or  prior  to  the  thirtieth  day
following the termination  date a lump sum payment equal to the product of three
(3) times the sum of (1) Executive's Base Salary in effect  immediately prior to
the time such  termination  occurs,  plus (2) the average of the Annual  Bonuses
paid to  Executive  for the three (3) fiscal  years  immediately  preceding  the
fiscal year in which the termination  occurs (or if less than three, the average
of the two and if less than two, the amount of his single Annual Bonus, if any);

                      (g) maintain in full force and effect, for Executive's and
his eligible  beneficiaries'  continued benefit, until the first to occur of (x)
his  attainment  of  alternative  employment  or (y)  24  months  following  the
termination  date of his  employment  hereunder the employee  benefits  provided
pursuant to Company-sponsored  benefit plans,  programs or other arrangements in
which Executive was entitled to participate as a full-time employee  immediately
prior to such termination in accordance with Section 2.4 hereof,  subject to the
terms and conditions of such plans and programs (the "Continued  Benefits").  If
Executive's continued participation is not permitted under the general terms and
provisions of such plans,  programs and arrangements,  the Company shall arrange
to provide  Executive with  Continued  Benefits  substantially  similar to those
which Executive  would have been entitled to receive under such plans,  programs
and arrangements; and in addition

                      (h) Executive  shall have the right to exercise all vested
unexercised stock options and warrants in accordance with Section 4.1(f);

                      (i)  the  Company  shall,   subject  to  applicable   law,
including,  without limitation,  federal or state laws proscribing impairment of
the Company's  capital,  and any financing  agreements with lenders to which the
Company  is  bound,  if at the  termination  date  of his  employment  hereunder
Executive  holds stock  options or warrants for shares of the Common Stock which
are not then vested or  exercisable,  pay to Executive in a lump sum on or prior
to the thirtieth day following the termination  date of his employment an amount
equal to the  excess,  if any,  above the  option  price of each such  option or
warrant  of the fair  market  value of the  shares  subject  to such  options or
warrants  (the  "Cash  Option  Payment").  In the  event  that  the  Company  is
prohibited under applicable law or its financing agreements from making the Cash
Option  Payment to  Executive  at such time,  it shall make  payment only to the
extent permitted by law or its financing  agreements,  provided that the Company
shall remain liable for the unpaid balance and shall pay the same when
                                        8
<PAGE>
legally  permitted.  For purposes of this  subparagraph (i), "fair market value"
shall  mean the  weighted  average of the last sale  prices of the Common  Stock
during the ten (10) trading days  immediately  preceding the termination date of
his  employment  as quoted on the  Automated  Quotation  System of the  National
Association  of  Securities  Dealers (or any  successor  hereto or any  national
securities exchange upon which the Common Stock may then be traded);

                      (j) if during the two-year period following termination of
his employment under this Agreement, Executive exercises his demand registration
rights under Section 2.4(g) hereof in accordance  with the  provisions  thereof,
and the Company fails to cause the  registration  statement to become  effective
under the Securities Act within 120 days after the Company's  obligation to file
the same in accordance  with the provisions of paragraph  (a)(i)(B) of Exhibit C
(provided  that any delay is not caused  directly  or  indirectly  by any act or
omission of  Executive),  and the price per share at which  Executive is able to
sell his shares of Common  Stock in such  offering  is less than the fair market
value  (determined in accordance with subparagraph (k) of this Section 4.3) of a
share of  Common  Stock on the date he makes his  demand  under  Section  2.4(g)
hereof  the  Company  shall pay to  Executive  an  amount  in cash  equal to the
difference  between the fair market value per share as so determined and the net
price per share of Common Stock in the offering for all shares sold by Executive
in the  offering.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the Company  shall have the
option to purchase  all of such shares of Common  Stock at any time prior to the
effective date of the registration  statement  pursuant to which such shares are
registered  at the fair market value per share  determined  in  accordance  with
subparagraph  (k) of this Section 4.3 and in accordance  with the  provisions of
Article VI; and

                      (k)       (i) in the event of  Executive's  death during a
         period  of six (6)  months  from the  termination  date of  Executive's
         employment hereunder, his estate (the "Estate"), his spouse at the date
         of his death and his  children and trusts for the benefit of his spouse
         and  children  all as listed on  Exhibit  D hereto  (collectively,  the
         Estate,  such spouse and the other persons and entities so listed being
         referred to herein as the  "Designated  Beneficiaries")  shall have the
         option (the  "Termination  Put") to sell to the Company within 180 days
         of the date of Executive's  death,  subject to the terms and conditions
         of this  subparagraph  (k),  the shares of Common  Stock  owned by such
         Designated Beneficiaries  respectively on the date of Executive's death
         (or,  in the case of the  Estate,  the shares of Common  Stock owned by
         Executive  at the date of his  death or which  may be  acquired  by the
         Estate upon exercise of  outstanding  options or warrants in accordance
         with  Section  4.1(i)  hereof).  No  Designated  Beneficiary  shall  be
         entitled  to  the  benefits  of  this   subparagraph  (k)  unless  such
         Designated    Beneficiary   (together   with   the   other   Designated
         Beneficiaries)  at such  time owns  beneficially  or of record at least
         50,000 shares of the Common Stock and delivers to the Company a written
         undertaking in form and substance  satisfactory to the Company agreeing
         to be bound by all of the terms and conditions hereof as though a party
         hereto.

                                (ii) The Termination Put may be exercised by any
         Designated  Beneficiary  by a notice in writing (the  "Termination  Put
         Notice") to the Company  delivered no later than the date 180 days from
         and after  Executive's  death  indicating  the  number of shares of the
         Common  Stock  to be  repurchased.  Within  five (5)  business  days of
         receipt of the first such  Termination  Put Notice by the Company,  the
         Company shall  transmit by first class U.S. mail a copy thereof to each
         person or entity named as a Designated Beneficiary
                                        9
<PAGE>
         on  Exhibit D hereto  at the  address  set forth in  Exhibit D for such
         person or  entity.  Such list may be amended  by  Executive  by written
         notice to the Company from time to time, and as so amended, is referred
         to herein as the "Designated  Beneficiaries List". The Company shall be
         entitled to rely on such Designated Beneficiaries List for all purposes
         of this  subparagraph  (k). Within fifteen (15) business days after the
         date of the Company's mailing,  each Designated  Beneficiary wishing to
         exercise  its or his  Termination  Put  rights,  shall  deliver  to the
         Company  its  Termination  Put  Notice.  Any  two  or  more  Designated
         Beneficiaries may join in a Termination Put Notice.

                                (iii) The price at which  such  shares of Common
         Stock  shall  be  purchased   by  the  Company   from  the   Designated
         Beneficiaries  who have  given  timely  notice in  accordance  with the
         provisions hereof shall be the fair market value of the Common Stock as
         of the date of the Termination Put Notice first received by the Company
         from a Designated  Beneficiary  in connection  with any one exercise of
         the Termination Put. For purposes of this  subparagraph  (k), the "fair
         market value" of the Common Stock shall be the weighted  average of the
         last sale price of the Common  Stock  during the ten (10)  trading days
         immediately  preceding  and  the  ten  (10)  trading  days  immediately
         following  the date of such  Termination  Put Notice,  as quoted on the
         Automated  Quotation  System of the National  Association of Securities
         Dealers (or any successor thereto or any national  securities  exchange
         upon which the Common Stock may then be traded).

                                (iv)  Each   Termination  Put  Notice  shall  be
         accompanied by the certificates representing the shares of Common Stock
         covered by the  Notice,  which  shall be  endorsed  to the order of the
         Company,  signature  guaranteed.  Each Designated  Beneficiary giving a
         Termination  Put Notice shall  represent and warrant that the shares of
         Common Stock to be sold by such Designated  Beneficiary  are, and shall
         transfer   the  same,   free  and  clear  of  all  liens,   claims  and
         encumbrances.

                                (v) Payment for all shares of Common Stock to be
         purchased  by the  Company  pursuant to the  Designated  Beneficiaries'
         exercise of the  Termination  Put shall be made only from and up to the
         extent of the aggregate proceeds available for such purchase from up to
         $5,000,000 in key man  insurance  maintained by the Company as provided
         in this  subparagraph  (k),  such  amount  to be pro  rated  among  the
         Designated  Beneficiaries  that have delivered a timely Termination Put
         Notice in accordance  with the number of shares offered for sale to the
         Company by each such Designated Beneficiary respectively.

                                (vi)  The  Company  shall  acquire  key man life
         insurance  on the life of the  Executive  in such amount as it believes
         will  be  reasonable  to  satisfy  its  obligations  in the  event  the
         Termination  Put is  exercised,  but in no event  will the  Company  be
         obligated to acquire more than $5,000,000 in key man life insurance for
         this  purpose or shall the  Company be  obligated  to  repurchase  more
         shares of Common Stock from all  Designated  Beneficiaries  than can be
         acquired at the price provided for herein from the aggregate  amount of
         such proceeds.
                                       10
<PAGE>
Anything in this subparagraph (k) to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company's
obligation  hereunder to purchase  any Common Stock  pursuant to the exercise of
the Termination Put shall be in compliance  with,  subject to and limited by the
following:

                      (A)  applicable  federal  and  state  securities  laws and
         regulations;

                      (B)  loan or  financing  agreements  with  banks  or other
         lenders  to which the  Company  is a party or by which the  Company  is
         bound and the Company's outstanding  obligations under its stock option
         plans  for  franchisees  and its  obligation  to  maintain  in effect a
         registration  statement  with respect to shares of Common Stock held by
         the trustee of the Company's Employee Stock Purchase Plan;

                      (C)  applicable  federal  and state  laws with  respect to
         solvency, including, without limitation, state corporate law and/or any
         state law proscribing impairment of the Company's capital;

                      (D) the face amount of key man life insurance purchased by
         the Company pursuant to its obligation under this subparagraph (k).

The Company shall make payment in cash to the Designated Beneficiaries that have
delivered to the Company a timely  Termination Put Notice in accordance with the
provisions  hereof  of  their  pro rata  amounts  for  shares  of  Common  Stock
surrendered to the Company  pursuant to the respective  Termination Put Notices,
except that if the Company is prohibited  from  purchasing such shares of Common
Stock  because  payment  would  constitute  a violation  of federal law or state
corporate  or other law or its  financing  agreements  or the  other  agreements
referred to above,  the Company shall make payment only to the extent  permitted
by law or its financing  agreements or the other  agreements  referred to above;
provided,  however,  that the Company shall remain liable for the unpaid balance
and shall pay the same when  legally  permitted  and shall  purchase the maximum
amount permissible under such laws or loan or financing agreements,  but, in any
event,  subject to the  limitations  under  paragraph (D) above.  If the Company
shall  purchase  less than all shares of Common  Stock  tendered by a Designated
Beneficiary, the Company shall return the certificates representing the unbought
shares to the respective Designated  Beneficiary.  In no event shall the Company
be liable to any  Designated  Beneficiaries  to repurchase  shares of the Common
Stock over and above the aggregate  amount of the key man  insurance  maintained
for this purpose. If upon exercise of the Termination Put on any one occasion as
described  above,  any amount of proceeds of the key-man life  insurance  remain
available for additional such purchases,  any Designated  Beneficiary may give a
Termination Put Notice as provided above within the 180-day period.

         4.4. Upon  Termination by the Company Without Cause or by Executive for
Good  Reason  Following  a Change of Control or  Pursuant to a Change of Control
Resignation.

                      If following a Change of Control,  Executive's  employment
is  terminated  by the Company  Without Cause or by Executive for Good Reason or
pursuant to a Change of Control Resignation, the Company shall:
                                       11
<PAGE>
                      (a)  make  the  payments  and  provide  to  Executive  the
benefits  under  Section  4.3 other than under  Section  4.3(f)  hereof;  and in
addition

                      (b) pay to Executive a lump sum payment on or prior to the
thirtieth day following the termination date of Executive's employment hereunder
in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 300% of the sum of Executive's aggregate
total  compensation  under  Sections  2.1 and 2.2(b)  hereof for the fiscal year
immediately prior to the fiscal year in which the Change of Control occurs,  and
(ii) an amount,  the present value of which  (determined in the manner set forth
herein)  shall not exceed 299% of  Executive's  "Base  Amount",  as such term is
defined in Section  280G of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended (the
"Code"), and the regulations promulgated thereunder (the "Regulations"). Company
and Executive  agree that for purposes of making any present  value  calculation
under this  Agreement,  the  Applicable  Federal Rate in effect on the date this
Agreement is executed  shall  control as permitted by Q&A 32 of Treas.  Reg. ss.
1.280G-1.

         4.5. Certain Additional Payments by Company.

                      (a)   Anything   in  this   Agreement   to  the   contrary
notwithstanding,  if it shall be determined  that any payment or distribution by
the  Company to or for the  benefit  of  Executive  (whether  paid or payable or
distributed  or  distributable  pursuant  to the  terms  of  this  Agreement  or
otherwise,  but determined  without regard to any additional  payments  required
under this Section 4.5 (a "Payment")  would be subject to the excise tax imposed
by Code Section  4999,  or any  interest or penalties  are incurred by Executive
with  respect  to such  excise  tax (such  excise  tax,  together  with any such
interest and penalties,  are hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Excise
Tax"), then Executive shall be entitled to receive,  in addition to the Payment,
a payment  (a  "Gross-Up  Payment")  in an amount  such that,  after  payment by
Executive of all taxes (including any interest or penalties imposed with respect
to such taxes), including, without limitation, any federal or state income taxes
(and any interest and penalties imposed with respect thereto) and the Excise Tax
imposed upon the Gross-Up  Payment,  Executive  will have  received the Gross-Up
Payment in an amount equal to the Excise Tax imposed upon the Payment.

                      (b)  Subject  to the  provisions  of Section  4.5(c),  all
determinations  required to be made under this  subparagraph,  including whether
and when a Gross-Up  Payment is required and the amount of such Gross-Up Payment
and the assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such  determination,  shall be
made by a nationally  recognized  accounting firm retained by the Company as its
auditor at the time such  determinations  are required (the  "Accounting  Firm")
which shall provide  detailed  supporting  calculations  both to the Company and
Executive within 15 business days of the receipt of notice from the Company that
there has been a Payment, or such earlier time as is required by the Company. If
at such time the Accounting  Firm either is serving as accountant or auditor for
the individual,  entity or group effecting the Change in Control, or is retained
by the  Company  following  a Change  in  Control,  Executive  may,  in his sole
discretion,  appoint another nationally  recognized  accounting firm to make the
determinations  required hereunder (which accounting firm shall then be referred
to as the Accounting  Firm  hereunder).  All fees and expenses of the Accounting
Firm shall be borne solely by the Company.  Any Gross-Up Payment,  as determined
pursuant to this Section 4.5,  shall be paid by the Company to Executive  within
five  days  of  the  receipt  of the  Accounting  Firm's  determination.  If the
Accounting Firm determines that no
                                       12
<PAGE>
Excise Tax is payable by Executive,  it shall furnish  Executive  with a written
opinion that failure to report the Excise Tax on Executive's  applicable federal
income tax return would not result in the  imposition of a negligence or similar
penalty.  Any  determination  by the  accounting  Firm shall be binding upon the
Company and Executive. As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Code
Section 4999 at the time of the initial  determination  by the  Accounting  Firm
hereunder,  it is possible that Gross-Up  Payments which will not have been made
by the  Company  should  have been made  ("Underpayment"),  consistent  with the
calculations required to be made hereunder.  If Executive thereafter is required
to make a payment of any Excise Tax, the  Accounting  Firm shall  determine  the
amount of the Underpayment that has occurred and any such Underpayment  shall be
promptly paid by the Company to or for the benefit of Executive.

                      (c)  Executive  shall notify the Company in writing of any
claim by the Internal  Revenue  Service that, if  successful,  would require the
payment by the Company of the Gross-Up Payment. Such notification shall be given
as soon as  practicable,  but in no event  later  than ten  business  days after
Executive  has been  informed  in writing of such claim,  and shall  apprise the
Company of the nature of such claim and the date on which such claim is required
to be paid.  Executive  shall not pay such claim prior to the  expiration of the
30-day  period  following the date on which  Executive  gives such notice to the
Company  (or such  shorter  period  ending on the date that any payment of taxes
with respect to such claim is due). If the Company notifies Executive in writing
prior to the  expiration  of such  30-day  period  that the  Company  desires to
contest such claim, Executive shall:

                                (i) give the Company any information  reasonably
         required by the Company relating to such claim,

                                (ii)  take  such  action  in   connection   with
         contesting  such  claim as the  Company  shall  reasonably  request  in
         writing  from time to time,  including,  but not limited to,  accepting
         legal  representation  with  respect  to  such  claim  by  an  attorney
         reasonably selected by the Company,

                                (iii)  cooperate  with the Company in good faith
         in order effectively to contest such claim, and

                                (iv)  permit the Company to  participate  in any
         proceedings relation to such claim; provided, however, that the Company
         shall  bear  and  pay  directly  all  costs  and  expenses   (including
         additional  interest and  penalties)  incurred in connection  with such
         contest and shall  indemnify  and hold  Executive  harmless for (A) any
         Excise Tax or  federal or state  income  tax  (including  interest  and
         penalties   with  respect   thereto)   imposed  as  a  result  of  such
         representation and payment of costs and expenses,  and (B) any federal,
         state and local  income tax  imposed  with  respect  to the  payment of
         amounts  pursuant to clause (A) above and this clause (B), based on the
         highest  marginal  income tax rate  applicable to Executive for the tax
         year such  payments  are  includible  in his  taxable  income.  Without
         limitation on the  foregoing  provisions  of this Section  4.5(c),  the
         Company shall  control all  proceedings  taken in connection  with such
         contest  and,  at its sole  option,  may  pursue or forego  any and all
         administrative appeals, proceedings, hearings and conferences with the
                                       13
<PAGE>
         taxing  authority in respect of such claim and may, at its sole option,
         either direct  Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund or
         contest the claim in any permissible  manner,  and Executive  agrees to
         prosecute  such contest to a  determination  before any  administrative
         tribunal,  in a  court  of  initial  jurisdiction  and in  one or  more
         appellate  courts, as the Company shall determine;  provided,  however,
         that if the Company  directs  Executive to pay such claim and sue for a
         refund,  the  Company  shall  advance  the  amount of such  payment  to
         Executive,  on an  interest-free  basis  and shall  indemnify  and hold
         Executive  harmless  from (X) any Excise Tax or federal or state income
         tax (including interest or penalties with respect thereto) imposed with
         respect to such  advance or with  respect to any  imputed  income  with
         respect to such  advance,  and (Y) any federal,  state and local income
         tax imposed with  respect to the payment of amounts  pursuant to clause
         (X) above and this clause (Y), based on the highest marginal income tax
         rate  applicable  to  Executive  for the tax  year  such  payments  are
         includible  in his  taxable  income;  and  further  provided  that  any
         extension  of the statute of  limitations  relating to payment of taxes
         for the taxable year of Executive  with respect to which such contested
         amount is claimed to be due is limited solely to such contested amount.
         Furthermore,  the Company's  control of the contest shall be limited to
         issues  within  respect  to which a Gross-Up  Payment  would be payable
         hereunder and Executive shall be entitled to settle or contest,  as the
         case may be, any other issue raised by the Internal  Revenue Service or
         any other taxing authority.

                                (d) If,  after the  receipt by  Executive  of an
         amount advanced by the Company  pursuant to Section  4.5(c),  Executive
         becomes  entitled  to receive  any refund  with  respect to such claim,
         Executive   shall   (subject  to  the  Company's   complying  with  the
         requirements of Section 4.5(c))  promptly pay to the Company the amount
         of such refund  (together  with any interest  paid or credited  thereon
         after taxes  applicable  thereto) and, as and when received,  an amount
         equal to any  savings in federal  and state  income  taxes  realized by
         Executive  by reason of the payment to the Company of such  refunds and
         interest  plus the  amounts in this  clause.  If,  after the receipt by
         Executive  of an amount  advanced  by the  Company  pursuant to Section
         4.5(c), a determination is made that Executive shall not be entitled to
         any refund with  respect to such claim and the Company  does not notify
         Executive  in writing of its  intent to contest  such  denial of refund
         prior to the expiration of 30 days after such determination,  then such
         advance  shall be  forgiven  and shall not be required to be repaid and
         the amount of such advance shall  offset,  to the extent  thereof,  the
         amount of Gross-Up Payment required to be paid.


                                    ARTICLE V

                              RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS

         5.1.  Confidential  Information and Materials.  Executive hereby agrees
and acknowledges that the following ideas, information and materials in written,
oral, magnetic, photographic,  optical or other form and whether now existing or
developed or created during the period of  Executive's  employment or engagement
with the Company (the "Confidential Information") are proprietary to the Company
and are highly sensitive in nature:
                                       14
<PAGE>
                      (a)  Hardware.  Any and  all  ideas,  concepts,  know-how,
techniques,  structures,  information  and  materials  relating  to the  design,
development,  engineering, invention, patent, patent application, manufacture or
improvement of any and all equipment, components, devices, techniques, processes
or formulas (including,  without limitation,  mask works,  semi-conductor chips,
processors,  memories,  disc drives, tape heads, computer terminals,  keyboards,
storage  devices,   printers,  and  optical  storage  media)  and  any  and  all
components,  devices,  techniques or circuitry  incorporated in any of the above
which is or are constructed,  designed, improved, altered or used by the Company
and which is or are not generally  known to the public or within the  industries
in which the Company competes.

                      (b)  Software.  Any and  all  ideas,  concepts,  know-how,
techniques,  structures, information and materials relating to existing computer
software  or  firmware  products  and  computer  software or firmware in various
stages of research and development  including  without  limitation  source code,
object and load modules,  requirements  specifications,  design  specifications,
design notes, flow charts, coding sheets, annotations,  documentation, technical
and  engineering  data,  laboratory  studies,  benchmark  test results,  and the
structures,  organization,  designs, formulas and algorithms which reside in the
software  and  which  are not  generally  known  to the  public  or  within  the
industries or trades in which the Company competes.

                      (c) Business Procedures.  Internal business procedures and
business  plans,   including   analytical  methods  and  procedures,   licensing
techniques,  manufacturing  information  and  procedures  such as  formulations,
processes and equipment,  technical and engineering  data,  vendor names,  other
vendor information,  purchasing information,  financial information, service and
operational  manuals and  documentation  therefor,  ideas for new  products  and
services  and  other  such  information  which  relates  to the way the  Company
conducts its business and which is not generally known to the public.

                      (d) Legal Rights. All patents,  copyrights, trade secrets,
trademarks and service marks, and the like.

                      (e)  Marketing  Plans  and  Customers  Lists.  Any and all
customer and marketing  information  and materials,  such as (i) strategic data,
including  marketing and development plans,  forecasts and forecast  assumptions
and volumes, and future plans and potential strategies of the Company which have
been or are being  discussed;  (ii) financial data,  price and cost  objectives,
price  lists,  pricing  policies  and  procedures,  and  estimating  and quoting
policies and  procedures;  and (iii) customer data,  including  customer  lists,
names of existing, past or prospective customers and their representatives, data
about or provided by prospective,  existing or past customers,  customer service
information and materials, data about the terms, conditions and expiration dates
of existing  contracts with customers and the type,  quantity and specifications
of products  and  services  purchased,  leased or licensed by  customers  of the
Company.
                                       15
<PAGE>
                      (f) Not  Generally  Known.  Any and  all  information  not
generally  known to the public or within the  industries  or trades in which the
Company competes.

         5.2.  General  Knowledge.  The general skills and experience  gained by
Executive  during  Executive's  employment  or  engagement  by the Company,  and
information  publicly  available or generally  known  within the  industries  or
trades  in  which  the  Company   competes,   is  not  considered   Confidential
Information.  Following the Non-Competition  Period (as defined in Section 5.9),
Executive  is not  restricted  from  working  with a person or entity  which has
independently  developed  information or materials  similar to the  Confidential
Information,  but in such a circumstance,  Executive  agrees not to disclose the
fact that any similarity  exists between the  Confidential  Information  and the
independently  developed  information and materials,  and Executive  understands
that such similarity does not excuse Executive from the non-disclosure and other
obligations in this Agreement.

         5.3.   Executive   Obligations  as  to  Confidential   Information  and
Materials. During Executive's employment or engagement by the Company, Executive
will have access to the  Confidential  Information and will occupy a position of
trust and  confidence  with  respect  to the  Confidential  Information  and the
Company's affairs and business.  Executive agrees to take the following steps to
preserve  the   confidential   and  proprietary   nature  of  the   Confidential
Information:

                      (a)   Non-Disclosure.   During   and   after   Executive's
Employment  or engagement by the Company,  Executive  will not use,  disclose or
otherwise  permit  any  person  or  entity  access  to any  of the  Confidential
Information other than as required in the performance of Executive's duties with
the  Company.  Executive  understands  that  Executive  is not  allowed to sell,
license,  market or  otherwise  exploit  any  products  or  services  (including
software  or  firmware  in any  form)  which  embody  in  whole  or in part  any
Confidential Information.

                      (b) Prevent Disclosure. Executive will take all reasonable
precautions   to  prevent   disclosure  of  the   Confidential   Information  to
unauthorized persons or entities.

                      (c) Abide by the Company's  Restrictions.  Executive  will
treat as confidential  and proprietary any information or materials from outside
the  Company  which  the  Company  is  obligated  to  treat as  confidential  or
proprietary,  in  accordance  with  the  Company's  reasonable  instructions  to
Executive.

                      (d) Return All Materials.  Upon termination of Executive's
employment  or engagement  by the Company for any reason  whatsoever,  Executive
will deliver to the Company all tangible  materials  embodying the  Confidential
Information,  including  any  documentation,  records,  listings,  notes,  data,
sketches, drawings,  memoranda, models, accounts, reference materials,  samples,
machine-readable media and equipment which in any way relate to the Confidential
Information.  Of course, Executive agrees not to retain any copies of any of the
above materials.

         5.4. Inform Subsequent Employers.  Executive covenants and agrees that,
for a period of 24 months following  termination of the Non-Competition  Period,
prior  to  accepting   subsequent   employment  with  an  employer   engaged  in
substantially the same line of work as the Company,  Executive shall: (a) inform
any such  subsequent  employer in writing that this  Agreement  exists;  and (b)
provide the Company with a copy of such writing.
                                       16
<PAGE>
         5.5. Ideas and  Inventions.  Executive  agrees to assign to the Company
all of  Executive's  right,  title  and  interest  in or to any and  all  ideas,
concepts,   know-how,   techniques,    processes,    inventions,    discoveries,
developments,  works of authorship,  innovations and improvements ("Inventions")
conceived or made by Executive, whether alone or with others, whether patentable
or not,  except those that the Executive  developed  entirely on Executive's own
time without  using the  Company's  equipment,  supplies,  facilities,  or trade
secret  information  and which  neither (1) relate at the time of  conception or
reduction to practice of the invention to the Company's  business,  or actual or
demonstrably  anticipated  research or development of the Company nor (2) result
from any work  performed by the Executive for the Company.  Executive  agrees to
disclose all Inventions to the Company  promptly,  and to provide all assistance
reasonably  requested by the Company in the preservation of its interests in the
Inventions (such as by executing documents,  testifying,  etc.), such assistance
to be provided at the Company's expense but without any additional  compensation
to Executive.

         5.6. Inventions and Patents. Executive agrees that from this date until
Executive  leaves the  Company's  employment,  Executive  shall keep the Company
informed of any Inventions made by Executive,  in whole or in part, or conceived
by Executive,  alone or with others, which result from any work Executive may do
for,  or at the  request  of,  the  Company,  or which  relate to the  Company's
activities, investigations, or obligations.

                      (a) Assertion of Rights.  Executive  shall, at the expense
of the Company,  assist the Company or its  nominees to obtain  patents for such
Inventions in any countries  throughout the world.  Such Inventions shall be the
property  of the Company or its  nominees,  whether  patented or not.  Executive
shall and does,  without  charge to the Company,  assign to the Company,  all of
Executive's  right,  title,  and interest in and to such  Inventions,  including
patents  and patent  applications  and  reissues  thereof.  Executive  agrees to
execute,  acknowledge,  and  deliver any  instruments  confirming  the  complete
ownership by the Company of such Inventions.  Such assignments shall include the
right to sue for infringement.

                      (b)  Reserved  Inventions.   Descriptions  of  all  ideas,
concepts,   know-how,   techniques,    processes,    inventions,    discoveries,
developments,  innovations and improvements  which Executive made,  conceived or
acquired  prior to  Executive's  employment  by the  Company and all patents and
patent applications relating thereto  (collectively  referred to as "Executive's
Rights")  are  attached  hereto in Exhibit E, and  Executive's  Rights  shall be
excluded  from this  Agreement.  Executive  represents  that the  absence of any
Executive's  Rights in  Exhibit E shall  indicate  that  Executive  owns no such
Executive's Rights at the time of signing this Agreement.

         5.7.  Copyrights.  Executive agrees that any work prepared by Executive
during the course of  Executive's  employment or engagement  hereunder  which is
eligible  for  United  States  copy right  protection  or  protection  under the
Universal Copyright Convention, the Berne Copyright Convention and/or the Buenos
Aires Copyright  Convention shall be a work made for hire. In the event any such
work is deemed  not to be a work made for hire,  Executive  hereby  assigns  all
right,  title and interest in and to the  copyright in such work to the Company,
and agrees to provide all assistance  reasonably requested by the Company in the
establishment,  preservation and enforcement
                                       17
<PAGE>
of its copyright in such work,  such  assistance to be provided at the Company's
expense but without any additional compensation to Executive.

         5.8. Conflicting Obligations and Rights. Executive agrees to inform the
Company in writing of any apparent  conflict  between  Executive's  work for the
Company  and  (i)  any   obligations   Executive   may  have  to  preserve   the
confidentiality of another's proprietary  information or materials,  or (ii) any
rights  Executive  claims to any patents,  copyrights,  trade secrets,  or other
inventions, ideas or similar rights, before performing that work. Otherwise, the
Company  may  conclude  that  no  such  conflict  exists  and  Executive  agrees
thereafter to make no such claim against the Company.  The Company shall receive
such  disclosures in  confidence.  All such existing  obligations  and claims of
Executive,  if any,  as of the date of this  Agreement  are  listed on Exhibit F
attached hereto.

         5.9. Non-Competition.

                      (a)  Non-competition.  By  execution  of  this  Agreement,
Executive agrees that during his employment with the Company and for a period of
24 months  following  the date of expiration or  termination  of his  employment
hereunder  (the   "Non-Competition   Period")  for  any  reason   (whether  such
termination  shall be voluntary or involuntary),  Executive will not, within the
United States (in which territory  Executive  acknowledges  that the Company has
sold or marketed its products or services and conducted its Business, as defined
in Section 5.9(d) as of the date hereof),  directly or indirectly,  compete with
the  Company by  carrying  on a business  that is  substantially  similar to the
Business.  Executive  agrees  that the two (2) year  period  referred  to in the
preceding  sentence  shall be  extended  by the number of days  included  in any
period of time during which he is or was engaged in  activities  constituting  a
breach of this Section 5.9.

                      (b)  Definition  of  "Compete".  For the  purposes of this
Section 5.9, the term  "compete"  shall mean with respect to the  Business:  (i)
managing,  supervising,  or otherwise  participating  in a  management  or sales
capacity;  (ii) calling on,  soliciting,  taking away,  accepting as a client or
customer, or attempting to call on, solicit, take away, or accept as a client or
customer, any individual  partnership,  corporation,  company,  association,  or
other  entity that was a client or  customer  of the  Company as of  immediately
prior to the date hereof; (iii) hiring,  soliciting,  taking away, or attempting
to hire, solicit, or take away, either on Executive's behalf or on behalf of any
other person or entity, any person serving  immediately prior to the date hereof
or during the term hereof as an employee in  connection  with the  Business;  or
(iv)  entering  into or  attempting  to enter  into any  business  substantially
similar  to the  Business,  either  alone or with any  individual,  partnership,
corporation, company, association, or other entity.

                      (c) Direct or Indirect  Competition.  For the  purposes of
this  Section 5.9, the words  "directly or  indirectly"  as they modify the word
"compete"  shall  mean  (i)  acting  as an  agent,  representative,  consultant,
officer,  director, member, independent contractor, or employee of any entity or
enterprise  that is  competing  (as defined in Section  5.9(b)  hereof) with the
Business,  (ii)  participating  in any such competing entity or enterprise as an
owner,  partner,   limited  partner,  joint  venturer,   member,   creditor,  or
stockholder  (except  as a  stockholder  holding  less than a one  percent  (1%)
interest in a  corporation  whose  shares are  actively  traded on a regional or
national  securities  exchange  or in the  over-the-counter  market),  and (iii)
communicating to any such competing entity
                                       18
<PAGE>
or enterprise  the names or addresses or any other  information  concerning  any
past,  present,  or identified  prospective client or customer of the Company or
any entity  having  title to the  goodwill  of the Company  with  respect to the
Business.

                      (d)  Business.  For purposes of this  Agreement,  the term
"Business"  shall mean the delivery of systems  integration  services and master
distribution of information  technology  products and services,  as conducted by
the Company  immediately  prior to the date hereof and/or  developed  during the
term of this Agreement.

                      (e) Executive expressly agrees and acknowledges that:

                                (i) it will  require  at least 24 months for the
         Company to locate, hire and train an appropriate  individual to perform
         the functions and duties that Executive is performing hereunder;

                                (ii)  the   Company   has   protected   business
         interests  throughout the United States and that  competition  with and
         against such business interests would be harmful to the Company;

                                (iii) this covenant not to compete is reasonable
         as to time and  geographical  area and does not place any  unreasonable
         burden upon him;

                                (iv) the general  public will not be harmed as a
         result of enforcement of this covenant not to compete;

                                (v) his personal legal counsel has reviewed this
         covenant not to compete; and

                                (vi) he  understands  and hereby  agrees to each
         and  every  term  and   condition  of  this  covenant  not  to  compete
         (including, without limitation, the provisions of Section 5.11).

         5.10.  Non-Disparagement.  During  the term of this  Agreement  and the
Non-Competition  Period,  neither the Company nor Executive  shall disparage the
other,  and  neither  shall  disclose  to any  third  party  the  conditions  of
Executive's  employment  with the Company except as may be required (i) pursuant
to applicable  law or  regulations,  including the rules and  regulations of the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  (ii) to  effectuate  the  provisions  of
employee plans or programs and insurance policies,  or (iii) as may be otherwise
contemplated  herein or  unless  such  information  becomes  publicly  available
without fault of the party making such disclosure.

         5.11.  Remedies.  Executive  expressly agrees and acknowledges that the
covenants  set  forth  in  Sections  5.1  through  5.10  are  necessary  for the
protection  of the  interests of the Company and its  affiliates  because of the
nature and scope of their  business and his position with the Company.  Further,
Executive  acknowledges  that any  breach  of such  covenants  would  result  in
irreparable damage to the Company,  and that money damages will not sufficiently
compensate the
                                       19
<PAGE>
Company for its injury caused thereby, and that the remedy at law for any breach
or  threatened  breach  of  any  of  such  covenants  will  be  inadequate  and,
accordingly  agrees,  that the Company shall, in addition to all other available
remedies (including without  limitation,  seeking such damages as it can show it
has  sustained by reason of such breach),  be entitled to  injunctive  relief or
specific  performance  and that in  addition  to such  money  damages  he may be
restrained  and  enjoined  from any  continuing  breach of this  covenant not to
compete  without  any  bond or  other  security  being  required  of any  court.
Executive  further  acknowledges  and agrees that if such  covenants,  or any of
them, are deemed to be  unenforceable  and/or the Executive fails to comply with
this Article V, the Company has no  obligation  to provide any  compensation  or
other  benefits  described in Article IV hereof.  The remedies set forth in this
Section  5.11  shall be  included  in any  award in favor of the  Company  under
Exhibit H hereto.

         5.12. Consulting Agreement. Effective upon expiration or termination of
Executive's  employment  hereunder  for any  reason  other  than  death or Total
Disability  (if such Total  Disability  continues  in  effect),  the Company may
request  at  its  option  that  Executive  enter  into  a  consulting  agreement
substantially  in the form annexed as Exhibit G hereto,  which  incorporates  by
reference  therein  the  provisions  of Sections  5.1  through  5.11 hereof (the
"Consulting  Agreement"),  for a period of two years from the date of expiration
or  termination  and Executive  agrees to enter into such  Consulting  Agreement
effective  as of the  date  of  expiration  or  termination  of  his  employment
hereunder.  Exhibit G is  incorporated  as a part hereof.  The Company agrees to
provide the following  benefits to Executive  thereunder:  (i) the Company shall
pay to Executive (A) in semi-monthly  installments  supplementary  severance and
consulting  compensation  at a rate equal to  Executive's  Base Salary in effect
immediately  prior to expiration or  termination  of his  employment  under this
Agreement  and (B) the  Annual  Fixed Cash  Bonus,  and (ii) the  Company  shall
continue  to  provide to  Executive  health and  disability  insurance  coverage
substantially  of the type  provided by the  Company  and in effect  immediately
prior to termination of his employment under this Agreement, provided that, such
health  and  disability  benefits  will  only  be  provided  to the  extent  not
duplicative of benefits the Company is otherwise  required to provide  Executive
pursuant to Article IV of this Agreement.

         5.13.  Scope of Article.  For  purposes  of this  Article V, unless the
context otherwise  requires,  the term "Company"  includes  MicroAge,  Inc., its
direct and indirect subsidiaries, and its affiliates.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                        COMPANY'S RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

         6.1. The Company's  Right of First Refusal.  Other than as permitted in
Section 6.2, in the event that Executive (or any Designated Beneficiary) desires
to sell or  transfer  any shares of Common  Stock,  whether or not  pursuant  to
exercise of the  registration  rights under Section  2.4(g),  in any transaction
during  the  period  that  commences  on the  expiration  date  hereof  or other
termination date of Executive's  employment hereunder and which ends twenty-four
(24) months after such termination date or expiration date, Executive (or any of
his Designated  Beneficiaries,  as the
                                       20
<PAGE>
case may be) shall  first  deliver a notice in  writing  (the  "Notice")  to the
Company  which shall  specify (i) the number of shares of Common Stock which the
Executive  or such  Designated  Beneficiary  desires  to sell or  transfer,  the
name(s)  of the  proposed  purchasers  or  transferees  (except in the case of a
request for registration  pursuant to Section 2.4(g)),  (ii) the price per share
(the  "Transfer  Price") at which the Executive or such  Designated  Beneficiary
proposes to sell or transfer the shares to a third party pursuant to a bona fide
offer,  (iii) whether such price  represents a control  premium price  ("Control
Premium  Price")  and (iv) the other  material  terms  upon  which  such sale or
transfer is proposed  to be made.  The Company  shall have the right to purchase
all (but not less than  all) of such  shares at the fair  market  value  thereof
(determined as provided in Section 4.3(k) hereof) on the date of Executive's (or
the Designated Beneficiary's) Notice hereunder;  provided,  however, that if the
Transfer  Price  represents a Control  Premium Price,  the Company shall,  if it
wishes to  exercise  its  right of first  refusal  hereunder,  have the right to
purchase the shares at the Control  Premium Price.  In the event that the shares
are to be sold in a registered  offering  pursuant to a demand for  registration
under Section  2.4(g),  the Company's right of first refusal may be exercised at
any time prior to the effective date of the  registration  statement under which
the shares are to be registered.  Unless the Notice is given in conjunction with
the exercise of  registration  rights  hereunder,  the Company shall, by written
notice given by the Company to Executive or  Designated  Beneficiary  within ten
(10)  business  days after  receipt of the Notice,  indicate  its  intention  to
purchase the shares  specified in the Notice,  for cash at the fair market value
per share as provided above or at the Control Premium Price, as the case may be.
Within 30 calendar  days after  written  notice of exercise by the Company,  the
Company shall provide the Executive  with evidence  reasonably  satisfactory  to
Executive  of its  ability to finance  the  purchase of the shares (by a written
commitment  letter  subject only to  customary  representations,  diligence  and
documentation,  letter of credit or  otherwise).  If the Company  exercises  its
right of first  refusal  hereunder,  the  closing of the  purchase of the Common
Stock with respect to which such right has been exercised will take place within
60 calendar days after the Company gives notice of such  exercise,  which period
of time  shall  be  extended  in  order  to  comply  with  applicable  laws  and
regulations.  Upon exercise of the right of first  refusal,  the Company and the
Executive  or  Designated   Beneficiary  shall  each  be  legally  obligated  to
consummate the purchase  contemplated thereby and the Company shall use its best
efforts to secure any approvals required in connection therewith. If the Company
does not exercise its right of first refusal hereunder within the time specified
for such exercise, Executive or Designated Beneficiary shall be free to sell the
Common  Stock at the  Transfer  Price  specified  in the Notice on terms no less
favorable to Executive or the Designated Beneficiary than the terms specified in
the Notice.  In the event Executive or the Designated  Beneficiary does not sell
the Common Stock  specified in the Notice  within 180 days after the date of the
Notice,  Executive or the Designated  Beneficiary shall not thereafter sell such
Common Stock without first offering the Common Stock to the Company  pursuant to
this  Article  VI. The  Company's  right of first  refusal  with  respect to the
Executive's  and the  Designated  Beneficiaries'  shares of Common  Stock  shall
terminate if Executive and his Designated  Beneficiaries own beneficially and/or
record less than an aggregate  50,000 shares of the Common Stock.  In any twelve
month period during the term of the Company's right of first refusal,  Executive
may,  without regard to the Company's right of first refusal in this Article VI,
sell or transfer up to an aggregate  25,000 shares of Common Stock pursuant to a
transaction in compliance with Rule 144,  provided that Executive gives prior or
contemporaneous notice to the Company in writing of such sale or disposition. 
                                       21
<PAGE>
         6.2.  Exceptions.  Nothing in Section 6.1 shall preclude Executive from
pledging his shares of Common Stock to a financial  institution  pursuant to the
terms of a bona fide pledge or from  transferring  shares of the Common Stock by
way of gift to his spouse and/or children or trusts for their benefit,  provided
that such pledgee or donee delivers to the Company a written undertaking in form
and substance  satisfactory to the Company  agreeing to the terms and conditions
of this  Agreement  as though a party  hereto,  and the transfer is made subject
thereto.  In any twelve month period during the period of the Company's right of
first  refusal,  Executive may without  regard to the  Company's  right of first
refusal in this Article VI sell or transfer up to an aggregate  25,000 shares of
Common Stock  pursuant to a transaction  in compliance  with Rule 144,  provided
that in each case Executive gives prior or contemporaneous notice to the Company
in writing of such sale or disposition.

                                   ARTICLE VII

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         7.1. Definitions.  For purposes of this Agreement,  the following terms
shall have the following meanings:

                      (a) "Accounting Firm" - as defined in Section 4.5(b);

                      (b) "Accrued Base Salary" - as defined in Section 4.1(a);

                      (c) "Accrued Benefits" - as defined in Section 4.1(d);

                      (d)  "Accrued  Annual  Bonus  Payments"  - as  defined  in
Section 4.2(e);

                      (e)  "Accrued  Reimbursable  Expenses"  -  as  defined  in
Section 4.1(c);

                      (f)  "Accrued  Vacation  Payment"  - as defined in Section
4.1(b);

                      (g) "Adjusted Previously Accrued Vacation" - as defined in
Section 4.1(b).

                      (h)  "Annual  Fixed  Cash  Bonus" - as  defined in Section
2.2(a);

                      (i)  "Annual  Incentive  Bonus" - as  defined  in  Section
2.2(b);

                      (j) "Base Amount" - as defined in Section 4.4(b);

                      (k) "Base Salary" - as defined in Section 2.1;

                      (l) "Board" - as defined in Section 1.2;

                      (m)   "beneficial   ownership"   as   defined  in  Section
7.1(p)(ii);
                                       22
<PAGE>
                      (n) "Cash Option Payment" as defined in Section 4.3(i);

                      (o)  "Cause"  shall  mean  the  occurrence  of  any of the
following:

                                (i)  Executive's  gross and  willful  misconduct
         which is injurious to the Company;

                                (ii) Executive's  engaging in fraudulent conduct
         with  respect  to the  Company's  business  or in conduct of a criminal
         nature that may have an adverse  impact on the  Company's  standing and
         reputation;

                                (iii) the continued and  unjustified  failure or
         refusal by  Executive  to perform  the duties  required  of him by this
         Agreement  which failure or refusal  shall not be cured within  fifteen
         (15) days following (A) receipt by Executive of written notice from the
         Board  specifying  the factors or events  constituting  such failure or
         refusal, and (B) a reasonable opportunity for Executive to correct such
         deficiencies;

                                (iv)  Executive's use of drugs and/or alcohol in
         violation of then current Company policy; or

                                (v)  Executive's  breach  of  his  duties  under
         Section 1.2(c) hereof which shall not be cured within fifteen (15) days
         after written notice thereof to Executive.

                      (p) "Change of Control"  shall mean and shall be deemed to
have occurred if:

                                (i)  After  the  date  of  this  Agreement,  any
         "person"  (as such term is used in Section  13(d) and  14(d)(2)  of the
         Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange  Act"),  or
         any successor  provision  thereto)  shall become the  beneficial  owner
         (within  the  meaning  of Rule  13d-3  under  the  Exchange  Act or any
         successor  provision  thereto)  directly or indirectly of securities of
         the Company  representing  15% or more of the combined  voting power of
         the Company's then outstanding  securities  ordinarily having the right
         to vote at an election  of  directors;  provided,  however,  that,  for
         purposes of this subparagraph,  "person" shall exclude the Company, its
         subsidiaries,  any person  acquiring such securities  directly from the
         Company,  any employee  benefit  plan  sponsored by the Company or from
         Executive or any stockholder  owning 15% or more of the combined voting
         power of the  Company's  outstanding  securities as of the date of this
         Agreement; or
                                       23
<PAGE>
                                (ii) Any  stockholder  of the Company owning 15%
         or more of the  combined  voting  power  of the  Company's  outstanding
         securities as of the date of this Agreement shall become the beneficial
         owner  (within  the  meaning  of Rule  13d-3  under the  Exchange  Act)
         directly or indirectly of securities of the Company (other than through
         the  acquisition  of  securities  directly  from  the  Company  or from
         Executive) representing 25% or more of the combined voting power of the
         Company's then outstanding  securities  ordinarily  having the right to
         vote at an election of directors; or

                                (iii)  Individuals  who, as of the date  hereof,
         constitute  the Board (the  "Incumbent  Board") cease for any reason to
         constitute  at least  80% of the  Board;  provided,  however,  that any
         person  becoming a member of the Board  subsequent  to the date  hereof
         whose   election,   or   nomination   for  election  by  the  Company's
         stockholders,  was  approved  by a vote of at least 80% of the  members
         then  comprising  the  Incumbent  Board  (other  than  an  election  or
         nomination  of an individual  whose initial  assumption of office is in
         connection with an actual or threatened  election  contest  relating to
         the election of  directors  of the  Company,  as such terms are used in
         Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act or any
         successor  provision thereto) shall be, for purposes of this Agreement,
         considered as though such person were a member of the Incumbent  Board;
         or

                                (iv) Approval by the stockholders of the Company
         and consummation of (A) a  reorganization,  merger,  consolidation,  or
         sale or other  disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of
         the Company,  in each case, with or to a corporation or other person or
         entity  of  which  persons  who were the  stockholders  of the  Company
         immediately prior to such transaction do not,  immediately  thereafter,
         own  more  than 60% of the  combined  voting  power of the  outstanding
         voting  securities  entitled  to  vote  generally  in the  election  of
         directors  of  the  reorganized,  merged,  consolidated  or  purchasing
         corporation  (or,  in the case of a  non-corporate  person  or  entity,
         functionally  equivalent  voting  power) and 80% of the  members of the
         Board of which  corporation (or functional  equivalent in the case of a
         non-corporate person or entity) were not members of the Incumbent Board
         at the time of the  execution of the initial  agreement  providing  for
         such reorganization, merger consolidation or sale, or (B) a liquidation
         or dissolution of the Company.

                      (q)  "Change  of  Control  Resignation"  - as  defined  in
Section 3.2(b).

                      (r) "Code" - as defined in Section 4.4(b).

                      (s) "Common Stock" - as defined in Section 1.2(b).

                      (t)  "Confidential  Information"  - as  defined in Section
5.1.

                      (u) "Consulting Agreement" - as defined in Section 5.13.

                      (v) "Continued Benefits" - as defined in Section 4.3(g).

                      (w) "Control Premium Price" - as defined in Section 6.1.

                      (x)  "Designated  Beneficiaries"  - as  defined in Section
4.3(k)(i).

                      (y)  "Designated  Beneficiaries  List"  -  as  defined  in
Section 4.3(k)(ii).

                      (z) "Estate" - as defined in Section 4.3(k).

                      (aa) "Excise Tax" - as defined in Section 4.5(a).
                                       24
<PAGE>
                      (bb) "expiration" shall mean the expiration of Executive's
employment hereunder in accordance with Section 1.3.

                      (cc) "fair market value" - as defined in Section 4.3(i) or
4.3(k), as the case may be.

                      (dd) "Good Reason" shall mean the occurrence of any of the
following:

                                (i) The Company's failure to elect or reelect or
         to appoint or  reappoint  Executive  to  offices,  titles or  positions
         carrying comparable authority, responsibilities, dignity and importance
         to that of  Executive's  offices and  positions  as of November 4, 1996
         (provided  that  notwithstanding  Executive's  present  title  as  Vice
         Chairman and Secretary, failure of Executive to be elected or reelected
         as a director or Secretary of the Company  shall not  constitute  "Good
         Reason"), or in the case of a Change in Control,  involving duties of a
         scope comparable to those of Executive's  most  significant  offices or
         positions  held  at any  time  during  the  90-day  period  immediately
         preceding the date such Change in Control occurs;

                                (ii)   Material   change  by  the   Company   in
         Executive's function,  duties or responsibilities  (including reporting
         responsibilities)  which  would  cause  Executive's  position  with the
         Company to become of less dignity,  responsibility  and importance than
         those associated with his functions,  duties or  responsibilities as of
         November 4, 1996 (provided  that  notwithstanding  Executive's  present
         title as Vice  Chairman  and  Secretary,  failure  of  Executive  to be
         elected or reelected  as a director or  Secretary of the Company  shall
         not constitute  "Good Reason"),  or in the case of a Change in Control,
         involving  duties of a scope less than that associated with Executive's
         most  significant  position  with the Company  during the 90-day period
         immediately preceding the date such Change in Control occurs;

                                (iii)  Executive's Base Salary is reduced by the
         Company  (unless  such  reduction  is  pursuant  to a salary  reduction
         program  as  described  in Section  2.1  hereof) or there is a material
         reduction  in the  benefits  that are in effect  for the  Executive  on
         November 4, 1996 in accordance  with Section 2.4 (unless such reduction
         is  pursuant  to  a  uniform  reduction  in  benefits  for  all  Senior
         Executives);

                                (iv)  Except  with  Executive's   prior  written
         consent,  relocation of Executive's  principal place of employment to a
         location outside of Maricopa County, Arizona, or requiring Executive to
         travel on the  Company's  business more than is required by Section 1.4
         hereof;

                                (v) The  failure  by the  Company  to obtain the
         assumption  by operation  of law or otherwise of this  Agreement by any
         entity  which is the  surviving  entity in any  merger or other form of
         corporate  reorganization  involving the Company or by any entity which
         acquires all or substantially all of the Company's assets; or
                                       25
<PAGE>
                                (vi) Other material  breach of this Agreement by
         the Company,  which breach is not cured within  fifteen (15) days after
         written notice thereof is received by the Company.

                      (ee) "Gross-Up Payment" as defined in Section 4.5(a).

                      (ff) "Incumbent Board" as defined in Section 7.1(o)(iii).

                      (gg) "1996  Executive  Bonus Plan" - as defined in Section
2.2.

                      (hh)  "Non-Competition  Period" - as  defined  in  Section
5.9(a).

                      (ii) "Notice" - as defined in Section 6.1.

                      (jj)  "Notice of  Termination"  shall mean a notice  which
shall indicate the specific termination  provision of this Agreement relied upon
and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances  claimed to
provide a basis for termination of Executive's employment under the provision so
indicated.  Each Notice of  Termination  shall be delivered at least thirty (30)
days prior to the effective date of termination.

                      (kk) "Payment" - as defined in Section 4.5(a).

                      (ll) "Previously Accrued Vacation" - as defined in Section
2.4(f).

                      (mm)  "Proprietary  Information"  - as  defined in Section
5.1(b);

                      (nn) "Regulations" - as defined in Section 4.5(b).

                      (oo)  "Retirement"  shall mean normal retirement at age 65
or in  accordance  with the  provisions  of the SERP or  following  ten years of
service as defined in any other  retirement plan  established  with  Executive's
consent with respect to Executive.

                      (pp) "Securities Act" - as defined in Section 2.4(g);

                      (qq) "Senior  Executives"  shall mean the chief  executive
officer and the four most highly  compensated  executive officers of the Company
determined in accordance  with the rules and  regulations  of the Securities and
Exchange Commission under the Exchange Act.

                      (rr) "SERP" - as defined in Section 2.4(a)(i);

                      (ss)   "termination"   shall  mean  the   termination   of
Executive's  employment hereunder other than upon expiration of the term of such
employment in accordance with Section 1.3.

                      (tt) "Termination Put" - as defined in Section 4.3(k)(i).
                                       26
<PAGE>
                      (uu)  "Termination  Put  Notice"  as  defined  in  Section
4.3(k)(ii).

                      (vv) "Total  Disability"  shall mean  Executive's  failure
substantially  to perform his duties hereunder on a full-time basis for a period
exceeding 180  consecutive  days or for periods  aggregating  more than 180 days
during any  twelve-month  period as a result of  incapacity  due to  physical or
mental  illness.  If  there  is a  dispute  as to  whether  Executive  is or was
physically or mentally unable to perform his duties under this  Agreement,  such
dispute shall be submitted for resolution to a licensed physician agreed upon by
the Board and  Executive,  or if an agreement  cannot be promptly  reached,  the
Board and Executive shall promptly select a physician,  and if these  physicians
cannot agree,  the physicians  shall  promptly  select a third  physician  whose
decision shall be binding on all parties.  If such a dispute  arises,  Executive
shall submit to such  examinations  and shall provide such  information  as such
physicians  may  request,   and  the  determination  of  the  physicians  as  to
Executive's  physical  or mental  condition  shall be  binding  and  conclusive.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Executive participates in any group disability
plan provided by the Company which offers long-term disability benefits,  "Total
Disability" shall mean total disability as defined therein.

                      (ww) "Transfer Price" - as defined in Section 6.1.

                      (xx) "Underpayment" - as defined in Section 4.5(b).

         7.2. Key Man Insurance.  The Company shall have the right,  in its sole
discretion, to purchase "key man" insurance on the life of Executive in addition
to the key man insurance acquired pursuant to Section 4.3(k) hereof. The Company
shall be the owner and beneficiary of any such policy.  If the Company elects to
purchase  such a policy,  Executive  shall take such physical  examinations  and
supply such information as may be reasonably requested by the insurer.

         7.3.  Mitigation  of  Damages;  No  Set-Off;  Dispute  Resolution.  (a)
Executive  shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment  provided
for in this  Agreement by seeking other  employment or otherwise,  nor shall the
amount  of any  payment  provided  for  in  this  Agreement  be  reduced  by any
compensation earned by Executive as the result of employment by another employer
after the date of  termination  of his  employment  hereunder or otherwise.  The
Company's  obligation to make the payments  provided for in this Agreement shall
not be affected by any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim
or action which the Company may have against Executive.

                      (b) If there shall be any dispute  between the Company and
Executive (i) in the event of any  termination of Executive's  employment by the
Company,  whether such  termination  was for Cause,  or (ii) in the event of any
termination of employment by Executive,  whether Good Reason  existed,  or (iii)
otherwise  arising  out of this  Agreement,  the  dispute  shall be  resolved in
accordance with the dispute resolution procedures set forth in Exhibit H hereto,
the  provisions  of which are  incorporated  as a part  hereof,  and the parties
hereto  hereby  agree  that  such  dispute  resolution  procedures  shall be the
exclusive  method for  resolution of disputes  under this  Agreement;  provided,
however,  that (1) either party may seek preliminary  judicial relief if,
                                       27
<PAGE>
in its judgment, such action is necessary to avoid irreparable injury during the
pendency of such  procedures,  and (2) nothing in Exhibit H shall prevent either
party from exercising the rights of termination set forth in this Agreement.  In
the event of a dispute  hereunder as to whether a termination by the Company was
for Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason,  until there is a resolution  and
award as provided in Exhibit H, the Company  shall pay all amounts,  and provide
all benefits, to Executive and/or Executive's family or other beneficiaries,  as
the case may be, that the Company would be required to pay or provide  hereunder
as though such termination were by the Company without Cause or by Executive for
Good Reason and shall pay the reasonable  legal fees and expenses of counsel for
Executive in connection with such dispute resolution;  provided,  however,  that
the Company shall not be required to pay any disputed  amounts or any legal fees
and expenses  pursuant to this subparagraph (b) except upon receipt of a written
undertaking  by or on behalf of Executive  (and/or  Executive's  family or other
beneficiaries,  as the case may be) to repay,  without  interest or penalty,  as
soon as  practicable  after  completion of the dispute  resolution  (A) all such
amounts to which Executive (or Executive's family or other beneficiaries, as the
case may be) is ultimately  adjudged not be entitled with respect to the payment
of such disputed  amount(s)  and (B) in addition,  in the case of legal fees and
expenses, a proportionate amount of legal fees and expenses  attributable to any
of Executive's claim(s) (or any of Executive's  defenses or  counter-claims(s)),
if any,  which  shall  have  been  found by the  dispute  resolver  to have been
frivolous  or without  merit.  IT IS EXPRESSLY  UNDERSTOOD  THAT BY SIGNING THIS
AGREEMENT,  WHICH INCORPORATES  BINDING  ARBITRATION,  THE COMPANY AND EXECUTIVE
AGREE,  EXCEPT AS  SPECIFICALLY  PROVIDED  OTHERWISE  IN  SECTION  5.11 AND THIS
SECTION 7.3(b),  TO WAIVE COURT OR JURY TRIAL AND TO WAIVE PUNITIVE,  STATUTORY,
CONSEQUENTIAL AND ANY DAMAGES OTHER THAN COMPENSATORY DAMAGES.

         7.4.  Successors;  Binding  Agreement.  This Agreement shall be binding
upon any  successor  to the  Company  and shall  inure to the  benefit of and be
enforceable by  Executive's  personal or legal  representatives,  beneficiaries,
designees,  executors,   administrators,   heirs,  distributees,   devisees  and
legatees.

         7.5.  Modification;  No Waiver.  This  Agreement may not be modified or
amended except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto. No term
or condition of this  Agreement  shall be deemed to have been waived,  nor shall
there  be any  estoppel  against  the  enforcement  of  any  provision  of  this
Agreement, except by written instrument by the party charged with such waiver or
estoppel.  No such written  waiver shall be deemed a  continuing  waiver  unless
specifically  stated therein,  and each such waiver shall operate only as to the
specific term or condition waived and shall not constitute a waiver of such term
or condition for the future or as to any other term or condition.

         7.6.  Severability.  The covenants and agreements  contained herein are
separate and severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any one or more
of such covenants or agreements,  if not material to the employment  arrangement
that is the  basis  for  this  Agreement,  shall  not  affect  the  validity  or
enforceability of any other covenant or agreement  contained herein.  If, in any
judicial  proceeding,  a  court  shall  refuse  to  enforce  one or  more of the
covenants
                                       28
<PAGE>
or agreements  contained herein because the duration thereof is too long, or the
scope thereof is too broad,  it is expressly  agreed  between the parties hereto
that such duration or scope shall be deemed  reduced to the extent  necessary to
permit the enforcement of such covenants or agreements.

         7.7.  Notices.  All the  notices and other  communications  required or
permitted  hereunder  shall be in writing and shall be delivered  personally  or
sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt  requested,  to the parties
hereto at the following addresses:

                                If to the Company, to it at:

                                MicroAge, Inc.
                                2400 South MicroAge Way
                                Tempe, Arizona  85282-1896
                                ATTN:  Chief Executive Officers

                                With a copy to:

                                Matthew P. Feeney
                                Snell & Wilmer L.L.P.
                                One Arizona Center
                                Phoenix, Arizona  85004-0001

                                If Executive, to him at:

                                Alan P. Hald
                                5350 East Calle del Medio
                                Phoenix, Arizona 85018

         7.8.  Assignment.  This Agreement and any rights hereunder shall not be
assignable by either party without the prior written  consent of the other party
except as otherwise specifically provided for herein or in the Exhibits that are
incorporated as a part hereof.

         7.9. Entire  Understanding.  This Agreement (together with the Exhibits
incorporated as a part hereof) constitutes the entire understanding  between the
parties hereto and no agreement,  representation,  warranty or covenant has been
made by either party except as expressly set forth herein.

         7.10.  Executive's  Representations.  Executive represents and warrants
that neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the performance of
his duties hereunder  violates the provisions of any other agreement to which he
is a party or by which he is bound.

         7.11.   Liability  of  Company  with  Respect  to  Insurance  Policies.
Executive has selected the insurer and policy referred to in Section  2.4(a)(ii)
hereof,  and the  Company  shall not have any  liability  to  Executive  (or his
beneficiaries)  should the insurance company which issues
                                       29
<PAGE>
the policy referred to therein fail or refuse to pay (whether  voluntarily or by
reason of any order,  injunction  or  otherwise)  thereunder or if any rights or
elections  otherwise  available  to  Executive   thereunder  are  restricted  or
eliminated.

         7.12.  Governing Law. This  Agreement  shall be construed in accordance
with  and  governed  for all  purposes  by the  laws  of the  State  of  Arizona
applicable to contracts executed and wholly performed within such state.

         IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  hereto  have  duly  executed  this
Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

                                           Company:

                                           MICROAGE, INC.

                                           By:/s/Jeffrey D. McKeever
                                              ----------------------------------
                                           Name:Jeffrey D. McKeever
                                                --------------------------------
                                           Title:Chairman and CEO
                                                 -------------------------------
                                           Executive:

                                           /s/Alan P. Hald
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Alan P. Hald
                                           -------------------------------------

                                    EXHIBIT A
                                    ---------

                     SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN
                     --------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT B
                                    ---------

                        SPLIT DOLLAR INSURANCE AGREEMENT
                        --------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT C
                                    ---------

                      AMENDED AND RESTATED RIGHTS AGREEMENT
                      -------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT D
                                    ---------

                        LIST OF DESIGNATED BENEFICIARIES
                        --------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT E
                                    ---------

                               EXECUTIVE'S RIGHTS
                               ------------------

                                      None
<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT F
                                    ---------

                   EXECUTIVE'S EXISTING OBLIGATIONS AND CLAIMS
                   -------------------------------------------

                                      None
<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT G
                                    ---------

                              CONSULTING AGREEMENT
                              --------------------
<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT H
                                    ---------

                          DISPUTE RESOLUTION PROCEDURES
                          -----------------------------


         A. If a  controversy  should  arise  which is covered by Section 7.3 of
Article  VI,  then not later than  twelve (12) months from the date of the event
which is the  subject of dispute  either  party may serve on the other a written
notice  specifying  the  existence  of such  controversy  and  setting  forth in
reasonably  specific  detail the  grounds  thereof  ("Notice  of  Controversy");
provided  that,  in any event,  the other party shall have at least  thirty (30)
days  from and after the date of the  Notice of  Controversy  to serve a written
notice  of  any  counterclaim   ("Notice  of   Counterclaim").   The  Notice  of
Counterclaim shall specify the claim or claims in reasonably specific detail. If
the Notice of Controversy or the Notice of Counterclaim,  as the case may be, is
not served  within the  applicable  period,  the claim set forth therein will be
deemed to have been waived, abandoned and rendered unenforceable.

         B.  Following  receipt of the Notice of  Controversy  (or the Notice of
Counterclaim,  as the case may be),  there shall be a three week  period  during
which the parties will make a good faith  effort to resolve the dispute  through
negotiation  ("Period  of  Negotiation").  Neither  party  shall take any action
during the Period of Negotiation to initiate arbitration proceedings.

         C. If the parties  should  agree  during the Period of  Negotiation  to
mediate  the  dispute,  then the Period of  Negotiation  shall be extended by an
amount of time to be agreed upon by the parties to permit such mediation.  In no
event,  however,  may the Period of  Negotiation  be  extended by more than five
weeks or,  stated  differently,  in no event may the  Period of  Negotiation  be
extended to encompass more than a total of eight weeks.

         D. If the  parties  agree to mediate  the  dispute  but are  thereafter
unable to agree within a week on the format and  procedures  for the  mediation,
then the effort to mediate  shall  cease,  and the Period of  Negotiation  shall
terminate  four  weeks  from  the  Notice  of  Controversy  (or  the  Notice  of
Counterclaim, as the case may be).

         E. Following the termination of the Period of Negotiation,  the dispute
(including  the  main  claim  and  counterclaim,  if any)  shall be  settled  by
arbitration,  governed by the Federal  Arbitration  Act, 9 U.S.C.  ss. 1 et seq.
("FAA"),  and  judgment  upon the  award  may be  entered  in any  court  having
jurisdiction thereof. The format and procedures of the arbitration are set forth
below (referred to below as the "Arbitration Agreement").

         F. A notice of intention to arbitrate  ("Notice of Arbitration")  shall
be served within 45 days of the termination of the Period of Negotiation. If the
Notice of Arbitration  is not served within this period,  the claim set forth in
the Notice of Controversy  (or the Notice of  Counterclaim,  as the case may be)
will be deemed to have been waived, abandoned and rendered unenforceable.
<PAGE>
         G. The  arbitration,  including  the  Notice  of  Arbitration,  will be
governed by the Commercial Rules of the American Arbitration Association ("AAA")
in effect on the date of the  Notice of  Arbitration,  except  that the terms of
this  Arbitration  Agreement  shall  control in the event of any  difference  or
conflict between such Rules and the terms of this Arbitration Agreement.

         H. The arbitrator  shall reach a decision on the merits on the basis of
applicable legal principles as embodied in the law of the State of Arizona.  The
arbitration hearing shall take place in Phoenix, Arizona.

         I.  There  shall  be  one  arbitrator,  regardless  of  the  amount  in
controversy. The arbitrator selected, in order to be eligible to serve, shall be
a lawyer in Phoenix,  Arizona with at least fifteen (15) years  specializing  in
either  general  commercial  litigation  or  general  corporate  and  commercial
matters.  In the event the parties cannot agree on a mutually  acceptable single
arbitrator  from the  list  submitted  by the AAA,  the AAA  shall  appoint  the
arbitrator who shall meet the foregoing criteria.

         J.  At  the  time  of  appointment  and  as a  condition  thereto,  the
arbitrator will be apprised of the time limitations and other provisions of this
Arbitration  Agreement and shall indicate such dispute  resolver's  agreement to
the Tribunal Administrator to comply with such provisions and time limitations.

         K. During the 30-day period  following  appointment of the  arbitrator,
either  party may serve on the other a request for limited  numbers of documents
directly  related to the dispute.  Such documents will be produced  within seven
days of the request.

         L. Following the thirty-day period of document  production,  there will
be a forty-five day period during which limited depositions will be permissible.
Neither  party  will take more than five  depositions,  and no  deposition  will
exceed three hours of direct testimony.

         M.  Disputes as to  discovery  or  prehearing  matters of a  procedural
nature  shall be promptly  submitted  to the  arbitrator  pursuant to  telephone
conference call or otherwise. The arbitrator shall make every effort to render a
ruling on such interim  matters at the time of the hearing (or conference  call)
or within five business days thereafter.

         N. Following the period of depositions,  the arbitration  hearing shall
promptly commence. The arbitrator will make every effort to commence the hearing
within thirty days of the conclusion of the deposition  period and, in addition,
will make every effort to conduct the hearing on  consecutive  business  days to
conclusion.

         O. An award will be rendered,  at the latest, within nine months of the
date of the Notice of  Arbitration  and within  thirty  days of the close of the
arbitration  hearing.  The award shall set forth the  grounds  for the  decision
(findings of fact and  conclusions  of law) in  reasonably  specific  detail and
shall also specify whether any claim (or defense or  counter-claim) of Executive
is found to be frivolous or without  merit and what  proportion,  if any, of his
legal fees

<PAGE>

and expenses which have been paid by the Company  Executive shall be required to
repay to the Company in accordance with Section 7.3(b). The award shall be final
and  nonappealable  except as  provided  in the FAA and  except  that a court of
competent  jurisdiction  shall have the power to review whether,  as a matter of
law,  based upon the  findings of fact by the  arbitrator,  the award  should be
confirmed or should be modified or vacated in order to correct any errors of law
made by the arbitrator.  Such judicial review shall be limited to issues of law,
and the parties agree that the findings of fact made by the arbitrator  shall be
final and  binding on the parties and shall serve as the facts to be relied upon
by the court in  determining  the extent to which the award should be confirmed,
modified or vacated.

         The award may only be made for compensatory  damages,  and if any other
damages (whether  exemplary,  punitive,  consequential,  statutory or other) are
included, the award shall be vacated and remanded, or modified or corrected,  as
appropriate to promote this damage limitation;  provided, however, that an award
in favor of the Company shall include the relief set forth in Section 5.11.

                        SPLIT-DOLLAR INSURANCE AGREEMENT
                        --------------------------------

         THIS  AGREEMENT  is made as of this 29th day of January,  1997,  by and
between  MICROAGE,  INC.,  a Delaware  corporation  (hereinafter  referred to as
"Corporation"), and ALAN P. HALD (hereinafter referred to as "Insured").

         WHEREAS,  Insured  plans to  acquire  insurance  on his life of under a
policy  issued  by  Northwestern  Mutual  Life  Insurance  Company  (hereinafter
referred to as "Insurer"); and

         WHEREAS, Corporation wants to assist Insured by paying all premiums due
on the policy; and

         WHEREAS,  Insured  will be the owner of the  insurance  policy  and the
policy will be assigned to  Corporation  as security  for the  repayment  of the
premiums which Corporation will pay when due on the policy;

         The  parties,  therefore,  in  consideration  of  the  mutual  promises
contained herein, hereby agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I

         Insured  plans to acquire  from the Insurer a policy on the life of the
Insured in the face amount of One Million Two Hundred  Eighty Six Thousand Seven
Dollars  ($1,286,007)  (hereinafter  referred  to as the  "Policy").  The policy
number,  face  amount  and plan of  insurance  will be  recorded  on  Schedule A
attached to this  Agreement  and the Policy will then be subject to the terms of
this Agreement. During the term of this Agreement, Corporation will not exercise
nor withhold its consent to the exercise by Insured of any
<PAGE>
rights,  privileges or options  conferred by the terms of the Policy,  except as
otherwise provided in Article V, paragraph C hereof.

                                   ARTICLE II

         All premiums due on the Policy which shall be Fifty-Six  Thousand  Five
Hundred  Fifty  Dollars  and One Cent  ($56,550.01)  per year,  shall be paid by
Corporation  until  the  first to occur of (i) the  death of the  Insured,  (ii)
Insured's  termination of employment with Corporation,  or (iii) Corporation has
paid fifteen (15) premium payments.

                                   ARTICLE III

         A. Insured  shall  execute and deliver a collateral  assignment  of the
Policy to Corporation on a form approved by Insurer,  as a security interest for
the amounts paid by Corporation  towards its share of the premiums to be paid on
the Policy in accordance with Article II of this Agreement.  In the event of the
death of Insured pursuant to Article IV hereof, or in the event of the surrender
or  acquisition  of the  Policy  pursuant  to  Article V hereof,  such  security
interest  shall  be for an  amount  equal  to the  total  premiums  paid  by the
Corporation (less any outstanding loans to Corporation  pursuant to Article III,
paragraph B hereof).

         B. Corporation may not borrow against the Policy's loan value,  without
the prior written approval of Insured.

         C.  Corporation  shall pay all  interest  with  respect  to loans  made
pursuant to subparagraph B; provided, however, that no payment of interest shall
constitute a premium payment under this Agreement.
                                        2
<PAGE>
         D. The term  "net cash  surrender  value"  when used in this  Agreement
shall mean the gross value as determined by Insurer less any  outstanding  loans
made to Corporation and interest then due on such loans.

                                   ARTICLE IV

         In the event of the death of Insured,  the proceeds of the Policy shall
be divided into two parts and paid by Insurer as follows:

         Part A -          This part shall be paid to  Corporation  in an amount
                           equal to the  Corporation's  security interest in the
                           Policy  as   determined   pursuant  to  Article  III,
                           paragraph A hereof.  Corporation shall supply Insurer
                           with  any   information   necessary  for  Insurer  to
                           determine such amount.

         Part B -          The balance of the death benefit shall be paid to the
                           beneficiary designated by the Insured.

                                    ARTICLE V

         A. The Insured may, at any time with the  Corporation's  prior  written
consent,  surrender the Policy and receive the net cash surrender value thereof.
Insured  shall pay to  Corporation  an amount  equal to  Corporation's  security
interest in the Policy as determined in Article III,  paragraph A hereof, or may
authorize and instruct Insurer to pay such amount directly to Corporation.

         B. The Insured may acquire Corporation's  interest in the Policy for an
amount equal to the Corporation's  security interest in the Policy as determined
in Article III, paragraph A hereof upon the Insured's  termination of employment
with Corporation.
                                        3
<PAGE>
         C. Except as provided in the  collateral  assignment or as necessary to
protect Corporation's  security interest,  Insured shall be entitled to exercise
all of the rights  available  under the terms of the Policy,  except the Insured
may not assign or borrow on the Policy as long as a collateral  assignment is in
effect on the Policy.

                                   ARTICLE VI

         A.       Subject to Article VI, paragraph B below, this Agreement shall
terminate upon the occurrence of any of the following:

                  1.       Surrender  or  acquisition  of the Policy by Insured,
                           pursuant to Article V of this Agreement.

                  2.       Cessation of the corporate business.

                  3.       Bankruptcy,    receivership    or    dissolution   of
                           Corporation.

                  4.       The  termination  of  Insured's  employment  with the
                           Corporation.

                  5.       The death of Insured.

         B. If this  Agreement is terminated  pursuant to Article VI,  paragraph
A.2 or 3. above,  Insured shall pay Corporation an amount equal to Corporation's
security  interest  in the Policy as  determined  in Article  III,  paragraph  A
hereof.  Upon receipt of such amounts,  Corporation  shall thereupon execute and
deliver to Insured a release of the collateral assignment of the Policy.

         C. If this  Agreement is terminated  pursuant to Article VI,  paragraph
A.4  above,  Insured  shall pay  Corporation  an amount  equal to  Corporation's
security interest in the Policy as determined in Article III, paragraph A above.
                                        4
<PAGE>
         D. If Insured does not remit the amounts described in paragraph B and C
above,  within thirty (30) days of the event described in Article VI,  paragraph
A.2, 3. or 4., then all obligations of Corporation under this Agreement shall be
terminated   and  Insured  shall   transfer  the  ownership  of  the  Policy  to
Corporation.

                                   ARTICLE VII

         Insurer is not a party to this Agreement and the obligations of Insurer
are those set forth in the Policy.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

         This Agreement shall be binding upon the parties  hereto,  their heirs,
legal representatives, successors and assigns.

                                   ARTICLE IX

         This  Agreement  may be altered,  amended or  modified  only by written
instrument signed by Corporation and the Insured.

                                    ARTICLE X

         This Agreement shall be construed according to the laws of the State of
Arizona.

                                   ARTICLE XI

         Insured  may  add a  rider  to  the  Policy  for  the  benefit  of  his
beneficiaries.  Upon written request by Corporation, Insured will add a rider to
the Policy for the benefit of Corporation.  The additional premium for any rider
which is added to the Policy  will be paid by the party  entitled to receive the
proceeds of the rider.
                                        5
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE XII

         A.       The  party  designated  as  the  "named   fiduciary"  for  the
                  Split-Dollar Plan established by this Agreement shall have the
                  authority   to   control   and  manage   the   operation   and
                  administration of such plan;  provided,  however,  the Insurer
                  shall be the  fiduciary  of the plan solely with regard to the
                  review and final  decision on a claim for  benefits  under its
                  Policy as provided in Article XIII Claims Procedure, set forth
                  below.

         B.       The  Fiduciary  may  allocate  his  responsibilities  for  the
                  operation  and   administration  of  the  Split-Dollar   Plan,
                  including  the  designation  of persons to carry out fiduciary
                  responsibilities  under any such plan.  He shall  effect  such
                  allocation  of  his  responsibilities  by  delivering  to  the
                  Corporation a written  instrument signed by him that specifies
                  the  nature  and  extent  of the  responsibilities  allocated,
                  including,  the persons who are  designated to carry out these
                  fiduciary   responsibilities   under  the  Split-Dollar  Plan,
                  together with a signed acknowledgment of their acceptance.

                                  ARTICLE XIII

         The following claims procedure shall apply to the Split-Dollar Plan:

         A.       The  beneficiary  of such  Policy  shall  make a claim for the
                  benefits  provided under the Policy in the manner  provided in
                  the Policy.

         B.       With  respect to a claim for benefits  under said Policy,  the
                  Insurer shall be the entity which reviews and makes  decisions
                  on claim denials.
                                        6
<PAGE>
         C.       If a claim  is  wholly  or  partially  denied,  notice  of the
                  decision, meeting the requirements of paragraph D below, shall
                  be  furnished to the  claimant  within a reasonable  period of
                  time after the claim has been filed.

         D.       The  Insurer  shall  provide to any  claimant  who is denied a
                  claim for benefits,  written  notice setting forth in a manner
                  calculated to be understood by the claimant, the following:

                  1.       The specific reasons for the denial;

                  2.       Specific  reference to the  pertinent  Policy or plan
                           provisions on which the denial is based;

                  3.       A   description   of  any   additional   material  or
                           information necessary for the claimant to perfect the
                           claim  and an  explanation  of why such  material  or
                           information is necessary;

                  4.       An explanation of the plan's claim review  procedure,
                           as set forth in paragraph E and F below.

         E.       The  purpose  of  the  review  procedure  set  forth  in  this
                  paragraph and in paragraph F below,  is to provide a procedure
                  by which a  claimant  under the  Split-Dollar  Plan may have a
                  reasonable  opportunity  to  appeal a denial  of a claim for a
                  full and fair review. To accomplish that purpose, the claimant
                  or his duly authorized representative:

                  1.       May request a review upon written  application to the
                           Insurer;

                  2.       May review  pertinent  plan  documents or agreements;
                           and

                  3.       May submit issues and comments in writing.
                                        7
<PAGE>
                           A claimant  (or his duly  authorized  representative)
                  shall  request a review by  filing a written  application  for
                  review at any time within sixty (60) days after receipt by the
                  claimant of written notice of the denial of his claim.

         F.       A decision  on review of a denial of a claim  shall be made in
                  the following manner:

                  1.       The  decision on review shall be made by the Insurer,
                           which may in its  discretion  hold a  hearing  on the
                           denied  claim.  The Insurer  shall make its  decision
                           promptly,  unless special  circumstances (such as the
                           need to hold a hearing)  require an extension of time
                           for  processing,  in which case a  decision  shall be
                           rendered as soon as possible,  but not later than one
                           hundred  twenty  (120)  days  after  receipt  of  the
                           request for review.

                  2.       The  decision on review shall be in writing and shall
                           include specific  reasons for the decisions,  written
                           in a  manner  calculated  to  be  understood  by  the
                           claimant,  and specific  references  to the pertinent
                           Policy or plan  provision  on which the  decision  is
                           based.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as
of the date first above written.

                                          MICROAGE, INC., a Delaware Corporation

                                          By  /s/Jeffrey D. McKeever
                                              ----------------------------------
                                            Its Chairman and CEO
                                                --------------------------------

                                          By  /s/Alan P. Hald
                                              ----------------------------------
                                                      ALAN P. HALD
                                        8
<PAGE>
                                   SCHEDULE A

         Face Amount                                       $1,286,007

         Policy Number                                       13929759

         Plan of Insurance              The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance
                                        Company
                                        9
<PAGE>
                           COLLATERAL ASSIGNMENT FORM


Appln. No., Contract No.                               Date this form is signed:
or Policy No.: 13929759                                January 29, 1997

Insured: ALAN P. HALD
Insurance Company:  The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company

The undersigned  request and direct the Insurance Company to make the provisions
of this form a part of the policy.

All previous  designations of payees are hereby revoked.  It is hereby requested
and directed that:


                                  BENEFICIARIES

(1) In the  event of the  death  of the  Insured,  MicroAge,  Inc.,  a  Delaware
corporation, or its successors  ("Corporation"),  will be the direct beneficiary
of an amount equal to the premiums paid to the Insurance  Company by Corporation
for the Policy. In the event of Corporation's cessation of business, bankruptcy,
receivership or dissolution,  Corporation  will be the direct  beneficiary of an
amount equal to the premiums paid to the Insurance  Company by  Corporation  for
the Policy.

In the event of  termination  of Insured's  employment  or the  surrender or the
acquisition  of the Policy,  Corporation  will be the direct  beneficiary of the
premiums paid to the Insurance Company by Corporation for the Policy.

Any indebtedness by Corporation to the Insurance  Company will be deducted first
from  the  share  of  the  proceeds   payable  to  said  Corporation  as  direct
beneficiary.

It is understood  and agreed that the  Insurance  Company will have the right to
rely  on  any  statement   signed  by  said   Corporation   setting  forth  said
Corporation's  share of the premium payments referred to above, and any decision
made by Insurance Company in reliance upon such statement will be conclusive and
will fully protect the Insurance Company.

(2)  KATHLEEN  T. HALD if living and married to the Insured on his date of death
will be the direct beneficiary of any remaining  proceeds,  and if she is either
not married to Insured or living on Insured's  date of death,  the proceeds will
be payable to Insured's estate.
<PAGE>
The Insurance Company will be fully discharged of liability for any action taken
by the Insured and for all amounts paid to, or at the  direction of, the insured
and will have no obligation  as to the use of the amounts.  In all dealings with
the Insured, the Insurance Company will be fully protected against the claims of
every other person.  The Insurance  Company will not be charged with notice of a
change of beneficiary  unless written  evidence of the change is received at the
Insurance Company's Home Office.

                                    OWNERSHIP

(3) The owner of the Policy shall be the Insured. The Insured alone may exercise
all the rights and  privileges  specified in the Policy,  except the Insured may
not assign or borrow on the Policy as long as this  Collateral  Assignment is in
effect. Corporation may assign or borrow against the Policy loan value only with
the prior written approval of the Insured.


                      MODIFICATION OF ASSIGNMENT PROVISIONS

Upon  death  of  the  Insured,  the  interest  of  any  collateral  assignee  of
Corporation  will be limited to the  portion of the  proceeds  described  in (1)
above.

                                     MICROAGE, INC., a Delaware corporation


                                     By  /s/Jeffrey D. McKeever
                                         ----------------------------------
                                                  Officer


                                         /s/ Alan P. Hald
                                         ----------------------------------
                                                 ALAN P. HALD

                                 MICROAGE, INC.
                         1994 MANAGEMENT EQUITY PROGRAM
                                 AWARD AGREEMENT

                                December 9, 1993

Dear Alan:

                  Pursuant  to the  action  taken by the Board of  Directors  of
MicroAge,  Inc. (the "Company") and the  Compensation  Committee of the Board of
Directors,  you are hereby offered  participation in the 1994 Management  Equity
Program (the "1994 MEP") under the MicroAge,  Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan (the
"Plan").  Under the 1994 MEP,  you have the  opportunity  to receive  options to
restructure your compensation package to some extent. Essentially, you may elect
to purchase shares of the common stock of the Company if you  irrevocably  elect
to waive (1) all or a portion of your 1993 fiscal year bonus (the "1993 Bonus"),
and (2) a portion of your base  salary and any  bonuses  you may receive for the
1994,  1995, and 1996 calendar  years,  and later years if necessary,  under the
following terms and conditions.

BEFORE YOU ELECT TO PARTICIPATE IN THE 1994 MEP, READ THIS AWARD AGREEMENT.  YOU
WILL BE REQUIRED TO SIGN THIS AWARD  AGREEMENT AND YOUR  SIGNATURE WILL EVIDENCE
THAT YOU HAVE READ THIS AWARD AGREEMENT, UNDERSTAND IT, AND AGREE WITH ITS TERMS
AND CONDITIONS.

TO PARTICIPATE IN THE 1994 MEP, YOU MUST COMPLETE AND SIGN THIS AWARD  AGREEMENT
AND RETURN IT TO CRAIG CANTONI BY 12:00 P.M. NOON ON TUESDAY, DECEMBER 14, 1993.

                  1. EFFECTIVE DATE. The effective date of your participation in
the 1994 MEP is December 14, 1993.

                  2.   STOCKHOLDER   APPROVAL.   The  1994  MEP  is  subject  to
stockholder  approval  of the Plan,  which  will be  sought  at the 1994  Annual
Meeting  of  Stockholders.  If  stockholder  approval  is not  obtained  at such
meeting,  the 1994 MEP will be deemed to have  never  been  implemented  and the
options thereunder will be deemed to have never been granted.

                  3.  1993  BONUS  WAIVER.  You  hereby  elect to waive all or a
portion of your 1993 Bonus in the amount  specified in the table below,  subject
to the limitation described in footnote 6 below. 1993 BONUS WAIVER1

                              1993 BONUS WAIVER(1)

================================================================================
  1993 Bonus Waived    1994 Salary Credit Amount(2)    Bonus Credit Amount(3)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      $75,000                     $75,000                       $0
================================================================================



- --------
     1 You are not  required to waive any of your 1993 Bonus as a  condition  to
participate in the 1994 MEP. Any part of your 1993 Bonus that you elect to waive
will be credited against your 1994 salary waiver amount (up to the amount of the
Salary Credit  Amount) and your 1994 bonus waiver  amount,  in that order.  This
"credit"  can be carried  forward  beyond  1994.  See Example A attached to this
Award Agreement.

     2 You may insert any amount from $0 to $39,000  (15% of your  Current  Base
Salary).

     3 Computed  by  subtracting  the Salary  Credit  Amount from the 1993 Bonus
Waived.
                                       -1-
<PAGE>
                  4.  1994-1996  WAIVER.  You hereby elect to waive a portion of
your salary and  bonuses  for the 1994,  1995,  and 1996  calendar  years in the
amounts specified in the tables below (please  understand that bonuses for later
years may be  automatically  waived,  as may be necessary to make up any deficit
(see footnote 5)):

                             1994-1996 WAIVER TABLE

================================================================================
    Year            Salary(4)         Bonus(5)             Total
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1994            $39,000           $65,000             $104,0006
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1995            $39,000           $65,000             $104,000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1996            $39,000           $65,000             $104,000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  1993-1996         $156,000          $260,000            $416,000(7)
                                                          =========
================================================================================

                  5.  NUMBER OF OPTIONS  GRANTED.  In exchange  for  electing to
waive the amount of  compensation  specified  in the  1994-1996  Waiver Table in
Paragraph 4, above,  you are hereby  granted an option to purchase the number of
shares of MicroAge,  Inc. Common Stock calculated  pursuant to the formula below
(to be completed by MicroAge):

        (1)      Total Compensation Waived (1994-1996):               $312,000
                                                                       -------

        (2)      $312,000 (Total Compensation Waived)
                 Multiplied by Ten (10):                              $3,120,000
                                                                      ----------
                         
        (3)      Common Stock Closing Price
                 Effective Date (December 14, 1993)
                 (the "Common Stock Price"):                          $24.83
                                                                      ------

        (4)      Total Options Granted (2) / (3) (rounded up):        125,638
                                                                      -------
- --------------------

     4 The minimum  annual  salary  waiver amount is $13,000 (5% of your Current
Base  Salary).  The maximum  annual salary waiver amount is $39,000 (15% of your
Current Base Salary).

     5 There is no minimum annual bonus waiver amount.  The maximum annual bonus
waiver amount is $65,000 (25% of your Current Base Salary).  If the bonus amount
you elect to waive in any year is more than the bonus  actually  paid to you for
that year (and you do not have a Bonus Credit  Amount to apply to the  deficit),
the deficit  amount will be added to your bonus waiver  amount for the following
year. Deficit amounts will continue to be carried forward until made up or until
December 14, 2002. See Example B attached to this Award Agreement.

     6 The  amount of your 1993  Bonus  that you may waive  cannot  exceed  this
number. See Example A attached to this Award Agreement.

     7  The  minimum  waiver  amount  (salary  and  bonuses  combined)  for  the
three-year period (1994-1996) is $130,000 (50% of your Current Base Salary).
                                       -2-
<PAGE>
                (See Example C attached to this Award Agreement)

                  6.  VESTING OF OPTIONS.  Your  options  will vest in one-third
(1/3)  increments  beginning on the January 1 which is three years following the
January 1 of the  calendar  year for each year you  elect to waive  base  salary
and/or bonus amounts. Any amount of your 1993 Bonus that you elect to waive will
be used as a credit  against  future  waiver  amounts  and will be  deemed to be
waived in the year that such credit is taken.  HOWEVER,  your  options  will not
fully vest until you have actually waived all of the  compensation you agreed to
waive.

                           FOR  EXAMPLE,  the options to be  purchased  with the
compensation you waive in 1994 will vest in 1/3 increments  beginning on January
1, 1997 and will be 100% vested on January 1, 1999. Correspondingly, the options
to be  purchased  with  the  compensation  you  waive in 1995  will  vest in 1/3
increments  beginning  on January 1, 1998 and will be 100%  vested on January 1,
2000, and so on.

                           If you  elect  to  waive a  specific  amount  of your
bonuses for the next three years,  but do not receive bonuses for the next three
years  sufficient to cover the amount you agreed to waive (and you do not have a
Bonus  Credit  Amount to apply  against  the  deficit),  the  bonuses you may be
otherwise entitled to receive in later years (up through December 13, 2002) will
be used to make up any shortfall on a "first-in,  first-out" theory. See Example
D attached to this Award Agreement.

                           Notwithstanding  the above,  your options will become
fully  vested and  exercisable  as of December 14,  2002,  unless you  otherwise
terminate employment before such date.

                  7.  EXPIRATION OF OPTIONS.  Subject to Section 8 and 9 of this
Award Agreement,  your options will expire, unless sooner exercised, on December
14, 2003.

                  8. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

                           Death.  Upon your  death,  your  beneficiary  will be
entitled to receive the number of options  determined by multiplying  the sum of
your  compensation  actually  waived  up to the  date of your  death  by ten and
dividing the product by the Common Stock Price; provided, however, that only the
total  compensation  waived  by  you  up to the  date  of  your  death  will  be
considered.  All options  received by your  beneficiary will be fully vested and
immediately exercisable. Your beneficiary will have up to one year from the date
of your death to exercise the options.  After that one year period,  the options
will be  cancelled.  Under  no  circumstances  will you or your  beneficiary  be
entitled  to receive  cash equal to all or any portion of the  compensation  you
elected to waive under the 1994 MEP.

                           Disability.  Upon your  termination of employment due
to a "Disability"  (as that term is defined in the Plan) you will be entitled to
receive  the  number  of  options  determined  by  multiplying  the  sum of your
compensation  actually  waived  up to the  date of your  termination  by ten and
dividing the product by the Common Stock Price; provided, however, that only the
total  compensation  waived  by you up to the date of your  termination  will be
considered.   All  options   received  will  be  fully  vested  and  immediately
exercisable.  You will  have up to one year  from  the  date of  termination  of
employment to exercise the options. After that one year period, the options will
be cancelled.  Under no circumstances will you be entitled to receive cash equal
to all or any  portion of the  compensation  you elected to waive under the 1994
MEP.

                           Voluntary  or  Involuntary.  Upon your  voluntary  or
involuntary  termination  of  employment,  you will be  entitled  to receive the
number  of  options  determined  by  multiplying  the sum of  your  compensation
actually  waived  up to the date of your  termination  by ten and  dividing  the
product  by the  Common  Stock  Price;  provided,  however,  that only the total
compensation  waived by you up to the date of termination of employment  will be
considered.  Your options will continue to vest under the above vesting schedule
as if you continued to be employed by the Company and continued participating in
the 1994 MEP. Under no circumstances  will you be entitled to receive cash equal
to all or any  portion of the  compensation  you elected to waive under the 1994
MEP.
                                       -3-
<PAGE>
                  9.  TERMINATION  OF 1994  MEP.  If the  Committee  decides  to
terminate  the 1994 MEP,  you will be  entitled  to  receive a number of options
determined by multiplying the sum of your compensation actually waived up to the
date of your  termination  by ten and  dividing  the product by the Common Stock
Price;  provided,  however, that only the total compensation waived by you up to
the date of termination  will be considered.  All options received will be fully
vested and  immediately  exercisable.  You will have up to thirty  days from the
date of such termination to exercise the options.  After such thirty day period,
the options will be cancelled.  Under no  circumstances  will you be entitled to
receive  cash equal to all or any  portion of the  compensation  you  elected to
waive under the 1994 MEP.

                  10.  CHANGE OF CONTROL.  Upon a "Change of  Control"  (as that
term is defined in the  Plan),  the terms of Section  13.10 and 14.2 of the Plan
will apply to all options  issued under the 1994 MEP.  Upon a Change of Control,
you will be entitled to receive the number of options  determined by multiplying
the sum of your  compensation  actually  waived up to the date of the  Change of
Control by ten and dividing  the product by the Common  Stock  Price;  provided,
however,  that only the total  compensation  waived by you up to the date of the
Change of Control  will be  considered.  All  options  will be fully  vested and
immediately  exercisable.  In the event of a dissolution  or  liquidation of the
Company  or a merger  or  consolidation  in which the  Company  would not be the
surviving or resulting  corporation,  you will be entitled to receive the number
of options  determined  by  multiplying  the sum of your  compensation  actually
waived up to the date of exercise by ten and  dividing the product by the Common
Stock Price;  provided,  however, that only the total compensation waived by you
up to the date of exercise will be considered.  All options will be fully vested
and  exercisable  (a) in the case of a dissolution  or  liquidation,  at anytime
after the Company's Board of Directors takes action  authorizing the dissolution
or liquidation of the Company or (b) in the case of a merger or consolidation in
which the Company would not be the resulting or surviving corporation,  upon the
Company's  public  announcement  that a definitive  agreement  regarding  such a
merger or consolidation  has been reached.  Under no  circumstances  will you be
entitled  to receive  cash equal to all or any portion of the  compensation  you
elected to waive under the 1994 MEP.

                  11. COMPANY INFORMATION.  By signing this Award Agreement, you
acknowledge  that you have been given, or were offered,  a copy of the Company's
Annual  Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal  year ended  September  30, 1993 (the
"1993 10-K"),  and that you were given an opportunity to ask questions of any of
the  Company's  executive  officers  (as  disclosed  on page 7 of the 1993 10-K)
regarding the 1993 10-K or any other matter regarding the Company.

                  12. RISK OF INVESTMENT.  By signing this Award Agreement,  you
recognize that your participation in the 1994 MEP is a speculative investment in
that the success or failure of your  investment  depends on the market  value of
the  Company's  Common Stock over a several year period.  You further  recognize
that all or a portion of your  investment  (i.e.,  your salary and bonus waiver)
may be lost. You also acknowledge that you were given the opportunity to consult
with your personal advisor(s) regarding the 1994 MEP.


                  I hereby elect to  participate in the 1994 MEP under the terms
and conditions set forth above and  acknowledge  that I have read and understood
the terms and conditions of the 1994 MEP.

                                    ACCEPTED:
                                    MICROAGE, INC.


SIGNATURE  /s/Alan P. Hald                           BY  /s/Jeffrey D. McKeever
           ------------------------                      ----------------------
DATE       12/14/93                                  ITS Chairman and CEO
           ------------------------                      -----------------------
SSN        ###-##-####
           ------------------------
                                       -4-

                             FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE
                     MICROAGE 1994 MANAGEMENT EQUITY PROGRAM
                               AWARD AGREEMENT FOR
                                  ALAN P. HALD

         THIS FIRST  AMENDMENT to the Award  Agreement  dated  December 14, 1993
("Award Agreement"), is entered into by MicroAge, Inc. ("Company"),  and Alan P.
Hald  ("Executive")  pursuant to the  Management  Equity Plan ("MEP")  under the
MicroAge, Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan ("Plan"), as of December 14, 1995.

         WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive entered into the Award Agreement
effective  December  14, 1993,  to enable the  Executive to acquire an option to
purchase Company stock by making salary deferrals; and

         WHEREAS,  the exercise  price of the option to purchase  Company common
stock, $.01 par value ("Common Stock"),  under the Award Agreement is $24.83 per
share,  after giving effect to a 3-for-2 stock split that was payable on January
13, 1994; and

         WHEREAS,  the closing price of the Common Stock on the Nasdaq  National
Market on December 13, 1995, was $8.75 per share; and

         WHEREAS,  in order to provide a meaningful  incentive for the Executive
under the MEP, the  Compensation  Committee of the Company's  Board of Directors
has reduced the  exercise  price under the Award  Agreement  to the current fair
market value of the Common Stock.

         NOW THEREFORE, the Executive and the Company agree as follows:

                  1.       Paragraph 5 of the Award  Agreement is hereby amended
and restated in its entirety as follows:
                                        1
<PAGE>
         5.       NUMBER OF OPTIONS  GRANTED.  In exchange for electing to waive
the amount of compensation  specified in the 1994-1996 Waiver Table in Paragraph
4, above,  you are hereby  granted an option to purchase the number of shares of
MicroAge, Inc. Common Stock calculated pursuant to the formula below:

         (1)      TOTAL COMPENSATION WAIVED (1994-1996)              $312,000

         (2)      $312,000 (TOTAL COMPENSATION WAIVED)
                  MULTIPLIED BY 3.5235 (THE "LEVERAGING
                  FACTOR")                                           $1,099,332

         (3)      COMMON STOCK CLOSING PRICE ON DECEMBER
                  13, 1995 (THE "COMMON STOCK PRICE")                $8.75

         (4)      TOTAL OPTIONS GRANTED (2) / (3)                     125,638

                  2.       Paragraphs 8, 9, and 10 of the Award  Agreement shall
be amended by deleting the  references  to the number "ten" and  replacing  such
reference with the phrase "the Leveraging Factor."

                  3.       This  First   Amendment  shall  be  effective  as  of
December 14, 1995.


                                           MICROAGE, INC.


                                           By:      /s/Jeffrey D. McKeever
                                              ----------------------------------
                                                    Jeffrey D. McKeever
                                                    Chairman of the Board and
                                                    Chief Executive Officer


                                                    /s/ Alan P. Hald
                                              ----------------------------------
                                                    Alan P. Hald
                                        2

                              AMENDED and RESTATED

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

                          dated as of November 4, 1996

                                 by and between

                                 MICROAGE, INC.

                                       and

                                 JAMES R. DANIEL

<PAGE>



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


ARTICLE I--DUTIES AND TERM...................................................  1
         1.1      Employment.................................................  1
         1.2      Position and Responsibilities..............................  1
         1.3      Term.......................................................  2
         1.4      Location...................................................  2

ARTICLE II--COMPENSATION.....................................................  2
         2.1      Base Salary................................................  2
         2.2      Bonus Payment..............................................  3
         2.3      Stock Options..............................................  3
         2.4      Additional Benefits........................................  3

ARTICLE III--TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.......................................  4
         3.1      Death or Retirement of Executive...........................  4
         3.2      By Executive...............................................  4
         3.3      By Company.................................................  5

ARTICLE IV--COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT......................  5
         4.1      Upon Termination for Death or Disability...................  5
         4.2      Upon Termination by Company for Cause or
                  by Executive Without Good Reason...........................  6
         4.3      Upon Termination by the Company Without
                  Cause or by Executive for Good Reason Prior
                  to a Change in Control.....................................  6
         4.4      Upon Termination by the Company Without 
                  Cause Following a Change in Control or by
                  Executive for Good Reason Following a Change
                  in Control or Pursuant to a Change in 
                  Control Resignation........................................  7

ARTICLE V--RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS.............................................  8
         5.1      Confidential Information and Materials.....................  8
         5.2      General Knowledge..........................................  9
         5.3      Executive Obligations as to Confidential
                  Information and Materials..................................  9
         5.4      Inform Subsequent Employers................................ 10
         5.5      Ideas and Inventions....................................... 10
         5.6      Inventions and Patents..................................... 10
         5.7      Copyrights................................................. 11
         5.8      Conflicting Obligations and Rights......................... 11
         5.9      Non-Competition............................................ 11
         5.10     Non-Disparagement.......................................... 13
         5.11     Remedies.................................................. .13
         5.12     Scope of Article........................................... 13
                                        i
<PAGE>
ARTICLE VI--MISCELLANEOUS.................................................... 14
         6.1      Definitions................................................ 14
         6.2      Key Man Insurance.......................................... 18
         6.3      Mitigation of Damages; No Set-Off; Dispute
                  Resolution................................................. 18
         6.4      Successors; Binding Agreement.............................. 19
         6.5      Modification; No Waiver.................................... 19
         6.6      Severability............................................... 19
         6.7      Notices.................................................... 20
         6.8      Assignment................................................. 20
         6.9      Entire Understanding....................................... 20
         6.10     Executive's Representations................................ 20
         6.11     Liability of Company with Respect to 
                  Insurance Policy........................................... 20
         6.12     Governing Law.............................................. 20

EXHIBIT A--SPLIT DOLLAR AGREEMENT

EXHIBIT B--EXECUTIVE'S RIGHTS

EXHIBIT C--EXECUTIVE'S EXISTING OBLIGATIONS AND CLAIMS

EXHIBIT D--DISPUTE RESOLUTION PROCEDURES
                                       ii
<PAGE>
                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


         AMENDED AND RESTATED  EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") made and
entered into as of November 4, 1996, by and between  MICROAGE,  INC., a Delaware
corporation (the "Company"), and JAMES R. DANIEL ("Executive").

                                R E C I T A L S:
                                - - - - - - - -

         WHEREAS, the Company and Executive entered into an Amended and Restated
Employment Agreement on October 1, 1993 and a First Amendment to the Amended and
Restated Employment Agreement on October 1, 1995 (collectively,  the "Employment
Agreement"); and

         WHEREAS,  pursuant  to Section  6.5 of the  Employment  Agreement,  the
Employment Agreement may be amended only by a written document signed by each of
the parties thereto; and

         WHEREAS,  the  Company  and  Executive  desire to amend and restate the
Employment Agreement.

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises,  and  for  other
valuable consideration,  the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged by each
of the parties hereto, the parties hereby agree as follows:

                               A G R E E M E N T:
                               - - - - - - - - -

                                    ARTICLE I

                                 DUTIES AND TERM

         1.1 Employment.  In  consideration  of their mutual covenants and other
good and valuable consideration,  the receipt, adequacy and sufficiency of which
is hereby  acknowledged,  the Company  agrees to hire  Executive,  and Executive
agrees to remain in the  employ of the  Company,  upon the terms and  conditions
herein provided.

         1.2 Position and Responsibilities.

                  (a)  Executive  shall  serve as Senior Vice  President,  Chief
Financial  Officer and Treasurer of MicroAge,  Inc. (or in a capacity and with a
title of at least  substantially  equivalent  quality) reporting directly to the
Chief Executive Officer of the Company. Executive agrees to perform services not
inconsistent  with his position as shall from time to time be assigned to him by
the Chief Executive Officer.

                  (b)  Executive  further  agrees to  serve,  if  elected,  as a
director  of the Company  and as an officer or  director  of any  subsidiary  or
affiliate of the Company.
<PAGE>
                  (c) During the period of his employment  hereunder,  Executive
shall  devote  substantially  all of his  business  time,  attention,  skill and
efforts to the faithful performance of his duties hereunder.

         1.3 Term. The term of Executive's employment under this Agreement shall
commence  on the date first  above  written and shall  continue,  unless  sooner
terminated,  until  November 1, 1998;  provided,  however,  that  commencing  on
November 4, 1996 and on each subsequent day thereafter,  the Executive's term of
employment shall automatically be extended without further action by the Company
or Executive for the twenty-four (24) month period commencing on each such day.

         1.4 Location. During the period of his employment under this Agreement,
Executive  shall not be  required,  except with his prior  written  consent,  to
relocate his principal place of employment  outside  Maricopa  County,  Arizona.
Required  travel on the Company's  business  shall not be deemed a relocation so
long as Executive is not required to provide his services  hereunder  outside of
Maricopa County,  Arizona, for more than fifty (50%) percent of his working days
during any consecutive six (6) month period.

                                   ARTICLE II

                                  COMPENSATION

         For all  services  rendered by  Executive  in any  capacity  during his
employment under this Agreement,  including,  without limitation,  services as a
director,  officer or member of any  committee of the Board of the Company or of
the board of directors  of any  subsidiary  or  affiliate  of the  Company,  the
Company shall compensate Executive as follows:

         2.1 Base  Salary.  The Company  shall pay to  Executive  an annual base
salary of not less that $325,000 (such amount, less any salary waivers under the
1994  Management  Equity  Program or any subsequent  management  equity or other
waiver program  adopted by the Company is  hereinafter  referred to as the "Base
Salary")  during  the term  hereof;  provided,  however,  that in the  event the
Company institutes a salary reduction program which affects all exempt employees
(as  defined by standard  Company  policies  in  compliance  with the Fair Labor
Standards  Act) by the same  percentage,  then  Executive's  Base  Salary may be
reduced by such percentage (and the term "Base Salary" as used in this Agreement
shall refer to Base Salary as so  adjusted).  Executive's  Base Salary  shall be
paid in equal  semi-monthly  installments.  The Base  Salary  shall be  reviewed
annually  by the Board or a committee  designated  by the Board and the Board or
such committee may, in its discretion, increase the Base Salary.

         2.2 Bonus Payments.

                  (a)  During the period of  Executive's  employment  under this
Agreement,  the Company shall pay to Executive annually a fixed cash bonus equal
to $8,938 and, in addition, such amount as may be necessary after payment by the
Executive  of all taxes,  including,  without  limitation,  any federal or state
income taxes,  on such fixed cash bonus payment,  so that  Executive  shall have
remaining,  on a grossed-up  basis, the amount of $8,938 (the "Annual Fixed Cash
Bonus").
                                        2
<PAGE>
                  (b)  During the period of  Executive's  employment  under this
Agreement,  Executive  shall,  in  addition to the Annual  Fixed Cash Bonus,  be
entitled to bonus payments, if any shall be due, pursuant to the Executive Bonus
Plan which has been  established by resolution of the Board for fiscal year 1996
(the "1996 Executive Bonus Plan").  The Company shall use all reasonable efforts
to cause the Board or a  committee  thereof to  establish  in each  fiscal  year
during  the term  hereof an  executive  bonus  plan that is  similar to the 1996
Executive Bonus Plan in providing for incentive  compensation to Executive based
on a formula related to the Company's profits during such fiscal year. Any bonus
under the 1996 Executive Bonus Plan or any such subsequent  plan, less any bonus
waivers under the 1994  Management  Equity Program or any subsequent  management
equity or other waiver program adopted by the Company,  is referred to herein as
the "Annual Incentive Bonus."

         2.3 Stock  Options.  The Company  shall use all  reasonable  efforts to
establish and maintain one or more stock option plans in which  Executive  shall
be entitled to  participate  to the same extent as other Senior  Executives  (as
such term is defined in Section 6.1 hereof).  The terms and  conditions  of such
plan(s)  shall be  determined  and  administered  by the  Board  or a  committee
thereof.

         2.4 Additional Benefits.  Executive shall be entitled to participate in
all employee benefit and welfare  programs,  plans and arrangements  (including,
without  limitation,  pension,  profit sharing,  supplemental  pension and other
retirement  plans,  insurance,  hospitalization,  medical  and group  disability
benefits,  travel or accident  insurance  plans) and to receive fringe benefits,
such as dues and fees of professional organizations and associations,  which are
from time to time  available to the  Company's  executive  personnel;  provided,
however, there shall be no duplication of termination or severance benefits, and
to the extent that such  benefits  are  specifically  provided by the Company to
Executive under other provisions of this Agreement, the benefits available under
the foregoing  plans and programs  shall be reduced by any benefit  amounts paid
under such other provisions. Executive shall during the period of his employment
hereunder  continue  to be provided  with  benefits at a level which shall in no
event be less in any  material  respect  than the  benefits  made  available  to
Executive by the Company as of the date of this Agreement.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  the Company may terminate or reduce benefits under any benefit plans
and  programs  to the  extent  such  reductions  apply  uniformly  to all Senior
Executives entitled to participate  therein,  and Executive's  benefits shall be
reduced or terminated accordingly.  Specifically,  without limitation, Executive
shall receive the following benefits:

                  (a) Death Benefit. The Company and Executive have entered into
a Split  Dollar  Insurance  Agreement,  dated as of September 1, 1995, a copy of
which is attached hereto as Exhibit A.

                  (b)   Short-Term   Disability   Benefits.   In  the  event  of
Executive's failure substantially to perform his duties hereunder on a full-time
basis for a period not exceeding 180 consecutive days or for periods aggregating
not more than 180 days during any twelve-month  period as a result of incapacity
due to physical or mental  illness,  the Company shall  continue to pay the Base
Salary  to  Executive  during  the  period of such  incapacity,  but only in the
amounts and to the
                                        3
<PAGE>
extent that disability  benefits  payable to Executive  under  Company-sponsored
insurance policies are less than Executive's Base Salary.

                  (c) Relocation  Expenses.  In the event Executive's  principal
place of  employment  is  relocated  by mutual  consent of the  parties  outside
Maricopa County,  Arizona,  the Company shall reimburse  Executive for all usual
relocation expenses incurred by Executive and his household in moving to the new
location, including, without limitation, moving expenses and rental payments for
temporary  living  quarters in the area of relocation for a period not to exceed
six months.

                  (d) Reimbursement of Business Expenses.  The Company shall, in
accordance with standard Company policies,  pay, or reimburse Executive for, all
reasonable  travel and other  expenses  incurred by Executive in performing  his
obligations under this Agreement.

                  (e)  Vacations.  Executive  shall be  entitled  to 20 business
days,  excluding  Company  holidays,  of  paid  vacation  during  each  year  of
employment  hereunder  which he shall earn in arrears (i.e.,  Executive shall be
entitled to no vacation days during his first year of employment). Executive may
accrue  and  carry  forward  no more  than five  unused  vacation  days from any
particular year of his employment under this Agreement to the next.

                                   ARTICLE III

                            TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

         3.1 Death or Retirement of Executive. Executive's employment under this
Agreement shall automatically terminate upon the death or Retirement (as defined
in Section 6.1) of Executive.

         3.2  By  Executive.  Executive  shall  be  entitled  to  terminate  his
employment  under this Agreement by giving Notice of Termination  (as defined in
Section 6.1) to the Company:

                  (a)  for Good Reason (as defined in Section 6.1);

                  (b) at any  time  commencing  with  the  date  six (6)  months
following the date of a Change in Control (as defined in Section 6.1) and ending
with the date twelve  months after the date of such Change in Control (a "Change
in Control Resignation"); and

                  (c)  at any time without Good Reason.

         3.3 By Company. The Company shall be entitled to terminate  Executive's
employment under this Agreement by giving Notice of Termination to Executive:

                  (a) in the event of Executive's  Total  Disability (as defined
in Section 6.1);

                  (b) for Cause (as defined in Section 6.1); and

                  (c) at any time without Cause. 
                                       4
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE IV

                   COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

         If Executive's  employment  hereunder is terminated in accordance  with
the  provisions  of Article III hereof,  except for any other rights or benefits
specifically provided for herein following his period of employment, the Company
shall be obligated  to provide  compensation  and benefits to Executive  only as
follows, subject to the provisions of Section 5.11 hereof:

         4.1 Upon Termination for Death or Disability. If Executive's employment
hereunder is terminated by reason of his death or Total Disability,  the Company
shall:

                  (a) pay  Executive (or his estate) or  beneficiaries  any Base
Salary  which  has  accrued  but not been paid as of the  termination  date (the
"Accrued Base Salary");

                  (b) pay Executive (or his estate) or beneficiaries  for unused
vacation days accrued as of the termination  date in an amount equal to his Base
Salary  multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of accrued
unused vacation days and the denominator of which is 260 (the "Accrued  Vacation
Payment");

                  (c) reimburse  Executive (or his estate) or beneficiaries  for
expenses  incurred by him prior to the date of termination  which are subject to
reimbursement pursuant to this Agreement (the "Accrued Reimbursable Expenses");

                  (d) provide to Executive (or his estate) or beneficiaries  any
accrued  and  vested  benefits  required  to be  provided  by the  terms  of any
Company-sponsored  benefit plans or programs (the "Accrued Benefits"),  together
with any  benefits  required to be paid or provided in the event of  Executive's
death or Total Disability under applicable law;

                  (e) pay Executive (or his estate) or beneficiaries  any Annual
Incentive  Bonus with  respect to a prior  fiscal year which has accrued but has
not been paid; and in addition,

                  (f) Executive (or his estate) or beneficiaries  shall have the
right to exercise all vested unexercised stock options and warrants  outstanding
at the  termination  date in accordance  with terms of the plans and  agreements
pursuant to which such options or warrants were issued.

         4.2 Upon Termination by Company for Cause or by Executive  Without Good
Reason. If Executive's  employment is terminated by the Company for Cause, or if
Executive  terminates  his  employment  with  the  Company  other  than (x) upon
Executive's death or Total Disability, (y) for Good Reason, or (z) pursuant to a
Change in Control Resignation (as defined in Section 3.2(b)), the Company shall:

                  (a)  pay Executive the Accrued Base Salary;
                                       5
<PAGE>
                  (b)  pay Executive the Accrued Vacation Payment;

                  (c)  pay Executive the Accrued Reimbursable Expenses;

                  (d) pay  Executive  the Accrued  Benefits,  together  with any
benefits required to be paid or provided under applicable law;

                  (e) pay  Executive  any  accrued  Annual  Fixed Cash Bonus and
Annual  Incentive  Bonus with  respect to a prior year which has accrued but has
not been paid  (together,  such bonus  payments  are  referred  to herein as the
"Accrued Annual Bonus Payments"); and in addition

                  (f) Executive  shall have the right to exercise vested options
and warrants in accordance with Section 4.1(f).

         4.3 Upon  Termination by the Company  Without Cause or by Executive for
Good  Reason  Prior  to a  Change  in  Control.  If  Executive's  employment  is
terminated by the Company  without  Cause or by Executive  for Good Reason,  the
Company shall:

                  (a) pay Executive the Accrued Base Salary;

                  (b)  pay Executive the Accrued Vacation Payment;

                  (c)  pay Executive the Accrued Reimbursable Expenses;

                  (d) pay  Executive  the Accrued  Benefits,  together  with any
benefits required to be paid or provided under applicable law;

                  (e)  pay Executive the Accrued Annual Bonus Payments;

                  (f) pay  Executive  commencing  on the thirtieth day following
the termination  date  twenty-four  monthly payments equal to one-twelfth of the
sum of (1) Executive's Base Salary in effect  immediately prior to the time such
termination occurs, plus (2) if Executive is employed with Company for more than
twelve (12) months prior to his  termination by the Company  without Cause or by
Executive  for Good Reason  prior to a Change in Control,  the Annual  Incentive
Bonus  paid to  Executive  for the  fiscal  year  (or if more  than  one  Annual
Incentive Bonus has been paid to Executive,  the average of the Annual Incentive
Bonuses paid to Executive  for the two (2) fiscal years)  immediately  preceding
the fiscal  year in which the  termination  occurs;  provided,  however,  should
Executive attain  alternative  employment  during the twenty-four  month payment
period,  the Company's  obligations under this Section 4.3(f) will be reduced by
the amount of Executive's  compensation from his new employer.  For example,  if
Executive were entitled to receive $27,083 per month for twenty-four (24) months
under this Section 4.3(f),  and eight (8) months  following his termination date
he finds  alternative  employment  that pays him $25,000 per month,  the Company
would be obligated to pay Executive seven (7) monthly  payments of $27,083,  and
seventeen (17) monthly payments of $2,083 under this Section 4.3(f).
                                       6
<PAGE>
                  (g) maintain in full force and effect, for Executive's and his
eligible  beneficiaries'  continued benefit, until the first to occur of (x) his
attainment of alternative  employment or (y) twenty-four  (24) months  following
the termination date of his employment  hereunder the employee benefits provided
pursuant to Company-sponsored  benefit plans,  programs or other arrangements in
which Executive was entitled to participate as a full-time employee  immediately
prior to such termi nation in accordance with Section 2.4 hereof, subject to the
terms and conditions of such plans and programs (the "Continued  Benefits").  If
Executive's continued participation is not permitted under the general terms and
provisions of such plans,  programs and arrangements,  the Company shall arrange
to provide  Executive with  Continued  Benefits  substantially  similar to those
which Executive  would have been entitled to receive under such plans,  programs
and arrangements; and in addition

                  (h)  Executive  shall  have the right to  exercise  all vested
unexercised stock options and warrants in accordance with Section 4.1(f).

         4.4 Upon Termination by the Company Without Cause Following a Change in
Control  or by  Executive  for Good  Reason  Following  a Change in  Control  or
Pursuant to a Change in Control  Resignation.  If following a Change in Control,
Executive's  employment  is  terminated  by  the  Company  without  Cause  or by
Executive  for Good Reason or pursuant to a Change in Control  Resignation,  the
Company shall:


                  (a) make the payments  and provide to  Executive  the benefits
under Section 4.3 other than under Section 4.3(f) hereof; and in addition

                  (b) pay to  Executive  a lump sum  payment  on or prior to the
thirtieth day following the termination date of Executive's employment hereunder
in an amount equal to 200% of Executive's  aggregate  total  compensation  under
Sections 2.1 and 2.2 hereof for the fiscal year immediately  prior to the fiscal
year in which  the  Change  in  Control  occurs;  provided,  however,  the total
payments  received by Executive  under this Section 4.4(b) plus (i) any payments
received  by  Executive  under  Section  4.4(a)  which  would be  classified  as
parachute  payments  and (ii) any payments or value  received by Executive  from
stock  options which would be  classified  as parachute  payments  determined in
accordance  with Prop.  Reg.  ss.  1.280G-1A-24(e)  Examples (7) and (8) may not
exceed 299% of Executive's "Base Amount" as such term is defined in Section 280G
of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended  ("Code") and the  regulations
promulgated  thereunder  ("Regulations").  Company and Executive  agree that for
purposes of making any  present  value  calculation  under this  Agreement,  the
Applicable  Federal Rate in effect on the date this  Agreement is executed shall
control as permitted by Q&A 32 of Treas. Reg. ss. 1.280G-1.


                                    ARTICLE V

                              RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS
                                        7
<PAGE>
         5.1 Confidential Information and Materials. Executive hereby agrees and
acknowledges  that the following  ideas,  information  and materials in written,
oral, magnetic, photographic,  optical or other form and whether now existing or
developed or created during the period of  Executive's  employment or engagement
with the Company (the "Confidential Information") are proprietary to the Company
and are highly sensitive in nature:

                  (a)  Hardware.   Any  and  all  ideas,   concepts,   know-how,
techniques,  structures,  information  and  materials  relating  to the  design,
development,  engineering, invention, patent, patent application, manufacture or
improvement of any and all equipment, components, devices, techniques, processes
or formulas (including,  without limitation,  mask works,  semi-conductor chips,
processors,  memories,  disc drives, tape heads, computer terminals,  keyboards,
storage  devices,   printers,  and  optical  storage  media)  and  any  and  all
components,  devices,  techniques or circuitry  incorporated in any of the above
which is or are constructed,  designed, improved, altered or used by the Company
and which is or are not generally  known to the public or within the  industries
in which the Company competes.

                  (b)  Software.   Any  and  all  ideas,   concepts,   know-how,
techniques,  structures, information and materials relating to existing computer
software  or  firmware  products  and  computer  software or firmware in various
stages of research and development  including  without  limitation  source code,
object and load modules,  requirements  specifications,  design  specifications,
design notes, flow charts, coding sheets, annotations,  documentation, technical
and  engineering  data,  laboratory  studies,  benchmark  test results,  and the
structures,  organization,  designs, formulas and algorithms which reside in the
software  and  which  are not  generally  known  to the  public  or  within  the
industries or trades in which the Company competes.

                  (c) Business  Procedures.  Internal  business  procedures  and
business  plans,   including   analytical  methods  and  procedures,   licensing
techniques,  manufacturing  information  and  procedures  such as  formulations,
processes and equipment,  technical and engineering  data,  vendor names,  other
vendor information,  purchasing information,  financial information, service and
operational  manuals and  documentation  therefor,  ideas for new  products  and
services  and  other  such  information  which  relates  to the way the  Company
conducts its business and which is not generally known to the public.

                  (d) Legal  Rights.  All patents,  copyrights,  trade  secrets,
trademarks and service marks, and the like.

                  (e) Marketing Plans and Customers  Lists. Any and all customer
and marketing  information and materials,  such as (i) strategic data, including
marketing and development plans, forecasts and forecast assumptions and volumes,
and future plans and potential  strategies of the Company which have been or are
being discussed;  (ii) financial data,  price and cost objectives,  price lists,
pricing  policies  and  procedures,  and  estimating  and quoting  policies  and
procedures;  and  (iii)  customer  data,  including  customer  lists,  names  of
existing, past or prospective customers and their representatives, data about or
provided  by  prospective,   existing  or  past  customers,   customer   service
information and materials, data about the terms, conditions and expiration dates
of existing  contracts
                                        8
<PAGE>
with  customers  and the type,  quantity  and  specifications  of  products  and
services purchased, leased or licensed by customers of the Company.

                  (f) Not Generally Known. Any and all information not generally
known to the  public or within  the  industries  or trades in which the  Company
competes.

         5.2 General  Knowledge.  The general  skills and  experience  gained by
Executive  during  Executive's  employment  or  engagement  by the Company,  and
information  publicly  available or generally  known  within the  industries  or
trades  in  which  the  Company   competes,   is  not  considered   Confidential
Information.  Following the Non-Competition  Period (as defined in Section 5.9),
Executive  is not  restricted  from  working  with a person or entity  which has
independently  developed  information or materials  similar to the  Confidential
Information,  but in such a circumstance,  Executive  agrees not to disclose the
fact that any similarity  exists between the  Confidential  Information  and the
independently  developed  information and materials,  and Executive  understands
that such similarity does not excuse Executive from the non-disclosure and other
obligations in this Agreement.

         5.3 Executive Obligations as to Confidential Information and Materials.
During Executive's employment or engagement by the Company,  Executive will have
access to the  Confidential  Information and will occupy a position of trust and
confidence  with  respect  to the  Confidential  Information  and the  Company's
affairs and business.  Executive  agrees to take the following steps to preserve
the confidential and proprietary nature of the Confidential Information:

                  (a) Non-Disclosure. During and after Executive's Employment or
engagement by the Company,  Executive will not use, disclose or otherwise permit
any person or entity access to any of the Confidential Information other than as
required in the  performance of Executive's  duties with the Company.  Executive
understands that Executive is not allowed to sell, license,  market or otherwise
exploit any  products or services  (including  software or firmware in any form)
which embody in whole or in part any Confidential Information.

                  (b) Prevent  Disclosure.  Executive  will take all  reasonable
precautions   to  prevent   disclosure  of  the   Confidential   Information  to
unauthorized persons or entities.

                  (c) Abide by the Company's Restrictions.  Executive will treat
as  confidential  and  proprietary any information or materials from outside the
Company which the Company is obligated to treat as  confidential or proprietary,
in accordance with the Company's reasonable instructions to Executive.

                  (d) Return All  Materials.  Upon  termination  of  Executive's
employment  or engagement  by the Company for any reason  whatsoever,  Executive
will deliver to the Company all tangible  materials  embodying the  Confidential
Information,  including  any  documentation,  records,  listings,  notes,  data,
sketches, drawings,  memoranda, models, accounts, reference materials,  samples,
machine-readable media and equipment which in any way relate to the Confidential
Information.  Of course, Executive agrees not to retain any copies of any of the
above materials.
                                        9
<PAGE>
         5.4 Inform Subsequent  Employers.  Executive covenants and agrees that,
for  a  period  of  twenty-four  (24)  months   following   termination  of  the
Non-Competition  Period,  prior  to  accepting  subsequent  employment  with  an
employer  engaged  in  substantially  the  same  line of  work  as the  Company,
Executive  shall:  (a) inform any such subsequent  employer in writing that this
Agreement exists; and (b) provide the Company with a copy of such writing.

         5.5 Ideas and Inventions. Executive agrees to assign to the Company all
of Executive's right,  title and interest in or to any and all ideas,  concepts,
know-how, techniques, processes, inventions, discoveries, developments, works of
authorship,  innovations and  improvements  ("Inventions")  conceived or made by
Executive, whether alone or with others, whether patentable or not, except those
that the Executive  developed entirely on Executive's own time without using the
Company's equipment, supplies, facilities, or trade secret information and which
neither (1) relate at the time of  conception  or  reduction  to practice of the
invention  to the  Company's  business,  or actual or  demonstrably  anticipated
research or development of the Company nor (2) result from any work performed by
the Executive for the Company.  Executive  agrees to disclose all  Inventions to
the Company promptly,  and to provide all assistance reasonably requested by the
Company in the  preservation  of its  interests  in the  Inventions  (such as by
executing  documents,  testifying,  etc.), such assistance to be provided at the
Company's expense but without any additional compensation to Executive.

         5.6 Inventions and Patents.  Executive agrees that from this date until
Executive  leaves the  Company's  employment,  Executive  shall keep the Company
informed of any Inventions made by Executive,  in whole or in part, or conceived
by Executive,  alone or with others, which result from any work Executive may do
for,  or at the  request  of,  the  Company,  or which  relate to the  Company's
activities, investigations, or obligations.

                  (a) Assertion of Rights.  Executive  shall,  at the expense of
the  Company,  assist the  Company or its  nominees  to obtain  patents for such
Inventions in any countries  throughout the world.  Such Inventions shall be the
property  of the Company or its  nominees,  whether  patented or not.  Executive
shall and does,  without  charge to the Company,  assign to the Company,  all of
Executive's  right,  title,  and interest in and to such  Inventions,  including
patents  and patent  applications  and  reissues  thereof.  Executive  agrees to
execute,  acknowledge,  and  deliver any  instruments  confirming  the  complete
ownership by the Company of such Inventions.  Such assignments shall include the
right to sue for infringement.

                  (b) Reserved Inventions.  Descriptions of all ideas, concepts,
know-how,  techniques,   processes,   inventions,   discoveries,   developments,
innovations and improvements  which Executive made,  conceived or acquired prior
to Executive's employment by the Company and all patents and patent applications
relating thereto (collectively referred to as "Executive's Rights") are attached
hereto  in  Exhibit  B, and  Executive's  Rights  shall be  excluded  from  this
Agreement.  Executive  represents that the absence of any Executive's  Rights in
Exhibit B shall indicate that Executive owns no such  Executive's  Rights at the
time of signing this Agreement.

         5.7  Copyrights.  Executive  agrees that any work prepared by Executive
during the course of  Executive's  employment or engagement  hereunder  which is
eligible  for  United  States  copyright
                                       10
<PAGE>
protection or protection  under the Universal  Copyright  Convention,  the Berne
Copyright  Convention  and/or the Buenos Aires Copyright  Convention  shall be a
work made for hire.  In the event any such work is deemed  not to be a work made
for hire,  Executive hereby assigns all right,  title and interest in and to the
copyright  in such work to the  Company,  and agrees to provide  all  assistance
reasonably  requested  by the  Company in the  establishment,  preservation  and
enforcement of its copyright in such work, such assistance to be provided at the
Company's expense but without any additional compensation to Executive.

         5.8 Conflicting Obligations and Rights.  Executive agrees to inform the
Company in writing of any apparent  conflict  between  Executive's  work for the
Company  and  (i)  any   obligations   Executive   may  have  to  preserve   the
confidentiality of another's proprietary  information or materials,  or (ii) any
rights  Executive  claims to any patents,  copyrights,  trade secrets,  or other
inventions, ideas or similar rights, before performing that work. Otherwise, the
Company  may  conclude  that  no  such  conflict  exists  and  Executive  agrees
thereafter to make no such claim against the Company.  The Company shall receive
such  disclosures in  confidence.  All such existing  obligations  and claims of
Executive,  if any,  as of the date of this  Agreement  are  listed on Exhibit C
attached hereto.

         5.9 Non-Competition.

                  (a) Non-competition. By execution of this Agreement, Executive
agrees  that  during  his  employment  with  the  Company  and for a  period  of
twenty-four  (24) months  following the date of expiration or termination of his
employment hereunder (the "Non-Competition Period") for any reason (whether such
termination  shall be voluntary or involuntary),  Executive will not, within the
United States (in which territory  Executive  acknowledges  that the Company has
sold or marketed its products or services and conducted its Business, as defined
in Section 5.9(d) as of the date hereof),  directly or indirectly,  compete with
the  Company by  carrying  on a business  that is  substantially  similar to the
Business.  Executive  agrees  that the two (2) year  period  referred  to in the
preceding  sentence  shall be  extended  by the number of days  included  in any
period of time during which he is or was engaged in  activities  constituting  a
breach of this Section 5.9.

                  (b) Definition of "Compete".  For the purposes of this Section
5.9, the term "compete"  shall mean with respect to the Business:  (i) managing,
supervising,  or otherwise participating in a management or sales capacity; (ii)
calling on,  soliciting,  taking away,  accepting  as a client or  customer,  or
attempting  to call on,  solicit,  take away, or accept as a client or customer,
any individual partnership,  corporation,  company, association, or other entity
that was a client or customer of the Company as of immediately prior to the date
hereof; (iii) hiring,  soliciting,  taking away, or attempting to hire, solicit,
or take away,  either on Executive's  behalf or on behalf of any other person or
entity,  any person serving  immediately  prior to the date hereof or during the
term hereof as an employee in  connection  with the  Business;  or (iv) entering
into or  attempting  to enter  into any  business  substantially  similar to the
Business,  either  alone  or  with  any  individual,  partnership,  corporation,
company, association, or other entity.

                  (c) Direct or Indirect  Competition.  For the purposes of this
Section  5.9,  the  words  "directly  or  indirectly"  as they  modify  the word
"compete"  shall  mean  (i)  acting  as an  agent,  representative,  consultant,
officer,  director, member, independent contractor, or employee of any
                                       11
<PAGE>
entity or  enterprise  that is competing (as defined in Section  5.9(b)  hereof)
with the Business, (ii) participating in any such competing entity or enterprise
as an owner,  partner,  limited partner,  joint venturer,  member,  creditor, or
stockholder  (except  as a  stockholder  holding  less than a one  percent  (1%)
interest in a  corporation  whose  shares are  actively  traded on a regional or
national  securities  exchange  or in the  over-the-counter  market),  and (iii)
communicating  to any such competing entity or enterprise the names or addresses
or any other information concerning any past, present, or identified prospective
client or customer of the Company or any entity  having title to the goodwill of
the Company with respect to the Business.

                  (d)  Business.  For  purposes  of  this  Agreement,  the  term
"Business"  shall mean the delivery of systems  integration  services and master
distribution of information  technology  products and services,  as conducted by
the Company  immediately  prior to the date hereof and/or  developed  during the
term of this Agreement.

                  (e) Executive expressly agrees and acknowledges that:

                           (i) it will require at least  twenty-four (24) months
         for the Company to locate, hire and train an appropriate  individual to
         perform  the  functions   and  duties  that   Executive  is  performing
         hereunder;

                           (ii) the Company  has  protected  business  interests
         throughout the United States and that competition with and against such
         business interests would be harmful to the Company;

                           (iii) this  covenant not to compete is  reasonable as
         to time and  geographical  area and does  not  place  any  unreasonable
         burden upon him;

                           (iv)  the  general  public  will not be  harmed  as a
         result of enforcement of this covenant not to compete;

                           (v) his  personal  legal  counsel has  reviewed  this
         covenant not to compete; and

                           (vi) he  understands  and  hereby  agrees to each and
         every term and  condition of this  covenant not to compete  (including,
         without limitation, the provisions of Section 5.11).

         5.10  Non-Disparagement.  During  the  term of this  Agreement  and the
Non-Competition  Period,  neither  Executive nor the Company shall disparage the
other,  and  neither  shall  disclose  to any  third  party  the  conditions  of
Executive's  employment  with the Company except as may be required (i) pursuant
to applicable  law or  regulations,  including the rules and  regulations of the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  (ii) to  effectuate  the  provisions  of
employee plans or programs and insurance policies,  or (iii) as may be otherwise
contemplated  herein or  unless  such  information  becomes  publicly  available
without fault of the party making such disclosure.
                                       12
<PAGE>
         5.11 Remedies.  Executive  expressly agrees and  acknowledges  that the
covenants set forth in Section 5.1 through 5.10 are necessary for the protection
of the  interests  of the Company and its  affiliates  because of the nature and
scope of their  business and his position with the Company.  Further,  Executive
acknowledges  that any  breach of such  covenants  would  result in  irreparable
damage to the Company,  and that money damages will not sufficiently  compensate
the Company for its injury  caused  thereby,  and that the remedy at law for any
breach or threatened  breach of any of such  covenants  will be inadequate  and,
accordingly  agrees,  that the Company shall, in addition to all other available
remedies (including without  limitation,  seeking such damages as it can show it
has  sustained by reason of such breach),  be entitled to  injunctive  relief or
specific  performance  and that in  addition  to such  money  damages  he may be
restrained  and  enjoined  from any  continuing  breach of this  covenant not to
compete  without  any  bond or  other  security  being  required  of any  court.
Executive  further  acknowledges  and agrees that if such  covenants,  or any of
them, are deemed to be  unenforceable  and/or the Executive fails to comply with
this Article V, the Company has no  obligation  to provide any  compensation  or
other  benefits  described in Article IV hereof.  The remedies set forth in this
Section  5.11  shall be  included  in any  award in favor of the  Company  under
Exhibit D hereto.

         5.12 Scope of  Article.  For  purposes  of this  Article V,  unless the
context otherwise  requires,  the term "Company"  includes  MicroAge,  Inc., its
direct and indirect subsidiaries, and its affiliates.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         6.1  Definitions.  For purposes of this Agreement,  the following terms
shall have the following meanings:

        (a)      "Accrued Base Salary" - as defined in Section 4.1(a);

        (b)      "Accrued Benefits" - as defined in Section 4.1(d);

        (c)      "Accrued Annual Bonus Payment" - as defined in Section 4.2(e);

        (d)      "Accrued Reimbursable Expenses" - as defined in Section 4.1(c);

        (e)      "Accrued Vacation Payment" - as defined in Section 4.1(b);

        (f)      "Annual Fixed Cash Bonus" - as defined in Section 2.2(a);

        (g)      "Annual Incentive Bonus" - as defined in Section 2.2(b);

        (h)      "Base Amount" - as defined in Section 4.4(b);

        (i)      "Base Salary" - as defined in Section 2.1;
                                       13
<PAGE>
        (j)      "Board" - shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company;

        (k)      "Cause" shall mean the occurrence of any of the following:

                           (i) Executive's gross and willful misconduct which is
         injurious to the Company;

                           (ii) Executive's  engaging in fraudulent conduct with
         respect to the  Company's  business or in conduct of a criminal  nature
         that  may  have  an  adverse  impact  on  the  Company's  standing  and
         reputation;

                           (iii)  the  continued  and  unjustified   failure  or
         refusal by  Executive  to perform  the duties  required  of him by this
         Agreement  which failure or refusal  shall not be cured within  fifteen
         (15) days following (A) receipt by Executive of written notice from the
         Board  specifying  the factors or events  constituting  such failure or
         refusal, and (B) a reasonable opportunity for Executive to correct such
         deficiencies;

                           (iv)  Executive's  use of  drugs  and/or  alcohol  in
         violation of then current Company policy; or

                           (v)  Executive's   breach  of  his  obligation  under
         Section 1.2(c) hereof which shall not be cured within fifteen (15) days
         after written notice thereof to Executive.

                  (l) "Change in Control" shall mean and shall be deemed to have
         occurred if:

                           (i) After the date of this  Agreement,  any  "person"
         (as such term is used in Section  13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the  Securities
         Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), or any successor
         provision  thereto)  shall  become the  beneficial  owner  (within  the
         meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act or any successor provision
         thereto)   directly  or   indirectly   of  securities  of  the  Company
         representing  15% or more of the combined voting power of the Company's
         then outstanding  securities  ordinarily having the right to vote at an
         election of directors;  provided,  however,  that, for purposes of this
         subparagraph, "person" shall exclude the Company, its subsidiaries, any
         person  acquiring  such  securities  directly  from  the  Company,  any
         employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or from Executive or any
         stockholder  owning  15% or more of the  combined  voting  power of the
         Company's outstanding securities as of the date of this Agreement; or

                           (ii) Any  stockholder  of the  Company  owning 15% or
         more  of  the  combined  voting  power  of  the  Company's  outstanding
         securities as of the date of this Agreement shall become the beneficial
         owner  (within  the  meaning  of Rule  13d-3  under the  Exchange  Act)
         directly or indirectly of securities of the Company (other than through
         the  acquisition  of  securities  directly  from  the  Company  or from
         Executive) representing 25% or more of the combined voting power of the
         Company's then outstanding  securities  ordinarily  having the right to
         vote at an election of directors; or
                                       14
<PAGE>
                           (iii)   Individuals  who,  as  of  the  date  hereof,
         constitute  the Board (the  "Incumbent  Board") cease for any reason to
         constitute  at least  80% of the  Board;  provided,  however,  that any
         person  becoming a member of the Board  subsequent  to the date  hereof
         whose   election,   or   nomination   for  election  by  the  Company's
         stockholders,  was  approved  by a vote of at least 80% of the  members
         then  comprising  the  Incumbent  Board  (other  than  an  election  or
         nomination  of an individual  whose initial  assumption of office is in
         connection with an actual or threatened  election  contest  relating to
         the election of  directors  of the  Company,  as such terms are used in
         Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act or any
         successor  provision thereto) shall be, for purposes of this Agreement,
         considered as though such person were a member of the Incumbent  Board;
         or

                           (iv) Approval by the  stockholders of the Company and
         consummation of (A) a reorganization, merger, consolidation, or sale or
         other  disposition  of all or  substantially  all of the  assets of the
         Company,  in each case,  with or to a  corporation  or other  person or
         entity  of  which  persons  who were the  stockholders  of the  Company
         immediately prior to such transaction do not,  immediately  thereafter,
         own  more  than 60% of the  combined  voting  power of the  outstanding
         voting  securities  entitled  to  vote  generally  in the  election  of
         directors  of  the  reorganized,  merged,  consolidated  or  purchasing
         corporation  (or,  in the case of a  non-corporate  person  or  entity,
         functionally  equivalent  voting  power) and 80% of the  members of the
         Board of which  corporation (or functional  equivalent in the case of a
         non-corporate person or entity) were not members of the Incumbent Board
         at the time of the  execution of the initial  agreement  providing  for
         such reorganization, merger consolidation or sale, or (B) a liquidation
         or dissolution of the Company.

                  (m)  "Change in Control  Resignation"  - as defined in Section
3.2(b);

                  (n) "Code" - as defined in Section 4.4(b);

                  (o) "Common  Stock" - shall mean  shares of the common  stock,
par value $.01 per share, of the Company;

                  (p) "Confidential Information" - as defined in Section 5.1;

                  (q) "Continued Benefits" - as defined in Section 4.3(g);

                  (r)  "Expiration"  shall mean the  expiration  of  Executive's
employment hereunder in accordance with Section 1.3;

                  (s) "Good  Reason"  shall  mean the  occurrence  of any of the
following:

                           (i) The  Company's  failure to elect or reelect or to
         appoint or reappoint Executive to offices, titles or positions carrying
         comparable authority, responsibilities,  dignity and importance to that
         of  Executive's  offices and positions as of November 4, 1996 or in the
         case of a Change in Control,  involving duties of a scope comparable to
         those of 
                                       15
<PAGE>
         Executive's  most  significant  offices or  positions  held at any time
         during the 90 day period immediately  preceding the date such Change in
         Control occurs;

                           (ii)  Material  change by the Company in  Executive's
         function,     duties    or    responsibilities     (including    report
         responsibilities)  which  would  cause  Executive's  position  with the
         Company to become of less dignity,  responsibility  and importance than
         those associated with his functions,  duties or  responsibilities as of
         November  4,  1996,  or in the case of a Change in  Control,  involving
         duties of a scope  less  than that  associated  with  Executive's  most
         significant  position  with  the  Company  during  the  90  day  period
         immediately preceding the date such Change in Control occurs;

                           (iii)  Executive's  Base  Salary  is  reduced  by the
         Company  (unless  such  reduction  is  pursuant  to a salary  reduction
         program  as  described  in Section  2.1  hereof) or there is a material
         reduction  in the  benefits  that are in effect  for the  Executive  on
         November 4, 1996 in accordance  with Section 2.4 (unless such reduction
         is  pursuant  to  a  uniform  reduction  in  benefits  for  all  Senior
         Executives);

                           (iv) Except with  Executive's  prior written consent,
         relocation of Executive's  principal  place of employment to a location
         outside of Maricopa County,  Arizona,  or requiring Executive to travel
         on the Company's business more than is required by Section 1.4 hereof;

                           (v)  The   failure  by  the  Company  to  obtain  the
         assumption  by operation  of law or otherwise of this  Agreement by any
         entity  which is the  surviving  entity in any  merger or other form of
         corporate  reorganization  involving the Company or by any entity which
         acquires all or substantially all of the Company's assets; or

                           (vi) Other  material  breach of this Agreement by the
         Company,  which  breach is not cured  within  fifteen  (15) days  after
         written notice thereof is received by the Company.

                  (t) "Incumbent Board" - as defined in Section 6.1(k)(iii);

                  (u) "1996 Executive Bonus Plan" - as defined in Section 2.2.

                  (v) "Non-Competition Period" - as defined in Section 5.9(a);

                  (w) "Notice of  Termination"  shall mean a notice  which shall
indicate the specific  termination  provision of this Agreement  relied upon and
shall set forth in  reasonable  detail  the facts and  circumstances  claimed to
provide a basis for termination of Executive's employment under the provision so
indicated.  Each Notice of Termination shall be delivered at least 30 days prior
to the effective date of termination;

                  (x) "Retirement" shall mean normal retirement at age 65;
                                       16
<PAGE>
                  (y) "Senior Executives" shall mean the chief executive officer
and  the  four  most  highly  compensated  executive  officers  of  the  Company
determined in accordance  with the rules and  regulations  of the Securities and
Exchange Commission under the Exchange Act;

                  (z)  "Termination"  shall mean the  termination of Executive's
employment  hereunder  other than upon expiration of the term of such employment
in accordance with Section 1.3;

                  (aa)  "Total   Disability"  shall  mean  Executive's   failure
substantially  to perform his duties hereunder on a full-time basis for a period
exceeding 180  consecutive  days or for periods  aggregating  more than 180 days
during any  twelve-month  period as a result of  incapacity  due to  physical or
mental  illness.  If  there  is a  dispute  as to  whether  Executive  is or was
physically or mentally unable to perform his duties under this  Agreement,  such
dispute shall be submitted for resolution to a licensed physician agreed upon by
the Board and  Executive,  or if an agreement  cannot be promptly  reached,  the
Board and Executive shall promptly select a physician,  and if these  physicians
cannot agree,  the physicians  shall  promptly  select a third  physician  whose
decision shall be binding on all parties.  If such a dispute  arises,  Executive
shall submit to such  examinations  and shall provide such  information  as such
physician(s)  may  request,  and the  determination  of the  physician(s)  as to
Executive's  physical  or mental  condition  shall be  binding  and  conclusive.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Executive participates in any group disability
plan provided by the Company which offers long-term disability benefits,  "Total
Disability" shall mean total disability as defined therein.

         6.2 Key Man  Insurance.  The Company shall have the right,  in its sole
discretion,  to  purchase  "key man"  insurance  on the life of  Executive.  The
Company shall be the owner and  beneficiary  of any such policy.  If the Company
elects  to  purchase  such  a  policy,   Executive   shall  take  such  physical
examinations and supply such  information as may be reasonably  requested by the
insurer.

         6.3  Mitigation  of  Damages;  No  Set-Off;  Dispute  Resolution.   (a)
Executive  shall be required to mitigate the amount of any payment  provided for
in this Agreement (other than payments  received pursuant to Section 4.4 hereof)
by seeking other employment.

                  (b) If there  shall be any  dispute  between  the  Company and
Executive (i) in the event of any  termination of Executive's  employment by the
Company,  whether such  termination  was for Cause,  or (ii) in the event of any
termination of employment by Executive,  whether Good Reason  existed,  or (iii)
otherwise  arising  out of this  Agreement,  the  dispute  shall be  resolved in
accordance with the dispute resolution procedures set forth in Exhibit D hereto,
the  provisions  of which are  incorporated  as a part  hereof,  and the parties
hereto  hereby  agree  that  such  dispute  resolution  procedures  shall be the
exclusive  method for  resolution of disputes  under this  Agreement;  provided,
however,  that (1) either party may seek preliminary  judicial relief if, in its
judgment,  such  action is  necessary  to avoid  irreparable  injury  during the
pendency of such  procedures,  and (2) nothing in Exhibit D shall prevent either
party from exercising the rights of termination set forth in this Agreement.  In
the event of a dispute  hereunder as to whether a termination by the Company was
for Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason,  until there is a resolution  and
award as provided in
                                       17
<PAGE>
Exhibit D, the Company  shall pay all  amounts,  and provide  all  benefits,  to
Executive and/or Executive's family or other beneficiaries,  as the case may be,
that the Company  would be required to pay or provide  hereunder  as though such
termination  were by the Company  without  Cause or by Executive for Good Reason
and shall pay the reasonable legal fees and expenses of counsel for Executive in
connection with such dispute  resolution;  provided,  however,  that the Company
shall not be required to pay any disputed amounts or any legal fees and expenses
pursuant to this  subparagraph (b) except upon receipt of a written  undertaking
by or on behalf of Executive (and/or Executive's family or other  beneficiaries,
as the  case  may  be) to  repay,  without  interest  or  penalty,  as  soon  as
practicable  after completion of the dispute  resolution (A) all such amounts to
which Executive (or Executive's family or other  beneficiaries,  as the case may
be) is  ultimately  adjudged not be entitled with respect to the payment of such
disputed amount(s) and (B) in addition,  in the case of legal fees and expenses,
a  proportionate  amount  of legal  fees  and  expenses  attributable  to any of
Executive's claim(s) (or any of Executive's defenses or  counter-claims(s)),  if
any, which shall have been found by the dispute  resolver to have been frivolous
or without merit.  IT IS EXPRESSLY  UNDERSTOOD  THAT BY SIGNING THIS  AGREEMENT,
WHICH INCORPORATES BINDING ARBITRATION,  THE COMPANY AND EXECUTIVE AGREE, EXCEPT
AS SPECIFICALLY  PROVIDED  OTHERWISE IN SECTION 5.11 AND THIS SECTION 6.3(b), TO
WAIVE COURT OR JURY TRIAL AND TO WAIVE PUNITIVE,  STATUTORY,  CONSEQUENTIAL  AND
ANY DAMAGES OTHER THAN COMPENSATORY DAMAGES.

         6.4 Successors; Binding Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon
any  successor  to  the  Company  and  shall  inure  to  the  benefit  of and be
enforceable by  Executive's  personal or legal  representatives,  beneficiaries,
designees,  executors,   administrators,   heirs,  distributees,   devisees  and
legatees.

         6.5  Modification;  No Waiver.  This  Agreement  may not be modified or
amended except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto. No term
or condition of this  Agreement  shall be deemed to have been waived,  nor shall
there  be any  estoppel  against  the  enforcement  of  any  provision  of  this
Agreement, except by written instrument by the party charged with such waiver or
estoppel.  No such written  waiver shall be deemed a  continuing  waiver  unless
specifically  stated therein,  and each such waiver shall operate only as to the
specific term or condition waived and shall not constitute a waiver of such term
or condition for the future or as to any other term or condition.

         6.6  Severability.  The covenants and agreements  contained  herein are
separate and severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any one or more
of such covenants or agreements,  if not material to the employment  arrangement
that is the  basis  for  this  Agreement,  shall  not  affect  the  validity  or
enforceability of any other covenant or agreement  contained herein.  If, in any
judicial  proceeding,  a  court  shall  refuse  to  enforce  one or  more of the
covenants or agreements  contained  herein  because the duration  thereof is too
long,  or the scope  thereof is too broad,  it is expressly  agreed  between the
parties hereto that such duration or scope shall be deemed reduced to the extent
necessary to permit the enforcement of such covenants or agreements.

         6.7  Notices.  All the  notices  and other  communications  required or
permitted  hereunder  shall be in writing and shall be delivered  personally  or
sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt  requested,  to the parties
hereto at the following addresses:
                                       18
<PAGE>
                           If to the Company, to it at:

                           MicroAge, Inc.
                           2308 South 55th Street
                           Tempe, Arizona  85282
                           Attn:  Chief Executive Officer

                           With a copy to:

                           Matthew P. Feeney
                           Snell & Wilmer L.L.P.
                           One Arizona Center
                           Phoenix, Arizona  85004-0001

                           If Executive, to him at:

                           James R. Daniel
                           3858 East Cholla Lane
                           Phoenix, Arizona   85028

         6.8  Assignment.  This Agreement and any rights  hereunder shall not be
assignable by either party without the prior written  consent of the other party
except as otherwise specifically provided for herein.

         6.9 Entire  Understanding.  This  Agreement  (together with the Exhibit
incorporated as a part hereof) constitutes the entire understanding  between the
parties hereto and no agreement,  representation,  warranty or covenant has been
made by either party except as expressly set forth herein.

         6.10  Executive's  Representations.  Executive  represents and warrants
that neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the performance of
his duties hereunder  violates the provisions of any other agreement to which he
is a party or by which he is bound.

         6.11 Liability of Company with Respect to Insurance  Policy.  Executive
has selected the insurer and policy  referred to in Section 2.4(a)  hereof,  and
the Company  shall not have any  liability to Executive  (or his  beneficiaries)
should the insurance company which issues the policy referred to therein fail or
refuse to pay  (whether  voluntarily  or by reason of any order,  injunction  or
otherwise)  thereunder  or if any rights or  elections  otherwise  available  to
Executive thereunder are restricted or eliminated.

         6.12  Governing  Law. This  Agreement  shall be construed in accordance
with  and  governed  for all  purposes  by the  laws  of the  State  of  Arizona
applicable to contracts executed and wholly performed within such state.
                                       19
<PAGE>
         IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  hereto  have  duly  executed  this
Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

                                          Company:
 
                                          MICROAGE, INC.



                                          By: /s/ Jeffrey D. McKeever
                                              ----------------------------------
 
                                          Name: Jeffrey D. McKeever
                                                --------------------------------
 
                                          Title: Chairman and CEO
                                                 -------------------------------
  
   
                                          Executive:
   
                                          JAMES R. DANIEL


                                          /s/ James R. Daniel
                                          --------------------------------------
                                       20
<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT A
                                    ---------

                             SPLIT DOLLAR AGREEMENT
                             ----------------------
<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT B
                                    ---------

                               EXECUTIVE'S RIGHTS
                               ------------------

                                      None
<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT C
                                    ---------

                   EXECUTIVE'S EXISTING OBLIGATIONS AND CLAIMS
                   -------------------------------------------


                                      None
<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT D
                                    ---------

                          DISPUTE RESOLUTION PROCEDURES
                          -----------------------------


         A. If a  controversy  should  arise  which is covered by Section 6.3 of
Article  VI,  then not later than  twelve (12) months from the date of the event
which is the  subject of dispute  either  party may serve on the other a written
notice  specifying  the  existence  of such  controversy  and  setting  forth in
reasonably  specific  detail the  grounds  thereof  ("Notice  of  Controversy");
provided  that,  in any event,  the other party shall have at least  thirty (30)
days  from and after the date of the  Notice of  Controversy  to serve a written
notice  of  any  counterclaim   ("Notice  of   Counterclaim").   The  Notice  of
Counterclaim shall specify the claim or claims in reasonably specific detail. If
the Notice of Controversy or the Notice of Counterclaim,  as the case may be, is
not served  within the  applicable  period,  the claim set forth therein will be
deemed to have been waived, abandoned and rendered unenforceable.

         B.  Following  receipt of the Notice of  Controversy  (or the Notice of
Counterclaim,  as the case may be),  there shall be a three week  period  during
which the parties will make a good faith  effort to resolve the dispute  through
negotiation  ("Period  of  Negotiation").  Neither  party  shall take any action
during the Period of Negotiation to initiate arbitration proceedings.

         C. If the parties  should  agree  during the Period of  Negotiation  to
mediate  the  dispute,  then the Period of  Negotiation  shall be extended by an
amount of time to be agreed upon by the parties to permit such mediation.  In no
event,  however,  may the Period of  Negotiation  be  extended by more than five
weeks or,  stated  differently,  in no event may the  Period of  Negotiation  be
extended to encompass more than a total of eight weeks.

         D. If the  parties  agree to mediate  the  dispute  but are  thereafter
unable to agree within a week on the format and  procedures  for the  mediation,
then the effort to mediate  shall  cease,  and the Period of  Negotiation  shall
terminate  four  weeks  from  the  Notice  of  Controversy  (or  the  Notice  of
Counterclaim, as the case may be).

         E. Following the termination of the Period of Negotiation,  the dispute
(including  the  main  claim  and  counterclaim,  if any)  shall be  settled  by
arbitration,  governed by the Federal  Arbitration  Act, 9 U.S.C.  ss. 1 et seq.
("FAA"),  and  judgment  upon the  award  may be  entered  in any  court  having
jurisdiction thereof. The format and procedures of the arbitration are set forth
below (referred to below as the "Arbitration Agreement").

         F. A notice of intention to arbitrate  ("Notice of Arbitration")  shall
be served within 45 days of the termination of the Period of Negotiation. If the
Notice of Arbitration  is not served within this period,  the claim set forth in
the Notice of Controversy  (or the Notice of  Counterclaim,  as the case may be)
will be deemed to have been waived, abandoned and rendered unenforceable.

         G. The  arbitration,  including  the  Notice  of  Arbitration,  will be
governed by the Commercial Rules of the American Arbitration Association ("AAA")
in effect on the date of the
<PAGE>
Notice of Arbitration, except that the terms of this Arbitration Agreement shall
control in the event of any  difference  or conflict  between such Rules and the
terms of this Arbitration Agreement.

         H. The arbitrator  shall reach a decision on the merits on the basis of
applicable legal principles as embodied in the law of the State of Arizona.  The
arbitration hearing shall take place in Phoenix, Arizona.

         I.  There  shall  be  one  arbitrator,  regardless  of  the  amount  in
controversy. The arbitrator selected, in order to be eligible to serve, shall be
a lawyer  in  Phoenix,  Arizona  with at least 15 years  specializing  in either
general commercial  litigation or general corporate and commercial  matters.  In
the event the parties cannot agree on a mutually  acceptable  single  arbitrator
from the list  submitted by the AAA, the AAA shall  appoint the  arbitrator  who
shall meet the foregoing criteria.

         J.  At  the  time  of  appointment  and  as a  condition  thereto,  the
arbitrator will be apprised of the time limitations and other provisions of this
Arbitration  Agreement and shall indicate such dispute  resolver's  agreement to
the Tribunal Administrator to comply with such provisions and time limitations.

         K. During the 30 day period  following  appointment of the  arbitrator,
either  party may serve on the other a request for limited  numbers of documents
directly  related to the dispute.  Such documents will be produced  within seven
(7) days of the request.

         L. Following the thirty-day period of document  production,  there will
be a forty-five day period during which limited depositions will be permissible.
Neither party will take more than 5 depositions,  and no deposition  will exceed
three hours of direct testimony.

         M.  Disputes as to  discovery  or  prehearing  matters of a  procedural
nature  shall be promptly  submitted  to the  arbitrator  pursuant to  telephone
conference call or otherwise. The arbitrator shall make every effort to render a
ruling on such interim  matters at the time of the hearing (or conference  call)
or within five business days thereafter.

         N. Following the period of depositions,  the arbitration  hearing shall
promptly commence. The arbitrator will make every effort to commence the hearing
within thirty days of the conclusion of the deposition  period and, in addition,
will make every effort to conduct the hearing on  consecutive  business  days to
conclusion.

         O. An award will be rendered,  at the latest, within nine months of the
date of the Notice of  Arbitration  and within  thirty  days of the close of the
arbitration  hearing.  The award shall set forth the  grounds  for the  decision
(findings of fact and  conclusions  of law) in  reasonably  specific  detail and
shall also specify whether any claim (or defense or  counter-claim) of Executive
is found to be frivolous or without  merit and what  proportion,  if any, of his
legal fees and expenses which have been paid by the Company  Executive  shall be
required to repay to the Company in accordance  with Section  6.3(b).  The award
shall be final and nonappealable except as provided in the FAA and except that a
court of competent  jurisdiction  shall have the power to review  whether,  as a
matter of law,  based upon the  findings  of fact by the  arbitrator,  the award
should be confirmed or should be
<PAGE>
modified  or  vacated  in  order  to  correct  any  errors  of law  made  by the
arbitrator.  Such  judicial  review  shall be limited to issues of law,  and the
parties  agree that the findings of fact made by the  arbitrator  shall be final
and binding on the parties and shall serve as the facts to be relied upon by the
court in determining the extent to which the award should be confirmed, modified
or vacated.

         The award may only be made for compensatory  damages,  and if any other
damages (whether  exemplary,  punitive,  consequential,  statutory or other) are
included, the award shall be vacated and remanded, or modified or corrected,  as
appropriate to promote this damage limitation;  provided, however, that an award
in favor of the Company shall include the relief set forth in Section 5.11.

                                 MICROAGE, INC.
                         1994 MANAGEMENT EQUITY PROGRAM
                                 AWARD AGREEMENT

                                December 9, 1993

Dear Jim:

                  Pursuant  to the  action  taken by the Board of  Directors  of
MicroAge,  Inc. (the "Company") and the  Compensation  Committee of the Board of
Directors,  you are hereby offered  participation in the 1994 Management  Equity
Program (the "1994 MEP") under the MicroAge,  Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan (the
"Plan").  Under the 1994 MEP,  you have the  opportunity  to receive  options to
restructure your compensation package to some extent. Essentially, you may elect
to purchase shares of the common stock of the Company if you  irrevocably  elect
to waive (1) all or a portion of your 1993 fiscal year bonus (the "1993 Bonus"),
and (2) a portion of your base  salary and any  bonuses  you may receive for the
1994,  1995, and 1996 calendar  years,  and later years if necessary,  under the
following terms and conditions.

BEFORE YOU ELECT TO PARTICIPATE IN THE 1994 MEP, READ THIS AWARD AGREEMENT.  YOU
WILL BE REQUIRED TO SIGN THIS AWARD  AGREEMENT AND YOUR  SIGNATURE WILL EVIDENCE
THAT YOU HAVE READ THIS AWARD AGREEMENT, UNDERSTAND IT, AND AGREE WITH ITS TERMS
AND CONDITIONS.

TO PARTICIPATE IN THE 1994 MEP, YOU MUST COMPLETE AND SIGN THIS AWARD  AGREEMENT
AND RETURN IT TO CRAIG CANTONI BY 12:00 P.M. NOON ON TUESDAY, DECEMBER 14, 1993.

                  1. EFFECTIVE DATE. The effective date of your participation in
the 1994 MEP is December 14, 1993.

                  2.   STOCKHOLDER   APPROVAL.   The  1994  MEP  is  subject  to
stockholder  approval  of the Plan,  which  will be  sought  at the 1994  Annual
Meeting  of  Stockholders.  If  stockholder  approval  is not  obtained  at such
meeting,  the 1994 MEP will be deemed to have  never  been  implemented  and the
options thereunder will be deemed to have never been granted.

                  3.  1993  BONUS  WAIVER.  You  hereby  elect to waive all or a
portion of your 1993 Bonus in the amount  specified in the table below,  subject
to the limitation described in footnote 6 below.

                              1993 BONUS WAIVER(1)

================================================================================
1993 Bonus Waived    1994 Salary Credit Amount(2)     Bonus Credit Amount(3)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   $104,000                    $39,000                       $65,000
================================================================================

- ------------------------

     1 You are not  required to waive any of your 1993 Bonus as a  condition  to
participate in the 1994 MEP. Any part of your 1993 Bonus that you elect to waive
will be credited against your 1994 salary waiver amount (up to the amount of the
Salary Credit  Amount) and your 1994 bonus waiver  amount,  in that order.  This
"credit"  can be carried  forward  beyond  1994.  See Example A attached to this
Award Agreement.
                                                                                
     2 You may insert any amount from $0 to $39,000  (15% of your  Current  Base
Salary).

     3 Computed  by  subtracting  the Salary  Credit  Amount from the 1993 Bonus
Waived.
<PAGE>
                  4.  1994-1996  WAIVER.  You hereby elect to waive a portion of
your salary and  bonuses  for the 1994,  1995,  and 1996  calendar  years in the
amounts specified in the tables below (please  understand that bonuses for later
years may be  automatically  waived,  as may be necessary to make up any deficit
(see footnote 5)):

                             1994-1996 WAIVER TABLE
================================================================================
        Year           Salary(4)            Bonus(5)              Total
        1994           $39,000              $65,000             $104,000(6)
        1995           $13,000              $65,000             $78,000
        1996           $13,000              $65,000             $78,000
      1993-1996        $65,000              $195,000            $260,000(7)
                                                                ======== 
================================================================================

                  5.  NUMBER OF OPTIONS  GRANTED.  In exchange  for  electing to
waive the amount of  compensation  specified  in the  1994-1996  Waiver Table in
Paragraph 4, above,  you are hereby  granted an option to purchase the number of
shares of MicroAge,  Inc. Common Stock calculated  pursuant to the formula below
(to be completed by MicroAge):

      (1)       Total Compensation Waived (1994-1996):              $260,000
                                                                    -------

      (2)       $260,000 (Total Compensation Waived)
                Multiplied by Ten (10):                             $2,600,000
                                                                    ----------
      (3)       Common Stock Closing Price
                Effective Date (December 14, 1993)
                (the "Common Stock Price"):                         $24.83
                                                                    ------
      (4)       Total Options Granted (2) / (3) (rounded up):       104,698
                (See Example C attached to this Award Agreement)    -------

- -------------------------

     4 The minimum  annual  salary  waiver amount is $13,000 (5% of your Current
Base  Salary).  The maximum  annual salary waiver amount is $39,000 (15% of your
Current Base Salary).
                                                                                
     5 There is no minimum annual bonus waiver amount.  The maximum annual bonus
waiver amount is $65,000 (25% of your Current Base Salary).  If the bonus amount
you elect to waive in any year is more than the bonus  actually  paid to you for
that year (and you do not have a Bonus Credit  Amount to apply to the  deficit),
the deficit  amount will be added to your bonus waiver  amount for the following
year. Deficit amounts will continue to be carried forward until made up or until
December 14, 2002. See Example B attached to this Award Agreement.  

     6 The  amount of your 1993  Bonus  that you may waive  cannot  exceed  this
number. See Example A attached to this Award Agreement.

     7  The  minimum  waiver  amount  (salary  and  bonuses  combined)  for  the
three-year period (1994-1996) is $130,000 (50% of your Current Base Salary).
                                       -2-
<PAGE>
                  6.  VESTING OF OPTIONS.  Your  options  will vest in one-third
(1/3)  increments  beginning on the January 1 which is three years following the
January 1 of the  calendar  year for each year you  elect to waive  base  salary
and/or bonus amounts. Any amount of your 1993 Bonus that you elect to waive will
be used as a credit  against  future  waiver  amounts  and will be  deemed to be
waived in the year that such credit is taken.  HOWEVER,  your  options  will not
fully vest until you have actually waived all of the  compensation you agreed to
waive.

                           FOR  EXAMPLE,  the options to be  purchased  with the
compensation you waive in 1994 will vest in 1/3 increments  beginning on January
1, 1997 and will be 100% vested on January 1, 1999. Correspondingly, the options
to be  purchased  with  the  compensation  you  waive in 1995  will  vest in 1/3
increments  beginning  on January 1, 1998 and will be 100%  vested on January 1,
2000, and so on.

                           If you  elect  to  waive a  specific  amount  of your
bonuses for the next three years,  but do not receive bonuses for the next three
years  sufficient to cover the amount you agreed to waive (and you do not have a
Bonus  Credit  Amount to apply  against  the  deficit),  the  bonuses you may be
otherwise entitled to receive in later years (up through December 13, 2002) will
be used to make up any shortfall on a "first-in,  first-out" theory. See Example
D attached to this Award Agreement.

                           Notwithstanding  the above,  your options will become
fully  vested and  exercisable  as of December 14,  2002,  unless you  otherwise
terminate employment before such date.

                  7.  EXPIRATION OF OPTIONS.  Subject to Section 8 and 9 of this
Award Agreement,  your options will expire, unless sooner exercised, on December
14, 2003.

                  8. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

                           Death.  Upon your  death,  your  beneficiary  will be
entitled to receive the number of options  determined by multiplying  the sum of
your  compensation  actually  waived  up to the  date of your  death  by ten and
dividing the product by the Common Stock Price; provided, however, that only the
total  compensation  waived  by  you  up to the  date  of  your  death  will  be
considered.  All options  received by your  beneficiary will be fully vested and
immediately exercisable. Your beneficiary will have up to one year from the date
of your death to exercise the options.  After that one year period,  the options
will be  cancelled.  Under  no  circumstances  will you or your  beneficiary  be
entitled  to receive  cash equal to all or any portion of the  compensation  you
elected to waive under the 1994 MEP.

                           Disability.  Upon your  termination of employment due
to a "Disability"  (as that term is defined in the Plan) you will be entitled to
receive  the  number  of  options  determined  by  multiplying  the  sum of your
compensation  actually  waived  up to the  date of your  termination  by ten and
dividing the product by the Common Stock Price; provided, however, that only the
total  compensation  waived  by you up to the date of your  termination  will be
considered.   All  options   received  will  be  fully  vested  and  immediately
exercisable.  You will  have up to one year  from  the  date of  termination  of
employment to exercise the options. After that one year period, the options will
be cancelled.  Under no circumstances will you be entitled to receive cash equal
to all or any  portion of the  compensation  you elected to waive under the 1994
MEP.

                           Voluntary  or  Involuntary.  Upon your  voluntary  or
involuntary  termination  of  employment,  you will be  entitled  to receive the
number  of  options  determined  by  multiplying  the sum of  your  compensation
actually  waived  up to the date of your  termination  by ten and  dividing  the
product  by the  Common  Stock  Price;  provided,  however,  that only the total
compensation  waived by you up to the date of termination of employment  will be
considered.  Your options will continue to vest under the above vesting schedule
as if you continued to be employed by the Company and continued participating in
the 1994 MEP. Under no circumstances  will you be entitled to receive cash equal
to all or any  portion of the  compensation  you elected to waive under the 1994
MEP.
                                       -3-
<PAGE>
                  9.  TERMINATION  OF 1994  MEP.  If the  Committee  decides  to
terminate  the 1994 MEP,  you will be  entitled  to  receive a number of options
determined by multiplying the sum of your compensation actually waived up to the
date of your  termination  by ten and  dividing  the product by the Common Stock
Price;  provided,  however, that only the total compensation waived by you up to
the date of termination  will be considered.  All options received will be fully
vested and  immediately  exercisable.  You will have up to thirty  days from the
date of such termination to exercise the options.  After such thirty day period,
the options will be cancelled.  Under no  circumstances  will you be entitled to
receive  cash equal to all or any  portion of the  compensation  you  elected to
waive under the 1994 MEP.

                  10.  CHANGE OF CONTROL.  Upon a "Change of  Control"  (as that
term is defined in the  Plan),  the terms of Section  13.10 and 14.2 of the Plan
will apply to all options  issued under the 1994 MEP.  Upon a Change of Control,
you will be entitled to receive the number of options  determined by multiplying
the sum of your  compensation  actually  waived up to the date of the  Change of
Control by ten and dividing  the product by the Common  Stock  Price;  provided,
however,  that only the total  compensation  waived by you up to the date of the
Change of Control  will be  considered.  All  options  will be fully  vested and
immediately  exercisable.  In the event of a dissolution  or  liquidation of the
Company  or a merger  or  consolidation  in which the  Company  would not be the
surviving or resulting  corporation,  you will be entitled to receive the number
of options  determined  by  multiplying  the sum of your  compensation  actually
waived up to the date of exercise by ten and  dividing the product by the Common
Stock Price;  provided,  however, that only the total compensation waived by you
up to the date of exercise will be considered.  All options will be fully vested
and  exercisable  (a) in the case of a dissolution  or  liquidation,  at anytime
after the Company's Board of Directors takes action  authorizing the dissolution
or liquidation of the Company or (b) in the case of a merger or consolidation in
which the Company would not be the resulting or surviving corporation,  upon the
Company's  public  announcement  that a definitive  agreement  regarding  such a
merger or consolidation  has been reached.  Under no  circumstances  will you be
entitled  to receive  cash equal to all or any portion of the  compensation  you
elected to waive under the 1994 MEP.

                  11. COMPANY INFORMATION.  By signing this Award Agreement, you
acknowledge  that you have been given, or were offered,  a copy of the Company's
Annual  Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal  year ended  September  30, 1993 (the
"1993 10-K"),  and that you were given an opportunity to ask questions of any of
the  Company's  executive  officers  (as  disclosed  on page 7 of the 1993 10-K)
regarding the 1993 10- K or any other matter regarding the Company.

                  12. RISK OF INVESTMENT.  By signing this Award Agreement,  you
recognize that your participation in the 1994 MEP is a speculative investment in
that the success or failure of your  investment  depends on the market  value of
the  Company's  Common Stock over a several year period.  You further  recognize
that all or a portion of your  investment  (i.e.,  your salary and bonus waiver)
may be lost. You also acknowledge that you were given the opportunity to consult
with your personal advisor(s) regarding the 1994 MEP.

                  I hereby elect to  participate in the 1994 MEP under the terms
and conditions set forth above and  acknowledge  that I have read and understood
the terms and conditions of the 1994 MEP.

                                    ACCEPTED:
                                    MICROAGE, INC.

SIGNATURE  /s/James R. Daniel                     BY   /s/Jeffrey D. McKeever
           -------------------------                   -------------------------
DATE       12/12/93                               ITS  Chairman and CEO
           -------------------------              ------------------------------
SSN        ###-##-####
           -------------------------
                                       -4-

                             FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE
                     MICROAGE 1994 MANAGEMENT EQUITY PROGRAM
                               AWARD AGREEMENT FOR
                                 JAMES R. DANIEL


         THIS FIRST  AMENDMENT to the Award  Agreement  dated  December 14, 1993
("Award Agreement"), is entered into by MicroAge, Inc. ("Company"), and James R.
Daniel  ("Executive")  pursuant to the Management  Equity Plan ("MEP") under the
MicroAge, Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan ("Plan"), as of December 14, 1995.

         WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive entered into the Award Agreement
effective  December  14, 1993,  to enable the  Executive to acquire an option to
purchase Company stock by making salary deferrals; and

         WHEREAS,  the exercise  price of the option to purchase  Company common
stock, $.01 par value ("Common Stock"),  under the Award Agreement is $24.83 per
share,  after giving effect to a 3-for-2 stock split that was payable on January
13, 1994; and

         WHEREAS,  the closing price of the Common Stock on the Nasdaq  National
Market on December 13, 1995, was $8.75 per share; and

         WHEREAS,  in order to provide a meaningful  incentive for the Executive
under the MEP, the  Compensation  Committee of the Company's  Board of Directors
has reduced the  exercise  price under the Award  Agreement  to the current fair
market value of the Common Stock.

         NOW THEREFORE, the Executive and the Company agree as follows:

                  1.       Paragraph 5 of the Award  Agreement is hereby amended
and restated in its entirety as follows:
<PAGE>
         5.       NUMBER OF OPTIONS  GRANTED.  In exchange for electing to waive
the amount of compensation  specified in the 1994-1996 Waiver Table in Paragraph
4, above,  you are hereby  granted an option to purchase the number of shares of
MicroAge, Inc. Common Stock calculated pursuant to the formula below:

         (1)      TOTAL COMPENSATION WAIVED (1994-1996)               $260,000

         (2)      $260,000 (TOTAL COMPENSATION WAIVED)
                  MULTIPLIED BY 3.5234903 (THE "LEVERAGING
                  FACTOR")                                            $916,107

         (3)      COMMON STOCK CLOSING PRICE ON DECEMBER
                  13, 1995 (THE "COMMON STOCK PRICE")                 $8.75

         (4)      TOTAL OPTIONS GRANTED (2) / (3)                      104,698

                  2.       Paragraphs 8, 9, and 10 of the Award  Agreement shall
be amended by deleting the  references  to the number "ten" and  replacing  such
reference with the phrase "the Leveraging Factor."

                  3.       This First  Amendment  shall be effective as December
14, 1995.


                                           MICROAGE, INC.

                                           By:      /s/Jeffrey D. McKeever
                                              ----------------------------------
                                                    Jeffrey D. McKeever
                                                    Chairman of the Board and
                                                    Chief Executive Officer


                                                    /s/James R. Daniel
                                              ----------------------------------
                                                    James R. Daniel
                                        2

                              AMENDED and RESTATED

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

                          dated as of November 4, 1996

                                 by and between

                                 MICROAGE, INC.

                                       and

                               ROBERT G. O'MALLEY
<PAGE>
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


ARTICLE I--DUTIES AND TERM...................................................  1
         1.1      Employment.................................................  1
         1.2      Position and Responsibilities..............................  1
         1.3      Term.......................................................  2
         1.4      Location...................................................  2

ARTICLE II--COMPENSATION.....................................................  2
         2.1      Base Salary................................................  2
         2.2      Bonus Payment..............................................  3
         2.3      Stock Options..............................................  3
         2.4      Additional Benefits........................................  3

ARTICLE III--TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.......................................  4
         3.1      Death or Retirement of Executive...........................  4
         3.2      By Executive...............................................  4
         3.3      By Company.................................................  5

ARTICLE IV--COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT......................  5
         4.1      Upon Termination for Death or Disability...................  5
         4.2      Upon Termination by Company for Cause or
                  by Executive Without Good Reason...........................  6
         4.3      Upon Termination by the Company Without 
                  Cause or by Executive for Good Reason 
                  Prior to a Change in Control...............................  6
         4.4      Upon Termination by the Company Without 
                  Cause Following a Change in Control or by
                  Executive for Good Reason Following a 
                  Change in Control or Pursuant to a Change
                  in Control Resignation.....................................  7

ARTICLE V--RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS.............................................  8
         5.1      Confidential Information and Materials.....................  8
         5.2      General Knowledge..........................................  9
         5.3      Executive Obligations as to Confidential
                  Information and Materials..................................  9
         5.4      Inform Subsequent Employers................................ 10
         5.5      Ideas and Inventions....................................... 10
         5.6      Inventions and Patents..................................... 10
         5.7      Copyrights................................................. 11
         5.8      Conflicting Obligations and Rights......................... 11
         5.9      Non-Competition............................................ 11
         5.10     Non-Disparagement.......................................... 13
         5.11     Remedies................................................... 13
         5.12     Scope of Article........................................... 13
                                        i
<PAGE>
ARTICLE VI--MISCELLANEOUS.................................................... 14
         6.1      Definitions................................................ 14
         6.2      Key Man Insurance.......................................... 18
         6.3      Mitigation of Damages; No Set-Off; Dispute
                  Resolution................................................. 18
         6.4      Successors; Binding Agreement.............................. 19
         6.5      Modification; No Waiver.................................... 19
         6.6      Severability............................................... 19
         6.7      Notices.................................................... 20
         6.8      Assignment................................................. 20
         6.9      Entire Understanding....................................... 20
         6.10     Executive's Representations................................ 20
         6.11     Liability of Company with Respect to 
                  Insurance Policy........................................... 20
         6.12     Governing Law.............................................. 20

EXHIBIT A--SPLIT DOLLAR AGREEMENT

EXHIBIT B--EXECUTIVE'S RIGHTS

EXHIBIT C--EXECUTIVE'S EXISTING OBLIGATIONS AND CLAIMS

EXHIBIT D--DISPUTE RESOLUTION PROCEDURES
                                       ii
<PAGE>
                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


         AMENDED AND RESTATED  EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") made and
entered into as of November 4, 1996, by and between  MICROAGE,  INC., a Delaware
corporation (the "Company"), and ROBERT G. O'MALLEY ("Executive").

                                R E C I T A L S:
                                - - - - - - - -

         WHEREAS, the Company and Executive entered into an Employment Agreement
on September 1, 1995 (the "Employment Agreement"); and

         WHEREAS,  pursuant  to Section  6.5 of the  Employment  Agreement,  the
Employment Agreement may be amended only by a written document signed by each of
the parties thereto; and

         WHEREAS,  the  Company  and  Executive  desire to amend and restate the
Employment Agreement.

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises,  and  for  other
valuable consideration,  the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged by each
of the parties hereto, the parties hereby agree as follows:

                               A G R E E M E N T:
                               - - - - - - - - - 

                                    ARTICLE I

                                 DUTIES AND TERM

         1.1 Employment.  In  consideration  of their mutual covenants and other
good and valuable consideration,  the receipt, adequacy and sufficiency of which
is hereby  acknowledged,  the Company  agrees to hire  Executive,  and Executive
agrees to remain in the  employ of the  Company,  upon the terms and  conditions
herein provided.

         1.2      Position and Responsibilities.

                  (a) Executive  shall serve as President of MicroAge,  Inc. (or
in a capacity  and with a title of at least  substantially  equivalent  quality)
reporting  directly to the Chief  Executive  Officer of the  Company.  Executive
agrees to perform services not inconsistent with his position as shall from time
to time be assigned to him by the Chief Executive Officer.

                  (b)  Executive  further  agrees to  serve,  if  elected,  as a
director  of the Company  and as an officer or  director  of any  subsidiary  or
affiliate of the Company.
<PAGE>
                  (c) During the period of his employment  hereunder,  Executive
shall  devote  substantially  all of his  business  time,  attention,  skill and
efforts to the faithful performance of his duties hereunder.

         1.3 Term. The term of Executive's employment under this Agreement shall
commence  on the date first  above  written and shall  continue,  unless  sooner
terminated,  until  November 1, 1998;  provided,  however,  that  commencing  on
November 4, 1996 and on each subsequent day thereafter,  the Executive's term of
employment shall automatically be extended without further action by the Company
or Executive for the twenty-four (24) month period commencing on each such day.

         1.4 Location. During the period of his employment under this Agreement,
Executive  shall not be  required,  except with his prior  written  consent,  to
relocate his principal place of employment  outside  Maricopa  County,  Arizona.
Required  travel on the Company's  business  shall not be deemed a relocation so
long as Executive is not required to provide his services  hereunder  outside of
Maricopa County,  Arizona, for more than fifty (50%) percent of his working days
during any consecutive six (6) month period.

                                   ARTICLE II

                                  COMPENSATION

         For all  services  rendered by  Executive  in any  capacity  during his
employment under this Agreement,  including,  without limitation,  services as a
director,  officer or member of any  committee of the Board of the Company or of
the board of directors  of any  subsidiary  or  affiliate  of the  Company,  the
Company shall compensate Executive as follows:

         2.1 Base  Salary.  The Company  shall pay to  Executive  an annual base
salary of not less that $340,000 (such amount, less any salary waivers under the
1994  Management  Equity  Program or any subsequent  management  equity or other
waiver program  adopted by the Company is  hereinafter  referred to as the "Base
Salary")  during  the term  hereof;  provided,  however,  that in the  event the
Company institutes a salary reduction program which affects all exempt employees
(as  defined by standard  Company  policies  in  compliance  with the Fair Labor
Standards  Act) by the same  percentage,  then  Executive's  Base  Salary may be
reduced by such percentage (and the term "Base Salary" as used in this Agreement
shall refer to Base Salary as so  adjusted).  Executive's  Base Salary  shall be
paid in equal  semi-monthly  installments.  The Base  Salary  shall be  reviewed
annually  by the Board or a committee  designated  by the Board and the Board or
such committee may, in its discretion, increase the Base Salary.

         2.2      Bonus Payments.

                  (a)  During the period of  Executive's  employment  under this
Agreement,  the Company shall pay to Executive annually a fixed cash bonus equal
to $ and, in  addition,  such amount as may be  necessary  after  payment by the
Executive  of all taxes,  including,  without  limitation,  any federal or state
income taxes,  on such fixed cash bonus payment,  so that  Executive  shall have
remaining,  on a  grossed-up  basis,  the  amount of $ (the  "Annual  Fixed Cash
Bonus").
                                        2
<PAGE>
                  (b)  During the period of  Executive's  employment  under this
Agreement,  Executive  shall,  in  addition to the Annual  Fixed Cash Bonus,  be
entitled to bonus payments, if any shall be due, pursuant to the Executive Bonus
Plan which has been  established by resolution of the Board for fiscal year 1996
(the "1996 Executive Bonus Plan").  The Company shall use all reasonable efforts
to cause the Board or a  committee  thereof to  establish  in each  fiscal  year
during  the term  hereof an  executive  bonus  plan that is  similar to the 1996
Executive Bonus Plan in providing for incentive  compensation to Executive based
on a formula related to the Company's profits during such fiscal year. Any bonus
under the 1996 Executive Bonus Plan or any such subsequent  plan, less any bonus
waivers under the 1994  Management  Equity Program or any subsequent  management
equity or other waiver program adopted by the Company,  is referred to herein as
the "Annual Incentive Bonus."

         2.3 Stock  Options.  The Company  shall use all  reasonable  efforts to
establish and maintain one or more stock option plans in which  Executive  shall
be entitled to  participate  to the same extent as other Senior  Executives  (as
such term is defined in Section 6.1 hereof).  The terms and  conditions  of such
plan(s)  shall be  determined  and  administered  by the  Board  or a  committee
thereof.

         2.4 Additional Benefits.  Executive shall be entitled to participate in
all employee benefit and welfare  programs,  plans and arrangements  (including,
without  limitation,  pension,  profit sharing,  supplemental  pension and other
retirement  plans,  insurance,  hospitalization,  medical  and group  disability
benefits,  travel or accident  insurance  plans) and to receive fringe benefits,
such as dues and fees of professional organizations and associations,  which are
from time to time  available to the  Company's  executive  personnel;  provided,
however, there shall be no duplication of termination or severance benefits, and
to the extent that such  benefits  are  specifically  provided by the Company to
Executive under other provisions of this Agreement, the benefits available under
the foregoing  plans and programs  shall be reduced by any benefit  amounts paid
under such other provisions. Executive shall during the period of his employment
hereunder  continue  to be provided  with  benefits at a level which shall in no
event be less in any  material  respect  than the  benefits  made  available  to
Executive by the Company as of the date of this Agreement.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  the Company may terminate or reduce benefits under any benefit plans
and  programs  to the  extent  such  reductions  apply  uniformly  to all Senior
Executives entitled to participate  therein,  and Executive's  benefits shall be
reduced or terminated accordingly.  Specifically,  without limitation, Executive
shall receive the following benefits:


                  (a) Death Benefit. The Company and Executive have entered into
a Split Dollar Insurance Agreement,  dated as of September 1, 1995, a copy which
is attached hereto as Exhibit A.

                  (b)   Short-Term   Disability   Benefits.   In  the  event  of
Executive's failure substantially to perform his duties hereunder on a full-time
basis for a period not exceeding 180 consecutive days or for periods aggregating
not more than 180 days during any twelve-month  period as a result of incapacity
due to physical or mental  illness,  the Company shall  continue to pay the Base
Salary  to  Executive  during  the  period of such  incapacity,  but only in the
amounts and to the
                                        3
<PAGE>
extent that disability  benefits  payable to Executive  under  Company-sponsored
insurance policies are less than Executive's Base Salary.

                  (c) Relocation  Expenses.  In the event Executive's  principal
place of  employment  is  relocated  by mutual  consent of the  parties  outside
Maricopa County,  Arizona,  the Company shall reimburse  Executive for all usual
relocation expenses incurred by Executive and his household in moving to the new
location, including, without limitation, moving expenses and rental payments for
temporary  living  quarters in the area of relocation for a period not to exceed
six months.

                  (d) Reimbursement of Business Expenses.  The Company shall, in
accordance with standard Company policies,  pay, or reimburse Executive for, all
reasonable  travel and other  expenses  incurred by Executive in performing  his
obligations under this Agreement.

                  (e)  Vacations.  Executive  shall be  entitled  to 20 business
days,  excluding  Company  holidays,  of  paid  vacation  during  each  year  of
employment  hereunder  which he shall earn in arrears (i.e.,  Executive shall be
entitled to no vacation days during his first year of employment). Executive may
accrue  and  carry  forward  no more  than five  unused  vacation  days from any
particular year of his employment under this Agreement to the next.

                                   ARTICLE III

                            TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

         3.1 Death or Retirement of Executive. Executive's employment under this
Agreement shall automatically terminate upon the death or Retirement (as defined
in Section 6.1) of Executive.

         3.2  By  Executive.  Executive  shall  be  entitled  to  terminate  his
employment  under this Agreement by giving Notice of Termination  (as defined in
Section 6.1) to the Company:

                  (a)  for Good Reason (as defined in Section 6.1);

                  (b) at any  time  commencing  with  the  date  six (6)  months
following the date of a Change in Control (as defined in Section 6.1) and ending
with the date twelve  months after the date of such Change in Control (a "Change
in Control Resignation"); and

                  (c)  at any time without Good Reason.

         3.3 By Company. The Company shall be entitled to terminate  Executive's
employment under this Agreement by giving Notice of Termination to Executive:


I        in the event of  Executive's  Total  Disability  (as defined in Section
         6.1);

                  (a)      for Cause (as defined in Section 6.1); and
                                        4
<PAGE>
                  (b)      at any time without Cause.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                   COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

         If Executive's  employment  hereunder is terminated in accordance  with
the  provisions  of Article III hereof,  except for any other rights or benefits
specifically provided for herein following his period of employment, the Company
shall be obligated  to provide  compensation  and benefits to Executive  only as
follows, subject to the provisions of Section 5.11 hereof:

         4.1 Upon Termination for Death or Disability. If Executive's employment
hereunder is terminated by reason of his death or Total Disability,  the Company
shall:

(a) pay  Executive  (or his estate) or  beneficiaries  any Base Salary which has
accrued  but not  been  paid  as of the  termination  date  (the  "Accrued  Base
Salary");

                  (b) pay Executive (or his estate) or beneficiaries  for unused
vacation days accrued as of the termination  date in an amount equal to his Base
Salary  multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of accrued
unused vacation days and the denominator of which is 360 (the "Accrued  Vacation
Payment");

                  (c) reimburse  Executive (or his estate) or beneficiaries  for
expenses  incurred by him prior to the date of termination  which are subject to
reimbursement pursuant to this Agreement (the "Accrued Reimbursable Expenses");

                  (d) provide to Executive (or his estate) or beneficiaries  any
accrued  and  vested  benefits  required  to be  provided  by the  terms  of any
Company-sponsored  benefit plans or programs (the "Accrued Benefits"),  together
with any  benefits  required to be paid or provided in the event of  Executive's
death or Total Disability under applicable law;

                  (e) pay Executive (or his estate) or beneficiaries  any Annual
Incentive  Bonus with  respect to a prior  fiscal year which has accrued but has
not been paid; and in addition,

                  (f) Executive (or his estate) or beneficiaries  shall have the
right to exercise all vested unexercised stock options and warrants  outstanding
at the  termination  date in accordance  with terms of the plans and  agreements
pursuant to which such options or warrants were issued.

         4.2 Upon Termination by Company for Cause or by Executive  Without Good
Reason. If Executive's  employment is terminated by the Company for Cause, or if
Executive  terminates  his  employment  with  the  Company  other  than (x) upon
Executive's death or Total Disability, (y) for Good Reason, or (z) pursuant to a
Change in Control Resignation (as defined in Section 3.2(b)), the Company shall:
                                        5
<PAGE>
(a)  pay Executive the Accrued Base Salary;

                  (b)  pay Executive the Accrued Vacation Payment;

                  (c)  pay Executive the Accrued Reimbursable Expenses;

                  (d) pay  Executive  the Accrued  Benefits,  together  with any
benefits required to be paid or provided under applicable law;

                  (e) pay  Executive  any  accrued  Annual  Fixed Cash Bonus and
Annual  Incentive  Bonus with  respect to a prior year which has accrued but has
not been paid  (together,  such bonus  payments  are  referred  to herein as the
"Accrued Annual Bonus Payments"); and in addition

                  (f) Executive  shall have the right to exercise vested options
and warrants in accordance with Section 4.1(f).

         4.3 Upon  Termination by the Company  Without Cause or by Executive for
Good  Reason  Prior  to a  Change  in  Control.  If  Executive's  employment  is
terminated by the Company  without  Cause or by Executive  for Good Reason,  the
Company shall:


                  (a)  pay Executive the Accrued Base Salary;

                  (b)  pay Executive the Accrued Vacation Payment;

                  (c)  pay Executive the Accrued Reimbursable Expenses;

                  (d) pay  Executive  the Accrued  Benefits,  together  with any
benefits required to be paid or provided under applicable law;

                  (e)  pay Executive the Accrued Annual Bonus Payments;

                  (f) pay  Executive  commencing  on the thirtieth day following
the termination  date  twenty-four  monthly payments equal to one-twelfth of the
sum of (1) Executive's Base Salary in effect  immediately prior to the time such
termination occurs, plus (2) if Executive is employed with Company for more than
twelve (12) months prior to his  termination by the Company  without Cause or by
Executive  for Good Reason  prior to a Change in Control,  the Annual  Incentive
Bonus  paid to  Executive  for the  fiscal  year  (or if more  than  one  Annual
Incentive Bonus has been paid to Executive,  the average of the Annual Incentive
Bonuses paid to Executive  for the two (2) fiscal years)  immediately  preceding
the fiscal  year in which the  termination  occurs;  provided,  however,  should
Executive attain  alternative  employment  during the twenty-four  month payment
period,  the Company's  obligations under this Section 4.3(f) will be reduced by
the amount of Executive's  compensation from his new employer.  For example,  if
Executive were entitled to receive $____ per month for  twenty-four  (24) months
under this Section 4.3(f),  and eight (8) months  following his termination date
he finds alternative employment that pays him $____ per month, the Company
                                        6
<PAGE>
would be  obligated  to pay  Executive  seven (7)  monthly  payments  of $ , and
seventeen (17) monthly payments of $____ under this Section 4.3(f).


                  (g) maintain in full force and effect, for Executive's and his
eligible  beneficiaries'  continued benefit, until the first to occur of (x) his
attainment of alternative  employment or (y) twenty-four  (24) months  following
the termination date of his employment  hereunder the employee benefits provided
pursuant to Company-sponsored  benefit plans,  programs or other arrangements in
which Executive was entitled to participate as a full-time employee  immediately
prior to such termination in accordance with Section 2.4 hereof,  subject to the
terms and conditions of such plans and programs (the "Continued  Benefits").  If
Executive's continued participation is not permitted under the general terms and
provisions of such plans,  programs and arrangements,  the Company shall arrange
to provide  Executive with  Continued  Benefits  substantially  similar to those
which Executive  would have been entitled to receive under such plans,  programs
and arrangements; and in addition

                  (h)  Executive  shall  have the right to  exercise  all vested
unexercised stock options and warrants in accordance with Section 4.1(f).

         4.4 Upon Termination by the Company Without Cause Following a Change in
Control  or by  Executive  for Good  Reason  Following  a Change in  Control  or
Pursuant to a Change in Control  Resignation.  If following a Change in Control,
Executive's  employment  is  terminated  by  the  Company  without  Cause  or by
Executive  for Good Reason or pursuant to a Change in Control  Resignation,  the
Company shall:


                  (a) make the payments  and provide to  Executive  the benefits
under Section 4.3 other than under Section 4.3(f) hereof; and in addition

                  (b) pay to  Executive  a lump sum  payment  on or prior to the
thirtieth day following the termination date of Executive's employment hereunder
in an amount equal to 200% of Executive's  aggregate  total  compensation  under
Sections 2.1 and 2.2 hereof for the fiscal year immediately  prior to the fiscal
year in which  the  Change  in  Control  occurs;  provided,  however,  the total
payments  received by Executive  under this Section 4.4(b) plus (i) any payments
received  by  Executive  under  Section  4.4(a)  which  would be  classified  as
parachute  payments  and (ii) any payments or value  received by Executive  from
stock  options which would be  classified  as parachute  payments  determined in
accordance  with Prop.  Reg.  ss.  1.280G-1A-24(e)  Examples (7) and (8) may not
exceed 299% of Executive's "Base Amount" as such term is defined in Section 280G
of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended  ("Code") and the  regulations
promulgated  thereunder  ("Regulations").  Company and Executive  agree that for
purposes of making any  present  value  calculation  under this  Agreement,  the
Applicable  Federal Rate in effect on the date this  Agreement is executed shall
control as permitted by Q&A 32 of Treas. Reg. ss. 1.280G-1.


                                    ARTICLE V
                                        7
<PAGE>
                              RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS

         5.1 Confidential Information and Materials. Executive hereby agrees and
acknowledges  that the following  ideas,  information  and materials in written,
oral, magnetic, photographic,  optical or other form and whether now existing or
developed or created during the period of  Executive's  employment or engagement
with the Company (the "Confidential Information") are proprietary to the Company
and are highly sensitive in nature:

                  (a)  Hardware.   Any  and  all  ideas,   concepts,   know-how,
techniques,  structures,  information  and  materials  relating  to the  design,
development,  engineering, invention, patent, patent application, manufacture or
improvement of any and all equipment, components, devices, techniques, processes
or formulas (including,  without limitation,  mask works,  semi-conductor chips,
processors,  memories,  disc drives, tape heads, computer terminals,  keyboards,
storage  devices,   printers,  and  optical  storage  media)  and  any  and  all
components,  devices,  techniques or circuitry  incorporated in any of the above
which is or are constructed,  designed, improved, altered or used by the Company
and which is or are not generally  known to the public or within the  industries
in which the Company competes.

                  (b)  Software.   Any  and  all  ideas,   concepts,   know-how,
techniques,  structures, information and materials relating to existing computer
software  or  firmware  products  and  computer  software or firmware in various
stages of research and development  including  without  limitation  source code,
object and load modules,  requirements  specifications,  design  specifications,
design notes, flow charts, coding sheets, annotations,  documentation, technical
and  engineering  data,  laboratory  studies,  benchmark  test results,  and the
structures,  organization,  designs, formulas and algorithms which reside in the
software  and  which  are not  generally  known  to the  public  or  within  the
industries or trades in which the Company competes.

                  (c) Business  Procedures.  Internal  business  procedures  and
business  plans,   including   analytical  methods  and  procedures,   licensing
techniques,  manufacturing  information  and  procedures  such as  formulations,
processes and equipment,  technical and engineering  data,  vendor names,  other
vendor information,  purchasing information,  financial information, service and
operational  manuals and  documentation  therefor,  ideas for new  products  and
services  and  other  such  information  which  relates  to the way the  Company
conducts its business and which is not generally known to the public.

                  (d) Legal  Rights.  All patents,  copyrights,  trade  secrets,
trademarks and service marks, and the like.

                  (e) Marketing Plans and Customers  Lists. Any and all customer
and marketing  information and materials,  such as (i) strategic data, including
marketing and development plans, forecasts and forecast assumptions and volumes,
and future plans and potential  strategies of the Company which have been or are
being discussed;  (ii) financial data,  price and cost objectives,  price lists,
pricing  policies  and  procedures,  and  estimating  and quoting  policies  and
procedures;  and  (iii)  customer  data,  including  customer  lists,  names  of
existing, past or prospective customers and their representatives, data about or
provided  by  prospective,   existing  or  past  customers,   customer   service
                                        8
<PAGE>

information and materials, data about the terms, conditions and expiration dates
of existing  contracts with customers and the type,  quantity and specifications
of products  and  services  purchased,  leased or licensed by  customers  of the
Company.

                  (f) Not Generally Known. Any and all information not generally
known to the  public or within  the  industries  or trades in which the  Company
competes.

         5.2 General  Knowledge.  The general  skills and  experience  gained by
Executive  during  Executive's  employment  or  engagement  by the Company,  and
information  publicly  available or generally  known  within the  industries  or
trades  in  which  the  Company   competes,   is  not  considered   Confidential
Information.  Following the Non-Competition  Period (as defined in Section 5.9),
Executive  is not  restricted  from  working  with a person or entity  which has
independently  developed  information or materials  similar to the  Confidential
Information,  but in such a circumstance,  Executive  agrees not to disclose the
fact that any similarity  exists between the  Confidential  Information  and the
independently  developed  information and materials,  and Executive  understands
that such similarity does not excuse Executive from the non-disclosure and other
obligations in this Agreement.

         5.3 Executive Obligations as to Confidential Information and Materials.
During Executive's employment or engagement by the Company,  Executive will have
access to the  Confidential  Information and will occupy a position of trust and
confidence  with  respect  to the  Confidential  Information  and the  Company's
affairs and business.  Executive  agrees to take the following steps to preserve
the confidential and proprietary nature of the Confidential Information:

                  (a) Non-Disclosure. During and after Executive's Employment or
engagement by the Company,  Executive will not use, disclose or otherwise permit
any person or entity access to any of the Confidential Information other than as
required in the  performance of Executive's  duties with the Company.  Executive
understands that Executive is not allowed to sell, license,  market or otherwise
exploit any  products or services  (including  software or firmware in any form)
which embody in whole or in part any Confidential Information.

                  (b) Prevent  Disclosure.  Executive  will take all  reasonable
precautions   to  prevent   disclosure  of  the   Confidential   Information  to
unauthorized persons or entities.

                  (c) Abide by the Company's Restrictions.  Executive will treat
as  confidential  and  proprietary any information or materials from outside the
Company which the Company is obligated to treat as  confidential or proprietary,
in accordance with the Company's reasonable instructions to Executive.

                  (d) Return All  Materials.  Upon  termination  of  Executive's
employment  or engagement  by the Company for any reason  whatsoever,  Executive
will deliver to the Company all tangible  materials  embodying the  Confidential
Information,  including  any  documentation,  records,  listings,  notes,  data,
sketches, drawings,  memoranda, models, accounts, reference materials,  samples,
machine-readable media and equipment which in any way relate to the Confidential
Information.  Of course, Executive agrees not to retain any copies of any of the
above materials.
                                        9
<PAGE>

         5.4 Inform Subsequent  Employers.  Executive covenants and agrees that,
for  a  period  of  twenty-four  (24)  months   following   termination  of  the
Non-Competition  Period,  prior  to  accepting  subsequent  employment  with  an
employer  engaged  in  substantially  the  same  line of  work  as the  Company,
Executive  shall:  (a) inform any such subsequent  employer in writing that this
Agreement exists; and (b) provide the Company with a copy of such writing.

         5.5 Ideas and Inventions. Executive agrees to assign to the Company all
of Executive's right,  title and interest in or to any and all ideas,  concepts,
know-how, techniques, processes, inventions, discoveries, developments, works of
authorship,  innovations and  improvements  ("Inventions")  conceived or made by
Executive, whether alone or with others, whether patentable or not, except those
that the Executive  developed entirely on Executive's own time without using the
Company's equipment, supplies, facilities, or trade secret information and which
neither (1) relate at the time of  conception  or  reduction  to practice of the
invention  to the  Company's  business,  or actual or  demonstrably  anticipated
research or development of the Company nor (2) result from any work performed by
the Executive for the Company.  Executive  agrees to disclose all  Inventions to
the Company promptly,  and to provide all assistance reasonably requested by the
Company in the  preservation  of its  interests  in the  Inventions  (such as by
executing  documents,  testifying,  etc.), such assistance to be provided at the
Company's expense but without any additional compensation to Executive.

         5.6 Inventions and Patents.  Executive agrees that from this date until
Executive  leaves the  Company's  employment,  Executive  shall keep the Company
informed of any Inventions made by Executive,  in whole or in part, or conceived
by Executive,  alone or with others, which result from any work Executive may do
for,  or at the  request  of,  the  Company,  or which  relate to the  Company's
activities, investigations, or obligations.

                  (a) Assertion of Rights.  Executive  shall,  at the expense of
the  Company,  assist the  Company or its  nominees  to obtain  patents for such
Inventions in any countries  throughout the world.  Such Inventions shall be the
property  of the Company or its  nominees,  whether  patented or not.  Executive
shall and does,  without  charge to the Company,  assign to the Company,  all of
Executive's  right,  title,  and interest in and to such  Inventions,  including
patents  and patent  applications  and  reissues  thereof.  Executive  agrees to
execute,  acknowledge,  and  deliver any  instruments  confirming  the  complete
ownership by the Company of such Inventions.  Such assignments shall include the
right to sue for infringement.

                  (b) Reserved Inventions.  Descriptions of all ideas, concepts,
know-how,  techniques,   processes,   inventions,   discoveries,   developments,
innovations and improvements  which Executive made,  conceived or acquired prior
to Executive's employment by the Company and all patents and patent applications
relating thereto (collectively referred to as "Executive's Rights") are attached
hereto  in  Exhibit  B, and  Executive's  Rights  shall be  excluded  from  this
Agreement.  Executive  represents that the absence of any Executive's  Rights in
Exhibit B shall indicate that Executive owns no such  Executive's  Rights at the
time of signing this Agreement.

         5.7  Copyrights.  Executive  agrees that any work prepared by Executive
during the course of  Executive's  employment or engagement  hereunder  which is
eligible  for  United  States  copyright
                                       10
<PAGE>
protection or protection  under the Universal  Copyright  Convention,  the Berne
Copyright  Convention  and/or the Buenos Aires Copyright  Convention  shall be a
work made for hire.  In the event any such work is deemed  not to be a work made
for hire,  Executive hereby assigns all right,  title and interest in and to the
copyright  in such work to the  Company,  and agrees to provide  all  assistance
reasonably  requested  by the  Company in the  establishment,  preservation  and
enforcement of its copyright in such work, such assistance to be provided at the
Company's expense but without any additional compensation to Executive.

         5.8 Conflicting Obligations and Rights.  Executive agrees to inform the
Company in writing of any apparent  conflict  between  Executive's  work for the
Company  and  (i)  any   obligations   Executive   may  have  to  preserve   the
confidentiality of another's proprietary  information or materials,  or (ii) any
rights  Executive  claims to any patents,  copyrights,  trade secrets,  or other
inventions, ideas or similar rights, before performing that work. Otherwise, the
Company  may  conclude  that  no  such  conflict  exists  and  Executive  agrees
thereafter to make no such claim against the Company.  The Company shall receive
such  disclosures in  confidence.  All such existing  obligations  and claims of
Executive,  if any,  as of the date of this  Agreement  are  listed on Exhibit C
attached hereto.

         5.9 Non-Competition.

                  (a) Non-competition. By execution of this Agreement, Executive
agrees  that  during  his  employment  with  the  Company  and for a  period  of
twenty-four  (24) months  following the date of expiration or termination of his
employment hereunder (the "Non-Competition Period") for any reason (whether such
termination  shall be voluntary or involuntary),  Executive will not, within the
United States (in which territory  Executive  acknowledges  that the Company has
sold or marketed its products or services and conducted its Business, as defined
in Section 5.9(d) as of the date hereof),  directly or indirectly,  compete with
the  Company by  carrying  on a business  that is  substantially  similar to the
Business.  Executive  agrees  that the two (2) year  period  referred  to in the
preceding  sentence  shall be  extended  by the number of days  included  in any
period of time during which he is or was engaged in  activities  constituting  a
breach of this Section 5.9.

                  (b) Definition of "Compete".  For the purposes of this Section
5.9, the term "compete"  shall mean with respect to the Business:  (i) managing,
supervising,  or otherwise participating in a management or sales capacity; (ii)
calling on,  soliciting,  taking away,  accepting  as a client or  customer,  or
attempting  to call on,  solicit,  take away, or accept as a client or customer,
any individual partnership,  corporation,  company, association, or other entity
that was a client or customer of the Company as of immediately prior to the date
hereof; (iii) hiring,  soliciting,  taking away, or attempting to hire, solicit,
or take away,  either on Executive's  behalf or on behalf of any other person or
entity,  any person serving  immediately  prior to the date hereof or during the
term hereof as an employee in  connection  with the  Business;  or (iv) entering
into or  attempting  to enter  into any  business  substantially  similar to the
Business,  either  alone  or  with  any  individual,  partnership,  corporation,
company, association, or other entity.

                  (c) Direct or Indirect  Competition.  For the purposes of this
Section  5.9,  the  words  "directly  or  indirectly"  as they  modify  the word
"compete"  shall  mean  (i)  acting  as an  agent,  representative,  consultant,
officer, director, member, independent contractor, or employee of any
                                       11
<PAGE>
entity or  enterprise  that is competing (as defined in Section  5.9(b)  hereof)
with the Business, (ii) participating in any such competing entity or enterprise
as an owner,  partner,  limited partner,  joint venturer,  member,  creditor, or
stockholder  (except  as a  stockholder  holding  less than a one  percent  (1%)
interest in a  corporation  whose  shares are  actively  traded on a regional or
national  securities  exchange  or in the  over-the-counter  market),  and (iii)
communicating  to any such competing entity or enterprise the names or addresses
or any other information concerning any past, present, or identified prospective
client or customer of the Company or any entity  having title to the goodwill of
the Company with respect to the Business.

                  (d)  Business.  For  purposes  of  this  Agreement,  the  term
"Business"  shall mean the delivery of systems  integration  services and master
distribution of information  technology  products and services,  as conducted by
the Company  immediately  prior to the date hereof and/or  developed  during the
term of this Agreement.

                  (e) Executive expressly agrees and acknowledges that:

                           (i) it will require at least  twenty-four (24) months
         for the Company to locate, hire and train an appropriate  individual to
         perform  the  functions   and  duties  that   Executive  is  performing
         hereunder;

                           (ii) the Company  has  protected  business  interests
         throughout the United States and that competition with and against such
         business interests would be harmful to the Company;

                           (iii) this  covenant not to compete is  reasonable as
         to time and  geographical  area and does  not  place  any  unreasonable
         burden upon him;

                           (iv)  the  general  public  will not be  harmed  as a
         result of enforcement of this covenant not to compete;

                           (v) his  personal  legal  counsel has  reviewed  this
         covenant not to compete; and

                           (vi) he  understands  and  hereby  agrees to each and
         every term and  condition of this  covenant not to compete  (including,
         without limitation, the provisions of Section 5.11).

         5.10  Non-Disparagement.  During  the  term of this  Agreement  and the
Non-Competition  Period,  neither  Executive nor the Company shall disparage the
other,  and  neither  shall  disclose  to any  third  party  the  conditions  of
Executive's  employment  with the Company except as may be required (i) pursuant
to applicable  law or  regulations,  including the rules and  regulations of the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  (ii) to  effectuate  the  provisions  of
employee plans or programs and insurance policies,  or (iii) as may be otherwise
contemplated  herein or  unless  such  information  becomes  publicly  available
without fault of the party making such disclosure.
                                       12
<PAGE>
         5.11 Remedies.  Executive  expressly agrees and  acknowledges  that the
covenants  set  forth  in  Sections  5.1  through  5.10  are  necessary  for the
protection  of the  interests of the Company and its  affiliates  because of the
nature and scope of their  business and his position with the Company.  Further,
Executive  acknowledges  that any  breach  of such  covenants  would  result  in
irreparable damage to the Company,  and that money damages will not sufficiently
compensate the Company for its injury caused thereby, and that the remedy at law
for any breach or threatened  breach of any of such covenants will be inadequate
and,  accordingly  agrees,  that the  Company  shall,  in  addition to all other
available remedies (including without limitation, seeking such damages as it can
show it has  sustained  by reason of such  breach),  be entitled  to  injunctive
relief or specific performance and that in addition to such money damages he may
be restrained  and enjoined from any  continuing  breach of this covenant not to
compete  without  any  bond or  other  security  being  required  of any  court.
Executive  further  acknowledges  and agrees that if such  covenants,  or any of
them, are deemed to be  unenforceable  and/or the Executive fails to comply with
this Article V, the Company has no  obligation  to provide any  compensation  or
other  benefits  described in Article IV hereof.  The remedies set forth in this
Section  5.11  shall be  included  in any  award in favor of the  Company  under
Exhibit D hereto.

         5.12 Scope of  Article.  For  purposes  of this  Article V,  unless the
context otherwise  requires,  the term "Company"  includes  MicroAge,  Inc., its
direct and indirect subsidiaries, and its affiliates.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         6.1  Definitions.  For purposes of this Agreement,  the following terms
shall have the following meanings:

        (a)      "Accrued Base Salary" - as defined in Section 4.1(a);

        (b)      "Accrued Benefits" - as defined in Section 4.1(d);

        (c)      "Accrued Annual Bonus Payment" - as defined in Section 4.2(e);

        (d)      "Accrued Reimbursable Expenses" - as defined in Section 4.1(c);

        (e)      "Accrued Vacation Payment" - as defined in Section 4.1(b);

        (f)      "Annual Fixed Cash Bonus" - as defined in Section 2.2(a);

        (g)      "Annual Incentive Bonus" - as defined in Section 2.2(b);

        (h)      "Base Amount" - as defined in Section 4.4(b);

        (i)      "Base Salary" - as defined in Section 2.1;
                                       13
<PAGE>

         (j) "Board" - shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company;

         (k) "Cause" shall mean the occurrence of any of the following:

                           (i) Executive's gross and willful misconduct which is
         injurious to the Company;

                           (ii) Executive's  engaging in fraudulent conduct with
         respect to the  Company's  business or in conduct of a criminal  nature
         that  may  have  an  adverse  impact  on  the  Company's  standing  and
         reputation;

                           (iii)  the  continued  and  unjustified   failure  or
         refusal by  Executive  to perform  the duties  required  of him by this
         Agreement  which failure or refusal  shall not be cured within  fifteen
         (15) days following (A) receipt by Executive of written notice from the
         Board  specifying  the factors or events  constituting  such failure or
         refusal, and (B) a reasonable opportunity for Executive to correct such
         deficiencies;

                           (iv)  Executive's  use of  drugs  and/or  alcohol  in
         violation of then current Company policy; or

                           (v)  Executive's   breach  of  his  obligation  under
         Section 1.2(c) hereof which shall not be cured within fifteen (15) days
         after written notice thereof to Executive.

                  (l) "Change in Control" shall mean and shall be deemed to have
occurred if:

                           (i) After the date of this  Agreement,  any  "person"
         (as such term is used in Section  13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the  Securities
         Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), or any successor
         provision  thereto)  shall  become the  beneficial  owner  (within  the
         meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act or any successor provision
         thereto)   directly  or   indirectly   of  securities  of  the  Company
         representing  15% or more of the combined voting power of the Company's
         then outstanding  securities  ordinarily having the right to vote at an
         election of directors;  provided,  however,  that, for purposes of this
         subparagraph, "person" shall exclude the Company, its subsidiaries, any
         person  acquiring  such  securities  directly  from  the  Company,  any
         employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or from Executive or any
         stockholder  owning  15% or more of the  combined  voting  power of the
         Company's outstanding securities as of the date of this Agreement; or

                           (ii) Any  stockholder  of the  Company  owning 15% or
         more  of  the  combined  voting  power  of  the  Company's  outstanding
         securities as of the date of this Agreement shall become the beneficial
         owner  (within  the  meaning  of Rule  13d-3  under the  Exchange  Act)
         directly or indirectly of securities of the Company (other than through
         the  acquisition  of  securities  directly  from  the  Company  or from
         Executive) representing 25% or more of the combined voting power of the
         Company's then outstanding  securities  ordinarily  having the right to
         vote at an election of directors; or
                                       14
<PAGE>
                           (iii)   Individuals  who,  as  of  the  date  hereof,
         constitute  the Board (the  "Incumbent  Board") cease for any reason to
         constitute  at least  80% of the  Board;  provided,  however,  that any
         person  becoming a member of the Board  subsequent  to the date  hereof
         whose   election,   or   nomination   for  election  by  the  Company's
         stockholders,  was  approved  by a vote of at least 80% of the  members
         then  comprising  the  Incumbent  Board  (other  than  an  election  or
         nomination  of an individual  whose initial  assumption of office is in
         connection with an actual or threatened  election  contest  relating to
         the election of  directors  of the  Company,  as such terms are used in
         Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act or any
         successor  provision thereto) shall be, for purposes of this Agreement,
         considered as though such person were a member of the Incumbent  Board;
         or

                           (iv) Approval by the  stockholders of the Company and
         consummation of (A) a reorganization, merger, consolidation, or sale or
         other  disposition  of all or  substantially  all of the  assets of the
         Company,  in each case,  with or to a  corporation  or other  person or
         entity  of  which  persons  who were the  stockholders  of the  Company
         immediately prior to such transaction do not,  immediately  thereafter,
         own  more  than 60% of the  combined  voting  power of the  outstanding
         voting  securities  entitled  to  vote  generally  in the  election  of
         directors  of  the  reorganized,  merged,  consolidated  or  purchasing
         corporation  (or,  in the case of a  non-corporate  person  or  entity,
         functionally  equivalent  voting  power) and 80% of the  members of the
         Board of which  corporation (or functional  equivalent in the case of a
         non-corporate person or entity) were not members of the Incumbent Board
         at the time of the  execution of the initial  agreement  providing  for
         such reorganization, merger consolidation or sale, or (B) a liquidation
         or dissolution of the Company.

                  (m)  "Change in Control  Resignation"  - as defined in Section
3.2(b);

                  (n) "Code" - as defined in Section 4.4(b);

                  (o) "Common  Stock" - shall mean  shares of the common  stock,
par value $.01 per share, of the Company;

                  (p) "Confidential Information" - as defined in Section 5.1;

                  (q) "Continued Benefits" - as defined in Section 4.3(g);

                  (r)  "Expiration"  shall mean the  expiration  of  Executive's
employment hereunder in accordance with Section 1.3;

                  (s) "Good  Reason"  shall  mean the  occurrence  of any of the
following:

                           (i) The  Company's  failure to elect or reelect or to
         appoint or reappoint Executive to offices, titles or positions carrying
         comparable authority, responsibilities,  dignity and importance to that
         of  Executive's  offices and positions as of November 4, 1996 or in the
         case of a Change in Control,  involving duties of a scope comparable to
         those of
                                       15
<PAGE>
         Executive's  most  significant  offices or  positions  held at any time
         during the 90 day period immediately  preceding the date such Change in
         Control occurs;

                           (ii)  Material  change by the Company in  Executive's
         function,     duties    or    responsibilities     (including    report
         responsibilities)  which  would  cause  Executive's  position  with the
         Company to become of less dignity,  responsibility  and importance than
         those associated with his functions,  duties or  responsibilities as of
         November  4,  1996,  or in the case of a Change in  Control,  involving
         duties of a scope  less  than that  associated  with  Executive's  most
         significant  position  with  the  Company  during  the  90  day  period
         immediately preceding the date such Change in Control occurs;

                           (iii)  Executive's  Base  Salary  is  reduced  by the
         Company  (unless  such  reduction  is  pursuant  to a salary  reduction
         program  as  described  in Section  2.1  hereof) or there is a material
         reduction  in the  benefits  that are in effect  for the  Executive  on
         November 4, 1996 in accordance  with Section 2.4 (unless such reduction
         is  pursuant  to  a  uniform  reduction  in  benefits  for  all  Senior
         Executives);

                           (iv) Except with  Executive's  prior written consent,
         relocation of Executive's  principal  place of employment to a location
         outside of Maricopa County,  Arizona,  or requiring Executive to travel
         on the Company's business more than is required by Section 1.4 hereof;

                           (v)  The   failure  by  the  Company  to  obtain  the
         assumption  by operation  of law or otherwise of this  Agreement by any
         entity  which is the  surviving  entity in any  merger or other form of
         corporate  reorganization  involving the Company or by any entity which
         acquires all or substantially all of the Company's assets; or

                           (vi) Other  material  breach of this Agreement by the
         Company,  which  breach is not cured  within  fifteen  (15) days  after
         written notice thereof is received by the Company.

                  (t) "Incumbent Board" - as defined in Section 6.1(k)(iii);

                  (u) "1996 Executive Bonus Plan" - as defined in Section 2.2.

                  (v) "Non-Competition Period" - as defined in Section 5.9(a);

                  (w) "Notice of  Termination"  shall mean a notice  which shall
indicate the specific  termination  provision of this Agreement  relied upon and
shall set forth in  reasonable  detail  the facts and  circumstances  claimed to
provide a basis for termination of Executive's employment under the provision so
indicated.  Each Notice of Termination shall be delivered at least 30 days prior
to the effective date of termination;

                  (x) "Retirement" shall mean normal retirement at age 65;
                                       16
<PAGE>
                  (y) "Senior Executives" shall mean the chief executive officer
and  the  four  most  highly  compensated  executive  officers  of  the  Company
determined in accordance  with the rules and  regulations  of the Securities and
Exchange Commission under the Exchange Act;

                  (z)  "Termination"  shall mean the  termination of Executive's
employment  hereunder  other than upon expiration of the term of such employment
in accordance with Section 1.3;

                  (aa)  "Total   Disability"  shall  mean  Executive's   failure
substantially  to perform his duties hereunder on a full-time basis for a period
exceeding 180  consecutive  days or for periods  aggregating  more than 180 days
during any  twelve-month  period as a result of  incapacity  due to  physical or
mental  illness.  If  there  is a  dispute  as to  whether  Executive  is or was
physically or mentally unable to perform his duties under this  Agreement,  such
dispute shall be submitted for resolution to a licensed physician agreed upon by
the Board and  Executive,  or if an agreement  cannot be promptly  reached,  the
Board and Executive shall promptly select a physician,  and if these  physicians
cannot agree,  the physicians  shall  promptly  select a third  physician  whose
decision shall be binding on all parties.  If such a dispute  arises,  Executive
shall submit to such  examinations  and shall provide such  information  as such
physician(s)  may  request,  and the  determination  of the  physician(s)  as to
Executive's  physical  or mental  condition  shall be  binding  and  conclusive.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Executive participates in any group disability
plan provided by the Company which offers long-term disability benefits,  "Total
Disability" shall mean total disability as defined therein.

         6.2 Key Man  Insurance.  The Company shall have the right,  in its sole
discretion,  to  purchase  "key man"  insurance  on the life of  Executive.  The
Company shall be the owner and  beneficiary  of any such policy.  If the Company
elects  to  purchase  such  a  policy,   Executive   shall  take  such  physical
examinations and supply such  information as may be reasonably  requested by the
insurer.

         6.3  Mitigation  of  Damages;  No  Set-Off;  Dispute  Resolution.   (a)
Executive  shall be required to mitigate the amount of any payment  provided for
in this Agreement (other than payments  received pursuant to Section 4.4 hereof)
by seeking other employment.

                  (b) If there  shall be any  dispute  between  the  Company and
Executive (i) in the event of any  termination of Executive's  employment by the
Company,  whether such  termination  was for Cause,  or (ii) in the event of any
termination of employment by Executive,  whether Good Reason  existed,  or (iii)
otherwise  arising  out of this  Agreement,  the  dispute  shall be  resolved in
accordance with the dispute resolution procedures set forth in Exhibit D hereto,
the  provisions  of which are  incorporated  as a part  hereof,  and the parties
hereto  hereby  agree  that  such  dispute  resolution  procedures  shall be the
exclusive  method for  resolution  of disputes  under this  Agreement;  provided
however,  that (1) either party may seek preliminary  judicial relief if, in its
judgment,  such  action is  necessary  to avoid  irreparable  injury  during the
pendency of such  procedures,  and (2) nothing in Exhibit D shall prevent either
party from exercising the rights of termination set forth in this Agreement.  In
the event of a dispute  hereunder as to whether a termination by the Company was
for Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason,  until there is a resolution  and
award as provided in
                                       17
<PAGE>
Exhibit D, the Company  shall pay all  amounts,  and provide  all  benefits,  to
Executive and/or Executive's family or other beneficiaries,  as the case may be,
that the Company  would be required to pay or provide  hereunder  as though such
termination  were by the Company  without  Cause or by Executive for Good Reason
and shall pay the reasonable legal fees and expenses of counsel for Executive in
connection with such dispute  resolution;  provided,  however,  that the Company
shall not be required to pay any disputed amounts or any legal fees and expenses
pursuant to this  subparagraph (b) except upon receipt of a written  undertaking
by or on behalf of Executive (and/or Executive's family or other  beneficiaries,
as the  case  may  be) to  repay,  without  interest  or  penalty,  as  soon  as
practicable  after completion of the dispute  resolution (A) all such amounts to
which Executive (or Executive's family or other  beneficiaries,  as the case may
be) is  ultimately  adjudged not be entitled with respect to the payment of such
disputed amount(s) and (B) in addition,  in the case of legal fees and expenses,
a  proportionate  amount  of legal  fees  and  expenses  attributable  to any of
Executive's claim(s) (or any of Executive's defenses or  counter-claims(s)),  if
any, which shall have been found by the dispute  resolver to have been frivolous
or without merit.  IT IS EXPRESSLY  UNDERSTOOD  THAT BY SIGNING THIS  AGREEMENT,
WHICH INCORPORATES BINDING ARBITRATION,  THE COMPANY AND EXECUTIVE AGREE, EXCEPT
AS SPECIFICALLY  PROVIDED  OTHERWISE IN SECTION 5.11 AND THIS SECTION 6.3(b), TO
WAIVE COURT OR JURY TRIAL AND TO WAIVE PUNITIVE,  STATUTORY,  CONSEQUENTIAL  AND
ANY DAMAGES OTHER THAN COMPENSATORY DAMAGES.

         6.4 Successors; Binding Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon
any  successor  to  the  Company  and  shall  inure  to  the  benefit  of and be
enforceable by  Executive's  personal or legal  representatives,  beneficiaries,
designees,  executors,   administrators,   heirs,  distributees,   devisees  and
legatees.

         6.5  Modification;  No Waiver.  This  Agreement  may not be modified or
amended except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto. No term
or condition of this  Agreement  shall be deemed to have been waived,  nor shall
there  be any  estoppel  against  the  enforcement  of  any  provision  of  this
Agreement, except by written instrument by the party charged with such waiver or
estoppel.  No such written  waiver shall be deemed a  continuing  waiver  unless
specifically  stated therein,  and each such waiver shall operate only as to the
specific term or condition waived and shall not constitute a waiver of such term
or condition for the future or as to any other term or condition.

         6.6  Severability.  The covenants and agreements  contained  herein are
separate and severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any one or more
of such covenants or agreements,  if not material to the employment  arrangement
that is the  basis  for  this  Agreement,  shall  not  affect  the  validity  or
enforceability of any other covenant or agreement  contained herein.  If, in any
judicial  proceeding,  a  court  shall  refuse  to  enforce  one or  more of the
covenants or agreements  contained  herein  because the duration  thereof is too
long,  or the scope  thereof is too broad,  it is expressly  agreed  between the
parties hereto that such duration or scope shall be deemed reduced to the extent
necessary to permit the enforcement of such covenants or agreements.

         6.7  Notices.  All the  notices  and other  communications  required or
permitted  hereunder  shall be in writing and shall be delivered  personally  or
sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt  requested,  to the parties
hereto at the following addresses:
                                       18
<PAGE>
                           If to the Company, to it at:

                           MicroAge, Inc.
                           2308 South 55th Street
                           Tempe, Arizona  85282
                           Attn:  Chief Executive Officer

                           With a copy to:

                           Matthew P. Feeney
                           Snell & Wilmer L.L.P.
                           One Arizona Center
                           Phoenix, Arizona  85004-0001

                           If Executive, to him at:

                           Robert O'Malley
                           6211 East Huntress Drive
                           Paradise Valley, Arizona  85253

         6.8  Assignment.  This Agreement and any rights  hereunder shall not be
assignable by either party without the prior written  consent of the other party
except as otherwise specifically provided for herein.

         6.9 Entire  Understanding.  This  Agreement  (together with the Exhibit
incorporated as a part hereof) constitutes the entire understanding  between the
parties hereto and no agreement,  representation,  warranty or covenant has been
made by either party except as expressly set forth herein.

         6.10  Executive's  Representations.  Executive  represents and warrants
that neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the performance of
his duties hereunder  violates the provisions of any other agreement to which he
is a party or by which he is bound.

         6.11 Liability of Company with Respect to Insurance  Policy.  Executive
has selected the insurer and policy  referred to in Section 2.4(a)  hereof,  and
the Company  shall not have any  liability to Executive  (or his  beneficiaries)
should the insurance company which issues the policy referred to therein fail or
refuse to pay  (whether  voluntarily  or by reason of any order,  injunction  or
otherwise)  thereunder  or if any rights or  elections  otherwise  available  to
Executive thereunder are restricted or eliminated.

         6.12  Governing  Law. This  Agreement  shall be construed in accordance
with  and  governed  for all  purposes  by the  laws  of the  State  of  Arizona
applicable to contracts executed and wholly performed within such state.
                                       19
<PAGE>
         IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  hereto  have  duly  executed  this
Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

                                    Company:

                                    MICROAGE, INC.



                                    By: /s/ Jeffrey D. McKeever
                                        ----------------------------------

                                    Name: Jeffrey D. McKeever
                                          --------------------------------

                                    Title: Chairman and CEO
                                           -------------------------------


                                    Executive:

                                    ROBERT G. O'MALLEY


                                    /s/ Robert G. O'Malley
                                    ------------------------------------
                                       20
<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT A
                                    ---------

                             SPLIT DOLLAR AGREEMENT
                             ----------------------
<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT B
                                    ---------

                               EXECUTIVE'S RIGHTS
                               ------------------

                                      None
<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT C
                                    ---------

                  EXECUTIVE'S EXISTING OBLIGATIONS AND CLAIMS
                  -------------------------------------------

                                      None
<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT D
                                    ---------

                          DISPUTE RESOLUTION PROCEDURES
                          -----------------------------


         A. If a  controversy  should  arise  which is covered by Section 6.3 of
Article  VI,  then not later than  twelve (12) months from the date of the event
which is the  subject of dispute  either  party may serve on the other a written
notice  specifying  the  existence  of such  controversy  and  setting  forth in
reasonably  specific  detail the  grounds  thereof  ("Notice  of  Controversy");
provided  that,  in any event,  the other party shall have at least  thirty (30)
days  from and after the date of the  Notice of  Controversy  to serve a written
notice  of  any  counterclaim   ("Notice  of   Counterclaim").   The  Notice  of
Counterclaim shall specify the claim or claims in reasonably specific detail. If
the Notice of Controversy or the Notice of Counterclaim,  as the case may be, is
not served  within the  applicable  period,  the claim set forth therein will be
deemed to have been waived, abandoned and rendered unenforceable.

         B.  Following  receipt of the Notice of  Controversy  (or the Notice of
Counterclaim,  as the case may be),  there shall be a three week  period  during
which the parties will make a good faith  effort to resolve the dispute  through
negotiation  ("Period  of  Negotiation").  Neither  party  shall take any action
during the Period of Negotiation to initiate arbitration proceedings.

         C. If the parties  should  agree  during the Period of  Negotiation  to
mediate  the  dispute,  then the Period of  Negotiation  shall be extended by an
amount of time to be agreed upon by the parties to permit such mediation.  In no
event,  however,  may the Period of  Negotiation  be  extended by more than five
weeks or,  stated  differently,  in no event may the  Period of  Negotiation  be
extended to encompass more than a total of eight weeks.

         D. If the  parties  agree to mediate  the  dispute  but are  thereafter
unable to agree within a week on the format and  procedures  for the  mediation,
then the effort to mediate  shall  cease,  and the Period of  Negotiation  shall
terminate  four  weeks  from  the  Notice  of  Controversy  (or  the  Notice  of
Counterclaim, as the case may be).

         E. Following the termination of the Period of Negotiation,  the dispute
(including  the  main  claim  and  counterclaim,  if any)  shall be  settled  by
arbitration,  governed by the Federal  Arbitration  Act, 9 U.S.C.  ss. 1 et seq.
("FAA"),  and  judgment  upon the  award  may be  entered  in any  court  having
jurisdiction thereof. The format and procedures of the arbitration are set forth
below (referred to below as the "Arbitration Agreement").

         F. A notice of intention to arbitrate  ("Notice of Arbitration")  shall
be served within 45 days of the termination of the Period of Negotiation. If the
Notice of Arbitration  is not served within this period,  the claim set forth in
the Notice of Controversy  (or the Notice of  Counterclaim,  as the case may be)
will be deemed to have been waived, abandoned and rendered unenforceable.

         G. The  arbitration,  including  the  Notice  of  Arbitration,  will be
governed by the Commercial Rules of the American Arbitration Association ("AAA")
in effect on the date of the
<PAGE>
Notice of Arbitration, except that the terms of this Arbitration Agreement shall
control in the event of any  difference  or conflict  between such Rules and the
terms of this Arbitration Agreement.

         H. The arbitrator  shall reach a decision on the merits on the basis of
applicable legal principles as embodied in the law of the State of Arizona.  The
arbitration hearing shall take place in Phoenix, Arizona.

         I.  There  shall  be  one  arbitrator,  regardless  of  the  amount  in
controversy. The arbitrator selected, in order to be eligible to serve, shall be
a lawyer  in  Phoenix,  Arizona  with at least 15 years  specializing  in either
general commercial  litigation or general corporate and commercial  matters.  In
the event the parties cannot agree on a mutually  acceptable  single  arbitrator
from the list  submitted by the AAA, the AAA shall  appoint the  arbitrator  who
shall meet the foregoing criteria.

         J.  At  the  time  of  appointment  and  as a  condition  thereto,  the
arbitrator will be apprised of the time limitations and other provisions of this
Arbitration  Agreement and shall indicate such dispute  resolver's  agreement to
the Tribunal Administrator to comply with such provisions and time limitations.

         K. During the 30 day period  following  appointment of the  arbitrator,
either  party may serve on the other a request for limited  numbers of documents
directly  related to the dispute.  Such documents will be produced  within seven
(7) days of the request.

         L. Following the thirty-day period of document  production,  there will
be a forty-five day period during which limited depositions will be permissible.
Neither party will take more than 5 depositions,  and no deposition  will exceed
three hours of direct testimony.

         M.  Disputes as to  discovery  or  prehearing  matters of a  procedural
nature  shall be promptly  submitted  to the  arbitrator  pursuant to  telephone
conference call or otherwise. The arbitrator shall make every effort to render a
ruling on such interim  matters at the time of the hearing (or conference  call)
or within five business days thereafter.

         N. Following the period of depositions,  the arbitration  hearing shall
promptly commence. The arbitrator will make every effort to commence the hearing
within thirty days of the conclusion of the deposition  period and, in addition,
will make every effort to conduct the hearing on  consecutive  business  days to
conclusion.

         O. An award will be rendered,  at the latest, within nine months of the
date of the Notice of  Arbitration  and within  thirty  days of the close of the
arbitration  hearing.  The award shall set forth the  grounds  for the  decision
(findings of fact and  conclusions  of law) in  reasonably  specific  detail and
shall also specify whether any claim (or defense or counter-claim) of Executive
is found to be frivolous or without  merit and what  proportion,  if any, of his
legal fees and expenses which have been paid by the Company  Executive  shall be
required to repay to the Company in accordance  with Section  6.3(b).  The award
shall be final and nonappealable except as provided in the FAA and except that a
court of competent  jurisdiction  shall have the power to review  whether,  as a
matter of law,  based upon the  findings  of fact by the  arbitrator,  the award
should be  confirmed  or should be
<PAGE>
modified  or  vacated  in  order  to  correct  any  errors  of law  made  by the
arbitrator.  Such  judicial  review  shall be limited to issues of law,  and the
parties  agree that the findings of fact made by the  arbitrator  shall be final
and binding on the parties and shall serve as the facts to be relied upon by the
court in determining the extent to which the award should be confirmed, modified
or vacated.

         The award may only be made for compensatory  damages,  and if any other
damages (whether  exemplary,  punitive,  consequential,  statutory or other) are
included, the award shall be vacated and remanded, or modified or corrected,  as
appropriate to promote this damage limitation;  provided, however, that an award
in favor of the Company shall include the relief set forth in Section 5.11.

                        SPLIT-DOLLAR INSURANCE AGREEMENT
                        --------------------------------


         THIS  AGREEMENT is made as of this 1st day of  September,  1995, by and
between  MICROAGE,  INC.,  a Delaware  corporation  (hereinafter  referred to as
"Corporation"), and ROBERT G. O'MALLEY (hereinafter referred to as "Insured").

         WHEREAS,  Insured  plans to  acquire  insurance  on his life of under a
policy  issued  by  Northwestern  Mutual  Life  Insurance  Company  (hereinafter
referred to as "Insurer"); and

         WHEREAS, Corporation wants to assist Insured by paying all premiums due
on the policy; and

         WHEREAS,  Insured  will be the owner of the  insurance  policy  and the
policy will be assigned to  Corporation  as security  for the  repayment  of the
premiums which Corporation will pay when due on the policy;

         The  parties,  therefore,  in  consideration  of  the  mutual  promises
contained herein, hereby agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I

         Insured  plans to acquire  from the Insurer a policy on the life of the
Insured in the face amount of Seven Hundred Fifty  Thousand  Dollars  ($750,000)
(hereinafter  referred to as the "Policy").  The policy number,  face amount and
plan of insurance  will be recorded on Schedule A attached to this Agreement and
the Policy will then be subject to the terms of this Agreement.  During the term
of this Agreement, Corporation will not exercise nor
<PAGE>
withhold  its consent to the  exercise by Insured of any rights,  privileges  or
options  conferred by the terms of the Policy,  except as otherwise  provided in
Article V, paragraph C hereof.

                                   ARTICLE II

         All  premiums  due on the Policy  which shall be Fifteen  Thousand  Six
Hundred Twenty-Eight Dollars and Ninety-Eight Cents ($15,628.98) per year, shall
be paid by Corporation until the first to occur of (i) the death of the Insured,
(ii) Insured's termination of employment with Corporation,  or (iii) Corporation
has paid fifteen (15) premium payments.

                                   ARTICLE III

         A. Insured  shall  execute and deliver a collateral  assignment  of the
Policy to Corporation on a form approved by Insurer,  as a security interest for
the amounts paid by Corporation  towards its share of the premiums to be paid on
the Policy in accordance with Article II of this Agreement.  In the event of the
death of Insured pursuant to Article IV hereof, or in the event of the surrender
or  acquisition  of the  Policy  pursuant  to  Article V hereof,  such  security
interest  shall  be for an  amount  equal  to the  total  premiums  paid  by the
Corporation (less any outstanding loans to Corporation  pursuant to Article III,
paragraph B hereof).

         B. Corporation may not borrow against the Policy's loan value,  without
the prior written approval of Insured.
                                        2
<PAGE>
         C.  Corporation  shall pay all  interest  with  respect  to loans  made
pursuant to subparagraph B; provided, however, that no payment of interest shall
constitute a premium payment under this Agreement.

         D. The term  "net cash  surrender  value"  when used in this  Agreement
shall mean the gross value as determined by Insurer less any  outstanding  loans
made to Corporation and interest then due on such loans.

                                   ARTICLE IV

         In the event of the death of Insured,  the proceeds of the Policy shall
be divided into two parts and paid by Insurer as follows:

         Part     A - This part shall be paid to  Corporation in an amount equal
                  to  the  Corporation's  security  interest  in the  Policy  as
                  determined  pursuant  to  Article  III,  paragraph  A  hereof.
                  Corporation   shall  supply   Insurer  with  any   information
                  necessary for Insurer to determine such amount.

         Part     B - The  balance  of the  death  benefit  shall be paid to the
                  beneficiary designated by the Insured.
 . . .

 . . .

 . . .
                                        3
<PAGE>
                                    ARTICLE V

         A. The Insured may, at any time, with the  Corporation's  prior written
consent,  surrender the Policy and receive the net cash surrender value thereof.
Insured  shall pay to  Corporation  an amount  equal to  Corporation's  security
interest in the Policy as determined in Article III,  paragraph A hereof, or may
authorize and instruct Insurer to pay such amount directly to Corporation.

         B. The Insured may acquire Corporation's  interest in the Policy for an
amount equal to the Corporation's  security interest in the Policy as determined
in Article III, paragraph A hereof upon the Insured's  termination of employment
with Corporation.

         C. Except as provided in the  collateral  assignment or as necessary to
protect Corporation's  security interest,  Insured shall be entitled to exercise
all of the rights  available  under the terms of the Policy,  except the Insured
may not assign or borrow on the Policy as long as a collateral  assignment is in
effect on the Policy.

                                   ARTICLE VI

         A.  Subject to Article VI,  paragraph  B below,  this  Agreement  shall
terminate upon the occurrence of any of the following:

                  1.       Surrender  or  acquisition  of the Policy by Insured,
                           pursuant to Article V of this Agreement.

                  2.       Cessation of the corporate business.

                  3.       Bankruptcy,    receivership    or    dissolution   of
                           Corporation. . . . 
                                       4
<PAGE>
                  4.       The  termination  of  Insured's  employment  with the
                           Corporation.

                  5.       The death of Insured.

         B. If this  Agreement is terminated  pursuant to Article VI,  paragraph
A.2 or 3. above,  Insured shall pay Corporation an amount equal to Corporation's
security  interest  in the Policy as  determined  in Article  III,  paragraph  A
hereof.  Upon receipt of such amounts,  Corporation  shall thereupon execute and
deliver to Insured a release of the collateral assignment of the Policy.

         C. If this  Agreement is terminated  pursuant to Article VI,  paragraph
A.4  above,  Insured  shall pay  Corporation  an amount  equal to  Corporation's
security interest in the Policy as determined in Article III, paragraph A above.

         D. If Insured does not remit the amounts described in paragraph B and C
above,  within thirty (30) days of the event described in Article VI,  paragraph
A.2, 3. or 4., then all obligations of Corporation under this Agreement shall be
terminated   and  Insured  shall   transfer  the  ownership  of  the  Policy  to
Corporation.

                                   ARTICLE VII

         Insurer is not a party to this Agreement and the obligations of Insurer
are those set forth in the Policy.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

         This Agreement shall be binding upon the parties  hereto,  their heirs,
legal representatives, successors and assigns.
                                        5
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE IX

         This  Agreement  may be altered,  amended or  modified  only by written
instrument signed by Corporation and the Insured.

                                    ARTICLE X

         This Agreement shall be construed according to the laws of the State of
Arizona.

                                   ARTICLE XI

         Insured  may  add a  rider  to  the  Policy  for  the  benefit  of  his
beneficiaries.  Upon written request by Corporation, Insured will add a rider to
the Policy for the benefit of Corporation.  The additional premium for any rider
which is added to the Policy  will be paid by the party  entitled to receive the
proceeds of the rider.

                                   ARTICLE XII

         A.       The  party  designated  as  the  "named   fiduciary"  for  the
                  Split-Dollar Plan established by this Agreement shall have the
                  authority   to   control   and  manage   the   operation   and
                  administration of such plan;  provided,  however,  the Insurer
                  shall be the  fiduciary  of the plan solely with regard to the
                  review and final  decision on a claim for  benefits  under its
                  Policy as provided in Article XIII Claims Procedure, set forth
                  below.

         B.       The  Fiduciary  may  allocate  his  responsibilities  for  the
                  operation  and   administration  of  the  Split-Dollar   Plan,
                  including the designation of persons
                                        6
<PAGE>
                  to carry out fiduciary  responsibilities  under any such plan.
                  He shall effect such  allocation  of his  responsibilities  by
                  delivering to the Corporation a written  instrument  signed by
                  him   that   specifies   the   nature   and   extent   of  the
                  responsibilities  allocated,  including,  the  persons who are
                  designated to carry out these fiduciary responsibilities under
                  the Split-Dollar Plan, together with a signed  acknowledgement
                  of their acceptance.

                                  ARTICLE XIII


         The following claims procedure shall apply to the Split-Dollar Plan:

         A.       The  beneficiary  of such  Policy  shall  make a claim for the
                  benefits  provided under the Policy in the manner  provided in
                  the Policy.

         B.       With  respect to a claim for benefits  under said Policy,  the
                  Insurer shall be the entity which reviews and makes  decisions
                  on claim denials.

         C.       If a claim  is  wholly  or  partially  denied,  notice  of the
                  decision, meeting the requirements of paragraph D below, shall
                  be  furnished to the  claimant  within a reasonable  period of
                  time after the claim has been filed.

         D.       The  Insurer  shall  provide to any  claimant  who is denied a
                  claim for benefits,  written  notice setting forth in a manner
                  calculated to be understood by the claimant, the following:

                  1.       The specific reasons for the denial;

                  2.       Specific  reference to the  pertinent  Policy or plan
                           provisions on which the denial is based; 
                                       7
<PAGE>

                  3.       A   description   of  any   additional   material  or
                           information necessary for the claimant to perfect the
                           claim  and an  explanation  of why such  material  or
                           information is necessary;

                  4.       An explanation of the plan's claim review  procedure,
                           as set forth in paragraph E and F below.

         E.       The  purpose  of  the  review  procedure  set  forth  in  this
                  paragraph and in paragraph F below,  is to provide a procedure
                  by which a  claimant  under the  Split-Dollar  Plan may have a
                  reasonable  opportunity  to  appeal a denial  of a claim for a
                  full and fair review. To accomplish that purpose, the claimant
                  or his duly authorized representative:

                  1.       May request a review upon written  application to the
                           Insurer;

                  2.       May review  pertinent  plan  documents or agreements;
                           and

                  3.       May submit issues and comments in writing.

                           A claimant  (or his duly  authorized  representative)
                  shall  request a review by  filing a written  application  for
                  review at any time within sixty (60) days after receipt by the
                  claimant of written notice of the denial of his claim.

         F.       A decision  on review of a denial of a claim  shall be made in
                  the following manner:

                  1.       The  decision on review shall be made by the Insurer,
                           which may in its  discretion  hold a  hearing  on the
                           denied  claim.  The Insurer  shall make its  decision
                           promptly,  unless special  circumstances (such as the
                           need to hold a hearing)  require an extension of time
                           for  processing,  in which case a  decision  shall be
                           rendered as soon as possible,  but
                                        8
<PAGE>
                           not later than one  hundred  twenty  (120) days after
                           receipt of the request for review.

                  2.       The  decision on review shall be in writing and shall
                           include specific  reasons for the decisions,  written
                           in a  manner  calculated  to  be  understood  by  the
                           claimant,  and specific  references  to the pertinent
                           Policy or plan  provision  on which the  decision  is
                           based.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as
of the date first above written.

                                      MICROAGE, INC., a Delaware Corporation



                                      By   /s/ James R. Daniel
                                           ---------------------
                                        Its  Senior V.P. and CFO
                                             --------------------


                                      By:  /s/ Robert G. O'Malley
                                           -----------------------
                                                        ROBERT G. O'MALLEY
                                        9
<PAGE>
                                   SCHEDULE A

         Face Amount                                 $750,000

         Policy Number                               13453221

         Plan of Insurance                The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance
                                          Company
                                       10
<PAGE>
                           COLLATERAL ASSIGNMENT FORM


Appln. No., Contract No.                               Date this form is signed:
or Policy No.: 13453221                                September 1, 1995

Insured:  ROBERT G. O'MALLEY

Insurance Company:  The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company


The undersigned  request and direct the Insurance Company to make the provisions
of this form a part of the policy.

All previous  designations of payees are hereby revoked.  It is hereby requested
and directed that:


                                  BENEFICIARIES

(1) In the  event of the  death  of the  Insured,  MicroAge,  Inc.,  a  Delaware
corporation, or its successors  ("Corporation"),  will be the direct beneficiary
of an amount equal to the premiums paid to the Insurance  Company by Corporation
for the Policy. In the event of Corporation's cessation of business, bankruptcy,
receivership or dissolution,  Corporation  will be the direct  beneficiary of an
amount equal to the premiums paid to the Insurance  Company by  Corporation  for
the Policy.

In the event of  termination  of Insured's  employment,  or the surrender or the
acquisition  of the Policy,  Corporation  will be the direct  beneficiary of the
premiums paid to the Insurance Company by Corporation for the Policy.

Any indebtedness by Corporation to the Insurance  Company will be deducted first
from  the  share  of  the  proceeds   payable  to  said  Corporation  as  direct
beneficiary.

It is understood  and agreed that the  Insurance  Company will have the right to
rely  on  any  statement   signed  by  said   Corporation   setting  forth  said
Corporation's  share of the premium payments referred to above, and any decision
made by Insurance Company in reliance upon such statement will be conclusive and
will fully protect the Insurance Company.

(2)  BARBARA  O'MALLEY if living and married to the Insured on her date of death
will be the direct beneficiary of any remaining  proceeds,  and if she is either
not married to Insured or living on Insured's  date of death,  the proceeds will
be payable to Insured's estate.
<PAGE>
The Insurance Company will be fully discharged of liability for any action taken
by the Insured and for all amounts paid to, or at the  direction of, the insured
and will have no obligation  as to the use of the amounts.  In all dealings with
the Insured, the Insurance Company will be fully protected against the claims of
every other person.  The Insurance  Company will not be charged with notice of a
change of beneficiary  unless written  evidence of the change is received at the
Insurance Company's Home Office.

                                    OWNERSHIP

(3) The owner of the Policy shall be the Insured. The Insured alone may exercise
all the rights and  privileges  specified in the Policy,  except the Insured may
not assign or borrow on the Policy as long as this  Collateral  Assignment is in
effect. Corporation may assign or borrow against the Policy loan value only with
the prior written approval of the Insured.


                      MODIFICATION OF ASSIGNMENT PROVISIONS

Upon  death  of  the  Insured,  the  interest  of  any  collateral  assignee  of
Corporation  will be limited to the  portion of the  proceeds  described  in (1)
above.

                                     MICROAGE, INC., a Delaware corporation

                                     By/s/ James R. Daniel
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                                       Officer

                                     /s/ Robert G. O'Malley
                                     -------------------------------------------
                                                       ROBERT G. O'MALLEY

                        SPLIT-DOLLAR INSURANCE AGREEMENT
                        --------------------------------


         THIS  AGREEMENT  is made as of this 27th day of January,  1997,  by and
between  MICROAGE,  INC.,  a Delaware  corporation  (hereinafter  referred to as
"Corporation"), and ROBERT G. O'MALLEY (hereinafter referred to as "Insured").

         WHEREAS,  Insured  plans to  acquire  insurance  on his life of under a
policy  issued  by  Northwestern  Mutual  Life  Insurance  Company  (hereinafter
referred to as "Insurer"); and

         WHEREAS, Corporation wants to assist Insured by paying all premiums due
on the policy; and

         WHEREAS,  Insured  will be the owner of the  insurance  policy  and the
policy will be assigned to  Corporation  as security  for the  repayment  of the
premiums which Corporation will pay when due on the policy;

         The  parties,  therefore,  in  consideration  of  the  mutual  promises
contained herein, hereby agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I

         Insured  plans to acquire  from the Insurer a policy on the life of the
Insured in the face  amount of Two Hundred  Fifty  Thousand  Dollars  ($250,000)
(hereinafter  referred to as the "Policy").  The policy number,  face amount and
plan of insurance  will be recorded on Schedule A attached to this Agreement and
the Policy will then be subject to the terms of this Agreement.  During the term
of this Agreement, Corporation will not exercise nor
<PAGE>
withhold  its consent to the  exercise by Insured of any rights,  privileges  or
options  conferred by the terms of the Policy,  except as otherwise  provided in
Article V, paragraph C hereof.

                                   ARTICLE II

         All premiums due on the Policy which shall be Ten Thousand Five Hundred
Dollars  ($10,500)  per year,  shall be paid by  Corporation  until the first to
occur of (i) the death of the Insured,  (ii) Insured's termination of employment
with Corporation, or (iii) Corporation has paid thirteen (13) premium payments.

                                   ARTICLE III

         A. Insured  shall  execute and deliver a collateral  assignment  of the
Policy to Corporation on a form approved by Insurer,  as a security interest for
the amounts paid by Corporation  towards its share of the premiums to be paid on
the Policy in accordance with Article II of this Agreement.  In the event of the
death of Insured pursuant to Article IV hereof, or in the event of the surrender
or  acquisition  of the  Policy  pursuant  to  Article V hereof,  such  security
interest  shall  be for an  amount  equal  to the  total  premiums  paid  by the
Corporation (less any outstanding loans to Corporation  pursuant to Article III,
paragraph B hereof).

         B. Corporation may not borrow against the Policy's loan value,  without
the prior written approval of Insured.

         C.  Corporation  shall pay all  interest  with  respect  to loans  made
pursuant to subparagraph B; provided, however, that no payment of interest shall
constitute a premium payment under this Agreement.
                                        2
<PAGE>
         D. The term  "net cash  surrender  value"  when used in this  Agreement
shall mean the gross value as determined by Insurer less any  outstanding  loans
made to Corporation and interest then due on such loans.

                                   ARTICLE IV

         In the event of the death of Insured,  the proceeds of the Policy shall
be divided into two parts and paid by Insurer as follows:

         Part A - This part shall be paid to  Corporation  in an amount equal to
                  the   Corporation's   security   interest  in  the  Policy  as
                  determined  pursuant  to  Article  III,  paragraph  A  hereof.
                  Corporation   shall  supply   Insurer  with  any   information
                  necessary for Insurer to determine such amount.

         Part B - The  balance  of  the  death  benefit  shall  be  paid  to the
                  beneficiary designated by the Insured.

                                    ARTICLE V

         A. The Insured may, at any time with the  Corporation's  prior  written
consent,  surrender the Policy and receive the net cash surrender value thereof.
Insured  shall pay to  Corporation  an amount  equal to  Corporation's  security
interest in the Policy as determined in Article III,  paragraph A hereof, or may
authorize and instruct Insurer to pay such amount directly to Corporation.

         B. The Insured may acquire Corporation's  interest in the Policy for an
amount equal to the Corporation's  security interest in the Policy as determined
in Article III, paragraph A hereof upon the Insured's  termination of employment
with Corporation.

         C. Except as provided in the  collateral  assignment or as necessary to
protect Corporation's  security interest,  Insured shall be entitled to exercise
all of the rights
                                        3
<PAGE>
available  under the terms of the  Policy,  except the Insured may not assign or
borrow on the  Policy  as long as a  collateral  assignment  is in effect on the
Policy.

                                   ARTICLE VI

         A.  Subject to Article VI,  paragraph  B below,  this  Agreement  shall
terminate upon the occurrence of any of the following:

                  1. Surrender or acquisition of the Policy by Insured, pursuant
                     to Article V of this Agreement.

                  2. Cessation of the corporate business.

                  3. Bankruptcy, receivership or dissolution of Corporation.

                  4. The   termination   of   Insured's   employment   with  the
                     Corporation.

                  5. The death of Insured.

         B. If this  Agreement is terminated  pursuant to Article VI,  paragraph
A.2 or 3. above,  Insured shall pay Corporation an amount equal to Corporation's
security  interest  in the Policy as  determined  in Article  III,  paragraph  A
hereof.  Upon receipt of such amounts,  Corporation  shall thereupon execute and
deliver to Insured a release of the collateral assignment of the Policy.

         C. If this  Agreement is terminated  pursuant to Article VI,  paragraph
A.4  above,  Insured  shall pay  Corporation  an amount  equal to  Corporation's
security interest in the Policy as determined in Article III, paragraph A above.

         D. If Insured does not remit the amounts described in paragraph B and C
above,  within thirty (30) days of the event described in Article VI,  paragraph
A.2, 3. or 4., then all obligations of Corporation under this Agreement shall be
terminated   and  Insured  shall   transfer  the  ownership  of  the  Policy  to
Corporation.
                                        4
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE VII

         Insurer is not a party to this Agreement and the obligations of Insurer
are those set forth in the Policy.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

         This Agreement shall be binding upon the parties  hereto,  their heirs,
legal representatives, successors and assigns.

                                   ARTICLE IX

         This  Agreement  may be altered,  amended or  modified  only by written
instrument signed by Corporation and the Insured.

                                    ARTICLE X

         This Agreement shall be construed according to the laws of the State of
Arizona.

                                   ARTICLE XI

         Insured  may  add a  rider  to  the  Policy  for  the  benefit  of  his
beneficiaries.  Upon written request by Corporation, Insured will add a rider to
the Policy for the benefit of Corporation.  The additional premium for any rider
which is added to the Policy  will be paid by the party  entitled to receive the
proceeds of the rider.

                                   ARTICLE XII

         A.       The  party  designated  as  the  "named   fiduciary"  for  the
                  Split-Dollar Plan established by this Agreement shall have the
                  authority   to   control   and  manage   the   operation   and
                  administration of such plan;  provided,  however,  the Insurer
                  shall be the  fiduciary  of the plan solely with regard to the
                  review
                                        5
<PAGE>
                  and final decision on a claim for benefits under its Policy as
                  provided in Article XIII Claims Procedure, set forth below.

         B.       The  Fiduciary  may  allocate  his  responsibilities  for  the
                  operation  and   administration  of  the  Split-Dollar   Plan,
                  including  the  designation  of persons to carry out fiduciary
                  responsibilities  under any such plan.  He shall  effect  such
                  allocation  of  his  responsibilities  by  delivering  to  the
                  Corporation a written  instrument signed by him that specifies
                  the  nature  and  extent  of the  responsibilities  allocated,
                  including,  the persons who are  designated to carry out these
                  fiduciary   responsibilities   under  the  Split-Dollar  Plan,
                  together with a signed acknowledgment of their acceptance.    

                                  ARTICLE XIII

         The following claims procedure shall apply to the Split-Dollar Plan:

         A.       The  beneficiary  of such  Policy  shall  make a claim for the
                  benefits  provided under the Policy in the manner  provided in
                  the Policy.                                                   
  
         B.       With  respect to a claim for benefits  under said Policy,  the
                  Insurer shall be the entity which reviews and makes  decisions
                  on claim denials.                                             

         C.       If a claim  is  wholly  or  partially  denied,  notice  of the
                  decision, meeting the requirements of paragraph D below, shall
                  be  furnished to the  claimant  within a reasonable  period of
                  time after the claim has been filed.

         D.       The  Insurer  shall  provide to any  claimant  who is denied a
                  claim for benefits,  written  notice setting forth in a manner
                  calculated to be understood by the claimant, the following:   

                  1. The specific reasons for the denial;
                                        6
<PAGE>
 
                  2. Specific   reference  to  the  pertinent   Policy  or  plan
                     provisions on which the denial is based;
                  
                  3. A description  of any  additional  material or  information
                     necessary  for the  claimant  to  perfect  the claim and an
                     explanation   of  why  such  material  or   information  is
                     necessary;

                  4. An explanation of the plan's claim review procedure, as set
                     forth in paragraph E and F below.

         E.       The  purpose  of  the  review  procedure  set  forth  in  this
                  paragraph and in paragraph F below,  is to provide a procedure
                  by which a  claimant  under the  Split-Dollar  Plan may have a
                  reasonable  opportunity  to  appeal a denial  of a claim for a
                  full and fair review. To accomplish that purpose, the claimant
                  or his duly authorized representative:                        
 
                  1. May  request  a  review  upon  written  application  to the
                     Insurer;

                  2. May review pertinent plan documents or agreements; and

                  3. May submit issues and comments in writing.

                           A claimant  (or his duly  authorized  representative)
                  shall  request a review by  filing a written  application  for
                  review at any time within sixty (60) days after receipt by the
                  claimant of written notice of the denial of his claim.

         F.       A decision  on review of a denial of a claim  shall be made in
                  the following manner:                                         

                  1. The decision on review shall be made by the Insurer,  which
                     may in its  discretion  hold a hearing on the denied claim.
                     The  Insurer  shall  make  its  decision  promptly,  unless
                     special circumstances (such as the need
                                        7
<PAGE>
                     to hold a  hearing)  require  an  extension   of  time  for
                     processing,  in which case a decision  shall be rendered as
                     soon as  possible,  but not later than one  hundred  twenty
                     (120) days after receipt of the request for review.

                  2. The  decision  on  review  shall be in  writing  and  shall
                     include  specific  reasons for the decisions,  written in a
                     manner  calculated to be  understood  by the claimant,  and
                     specific   references  to  the  pertinent  Policy  or  plan
                     provision on which the decision is based.
                                        8
<PAGE>
         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as
of the date first above written.

                                         MICROAGE, INC., a Delaware Corporation



                                         By /s/ James R. Daniel
                                            ------------------------------------
                                         Its Senior V.P. and C.F.O.
                                            ------------------------------------



                                         By /s/ Robert G. O'Malley
                                            ------------------------------------
                                                           ROBERT G. O'MALLEY
                                        9
<PAGE>
                                   SCHEDULE A

         Face Amount                      $250,000

         Policy Number                    14016898

         Plan of Insurance                The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance
                                          Company
                                       10
<PAGE>
                           COLLATERAL ASSIGNMENT FORM


Appln. No., Contract No.                             Date this form is signed:
or Policy No.: 14016898                              January 27, 1997

Insured: ROBERT G. O'MALLEY
Insurance Company:  The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company

The undersigned  request and direct the Insurance Company to make the provisions
of this form a part of the policy.

All previous  designations of payees are hereby revoked.  It is hereby requested
and directed that:


                                  BENEFICIARIES

(1) In the  event of the  death  of the  Insured,  MicroAge,  Inc.,  a  Delaware
corporation, or its successors  ("Corporation"),  will be the direct beneficiary
of an amount equal to the premiums paid to the Insurance  Company by Corporation
for the Policy. In the event of Corporation's cessation of business, bankruptcy,
receivership or dissolution,  Corporation  will be the direct  beneficiary of an
amount equal to the premiums paid to the Insurance  Company by  Corporation  for
the Policy.

In the event of  termination  of Insured's  employment  or the  surrender or the
acquisition  of the Policy,  Corporation  will be the direct  beneficiary of the
premiums paid to the Insurance Company by Corporation for the Policy.

Any indebtedness by Corporation to the Insurance  Company will be deducted first
from  the  share  of  the  proceeds   payable  to  said  Corporation  as  direct
beneficiary.

It is understood  and agreed that the  Insurance  Company will have the right to
rely  on  any  statement   signed  by  said   Corporation   setting  forth  said
Corporation's  share of the premium payments referred to above, and any decision
made by Insurance Company in reliance upon such statement will be conclusive and
will fully protect the Insurance Company.

(2)  BARBARA A.  O'MALLEY  if living and  married to the  Insured on his date of
death will be the direct  beneficiary  of any remaining  proceeds,  and if he is
either not married to Insured or living on Insured's date of death, the proceeds
will be payable to Insured's estate.
<PAGE>
The Insurance Company will be fully discharged of liability for any action taken
by the Insured and for all amounts paid to, or at the  direction of, the insured
and will have no obligation  as to the use of the amounts.  In all dealings with
the Insured, the Insurance Company will be fully protected against the claims of
every other person.  The Insurance  Company will not be charged with notice of a
change of beneficiary  unless written  evidence of the change is received at the
Insurance Company's Home Office.

                                    OWNERSHIP

(3) The owner of the Policy shall be the Insured. The Insured alone may exercise
all the rights and  privileges  specified in the Policy,  except the Insured may
not assign or borrow on the Policy as long as this  Collateral  Assignment is in
effect. Corporation may assign or borrow against the Policy loan value only with
the prior written approval of the Insured.


                      MODIFICATION OF ASSIGNMENT PROVISIONS

Upon  death  of  the  Insured,  the  interest  of  any  collateral  assignee  of
Corporation  will be limited to the  portion of the  proceeds  described  in (1)
above.

                                       MICROAGE, INC., a Delaware corporation


                                       By /s/ James R. Daniel
                                          --------------------------------------
                                                         Officer

                                          /s/ Robert G. O'Malley
                                          --------------------------------------
                                                    ROBERT G. O'MALLEY

                                 MICROAGE, INC.

                         1997 MANAGEMENT EQUITY PROGRAM

                                 AWARD AGREEMENT

                              (ROBERT G. O'MALLEY)


                                October 11, 1996




Dear Bob:


         Pursuant to the action  taken by the Board of  Directors  of  MicroAge,
Inc. (the "Company") and the  Compensation  Committee of the Board of Directors,
you are hereby offered  participation in the 1997 Management Equity Program (the
"1997 MEP") under the  MicroAge,  Inc.  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan (the "Plan").
Under the 1997 MEP, you have the  opportunity to receive  options to restructure
your compensation package to some extent. Essentially, you may elect to purchase
shares of the common stock of the Company if you irrevocably  elect to waive all
or a portion of your base  salary and any  bonuses you may receive for the 1997,
1998, and 1999 fiscal years,  and later years if necessary,  under the following
terms and conditions.

BEFORE YOU ELECT TO PARTICIPATE IN THE 1997 MEP, READ THIS AWARD AGREEMENT.  YOU
WILL BE REQUIRED TO SIGN THIS AWARD AGREEMENT,  AND YOUR SIGNATURE WILL EVIDENCE
THAT YOU HAVE READ THIS AWARD AGREEMENT, UNDERSTAND IT, AND AGREE WITH ITS TERMS
AND CONDITIONS.

TO PARTICIPATE IN THE 1997 MEP, YOU MUST COMPLETE AND SIGN THIS AWARD
AGREEMENT AND RETURN IT TO AL LYONS BY 12:00 P.M. NOON ON FRIDAY, OCTOBER
25, 1996.

         1. EFFECTIVE DATE. The effective date of your participation in the 1997
MEP is November 4, 1996.

         2. 1997-1999 WAIVER. You hereby elect to waive a portion of your salary
and bonuses  received for the Company's 1997, 1998, and 1999 fiscal years in the
amounts specified in the tables below (please  understand that bonuses for later
years may be  automatically  waived,  as may be necessary to make up any deficit
(see footnote 2 and Example A attached to this Award Agreement)):
<PAGE>
                             1997-1999 WAIVER TABLE
                             ----------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                           <C>                           <C>                         <C>    
============================= ============================= =========================== ===============================
         Fiscal Year                     Salary1                      Bonus2                         Total
- ----------------------------- ----------------------------- --------------------------- -------------------------------
            1997              $40,000                       $70,000                      $110,000
     (11/4/96 - 11/2/97)
- ----------------------------- ----------------------------- --------------------------- -------------------------------
            1998              $40,000                       $70,000                      $110,000
     (11/3/97 - 11/1/98)
- ----------------------------- ----------------------------- --------------------------- -------------------------------
            1999              $40,000                       $80,000                      $120,000
    (11/2/98 - 10/31/99)
- ----------------------------- ----------------------------- --------------------------- -------------------------------
          1997-1999           $120,000                      $220,000                     $340,000                  3
============================= ============================= =========================== ===============================
</TABLE>
         1. NUMBER OF OPTIONS  GRANTED.  In exchange  for  electing to waive the
amount of compensation  specified in the 1997-1999  Waiver Table in Paragraph 2,
above,  you are  hereby  granted an option to  purchase  the number of shares of
MicroAge,  Inc.  Common Stock  calculated  pursuant to the formula  below (to be
completed by MicroAge):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

         <S>                                                                                 <C>                          
         (1)  Total Compensation Waived (1997-1999 fiscal years):                            $ 340,000
                                                                                              --------

         (2)  $   340,000               (Total Compensation Waived)
               ------------------------
              Multiplied by Seven (7) (the Leverage Factor"):                                $ 2,380,000
                                                                                              ----------

         (3)  Common Stock Closing Price on Effective Date
              (October 25, 1996) (the "Common Stock Price"):                                 $ 17.625
                                                                                              -------

         (4)  Total Options Granted (2) , (3) (rounded up):
              (See Example B attached to this Award Agreement)                               $ 135,035
                   ---------                                                                  --------
</TABLE>

         1.  VESTING OF  OPTIONS.  Your  options  will vest in  one-third  (1/3)
increments  beginning  on the first day of the fiscal  year which is three years
following the first day of the fiscal year for each year you elect to waive base
salary and/or bonus amounts. HOWEVER, your options will not fully vest until you
have actually waived all of the compensation you agreed to waive.
- -------------------

         (1) The  minimum  annual  salary  waiver  amount is $17,000 (5% of your
Current Base Salary). The maximum annual salary waiver amount is $51,000 (15% of
your Current Base Salary).

         (2) There is no minimum annual bonus waiver amount.  The maximum annual
bonus waiver amount is $85,000 (25% of your Current Base  Salary).  If the bonus
amount  you elect to waive in any year is more than the bonus  actually  paid to
you for that year,  the deficit amount will be added to your bonus waiver amount
for the following  year.  Deficit  amounts will  continue to be carried  forward
until made up or until  October 25,  2005.  See Example A attached to this Award
Agreement.  Note: The bonus waiver  amounts are for bonuses  relating to a given
fiscal  year,  whether or not the bonus is paid  during such  fiscal  year.  For
example, if a bonus for fiscal year 1997 is paid in December 1997 (during fiscal
year 1998),  any 1997 bonus waiver  amount you have included in the Waiver Table
would be deducted from your December 1997 bonus.

         (3) The minimum  waiver  amount  (salary and bonuses  combined) for the
three-year period (1997-1999) is $170,000 (50% of your Current Base Salary). The
maximum  waiver amount (salary and bonuses  combined) for the three-year  period
(1997-1999) is $340,000 (100% of your Current Base Salary).
<PAGE>
                  FOR EXAMPLE, the options to be purchased with the compensation
you  receive  for  fiscal  year 1997 will vest in 1/3  increments  beginning  on
November  1, 1999 (the first day of fiscal year 2000) and will be 100% vested on
October  29,  2001 (the first day of fiscal  year  2002).  Correspondingly,  the
options to be purchased with the waived compensation you receive for fiscal year
1998 will vest in 1/3 increments beginning on October 30, 2000 (the first day of
fiscal  year 2001) and will be 100% vested on November 4, 2002 (the first day of
fiscal year 2002), and so on.

                  If you elect to waive a specific  amount of your  bonuses  for
the next three  fiscal  years,  but do not  receive  bonuses  for the next three
fiscal years sufficient to cover the amount you agreed to waive, the bonuses you
may be  otherwise  entitled to receive in later  years (up  through  October 25,
2005) will be used to make up any shortfall on a "first-in,  first-out"  theory.
See Examples C and D attached to this Award Agreement.

                  Notwithstanding  the above,  your  options  will become  fully
vested and  exercisable as of October 25, 2005,  unless you otherwise  terminate
employment before such date.

         1.  EXPIRATION  OF  OPTIONS.  Subject  to Section 6 and 7 of this Award
Agreement,  your options will expire,  unless sooner  exercised,  on October 25,
2006.

         1. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.

                  Death.  Upon your death,  your beneficiary will be entitled to
receive  the  number  of  options  determined  by  multiplying  the  sum of your
compensation actually waived up to the date of your death by the Leverage Factor
and dividing the product by the Common Stock Price; provided, however, that only
the  total  compensation  waived  by you up to the  date of your  death  will be
considered.  All options  received by your  beneficiary will be fully vested and
immediately exercisable. Your beneficiary will have up to one year from the date
of your death to exercise the options.  After that one year period,  the options
will be  cancelled.  Under  no  circumstances  will you or your  beneficiary  be
entitled  to receive  cash equal to all or any portion of the  compensation  you
elected to waive under the 1997 MEP.

                  Disability.  Upon  your  termination  of  employment  due to a
"Disability"  (as that term is  defined  in the Plan)  you will be  entitled  to
receive  the  number  of  options  determined  by  multiplying  the  sum of your
compensation  actually waived up to the date of your termination by the Leverage
Factor and dividing the product by the Common  Stock Price;  provided,  however,
that  only  the  total  compensation  waived  by  you  up to the  date  of  your
termination  will be considered.  All options  received will be fully vested and
immediately  exercisable.  You  will  have  up to one  year  from  the  date  of
termination  of employment to exercise the options.  After that one year period,
the options will be cancelled.  Under no  circumstances  will you be entitled to
receive  cash equal to all or any  portion of the  compensation  you  elected to
waive under the 1997 MEP.

                  Voluntary or  Involuntary.  Upon your voluntary or involuntary
termination of employment, you will be entitled to receive the number of options
determined by multiplying the sum of your compensation actually waived up to the
date of your  termination by the Leverage Factor and dividing the product by the
Common Stock Price;  provided,  however, that only the total compensation waived
by you up to the date of  termination  of employment  will be  considered.  Your
options  will  continue  to vest  under the  above  vesting  schedule  as if you
continued to be employed by the Company and continued  participating in the 1997
MEP. Under no circumstances will you be entitled to receive cash equal to all or
any portion of the compensation you elected to waive under the 1997 MEP.

         1.  TERMINATION OF 1997 MEP. If the Committee  decides to terminate the
1997 MEP,  you will be  entitled  to receive a number of options  determined  by
multiplying the sum of your compensation  actually waived up to the date of your
termination by the Leverage  Factor and dividing the product by the Common Stock
Price;  provided,  however, that only the total compensation waived by you up to
the date of termination  will be considered.  All options received will be fully
vested and  immediately  exercisable.  You will have up to thirty  days from the
date of such termination to exercise the options.  After
<PAGE>
such thirty day period,  the options will be cancelled.  Under no  circumstances
will  you be  entitled  to  receive  cash  equal  to all or any  portion  of the
compensation you elected to waive under the 1997 MEP.

         1.  CHANGE OF  CONTROL.  Upon a "Change  of  Control"  (as that term is
defined in the Plan), the terms of Section 13.10 and 14.2 of the Plan will apply
to all options issued under the 1997 MEP. Upon a Change of Control,  you will be
entitled to receive the number of options  determined by multiplying  the sum of
your compensation actually waived up to the date of the Change of Control by the
Leverage  Factor and dividing  the product by the Common Stock Price;  provided,
however, that only the total compensation waived by you up to the date of Change
of Control will be considered.  All options will be fully vested and immediately
exercisable.  In the event of a dissolution  or  liquidation of the Company or a
merger or  consolidation  in which the  Company  would not be the  surviving  or
resulting  corporation,  you will be  entitled  to receive the number of options
determined by multiplying the sum of your compensation actually waived up to the
date of exercise by the  Leverage  Factor and dividing the product by the Common
Stock Price;  provided,  however, that only the total compensation waived by you
up to the date of exercise will be considered.  All options will be fully vested
and  exercisable  (a) in the case of a dissolution  or  liquidation,  at anytime
after the Company's Board of Directors takes action  authorizing the dissolution
or liquidation of the Company or (b) in the case of a merger or consolidation in
which the Company would not be the resulting or surviving corporation,  upon the
Company's  public  announcement  that a definitive  agreement  regarding  such a
merger or consolidation  has been reached.  Under no  circumstances  will you be
entitled  to receive  cash equal to all or any portion of the  compensation  you
elected to waive under the 1997 MEP.

         1.  COMPANY   INFORMATION.   By  signing  this  Award  Agreement,   you
acknowledge  that you have been given, or were offered,  a copy of the Company's
(i) Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended  October 29, 1995,  and
(ii)  Quarterly  Reports on Form 10-Q for the fiscal  quarters ended January 28,
April 28,  and July 28,  1996 (the "SEC  Reports"),  and that you were  given an
opportunity  to  ask  questions  of  any of  the  Company's  executive  officers
regarding the SEC Reports or any other matter regarding the Company.

         1. RISK OF INVESTMENT.  By signing this Award Agreement,  you recognize
that your participation in the 1997 MEP is a speculative  investment in that the
success  or  failure  of your  investment  depends  on the  market  value of the
Company's  Common Stock over a several year period.  You further  recognize that
all or a portion of your investment  (i.e., your salary and bonus waiver) may be
lost. You also  acknowledge  that you were given the opportunity to consult with
your personal advisor(s) regarding the 1997 MEP.

         I hereby  elect to  participate  in the 1997 MEP  under  the  terms and
conditions set forth above and  acknowledge  that I have read and understood the
terms and conditions of the 1997 MEP.

                                                  ACCEPTED:
                                                  MICROAGE, INC.



SIGNATURE /s/ R. G. O'Malley                      BY  /s/Jeffrey D. McKeever
          -------------------------                   --------------------------
DATE      10/24/96                                ITS  Chairman and CEO
        -------------------------                      -------------------------
SSN       ###-##-####
        -------------------------

                              AMENDED AND RESTATED

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

                          dated as of November 4, 1996

                                 by and between

                                 MICROAGE, INC.

                                       and

                              CHRISTOPHER J. KOZIOL
<PAGE>
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


ARTICLE I--DUTIES AND TERM...................................................  1
         1.1      Employment.................................................  1
         1.2      Position and Responsibilities..............................  1
         1.3      Term.......................................................  2
         1.4      Location...................................................  2

ARTICLE II--COMPENSATION.....................................................  2
         2.1      Base Salary................................................  2
         2.2      Bonus Payment..............................................  3
         2.3      Stock Options..............................................  3
         2.4      Additional Benefits........................................  3

ARTICLE III--TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.......................................  4
         3.1      Death or Retirement of Executive...........................  4
         3.2      By Executive...............................................  4
         3.3      By Company.................................................  4

ARTICLE IV--COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT......................  5
         4.1      Upon Termination for Death or Disability...................  5
         4.2      Upon Termination by Company for Cause or by Executive
                  Without Good Reason........................................  5
         4.3      Upon Termination by the Company Without Cause or by 
                  Executive for Good Reason..................................  6
         4.4      Upon Termination by the Company Without Cause Following
                  a Change of Control or byExecutive for Good Reason 
                  Following a Change of Control............................... 7

ARTICLE V--RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS.............................................  7
         5.1      Confidential Information and Materials.....................  7
         5.2      General Knowledge..........................................  9
         5.3      Executive Obligations as to Confidential Information and
                  Materials..................................................  9
         5.4      Inform Subsequent Employers................................. 9
         5.5      Ideas and Inventions....................................... 10
         5.6      Inventions and Patents..................................... 10
         5.7      Copyrights................................................. 10
         5.8      Conflicting Obligations and Rights......................... 11
         5.9      Non-Competition............................................ 11
         5.10     Non-Disparagement.......................................... 12
         5.11     Remedies................................................... 13
         5.12     Scope of Article........................................... 13
                                        i
<PAGE>
ARTICLE VI--MISCELLANEOUS.................................................... 13
         6.1      Definitions................................................ 13
         6.2      Key Man Insurance.......................................... 17
         6.3      Mitigation of Damages; Set-Off; Dispute Resolution......... 17
         6.4      Successors; Binding Agreement.............................. 18
         6.5      Modification; No Waiver.................................... 18
         6.6      Severability............................................... 18
         6.7      Notices.................................................... 18
         6.8      Assignment................................................. 19
         6.9      Entire Understanding....................................... 19
         6.10     Executive's Representations................................ 19
         6.11     Liability of Company with Respect to Insurance Policy...... 19
         6.12     Governing Law.............................................. 19

EXHIBIT A--SPLIT DOLLAR AGREEMENT

EXHIBIT B--EXECUTIVE'S RIGHTS

EXHIBIT C--EXECUTIVE'S EXISTING OBLIGATIONS AND CLAIMS

EXHIBIT D--DISPUTE RESOLUTION PROCEDURES
                                       ii
<PAGE>
                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


         AMENDED AND RESTATED  EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") made and
entered into as of November 4, 1996, by and between  MICROAGE,  INC., a Delaware
corporation (the "Company"), and CHRISTOPHER J. KOZIOL ("Executive").

                                R E C I T A L S 
                                - - - - - - - - 

         WHEREAS, the Company and Executive entered into an Employment Agreement
on July 1, 1994 and a First Amendment to the Employment  Agreement on October 1,
1995 (collectively, the "Employment Agreement"); and

         WHEREAS,  pursuant  to Section  6.5 of the  Employment  Agreement,  the
Employment Agreement may be amended only by a written document signed by each of
the parties thereto; and

         WHEREAS,  the  Company  and  Executive  desire to amend and restate the
Employment Agreement.

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises,  and  for  other
valuable consideration,  the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged by each
of the parties hereto, the parties hereby agree as follows:

                               A G R E E M E N T:
                               - - - - - - - - -

                                    ARTICLE I

                                 DUTIES AND TERM

         1.1 Employment.  In  consideration  of their mutual covenants and other
good and valuable consideration,  the receipt, adequacy and sufficiency of which
is hereby  acknowledged,  the Company  agrees to hire  Executive,  and Executive
agrees to remain in the  employ of the  Company,  upon the terms and  conditions
herein provided.

         1.2      Position and Responsibilities.

                  (a) Executive shall serve as President, Distribution Group and
Senior Vice President-Sales of MicroAge, Inc. (or in a capacity and with a title
of at least  substantially  equivalent  quality).  Executive  agrees to  perform
services  not  inconsistent  with his  position  as shall  from  time to time be
assigned to him by the Chief Executive Officer or President of the Company.

                  (b)  Executive  further  agrees to  serve,  if  elected,  as a
director  of the Company  and as an officer or  director  of any  subsidiary  or
affiliate of the Company.
<PAGE>
                  (c) During the period of his employment  hereunder,  Executive
shall  devote  substantially  all of his  business  time,  attention,  skill and
efforts to the faithful performance of his duties hereunder.

         1.3 Term. The term of Executive's employment under this Agreement shall
commence  on the date first  above  written and shall  continue,  unless  sooner
terminated,  until  November 2, 1997;  provided,  however,  that  commencing  on
November 4, 1996 and on each subsequent day thereafter,  the Executive's term of
employment shall automatically be extended without further action by the Company
or Executive for the twelve (12) month period commencing on each such day.

         1.4 Location. During the period of his employment under this Agreement,
Executive  shall not be  required,  except with his prior  written  consent,  to
relocate his principal place of employment  outside  Maricopa  County,  Arizona.
Required  travel on the Company's  business  shall not be deemed a relocation so
long as Executive is not required to provide his services  hereunder  outside of
Maricopa County,  Arizona, for more than fifty (50%) percent of his working days
during any consecutive six (6) month period.

                                   ARTICLE II

                                  COMPENSATION

         For all  services  rendered by  Executive  in any  capacity  during his
employment under this Agreement,  including,  without limitation,  services as a
director,  officer or member of any  committee of the Board of the Company or of
the board of directors  of any  subsidiary  or  affiliate  of the  Company,  the
Company shall compensate Executive as follows:

         2.1 Base  Salary.  The Company  shall pay to  Executive  an annual base
salary of not less that $210,000 (such amount, less any salary waivers under the
1994  Management  Equity  Program or any subsequent  management  equity or other
waiver program  adopted by the Company is  hereinafter  referred to as the "Base
Salary")  during  the term  hereof;  provided,  however,  that in the  event the
Company institutes a salary reduction program which affects all exempt employees
(as  defined by standard  Company  policies  in  compliance  with the Fair Labor
Standards  Act) by the same  percentage,  then  Executive's  Base  Salary may be
reduced by such percentage (and the term "Base Salary" as used in this Agreement
shall refer to Base Salary as so  adjusted).  Executive's  Base Salary  shall be
paid in equal  semi-monthly  installments.  The Base  Salary  shall be  reviewed
annually  by the Board or a committee  designated  by the Board and the Board or
such committee may, in its discretion, increase the Base Salary.

         2.2 Bonus Payment.  During the period of Executive's  employment  under
this Agreement,  Executive shall be entitled to bonus payments,  if any shall be
due,  pursuant  to the  Executive  Bonus  Plan  which  has been  established  by
resolution of the Board for fiscal year 1996 (the "1996  Executive Bonus Plan").
The Company shall use all  reasonable  efforts to cause
                                        2
<PAGE>
the Board or a  committee  thereof to  establish  in each fiscal year during the
term hereof an executive  bonus plan that is similar to the 1996 Executive Bonus
Plan in providing for  incentive  compensation  to Executive  based on a formula
related to the Company's  profits  during such fiscal year.  Any bonus under the
1996 Executive  Bonus Plan or any such  subsequent  plan, less any bonus waivers
under the 1994 Management Equity Program or any subsequent  management equity or
other  waiver  program  adopted by the  Company,  is  referred  to herein as the
"Annual Incentive Bonus".

         2.3 Stock  Options.  The Company  shall use all  reasonable  efforts to
establish and maintain one or more stock option plans in which  Executive  shall
be entitled to participate to the same extent as other Designated Members of the
Executive Council (as such term is defined in Section 6.1 hereof). The terms and
conditions of such plan(s) shall be determined and  administered by the Board or
a committee thereof.

         2.4 Additional Benefits.  Executive shall be entitled to participate in
all employee benefit and welfare  programs,  plans and arrangements  (including,
without  limitation,  pension,  profit sharing,  supplemental  pension and other
retirement  plans,  insurance,  hospitalization,  medical  and group  disability
benefits,  travel or accident  insurance  plans) and to receive fringe benefits,
such as dues and fees of professional organizations and associations,  which are
from time to time  available to the  Company's  executive  personnel;  provided,
however, there shall be no duplication of termination or severance benefits, and
to the extent that such  benefits  are  specifically  provided by the Company to
Executive under other provisions of this Agreement, the benefits available under
the foregoing  plans and programs  shall be reduced by any benefit  amounts paid
under such other provisions. Executive shall during the period of his employment
hereunder  continue  to be provided  with  benefits at a level which shall in no
event be less in any  material  respect  than the  benefits  made  available  to
Executive by the Company as of the date of this Agreement.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  the Company may terminate or reduce benefits under any benefit plans
and programs to the extent such reductions apply uniformly to Designated Members
of the  Executive  Council  entitled to  participate  therein,  and  Executive's
benefits  shall be  reduced or  terminated  accordingly.  Specifically,  without
limitation, Executive shall receive the following benefits:

                  (a) Death Benefit. The Company and Executive have entered into
a Split  Dollar  Insurance  Agreement,  dated as of September 1, 1995, a copy of
which is attached hereto as Exhibit A.

                  (b)   Short-Term   Disability   Benefits.   In  the  event  of
Executive's failure substantially to perform his duties hereunder on a full-time
basis for a period not exceeding 180 consecutive days or for periods aggregating
not more than 180 days during any twelve-month  period as a result of incapacity
due to physical or mental  illness,  the Company shall  continue to pay the Base
Salary  to  Executive  during  the  period of such  incapacity,  but only in the
amounts and to the extent that  disability  benefits  payable to Executive under
Company-sponsored insurance policies are less than Executive's Base Salary.
                                        3
<PAGE>
                  (c) Relocation  Expenses.  In the event Executive's  principal
place of  employment  is  relocated  by mutual  consent of the  parties  outside
Maricopa County,  Arizona,  the Company shall reimburse  Executive for all usual
relocation expenses incurred by Executive and his household in moving to the new
location, including, without limitation, moving expenses and rental payments for
temporary  living  quarters in the area of relocation for a period not to exceed
six months.

                  (d) Reimbursement of Business Expenses.  The Company shall, in
accordance with standard Company policies,  pay, or reimburse Executive for, all
reasonable  travel and other  expenses  incurred by Executive in performing  his
obligations under this Agreement.

                  (e)  Vacations.  Executive  shall be  entitled  to 20 business
days,  excluding  Company  holidays,  of  paid  vacation  during  each  year  of
employment  hereunder  which he shall earn in arrears (i.e.,  Executive shall be
entitled to no vacation days during his first year of employment). Executive may
accrue  and  carry  forward  no more  than five  unused  vacation  days from any
particular year of his employment under this Agreement to the next.


                                   ARTICLE III

                            TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

         3.1 Death or Retirement of Executive. Executive's employment under this
Agreement shall automatically terminate upon the death or Retirement (as defined
in Section 6.1) of Executive.

         3.2  By  Executive.  Executive  shall  be  entitled  to  terminate  his
employment  under this Agreement by giving Notice of Termination  (as defined in
Section 6.1) to the Company:

                  (a) for Good Reason (as defined in Section 6.1);

                  (b) at any time without Good Reason.

         3.3 By Company. The Company shall be entitled to terminate  Executive's
employment under this Agreement by giving Notice of Termination to Executive:

                  (a) in the event of Executive's  Total  Disability (as defined
in Section 6.1);

                  (b) for Cause (as defined in Section 6.1); and

                  (c) at any time without Cause.
                                        4
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE IV

                   COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

         If Executive's  employment  hereunder is terminated in accordance  with
the  provisions  of Article III hereof,  except for any other rights or benefits
specifically provided for herein following his period of employment, the Company
shall be obligated  to provide  compensation  and benefits to Executive  only as
follows, subject to the provisions of Section 5.11 hereof:

         4.1 Upon Termination for Death or Disability. If Executive's employment
hereunder is terminated by reason of his death or Total Disability,  the Company
shall:

                  (a) pay  Executive (or his estate) or  beneficiaries  any Base
Salary  which  has  accrued  but not been paid as of the  termination  date (the
"Accrued Base Salary");

                  (b) pay Executive (or his estate) or beneficiaries  for unused
vacation days accrued as of the termination  date in an amount equal to his Base
Salary  multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of accrued
unused vacation days and the denominator of which is 260 (the "Accrued  Vacation
Payment");

                  (c) reimburse  Executive (or his estate) or beneficiaries  for
expenses  incurred by him prior to the date of termination  which are subject to
reimbursement pursuant to this Agreement (the "Accrued Reimbursable Expenses");

                  (d) provide to Executive (or his estate) or beneficiaries  any
accrued  and  vested  benefits  required  to be  provided  by the  terms  of any
Company-sponsored  benefit plans or programs (the "Accrued Benefits"),  together
with any  benefits  required to be paid or provided in the event of  Executive's
death or Total Disability under applicable law;

                  (e) pay Executive (or his estate) or beneficiaries  any Annual
Incentive  Bonus with  respect to a prior  fiscal year which has accrued but has
not been paid; and in addition,

                  (f) Executive (or his estate) or beneficiaries  shall have the
right to exercise all vested unexercised stock options and warrants  outstanding
at the  termination  date in accordance  with terms of the plans and  agreements
pursuant to which such options or warrants were issued.


         4.2 Upon Termination by Company for Cause or by Executive  Without Good
Reason. If Executive's  employment is terminated by the Company for Cause, or if
Executive  terminates  his  employment  with  the  Company  other  than (x) upon
Executive's death or Total Disability or (y) for Good Reason, the Company shall:

                  (a) pay Executive the Accrued Base Salary;
                                        5
<PAGE>
                  (b) pay Executive the Accrued Vacation Payment;

                  (c) pay Executive the Accrued Reimbursable Expenses;

                  (d) pay  Executive  the Accrued  Benefits,  together  with any
benefits required to be paid or provided under applicable law;

                  (e) pay  Executive  any accrued  Annual  Incentive  Bonus with
respect to a prior year which has accrued but has not been paid; and in addition

                  (f) Executive  shall have the right to exercise vested options
and warrants in accordance with Section 4.1(f).

         4.3 Upon  Termination by the Company  Without Cause or by Executive for
Good Reason.  If  Executive's  employment is  terminated by the Company  without
Cause or by Executive for Good Reason, the Company shall:

                  (a) pay Executive the Accrued Base Salary;

                  (b) pay Executive the Accrued Vacation Payment;

                  (c) pay Executive the Accrued Reimbursable Expenses;

                  (d) pay  Executive  the Accrued  Benefits,  together  with any
benefits required to be paid or provided under applicable law;

                  (e) pay Executive any Annual Incentive Bonus with respect to a
prior year which has accrued but has not been paid;

                  (f) pay  Executive  commencing  on the thirtieth day following
the termination  date twelve monthly payments equal to one-twelfth of the sum of
(1)  Executive's  Base  Salary  in  effect  immediately  prior to the time  such
termination occurs, plus (2) the average of the Annual Incentive Bonuses paid to
Executive for the two (2) fiscal years immediately  preceding the fiscal year in
which the  termination  occurs  (or if less than two,  the  amount of his single
Annual  Incentive Bonus, if any). For purposes of this subsection (f), no Annual
Incentive  Bonus received under the Company's  Executive Bonus Plan prior to the
1993  Executive  Bonus  Plan  shall  be  considered.   Should  Executive  attain
alternative  employment  during  the  twelve  (12)  month  payment  period,  the
Company's obligations under this Section 4.3(f) will be reduced by the amount of
Executive's  compensation from his new employer.  For example, if Executive were
entitled to receive  $17,500 per month for twelve (12) months under this Section
4.3(f),  and if, at the  beginning  of the  seventh  (7th) month  following  his
termination  date,  he finds  alternative  employment  that pays him $15,000 per
month,  the Company would be obligated to pay Executive six (6) monthly payments
of $17,500, and six (6) monthly payments of $2,500 under this Section 4.3(f);
                                        6
<PAGE>
                  (g) maintain in full force and effect, for Executive's and his
eligible  beneficiaries'  continued benefit, until the first to occur of (x) his
attainment of alternative  employment or (y) 12 months following the termination
date of his  employment  hereunder the employee  benefits  provided  pursuant to
Company-sponsored  benefit  plans,  programs  or  other  arrangements  in  which
Executive was entitled to participate as a full-time employee  immediately prior
to such termination in accordance with Section 2.4 hereof,  subject to the terms
and  conditions  of such  plans and  programs  (the  "Continued  Benefits").  If
Executive's continued participation is not permitted under the general terms and
provisions of such plans,  programs and arrangements,  the Company shall arrange
to provide  Executive with  Continued  Benefits  substantially  similar to those
which Executive  would have been entitled to receive under such plans,  programs
and arrangements; and in addition

                  (h) Executive  shall have the right to exercise vested options
and warrants in accordance with Section 4.1(f).

         4.4 Upon Termination by the Company Without Cause Following a Change of
Control or by  Executive  for Good  Reason  Following  a Change of  Control.  If
following a Change of  Control,  Executive's  employment  is  terminated  by the
Company Without Cause or by Executive for Good Reason, the Company shall:

                  (a) Make the payments  and provide to  Executive  the benefits
under Section 4.3 other than under Section 4.3(f) hereof; and in addition

                  (b) Pay to  Executive  a lump sum  payment  on or prior to the
thirtieth day following the termination date of Executive's employment hereunder
in an  amount  equal  to one  hundred  fifty  percent  (150%)  of the sum of (1)
Executive's Base Salary in effect for the fiscal year  immediately  prior to the
fiscal year in which the Change of Control  occurs,  plus (2) the average of the
Annual  Incentive  Bonuses  paid to  Executive  for the  two  (2)  fiscal  years
immediately  preceding the fiscal year in which the Change of Control occurs (or
if less than two, the amount of his/her single Annual  Incentive Bonus, if any).
For purposes of this  subsection  (b), no Annual  Incentive Bonus received under
the Company's  Executive Bonus Plan prior to the 1996 Executive Bonus Plan shall
be considered.

                                    ARTICLE V

                              RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS

         5.1 Confidential Information and Materials. Executive hereby agrees and
acknowledges  that the following  ideas,  information  and materials in written,
oral, magnetic, photographic,  optical or other form and whether now existing or
developed or created during the period of  Executive's  employment or engagement
with the Company (the "Confidential Information") are proprietary to the Company
and are highly sensitive in nature:
                                        7
<PAGE>
                  (a)  Hardware.   Any  and  all  ideas,   concepts,   know-how,
techniques,  structures,  information  and  materials  relating  to the  design,
development,  engineering, invention, patent, patent application, manufacture or
improvement of any and all equipment, components, devices, techniques, processes
or formulas (including,  without limitation,  mask works,  semi-conductor chips,
processors,  memories,  disc drives, tape heads, computer terminals,  keyboards,
storage  devices,   printers,  and  optical  storage  media)  and  any  and  all
components,  devices,  techniques or circuitry  incorporated in any of the above
which is or are constructed,  designed, improved, altered or used by the Company
and which is or are not generally  known to the public or within the  industries
in which the Company competes.

                  (b)  Software.   Any  and  all  ideas,   concepts,   know-how,
techniques,  structures, information and materials relating to existing computer
software  or  firmware  products  and  computer  software or firmware in various
stages of research and development  including  without  limitation  source code,
object and load modules,  requirements  specifications,  design  specifications,
design notes, flow charts, coding sheets, annotations,  documentation, technical
and  engineering  data,  laboratory  studies,  benchmark  test results,  and the
structures,  organization,  designs, formulas and algorithms which reside in the
software  and  which  are not  generally  known  to the  public  or  within  the
industries or trades in which the Company competes.

                  (c) Business  Procedures.  Internal  business  procedures  and
business  plans,   including   analytical  methods  and  procedures,   licensing
techniques,  manufacturing  information  and  procedures  such as  formulations,
processes and equipment,  technical and engineering  data,  vendor names,  other
vendor information,  purchasing information,  financial information, service and
operational  manuals and  documentation  therefor,  ideas for new  products  and
services  and  other  such  information  which  relates  to the way the  Company
conducts its business and which is not generally known to the public.

                  (d) Legal  Rights.  All patents,  copyrights,  trade  secrets,
trademarks and service marks, and the like.

                  (e) Marketing Plans and Customers  Lists. Any and all customer
and marketing  information and materials,  such as (i) strategic data, including
marketing and development plans, forecasts and forecast assumptions and volumes,
and future plans and potential  strategies of the Company which have been or are
being discussed;  (ii) financial data,  price and cost objectives,  price lists,
pricing  policies  and  procedures,  and  estimating  and quoting  policies  and
procedures;  and  (iii)  customer  data,  including  customer  lists,  names  of
existing, past or prospective customers and their representatives, data about or
provided  by  prospective,   existing  or  past  customers,   customer   service
information and materials, data about the terms, conditions and expiration dates
of existing  contracts with customers and the type,  quantity and specifications
of products  and  services  purchased,  leased or licensed by  customers  of the
Company.

                  (f) Not Generally Known. Any and all information not generally
known to the  public or within  the  industries  or trades in which the  Company
competes.
                                        8
<PAGE>
         5.2 General  Knowledge.  The general  skills and  experience  gained by
Executive  during  Executive's  employment  or  engagement  by the Company,  and
information  publicly  available or generally  known  within the  industries  or
trades  in  which  the  Company   competes,   is  not  considered   Confidential
Information.  Following the Non-Competition  Period (as defined in Section 5.9),
Executive  is not  restricted  from  working  with a person or entity  which has
independently  developed  information or materials  similar to the  Confidential
Information,  but in such a circumstance,  Executive  agrees not to disclose the
fact that any similarity  exists between the  Confidential  Information  and the
independently  developed  information and materials,  and Executive  understands
that such similarity does not excuse Executive from the non-disclosure and other
obligations in this Agreement.

         5.3 Executive Obligations as to Confidential Information and Materials.
During Executive's employment or engagement by the Company,  Executive will have
access to the  Confidential  Information and will occupy a position of trust and
confidence  with  respect  to the  Confidential  Information  and the  Company's
affairs and business.  Executive  agrees to take the following steps to preserve
the confidential and proprietary nature of the Confidential Information:

                  (a) Non-Disclosure. During and after Executive's Employment or
engagement by the Company,  Executive will not use, disclose or otherwise permit
any person or entity access to any of the Confidential Information other than as
required in the  performance of Executive's  duties with the Company.  Executive
understands that Executive is not allowed to sell, license,  market or otherwise
exploit any  products or services  (including  software or firmware in any form)
which embody in whole or in part any Confidential Information.

                  (b) Prevent  Disclosure.  Executive  will take all  reasonable
precautions   to  prevent   disclosure  of  the   Confidential   Information  to
unauthorized persons or entities.

                  (c) Abide by the Company's Restrictions.  Executive will treat
as  confidential  and  proprietary any information or materials from outside the
Company which the Company is obligated to treat as  confidential or proprietary,
in accordance with the Company's reasonable instructions to Executive.

                  (d) Return All  Materials.  Upon  termination  of  Executive's
employment  or engagement  by the Company for any reason  whatsoever,  Executive
will deliver to the Company all tangible  materials  embodying the  Confidential
Information,  including  any  documentation,  records,  listings,  notes,  data,
sketches, drawings,  memoranda, models, accounts, reference materials,  samples,
machine-readable media and equipment which in any way relate to the Confidential
Information.  Of course, Executive agrees not to retain any copies of any of the
above materials.

         5.4 Inform Subsequent  Employers.  Executive covenants and agrees that,
for a period of 12 months following  termination of the Non-Competition  Period,
prior  to  accepting   subsequent   employment  with  an  employer   engaged  in
substantially the same line of work as the Company,
                                        9
<PAGE>
Executive  shall:  (a) inform any such subsequent  employer in writing that this
Agreement exists; and (b) provide the Company with a copy of such writing.

         5.5 Ideas and Inventions. Executive agrees to assign to the Company all
of Executive's right,  title and interest in or to any and all ideas,  concepts,
know-how, techniques, processes, inventions, discoveries, developments, works of
authorship,  innovations and  improvements  ("Inventions")  conceived or made by
Executive, whether alone or with others, whether patentable or not, except those
that the Executive  developed entirely on Executive's own time without using the
Company's equipment, supplies, facilities, or trade secret information and which
neither (1) relate at the time of  conception  or  reduction  to practice of the
invention  to the  Company's  business,  or actual or  demonstrably  anticipated
research or development of the Company nor (2) result from any work performed by
the Executive for the Company.  Executive  agrees to disclose all  Inventions to
the Company promptly,  and to provide all assistance reasonably requested by the
Company in the  preservation  of its  interests  in the  Inventions  (such as by
executing  documents,  testifying,  etc.), such assistance to be provided at the
Company's expense but without any additional compensation to Executive.

         5.6 Inventions and Patents.  Executive agrees that from this date until
Executive  leaves the  Company's  employment,  Executive  shall keep the Company
informed of any Inventions made by Executive,  in whole or in part, or conceived
by Executive,  alone or with others, which result from any work Executive may do
for,  or at the  request  of,  the  Company,  or which  relate to the  Company's
activities, investigations, or obligations.

                  (a) Assertion of Rights.  Executive  shall,  at the expense of
the  Company,  assist the  Company or its  nominees  to obtain  patents for such
Inventions in any countries  throughout the world.  Such Inventions shall be the
property  of the Company or its  nominees,  whether  patented or not.  Executive
shall and does,  without  charge to the Company,  assign to the Company,  all of
Executive's  right,  title,  and interest in and to such  Inventions,  including
patents  and patent  applications  and  reissues  thereof.  Executive  agrees to
execute,  acknowledge,  and  deliver any  instruments  confirming  the  complete
ownership by the Company of such Inventions.  Such assignments shall include the
right to sue for infringement.

                  (b) Reserved Inventions.  Descriptions of all ideas, concepts,
know-how,  techniques,   processes,   inventions,   discoveries,   developments,
innovations and improvements  which Executive made,  conceived or acquired prior
to Executive's employment by the Company and all patents and patent applications
relating thereto (collectively referred to as "Executive's Rights") are attached
hereto  in  Exhibit  B, and  Executive's  Rights  shall be  excluded  from  this
Agreement.  Executive  represents that the absence of any Executive's  Rights in
Exhibit B, shall indicate that Executive owns no such Executive's  Rights at the
time of signing this Agreement.

         5.7  Copyrights.  Executive  agrees that any work prepared by Executive
during the course of  Executive's  employment or engagement  hereunder  which is
eligible  for  United  States  copyright  protection  or  protection  under  the
Universal Copyright Convention, the Berne Copyright Convention and/or the Buenos
Aires Copyright Convention shall be a work made for hire. In the
                                       10
<PAGE>
event any such work is deemed not to be a work made for hire,  Executive  hereby
assigns all right,  title and  interest in and to the  copyright in such work to
the Company,  and agrees to provide all assistance  reasonably  requested by the
Company in the  establishment,  preservation and enforcement of its copyright in
such work, such  assistance to be provided at the Company's  expense but without
any additional compensation to Executive.

         5.8 Conflicting Obligations and Rights.  Executive agrees to inform the
Company in writing of any apparent  conflict  between  Executive's  work for the
Company  and  (i)  any   obligations   Executive   may  have  to  preserve   the
confidentiality of another's proprietary  information or materials,  or (ii) any
rights  Executive  claims to any patents,  copyrights,  trade secrets,  or other
inventions, ideas or similar rights, before performing that work. Otherwise, the
Company  may  conclude  that  no  such  conflict  exists  and  Executive  agrees
thereafter to make no such claim against the Company.  The Company shall receive
such  disclosures in  confidence.  All such existing  obligations  and claims of
Executive,  if any,  as of the date of this  Agreement  are  listed on Exhibit C
attached hereto.

         5.9 Non-Competition.

                  (a) Non-competition. By execution of this Agreement, Executive
agrees that during his employment with the Company and for a period of 12 months
following the date of expiration or termination of his employment hereunder (the
"Non-Competition  Period") for any reason  (whether  such  termination  shall be
voluntary or  involuntary),  Executive  will not,  within the United  States (in
which territory Executive acknowledges that the Company has sold or marketed its
products or services and conducted its Business, as defined in Section 5.9(d) as
of the date  hereof),  directly  or  indirectly,  compete  with the  Company  by
carrying on a business that is substantially similar to the Business.  Executive
agrees that the 12 month period  referred to in the preceding  sentence shall be
extended by the number of days included in any period of time during which he is
or was engaged in activities constituting a breach of this Section 5.9.

                  (b) Definition of "Compete".  For the purposes of this Section
5.9, the term "compete"  shall mean with respect to the Business:  (i) managing,
supervising,  or otherwise participating in a management or sales capacity; (ii)
calling on,  soliciting,  taking away,  accepting  as a client or  customer,  or
attempting  to call on,  solicit,  take away, or accept as a client or customer,
any individual partnership,  corporation,  company, association, or other entity
that was a client or customer of the Company as of immediately prior to the date
hereof; (iii) hiring,  soliciting,  taking away, or attempting to hire, solicit,
or take away,  either on Executive's  behalf or on behalf of any other person or
entity,  any person serving  immediately  prior to the date hereof or during the
term hereof as an employee in  connection  with the  Business;  or (iv) entering
into or  attempting  to enter  into any  business  substantially  similar to the
Business,  either  alone  or  with  any  individual,  partnership,  corporation,
company, association, or other entity.

                  (c) Direct or Indirect  Competition.  For the purposes of this
Section  5.9,  the  words  "directly  or  indirectly"  as they  modify  the word
"compete"  shall  mean  (i)  acting  as an  agent,  representative,  consultant,
officer, director, member, independent contractor, or employee
                                       11
<PAGE>
of any entity or  enterprise  that is  competing  (as defined in Section  5.9(b)
hereof) with the Business,  (ii)  participating  in any such competing entity or
enterprise  as an owner,  partner,  limited  partner,  joint  venturer,  member,
creditor,  or  stockholder  (except  as a  stockholder  holding  less than a one
percent (1%)  interest in a  corporation  whose shares are actively  traded on a
regional or national securities exchange or in the over-the-counter market), and
(iii)  communicating  to any such  competing  entity or enterprise  the names or
addresses or any other information  concerning any past,  present, or identified
prospective  client or customer of the Company or any entity having title to the
goodwill of the Company with respect to the Business.

                  (d)  Business.  For  purposes  of  this  Agreement,  the  term
"Business"  shall mean the delivery of systems  integration  services and master
distribution of information  technology  product  services,  as conducted by the
Company immediately prior to the date hereof and/or developed during the term of
this Agreement.

                  (e) Executive expressly agrees and acknowledges that:

                           (i) it will  require at least  twelve (12) months for
         the  Company to locate,  hire and train an  appropriate  individual  to
         perform  the  functions   and  duties  that   Executive  is  performing
         hereunder;

                           (ii) the Company  has  protected  business  interests
         throughout the United States and that competition with and against such
         business interests would be harmful to the Company;

                           (iii) this  covenant not to compete is  reasonable as
         to time and  geographical  area and does  not  place  any  unreasonable
         burden upon him;

                           (iv)  the  general  public  will not be  harmed  as a
         result of enforcement of this covenant not to compete;

                           (v) his  personal  legal  counsel has  reviewed  this
         covenant not to compete; and

                           (vi) he  understands  and  hereby  agrees to each and
         every term and  condition of this  covenant not to compete  (including,
         without limitation, the provisions of Section 5.11).

         5.10  Non-Disparagement.  During  the  term of this  Agreement  and the
Non-Competition  Period,  neither  Executive nor the Company shall disparage the
other,  and  neither  shall  disclose  to any  third  party  the  conditions  of
Executive's  employment  with the Company except as may be required (i) pursuant
to applicable  law or  regulations,  including the rules and  regulations of the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  (ii) to  effectuate  the  provisions  of
employee plans or programs and insurance policies,  or (iii) as may be otherwise
contemplated  herein or  unless  such  information  becomes  publicly  available
without fault of the party making such disclosure.
                                       12
<PAGE>
         5.11 Remedies.  Executive  expressly agrees and  acknowledges  that the
covenants  set forth in Sections 5.1 through  Section 5.10 are necessary for the
protection  of the  interests of the Company and its  affiliates  because of the
nature and scope of their  business and his position with the Company.  Further,
Executive  acknowledges  that any  breach  of such  covenants  would  result  in
irreparable damage to the Company,  and that money damages will not sufficiently
compensate the Company for its injury caused thereby, and that the remedy at law
for any breach or threatened  breach of any of such covenants will be inadequate
and,  accordingly  agrees,  that the  Company  shall,  in  addition to all other
available remedies (including without limitation, seeking such damages as it can
show it has  sustained  by reason of such  breach),  be entitled  to  injunctive
relief or specific performance and that in addition to such money damages he may
be restrained  and enjoined from any  continuing  breach of this covenant not to
compete  without  any  bond or  other  security  being  required  of any  court.
Executive  further  acknowledges  and agrees that if such  covenants,  or any of
them, are deemed to be  unenforceable  and/or the Executive fails to comply with
this Article V, the Company has no  obligation  to provide any  compensation  or
other  benefits  described in Article IV hereof.  The remedies set forth in this
Section  5.11  shall be  included  in any  award in favor of the  Company  under
Exhibit D hereto.

         5.12 Scope of  Article.  For  purposes  of this  Article V,  unless the
context otherwise  requires,  the term "Company"  includes  MicroAge,  Inc., its
direct and indirect subsidiaries, and its affiliates.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         6.1  Definitions.  For purposes of this Agreement,  the following terms
shall have the following meanings:

                  (a) "Accrued Base Salary" - as defined in Section 4.1(a);

                  (b) "Accrued Benefits" - as defined in Section 4.1(d);

                  (c)  "Accrued  Reimbursable  Expenses" - as defined in Section
4.1(c);

                  (d) "Accrued Vacation Payment" - as defined in Section 4.1(b);

                  (e) "Annual Incentive Bonus" - as defined in Section 2.2;

                  (f) "Base Salary" - as defined in Section 2.1;

                  (g)  "Board"  - shall  mean  the  Board  of  Directors  of the
Company;

                  (h) "Cause" shall mean the occurrence of any of the following:
                                       13
<PAGE>
                           (i) Executive's gross and willful misconduct which is
         injurious to the Company;

                           (ii) Executive's  engaging in fraudulent conduct with
         respect to the  Company's  business or in conduct of a criminal  nature
         that  may  have  an  adverse  impact  on  the  Company's  standing  and
         reputation;

                           (iii)  the  continued  and  unjustified   failure  or
         refusal by  Executive  to perform  the duties  required  of him by this
         Agreement  which failure or refusal  shall not be cured within  fifteen
         (15) days following (A) receipt by Executive of written notice from the
         Board  specifying  the factors or events  constituting  such failure or
         refusal, and (B) a reasonable opportunity for Executive to correct such
         deficiencies;

                           (iv)  Executive's  use of  drugs  and/or  alcohol  in
         violation of then current Company policy; or

                           (v)  Executive's   breach  of  his  obligation  under
         Section 1.2(c) hereof which shall not be cured within fifteen (15) days
         after written notice thereof to Executive.

                  (i) "Change of Control" shall mean and shall be deemed to have
occurred if:

                           (i) After the date of this  Agreement,  any  "person"
         (as such term is used in Sections  13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities
         Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), or any successor
         provision  thereto)  shall  become the  beneficial  owner  (within  the
         meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act or any successor provision
         thereto)   directly  or   indirectly   of  securities  of  the  Company
         representing  15 percent or more of the  combined  voting  power of the
         Company's then outstanding  securities  ordinarily  having the right to
         vote at an election of directors; provided, however, that, for purposes
         of  this  subparagraph,   "person"  shall  exclude  the  Company,   its
         subsidiaries,  any person  acquiring such securities  directly from the
         Company,  any employee  benefit  plan  sponsored by the Company or from
         Executive or any stockholder  owning 15% or more of the combined voting
         power of the  Company's  outstanding  securities as of the date of this
         Agreement; or

                           (ii) Any stockholder of the Company owning 15 percent
         or more of the  combined  voting  power  of the  Company's  outstanding
         securities as of the date of this Agreement shall become the beneficial
         owner  (within  the  meaning  of Rule  13d-3  under the  Exchange  Act)
         directly or indirectly of securities of the Company (other than through
         the  acquisition  of  securities  directly  from  the  Company  or from
         Executive) representing 25 percent or more of the combined voting power
         of the Company's  then  outstanding  securities  ordinarily  having the
         right to vote at an election of directors; or

                           (iii)   Individuals  who,  as  of  the  date  hereof,
         constitute  the Board (the  "Incumbent  Board") cease for any reason to
         constitute at least 80 percent of the Board,
                                       14
<PAGE>
         provided,  however,  that any  person  becoming  a member  of the Board
         subsequent  to the  date  hereof  whose  election,  or  nomination  for
         election by the  Company's  stockholders,  was approved by a vote of at
         least 80 percent of the members then  comprising  the  Incumbent  Board
         (other than an election or nomination  of an  individual  whose initial
         assumption  of office  is in  connection  with an actual or  threatened
         election  contest relating to the election of directors of the Company,
         as such terms are used in Rule  14a-11 of  Regulation  14A  promulgated
         under the Exchange Act or any successor  provision  thereto)  shall be,
         for purposes of this Agreement, considered as though such person were a
         member of the Incumbent Board; or

                           (iv) Approval by the  stockholders of the Company and
         consummation of (A) a reorganization, merger, consolidation, or sale or
         other  disposition  of all or  substantially  all of the  assets of the
         Company,  in each case,  with or to a  corporation  or other  person or
         entity  of  which  persons  who were the  stockholders  of the  Company
         immediately prior to such transaction do not,  immediately  thereafter,
         own  more  than  60  percent  of  the  combined  voting  power  of  the
         outstanding  voting  securities  entitled  to  vote  generally  in  the
         election of  directors  of the  reorganized,  merged,  consolidated  or
         purchasing  corporation  (or in the case of a  non-corporate  person or
         entity,  functionally  equivalent  voting  power) and 80 percent of the
         members of the Board of which corporation (or functional  equivalent in
         the case of a  non-corporate  person or entity) were not members of the
         Incumbent  Board at the time of the execution of the initial  agreement
         providing for such  reorganization,  merger,  consolidation or sale, or
         (B) a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

                  (j) "Confidential Information" - as defined in Section 5.1;

                  (k) "Continued Benefits" - as defined in Section 4.3(g);

                  (l) "Designated Members of the Executive Council" - shall mean
the members of the Company's  Executive  Council other than the Chief  Executive
Officer, President, Vice Chairman of the Board and the Chief Financial Officer;

                  (m)  "Expiration"  shall mean the  expiration  of  Executive's
employment hereunder in accordance with Section 1.3;

                  (n) "Good  Reason"  shall  mean the  occurrence  of any of the
following:

                           (i)  Material  change by the  Company in  Executive's
         function,  duties or  responsibilities  which would  cause  Executive's
         position with the Company to become of less dignity, responsibility and
         importance  than  those  associated  with  his  functions,   duties  or
         responsibilities as of November 4, 1996;

                           (ii)  Executive's  Base  Salary  is  reduced  by  the
         Company  (unless  such  reduction  is  pursuant  to a salary  reduction
         program as described in Section 2.1 hereof) or
                                       15
<PAGE>
         there is a material  reduction in the  benefits  that are in effect for
         the  Executive  on  November  4, 1996 in  accordance  with  Section 2.4
         (unless such  reduction is pursuant to a uniform  reduction in benefits
         for all Designated Members of the Executive Council);

                           (iii) Except with Executive's  prior written consent,
         relocation of Executive's  principal  place of employment to a location
         outside of Maricopa County,  Arizona,  or requiring Executive to travel
         on the Company's  business more than is required by Section 1.4 hereof;
         or

                           (iv) Other  material  breach of this Agreement by the
         Company,  which  breach is not cured  within  fifteen  (15) days  after
         written notice thereof is received by the Company.

                  (o) "1996 Executive Bonus Plan" - as defined in Section 2.2.

                  (p) "Non-Competition Period" - as defined in Section 5.9(a);

                  (q) "Notice of  Termination"  shall mean a notice  which shall
indicate the specific  termination  provision of this Agreement  relied upon and
shall set forth in  reasonable  detail  the facts and  circumstances  claimed to
provide a basis for termination of Executive's employment under the provision so
indicated.  Each Notice of  Termination  shall be delivered at least thirty (30)
days prior to the effective date of termination;

                  (r) "Retirement" shall mean normal retirement at age 65;

                  (s)  "Termination"  shall mean the  termination of Executive's
employment  hereunder  other than upon expiration of the term of such employment
in accordance with Section 1.3;

                  (t)  "Total   Disability"   shall  mean  Executive's   failure
substantially  to perform his duties hereunder on a full-time basis for a period
exceeding 180  consecutive  days or for periods  aggregating  more than 180 days
during any  twelve-month  period as a result of  incapacity  due to  physical or
mental  illness.  If  there  is a  dispute  as to  whether  Executive  is or was
physically or mentally unable to perform his duties under this  Agreement,  such
dispute shall be submitted for resolution to a licensed physician agreed upon by
the Board and  Executive,  or if an agreement  cannot be promptly  reached,  the
Board and Executive shall promptly select a physician,  and if these  physicians
cannot agree,  the physicians  shall  promptly  select a third  physician  whose
decision shall be binding on all parties.  If such a dispute  arises,  Executive
shall submit to such  examinations  and shall provide such  information  as such
physician(s)  may  request,  and the  determination  of the  physician(s)  as to
Executive's  physical  or mental  condition  shall be  binding  and  conclusive.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Executive participates in any group disability
plan provided by the Company which offers long-term disability benefits,  "Total
Disability" shall mean total disability as defined therein.
                                       16
<PAGE>
         6.2 Key Man  Insurance.  The Company shall have the right,  in its sole
discretion,  to  purchase  "key man"  insurance  on the life of  Executive.  The
Company shall be the owner and  beneficiary  of any such policy.  If the Company
elects  to  purchase  such  a  policy,   Executive   shall  take  such  physical
examinations and supply such  information as may be reasonably  requested by the
insurer.

         6.3 Mitigation of Damages; Set-Off; Dispute Resolution.

                  (a) Executive  shall be required to mitigate the amount of any
payment provided for in this Agreement (other than payments received pursuant to
Section 4.4 hereof) by seeking other employment.

                  (b) If there  shall be any  dispute  between  the  Company and
Executive (i) in the event of any  termination of Executive's  employment by the
Company,  whether such  termination  was for Cause,  or (ii) in the event of any
termination of employment by Executive,  whether Good Reason  existed,  or (iii)
otherwise  arising  out of this  Agreement,  the  dispute  shall be  resolved in
accordance with the dispute resolution procedures set forth in Exhibit D hereto,
the  provisions  of which are  incorporated  as a part  hereof,  and the parties
hereto  hereby  agree  that  such  dispute  resolution  procedures  shall be the
exclusive  method for  resolution of disputes  under this  Agreement;  provided,
however,  that (1) either party may seek preliminary  judicial relief if, in its
judgment,  such  action is  necessary  to avoid  irreparable  injury  during the
pendency of such  procedures,  and (2) nothing in Exhibit D shall prevent either
party from exercising the rights of termination set forth in this Agreement.  In
the event of a dispute  hereunder as to whether a termination by the Company was
for Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason,  until there is a resolution  and
award as provided in Exhibit D, the Company  shall pay all amounts,  and provide
all benefits, to Executive and/or Executive's family or other beneficiaries,  as
the case may be, that the Company would be required to pay or provide  hereunder
as though such termination were by the Company without Cause or by Executive for
Good Reason and shall pay the reasonable  legal fees and expenses of counsel for
Executive in connection with such dispute resolution;  provided,  however,  that
the Company shall not be required to pay any disputed  amounts or any legal fees
and expenses  pursuant to this subparagraph (b) except upon receipt of a written
undertaking  by or on behalf of Executive  (and/or  Executive's  family or other
beneficiaries,  as the case may be) to repay,  without  interest or penalty,  as
soon as  practicable  after  completion of the dispute  resolution  (A) all such
amounts to which Executive (or Executive's family or other beneficiaries, as the
case may be) is ultimately  adjudged not be entitled with respect to the payment
of such disputed  amount(s)  and (B) in addition,  in the case of legal fees and
expenses, a proportionate amount of legal fees and expenses  attributable to any
of Executive's claim(s) (or any of Executive's  defenses or  counter-claims(s)),
if any,  which  shall  have  been  found by the  dispute  resolver  to have been
frivolous  or without  merit.  IT IS EXPRESSLY  UNDERSTOOD  THAT BY SIGNING THIS
AGREEMENT,  WHICH INCORPORATES  BINDING  ARBITRATION,  THE COMPANY AND EXECUTIVE
AGREE,  EXCEPT AS  SPECIFICALLY  PROVIDED  OTHERWISE  IN  SECTION  5.11 AND THIS
SECTION 6.3(b),  TO WAIVE COURT OR JURY TRIAL AND TO WAIVE PUNITIVE,  STATUTORY,
CONSEQUENTIAL AND ANY DAMAGES, OTHER THAN COMPENSATORY DAMAGES.
                                       17
<PAGE>
         6.4 Successors; Binding Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon
any  successor  to  the  Company  and  shall  inure  to  the  benefit  of and be
enforceable by  Executive's  personal or legal  representatives,  beneficiaries,
designees,  executors,   administrators,   heirs,  distributees,   devisees  and
legatees.

         6.5  Modification;  No Waiver.  This  Agreement  may not be modified or
amended except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto. No term
or condition of this  Agreement  shall be deemed to have been waived,  nor shall
there  be any  estoppel  against  the  enforcement  of  any  provision  of  this
Agreement, except by written instrument by the party charged with such waiver or
estoppel.  No such written  waiver shall be deemed a  continuing  waiver  unless
specifically  stated therein,  and each such waiver shall operate only as to the
specific term or condition waived and shall not constitute a waiver of such term
or condition for the future or as to any other term or condition.

         6.6  Severability.  The covenants and agreements  contained  herein are
separate and severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any one or more
of such covenants or agreements,  if not material to the employment  arrangement
that is the  basis  for  this  Agreement,  shall  not  affect  the  validity  or
enforceability of any other covenant or agreement  contained herein.  If, in any
judicial  proceeding,  a  court  shall  refuse  to  enforce  one or  more of the
covenants or agreements  contained  herein  because the duration  thereof is too
long,  or the scope  thereof is too broad,  it is expressly  agreed  between the
parties hereto that such duration or scope shall be deemed reduced to the extent
necessary to permit the enforcement of such covenants or agreements.

         6.7  Notices.  All the  notices  and other  communications  required or
permitted  hereunder  shall be in writing and shall be delivered  personally  or
sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt  requested,  to the parties
hereto at the following addresses:

                           If to the Company, to it at:

                           MicroAge, Inc.
                           2400 South MicroAge Way
                           Tempe, Arizona  85282-1896
                           Attn:  Chief Executive Officer
                                       18
<PAGE>
                          With a copy to:

                           Matthew P. Feeney
                           Snell & Wilmer L.L.P.
                           One Arizona Center
                           Phoenix, Arizona  85004-0001

                           If Executive, to him at:

                           Christopher J. Koziol
                           9654 East Ironwood Drive
                           Scottsdale, Arizona 85258

         6.8  Assignment.  This Agreement and any rights  hereunder shall not be
assignable by either party without the prior written  consent of the other party
except as otherwise specifically provided for herein.

         6.9 Entire  Understanding.  This  Agreement  (together with the Exhibit
incorporated as a part hereof) constitutes the entire understanding  between the
parties hereto and no agreement,  representation,  warranty or covenant has been
made by either party except as expressly set forth herein.

         6.10  Executive's  Representations.  Executive  represents and warrants
that neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the performance of
his duties hereunder  violates the provisions of any other agreement to which he
is a party or by which he is bound.

         6.11 Liability of Company with Respect to Insurance  Policy.  Executive
has selected the insurer and policy  referred to in Section 2.4(a)  hereof,  and
the Company  shall not have any  liability to Executive  (or his  beneficiaries)
should the insurance company which issues the policy referred to therein fail or
refuse to pay  (whether  voluntarily  or by reason of any order,  injunction  or
otherwise)  thereunder  or if any rights or  elections  otherwise  available  to
Executive thereunder are restricted or eliminated.

         6.12  Governing  Law. This  Agreement  shall be construed in accordance
with  and  governed  for all  purposes  by the  laws  of the  State  of  Arizona
applicable to contracts executed and wholly performed within such state.
                                       19
<PAGE>
         IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  hereto  have  duly  executed  this
Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

                                    Company:

                                    MICROAGE, INC.



                                    By:/s/ Jeffrey D. McKeever
                                      -----------------------------------------
                                    Name: Jeffrey D. McKeever
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                    Title: Chairman and CEO
                                         --------------------------------------
 
                                    Executive:

                                    CHRISTOPHER J. KOZIOL


                                    /s/ Christopher J. Koziol
                                    -------------------------------------------
                                       20
<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT A

                             SPLIT DOLLAR AGREEMENT
                             ----------------------
<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT B

                               EXECUTIVE'S RIGHTS
                               ------------------

                                      None
<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT C

                   EXECUTIVE'S EXISTING OBLIGATIONS AND CLAIMS
                   -------------------------------------------

                                      None
<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT D

                          DISPUTE RESOLUTION PROCEDURES
                          -----------------------------


         A. If a  controversy  should  arise  which is covered by Section 6.3 of
Article  VI,  then not later than  twelve (12) months from the date of the event
which is the  subject of dispute  either  party may serve on the other a written
notice  specifying  the  existence  of such  controversy  and  setting  forth in
reasonably  specific  detail the  grounds  thereof  ("Notice  of  Controversy");
provided  that,  in any event,  the other party shall have at least  thirty (30)
days  from and after the date of the  Notice of  Controversy  to serve a written
notice  of  any  counterclaim   ("Notice  of   Counterclaim").   The  Notice  of
Counterclaim shall specify the claim or claims in reasonably specific detail. If
the Notice of Controversy or the Notice of Counterclaim,  as the case may be, is
not served  within the  applicable  period,  the claim set forth therein will be
deemed to have been waived, abandoned and rendered unenforceable.

         B.  Following  receipt of the Notice of  Controversy  (or the Notice of
Counterclaim,  as the case may be),  there shall be a three week  period  during
which the parties will make a good faith  effort to resolve the dispute  through
negotiation  ("Period  of  Negotiation").  Neither  party  shall take any action
during the Period of Negotiation to initiate arbitration proceedings.

         C. If the parties  should  agree  during the Period of  Negotiation  to
mediate  the  dispute,  then the Period of  Negotiation  shall be extended by an
amount of time to be agreed upon by the parties to permit such mediation.  In no
event,  however,  may the Period of  Negotiation  be  extended by more than five
weeks or,  stated  differently,  in no event may the  Period of  Negotiation  be
extended to encompass more than a total of eight weeks.

         D. If the  parties  agree to mediate  the  dispute  but are  thereafter
unable to agree within a week on the format and  procedures  for the  mediation,
then the effort to mediate  shall  cease,  and the Period of  Negotiation  shall
terminate  four  weeks  from  the  Notice  of  Controversy  (or  the  Notice  of
Counterclaim, as the case may be).

         E. Following the termination of the Period of Negotiation,  the dispute
(including  the  main  claim  and  counterclaim,  if any)  shall be  settled  by
arbitration,  governed by the Federal  Arbitration  Act, 9 U.S.C.  ss. 1 et seq.
("FAA"),  and  judgment  upon the  award  may be  entered  in any  court  having
jurisdiction thereof. The format and procedures of the arbitration are set forth
below (referred to below as the "Arbitration Agreement").

         F. A notice of intention to arbitrate  ("Notice of Arbitration")  shall
be served within 45 days of the termination of the Period of Negotiation. If the
Notice of Arbitration  is not served within this period,  the claim set forth in
the Notice of Controversy  (or the Notice of  Counterclaim,  as the case may be)
will be deemed to have been waived, abandoned and rendered unenforceable.
<PAGE>
         G. The  arbitration,  including  the  Notice  of  Arbitration,  will be
governed by the Commercial Rules of the American Arbitration Association ("AAA")
in effect on the date of the  Notice of  Arbitration,  except  that the terms of
this  Arbitration  Agreement  shall  control in the event of any  difference  or
conflict between such Rules and the terms of this Arbitration Agreement.

         H. The arbitrator  shall reach a decision on the merits on the basis of
applicable legal principles as embodied in the law of the State of Arizona.  The
arbitration hearing shall take place in Phoenix, Arizona.

         I.  There  shall  be  one  arbitrator,  regardless  of  the  amount  in
controversy. The arbitrator selected, in order to be eligible to serve, shall be
a lawyer  in  Phoenix,  Arizona  with at least 15 years  specializing  in either
general commercial  litigation or general corporate and commercial  matters.  In
the event the parties cannot agree on a mutually  acceptable  single  arbitrator
from the list  submitted by the AAA, the AAA shall  appoint the  arbitrator  who
shall meet the foregoing criteria.

         J.  At  the  time  of  appointment  and  as a  condition  thereto,  the
arbitrator will be apprised of the time limitations and other provisions of this
Arbitration  Agreement and shall indicate such dispute  resolver's  agreement to
the Tribunal Administrator to comply with such provisions and time limitations.

         K. During the 30 day period  following  appointment of the  arbitrator,
either  party may serve on the other a request for limited  numbers of documents
directly  related to the dispute.  Such documents will be produced  within seven
days of the request.

         L. Following the thirty-day period of document  production,  there will
be a forty-five day period during which limited depositions will be permissible.
Neither party will take more than 5 depositions,  and no deposition  will exceed
three hours of direct testimony.

         M.  Disputes as to  discovery  or  prehearing  matters of a  procedural
nature  shall be promptly  submitted  to the  arbitrator  pursuant to  telephone
conference call or otherwise. The arbitrator shall make every effort to render a
ruling on such interim  matters at the time of the hearing (or conference  call)
or within five business days thereafter.

         N. Following the period of depositions,  the arbitration  hearing shall
promptly commence. The arbitrator will make every effort to commence the hearing
within thirty days of the conclusion of the deposition  period and, in addition,
will make every effort to conduct the hearing on  consecutive  business  days to
conclusion.

         O. An award will be rendered,  at the latest, within nine months of the
date of the Notice of  Arbitration  and within  thirty  days of the close of the
arbitration  hearing.  The award shall set forth the  grounds  for the  decision
(findings of fact and  conclusions  of law) in  reasonably  specific  detail and
shall also specify whether any claim (or defense or counter-claim) of Executive
is found to be frivolous or without  merit and what  proportion,  if any, of his
legal fees
                                       D-2
<PAGE>
and expenses which have been paid by the Company  Executive shall be required to
repay to the Company in accordance with Section 6.3(b). The award shall be final
and  nonappealable  except as  provided  in the FAA and  except  that a court of
competent  jurisdiction  shall have the power to review whether,  as a matter of
law,  based upon the  findings of fact by the  arbitrator,  the award  should be
confirmed or should be modified or vacated in order to correct any errors of law
made by the arbitrator.  Such judicial review shall be limited to issues of law,
and the parties agree that the findings of fact made by the arbitrator  shall be
final and  binding on the parties and shall serve as the facts to be relied upon
by the court in  determining  the extent to which the award should be confirmed,
modified or vacated.

         The award may only be made for compensatory  damages,  and if any other
damages (whether  exemplary,  punitive,  consequential,  statutory or other) are
included, the award shall be vacated and remanded, or modified or corrected,  as
appropriate to promote this damage limitation;  provided, however, that an award
in favor of the Company shall include the relief set forth in Section 5.11.
                                       D-3

                        SPLIT-DOLLAR INSURANCE AGREEMENT
                        --------------------------------


         THIS  AGREEMENT is made as of this 1st day of  September,  1995, by and
between  MICROAGE,  INC.,  a Delaware  corporation  (hereinafter  referred to as
"Corporation"),   and  CHRISTOPHER  J.  KOZIOL   (hereinafter   referred  to  as
"Insured").

         WHEREAS,  Insured  plans to  acquire  insurance  on his life of under a
policy  issued  by  Northwestern  Mutual  Life  Insurance  Company  (hereinafter
referred to as "Insurer"); and

         WHEREAS, Corporation wants to assist Insured by paying all premiums due
on the policy; and

         WHEREAS,  Insured  will be the owner of the  insurance  policy  and the
policy will be assigned to  Corporation  as security  for the  repayment  of the
premiums which Corporation will pay when due on the policy;

         The  parties,  therefore,  in  consideration  of  the  mutual  promises
contained herein, hereby agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I

         Insured  plans to acquire  from the Insurer a policy on the life of the
Insured in the face amount of Seven Hundred Fifty  Thousand  Dollars  ($750,000)
(hereinafter  referred to as the "Policy").  The policy number,  face amount and
plan of insurance  will be recorded on Schedule A attached to this Agreement and
the Policy will then be subject to the terms of this
<PAGE>
Agreement. During the term of this Agreement,  Corporation will not exercise nor
withhold  its consent to the  exercise by Insured of any rights,  privileges  or
options  conferred by the terms of the Policy,  except as otherwise  provided in
Article V, paragraph C hereof.

                                   ARTICLE II

         All premiums due on the Policy  which shall be Fifteen  Thousand  Three
Hundred Eighty-Two Dollars and Fifty-Seven Cents ($15,382.57) per year, shall be
paid by  Corporation  until the first to occur of (i) the death of the  Insured,
(ii) Insured's termination of employment with Corporation,  or (iii) Corporation
has paid twenty (20) premium payments.

                                   ARTICLE III

         A. Insured  shall  execute and deliver a collateral  assignment  of the
Policy to Corporation on a form approved by Insurer,  as a security interest for
the amounts paid by Corporation  towards its share of the premiums to be paid on
the Policy in accordance with Article II of this Agreement.  In the event of the
death of Insured pursuant to Article IV hereof, or in the event of the surrender
or  acquisition  of the  Policy  pursuant  to  Article V hereof,  such  security
interest  shall  be for an  amount  equal  to the  total  premiums  paid  by the
Corporation (less any outstanding loans to Corporation  pursuant to Article III,
paragraph B hereof).

         B. Corporation may not borrow against the Policy's loan value,  without
the prior written approval of Insured. 
                                       2
<PAGE>
         C.  Corporation  shall pay all  interest  with  respect  to loans  made
pursuant to subparagraph B; provided, however, that no payment of interest shall
constitute a premium payment under this Agreement.

         D. The term  "net cash  surrender  value"  when used in this  Agreement
shall mean the gross value as determined by Insurer less any  outstanding  loans
made to Corporation and interest then due on such loans.

                                   ARTICLE IV

         In the event of the death of Insured,  the proceeds of the Policy shall
be divided into two parts and paid by Insurer as follows:

         Part A -           This part shall be paid to  Corporation in an amount
                            equal to the Corporation's  security interest in the
                            Policy  as  determined   pursuant  to  Article  III,
                            paragraph A hereof. Corporation shall supply Insurer
                            with  any  information   necessary  for  Insurer  to
                            determine such amount.

         Part B -           The  balance of the death  benefit  shall be paid to
                            the beneficiary designated by the Insured.

 . . .

 . . .

 . . .
                                        3
<PAGE>
                                    ARTICLE V

         A. The Insured may, at any time, with the  Corporation's  prior written
consent,  surrender the Policy and receive the net cash surrender value thereof.
Insured  shall pay to  Corporation  an amount  equal to  Corporation's  security
interest in the Policy as determined in Article III,  paragraph A hereof, or may
authorize and instruct Insurer to pay such amount directly to Corporation.

         B. The Insured may acquire Corporation's  interest in the Policy for an
amount equal to the Corporation's  security interest in the Policy as determined
in Article III, paragraph A hereof upon the Insured's  termination of employment
with Corporation.

         C. Except as provided in the  collateral  assignment or as necessary to
protect Corporation's  security interest,  Insured shall be entitled to exercise
all of the rights  available  under the terms of the Policy,  except the Insured
may not assign or borrow on the Policy as long as a collateral  assignment is in
effect on the Policy.

                                   ARTICLE VI

         A.  Subject to Article VI,  paragraph  B below,  this  Agreement  shall
terminate upon the occurrence of any of the following:

                  1.       Surrender  or  acquisition  of the Policy by Insured,
                           pursuant to Article V of this Agreement.

                  2.       Cessation of the corporate business.

                  3.       Bankruptcy,    receivership    or    dissolution   of
                           Corporation. 
 . . .
                                        4
<PAGE>
                  4.       The  termination  of  Insured's  employment  with the
                           Corporation.

                  5.       The death of Insured.

         B. If this  Agreement is terminated  pursuant to Article VI,  paragraph
A.2 or 3. above,  Insured shall pay Corporation an amount equal to Corporation's
security  interest  in the Policy as  determined  in Article  III,  paragraph  A
hereof.  Upon receipt of such amounts,  Corporation  shall thereupon execute and
deliver to Insured a release of the collateral assignment of the Policy.

         C. If this  Agreement is terminated  pursuant to Article VI,  paragraph
A.4  above,  Insured  shall pay  Corporation  an amount  equal to  Corporation's
security interest in the Policy as determined in Article III, paragraph A above.

         D. If Insured does not remit the amounts described in paragraph B and C
above,  within thirty (30) days of the event described in Article VI,  paragraph
A.2, 3. or 4., then all obligations of Corporation under this Agreement shall be
terminated   and  Insured  shall   transfer  the  ownership  of  the  Policy  to
Corporation.

                                   ARTICLE VII

         Insurer is not a party to this Agreement and the obligations of Insurer
are those set forth in the Policy.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

         This Agreement shall be binding upon the parties  hereto,  their heirs,
legal representatives, successors and assigns.
                                        5
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE IX

         This  Agreement  may be altered,  amended or  modified  only by written
instrument signed by Corporation and the Insured.

                                    ARTICLE X

         This Agreement shall be construed according to the laws of the State of
Arizona.

                                   ARTICLE XI

         Insured  may  add a  rider  to  the  Policy  for  the  benefit  of  his
beneficiaries.  Upon written request by Corporation, Insured will add a rider to
the Policy for the benefit of Corporation.  The additional premium for any rider
which is added to the Policy  will be paid by the party  entitled to receive the
proceeds of the rider.

                                   ARTICLE XII

         A.       The  party  designated  as  the  "named   fiduciary"  for  the
                  Split-Dollar Plan established by this Agreement shall have the
                  authority   to   control   and  manage   the   operation   and
                  administration of such plan;  provided,  however,  the Insurer
                  shall be the  fiduciary  of the plan solely with regard to the
                  review and final  decision on a claim for  benefits  under its
                  Policy as provided in Article XIII Claims Procedure, set forth
                  below.

         B.       The  Fiduciary  may  allocate  his  responsibilities  for  the
                  operation  and   administration  of  the  Split-Dollar   Plan,
                  including the designation of persons to
                                        6
<PAGE>
                  carry out fiduciary  responsibilities  under any such plan. He
                  shall  effect  such  allocation  of  his  responsibilities  by
                  delivering to the Corporation a written  instrument  signed by
                  him   that   specifies   the   nature   and   extent   of  the
                  responsibilities  allocated,  including,  the  persons who are
                  designated to carry out these fiduciary responsibilities under
                  the Split-Dollar Plan, together with a signed  acknowledgement
                  of their acceptance.

                                  ARTICLE XIII

         The following claims procedure shall apply to the Split-Dollar Plan:

         A.       The  beneficiary  of such  Policy  shall  make a claim for the
                  benefits  provided under the Policy in the manner  provided in
                  the Policy.

         B.       With  respect to a claim for benefits  under said Policy,  the
                  Insurer shall be the entity which reviews and makes  decisions
                  on claim denials.

         C.       If a claim  is  wholly  or  partially  denied,  notice  of the
                  decision, meeting the requirements of paragraph D below, shall
                  be  furnished to the  claimant  within a reasonable  period of
                  time after the claim has been filed.

         D.       The  Insurer  shall  provide to any  claimant  who is denied a
                  claim for benefits,  written  notice setting forth in a manner
                  calculated to be understood by the claimant, the following:

                  1.       The specific reasons for the denial;
                                        7
<PAGE>
                  2.       Specific  reference to the  pertinent  Policy or plan
                           provisions on which the denial is based;

                  3.       A   description   of  any   additional   material  or
                           information necessary for the claimant to perfect the
                           claim  and an  explanation  of why such  material  or
                           information is necessary;

                  4.       An explanation of the plan's claim review  procedure,
                           as set forth in paragraph E and F below.

         E.       The  purpose  of  the  review  procedure  set  forth  in  this
                  paragraph and in paragraph F below,  is to provide a procedure
                  by which a  claimant  under the  Split-Dollar  Plan may have a
                  reasonable  opportunity  to  appeal a denial  of a claim for a
                  full and fair review. To accomplish that purpose, the claimant
                  or his duly authorized representative:

                  1.       May request a review upon written  application to the
                           Insurer;

                  2.       May review  pertinent  plan  documents or agreements;
                           and

                  3.       May submit issues and comments in writing.

                           A claimant  (or his duly  authorized  representative)
                  shall  request a review by  filing a written  application  for
                  review at any time within sixty (60) days after receipt by the
                  claimant of written notice of the denial of his claim.

         F.       A decision  on review of a denial of a claim  shall be made in
                  the following manner:

                  1.       The  decision on review shall be made by the Insurer,
                           which may in its  discretion  hold a  hearing  on the
                           denied claim. The Insurer shall make
                                        8
<PAGE>
                           its decision promptly,  unless special  circumstances
                           (such  as the  need to  hold a  hearing)  require  an
                           extension  of time for  processing,  in which  case a
                           decision  shall be rendered as soon as possible,  but
                           not later than one  hundred  twenty  (120) days after
                           receipt of the request for review.

                  2.       The  decision on review shall be in writing and shall
                           include specific  reasons for the decisions,  written
                           in a  manner  calculated  to  be  understood  by  the
                           claimant,  and specific  references  to the pertinent
                           Policy or plan  provision  on which the  decision  is
                           based.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as
of the date first above written.

                                        MICROAGE, INC., a Delaware Corporation



                                        By   /s/ James R. Daniel
                                           ----------------------------------
                                          Its  Senior VP and CFO
                                              -------------------------------


                                        By   /s/ Christopher J. Koziol
                                           ----------------------------------
                                            CHRISTOPHER J. KOZIOL
                                        9
<PAGE>
                                   SCHEDULE A

       Face Amount                                     $750,000

       Policy Number                                   1354488

       Plan of Insurance          The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company
                                       10
<PAGE>
                           COLLATERAL ASSIGNMENT FORM


Appln. No., Contract No.              Date this form is signed:
or Policy No.:13454488                September 1 1995

Insured:  CHRISTOPHER J. KOZIOL

Insurance Company:  The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company


The undersigned  request and direct the Insurance Company to make the provisions
of this form a part of the policy.

All previous  designations of payees are hereby revoked.  It is hereby requested
and directed that:


                                 BENEFICIARIES

(1) In the  event of the  death  of the  Insured,  MicroAge,  Inc.,  a  Delaware
corporation, or its successors  ("Corporation"),  will be the direct beneficiary
of an amount equal to the premiums paid to the Insurance  Company by Corporation
for the Policy. In the event of Corporation's cessation of business, bankruptcy,
receivership or dissolution,  Corporation  will be the direct  beneficiary of an
amount equal to the premiums paid to the Insurance  Company by  Corporation  for
the Policy.

In the event of  termination  of Insured's  employment,  or the surrender or the
acquisition  of the Policy,  Corporation  will be the direct  beneficiary of the
premiums paid to the Insurance Company by Corporation for the Policy.

Any indebtedness by Corporation to the Insurance  Company will be deducted first
from  the  share  of  the  proceeds   payable  to  said  Corporation  as  direct
beneficiary.

It is understood  and agreed that the  Insurance  Company will have the right to
rely  on  any  statement   signed  by  said   Corporation   setting  forth  said
Corporation's  share of the premium payments referred to above, and any decision
made by Insurance Company in reliance upon such statement will be conclusive and
will fully protect the Insurance Company.

(2) JAIME  KOZIOL if living and married to the Insured on her date of death will
be the direct  beneficiary of any remaining  proceeds,  and if she is either not
married to Insured or living on Insured's  date of death,  the proceeds  will be
payable to Insured's estate.
<PAGE>
The Insurance Company will be fully discharged of liability for any action taken
by the Insured and for all amounts paid to, or at the  direction of, the insured
and will have no obligation  as to the use of the amounts.  In all dealings with
the Insured, the Insurance Company will be fully protected against the claims of
every other person.  The Insurance  Company will not be charged with notice of a
change of beneficiary  unless written  evidence of the change is received at the
Insurance Company's Home Office.

                                    OWNERSHIP

(3) The owner of the Policy shall be the Insured. The Insured alone may exercise
all the rights and  privileges  specified in the Policy,  except the Insured may
not assign or borrow on the Policy as long as this  Collateral  Assignment is in
effect. Corporation may assign or borrow against the Policy loan value only with
the prior written approval of the Insured.


                      MODIFICATION OF ASSIGNMENT PROVISIONS

Upon  death  of  the  Insured,  the  interest  of  any  collateral  assignee  of
Corporation  will be limited to the  portion of the  proceeds  described  in (1)
above.

                                      MICROAGE, INC., a Delaware corporation


                                      By /s/ James R. Daniel
                                         ---------------------
                                                   Officer

                                      /s/ Christopher J. Koziol
                                      -------------------------
                                      CHRISTOPHER J. KOZIOL

                                 MICROAGE, INC.
                         1994 MANAGEMENT EQUITY PROGRAM
                                 AWARD AGREEMENT

                                December 9, 1993

Dear Chris:

                  Pursuant  to the  action  taken by the Board of  Directors  of
MicroAge,  Inc. (the "Company") and the  Compensation  Committee of the Board of
Directors,  you are hereby offered  participation in the 1994 Management  Equity
Program (the "1994 MEP") under the MicroAge,  Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan (the
"Plan").  Under the 1994 MEP,  you have the  opportunity  to receive  options to
restructure your compensation package to some extent. Essentially, you may elect
to purchase shares of the common stock of the Company if you  irrevocably  elect
to waive (1) all or a portion of your 1993 fiscal year bonus (the "1993 Bonus"),
and (2) a portion of your base  salary and any  bonuses  you may receive for the
1994,  1995, and 1996 calendar  years,  and later years if necessary,  under the
following terms and conditions.

BEFORE YOU ELECT TO PARTICIPATE IN THE 1994 MEP, READ THIS AWARD AGREEMENT.  YOU
WILL BE REQUIRED TO SIGN THIS AWARD  AGREEMENT AND YOUR  SIGNATURE WILL EVIDENCE
THAT YOU HAVE READ THIS AWARD AGREEMENT, UNDERSTAND IT, AND AGREE WITH ITS TERMS
AND CONDITIONS.

TO PARTICIPATE IN THE 1994 MEP, YOU MUST COMPLETE AND SIGN THIS AWARD  AGREEMENT
AND RETURN IT TO CRAIG CANTONI BY 12:00 P.M. NOON ON TUESDAY, DECEMBER 14, 1993.

                  1. EFFECTIVE DATE. The effective date of your participation in
the 1994 MEP is December 14, 1993.

                  2.   STOCKHOLDER   APPROVAL.   The  1994  MEP  is  subject  to
stockholder  approval  of the Plan,  which  will be  sought  at the 1994  Annual
Meeting  of  Stockholders.  If  stockholder  approval  is not  obtained  at such
meeting,  the 1994 MEP will be deemed to have  never  been  implemented  and the
options thereunder will be deemed to have never been granted.

                  3.  1993  BONUS  WAIVER.  You  hereby  elect to waive all or a
portion of your 1993 Bonus in the amount  specified in the table below,  subject
to the limitation described in footnote 6 below.

                              1993 BONUS WAIVER(1)

================================================================================
1993 Bonus Waived     1994 Salary Credit Amount(2)     Bonus Credit Amount(3)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 $49,500                        $19,500                        $30,000
================================================================================

- --------
     1 You are not  required to waive any of your 1993 Bonus as a  condition  to
participate in the 1994 MEP. Any part of your 1993 Bonus that you elect to waive
will be credited against your 1994 salary waiver amount (up to the amount of the
Salary Credit  Amount) and your 1994 bonus waiver  amount,  in that order.  This
"credit"  can be carried  forward  beyond  1994.  See Example A attached to this
Award Agreement.
                                                                               
     2 You may insert any amount from $0 to $19,500  (15% of your  Current  Base
Salary).

     3 Computed  by  subtracting  the Salary  Credit  Amount from the 1993 Bonus
Waived.
<PAGE>
                  4.  1994-1996  WAIVER.  You hereby elect to waive a portion of
your salary and  bonuses  for the 1994,  1995,  and 1996  calendar  years in the
amounts specified in the tables below (please  understand that bonuses for later
years may be  automatically  waived,  as may be necessary to make up any deficit
(see footnote 5)):

                             1994-1996 WAIVER TABLE

================================================================================
    Year                  Salary(4)            Bonus(5)             Total
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1994                  $19,500              $30,000             $49,500(6)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1995                  $7,000               $25,000             $32,000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1996                  $7,000               $20,000             $27,000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  1993-1996               $33,500              $75,000             $108,500(7)
                                                                   ======== 
================================================================================

                  5.  NUMBER OF OPTIONS  GRANTED.  In exchange  for  electing to
waive the amount of  compensation  specified  in the  1994-1996  Waiver Table in
Paragraph 4, above,  you are hereby  granted an option to purchase the number of
shares of MicroAge,  Inc. Common Stock calculated  pursuant to the formula below
(to be completed by MicroAge):

    (1)        Total Compensation Waived (1994-1996):               $108,500
                                                                     -------

    (2)        $108,500 (Total Compensation Waived)
               Multiplied by Ten (10):                              $1,085,000
                                                                    ----------

    (3)        Common Stock Closing Price
               Effective Date (December 14, 1993)
               (the "Common Stock Price"):                          $24.83
                                                                    ------

    (4)        Total Options Granted (2) / (3) (rounded up):        43,692
               (See Example C attached to this Award Agreement)     ------

- ---------------------------

     4 The minimum  annual  salary  waiver  amount is $6,500 (5% of your Current
Base  Salary).  The maximum  annual salary waiver amount is $19,500 (15% of your
Current Base Salary).
                                                                                
     5 There is no minimum annual bonus waiver amount.  The maximum annual bonus
waiver amount is $32,500 (25% of your Current Base Salary).  If the bonus amount
you elect to waive in any year is more than the bonus  actually  paid to you for
that year (and you do not have a Bonus Credit  Amount to apply to the  deficit),
the deficit  amount will be added to your bonus waiver  amount for the following
year. Deficit amounts will continue to be carried forward until made up or until
December 14, 2002. See Example B attached to this Award Agreement.  

     6 The  amount of your 1993  Bonus  that you may waive  cannot  exceed  this
number. See Example A attached to this Award Agreement.

     7  The  minimum  waiver  amount  (salary  and  bonuses  combined)  for  the
three-year period (1994-1996) is $65,000 (50% of your Current Base Salary).
                                       -2-
<PAGE>
                  6.  VESTING OF OPTIONS.  Your  options  will vest in one-third
(1/3)  increments  beginning on the January 1 which is three years following the
January 1 of the  calendar  year for each year you  elect to waive  base  salary
and/or bonus amounts. Any amount of your 1993 Bonus that you elect to waive will
be used as a credit  against  future  waiver  amounts  and will be  deemed to be
waived in the year that such credit is taken.  HOWEVER,  your  options  will not
fully vest until you have actually waived all of the  compensation you agreed to
waive.

                           FOR  EXAMPLE,  the options to be  purchased  with the
compensation you waive in 1994 will vest in 1/3 increments  beginning on January
1, 1997 and will be 100% vested on January 1, 1999. Correspondingly, the options
to be  purchased  with  the  compensation  you  waive in 1995  will  vest in 1/3
increments  beginning  on January 1, 1998 and will be 100%  vested on January 1,
2000, and so on.

                           If you  elect  to  waive a  specific  amount  of your
bonuses for the next three years,  but do not receive bonuses for the next three
years  sufficient to cover the amount you agreed to waive (and you do not have a
Bonus  Credit  Amount to apply  against  the  deficit),  the  bonuses you may be
otherwise entitled to receive in later years (up through December 13, 2002) will
be used to make up any shortfall on a "first-in,  first-out" theory. See Example
D attached to this Award Agreement.

                           Notwithstanding  the above,  your options will become
fully  vested and  exercisable  as of December 14,  2002,  unless you  otherwise
terminate employment before such date.

                  7.  EXPIRATION OF OPTIONS.  Subject to Section 8 and 9 of this
Award Agreement,  your options will expire, unless sooner exercised, on December
14, 2003.

                  8. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

                           Death.  Upon your  death,  your  beneficiary  will be
entitled to receive the number of options  determined by multiplying  the sum of
your  compensation  actually  waived  up to the  date of your  death  by ten and
dividing the product by the Common Stock Price; provided, however, that only the
total  compensation  waived  by  you  up to the  date  of  your  death  will  be
considered.  All options  received by your  beneficiary will be fully vested and
immediately exercisable. Your beneficiary will have up to one year from the date
of your death to exercise the options.  After that one year period,  the options
will be  cancelled.  Under  no  circumstances  will you or your  beneficiary  be
entitled  to receive  cash equal to all or any portion of the  compensation  you
elected to waive under the 1994 MEP.

                           Disability.  Upon your  termination of employment due
to a "Disability"  (as that term is defined in the Plan) you will be entitled to
receive  the  number  of  options  determined  by  multiplying  the  sum of your
compensation  actually  waived  up to the  date of your  termination  by ten and
dividing the product by the Common Stock Price; provided, however, that only the
total  compensation  waived  by you up to the date of your  termination  will be
considered.   All  options   received  will  be  fully  vested  and  immediately
exercisable.  You will  have up to one year  from  the  date of  termination  of
employment to exercise the options. After that one year period, the options will
be cancelled.  Under no circumstances will you be entitled to receive cash equal
to all or any  portion of the  compensation  you elected to waive under the 1994
MEP.

                           Voluntary  or  Involuntary.  Upon your  voluntary  or
involuntary  termination  of  employment,  you will be  entitled  to receive the
number  of  options  determined  by  multiplying  the sum of  your  compensation
actually  waived  up to the date of your  termination  by ten and  dividing  the
product  by the  Common  Stock  Price;  provided,  however,  that only the total
compensation  waived by you up to the date of termination of employment  will be
considered.  Your options will continue to vest under the above vesting schedule
as if you continued to be employed by the Company and continued participating in
the 1994 MEP. Under no
                                       -3-
<PAGE>
circumstances  will you be entitled to receive  cash equal to all or any portion
of the compensation you elected to waive under the 1994 MEP.

                  9.  TERMINATION  OF 1994  MEP.  If the  Committee  decides  to
terminate  the 1994 MEP,  you will be  entitled  to  receive a number of options
determined by multiplying the sum of your compensation actually waived up to the
date of your  termination  by ten and  dividing  the product by the Common Stock
Price;  provided,  however, that only the total compensation waived by you up to
the date of termination  will be considered.  All options received will be fully
vested and  immediately  exercisable.  You will have up to thirty  days from the
date of such termination to exercise the options.  After such thirty day period,
the options will be cancelled.  Under no  circumstances  will you be entitled to
receive  cash equal to all or any  portion of the  compensation  you  elected to
waive under the 1994 MEP.

                  10.  CHANGE OF CONTROL.  Upon a "Change of  Control"  (as that
term is defined in the  Plan),  the terms of Section  13.10 and 14.2 of the Plan
will apply to all options  issued under the 1994 MEP.  Upon a Change of Control,
you will be entitled to receive the number of options  determined by multiplying
the sum of your  compensation  actually  waived up to the date of the  Change of
Control by ten and dividing  the product by the Common  Stock  Price;  provided,
however,  that only the total  compensation  waived by you up to the date of the
Change of Control  will be  considered.  All  options  will be fully  vested and
immediately  exercisable.  In the event of a dissolution  or  liquidation of the
Company  or a merger  or  consolidation  in which the  Company  would not be the
surviving or resulting  corporation,  you will be entitled to receive the number
of options  determined  by  multiplying  the sum of your  compensation  actually
waived up to the date of exercise by ten and  dividing the product by the Common
Stock Price;  provided,  however, that only the total compensation waived by you
up to the date of exercise will be considered.  All options will be fully vested
and  exercisable  (a) in the case of a dissolution  or  liquidation,  at anytime
after the Company's Board of Directors takes action  authorizing the dissolution
or liquidation of the Company or (b) in the case of a merger or consolidation in
which the Company would not be the resulting or surviving corporation,  upon the
Company's  public  announcement  that a definitive  agreement  regarding  such a
merger or consolidation  has been reached.  Under no  circumstances  will you be
entitled  to receive  cash equal to all or any portion of the  compensation  you
elected to waive under the 1994 MEP.

                  11. COMPANY INFORMATION.  By signing this Award Agreement, you
acknowledge  that you have been given, or were offered,  a copy of the Company's
Annual  Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal  year ended  September  30, 1993 (the
"1993 10-K"),  and that you were given an opportunity to ask questions of any of
the  Company's  executive  officers  (as  disclosed  on page 7 of the 1993 10-K)
regarding the 1993 10- K or any other matter regarding the Company.

                  12. RISK OF INVESTMENT.  By signing this Award Agreement,  you
recognize that your participation in the 1994 MEP is a speculative investment in
that the success or failure of your  investment  depends on the market  value of
the  Company's  Common Stock over a several year period.  You further  recognize
that all or a portion of your  investment  (i.e.,  your salary and bonus waiver)
may be lost. You also acknowledge that you were given the opportunity to consult
with your personal advisor(s) regarding the 1994 MEP.


                  I hereby elect to  participate in the 1994 MEP under the terms
and conditions set forth above and  acknowledge  that I have read and understood
the terms and conditions of the 1994 MEP.

                                         ACCEPTED:
                                         MICROAGE, INC.

SIGNATURE   /s/Christopher J. Koziol     BY  /s/Jeffrey D. McKeever
            ------------------------        ------------------------------------
DATE        12/14/93                     ITS Chairman and CEO
            ------------------------        ------------------------------------
SSN         ###-##-####
            ------------------------
                                       -4-

                             FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE
                     MICROAGE 1994 MANAGEMENT EQUITY PROGRAM
                               AWARD AGREEMENT FOR
                              CHRISTOPHER J. KOZIOL


         THIS FIRST  AMENDMENT to the Award  Agreement  dated  December 14, 1993
("Award  Agreement"),  is  entered  into  by  MicroAge,  Inc.  ("Company"),  and
Christopher  J.  Koziol  ("Executive")  pursuant to the  Management  Equity Plan
("MEP") under the MicroAge,  Inc.  Long- Term  Incentive  Plan  ("Plan"),  as of
December 14, 1995.

         WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive entered into the Award Agreement
effective  December  14, 1993,  to enable the  Executive to acquire an option to
purchase Company stock by making salary deferrals; and

         WHEREAS,  the exercise  price of the option to purchase  Company common
stock, $.01 par value ("Common Stock"),  under the Award Agreement is $24.83 per
share,  after giving effect to a 3-for-2 stock split that was payable on January
13, 1994; and

         WHEREAS,  the closing price of the Common Stock on the Nasdaq  National
Market on December 13, 1995, was $8.75 per share; and

         WHEREAS,  in order to provide a meaningful  incentive for the Executive
under the MEP, the  Compensation  Committee of the Company's  Board of Directors
has reduced the  exercise  price under the Award  Agreement  to the current fair
market value of the Common Stock.

         NOW THEREFORE, the Executive and the Company agree as follows:

                  1.       Paragraph 5 of the Award  Agreement is hereby amended
and restated in its entirety as follows:
                                        1
<PAGE>
         5.       NUMBER OF OPTIONS  GRANTED.  In exchange for electing to waive
the amount of compensation  specified in the 1994-1996 Waiver Table in Paragraph
4, above,  you are hereby  granted an option to purchase the number of shares of
MicroAge, Inc. Common Stock calculated pursuant to the formula below:

         (1)      TOTAL COMPENSATION WAIVED (1994-1996)             $108,500

         (2)      $108,500 (TOTAL COMPENSATION WAIVED)
                  MULTIPLIED BY 3.5235483 (THE "LEVERAGING
                  FACTOR")                                          $382,305

         (3)      COMMON STOCK CLOSING PRICE ON DECEMBER
                  13, 1995 (THE "COMMON STOCK PRICE")               $8.75

         (4)      TOTAL OPTIONS GRANTED (2) / (3)                    43,692

                  2.       Paragraphs 8, 9, and 10 of the Award  Agreement shall
be amended by deleting the  references  to the number "ten" and  replacing  such
reference with the phrase "the Leveraging Factor."

                  3.       This First  Amendment  shall be effective as December
14, 1995.


                                         MICROAGE, INC.

                                         By:      /s/Jeffrey D. McKeever
                                              ----------------------------------
                                                  Jeffrey D. McKeever
                                                  Chairman of the Board and
                                                  Chief Executive Officer


                                                  /s/Christopher J. Koziol
                                              ----------------------------------
                                                  Christopher J. Koziol
                                        2

                          FORM OF EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

                          dated as of November 4, 1996

                                 by and between

                                 MICROAGE, INC.

                                       and

                                    EXECUTIVE
<PAGE>
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>      <C>      <C>                                                                             <C>
ARTICLE I--DUTIES AND TERM.......................................................................  1
         1.1      Employment.....................................................................  1
         1.2      Position and Responsibilities..................................................  1
         1.3      Term...........................................................................  2
         1.4      Location.......................................................................  2

ARTICLE II--COMPENSATION.........................................................................  2
         2.1      Base Salary....................................................................  2
         2.2      Bonus Payment..................................................................  2
         2.3      Stock Options..................................................................  3
         2.4      Additional Benefits............................................................  3

ARTICLE III--TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT...........................................................  4
         3.1      Death or Retirement of Executive...............................................  4
         3.2      By Executive...................................................................  4
         3.3      By Company.....................................................................  4

ARTICLE IV--COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT..........................................  5
         4.1      Upon Termination for Death or Disability.......................................  5
         4.2      Upon Termination by Company for Cause or by Executive Without Good
                  Reason.........................................................................  5
         4.3      Upon Termination by the Company Without Cause or by Executive for Good
                  Reason.........................................................................  6
         4.4      Upon Termination by the Company Without Cause Following a Change
                  of Control or by Executive for Good Reason Following a Change of Control.......  7

ARTICLE V--RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS.................................................................  7
         5.1      Confidential Information and Materials.........................................  7
         5.2      General Knowledge..............................................................  8
         5.3      Executive Obligations as to Confidential Information and Materials.............  9
         5.4      Inform Subsequent Employers....................................................  9
         5.5      Ideas and Inventions...........................................................  9
         5.6      Inventions and Patents......................................................... 10
         5.7      Copyrights..................................................................... 10
         5.8      Conflicting Obligations and Rights............................................. 10
         5.9      Non-Competition................................................................ 11
         5.10     Non-Disparagement.............................................................. 12
         5.11     Remedies....................................................................... 12
         5.12     Scope of Article............................................................... 13
</TABLE>
                                        i
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>      <C>      <C>                                                                             <C>
ARTICLE VI--MISCELLANEOUS........................................................................ 13
         6.1      Definitions.................................................................... 13
         6.2      Key Man Insurance.............................................................. 16
         6.3      Mitigation of Damages; Set-Off; Dispute Resolution............................. 17
         6.4      Successors; Binding Agreement.................................................. 17
         6.5      Modification; No Waiver........................................................ 18
         6.6      Severability................................................................... 18
         6.7      Notices........................................................................ 18
         6.8      Assignment..................................................................... 19
         6.9      Entire Understanding........................................................... 19
         6.10     Executive's Representations.................................................... 19
         6.11     Liability of Company with Respect to Insurance Policy.......................... 19
         6.12     Governing Law.................................................................. 19
</TABLE>

EXHIBIT A--SPLIT DOLLAR AGREEMENT

EXHIBIT B--EXECUTIVE'S RIGHTS

EXHIBIT C--EXECUTIVE'S EXISTING OBLIGATIONS AND CLAIMS

EXHIBIT D--DISPUTE RESOLUTION PROCEDURES
                                       ii
<PAGE>
                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


         AMENDED AND RESTATED  EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") made and
entered into as of ________________,  by and between MICROAGE,  INC., a Delaware
corporation (the "Company"), and _____________ ("Executive").

                                R E C I T A L S:
                                - - - - - - - - 


         WHEREAS,  the Company and Executive  desire to enter into an Employment
Agreement.

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises,  and  for  other
valuable consideration,  the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged by each
of the parties hereto, the parties hereby agree as follows:

                               A G R E E M E N T:

                                    ARTICLE I

                                 DUTIES AND TERM

         1.1 Employment.  In  consideration  of their mutual covenants and other
good and valuable consideration, the receipt, adequacy, and sufficiency of which
is hereby  acknowledged,  the Company  agrees to hire  Executive,  and Executive
agrees to remain in the  employ of the  Company,  upon the terms and  conditions
herein provided.

         1.2 Position and Responsibilities.

                  (a) Executive shall serve as  __________________  of MicroAge,
Inc.  (or in a capacity  and with a title of at least  substantially  equivalent
quality).  Executive  agrees  to  perform  services  not  inconsistent  with his
position as shall from time to time be  assigned  to him by the Chief  Executive
Officer or President of the Company.

                  (b)  Executive  further  agrees to  serve,  if  elected,  as a
director  of the Company  and as an officer or  director  of any  subsidiary  or
affiliate of the Company.

                  (c) During the period of his employment  hereunder,  Executive
shall  devote  substantially  all of his  business  time,  attention,  skill and
efforts to the faithful performance of his duties hereunder.

         1.3 Term. The term of Executive's employment under this Agreement shall
commence  on the date first  above  written and shall  continue,  unless  sooner
terminated, until November 2, 1997;
<PAGE>
provided,  however, that commencing on November 4,  1996  and on each subsequent
day  thereafter,  the  Executive's  term of employment  shall  automatically  be
extended  without further action by the Company or Executive for the twelve (12)
month period commencing on each such day.

         1.4 Location. During the period of his employment under this Agreement,
Executive  shall not be  required,  except with his prior  written  consent,  to
relocate his principal place of employment  outside  Maricopa  County,  Arizona.
Required  travel on the Company's  business  shall not be deemed a relocation so
long as Executive is not required to provide his services  hereunder  outside of
Maricopa County,  Arizona, for more than fifty (50%) percent of his working days
during any consecutive six (6) month period.

                                   ARTICLE II

                                  COMPENSATION

         For all  services  rendered by  Executive  in any  capacity  during his
employment under this Agreement,  including,  without limitation,  services as a
director,  officer or member of any  committee of the Board of the Company or of
the board of directors  of any  subsidiary  or  affiliate  of the  Company,  the
Company shall compensate Executive as follows:

         2.1 Base  Salary.  The Company  shall pay to  Executive  an annual base
salary of not less than $_______ (such amount, less any salary waivers under the
1994  Management  Equity  Program or any subsequent  management  equity or other
waiver program  adopted by the Company is  hereinafter  referred to as the "Base
Salary")  during  the term  hereof;  provided,  however,  that in the  event the
Company institutes a salary reduction program which affects all exempt employees
(as  defined by standard  Company  policies  in  compliance  with the Fair Labor
Standards  Act) by the same  percentage,  then  Executive's  Base  Salary may be
reduced by such percentage (and the term "Base Salary" as used in this Agreement
shall refer to Base Salary as so  adjusted).  Executive's  Base Salary  shall be
paid in equal  semi-monthly  installments.  The Base  Salary  shall be  reviewed
annually  by the Board or a committee  designated  by the Board and the Board or
such committee may, in its discretion, increase the Base Salary.

         2.2 Bonus Payment.  During the period of Executive's  employment  under
this Agreement,  Executive shall be entitled to bonus payments,  if any shall be
due,  pursuant  to the  Executive  Bonus  Plan  which  has been  established  by
resolution of the Board for fiscal year 1997 (the "1997  Executive Bonus Plan").
The Company shall use all  reasonable  efforts to cause the Board or a committee
thereof to  establish  in each fiscal  year during the term hereof an  executive
bonus plan that is similar to the 1997  Executive  Bonus Plan in  providing  for
incentive  compensation to Executive based on a formula related to the Company's
profits during such fiscal year.  Any bonus under the 1997 Executive  Bonus Plan
or any such  subsequent  plan,  less any bonus waivers under the 1997 Management
Equity  Program or any  subsequent  management  equity or other  waiver  program
adopted by the Company, is referred to herein as the "Annual Incentive Bonus."
                                        2
<PAGE>
         2.3 Stock  Options.  The Company  shall use all  reasonable  efforts to
establish and maintain one or more stock option plans in which  Executive  shall
be entitled to participate to the same extent as other Designated Members of the
Executive Council (as such term is defined in Section 6.1 hereof). The terms and
conditions of such plan(s) shall be determined and  administered by the Board or
a committee thereof.

         2.4 Additional Benefits.  Executive shall be entitled to participate in
all employee benefit and welfare  programs,  plans and arrangements  (including,
without  limitation,  pension,  profit sharing,  supplemental  pension and other
retirement  plans,  insurance,  hospitalization,  medical  and group  disability
benefits,  travel or accident  insurance  plans) and to receive fringe benefits,
such as dues and fees of professional organizations and associations,  which are
from time to time  available to the  Company's  executive  personnel;  provided,
however, there shall be no duplication of termination or severance benefits, and
to the extent that such  benefits  are  specifically  provided by the Company to
Executive under other provisions of this Agreement, the benefits available under
the foregoing  plans and programs  shall be reduced by any benefit  amounts paid
under such other provisions. Executive shall during the period of his employment
hereunder  continue  to be provided  with  benefits at a level which shall in no
event be less in any  material  respect  than the  benefits  made  available  to
Executive by the Company as of the date of this Agreement.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  the Company may terminate or reduce benefits under any benefit plans
and programs to the extent such reductions apply uniformly to Designated Members
of the  Executive  Council  entitled to  participate  therein,  and  Executive's
benefits  shall be  reduced or  terminated  accordingly.  Specifically,  without
limitation, Executive shall receive the following benefits:

                  (a)  Death  Benefit.  Within  thirty  (30) days of the date of
execution of this Agreement,  the Company and Executive shall enter into a Split
Dollar Agreement.

                  (b)   Short-Term   Disability   Benefits.   In  the  event  of
Executive's failure substantially to perform his duties hereunder on a full-time
basis for a period not exceeding 180 consecutive days or for periods aggregating
not more than 180 days during any twelve-month  period as a result of incapacity
due to physical or mental  illness,  the Company shall  continue to pay the Base
Salary  to  Executive  during  the  period of such  incapacity,  but only in the
amounts and to the extent that  disability  benefits  payable to Executive under
Company-sponsored insurance policies are less than Executive's Base Salary.

                  (c) Relocation  Expenses.  In the event Executive's  principal
place of  employment  is  relocated  by mutual  consent of the  parties  outside
Maricopa County,  Arizona,  the Company shall reimburse  Executive for all usual
relocation expenses incurred by Executive and his household in moving to the new
location, including, without limitation, moving expenses and rental payments for
temporary  living  quarters in the area of relocation for a period not to exceed
six (6) months.

                  (d) Reimbursement of Business Expenses.  The Company shall, in
accordance with standard Company policies,  pay, or reimburse Executive for, all
reasonable  travel and other  expenses  incurred by Executive in performing  his
obligations under this Agreement.
                                        3
<PAGE>
                  (e)  Vacations.  Executive  shall be  entitled  to 20 business
days,  excluding  Company  holidays,  of  paid  vacation  during  each  year  of
employment  hereunder  which he shall earn in arrears (i.e.,  Executive shall be
entitled to no vacation days during his first year of employment). Executive may
accrue  and  carry  forward  no more  than five  unused  vacation  days from any
particular year of his employment under this Agreement to the next.


                                   ARTICLE III

                            TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

         3.1 Death or Retirement of Executive. Executive's employment under this
Agreement shall automatically terminate upon the death or Retirement (as defined
in Section 6.1) of Executive.

         3.2  By  Executive.  Executive  shall  be  entitled  to  terminate  his
employment  under this Agreement by giving Notice of Termination  (as defined in
Section 6.1) to the Company:

                  (a)      for Good Reason (as defined in Section 6.1);

                  (b)      at any time without Good Reason.

         3.3 By Company. The Company shall be entitled to terminate  Executive's
employment under this Agreement by giving Notice of Termination to Executive:

                  (a)      in the  event of  Executive's  Total  Disability  (as
defined in Section 6.1);

                  (b)      for Cause (as defined in Section 6.1); and

                  (c)      at any time without Cause.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                   COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

         If Executive's  employment  hereunder is terminated in accordance  with
the  provisions  of Article III hereof,  except for any other rights or benefits
specifically provided for herein following his period of employment, the Company
shall be obligated  to provide  compensation  and benefits to Executive  only as
follows, subject to the provisions of Section 5.11 hereof:

         4.1 Upon Termination for Death or Disability. If Executive's employment
hereunder is terminated by reason of his death or Total Disability,  the Company
shall:

                  (a) pay  Executive (or his estate) or  beneficiaries  any Base
Salary  which  has  accrued  but not been paid as of the  termination  date (the
"Accrued Base Salary");
                                        4
<PAGE>
                  (b) pay Executive (or his estate) or beneficiaries  for unused
vacation days accrued as of the termination  date in an amount equal to his Base
Salary  multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of accrued
unused vacation days and the denominator of which is 260 (the "Accrued  Vacation
Payment");

                  (c) reimburse  Executive (or his estate) or beneficiaries  for
expenses  incurred by him prior to the date of termination  which are subject to
reimbursement pursuant to this Agreement (the "Accrued Reimbursable Expenses");

                  (d) provide to Executive (or his estate) or beneficiaries  any
accrued  and  vested  benefits  required  to be  provided  by the  terms  of any
Company-sponsored  benefit plans or programs (the "Accrued Benefits"),  together
with any  benefits  required to be paid or provided in the event of  Executive's
death or Total Disability under applicable law;

                  (e) pay Executive (or his estate) or beneficiaries  any Annual
Incentive  Bonus with  respect to a prior  fiscal year which has accrued but has
not been paid; and in addition,

                  (f) Executive (or his estate) or beneficiaries  shall have the
right to exercise all vested unexercised stock options and warrants  outstanding
at the  termination  date in accordance  with terms of the plans and  agreements
pursuant to which such options or warrants were issued.

         4.2 Upon Termination by Company for Cause or by Executive  Without Good
Reason. If Executive's  employment is terminated by the Company for Cause, or if
Executive  terminates  his  employment  with  the  Company  other  than (x) upon
Executive's death or Total Disability or (y) for Good Reason, the Company shall:

                  (a)      pay Executive the Accrued Base Salary;

                  (b)      pay Executive the Accrued Vacation Payment;

                  (c)      pay Executive the Accrued Reimbursable Expenses;

                  (d)      pay Executive the Accrued Benefits, together with any
benefits required to be paid or provided under applicable law;

                  (e)      pay Executive any accrued Annual Incentive Bonus with
respect to a prior year which has accrued but has not been paid; and in addition

                  (f)      Executive  shall  have the right to  exercise  vested
options and warrants in accordance with Section 4.1(f).

         4.3 Upon  Termination by the Company  Without Cause or by Executive for
Good Reason.  If  Executive's  employment is  terminated by the Company  without
Cause or by Executive for Good Reason, the Company shall:
                                        5
<PAGE>
                  (a)      pay Executive the Accrued Base Salary;

                  (b)      pay Executive the Accrued Vacation Payment;

                  (c)      pay Executive the Accrued Reimbursable Expenses;

                  (d)      pay Executive the Accrued Benefits, together with any
benefits required to be paid or provided under applicable law;

                  (e)      pay Executive any Annual Incentive Bonus with respect
to a prior year which has accrued but has not been paid;

                  (f)      pay   Executive   commencing  on  the  thirtieth  day
following the termination  date twelve monthly  payments equal to one-twelfth of
the sum of (1) Executive's Base Salary in effect  immediately  prior to the time
such termination  occurs,  plus (2) the average of the Annual Incentive  Bonuses
paid to Executive for the two (2) fiscal years immediately  preceding the fiscal
year in which the  termination  occurs  (or if less than two,  the amount of his
single Annual  Incentive Bonus, if any). For purposes of this subsection (f), no
Annual  Incentive Bonus received under the Company's  Executive Bonus Plan prior
to the 1997 Executive Bonus Plan shall be considered.  Should  Executive  attain
alternative  employment  during  the  twelve  (12)  month  payment  period,  the
Company's obligations under this Section 4.3(f) will be reduced by the amount of
Executive's  compensation from his new employer.  For example, if Executive were
entitled to receive  $19,583 per month for twelve (12) months under this Section
4.3(f),  and if, at the  beginning  of the  seventh  (7th) month  following  his
termination  date,  he finds  alternative  employment  that pays him $15,000 per
month,  the Company would be obligated to pay Executive six (6) monthly payments
of $19,583, and six (6) monthly payments of $4,583 under this Section 4.3(f);

                  (g)      maintain  in full force and effect,  for  Executive's
and his eligible  beneficiaries'  continued benefit, until the first to occur of
(x) his  attainment of  alternative  employment  or (y) 12 months  following the
termination  date of his  employment  hereunder the employee  benefits  provided
pursuant to Company-sponsored  benefit plans,  programs or other arrangements in
which Executive was entitled to participate as a full-time employee  immediately
prior to such termination in accordance with Section 2.4 hereof,  subject to the
terms and conditions of such plans and programs (the "Continued  Benefits").  If
Executive's continued participation is not permitted under the general terms and
provisions of such plans,  programs and arrangements,  the Company shall arrange
to provide  Executive with  Continued  Benefits  substantially  similar to those
which Executive  would have been entitled to receive under such plans,  programs
and arrangements; and in addition

                  (h)      Executive  shall  have the right to  exercise  vested
options and warrants in accordance with Section 4.1(f).

         4.4 Upon Termination by the Company Without Cause Following a Change of
Control or by  Executive  for Good  Reason  Following  a Change of  Control.  If
following a Change of Control,
                                        6
<PAGE>
Executive's  employment  is  terminated  by  the  Company  Without  Cause  or by
Executive for Good Reason, the Company shall:

                  (a)      Make  the  payments  and  provide  to  Executive  the
benefits  under  Section  4.3 other than under  Section  4.3(f)  hereof;  and in
addition

                  (b)      Pay to  Executive  a lump sum  payment on or prior to
the  thirtieth  day following the  termination  date of  Executive's  employment
hereunder in an amount equal to one hundred fifty  percent  (150%) of the sum of
(1) Executive's Base Salary in effect for the fiscal year  immediately  prior to
the fiscal year in which the Change of Control  occurs,  plus (2) the average of
the Annual  Incentive  Bonuses  paid to  Executive  for the two (2) fiscal years
immediately  preceding the fiscal year in which the Change of Control occurs (or
if less than two, the amount of his single Annual  Incentive Bonus, if any). For
purposes of this  subsection  (b), no Annual  Incentive Bonus received under the
Company's  Executive  Bonus Plan prior to the 1997 Executive Bonus Plan shall be
considered.

                                    ARTICLE V

                              RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS

         5.1 Confidential Information and Materials. Executive hereby agrees and
acknowledges  that the following  ideas,  information  and materials in written,
oral, magnetic, photographic,  optical or other form and whether now existing or
developed or created during the period of  Executive's  employment or engagement
with the Company (the "Confidential Information") are proprietary to the Company
and are highly sensitive in nature:

                  (a)      Hardware.  Any and  all  ideas,  concepts,  know-how,
techniques,  structures,  information  and  materials  relating  to the  design,
development,  engineering, invention, patent, patent application, manufacture or
improvement of any and all equipment, components, devices, techniques, processes
or formulas (including,  without limitation,  mask works,  semi-conductor chips,
processors,  memories,  disc drives, tape heads, computer terminals,  keyboards,
storage  devices,   printers,  and  optical  storage  media)  and  any  and  all
components,  devices,  techniques or circuitry  incorporated in any of the above
which is or are constructed,  designed, improved, altered or used by the Company
and which is or are not generally  known to the public or within the  industries
in which the Company competes.

                  (b)      Software.  Any and  all  ideas,  concepts,  know-how,
techniques,  structures, information and materials relating to existing computer
software  or  firmware  products  and  computer  software or firmware in various
stages of research and development  including  without  limitation  source code,
object and load modules,  requirements  specifications,  design  specifications,
design notes, flow charts, coding sheets, annotations,  documentation, technical
and  engineering  data,  laboratory  studies,  benchmark  test results,  and the
structures,  organization,  designs, formulas and algorithms which reside in the
software  and  which  are not  generally  known  to the  public  or  within  the
industries or trades in which the Company competes.
                                        7
<PAGE>
                  (c)      Business Procedures. Internal business procedures and
business  plans,   including   analytical  methods  and  procedures,   licensing
techniques,  manufacturing  information  and  procedures  such as  formulations,
processes and equipment,  technical and engineering  data,  vendor names,  other
vendor information,  purchasing information,  financial information, service and
operational  manuals and  documentation  therefor,  ideas for new  products  and
services  and  other  such  information  which  relates  to the way the  Company
conducts its business and which is not generally known to the public.

                  (d)      Legal Rights. All patents, copyrights, trade secrets,
trademarks and service marks, and the like.

                  (e)      Marketing  Plans  and  Customers  Lists.  Any and all
customer and marketing  information  and materials,  such as (i) strategic data,
including  marketing and development plans,  forecasts and forecast  assumptions
and volumes, and future plans and potential strategies of the Company which have
been or are being  discussed;  (ii) financial data,  price and cost  objectives,
price  lists,  pricing  policies  and  procedures,  and  estimating  and quoting
policies and  procedures;  and (iii) customer data,  including  customer  lists,
names of existing, past or prospective customers and their representatives, data
about or provided by prospective,  existing or past customers,  customer service
information and materials, data about the terms, conditions and expiration dates
of existing  contracts with customers and the type,  quantity and specifications
of products  and  services  purchased,  leased or licensed by  customers  of the
Company.

                  (f)      Not  Generally  Known.  Any and all  information  not
generally  known to the public or within the  industries  or trades in which the
Company competes.

         5.2 General  Knowledge.  The general  skills and  experience  gained by
Executive  during  Executive's  employment  or  engagement  by the Company,  and
information  publicly  available or generally  known  within the  industries  or
trades  in  which  the  Company   competes,   is  not  considered   Confidential
Information.  Following the Non-Competition  Period (as defined in Section 5.9),
Executive  is not  restricted  from  working  with a person or entity  which has
independently  developed  information or materials  similar to the  Confidential
Information,  but in such a circumstance,  Executive  agrees not to disclose the
fact that any similarity  exists between the  Confidential  Information  and the
independently  developed  information and materials,  and Executive  understands
that such similarity does not excuse Executive from the non-disclosure and other
obligations in this Agreement.

         5.3 Executive Obligations as to Confidential Information and Materials.
During Executive's employment or engagement by the Company,  Executive will have
access to the  Confidential  Information and will occupy a position of trust and
confidence  with  respect  to the  Confidential  Information  and the  Company's
affairs and business.  Executive  agrees to take the following steps to preserve
the confidential and proprietary nature of the Confidential Information:

                  (a)      Non-Disclosure.    During   and   after   Executive's
Employment  or engagement by the Company,  Executive  will not use,  disclose or
otherwise  permit  any  person  or  entity  access  to any  of the  Confidential
Information other than as required in the performance of Executive's duties
                                        8
<PAGE>
with the Company.  Executive  understands that Executive is not allowed to sell,
license,  market or  otherwise  exploit  any  products  or  services  (including
software  or  firmware  in any  form)  which  embody  in  whole  or in part  any
Confidential Information.

                  (b)      Prevent   Disclosure.   Executive   will   take   all
reasonable precautions to prevent disclosure of the Confidential  Information to
unauthorized persons or entities.

                  (c)      Abide by the Company's  Restrictions.  Executive will
treat as confidential  and proprietary any information or materials from outside
the  Company  which  the  Company  is  obligated  to  treat as  confidential  or
proprietary,  in  accordance  with  the  Company's  reasonable  instructions  to
Executive.

                  (d)      Return All Materials. Upon termination of Executive's
employment  or engagement  by the Company for any reason  whatsoever,  Executive
will deliver to the Company all tangible  materials  embodying the  Confidential
Information,  including  any  documentation,  records,  listings,  notes,  data,
sketches, drawings,  memoranda, models, accounts, reference materials,  samples,
machine-readable media and equipment which in any way relate to the Confidential
Information.  Of course, Executive agrees not to retain any copies of any of the
above materials.

         5.4 Inform Subsequent  Employers.  Executive covenants and agrees that,
for a period of 12 months following  termination of the Non-Competition  Period,
prior  to  accepting   subsequent   employment  with  an  employer   engaged  in
substantially the same line of work as the Company,  Executive shall: (a) inform
any such  subsequent  employer in writing that this  Agreement  exists;  and (b)
provide the Company with a copy of such writing.

         5.5 Ideas and Inventions. Executive agrees to assign to the Company all
of Executive's right,  title and interest in or to any and all ideas,  concepts,
know-how, techniques, processes, inventions, discoveries, developments, works of
authorship,  innovations and  improvements  ("Inventions")  conceived or made by
Executive, whether alone or with others, whether patentable or not, except those
that the Executive  developed entirely on Executive's own time without using the
Company's equipment, supplies, facilities, or trade secret information and which
neither (1) relate at the time of  conception  or  reduction  to practice of the
invention  to the  Company's  business,  or actual or  demonstrably  anticipated
research or development of the Company nor (2) result from any work performed by
the Executive for the Company.  Executive  agrees to disclose all  Inventions to
the Company promptly,  and to provide all assistance reasonably requested by the
Company in the  preservation  of its  interests  in the  Inventions  (such as by
executing  documents,  testifying,  etc.), such assistance to be provided at the
Company's expense but without any additional compensation to Executive.

         5.6 Inventions and Patents.  Executive agrees that from this date until
Executive  leaves the  Company's  employment,  Executive  shall keep the Company
informed of any Inventions made by Executive,  in whole or in part, or conceived
by Executive,  alone or with others, which result from any work Executive may do
for,  or at the  request  of,  the  Company,  or which  relate to the  Company's
activities, investigations, or obligations.
                                        9
<PAGE>
                  (a)      Assertion of Rights.  Executive shall, at the expense
of the Company,  assist the Company or its  nominees to obtain  patents for such
Inventions in any countries  throughout the world.  Such Inventions shall be the
property  of the Company or its  nominees,  whether  patented or not.  Executive
shall and does,  without  charge to the Company,  assign to the Company,  all of
Executive's  right,  title,  and interest in and to such  Inventions,  including
patents  and patent  applications  and  reissues  thereof.  Executive  agrees to
execute,  acknowledge,  and  deliver any  instruments  confirming  the  complete
ownership by the Company of such Inventions.  Such assignments shall include the
right to sue for infringement.

                  (b)      Reserved  Inventions.   Descriptions  of  all  ideas,
concepts,   know-how,   techniques,    processes,    inventions,    discoveries,
developments,  innovations and improvements  which Executive made,  conceived or
acquired  prior to  Executive's  employment  by the  Company and all patents and
patent applications relating thereto  (collectively  referred to as "Executive's
Rights")  are  attached  hereto in Exhibit B, and  Executive's  Rights  shall be
excluded  from this  Agreement.  Executive  represents  that the  absence of any
Executive's  Rights in Exhibit B, shall  indicate  that  Executive  owns no such
Executive's Rights at the time of signing this Agreement.

         5.7  Copyrights.  Executive  agrees that any work prepared by Executive
during the course of  Executive's  employment or engagement  hereunder  which is
eligible  for  United  States  copyright  protection  or  protection  under  the
Universal Copyright Convention, the Berne Copyright Convention and/or the Buenos
Aires Copyright  Convention shall be a work made for hire. In the event any such
work is deemed  not to be a work made for hire,  Executive  hereby  assigns  all
right,  title and interest in and to the  copyright in such work to the Company,
and agrees to provide all assistance  reasonably requested by the Company in the
establishment,  preservation and enforcement of its copyright in such work, such
assistance  to be provided at the Company's  expense but without any  additional
compensation to Executive.

         5.8 Conflicting Obligations and Rights.  Executive agrees to inform the
Company in writing of any apparent  conflict  between  Executive's  work for the
Company  and  (i)  any   obligations   Executive   may  have  to  preserve   the
confidentiality of another's proprietary  information or materials,  or (ii) any
rights  Executive  claims to any patents,  copyrights,  trade secrets,  or other
inventions, ideas or similar rights, before performing that work. Otherwise, the
Company  may  conclude  that  no  such  conflict  exists  and  Executive  agrees
thereafter to make no such claim against the Company.  The Company shall receive
such  disclosures in  confidence.  All such existing  obligations  and claims of
Executive,  if any,  as of the date of this  Agreement  are  listed on Exhibit C
attached hereto.

         5.9      Non-Competition.

                  (a)      Non-competition.  By  execution  of  this  Agreement,
Executive agrees that during his employment with the Company and for a period of
twelve  (12) months  following  the date of  expiration  or  termination  of his
employment hereunder (the "Non-Competition Period") for any reason (whether such
termination  shall be voluntary or involuntary),  Executive will not, within the
United States (in which territory  Executive  acknowledges  that the Company has
sold or marketed its products or services and conducted its Business, as defined
in Section 5.9(d) as of the date hereof),
                                       10
<PAGE>
directly or indirectly,  compete with the Company by carrying on a business that
is  substantially  similar to the Business.  Executive  agrees that the 12 month
period referred to in the preceding  sentence shall be extended by the number of
days  included  in any  period  of time  during  which he is or was  engaged  in
activities constituting a breach of this Section 5.9.

                  (b)      Definition  of  "Compete".  For the  purposes of this
Section 5.9, the term  "compete"  shall mean with respect to the  Business:  (i)
managing,  supervising,  or otherwise  participating  in a  management  or sales
capacity;  (ii) calling on,  soliciting,  taking away,  accepting as a client or
customer, or attempting to call on, solicit, take away, or accept as a client or
customer, any individual  partnership,  corporation,  company,  association,  or
other  entity that was a client or  customer  of the  Company as of  immediately
prior to the date hereof; (iii) hiring,  soliciting,  taking away, or attempting
to hire, solicit, or take away, either on Executive's behalf or on behalf of any
other person or entity, any person serving  immediately prior to the date hereof
or during the term hereof as an employee in  connection  with the  Business;  or
(iv)  entering  into or  attempting  to enter  into any  business  substantially
similar  to the  Business,  either  alone or with any  individual,  partnership,
corporation, company, association, or other entity.

                  (c)      Direct or Indirect  Competition.  For the purposes of
this  Section 5.9, the words  "directly or  indirectly"  as they modify the word
"compete"  shall  mean  (i)  acting  as an  agent,  representative,  consultant,
officer,  director, member, independent contractor, or employee of any entity or
enterprise  that is  competing  (as defined in Section  5.9(b)  hereof) with the
Business,  (ii)  participating  in any such competing entity or enterprise as an
owner,  partner,   limited  partner,  joint  venturer,   member,   creditor,  or
stockholder  (except  as a  stockholder  holding  less than a one  percent  (1%)
interest in a  corporation  whose  shares are  actively  traded on a regional or
national  securities  exchange  or in the  over-the-counter  market),  and (iii)
communicating  to any such competing entity or enterprise the names or addresses
or any other information concerning any past, present, or identified prospective
client or customer of the Company or any entity  having title to the goodwill of
the Company with respect to the Business.

                  (d)      Business.  For purposes of this  Agreement,  the term
"Business"  shall mean the delivery of systems  integration  services and master
distribution of information  technology  product  services,  as conducted by the
Company immediately prior to the date hereof and/or developed during the term of
this Agreement.

                  (e)      Executive expressly agrees and acknowledges that:

                           (i) it will  require at least  twelve (12) months for
         the  Company to locate,  hire and train an  appropriate  individual  to
         perform  the  functions   and  duties  that   Executive  is  performing
         hereunder;

                           (ii) the Company  has  protected  business  interests
         throughout the United States and that competition with and against such
         business interests would be harmful to the Company;
                                       11
<PAGE>
                           (iii) this  covenant not to compete is  reasonable as
         to time and  geographical  area and does  not  place  any  unreasonable
         burden upon him;

                           (iv)  the  general  public  will not be  harmed  as a
         result of enforcement of this covenant not to compete;

                           (v) his  personal  legal  counsel has  reviewed  this
         covenant not to compete; and

                           (vi) he  understands  and  hereby  agrees to each and
         every term and  condition of this  covenant not to compete  (including,
         without limitation, the provisions of Section 5.11).

         5.10  Non-Disparagement.  During  the  term of this  Agreement  and the
Non-Competition  Period,  neither  Executive nor the Company shall disparage the
other,  and  neither  shall  disclose  to any  third  party  the  conditions  of
Executive's  employment  with the Company except as may be required (i) pursuant
to applicable  law or  regulations,  including the rules and  regulations of the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  (ii) to  effectuate  the  provisions  of
employee plans or programs and insurance policies,  or (iii) as may be otherwise
contemplated  herein or  unless  such  information  becomes  publicly  available
without fault of the party making such disclosure.

         5.11 Remedies.  Executive  expressly agrees and  acknowledges  that the
covenants  set forth in Sections 5.1 through  Section 5.10 are necessary for the
protection  of the  interests of the Company and its  affiliates  because of the
nature and scope of their  business and his position with the Company.  Further,
Executive  acknowledges  that any  breach  of such  covenants  would  result  in
irreparable damage to the Company,  and that money damages will not sufficiently
compensate the Company for its injury caused thereby, and that the remedy at law
for any breach or threatened  breach of any of such covenants will be inadequate
and,  accordingly  agrees,  that the  Company  shall,  in  addition to all other
available remedies (including without limitation, seeking such damages as it can
show it has  sustained  by reason of such  breach),  be entitled  to  injunctive
relief or specific performance and that in addition to such money damages he may
be restrained  and enjoined from any  continuing  breach of this covenant not to
compete  without  any  bond or  other  security  being  required  of any  court.
Executive  further  acknowledges  and agrees that if such  covenants,  or any of
them, are deemed to be  unenforceable  and/or the Executive fails to comply with
this Article V, the Company has no  obligation  to provide any  compensation  or
other  benefits  described in Article IV hereof.  The remedies set forth in this
Section  5.11  shall be  included  in any  award in favor of the  Company  under
Exhibit D hereto.

         5.12 Scope of  Article.  For  purposes  of this  Article V,  unless the
context otherwise  requires,  the term "Company"  includes  MicroAge,  Inc., its
direct and indirect subsidiaries, and its affiliates.
                                       12
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE VI

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         6.1  Definitions.  For purposes of this Agreement,  the following terms
shall have the following meanings:

                  (a)      "Accrued Base Salary" - as defined in Section 4.1(a);

                  (b)      "Accrued Benefits" - as defined in Section 4.1(d);

                  (c)      "Accrued  Reimbursable  Expenses"  -  as  defined  in
Section 4.1(c);

                  (d)      "Accrued  Vacation  Payment"  - as defined in Section
4.1(b);

                  (e)      "Annual Incentive Bonus" - as defined in Section 2.2;

                  (f)      "Base Salary" - as defined in Section 2.1;

                  (g)      "Board" - shall  mean the Board of  Directors  of the
Company;

                  (h)      "Cause"  shall  mean  the  occurrence  of  any of the
following:

                           (i) Executive's gross and willful misconduct which is
         injurious to the Company;

                           (ii) Executive's  engaging in fraudulent conduct with
         respect to the  Company's  business or in conduct of a criminal  nature
         that  may  have  an  adverse  impact  on  the  Company's  standing  and
         reputation;

                           (iii)  the  continued  and  unjustified   failure  or
         refusal by  Executive  to perform  the duties  required  of him by this
         Agreement  which failure or refusal  shall not be cured within  fifteen
         (15) days following (A) receipt by Executive of written notice from the
         Board  specifying  the factors or events  constituting  such failure or
         refusal, and (B) a reasonable opportunity for Executive to correct such
         deficiencies;

                           (iv)  Executive's  use of  drugs  and/or  alcohol  in
         violation of then current Company policy; or

                           (v)  Executive's   breach  of  his  obligation  under
         Section 1.2(c) hereof which shall not be cured within fifteen (15) days
         after written notice thereof to Executive.

                  (i)      "Change of Control" shall mean and shall be deemed to
have occurred if: 
                                       13
<PAGE>
                           (i) After the date of this  Agreement,  any  "person"
         (as such term is used in Sections  13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities
         Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), or any successor
         provision  thereto)  shall  become the  beneficial  owner  (within  the
         meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act or any successor provision
         thereto)   directly  or   indirectly   of  securities  of  the  Company
         representing  15 percent or more of the  combined  voting  power of the
         Company's then outstanding  securities  ordinarily  having the right to
         vote at an election of directors; provided, however, that, for purposes
         of  this  subparagraph,   "person"  shall  exclude  the  Company,   its
         subsidiaries,  any person  acquiring such securities  directly from the
         Company,  any employee  benefit  plan  sponsored by the Company or from
         Executive or any stockholder  owning 15% or more of the combined voting
         power of the  Company's  outstanding  securities as of the date of this
         Agreement; or

                           (ii) Any stockholder of the Company owning 15 percent
         or more of the  combined  voting  power  of the  Company's  outstanding
         securities as of the date of this Agreement shall become the beneficial
         owner  (within  the  meaning  of Rule  13d-3  under the  Exchange  Act)
         directly or indirectly of securities of the Company (other than through
         the  acquisition  of  securities  directly  from  the  Company  or from
         Executive) representing 25 percent or more of the combined voting power
         of the Company's  then  outstanding  securities  ordinarily  having the
         right to vote at an election of directors; or

                           (iii)   Individuals  who,  as  of  the  date  hereof,
         constitute  the Board (the  "Incumbent  Board") cease for any reason to
         constitute at least 80 percent of the Board,  provided,  however,  that
         any person becoming a member of the Board subsequent to the date hereof
         whose   election,   or   nomination   for  election  by  the  Company's
         stockholders,  was  approved  by a vote of at least 80  percent  of the
         members then  comprising the Incumbent Board (other than an election or
         nomination  of an individual  whose initial  assumption of office is in
         connection with an actual or threatened  election  contest  relating to
         the election of  directors  of the  Company,  as such terms are used in
         Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act or any
         successor  provision thereto) shall be, for purposes of this Agreement,
         considered as though such person were a member of the Incumbent  Board;
         or

                           (iv) Approval by the  stockholders of the Company and
         consummation of (A) a reorganization, merger, consolidation, or sale or
         other  disposition  of all or  substantially  all of the  assets of the
         Company,  in each case,  with or to a  corporation  or other  person or
         entity  of  which  persons  who were the  stockholders  of the  Company
         immediately prior to such transaction do not,  immediately  thereafter,
         own  more  than  60  percent  of  the  combined  voting  power  of  the
         outstanding  voting  securities  entitled  to  vote  generally  in  the
         election of  directors  of the  reorganized,  merged,  consolidated  or
         purchasing  corporation  (or in the case of a  non-corporate  person or
         entity,  functionally  equivalent  voting  power) and 80 percent of the
         members of the Board of which corporation (or functional  equivalent in
         the case of a  non-corporate  person or entity) were not members of the
         Incumbent  Board at the time of the execution of the initial  agreement
         providing for such  reorganization,  merger,  consolidation or sale, or
         (B) a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.
                                       14
<PAGE>
                  (j)      "Confidential  Information"  - as  defined in Section
5.1;

                  (k)      "Continued Benefits" - as defined in Section 4.3(g);

                  (l)      "Designated Members of the Executive Council" - shall
mean the  members  of the  Company's  Executive  Council  other  than the  Chief
Executive Officer, President, Vice Chairman of the Board and the Chief Financial
Officer;

                  (m)      "Expiration" shall mean the expiration of Executive's
employment hereunder in accordance with Section 1.3;

                  (n)      "Good Reason" shall mean the occurrence of any of the
following:

                           (i)  Material  change by the  Company in  Executive's
         function,  duties or  responsibilities  which would  cause  Executive's
         position with the Company to become of less dignity, responsibility and
         importance  than  those  associated  with  his  functions,   duties  or
         responsibilities January 6, 1997;

                           (ii)  Executive's  Base  Salary  is  reduced  by  the
         Company  (unless  such  reduction  is  pursuant  to a salary  reduction
         program  as  described  in Section  2.1  hereof) or there is a material
         reduction  in the  benefits  that are in effect  for the  Executive  on
         January 6, 1997 in accordance  with Section 2.4 (unless such  reduction
         is  pursuant to a uniform  reduction  in  benefits  for all  Designated
         Members of the Executive Council);

                           (iii) Except with Executive's  prior written consent,
         relocation of Executive's  principal  place of employment to a location
         outside of Maricopa County,  Arizona,  or requiring Executive to travel
         on the Company's  business more than is required by Section 1.4 hereof;
         or

                           (iv) Other  material  breach of this Agreement by the
         Company,  which  breach is not cured  within  fifteen  (15) days  after
         written notice thereof is received by the Company.

                  (o)      "1997  Executive  Bonus Plan" - as defined in Section
2.2.

                  (p)      "Non-Competition  Period"  - as  defined  in  Section
5.9(a);

                  (q)      "Notice of  Termination"  shall  mean a notice  which
shall indicate the specific termination  provision of this Agreement relied upon
and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances  claimed to
provide a basis for termination of Executive's employment under the provision so
indicated.  Each Notice of  Termination  shall be delivered at least thirty (30)
days prior to the effective date of termination;

                  (r)      "Retirement" shall mean normal retirement at age 65;
                                       15
<PAGE>
                  (s)      "Termination"   shall   mean   the   termination   of
Executive's  employment hereunder other than upon expiration of the term of such
employment in accordance with Section 1.3;

                  (t)      "Total  Disability"  shall mean  Executive's  failure
substantially  to perform his duties hereunder on a full-time basis for a period
exceeding 180  consecutive  days or for periods  aggregating  more than 180 days
during any  twelve-month  period as a result of  incapacity  due to  physical or
mental  illness.  If  there  is a  dispute  as to  whether  Executive  is or was
physically or mentally unable to perform his duties under this  Agreement,  such
dispute shall be submitted for resolution to a licensed physician agreed upon by
the Board and  Executive,  or if an agreement  cannot be promptly  reached,  the
Board and Executive shall promptly select a physician,  and if these  physicians
cannot agree,  the physicians  shall  promptly  select a third  physician  whose
decision shall be binding on all parties.  If such a dispute  arises,  Executive
shall submit to such  examinations  and shall provide such  information  as such
physician(s)  may  request,  and the  determination  of the  physician(s)  as to
Executive's  physical  or mental  condition  shall be  binding  and  conclusive.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Executive participates in any group disability
plan provided by the Company which offers long-term disability benefits,  "Total
Disability" shall mean total disability as defined therein.

         6.2 Key Man  Insurance.  The Company shall have the right,  in its sole
discretion,  to  purchase  "key man"  insurance  on the life of  Executive.  The
Company shall be the owner and  beneficiary  of any such policy.  If the Company
elects  to  purchase  such  a  policy,   Executive   shall  take  such  physical
examinations and supply such  information as may be reasonably  requested by the
insurer.

         6.3      Mitigation of Damages; Set-Off; Dispute Resolution.

                  (a)      Executive shall be required to mitigate the amount of
any  payment  provided  for in this  Agreement  (other  than  payments  received
pursuant to Section 4.4 hereof) by seeking other employment.

                  (b)      If there shall be any dispute between the Company and
Executive (i) in the event of any  termination of Executive's  employment by the
Company,  whether such  termination  was for Cause,  or (ii) in the event of any
termination of employment by Executive,  whether Good Reason  existed,  or (iii)
otherwise  arising  out of this  Agreement,  the  dispute  shall be  resolved in
accordance with the dispute resolution procedures set forth in Exhibit D hereto,
the  provisions  of which are  incorporated  as a part  hereof,  and the parties
hereto  hereby  agree  that  such  dispute  resolution  procedures  shall be the
exclusive  method for  resolution of disputes  under this  Agreement;  provided,
however,  that (1) either party may seek preliminary  judicial relief if, in its
judgment,  such  action is  necessary  to avoid  irreparable  injury  during the
pendency of such  procedures,  and (2) nothing in Exhibit D shall prevent either
party from exercising the rights of termination set forth in this Agreement.  In
the event of a dispute  hereunder as to whether a termination by the Company was
for Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason,  until there is a resolution  and
award as provided in Exhibit D, the Company  shall pay all amounts,  and provide
all benefits, to Executive and/or Executive's family or other beneficiaries,  as
the case may be, that the Company would be required to
                                       16
<PAGE>
pay or provide  hereunder as though such termination were by the Company without
Cause or by Executive  for Good Reason and shall pay the  reasonable  legal fees
and  expenses  of  counsel  for  Executive  in  connection   with  such  dispute
resolution; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay any
disputed  amounts or any legal fees and expenses  pursuant to this  subparagraph
(b) except upon  receipt of a written  undertaking  by or on behalf of Executive
(and/or Executive's family or other beneficiaries, as the case may be) to repay,
without  interest or penalty,  as soon as  practicable  after  completion of the
dispute  resolution  (A) all such  amounts to which  Executive  (or  Executive's
family or other beneficiaries, as the case may be) is ultimately adjudged not be
entitled  with  respect to the  payment of such  disputed  amount(s)  and (B) in
addition,  in the case of legal fees and  expenses,  a  proportionate  amount of
legal fees and expenses  attributable to any of Executive's  claim(s) (or any of
Executive's defenses or counter-claims(s)),  if any, which shall have been found
by the dispute resolver to have been frivolous or without merit. IT IS EXPRESSLY
UNDERSTOOD  THAT  BY  SIGNING  THIS  AGREEMENT,   WHICH   INCORPORATES   BINDING
ARBITRATION,  THE COMPANY AND EXECUTIVE AGREE,  EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY  PROVIDED
OTHERWISE IN SECTION 5.11 AND THIS SECTION 6.3(b),  TO WAIVE COURT OR JURY TRIAL
AND TO WAIVE  PUNITIVE,  STATUTORY,  CONSEQUENTIAL  AND ANY DAMAGES,  OTHER THAN
COMPENSATORY DAMAGES.

         6.4 Successors; Binding Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon
any  successor  to  the  Company  and  shall  inure  to  the  benefit  of and be
enforceable by  Executive's  personal or legal  representatives,  beneficiaries,
designees,  executors,   administrators,   heirs,  distributees,   devisees  and
legatees.

         6.5  Modification;  No Waiver.  This  Agreement  may not be modified or
amended except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto. No term
or condition of this  Agreement  shall be deemed to have been waived,  nor shall
there  be any  estoppel  against  the  enforcement  of  any  provision  of  this
Agreement, except by written instrument by the party charged with such waiver or
estoppel.  No such written  waiver shall be deemed a  continuing  waiver  unless
specifically  stated therein,  and each such waiver shall operate only as to the
specific term or condition waived and shall not constitute a waiver of such term
or condition for the future or as to any other term or condition.

         6.6  Severability.  The covenants and agreements  contained  herein are
separate and severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any one or more
of such covenants or agreements,  if not material to the employment  arrangement
that is the  basis  for  this  Agreement,  shall  not  affect  the  validity  or
enforceability of any other covenant or agreement  contained herein.  If, in any
judicial  proceeding,  a  court  shall  refuse  to  enforce  one or  more of the
covenants or agreements  contained  herein  because the duration  thereof is too
long,  or the scope  thereof is too broad,  it is expressly  agreed  between the
parties hereto that such duration or scope shall be deemed reduced to the extent
necessary to permit the enforcement of such covenants or agreements.

         6.7  Notices.  All the  notices  and other  communications  required or
permitted  hereunder  shall be in writing and shall be delivered  personally  or
sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt  requested,  to the parties
hereto at the following addresses:
                                       17
<PAGE>
                           If to the Company, to it at:

                           MicroAge, Inc.
                           2400 South MicroAge Way
                           Tempe, Arizona  85282-1896
                           Attn:  Chief Executive Officer

                           With a copy to:

                           Matthew P. Feeney
                           Snell & Wilmer L.L.P.
                           One Arizona Center
                           Phoenix, Arizona  85004-0001

                           If Executive, to him at:

                           ----------------------------
                           ----------------------------
                           ----------------------------

         6.8  Assignment.  This Agreement and any rights  hereunder shall not be
assignable by either party without the prior written  consent of the other party
except as otherwise specifically provided for herein.

         6.9 Entire  Understanding.  This  Agreement  (together with the Exhibit
incorporated as a part hereof) constitutes the entire understanding  between the
parties hereto and no agreement,  representation,  warranty or covenant has been
made by either party except as expressly set forth herein.

         6.10  Executive's  Representations.  Executive  represents and warrants
that neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the performance of
his duties hereunder  violates the provisions of any other agreement to which he
is a party or by which he is bound.

         6.11 Liability of Company with Respect to Insurance  Policy.  Executive
has selected the insurer and policy  referred to in Section 2.4(a)  hereof,  and
the Company  shall not have any  liability to Executive  (or his  beneficiaries)
should the insurance company which issues the policy referred to therein fail or
refuse to pay  (whether  voluntarily  or by reason of any order,  injunction  or
otherwise)  thereunder  or if any rights or  elections  otherwise  available  to
Executive thereunder are restricted or eliminated.

         6.12  Governing  Law. This  Agreement  shall be construed in accordance
with  and  governed  for all  purposes  by the  laws  of the  State  of  Arizona
applicable to contracts executed and wholly performed within such state.
                                       18
<PAGE>
         IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  hereto  have  duly  executed  this
Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

                                    Company:

                                    MICROAGE, INC.



                                    By:
                                       ---------------------------------------
                                                      Jeffrey D. McKeever
                                                      Chairman of the Board and
                                                      Chief Executive Officer


                                    Executive:



                                    ------------------------------------------
                                       19
<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT A

                             SPLIT DOLLAR AGREEMENT
                             ----------------------
<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT B

                               EXECUTIVE'S RIGHTS
                               ------------------

                                      None
<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT C

                   EXECUTIVE'S EXISTING OBLIGATIONS AND CLAIMS
                   -------------------------------------------

                                      None
<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT D

                          DISPUTE RESOLUTION PROCEDURES
                          -----------------------------


         A. If a  controversy  should  arise  which is covered by Section 6.3 of
Article  VI,  then not later than  twelve (12) months from the date of the event
which is the  subject of dispute  either  party may serve on the other a written
notice  specifying  the  existence  of such  controversy  and  setting  forth in
reasonably  specific  detail the  grounds  thereof  ("Notice  of  Controversy");
provided  that,  in any event,  the other party shall have at least  thirty (30)
days  from and after the date of the  Notice of  Controversy  to serve a written
notice  of  any  counterclaim   ("Notice  of   Counterclaim").   The  Notice  of
Counterclaim shall specify the claim or claims in reasonably specific detail. If
the Notice of Controversy or the Notice of Counterclaim,  as the case may be, is
not served  within the  applicable  period,  the claim set forth therein will be
deemed to have been waived, abandoned and rendered unenforceable.

         B.  Following  receipt of the Notice of  Controversy  (or the Notice of
Counterclaim,  as the case may be),  there shall be a three week  period  during
which the parties will make a good faith  effort to resolve the dispute  through
negotiation  ("Period  of  Negotiation").  Neither  party  shall take any action
during the Period of Negotiation to initiate arbitration proceedings.

         C. If the parties  should  agree  during the Period of  Negotiation  to
mediate  the  dispute,  then the Period of  Negotiation  shall be extended by an
amount of time to be agreed upon by the parties to permit such mediation.  In no
event,  however,  may the Period of  Negotiation  be  extended by more than five
weeks or,  stated  differently,  in no event may the  Period of  Negotiation  be
extended to encompass more than a total of eight weeks.

         D. If the  parties  agree to mediate  the  dispute  but are  thereafter
unable to agree within a week on the format and  procedures  for the  mediation,
then the effort to mediate  shall  cease,  and the Period of  Negotiation  shall
terminate  four  weeks  from  the  Notice  of  Controversy  (or  the  Notice  of
Counterclaim, as the case may be).

         E. Following the termination of the Period of Negotiation,  the dispute
(including  the  main  claim  and  counterclaim,  if any)  shall be  settled  by
arbitration,  governed by the Federal  Arbitration  Act, 9 U.S.C.  ss. 1 et seq.
("FAA"),  and  judgment  upon the  award  may be  entered  in any  court  having
jurisdiction thereof. The format and procedures of the arbitration are set forth
below (referred to below as the "Arbitration Agreement").

         F. A notice of intention to arbitrate  ("Notice of Arbitration")  shall
be served within 45 days of the termination of the Period of Negotiation. If the
Notice of Arbitration  is not served within this period,  the claim set forth in
the Notice of Controversy  (or the Notice of  Counterclaim,  as the case may be)
will be deemed to have been waived, abandoned and rendered unenforceable.

         G. The  arbitration,  including  the  Notice  of  Arbitration,  will be
governed by the Commercial Rules of the American Arbitration Association ("AAA")
in effect on the date of the
<PAGE>
Notice of Arbitration, except that the terms of this Arbitration Agreement shall
control in the event of any  difference  or conflict  between such Rules and the
terms of this Arbitration Agreement.

         H. The arbitrator  shall reach a decision on the merits on the basis of
applicable legal principles as embodied in the law of the State of Arizona.  The
arbitration hearing shall take place in Phoenix, Arizona.

         I.  There  shall  be  one  arbitrator,  regardless  of  the  amount  in
controversy. The arbitrator selected, in order to be eligible to serve, shall be
a lawyer  in  Phoenix,  Arizona  with at least 15 years  specializing  in either
general commercial  litigation or general corporate and commercial  matters.  In
the event the parties cannot agree on a mutually  acceptable  single  arbitrator
from the list  submitted by the AAA, the AAA shall  appoint the  arbitrator  who
shall meet the foregoing criteria.

         J.  At  the  time  of  appointment  and  as a  condition  thereto,  the
arbitrator will be apprised of the time limitations and other provisions of this
Arbitration  Agreement and shall indicate such dispute  resolver's  agreement to
the Tribunal Administrator to comply with such provisions and time limitations.

         K. During the 30 day period  following  appointment of the  arbitrator,
either  party may serve on the other a request for limited  numbers of documents
directly  related to the dispute.  Such documents will be produced  within seven
days of the request.

         L. Following the thirty-day period of document  production,  there will
be a forty-five day period during which limited depositions will be permissible.
Neither party will take more than 5 depositions,  and no deposition  will exceed
three hours of direct testimony.

         M.  Disputes as to  discovery  or  prehearing  matters of a  procedural
nature  shall be promptly  submitted  to the  arbitrator  pursuant to  telephone
conference call or otherwise. The arbitrator shall make every effort to render a
ruling on such interim  matters at the time of the hearing (or conference  call)
or within five business days thereafter.

         N. Following the period of depositions,  the arbitration  hearing shall
promptly commence. The arbitrator will make every effort to commence the hearing
within thirty days of the conclusion of the deposition  period and, in addition,
will make every effort to conduct the hearing on  consecutive  business  days to
conclusion.

         O. An award will be rendered,  at the latest, within nine months of the
date of the Notice of  Arbitration  and within  thirty  days of the close of the
arbitration  hearing.  The award shall set forth the  grounds  for the  decision
(findings of fact and  conclusions  of law) in  reasonably  specific  detail and
shall also specify whether any claim (or defense or  counter-claim) of Executive
is found to be frivolous or without  merit and what  proportion,  if any, of his
legal fees and expenses which have been paid by the Company  Executive  shall be
required to repay to the Company in accordance  with Section  6.3(b).  The award
shall be final and nonappealable except as provided in the FAA and except that a
court of competent  jurisdiction  shall have the power to review  whether,  as a
matter of law,
                                       D-2
<PAGE>
based upon the findings of fact by the arbitrator, the award should be confirmed
or should be  modified  or vacated in order to correct any errors of law made by
the arbitrator.  Such judicial review shall be limited to issues of law, and the
parties  agree that the findings of fact made by the  arbitrator  shall be final
and binding on the parties and shall serve as the facts to be relied upon by the
court in determining the extent to which the award should be confirmed, modified
or vacated.

         The award may only be made for compensatory  damages,  and if any other
damages (whether  exemplary,  punitive,  consequential,  statutory or other) are
included, the award shall be vacated and remanded, or modified or corrected,  as
appropriate to promote this damage limitation;  provided, however, that an award
in favor of the Company shall include the relief set forth in Section 5.11.
                                       D-3

                             PROPOSED RESOLUTIONS OF
                  THE COMPENSATION COMMITTEE OF MICROAGE, INC.
             TO APPROVE FISCAL YEAR 1997 BONUS COMPENSATION FORMULA
                         FOR CERTAIN EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

                                DECEMBER 4, 1996

         WHEREAS, Jeffrey D. McKeever,  Robert G. O'Malley, James R. Daniel, and
James G. Manton are Executives of the Company (the "Executives"); and

         WHEREAS,  the Company desires to retain the Executives in the employ of
the Company and  affiliated  companies  and to  encourage  their  incentive  and
personal interest in the success of the Company and to reward exceptional effort
and performance.

         NOW, THEREFORE,  BE IT RESOLVED,  that if each Executive is employed by
the Company for the entire  Fiscal Year 1997 in the same  position  held by such
Executive on December 4, 1996, or in a  substantially  equivalent line function,
then,  (a) in the event that the  Company's  Fiscal Year 1997 Plan Earnings (the
"Plan") are less than FIFTY  PERCENT (50%)  achieved,  such  Executive  would be
awarded  no bonus,  and (b) in the event  that the Plan is  greater  than  FIFTY
PERCENT (50%)  achieved,  such  Executive  would be awarded a bonus equal to ONE
PERCENT (1%) of such Executive's  Fiscal Year 1997 base salary (such Executive's
"Base Salary") for each whole  percentage  point that the Company's  Fiscal Year
1997  earnings  exceed  FIFTY  PERCENT  (50%) of Plan (e.g.,  (i) if the Plan is
SEVENTY-FIVE  PERCENT (75%)  achieved,  such Executive  would be awarded a bonus
that would be TWENTY-FIVE PERCENT (25%) of such Executive's Base Salary and (ii)
if the Plan is ONE HUNDRED AND FIFTY PERCENT  (150%)  achieved,  such  Executive
would be  awarded  a bonus  that  would be ONE  HUNDRED  PERCENT  (100%) of such
Executive's Base Salary); provided, however, that the Compensation Committee, in
its sole discretion,  and considering such factors as the Compensation Committee
deems appropriate, including, without limitation, such Executive's contributions
to the Company's Fiscal Year 1997 financial performance,  may reduce or increase
such Executive's bonus, as calculated  pursuant to clause (b), in such amount as
the Compensation Committee deems appropriate.

                                     ******
<PAGE>
                             PROPOSED RESOLUTIONS OF
                  THE COMPENSATION COMMITTEE OF MICROAGE, INC.
             TO APPROVE FISCAL YEAR 1997 BONUS COMPENSATION FORMULA
                         FOR CERTAIN EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

                                DECEMBER 4, 1996

         WHEREAS,  Alan P. Hald, John S. Lewis,  Christopher J. Koziol, and John
H. Andrews are Executives of the Company (the "Executives"); and

         WHEREAS,  the Company desires to retain the Executives in the employ of
the Company and  affiliated  companies  and to  encourage  their  incentive  and
personal interest in the success of the Company and to reward exceptional effort
and performance.

         NOW  THEREFORE,  BE IT RESOLVED,  that if each Executive is employed by
the Company for the entire Fiscal Year 1997 (or, in the case of Mr. Lewis,  from
January 6, 1997 through the end of Fiscal Year 1997) in the same  position  held
by such Executive on December 4, 1996 (or, in the case of Mr. Lewis,  on January
6, 1997),  or in a substantially  equivalent  line function,  then, in the event
that the  Company's  Fiscal Year 1997 Plan  Earnings  (the "Plan") are less than
FIFTY PERCENT (50%) achieved,  such Executive would be awarded no bonus (whether
a  MicroAge  Bonus or a Business  Group  Bonus,  as such  terms are  hereinafter
defined); and further

         RESOLVED,  that if each  Executive  is  employed by the Company for the
entire Fiscal Year 1997 (or, in the case of Mr. Lewis,  from January 6, 1997) in
the same position held by such Executive on December 4, 1996 (or, in the case of
Mr. Lewis, on January 6, 1997) or in a  substantially  equivalent line function,
then, in the event that the Plan is greater than FIFTY  PERCENT (50%)  achieved,
such Executive would be awarded a bonus (the "MicroAge Bonus") equal to ONE-HALF
PERCENT (1/2%) of such Executive's  Fiscal Year 1997 base salary, or in the case
of Mr. Lewis, 10/12 of Mr. Lewis' Fiscal Year 1997 base salary (such Executive's
"Base Salary") for each whole  percentage  point that the Company's  Fiscal Year
1997  earnings  exceed  FIFTY  PERCENT  (50%) of Plan (e.g.,  (i) if the Plan is
EIGHTY PERCENT (80%) achieved,  such Executive would be awarded a MicroAge Bonus
that would be FIFTEEN PERCENT (15%) of such  Executive's Base Salary and (ii) if
the Plan is ONE HUNDRED AND FIFTY PERCENT (150%) achieved,  such Executive would
be  awarded  a  MicroAge  Bonus  that  would  be  FIFTY  PERCENT  (50%)  of such
Executive's Base Salary); provided, however, that the Compensation Committee, in
its sole discretion,  and considering such factors as the Compensation Committee
deems appropriate, including, without limitation, such Executive's contributions
to the Company's Fiscal Year financial performance,  may reduce or increase such
Executive's  MicroAge  Bonus,  as  calculated  pursuant  to  clause  (b) of this
Resolution, in such amount as the Compensation Committee deems appropriate; and
<PAGE>
         FUTHER RESOLVED,  that if each Executive is employed by the Company for
the entire Fiscal Year 1997 (or, in the case of Mr. Lewis, from January 6, 1997)
in the same position held by such Executive on December 4, 1996 (or, in the case
of Mr.  Lewis,  on January  6,  1997),  or in a  substantially  equivalent  line
function, then, (a) in the event that the Target Goal of Income Before Taxes and
Extraordinary  Items  of  such  Executive's  Business  Group  (such  Executive's
"Business Group Goal") is less than FIFTY PERCENT (50%) achieved, such Executive
would be awarded no Business Group Bonus (as  hereinafter  defined),  and (b) in
the event such  Executive's  Business  Group Goal is greater than FIFTY  PERCENT
(50%)  achieved,  such Executive  would be awarded a bonus (the "Business  Group
Bonus") equal to ONE-HALF  PERCENT  (1/2%) of such  Executive's  Base Salary for
each whole percentage point that exceeds FIFTY PERCENT (50%) of such Executive's
Business Group Goal (e.g., (i) if such Executive's Business Group Goal is EIGHTY
PERCENT (80%)  achieved,  such Executive would be awarded a Business Group Bonus
that would be FIFTEEN PERCENT (15%) of such  Executive's Base Salary and (ii) if
such  Executive's  Business  Group Goal is ONE HUNDRED AND FIFTY PERCENT  (150%)
achieved,  such Executive  would be awarded a Business Group Bonus that would be
FIFTY PERCENT (50%) of such Executive's Base Salary; provided, however, that the
Compensation Committee, in its sole discretion,  and considering such factors as
the Compensation  Committee deems appropriate,  including,  without  limitation,
such  Executive's  contributions  to such  Executive's  Business Group Goal, may
reduce or increase such Executive's Business Group Bonus, as calculated pursuant
to clause (b), in such amount as the Compensation  Committee deems  appropriate;
and

         FURTHER RESOLVED,  that the Executives'  Business Group Bonuses will be
tied to the  following  Business  Groups:  Alan P. Hald  (MicroAge  Enterprises,
Inc.); John S. Lewis (Integration  Group);  Christopher J. Koziol  (Distribution
Group); and John H. Andrews (Logistics Group).

                                 THIRD AMENDMENT
                                     TO THE
                                 MICROAGE, INC.
                 RETIREMENT SAVINGS AND EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP
                                 PLAN AND TRUST


         The MicroAge, Inc. Retirement Savings and Employee Stock Ownership Plan
and Trust (the  "Plan"),  as amended and restated by a document  effective as of
January 1, 1995 and as further amended by the First Amendment dated May 10, 1995
and the Second  Amendment  dated March 14, 1996,  is hereby  further  amended as
follows:

         1. All of the  changes  made to the Plan by this  Third  Amendment  are
effective as of October 28, 1996.

         2. A new  Section  2.26A is added to Article 2. The new  Section  2.26A
shall read as follows:

                  2.26A  Executive  Supplemental  Savings Plan or ESSP. The term
         "Executive  Supplemental  Savings  Plan" or "ESSP" means the  MicroAge,
         Inc.  Executive  Supplemental  Savings  Plan, as it may be amended from
         time to time.

         3. A new  Section  2.37A is added to Article 2. The new  Section  2.37A
shall read as follows:

                  2.37A Leadership  Team. The term  "Leadership  Team" means the
         group of officers of the Employer who hold the  positions and titles of
         Vice President and above.

         4. Section 4.02 is hereby amended by adding the following paragraph (e)
to the end thereof:

                  (e) Special Rules for Leadership Team Members.  No Participant
         who is a  member  of the  Leadership  Team  shall  be  allowed  to make
         Elective  Deferrals  directly to this Plan.  Following  the end of each
         Plan Year,  however,  Elective  Deferrals may be made on behalf of such
         Participants  by a direct  transfer to the Trustee  from the trustee of
         the ESSP.  The amount of Elective  Deferrals  transferred  to this Plan
         from the ESSP on behalf of each such  Participant  shall not exceed the
         lesser of (i) the dollar limitation imposed by Section 402(g)
                                        1
<PAGE>
         of the Code  for  such  year or (ii)  the  maximum  amount  that may be
         transferred  to this Plan without  causing this Plan to violate the ADP
         limitations described in Section 4.02(c) for the Plan Year.

                  (i)      For purposes of determining the amount referred to in
                           clause (ii) of the preceding  sentence,  the Advisory
                           Committee shall first calculate the ADP test referred
                           to in  Section  4.02(c) on the  assumption  that each
                           Leadership  Team member who also is a Participant  in
                           this Plan elected to make no Elective Deferrals.

                  (ii)     If, but only if, the calculation made pursuant to the
                           preceding  subparagraph (i) reveals that the Elective
                           Deferrals of those Highly  Compensated  Employees who
                           are not  Leadership  Team  members  are less than the
                           maximum  amount of Elective  Deferrals  that could be
                           made by all Highly Compensated  Employees  (including
                           Leadership Team members who are  Participants in this
                           Plan),  Elective  Deferrals shall then be transferred
                           to  this  Plan  from  the  ESSP  on  behalf  of  each
                           Leadership  Team member who is a Participant  and who
                           has elected to have such transfer made.

                  (iii)    The amount  transferred to this Plan from the ESSP on
                           behalf  of each  electing  Participant  who also is a
                           Leadership  Team member shall equal the lesser of (A)
                           the amount  available for transfer  pursuant the ESSP
                           for the relevant  Plan Year or (B) an amount equal to
                           the  Participant's  Compensation  for the  Plan  Year
                           multiplied   by  the  "maximum  ADP"  for  the  group
                           consisting  of  Leadership  Team members who also are
                           Participants  in this Plan  (calculated in accordance
                           with   the    principles   set   forth   in   Section
                           4.02(c)(iii)(B)).   For  purposes  of  the  preceding
                           sentence,  the "maximum  ADP" is the highest ADP that
                           could be contributed  by Leadership  Team members who
                           also are  Participants in the Plan without  requiring
                           the return of any Excess  Contributions  pursuant  to
                           Section 4.02(d).  In making this  determination,  the
                           Advisory  Committee  may  increase the maximum ADP of
                           the remaining  Leadership Team members if others will
                           not be transferring the maximum amount permitted.

                  (iv)     Prior  to  the  first  day of  each  Plan  Year  each
                           Participant  who  also is a  Leadership  Team  member
                           shall file an irrevocable,  written election with the
                           Advisory  Committee and the Plan Administrator of the
                           ESSP to either (a)  transfer  the  amount  calculated
                           pursuant to subparagraph (iii) to this Plan or (b) to
                           receive a cash  distribution  of said amount from the
                           ESSP. Such election shall continue to apply from year
                           to year unless and until the Participant  changes the
                           election  by filing a new  election.  A new  election
                           shall only be  effective  with  respect to Plan Years
                           beginning after the day on which
                                        2
<PAGE>
                           such  election is received by the Advisory  Committee
                           and the Plan Administrator of the ESSP.

                  (v)      As soon as  possible  following  the end of each Plan
                           Year,  the  Advisory  Committee  will  calculate  the
                           amount that may be  transferred to this Plan from the
                           ESSP and shall notify the Plan  Administrator  of the
                           ESSP.  Such transfers  shall be accomplished no later
                           that two and  one-half (2 1/2) months  following  the
                           end of the  Plan  Year  and the  amounts  transferred
                           shall  be  treated  as  Elective  Deferrals  for  the
                           preceding Plan Year for all purposes (including,  but
                           not limited to, Section 4.03).

         5.  Section  2.46 of the Plan is  amended  in its  entirety  to read as
follows:

                  2.46 Plan  Year.  The term "Plan  Year"  shall mean the twelve
         (12)  consecutive  month period ending June 30; however,  a "short Plan
         Year" will begin July 1, 1995 and end on October 29, 1995 (the last day
         of the  company's  fiscal year).  After such short Plan Year,  the Plan
         Year will end each year on the same day as the  Company's  fiscal year,
         i.e., the Sunday closest to October 31. The Plan Year shall  constitute
         the  Plan's  "limitation  year" for the  purpose of  measuring  maximum
         allocations to participants under the Plan.

         6. Except as otherwise amended above, the Plan, as amended by the First
and Second Amendments, shall continue in full force and effect.

         To signify its  adoption of this Third  Amendment,  MicroAge,  Inc. has
caused this Third  Amendment  to be executed by its duly  authorized  officer on
this26th day ofSeptember, 1996.

                                          MicroAge, Inc.



                                          By:  /s/ Jeffrey D. McKeever
                                             -----------------------------------
                                             Its: Chairman and CEO
                                             -----------------------------------
                                        3

                                FOURTH AMENDMENT
                                     TO THE
                                 MICROAGE, INC.
                             RETIREMENT SAVINGS AND
                     EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN AND TRUST


                  The  MicroAge,  Inc.  Retirement  Savings and  Employee  Stock
Ownership  Plan and Trust (the  "Plan"),  as amended and  restated by a document
effective as of January 1, 1995 and amended by the First Amendment dated May 10,
1995, the Second  Amendment  dated March 14, 1996, and the Third Amendment dated
November 4, 1996, is hereby further amended as follows:

         1. All of the  changes  made to the Plan by this Fourth  Amendment  are
effective for distributions made on or after the date of execution.

         2. This Fourth Amendment  replaces Section 6.11(b) of the Plan. The new
Section 6.11(b) shall read as follows:

                  (b) No withdrawal of Elective Deferrals shall be made prior to
         the Participant's  disability,  retirement, or severance of employment,
         except   where  the   Participant   evidences  a  financial   hardship.
         Withdrawals shall be limited solely to Elective  Deferrals for all Plan
         Years without regard to earnings on such Elective Deferrals and without
         regard to Qualified  Matching  Contribution  and Qualified  Nonelective
         Contributions.   Notwithstanding   the   preceding   sentence,   if   a
         Participant's  December  31,  1988  account  attributable  to  Elective
         Deferrals (the "frozen  amount")  suffers a loss subsequent to December
         31, 1988 that brings the value of the account below the frozen  amount,
         then the Qualified Matching  Contributions,  and Qualified  Nonelective
         Contributions  and earnings may be withdrawn due to financial  hardship
         to the extent necessary to reach the frozen amount.  All requests for a
         hardship   withdrawal  shall  be  made  to  the  "Hardship   Withdrawal
         Committee".  The "Hardship  Withdrawal  Committee" shall consist of the
         Employer's  Chief  Financial  Officer,  its principal  Human  Resources
         executive  and a third  member who shall be selected by the  previously
         named members.

         Amounts may be withdrawn  pursuant to this Section  6.11(b) only if the
         Participant  experiences an immediate and heavy  financial need and the
         withdrawal is necessary to satisfy the financial need.
                                        1
<PAGE>
                           (i) Immediate and Heavy  Financial Need. The Hardship
                  Withdrawal  Committee shall determine  whether the Participant
                  has an immediate and heavy  financial need based on all of the
                  relevant facts and circumstances.  Generally, for example, the
                  need to pay funeral  expenses of a spouse or lineal  ascendant
                  or  descendant  of  the   Participant   would   constitute  an
                  "immediate and heavy financial  need",  but the need for funds
                  for a totally discretionary  expenditure (such as the purchase
                  of a boat) would not. The following  expenses or circumstances
                  will  be  deemed  to  give  rise  to an  immediate  and  heavy
                  financial need for purposes of this Section 6.11(b) regardless
                  of whether the general standards set out above are satisfied:

                           (A)      Medical  expenses  described in Code Section
                                    213(d)  necessary to obtain medical care for
                                    the  Participant,  his spouse or dependents;
                                    or

                           (B)      Purchase  (excluding mortgage payments) of a
                                    principal residence for the Participant; or

                           (C)      Payment  of the  next  twelve  (12)  months'
                                    tuition,     room     and     board,     and
                                    education-related     expenses     for     a
                                    post-secondary     education     for     the
                                    Participant, his spouse or dependents; or

                           (D)      Prevention   of   the   eviction   from   or
                                    foreclosure on the  Participant's  principal
                                    residence; or

                           (E)      Any other circumstance or expense designated
                                    by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue as a
                                    deemed immediate and heavy financial need in
                                    any  published  revenue  ruling,  notice  or
                                    other document of general applicability.

                           (ii)  Necessary  to  Satisfy an  Immediate  and Heavy
                  Financial  Need. The withdrawal  request will be considered to
                  be necessary to satisfy an immediate and heavy  financial need
                  of a  Participant  only if the need may not be satisfied  from
                  other   resources  that  are   reasonably   available  to  the
                  Participant,  and the  withdrawal  does not  exceed the amount
                  needed to satisfy the need. The Hardship Withdrawal  Committee
                  shall  consider  all  relevant  facts  and   circumstances  in
                  determining  whether a hardship  withdrawal  is  necessary  in
                  order to  satisfy  an  immediate  and  heavy  financial  need.
                  Generally,  a withdrawal shall be considered  necessary if the
                  Participant  represents to the Hardship  Withdrawal  Committee
                  that the need  cannot be  relieved  through  reimbursement  or
                  compensation  by insurance  or  otherwise,  by the  reasonable
                  liquidation  of the  Participant's  assets (to the extent that
                  such liquidation would not itself cause an immediate and heavy
                  financial need), by
                                        2
<PAGE>
                  cessation  of  elective  pre-tax  contributions  or  after-tax
                  contributions  under this or any other plan  sponsored  by the
                  Employer,  or by other distributions or nontaxable loans under
                  this  or  any  other  plan   sponsored  by  the  Employer.   A
                  distribution  will be deemed to be  necessary  to  satisfy  an
                  immediate and heavy  financial need of a Participant if all of
                  the  following  requirements  are  satisfied,   regardless  of
                  whether the general standards set forth above are met:

                           (A)      The amount requested for distribution is not
                                    in excess of the amount of the immediate and
                                    heavy financial need of the Participant;

                           (B)      The    Participant    has    obtained    all
                                    distributions,     other    than    hardship
                                    distributions,   and  all  nontaxable  loans
                                    currently    available   under   all   plans
                                    maintained by the Employer;

                           (C)      All plans sponsored by the Employer  provide
                                    that   the    Participant's    contributions
                                    (whether  made  on a  pre-tax  of  after-tax
                                    basis) will be suspended for at least twelve
                                    (12)   months    after    receipt   of   the
                                    distribution; and

                           (D)      All plans sponsored by the Employer  provide
                                    that the  Participant  may not make elective
                                    pre-tax  contributions for the calendar year
                                    immediately  following  the calendar year in
                                    which  the  distribution  for  the  hardship
                                    withdrawal   is  made  in   excess   of  the
                                    applicable  limit in  effect  for such  year
                                    under Code Section 402(g) less the amount of
                                    the    Participant's     pre-tax    elective
                                    contributions for the calendar year in which
                                    the hardship withdrawal is made.

                  If  the  Hardship  Withdrawal   Committee  determines  that  a
         Participant's  request for a hardship withdrawal meets the requirements
         set  forth  in this  Section  6.11(b),  then  the  Hardship  Withdrawal
         Committee  shall  direct  the  Trustee  to  pay  such  amounts  to  the
         Participant  upon receipt from the  Participant of such written request
         or form as may be required by the  Hardship  Withdrawal  Committee.  In
         determining  the  amount of the  withdrawal,  the  Hardship  Withdrawal
         Committee may include the amount of any taxes and  penalties  which the
         Participant  must pay with  respect to the  distribution.  The Hardship
         Withdrawal  Committee  may rely  upon any  representations  made by the
         Participant   concerning  the  Participant's   intended  use  of  funds
         distributed to the Participant pursuant to this Section 6.11(b) and the
         urgency of any intended  expenses or any other matters  relevant to the
         Hardship  Withdrawal  Committee's  determinations  of the Participant's
         request.
                                        3
<PAGE>
         3.  Except as  otherwise  amended  above,  the Plan,  as amended by the
previous three amendments, shall continue in full force and effect.

         To signify its adoption of this Fourth  Amendment,  MicroAge,  Inc. has
caused this Fourth  Amendment to be executed by its duly  authorized  officer on
this 4th day of December, 1996.

                                            MICROAGE, INC.

                                            By:/s/ Jeffrey D. McKeever
                                               ---------------------------------
                                                     Jeffrey D. McKeever
                                            Its:     Chairman of the Board and
                                                     Chief Executive Officer
                                        4

                          FORM OF PURCHASING AGREEMENT
                               TERMS & CONDITIONS

1.  Agreement to Purchase.  MICROAGE  COMPUTER  CENTERS,  INC.  (the  "Company")
distributes  and sells to authorized  customers,  computer  hardware and related
products  (collectively the "Products") supplied by various vendors ("Vendors").
The "Purchaser" (identified on the Application and below) agrees to purchase and
resell  the  Products  in  accordance  with the  terms  and  conditions  of this
Agreement and the Company's  general  policies and procedures as outlined in the
Price Guide and the Business Builder Resource Guide  (collectively  the "BBRG"),
subject to, and contingent upon,  availability of the Product and receipt by the
Company of Vendor authorization if required.

2.  Business  Location  and Name.  The  Company  shall ship all  Products to the
address  designated by the Purchaser.  The Purchaser shall notify the Company of
any change in Purchaser's  business  location or business  name.  Until a Vendor
which  requires  authorization  provides the Company with approval to do so, the
Company shall not be obligated to ship to the new location or business name.

3. Product  Ordering and Shipment Terms and  Conditions.  The Company's  general
policies  and  procedures  as outlined  in the BBRG shall  contain the terms and
conditions by which the Products shall be ordered and shipped. The Company shall
have the right to allocate its  available  products  among its customers in such
manner as the Company deems equitable. The Purchaser shall comply with the terms
of this Agreement,  the general policies and procedures as outlined in the BBRG,
and the standards and specifications  established by its Vendors, as each may be
modified from time to time.

4.  Product  Cost.  The  purchase  price for the  Products  and other  terms and
conditions of sale shall be as set forth in the  applicable  BBRG. The Purchaser
shall make  payment to the  Company as  outlined  in the BBRG.  The  Company may
grant,  modify, or revoke credit in the Company's sole discretion.  Also, in its
sole  discretion,  the Company may modify the purchase price for the Products or
the time or manner of payment  and/or  invoicing  procedures in accordance  with
policies and procedures  announced  periodically  or as contained in the general
policies and  procedures as outlined in the BBRG.  Delinquent  payments shall be
subject to a service charge,  of the lesser of one and one-half percent (1-1/2%)
or the highest  applicable legal rate allowed,  on the delinquent amount due per
month, until paid. Should the Purchaser become delinquent in any payment due the
Company or its  affiliates,  the  Company  may in its sole  discretion  (with or
without  notice)  suspend  acceptance  of orders  from,  or  shipments  to,  the
Purchaser.

5.  Independent  Businessperson.  The  parties  agree  that  each  of them is an
independent  business  and that  their  only  relationship  is by virtue of this
Agreement.  Neither  party is liable or  responsible  for each other's  debts or
obligations.  The Company and the Purchaser agree that neither of them will hold
itself out to be the agent,  partner,  franchisee,  joint venturer,  employer or
related party of the other.

6. Indemnification.  The Purchaser shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company
from all fines,  suits,  proceedings,  claims,  demands or action of any kind or
nature,  or from any third  party  whomsoever,  arising  or  growing  out of, or
otherwise connected with, the Purchaser's business.

7.  Price  Guide.  The BBRG may be  published  in one or more  media,  including
printed and  electronic.  The Company  reserves the right to change the policies
and  procedures  outlined in the BBRG,  which  changes  shall be effective  when
notice  shall  have  been sent to the  Purchaser.  The  master  copy of the BBRG
maintained by the Company at its principal  office shall be  controlling  in the
event of a dispute relative to the content of any provision therein.

8. Purchaser Criteria.  The Purchaser  acknowledges and represents that: (i) its
execution  of  this   Agreement   does  not  violate  the  terms  of  any  other
dealer/distributor  agreement  it  is  a  party  to;  (ii)  at  no  time  during
discussions  concerning  this  Agreement did the Company induce the Purchaser to
terminate or impair any existing  contract it may have;  and (iii) the Purchaser
represents that it possesses any  authorization  required by the Vendors for the
sale of the Products. The Purchaser shall maintain said Vendor  authorization(s)
in good standing during the terms of this Agreement.

9.  Proprietary  Markets and  Trademarks.  The Purchaser  acknowledges  that the
Company's  trademarks,  including without limitation,  MICROAGE and ecAdvantage,
are the  Company's  sole and  exclusive  property,  and that  the  Purchaser  is
specifically prohibited from using the Company's trademarks in any manner or for
any purpose.

10. Mutual Right to Terminate.  Either party may terminate this Agreement at any
time,  with or without  cause,  and in its sole and  absolute  discretion,  upon
thirty (30) days' prior written notice to the other party.  This Agreement shall
terminate  immediately  upon the  expiration or termination of the master vendor
agreement between the Company and the Vendor(s).
<PAGE>
Upon any termination or expiration of the Agreement, each party shall pay to the
other all amounts or accounts  payable then owed and unpaid between the parties,
if  any,  within  fifteen  (15)  calendar  days  of the  effective  date of such
termination or expiration.

11. Assignment.  The Purchaser may not sell,  transfer or assign this Agreement,
in whole or in part, or any of the rights hereunder unless the Purchaser obtains
the Company's prior written consent.

12.  Confidentiality.  The Purchaser shall maintain the  confidentiality  of all
elements of the distribution  system, the Agreement,  the BBRG and the Company's
methods of doing business.

13. Miscellaneous Provisions.

   13.1  Applicable   manufacturer's   warranties  are  passed  through  to  the
Purchaser's end users.  THE COMPANY HEREBY  EXPRESSLY  DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES,
EXPRESS  OR   IMPLIED,   INCLUDING,   BUT  NOT   LIMITED   TO,   WARRANTIES   OF
NON-INFRINGEMENT  AND IMPLIED  WARRANTIES OF  MERCHANTABILITY  AND FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR  PURPOSE.  TO THE GREATEST  EXTENT  ALLOWABLE  UNDER LAW, THE COMPANY
SHALL NOT BE  LIABLE TO THE  PURCHASER  OR ANY  THIRD  PARTY FOR  CONSEQUENTIAL,
INDIRECT, SPECIAL, OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOSS OF
DATA, TIME OR PROFITS EVEN IF THE COMPANY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGES.

   13.2  This  Agreement  may be  modified  only  upon  execution  of a  written
agreement  executed  by the  parties.  No waiver of any  condition  or  covenant
contained  in this  Agreement,  or failure to  exercise a right or remedy of the
Company or the  Purchaser,  shall be considered to imply or constitute a further
waiver by the waiving party of the same or any other condition,  covenant, right
or remedy.

   13.3 The validity and construction of this Agreement shall be governed by the
internal laws of the State of Arizona. The 1980 U.N. Convention on Contracts for
the International  Sale of Goods is specifically  rejected and does not apply to
any transaction under this Agreement.  If any of the terms of this Agreement are
inconsistent  with the  applicable  state  statutes,  then state  statutes  will
supersede  such  terms.  If a claim is  asserted  in any legal  proceeding,  the
Purchaser and the Company agree to irrevocably submit to the jurisdiction of the
Superior  Court of the State of Arizona and the Federal  District  Court for the
District  of  Arizona,  and  irrevocably  agree  that  venue  for any  action or
proceeding  shall  be in  Maricopa  County,  Arizona.  Both  parties  waive  any
objection to the  jurisdiction  of these courts or to venue in Maricopa  County,
Arizona.  In the event an action is  brought  to  enforce  this  Agreement,  the
prevailing party shall be entitled to its costs and reasonable attorneys' fees.

   13.4 All notices  required to be given under this Agreement shall be given in
writing,  by certified  mail,  return receipt  requested,  at the address of the
parties contained in the Program Application,  or to such other addresses as the
Company or the Purchaser  may designate in writing from time to time,  and shall
be  effectively  given five (5) business days after deposit in the United States
mail, postage prepaid.

   13.5 These  terms and  conditions  contain the entire  agreement  between the
parties and supersede any and all prior agreements,  if any, between the parties
concerning the subject matter hereof.  The Purchaser agrees and understands that
the  Company  shall not be liable or  obligated  for any verbal  representations
made. The Company does not authorize and will not be bound by any representation
of any nature other than those expressed in this Agreement.

   13.6 The  undersigned  certifies  that the  Federal  Taxpayer  Identification
Number  provided on the  Application  is correct and that the  Purchaser  is not
subject to back-up withholding.

   13.7  The  statements  provided  in  this  Application  and in  the  attached
documents are true and complete to the best of the  Purchaser's  knowledge.  The
Company may contact any person or business  outlined in this Application for the
purpose of  verifying  the discreet  information  submitted;  and the  Purchaser
agrees to authorize  any such person or business to release any  information  to
the Company which may be required to effect such  verification.  The  individual
signing this Agreement  represents that the Purchaser (if applicable) is a valid
corporation in good  standing.  By signing this  Agreement,  the Company and the
Purchaser  agree that a facsimile of the signed  Agreement  may be construed and
accepted as valid, enforceable and binding on the parties hereto.

PURCHASER

(Complete name of corporation, partnership or sole proprietorship)
<PAGE>
By
     (Signature of Corporate Officer, Partner  or Owner)
Print Name
Title
Date

MICROAGE COMPUTER CENTERS, INC.

By
Title
Date

                        LAND PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT








                                     SELLER:

                               CMD SOUTHWEST INC.











                                   PURCHASER:

                         MICROAGE COMPUTER CENTERS, INC.
                              (Option Land Parcel)
<PAGE>
                                                                        07/26/86

                           PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT


         This  AGREEMENT  is made on the 8th day of August,  1996,  between  CMD
SOUTHWEST  INC.,  an  Arizona  corporation  ("Seller"),  and  MICROAGE  COMPUTER
CENTERS, INC., a Delaware corporation ("Purchaser").

         The parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

         1. Purchase and Sale.  Seller  hereby agrees to sell to Purchaser,  and
Purchaser  hereby  agrees to purchase  from Seller,  that certain real  property
described on Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof ("Property"),  for
a total  purchase  price  equal to the  product of (a) Five and  00/100  dollars
($5.00),  and (b) the number of Net Square Feet (as hereinafter  defined) of the
Property ("Purchase  Price"),  subject and according to the terms and conditions
set forth in this Agreement.

         2.  Earnest  Money  Deposit.  Simultaneously  with  the  execution  and
delivery of this  Agreement by Seller and  Purchaser,  (a) Seller and  Purchaser
shall each execute and deliver to each other and Chicago Title Insurance Company
("Escrow Agent") a written escrow agreement between Seller, Purchaser and Escrow
Agent identical in form and substance to Exhibit B hereto ("Earnest Money Escrow
Agreement"),  and (b) Purchaser shall deliver to Escrow Agent an amount equal to
Fifty Thousand and 00/100 Dollars  ($50,000.00)  ("Earnest Money Deposit").  The
Earnest Money Deposit,  together with any interest  thereon,  shall be invested,
maintained  and  disbursed  pursuant  to the terms of the Earnest  Money  Escrow
Agreement and this Agreement.

         3. Title. Seller shall deliver to Purchaser within fifteen (15) days of
the latest of each of the dates set forth  after the  signatures  of each of the
parties hereto  ("Effective Date") a commitment for an ALTA Form B Owner's Title
Insurance  Policy ("Title  Commitment") for the Property issued by Chicago Title
Insurance Company ("Title Insurer") in the amount of the Purchase Price covering
title to the Property and showing Seller as owner of the Property in fee simple.

         4. Survey. Seller shall deliver to Purchaser within twenty (20) days of
the Effective Date an updated survey of the Property prepared in accordance with
the 1992 "Minimum  Standard Detail  Requirements for Land Title Surveys" jointly
established  and adopted by ALTA and ACSM meeting the  accuracy  standards of an
Urban Survey  ("Survey")  prepared and  certified by a surveyor  licensed by the
State of Arizona and  certified to Purchaser  and Title Insurer which sets forth
the  legal  description  of the  Property  and  depicts  the  Property  and  all
improvements,   encroachments,  easements,  building  lines  and  other  similar
restrictions  of record.  The Survey  shall  include  the net square feet of the
Property ("Net Square Feet"),  defined as the gross square feet of the Property,
including  fractional square feet, less the number of square feet falling within
any public right of ways on the Property.
<PAGE>
         5.  Environmental  Report.  Seller shall  deliver to  Purchaser  within
twenty (20) days of the Effective Date an updated "Phase I" environmental report
("Environmental  Report")  prepared  by an  engineer  licensed  by the  State of
Arizona  setting  forth a  description  of the  environmental  condition  of the
Property.

         6. Representations and Warranties.

                           (a)  Representations  and  Warranties  of Seller.  In
         order  to  induce  Purchaser  to  execute,   deliver  and  perform  the
         obligations   of   Purchaser   hereunder,   Seller   hereby  makes  the
         representations  and  warranties  set  forth  in this  Section  6(a) to
         Purchaser on and as of the Effective Date.

                                            (i) Seller has full capacity, right,
                  power and  authority  to  execute,  deliver  and  perform  its
                  obligations under this Agreement,  and all required action and
                  approvals therefor have been duly taken and obtained.

                                            (ii) The  individuals  signing  this
                  Agreement on behalf of Seller are duly  authorized to sign the
                  same on behalf of Seller and to bind Seller thereto.

                                            (iii)  Seller has not  received  any
                  written notice of any pending condemnation actions against the
                  Property.

                                            (iv)  Seller  has not  received  any
                  written notice of any violation of applicable  laws regulating
                  the use,  storage,  handling  or disposal  of  substances  (A)
                  designated as a "hazardous  substance" pursuant to Section 311
                  of the Clean  Water Act or listed  pursuant  to Section 307 of
                  the  Clean  Water  Act,(B)  defined  as  a  "hazardous  waste"
                  pursuant  to Section  1004 of the  Resource  Conservation  and
                  Recovery Act, (C) defined as a "hazardous  substance" pursuant
                  to Section 101 of the  Comprehensive  Environmental  Response,
                  Compensation, and Liability Act, or (D) subject to regulations
                  as a hazardous chemical substance pursuant to Section 6 of the
                  Toxic Substances Control Act.

                           (b) Representations  and Warranties of Purchaser.  In
         order to induce Seller to execute,  deliver and perform the obligations
         of Seller  hereunder,  Purchaser hereby makes the  representations  and
         warranties  set forth in this  Section  6(b) to Seller on and as of the
         Effective Date.

                                            (i)  Purchaser  has  full  capacity,
                  right, power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its
                  obligations under this Agreement,  and all required action and
                  approvals therefor have been duly taken and obtained.

                                            (ii) The  individuals  signing  this
                  Agreement on behalf of Purchaser  are duly  authorized to sign
                  the same on behalf of Purchaser and to bind Purchaser thereto.
<PAGE>
                           (c)  Survival.   All  of  the   representations   and
         warranties  contained in this  Section 6 shall  survive the Closing (as
         hereinafter defined) for a period of six months.

         7. General Covenants. During the period beginning on the Effective Date
and ending on the Closing  Date or the  earlier  termination  of this  Agreement
according to the terms hereof, Seller will comply with each of the covenants set
forth in this Section 7 without cost or expense to Purchaser.

                           (a) Liens and  Encumbrances.  Seller  will not convey
         any interest in the Property to any person or entity,  or intentionally
         encumber the Property, without the prior written consent of Purchaser.

                           (b)   Alterations.   Seller   will   not   make   any
         improvements  to the  Property,  without the prior  written  consent of
         Purchaser.

         8.  Conditions  Precedent.  The  obligation  of  Purchaser to close the
transaction  contemplated  under this  Agreement is, unless waived in writing by
Purchaser, subject to Purchaser's determination, in Purchasers sole and absolute
discretion, that the Property is desirable for Purchasers intended purpose on or
before  the date  which  is forty  five  (45)  days  after  the  Effective  Date
("Contingency  Period").  Purchaser may, at its option,  elect to terminate this
Agreement by delivering  written notice to Seller prior to the expiration of the
Contingency Period, in which event the Earnest Money Deposit,  together with all
interest  thereon shall forthwith be returned to Purchaser),  all obligations of
the parties under this Agreement  shall cease and this Agreement  shall be of no
further  force and effect.  If Purchaser  fails to deliver to Seller any written
notice of such election to terminate  prior to the expiration of the Contingency
Period, Purchaser shall be deemed to have accepted the condition of the Property
and to have waived any condition precedent to Closing.

         9. Closing.

                           (a) Closing Place.  The  consummation of the purchase
         and sale of the  Property  subject and  according  to the terms of this
         Agreement ("Closing") shall occur at the office of Title Insurer.

                           (b) Closing Date. The Closing shall occur on the date
         which is thirty  (30)  days  after the  expiration  of the  Contingency
         Period, or on any other date prior to such date which is agreed upon by
         Seller and Purchaser in writing ("Closing Date").

                           (c)  Delivery  of  Documents.  On the  Closing  Date,
         Seller and Purchaser  shall  deliver the following  documents and other
         items to the following parties:

                                            (i) Seller  Documents.  Seller shall
                  deliver or cause to be delivered  to  Purchaser  the items set
                  forth in this subsection (i).
<PAGE>
                                                  (A) Deed.  A special  warranty
                           deed to the Property in the form and substance  shown
                           on  Exhibit  "G"  attached  hereto  and  made  a part
                           hereof, duly executed by Seller.

                                                  (B)                Non-Foreign
                           Certifications. A certificate duly executed by Seller
                           setting   forth   the   address   and   federal   tax
                           identification  number of Seller and certifying  that
                           Seller  is a  ("United  States  Person")  and  not  a
                           "foreign  person"  in  accordance  with  and  for the
                           purpose of the  provisions  of Sections 7701 and 1445
                           (as may be amended) of the  Internal  Revenue Code of
                           1986,  as amended,  and any  regulations  promulgated
                           thereunder.

                                                  (C)  Title  Policy.   A  title
                           policy or  commitment  to issue a title policy in the
                           amount of the Purchase  Price,  covering title to the
                           Property on the Closing  Date,  showing  Purchaser as
                           the sole owner of the Real  Property  in fee  simple,
                           subject  only to the matters  disclosed  on the Title
                           Commitment.

                                                  (D)  Resolution.  A  certified
                           corporate resolution passes by the Board of Directors
                           of Seller authorizing the transaction contemplated in
                           this  Agreement and  confirming  the authority of the
                           person executing this Agreement on behalf of Seller.

                                            (ii) Purchaser Documents.  Purchaser
                  shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Seller the items set
                  forth in this subsection (ii):

                                                  (A)   Cash.   An   amount   by
                           federally insured wire transfer or by certified check
                           drawn on a bank  acceptable  to  Seller  equal to the
                           Purchase  Price,  less the Earnest Money Deposit,  as
                           adjusted  pursuant  to  Section  9(e) and  Section 14
                           hereof ("Cash Payment").

                                            (iii)    Seller    and     Purchaser
                  Documents. Seller and Purchaser shall each deliver or cause to
                  be  delivered  to the Escrow Agent the items set forth in this
                  subsection (iii):

                                                  (A)  Title   Documents.   ALTA
                           statements  and  transfer tax  declarations  in forms
                           required  by the Title  Insurer  with  respect to the
                           sale of the  Property  according to the terms of this
                           Agreement.

                                                  (B)  Direction.  Joint written
                           direction  to the Escrow  Agent to disburse to Seller
                           the  entire  amount  of the  Earnest  Money  Deposit,
                           together with all interest which has accrued thereon.
<PAGE>
                           (d) Deed and Money  Escrow.  At the option of Seller,
         the sale and  purchase of the Property  shall be closed  through a deed
         and money escrow with Escrow Agent or Title Insurer ("Closing  Escrow")
         in accordance with the general provisions in the usual form of deed and
         money escrow  agreement  then in use by Escrow  Agent or Title  Insurer
         ("Closing Escrow Agreement") with such special  provisions  inserted in
         the Closing  Escrow  Agreement  as may be required to conform with this
         Agreement. Upon the creation of the Closing Escrow Agreement,  anything
         herein to the contrary  notwithstanding,  payment of the Purchase Price
         and delivery of all documents to be delivered  hereunder  shall be made
         through  the  Closing  Escrow and in  accordance  with the terms of the
         Closing  Escrow  Agreement.  The  parties  agree to create the  Closing
         Escrow at least  approximately 10 days prior to the Closing Date and to
         direct  Escrow Agent to transfer the Earnest  Money  Deposit,  together
         with  all  interest  thereon,  to the  Closing  Escrow  for  return  to
         Purchaser only in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. One half
         of the costs of the Closing Escrow shall be paid by Seller and one half
         of the costs of the Closing Escrow shall be paid by Purchaser.

                  (e) Real Estate Taxes.

                                            (i) Definitions. The following terms
                           shall have the following  respective meanings for the
                           purpose of this Section 9(e):

                                                  (A) Base Year Tax Amount.  The
                           term "Base Year Tax  Amount"  means the amount of the
                           real estate taxes for the Base Year.

                                                  (B) Base Year.  The term "Base
                           Year" means the calendar  year most  recently  before
                           the  Closing  Year for which the  final  real  estate
                           taxes have been  determined by the real estate taxing
                           authority.

                                                  (C) Adjustment  Days. The term
                           "Adjustment Days" means the number of days during the
                           period  beginning on and  including  January 1 of the
                           calendar year in which the Closing  occurs and ending
                           on and including the date of the Closing.

                                                  (D)  Adjustment   Amount.  The
                           term "Adjustment Amount" means the amount of the real
                           estate  taxes  paid  on or  before  the  date  of the
                           Closing for the Base Year and any calendar year after
                           the Base Year.

                                                  (E)  Closing  Year.  The  term
                           "Closing  Year" means the calendar  year in which the
                           Closing occurs.
<PAGE>
                                                  (F)  Closing  Year Tax Amount.
                           The term  "Closing  Year Tax Amount" means the amount
                           of the real  estate  taxes  paid or  payable  for the
                           Closing Year.

                                                  (G) Tax Proration Amount.  The
                           term  "Tax   Proration   Amount"   means  the  amount
                           determined  by  the   application  of  the  following
                           formula:

              Base Year Tax Amount x (365 + Adjustment Days) - Adjustment Amount
              ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           365

                                                  (H)  Real  Estate  Taxes.  All
                           references  to real  estate  taxes  for a  particular
                           calendar  year  means the real  estate  taxes for the
                           Real  Property  assessed for such  calendar  year and
                           payable in the next succeeding calendar year.

                                            (ii) Purchaser Credit.  General real
                  estate taxes with  respect to the  Property  shall be prorated
                  and  there  shall  be a  credit  at the  Closing  in  favor of
                  Purchaser against the Purchase Price in an amount equal to the
                  Tax  Proration  Amount.  All  prorations  with respect to Real
                  Estate Taxes shall be final.

                           (f) Closing Charges. Seller shall pay all charges for
         title  insurance  furnished  pursuant  to Section 3 hereof,  the Survey
         furnished  pursuant  to  Section 4  hereof,  the  Environmental  Report
         pursuant to Section 5 hereof,  subject to the  provisions of Section 8,
         and the release of all mortgages  currently  encumbering  the Property.
         Purchaser  shall pay for all title  insurance in addition to that to be
         furnished by Seller under Section 3 hereof,  all surveys in addition to
         that to be  furnished by Seller  under  Section 4 hereof,  any stamp or
         transfer  taxes  imposed  by any  state,  county or other  governmental
         agency on transfer of title,  and all  recordation  and title insurance
         charges  incurred in  connection  with any mortgage  loans  obtained by
         Purchaser.  The parties shall each be solely  responsible  for the fees
         and  disbursements of their respective  counsel and other  professional
         advisers.

         10. Default.

                           (a) Default by Seller. In the event that Seller fails
         to consummate  the  transactions  contemplated  by and according to the
         terms of this  Agreement for any reason other than the  termination  of
         this Agreement pursuant to the terms hereof or the default by Purchaser
         under this  Agreement,  Purchaser shall have the right, as its sole and
         exclusive remedies hereunder, to either (i) terminate this Agreement in
         its  entirety  by  written  notice  to Seller  within 5 days  after the
         Closing Date, in which event the Earnest Money  Deposit,  together with
         all interest  thereon,  shall  forthwith be returned to Purchaser,  all
         obligations  of the  parties  hereto  shall  thereupon  cease  and this
         Agreement shall thereafter be of no
<PAGE>
         further  force and effect,  or (ii) seek  specific  performance  of the
         obligations of Seller under this Agreement.

                           (b) Default by Purchaser. In the event that Purchaser
         fails to consummate the  transactions  contemplated by and according to
         the terms of this  Agreement for any reason other than the  termination
         of this Agreement pursuant to the terms hereof or the default by Seller
         under this  Agreement,  Seller  shall  have the right,  as its sole and
         exclusive  remedy  hereunder,  to retain  the  Earnest  Money  Deposit,
         together with all interest earned thereon,  as liquidated  damages,  it
         being  acknowledged that actual damages to Seller would be difficult or
         impossible to ascertain.

         11. Brokerage.

                           (a) Seller  Brokerage.  Seller  hereby  represents to
         Purchaser  that  Seller  has not  dealt  with any  broker  or finder in
         respect to the transaction contemplated by this Agreement other than CB
         Commercial  Real Estate  ("Broker").  Seller hereby agrees to indemnify
         Purchaser  for any claim  for  brokerage  commission  or  finder's  fee
         asserted by a person, firm or corporation claiming to have been engaged
         by Seller with respect thereto.

                           (b) Purchaser Brokerage.  Purchaser hereby represents
         and warrants to Seller that  Purchaser has not dealt with any broker or
         finder in respect to the  transaction  contemplated  by this  Agreement
         other than Broker.  Purchaser hereby agrees to indemnify Seller for any
         claim for  brokerage  commission  or finder's fee asserted by a person,
         firm or corporation  other than Broker claiming to have been engaged by
         Purchaser with respect thereto.  Seller will pay all commissions due to
         Broker with respect to the transactions  contemplated by this Agreement
         pursuant to separate agreement and hereby agrees to indemnify Purchaser
         for any claim for a brokerage  commission  or finder's  fee asserted by
         Broker.

         12. Condemnation. If, after the Effective Date and prior to the Closing
Date, any material  portion of the Property is taken by exercise of the power of
eminent domain,  Purchaser may,  within 10 days after such taking,  elect to (a)
terminate this  Agreement,  in which event the Earnest Money  Deposit,  together
with all interest  thereon,  shall be returned to Purchaser,  all obligations of
the parties under this Agreement  shall cease,  and this Agreement shall have no
further  force and effect,  or (b) close the  transaction  contemplated  by this
Agreement  as  scheduled  (except  that if the Closing Date is less than 10 days
following such taking,  the Closing Date shall be delayed until  Purchaser makes
such  election),  in which  event all  monies  that are paid as a result of such
condemnation  prior to the  Closing  Date shall be paid to Seller and applied to
the Purchase Price to the extent of the Purchase  Price at the Closing,  and any
monies that are paid as a result of such  condemnation  after the  Closing  Date
shall be paid to Purchaser.



         13. Notices. Any notice, request, demand, instruction or other document
to be given or served  hereunder  or under any document or  instrument  executed
pursuant hereto shall be in
<PAGE>
writing and shall be  delivered  personally  or by cable or telex,  or sent by a
nationally-recognized  overnight  delivery  service,  or sent by  United  States
registered or certified  mail,  return receipt  requested,  postage  prepaid and
addressed to the parties at their respective  addresses set forth below, and the
same shall be effective upon receipt. A party may change its address for receipt
of notices by service of a notice of such  change in  accordance  herewith.  All
notices by cable or telex shall be subsequently  confirmed by U.S.  certified or
registered mail.

         If to Seller:              CMD Southwest Inc.
                                    9785 Maroon Circle, Suite 350
                                    Englewood, CO  80112
                                    Attn: Vice President

         with a copy to:            CMD Corporation
                                    227 West Monroe Street
                                    Suite 3900
                                    Chicago, Illinois 60606
                                    Attention:  General Counsel

         If to Purchaser:           MicroAge Computer Centers
                                    2400 South MicroAge Way
                                    Tempe, AZ  85282-1896
                                    Attn: Vice President Administration

         14.  Nomination  of  Buyer.  At any  time  prior to the  Closing  Date,
Purchaser may nominate and assign this Agreement or any of its rights  hereunder
to any person,  partnership,  corporation,  trust or other entity, in which case
such  assignee  shall be fully  substituted  as Purchaser  herein.  Upon written
assumption by Assignee of this  Agreement and all of its  obligations  contained
herein,  such assignment shall relieve  Purchaser of further  obligations  under
this Agreement with the exception of Purchaser's  indemnification  as defined in
to Section 6 of this Agreement.  Such Assignment  shall be made by delivering to
Seller and Escrow  Agent  written  instructions  signed by  Purchaser  assigning
Purchaser's interest herein.

         15. Entire Agreement,  Amendments and Waivers.  This Agreement contains
the entire agreement and  understanding of the parties in respect to the subject
matter hereof,  and the same may not be amended,  modified or discharged nor may
any of its terms be waived  except by an  instrument  in  writing  signed by the
party to be bound thereby.

         16.  No  Third  Party  Benefits.  This  Agreement  is for the  sole and
exclusive  benefit of the parties  hereto and their  respective  successors  and
assigns, and no third party is intended to or shall have any rights hereunder.

         17.  Governing  Laws. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed
in accordance with the laws of the State of Arizona.

         18.  Time.  Time is of the  essence  of  each  and  every  term of this
Agreement.
<PAGE>
         19. Interpretation.

                           (a) The headings and captions herein are inserted for
         convenient  reference only and the same shall not limit or construe the
         paragraphs  or  sections  to which they apply or  otherwise  affect the
         interpretation hereof.

                           (b) The terms "hereby," "hereof," "hereto," "herein,"
         "hereunder"  and any similar terms shall refer to this  Agreement,  and
         the term "hereafter" shall mean after, and the term "heretofore"  shall
         mean before, the Effective Date.

                           (c) Words of the masculine, feminine or neuter gender
         shall mean and  include the  correlative  words of other  genders,  and
         words  importing the singular  number shall mean and include the plural
         number and vice versa.

                           (d) Words  importing  persons  shall  include  firms,
         associations,  partnerships  (including limited partnerships),  trusts,
         corporations and other legal entities, including public bodies, as well
         as natural persons.

                           (e) The  terms  "include,"  "including"  and  similar
         terms shall be  construed as if followed by the phrase  "without  being
         limited to."

                           (f) This  Agreement  and any  document or  instrument
         executed  pursuant hereto may be executed in any number of counterparts
         each of which shall be deemed an  original,  but all of which  together
         shall constitute one and the same instrument.

                           (g) Whenever  under the terms of this  Agreement  the
         time for  performance of a covenant or condition falls upon a Saturday,
         Sunday or holiday,  such time for performance  shall be extended to the
         next business day. Otherwise all references herein to "days" shall mean
         calendar days.

                                    SELLER:

                                            CMD SOUTHWEST INC., 
                                            an Arizona corporation


                                            By:\s\  D. Scott Gibler
                                               ------------------------------
                                                D. Scott Gibler
                                            Its: Vice President
                                            Dated:    August 8, 1996
                                                  ---------------------------

<PAGE>
                               PURCHASER:

                                    MICROAGE COMPUTER CENTERS, INC.


                                    By:        Alan R. Lyons
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                    Its: V.P. Human Resources and Administration
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                    Dated:   August 5, 1996
                                          --------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT A

                                  REAL PROPERTY


                                    Lots 29, 30 and 31 and the West  100.0  feet
                  of Lot 24,  except the North 67.49 feet  thereof,  of BROADWAY
                  INDUSTRIAL PARK UNIT FOUR, a subdivision  recorded in book 210
                  of Maps, Page 48, records of Maricopa  County,  Arizona;  said
                  parcel  containing  an area of  380,929  square  feet (+/-) or
                  8.7449 acres, more or less.
<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT B

                         EARNEST MONEY ESCROW AGREEMENT
<PAGE>
                                      DEED
When recorded, return to:
CMD Corporation
227 West Monroe Street, Suite 3900
Chicago, Illinois  60606
Attention:  General Counsel

                              SPECIAL WARRANTY DEED
                              ---------------------

         For the  consideration  of Ten  Dollars  ($10.00)  and  other  good and
valuable   consideration,   the  receipt  and   adequacy  of  which  are  hereby
acknowledged,  CMD SOUTHWEST,  INC., an Arizona corporation ("Grantor"),  hereby
conveys to MICROAGE COMPUTER CENTERS, INC., a Delaware corporation  ("Grantee"),
the following real property situated in Maricopa County, Arizona,  together with
all rights and privileges appurtenant thereto:


                        Lots 29, 30 and 31 and the West  100.0  feet
      of Lot 24,  except the North 67.49 feet  thereof,  of BROADWAY
      INDUSTRAIL  PARK UNIT FOUR, a subdivsion  recorded in book 210
      of Maps,  Page 48, records of Maicopa  County,  Arizona;  said
      parcel  containing  an area of  380,929  square  feet (+/-) or
      8.7449 acres, more or less

         SUBJECT  only to  covenants,  conditions  and  restrictions  of record;
private,  public and utility  easements and roads and highways,  if any; special
taxes or assessments for improvements  not yet completed;  general taxes not yet
due and payable and those matters identified in Exhibit A attached hereto.

         TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the same unto Grantee and Grantee's  successors and
assigns forever.

         SUBJECT to the  foregoing,  the  Grantor  hereby  binds  itself and its
successors  to warrant and defend the title against all acts of Grantor and none
other.

         Executed by Grantor as of the       day of                  , 1996.
                                      -------       -----------------

                                             CMD SOUTHWEST INC.

                                             By:
                                                --------------------------------
                                             Its:
                                                --------------------------------
<PAGE>
STATE OF ARIZONA                            )
                                            )        SS:
COUNTY OF MARICOPA                          )


         The foregoing  instrument was acknowledged before me this ______ day of
__________________   ,   1996,   by   __________________________________,    the
___________________ of CMD SOUTHWEST INC., an Arizona corporation,  on behalf of
the corporation.


                                                --------------------------------
                                                         Notary Public

My Commission Expires:


- ---------------------------
<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT A


         SUBJECT TO:


         1.       All plans and specifications for any improvement or alteration
         to the Property,  including,  but not limited to, the construction of a
         building  or an  addition to any  existing  building  on the  Property,
         landscaping,   any  exterior  signs  and  color  schemes  for  exterior
         painting,  but  specifically  excluding  any interior  improvements  or
         alterations  which do not affect the exterior portions of the buildings
         or the  parking  and  landscaping  areas  on  the  Property,  shall  be
         submitted to Grantor at 9785 Maroon Circle;  Suite 350,  Englewood,  CO
         80112, or to such other address for Grantor as shown on a duly recorded
         notice of change of address,  for  Grantor's  prior  written  approval,
         which approval shall not be unreasonably  withheld.  Grantor's approval
         shall be for the purpose of assuring  aesthetic harmony of the proposed
         improvements  with other  improvements,  whether  proposed or existing,
         within the Broadway  Business  Park,  and such approval  shall not be a
         warranty  that the  improvements  comply with  applicable  governmental
         regulations are structurally  sound or are otherwise free from defects.
         If Grantor  fails to give a written  response  to  submitted  plans and
         specifications  within thirty (30) days after the same have been mailed
         or hand-delivered to Grantor at Grantor's address of record as provided
         above, the improvement or alterations shall be deemed approved.  During
         the course of construction  of any  improvement or alteration,  Grantor
         shall be entitled to enter upon the Property to inspect the improvement
         or alteration  in order to insure  compliance by Grantee with the terms
         of these Restrictions. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the
         contrary,  as long as the City of Tempe maintains a Design Review Board
         whose purpose is, among other things,  to assure the aesthetic  harmony
         of proposed improvements with other improvements,  Grantee shall not be
         required to submit  plans and  specifications  for any  improvement  or
         alteration to the property, provided, however, all such improvements or
         alterations shall comply with all applicable governmental  requirements
         including the City of Tempe Design Review Board.

         2.       Grantee shall maintain the existing  landscaping in a neat and
         orderly  manner and shall keep areas not currently  landscaped  free of
         weeds.

         3.       No metal-clad buildings or metal-clad  alterations,  additions
         or  improvements  to  existing  buildings  on  the  Property  shall  be
         permitted.

         4.       Outside  storage  of  all  goods,  waste  products  and  other
         materials of any kind whatsoever,  shall be substantially screened from
         street  view by a concrete  block wall,  which  shall be  stuccoed  and
         painted to match the existing building.

         5.       These  restrictions shall be deemed covenants running with the
         land and are binding on Grantee and  Grantee's  successors  and assigns
         for the  benefit of  Grantor's  property  located  within the  Broadway
         Business Park. These Restrictions shall be deemed
<PAGE>
         terminated  and  forever  thereafter  of no force or effect  whatsoever
         fifty (50) years  following the date of recordation of this Deed, or at
         such time as Grantor no longer owns any  property  within the  Broadway
         Business Park, whichever first occurs.

         6.       Grantor  shall be entitled to enforce  these  Restrictions  by
         appropriate  court  proceeding,  including the seeking and obtaining of
         injunctive  relief.  Grantee  agrees to pay all  costs of  enforcement,
         including reasonable attorneys' fees.

         7.       Grantor shall have the right, but not the obligation,  to take
         such action as may be necessary to secure compliance with or to correct
         non-compliance  with the terms of these  Restrictions,  and any amounts
         expended by Grantor in connection  therewith shall be repaid to Grantor
         by Grantee  immediately  upon demand  therefor,  together with interest
         thereon from the date of  expenditure  by Grantor  until paid at a rate
         equal to 2  percentage  points  added  to the  prime  interest  rate as
         published by the Wall Street  Journal,  as it varies from time to time.
         In the event that The Wall  Street  Journal  ceases  either to exist or
         announce a prime interest rate,  the  aforementioned  interest shall be
         calculated by adding 2 percentage  points to the prime interest rate of
         the lending  institution in Maricopa County,  Arizona that, at the time
         such calculation is made, has the greatest asset value.

         8.       Notwithstanding  anything  contained  herein to the  contrary,
         prior to  exercising  any of  Grantor's  rights to enforce any of these
         Restrictions  or to  secure  Grantee's  compliance  with or to  correct
         non-compliance with the terms of these Restrictions, Grantor shall send
         to Grantee at the Property a written  notice  informing  Grantee of the
         breach of these  Restrictions and permitting Grantee a sixty day period
         in which to cure such breach (or if such breach  cannot be cured within
         said sixty day period despite Grantee's diligent and continuous efforts
         to do so,  said  sixty  day  period  shall be  extended  for so long as
         Grantee is  diligently  and  continuously  pursuing such cure but in no
         event longer than an additional sixty days).

SINGLE-TENANT LEASE-NET

1.       Basic Provisions ("Basic Provisions")

         1.1 Parties:  This Lease ("Lease"),  dated for reference purposes only,
March 31,  1995,  is made by and between  Chamberlain  Development,  L.L.C.,  an
Arizona limited  liability  company  ("Lessor") and MicroAge  Computer  Centers,
Inc.,  a Delaware  corporation  and  subsidiary  of MicroAge,  Inc.  ("Lessee"),
(collectively the "Parties," or individually a "Party").

         1.2 Premises:  That certain real property,  including all  improvements
therein or to be provided by Lessor under the terms of this Lease,  and commonly
known by the street address of 3015 S. Priest,  Tempe,  located in the County of
Maricopa, State of Arizona, and generally described as a 100,000 square foot two
story office building ("Premises"). (See Paragraph 2 for further provisions.)

         1.3  Term:  Ten  (10)  Years  and  Zero (0)  months  ("Original  Term")
commencing December 1, 1995  ("Commencement  Date") and ending November 30, 2005
("Expiration Date"). (See Paragraph 3 for further provisions.)

         1.4 Early Possession: ("Early Possession Date") (See Paragraphs 3.2 and
3.3 for further provisions.)

         1.5 Base Rent:  $58,580.00  per month ("Base  Rent"),  plus  applicable
sales tax,  payable on the first day of each month  commencing  December 1, 1995
(See Paragraph 4 for further provisions.) There are provisions in this Lease for
the Base Rent to be adjusted.

         1.6  Base  Rent  Paid  Upon  Execution:   $61,479.71  ($58,580.00  plus
applicable  sales tax in the amount of  $2,899.71)  for the  Period of  December
1995.

         1.7 Security Deposit: None ("Security  Deposit").  (See Paragraph 5 for
further provisions.)

         1.8 Permitted  Use:  General  offices  including  sales,  service,  and
support of computer products. (See Paragraph 6 for further provisions.)

         1.9 Insuring  Party:  Lessee is the "Insuring  Party" unless  otherwise
stated herein. (See Paragraph 8 for further provisions.)

         1.10  Real  Estate   Brokers:   The  following   real  estate   brokers
(collectively,   the  "Brokers")  and  brokerage  relationships  exist  in  this
transaction and are consented to by the Parties:  CB Commercial  represents both
Lessor and Lessee. (See Paragraph 15 for further provisions.)

         1.11  Guarantor.  The obligations of the Lessee under this Lease are to
be guaranteed by: None ("Guarantor"). (See Paragraph 37 for further provisions.)

         1.12 Addenda.  Attached hereto is an Addendum or Addenda  consisting of
Paragraphs 49 through 64 and Exhibits A and B, all of which constitute a part of
this Lease.

2.       Premises.

         2.1 Letting.  Lessor hereby leases to Lessee,  and Lessee hereby leases
from Lessor,  the  Premises,  for the term,  at the rental,  and upon all of the
terms,  covenants  and  conditions  set forth in this  Lease.  Unless  otherwise
provided  herein,  any statement of square  footage set forth in this Lease,  or
that may have been used in calculating  rental, is an approximation which Lessor
and Lessee agree is  reasonable  and the rental based  thereon is not subject to
revision whether or not the actual square footage is more or less.

         2.2  Condition.  Lessor shall  deliver the Premises to Lessee clean and
free of debris on the Commencement Date and warrants to Lessee that the existing
roof, plumbing, fire sprinkler system, lighting, air conditioning,  heating, and
loading doors, if any, in the Premises,  other than those constructed by Lessee,
shall be in good operating  condition on the Commencement  Date and for a period
of one year  thereafter,  except the roof shall be warranted for a period of two
years from the Commencement  Date. If a noncompliance with said warranty exists,
Lessor shall, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, promptly after receipt
of written  notice from Lessee  setting  forth with  specificity  the nature and
extent of such non-compliance, rectify same at Lessor's expense.

         2.3 Compliance with Covenant,  Restrictions  and Building Code.  Lessor
warrants  to  Lessee  that the  improvements  on the  Premises  comply  with all
applicable  covenants or restrictions  of record and applicable  building codes,
regulations  and ordinances in effect on the  Commencement  Date.  Said warranty
does not  apply  to the use to which  Lessee  will  put the  Premises  or to any
Alterations or Utility  Installations  (as defined in Paragraph 7.3 (a)) made or
to be made by Lessee.  If the Premises do not comply with said warranty,  Lessor
shall,  except as otherwise  provided in this Lease,  promptly  after receipt of
written  notice from the Lessee  setting forth with  specificity  the nature and
extent of such  non-compliance,  rectify the same at Lessor's expense. If Lessee
does not give  Lessor  written  notice of a  non-compliance  with this  warranty
within  six (6) months  following  the  Commencement  Date,  correction  of that
non-compliance  shall be the  obligation  of  Lessee at  Lessee's  sole cost and
expense.

         2.4 Acceptance of Premises.  Lessee hereby  acknowledges:  that neither
Lessor, nor and of Lessor's agents, has made any oral or written representations
or  warranties  with respect to the said matters other than as set forth in this
Lease.

         2.5 Lessee Prior Owner/Occupant.  The warranties made by Lessor in this
Paragraph 2 shall be of no force or effect if immediately  prior to the date set
forth in Paragraph 1.1 Lessee was the owner or occupant of the Premises. In such
event,   Lessee  shall  at  Lessee's   sole  cost  and   expense,   correct  any
non-compliance of the Premises with said warranties.

3.       Term

         3.1 Term. The Commencement  Date,  Expiration Date and Original Term of
this Lease are as specified in Paragraph 1.3.

         3.2 Early  possession.  If Lessee  totally or  partially  occupies  the
Premises  prior to the  Commencement  Date other than  pursuant to  Paragraph 53
herein, the obligation to pay Base Rent shall be prorated for the period of such
early possession.  All other terms of this Lease,  (including but not limited to
the  obligations  to pay real  Property  Taxes  and  insurance  premiums  and to
maintain the  Premises)  shall be in effect  during such period.  Any such early
possession  shall not affect nor advance  the  Expiration  Date of the  Original
Term.

         3.3  Delay In  Possession.  If for any  reason  Lessor  cannot  deliver
possession  of the Premises to Lessee as agreed  herein by the Early  Possession
Date, if one is specified in Paragraph 1.4, or, if no Early  Possession  date is
specified,  by  the  Commencement  Date,  Lessor  shall  not be  subject  to any
liability therefor, nor shall such failure affect the validity of this Lease, or
the  obligations  of Lessee  hereunder,  or extend the term hereof,  but in such
case, Lessee shall not, except as otherwise provided herein, be obligated to pay
rent or perform  any other  obligation  of Lessee  under the terms of this Lease
until Lessor delivers possession of the Premises to Lessee. If possession of the
Premises is delayed more than thirty (30) days other than  pursuant to Paragraph
51 or 53,  Lessor shall be liable to Lessee for a penalty of $2,000.00  for each
day of delay.  If  possession  of the Premises is not delivered to Lessee within
sixty (60) days after the  Commencement  Date,  Lessee may,  at its  option,  by
notice in writing to Lessor, cancel this Lease, in which event the Parties shall
be  discharged  from  all  obligations  hereunder.  Except  is may be  otherwise
provided,  and regardless of when the term actually commences,  if possession is
not tendered to Lessee when required by this Lease and Lessee does not terminate
this Lease, as aforesaid, the period free of the obligation to pay Base Rent, if
any,  that  Lessee  would  otherwise  have  enjoyed  shall  run from the date of
delivery of  possession  and  continue  for a period  equal to what Lessee would
otherwise  have  enjoyed  under  the terms  hereof,  but minus any days of delay
caused by the acts, changes or omissions of Lessee.

4.       Rent.

         4.1 Base Rent.  Lessee shall cause  payment of Base Rent and other rent
or  charges,  as the same may be adjusted  from time to time,  to be received by
Lessor in lawful money of the United States, without offset or deduction,  on or
before the day on which it is due under the terms of this  Lease.  Base Rent and
all other rent and  charges for any period  during the term hereof  which is for
less than one (1) full  calendar  month shall be prorated  based upon the actual
number of days of the calendar  month  involved.  Payment of Base Rent and other
charges  shall be made to Lessor at its address  stated  herein or to such other
persons or at such other  addresses as Lessor may from time to time designate in
writing to Lessee.

5.       Security Deposit. Lessee  shall  deposit  with  Lessor  upon  execution
hereof the Security  Deposit set forth in Paragraph 1.7 as security for Lessee's
faithful  performance of Lessee's  obligations under this Lease. If Lessee fails
to pay Base Rent or other rent or charges due hereunder,  or otherwise  Defaults
under this Lease (as defined in Paragraph 13.1), Lessor may use, apply or retain
all or any  portion of said  Security  Deposit for the payment of any amount due
Lessor or to reimburse or compensate  Lessor for any liability,  cost,  expense,
loss or damage  (including  attorneys' fees) which Lessor may suffer or incur by
reason  thereof.  If Lessor uses or applies all or any portion of said  security
Deposit,  Lessee  shall  within ten (10) days  after  written  request  therefor
deposit  moneys with Lessor  sufficient to restore said Security  Deposit to the
full amount required by this Lease.  Any time the Base Rent increases during the
term of this lease,  Lessee  shall,  upon written  request from Lessor,  deposit
additional moneys with Lessor sufficient
<PAGE>
to maintain  the same ratio  between the  Security  Deposit and the Base Rent as
those  amounts  are  specified  in the  Basic  Provisions.  Lessor  shall not be
required  to keep  all or any part of the  Security  Deposit  separate  from its
general accounts.  Lessor shall, at the expiration or earlier termination of the
term hereof and after Lessee has vacated the Premises,  return to Lessee (or, at
Lessor's option, to the last assignee, if any of Lessee's interest herein), that
portion of the Security Deposit not used or applied by Lessor.  Unless otherwise
expressly agreed in writing by Lessor,  no part of the Security Deposit shall be
considered to be held in trust, to bear interest or other increment for its use,
or to be prepayment for any moneys to be paid by Lessee under this Lease.

6.       Use

         6.1 Use. Lessee shall use and occupy the Premises only for the purposes
set forth in Paragraph  1.8, or any other use which is comparable  thereto,  and
for no other purpose.  Lessee shall not use or permit the use of the Premises in
a manner  that  creates  waste or a nuisance,  or that  disturbs  owners  and/or
occupants of, or causes damage to, neighboring premises or properties.

         6.2 Hazardous Substances.

                  (a)  Reportable  Uses  Require  Consent.  The term  "Hazardous
Substance"  as used in this Lease shall mean any product,  substance,  chemical,
material  or  waste  whose  presence,   nature,  quantity  and/or  intensity  of
existence, use, manufacture,  disposal, transportation spill, release or effect,
either by itself or in combination  with other  materials  expected to be on the
Premises,  is either: (i) potentially  injurious to the public health, safety or
welfare,  the  environment  or the Premises,  (ii) regulated or monitored by any
governmental  authority,  or  (iii) a  basis  for  liability  of  Lessor  to any
governmental  agency or third party under any  applicable  statute or common law
theory.  Hazardous Substance shall include, but not be limited to, hydrocarbons,
petroleum,  gasoline,  crude  oil  or any  products,  by-products  or  fractions
thereof.  Lessee  shall not engage in any  activity in, on or about the Premises
which  constitutes  a  Reportable  Use (as  hereinafter  defined)  of  Hazardous
Substances without the express prior written consent of Lessor and compliance in
a timely manner (at Lessee's sole cost and expense) with all  Applicable Law (as
defined in Paragraph 6.3).  "Reportable  Use" shall mean (i) the installation or
use of any above or below ground storage tank, (ii) the generation,  possession,
storage, use, transportation, or disposal of a Hazardous Substance that requires
a permit  from,  or with  respect  to which a report,  notice,  registration  or
business  plan  is  required  to be  filed  with,  any  governmental  authority.
Reportable Use shall also include  Lessee's being  responsible  for the presence
in, on or about the Premises of a Hazardous  Substance with respect to which any
Applicable Law requires that a notice be given to persons  entering or occupying
the Premises or neighboring  properties.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  Lessee
may, without Lessor's prior consent,  but in compliance with all Applicable Law,
use any  ordinary  and  customary  materials  reasonably  required to be used by
Lessee in the normal course of Lessee's business  permitted on the Premises,  so
long as such use is not a  Reportable  Use and does not expose the  Premises  or
neighboring  properties to any  meaningful  risk of  contamination  or damage or
expose Lessor to an any liability therefor. In addition, Lessor may (but without
any  obligation  to do so)  condition its consent to the use or presence of, any
Hazardous  substance,  activity or storage tank by Lessee upon  Lessee's  giving
Lessor such additional assurances as Lessor, in its reasonable discretion, deems
necessary  to protect  itself,  the public,  the  Premises  and the  environment
against damage,  contamination or injury and/or liability therefrom to therefor,
including,  but not limited to, the installation (and removal on or before Lease
expiration  or  earlier   termination)   of  reasonably   necessary   protective
modifications to the Premises (such as concrete  encasements) and/or the deposit
of an additional Security Deposit under Paragraph 5 hereof.

                  (b) Duty to Inform Lessor.  If Lessee knows, or has reasonable
cause to  believe,  that a Hazardous  Substance,  or a  condition  involving  or
resulting  from same has come to be located in, on, under or about the Premises,
other than as previously  consented to by Lessor,  Lessee shall immediately give
written notice of such fact to Lessor. Lessee shall also immediately give Lessor
a copy of any statement,  report,  notice,  registration,  application,  permit.
business plan, license,  claim, action or proceeding given to, or received from,
any  governmental  authority or private party, or persons  entering or occupying
the Premises, concerning the presence, spill, release, discharge of, or exposure
to, any  Hazardous  Substance or  contamination  in, on, or about the  Premises,
including  but not  limited  to all such  documents  as may be  involved  in any
Reportable Uses involving the Premises.

                  (c) Indemnification.  Lessee shall indemnify,  protect, defend
and hold Lessor, its agents,  employees,  lenders and ground lessor, if any, and
the  Premises,  harmless  from and  against  any and all  loss of  rents  and/or
damages,  liabilities,  judgements,  costs, claims, liens, expenses,  penalties,
permits and  attorney's  and  consultant's  fees arising out of or involving any
Hazardous  Substance  or storage tank brought onto the Premises by or for Lessee
or under Lessee's  control.  Lessee's  obligations  under this Paragraph 6 shall
include,  but not be limited to, the effects of any  contamination  or injury to
person,  property or the environment created or suffered by Lessee, and the cost
of  investigation  (including  consultant's  and  attorney's  fees and testing),
removal,   remediation,   restoration  and/or  abatement  thereof,   or  of  any
contamination  therein  involved,  and shall  survive the  expiration or earlier
termination of this Lease.  No termination,  cancellation  or release  agreement
entered into by Lessor and Lessee shall release Lessee for its obligations under
this Lease with  respect  to  Hazardous  Substances  or  storage  tanks,  unless
specifically so agreed by Lessor in writing at the time of such agreement.
         * ("Environmental Condition")

                  (d)  Landlord  hereby  represents  that,  to the  best  of its
knowledge,  no Environmental Condition (as defined above presently exists or has
existed prior to the Lease  Commencement  Date on, under, or within the Building
(a  "Pre-Existing  Condition').  Landlord shall indemnify,  protect,  defend (by
counsel  reasonably  acceptable  to  Tenant)  and hold  harmless  Tenant and its
directors, officers, employees,  shareholders,  lenders, agents, contractors and
each of their  respective  successors and assigns,  from and against any and all
claims, judgments,  causes of action, damages,  penalties,  fines, taxes, costs,
liabilities, losses and expenses arising at any time during or after the term of
the  lease as a result of any  Pre-Existing  Condition.  Landlord's  obligations
pursuant to the foregoing indemnity shall survive the termination of this Lease.

Landlord shall indemnify,  protect,  defend (by counsel reasonably acceptable to
Tenant)  and  hold  harmless  Tenant  and  its  directors,  officer,  employees,
shareholders,  lenders,  agents,  contractors,  and  each  of  their  respective
successor and assigns,  from and against any and all orders,  penalties,  fines,
administrative  action,  or  other  proceedings  (collectively,   a  "Compliance
Obligation") commenced by any governmental agency including, without limitation,
the United State Environmental Protection Agency as a result of the Pre-Existing
Condition.  Landlord's  obligations  pursuant to the foregoing  indemnity  shall
survive the  termination  of this Lease.  The phrase  "Environmental  Condition"
shall mean any adverse  condition  relating to any  Hazardous  Substance  or the
environment,  including surface water, groundwater, drinking water supply, land,
surface or subsurface strata or the ambient air and includes air, land and water
pollutants, noise, vibration, light and odors."

         6.3 Lessee's  Compliance with Law. Except as otherwise provided in this
Lease, Lessee, shall, at Lessee's sole cost and expense,  fully,  diligently and
in a timely manner, comply with all "Applicable Law," which term is used in this
Lease  to  include  all  laws,  rates,  regulations,   ordinances,   directives,
covenants,  easements and restrictions of record,  permits,  the requirements of
any   applicable   fire  insurance   underwriter  or  rating  bureau,   and  the
recommendations of Lessor's engineers and/or consultants, relating in any manner
to the  Premises  (including  but  not  limited  to  matters  pertaining  to (i)
industrial  hygiene,  (ii)  environmental  conditions  on, in under or about the
Premises,  including  soil  and  groundwater  conditions,  and  (iii)  the  use,
generation,  manufacture,   production,   installation,   maintenance,  removal,
transportation,  storage, spill or release of any Hazardous Substance or storage
tank), now in effect or which may hereafter come into effect, and whether or not
reflecting a change in policy from any previously existing policy. Lessee shall,
within five (5) days after receipt of Lessor's written  request,  provide Lessor
with copies of all documents  and  information,  including,  but not limited to,
permits,  registrations,  manifests,  applications,  reports  and  certificates,
evidencing  Lessee's compliance with any Applicable Law specified by Lessor, and
shall  immediately  upon  receipt,  notify Lessor in writing (with copies of any
documents  involved)  of any  threatened  or  actual  claim,  notice,  citation,
warning, complaint or report pertaining to or involving failure by Lessee or the
Premises to comply with any Applicable Law.

         6.4 Inspection;  Compliance.  Lessor and Lessor's Lender(s) (as defined
in Paragraph  8.3(a)) shall have the right to enter the Premises at any time, in
the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times and after reasonable
notice,  for the purpose of  inspecting  the  condition  of the Premises and for
verifying  compliance  by Lessee  with this  Lease and all  Applicable  Laws (as
defined  in  Paragraph  6.3),  and  to  employ  experts  and/or  consultants  in
connection   therewith   and/or  to  advise  Lessor  with  respect  to  Lessee's
activities,  including  but not  limited to the  installation,  operation,  use,
monitoring,  maintenance,  or removal of any Hazardous Substance or storage tank
on or from the Premises. The costs and expenses of any such inspections shall be
paid by the party  requesting  same,  unless a Default or Breach of this  Lease,
violation  of  Applicable  Law,  or  a   contamination,   caused  or  materially
contributed  to by  Lessee  is  found to exist or be  imminent,  or  unless  the
inspection is requested or ordered by a governmental  authority as the result of
any such  existing or imminent  violation  or  contamination.  In any such case,
Lessee shall upon request  reimburse Lessor or Lessor's Lender,  as the case may
be, for the costs and expenses of such inspections.

7.       Maintenance;   Repairs;  Utility  Installations;   Trade  Fixtures  and
Alterations. (See Paragraph 56 for additional requirements)
<PAGE>
         7.1 Lessee's Obligations.

                  (a) Subject to the  Provisions  of  Paragraphs  2.2  (Lessor's
warranty  as  to  condition),  2.3  (Lessor's  warranty  as to  compliance  with
covenants,   etc.),  7.2  (Lessor's   obligations  to  repair),  9  (damage  and
destruction),  and 14  (condemnation),  Lessee shall,  at Lessee's sole cost and
expense  and at all times,  keep the  Premises  and every  part  thereof in good
order, condition and repair,  structural and non-structural (whether or not such
portion of the Premises  requiring  repair,  or the means of repairing the same,
are reasonably or readily  accessible to Lessee, and whether or not the need for
such repairs occurs as a result of Lessee's use, the elements or the age of such
portion of the  Premises),  including,  without  limiting the  generality of the
foregoing,  all equipment or facilities serving the Premises,  such as plumbing,
heating,  air  conditioning,   ventilating,   electrical,  lighting  facilities,
boilers,  fired or unfired pressure vessels, fire sprinkler and/or standpipe and
hose or other automatic fire extinguishing  system,  including fire alarm and/or
smoke detection systems and equipment, fire hydrants,  fixtures, walls (interior
and exterior),  foundations,  ceilings,  roofs,  floors,  windows,  doors, plate
glass, skylights, landscaping, driveways, parking lots, fences, retaining walls,
signs,  sidewalks  and  parkways  located  in, on,  about,  or  adjacent  to the
Premises. Lessee shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Substance to be spilled
or released in, on, under, or about the Premises (including through the plumbing
or sanitary  sewer system) and shall  promptly,  at Lessee's  expense,  take all
investigatory  and/or remedial  action  reasonably  recommended,  whether or not
formally ordered or required,  for the cleanup of any  contamination of, and for
the  maintenance,  security  and/or  monitoring  of, the Premises,  the elements
surrounding  same,  or  neighboring  properties,  that was caused of  materially
contributed to by Lessee, or pertaining to or involving any Hazardous  Substance
and/or  storage  tank  brought  onto the  Premises by or for Lessee or under its
control.  Lessee,  in keeping the Premises in good order,  condition and repair,
shall  exercise and perform good  maintenance  practices.  Lessee's  obligations
shall include restorations,  replacements or renewals when necessary to keep the
Premises and all improvements thereon or a part thereof in good order, condition
and state of repair. If Lessee occupies the Premises for ten (10) years or more,
Lessor may  require  Lessee to repaint  the  exterior  of the  buildings  on the
Premises as reasonably  required,  but not more  frequently  than once every ten
(10) years.

                  (b) Lessee shall,  at Lessee's sole cost and expense,  procure
and maintain  contracts,  with copies to Lessor, in customary form and substance
for, and with  contractors  specializing  and  experienced  in, the  inspection,
maintenance  and service of the following  equipment and  improvements,  if any,
located  on  the  Premises:   (i)  heating,  air  conditioning  and  ventilation
equipment,  (ii) boiler, fired or unfired pressure vessels, (iii) fire sprinkler
and/or  standpipe  and  hose or  other  automatic  fire  extinguishing  systems,
including fire alarm and/or smoke  detection,  (iv)  landscaping  and irrigation
systems,  (v) roof covering and drain  maintenance  and (vi) asphalt and parking
lot maintenance.

         7.2 Lessor's  Obligations.  Except for the warranties and agreements of
Lessor contained in Paragraphs 2.2 (relating to condition of the Premises),  2.3
(relating to compliance  with  covenants,  restrictions  and building  code),  9
(relating to  destruction of the Premises) and 14 (relating to  condemnation  of
the  Premises),  it is  intended  by the  Parties  hereto  that  Lessor  have no
obligation,  in any manner whatsoever,  to repair and maintain the Premises, the
improvements  located thereon,  or the equipment therein,  whether structural or
non structural,  all of which  obligations are intended to be that of the Lessee
under Paragraph 7.1 hereof. It is the intention of the Parties that the terms of
this Lease govern the  respective  obligations  of the Parties as to maintenance
and repair of the Premises. Lessee and Lessor expressly waive the benefit of any
statute now or  hereafter  in effect to the extent it is  inconsistent  with the
terms of this Lease with the  respect to, or which  affords  Lessee the right to
make repairs at the expense of Lessor or to  terminate  this Lease by reason of,
any needed repairs.

         7.3 Utility Installations; Trade Fixtures; Alterations.

                  (a)   Definitions;   Consent   Required.   The  term  "Utility
Installations"  is  used  in  this  Lease  to  refer  to all  carpeting,  window
coverings,  air lines, power panels,  electrical  distribution,  security,  fire
protection  systems,   communication   systems,   lighting  fixtures,   heating,
ventilating,  and air conditioning  equipment,  plumbing,  and fencing in, on or
about the Premises.  The term "Trade Fixtures" shall mean Lessee's machinery and
equipment that can be removed without doing material damage to the Premises. The
term  "Alterations"  shall  mean any  modification  of the  improvements  on the
Premises  from that which are  provided by Lessor under the terms of this Lease,
other than  Utility  Installations  or Trade  Fixtures,  whether by  addition or
deletion. "Lessee Owned Alterations and/or Utility Installations" are defined as
Alterations  and/or Utility  Installations made by Lessee that are not yet owned
by Lessor as defined in Paragraph 7.4(a).  Lessee shall not make any Alterations
or Utility  Installations  in, on under or about the Premises  without  Lessor's
prior  written  consent.   Lessee  may,  however,  make  non-structural  Utility
Installations  to the interior of the Premises  (excluding  the roof, as long as
they are not visible from the outside, do not involve puncturing,  relocating or
removing the roof or any existing walls,  and the cumulative cost thereof during
the term of this Lease as extended does not exceed $25,000.

                  (b) Consent.  Any  Alterations or Utility  Installations  that
Lessee shall desire to make and which require the consent of the Lessor shall be
presented to Lessor in written form with proposed  detailed plans.  All consents
given by Lessor, whether by virtue of Paragraph 7.3(a) or by subsequent specific
consent, shall be deemed conditioned upon; (i) Lessee's acquiring all applicable
permits required by governmental  authorities,  (ii) the furnishing of copies of
such  permits  together  with a copy of the  plans  and  specifications  for the
Alteration or Utility  Installation to Lessor and (iii) the compliance by Lessee
with all  conditions  of said permits in a prompt and  expeditious  manner.  Any
Alterations  or Utility  Installations  by Lessee  during the term of this Lease
shall  be done in a good  and  workmanlike  manner,  with  good  and  sufficient
materials, and in compliance with all Applicable Law. Lessee shall promptly upon
completion  thereof  furnish  Lessor  with  as-built  plans  and  specifications
therefor.

                  (c)  Indemnification.  Lessee shall pay,  when due, all claims
for labor or  materials  furnished  or alleged to have been  furnished to or for
Lessee at or for use on the Premises,  which claims are or may be secured by any
mechanics' or materialmen's  lien against the Premises or any interest  therein.
Lessee  shall  give  Lessor  not Less than ten (10)  days'  notice  prior to the
commencement of any work in, on or about the Premises, and Lessor shall have the
right to post notices of non-responsibility in or on the Premises as provided by
law.  If Lessee  shall,  in good faith,  contest the  validity of any such lien,
claim or demand,  then  Lessee  shall,  at its sole  expense  defend and protect
itself,  Lessor and the Premises  against the same and shall pay and satisfy any
such  adverse  judgment  that may be  rendered  thereon  before the  enforcement
thereof  against the Lessor or the  Premises.  If Lessor shall  require,  Lessee
shall furnish to Lessor a surety bond  satisfactory to Lessor in an amount equal
to one and  one-half  times the amount of such  contested  lien claim or demand,
indemnifying  Lessor against  liability for the same, as required by law for the
holding of the Premises free from the effect of such lien or claim. In addition,
Lessor  may  require  Lessee  to pay  Lessor's  attorney's  fees  and  costs  in
participating  in such action if Lessor shall decide it is to its best  interest
to do so. Lessor may require Lessee to pay Lessor's attorney's fees and costs in
participating  in such action if Lessor shall decide it is to its best  interest
to do so.

         7.4 Ownership; Removal; Surrender; and Restoration.

                  (a) Removal.  Unless otherwise  agreed in writing,  Lessor may
require that any or all Lessee Owned  Alterations  or Utility  Installations  be
removed by the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease,  notwithstanding
their installation may have been consented to by Lessor.  Lessor may require the
removal  at any  time of all or any  part of any  Lessee  Owned  Alterations  or
Utility Installations made without the required consent of Lessor.

                  (b) Surrender/Restoration. Lessee shall surrender the Premises
by the end of the last day of the Lease term or any  earlier  termination  date,
with all of the  improvements,  parts  and  surfaces  thereof  clean and free of
debris and in good operating order, condition and state of repair, ordinary wear
and tear  excepted.  "Ordinary  wear and tear"  shall not  include any damage or
deterioration that would have been prevented by good maintenance  practice or by
Lessee performing all of its obligations  under this Lease.  Except as otherwise
agreed or specified in writing by Lessor,  the Premises,  as surrendered,  shall
include the Utility  Installations.  The  obligation of Lessee shall include the
repair of any damage occasioned by the  installation,  maintenance or removal of
Lessee's Trade Fixtures, furnishings,  equipment, and Alterations and/or Utility
Installations,  as well as the removal of any storage  tank  installed by or for
Lessee, and the removal,  replacement,  or remediation of any soil,  material or
ground water  contaminated by Lessee,  all as may then be required by Applicable
Law and/or good  practice.  Lessee's Trade Fixtures shall remain the property of
Lessee and shall be removed by Lessee  subject to its  obligation  to repair and
restore the Premises per this Lease.

8.       Insurance Indemnity.

         8.1 Payment For  Insurance.  Regardless of whether the Lessor or Lessee
is the Insuring  Party,  Lessee shall pay for all insurance  required under this
Paragraph 8 except to the extent of the cost attributable to liability insurance
carried by Lessor in excess of $1,000,000 per occurrence.  Payment shall be made
by Lessee to Lessor within ten (10) days following receipt of an invoice for any
amount due.

         8.2 Liability Insurance.

                  (a) Carried by Lessee.  Lessee  shall obtain and keep in force
during the term of this Lease a Commercial General Liability policy of insurance
protecting  Lessee and  Lessor (as an  additional  insured)  against  claims for
bodily  injury,  personal  injury and property  damage based upon,  involving or
arising out of the ownership,  use, occupancy or maintenance of the Premises and
all areas  appurtenant  thereto.  Such insurance shall be on an occurrence basis
providing single limit coverage
<PAGE>
in an  amount  not less  than  $1,000,000  per  occurrence  with an  "Additional
Insured-Managers or Lessors of Premises"  Endorsement and contain the "Amendment
of the Pollution  Exclusion"  for damage  caused by heat,  smoke or fumes from a
hostile  fire.  The policy  shall not contain any  intra-insured  exclusions  as
between  insured  persons  or  organizations,  but  shall  include  overage  for
liability assumed under this Lease as an "insured  contract" for the performance
of Lessee's indemnity obligations under this Lease. The limits of said insurance
required  by this Lease or as carried by Lessee  shall not,  however,  limit the
liability  of  Lessee  nor  relieve  Lessee  of any  obligation  hereunder.  All
insurance to be carried by Lessee shall be primary to and not contributory  with
any similar  insurance  carried by Lessor,  whose  insurance shall be considered
excess insurance only.

                  (b)  Carried By Lessor.  In the event  Lessor is the  Insuring
Party,  Lessor shall also maintain  liability  insurance  described in Paragraph
8.2(a),  above,  in addition  to, and not lieu of the  insurance  required to be
maintained  by  Lessee.  Lessee  shall  not be  named as an  additional  insured
therein.

         8.3 Property Insurance-Building, lmprovements and Rental Value.

                  (a) Building and Improvements. The Insuring Party shall obtain
and keep in force during the term of this Lease a policy or policies in the name
of Lessor,  with loss  payable to Lessor  and to the  holders of any  Mortgages,
deeds of trust or ground leases on the Premises ("Lender(s)"),  insuring loss or
damage to the Premises.  The amount of such insurance shall be equal to the full
replacement cost of the Premises,  as the same shall exist from time to time, or
the amount  required  by  Lenders,  but in no event  more than the  commercially
reasonable  and  available  insurable  value thereof if, by reason of the unique
nature of age of the improvements involved, such latter amount is less than full
replacement  cost.  If Lessor  is the  Insuring  Party,  however,  Lessee  Owned
Alterations and Utility Installations shall be insured by Lessee under Paragraph
8.4  rather  than by Lessor.  If the  coverage  is  available  and  commercially
appropriate,  such policy or policies  shall insure  against all risks of direct
physical  loss or damage  (except the perils of flood and/or  earthquake  unless
required by a Lender),  including  coverage for any additional  costs  resulting
from debris  removal and reasonable  amounts of coverage for  enforcement of any
ordinance or law regulating the  reconstruction  or replacement of any undamaged
sections of the Premises  required to be  demolished or removed by reason of the
enforcement of any building,  zoning, safety or land use laws as the result of a
covered  cause of loss.  Said  policy or policies  shall also  contain an agreed
valuation  provision in lien of any coinsurance  clause,  waiver of subrogation,
and  inflation  guard  protection  causing an  increase  in the annual  property
insurance  coverage  amount  by a factor  of not less  than  the  adjusted  U.S.
Department of Labor  Consumer  Price Index for All Urban  Consumers for the city
nearest to where the  Premises  are located.  If such  insurance  coverage has a
deductible clause, the deductible amount shall not exceed $1,000 per occurrence,
and Lessee shall be liable for such deductible amount in the event of an Insured
Loss, as defined in Paragraph 9. 1 (c).

                  (b) Rental  Value.  The  Insuring  Party  shall,  in addition,
obtain and keep in force  during the term of this Lease a policy or  policies in
the name of Lessor, with loss payable to Lessor and Lender(s), insuring the loss
of the full  rental and other  charges  payable  by Lessee to Lessor  under this
Lease for (1) year (including all real estate taxes,  insurance  costs,  and any
scheduled rental increases).  Said insurance shall provide that in the event the
Lease is terminated by reason of an repairs or replacement  of the Premises,  to
provide for one full year's loss of rental  revenues  front the date of any such
loss. Said insurance shall contain an agreed valuation  provision in lieu of any
coinsurance  clause,  and the amount of coverage  shall be adjusted  annually to
reflect the projected rental income, property taxes, insurance premium costs and
other expenses,  if any,  otherwise payable by Lessee,  for the next twelve (12)
month period.  Lessee shall be liable for any deductible  amount in the event of
such loss.

                  (c)  Adjacent  Premises.  If the Premises are part of a larger
building,  or if the Premises  are part of a group of buildings  owned by Lessor
which are adjacent to the Premises, the Lessee shall pay for any increase in the
premiums  for the  Property  insurance  of such  building or  buildings  if said
increase  is  caused  by  Lessee's  acts,  omissions,  use or  occupancy  of the
Premises.

                  (d)  Tenant's  Improvements.  If the  Lessor  is the  Insuring
Party,  The Lessor shall not be required to insure Lessee Owned  Alterations and
Utility  Installations  unless the item in question  has become the  property of
Lessor  under the terms of this  Lease.  If Lessee is the  Insuring  Party,  the
policy  carried by Lessee under this  Paragraph  8.3 shall  insure  Lessee Owned
Alterations and Utility Installations.

         8.4  Lessee's  Property  Insurance.  Subject  to  the  requirements  of
Paragraph  8.5,  Lessee at its cost  shall  either  by  separate  policy  or, at
Lessor's option, by endorsement to a policy already carried,  maintain insurance
coverage on all of Lessee's  personal  property,  Lessee Owned  Alterations  and
Utility  Installations in, on, or about the Premises similar in coverage to that
carried by the Insuring Party under  Paragraph 8.3. Such insurance shall be full
replacement  cost  coverage  with  a  deductible  of not to  exceed  $1,000  per
occurrence. The proceeds from any such insurance shall be used by Lessee for the
replacement of personal  property or the restoration of Lessee Owned Alterations
and Utility  Installations.  Lessee shall be the Insuring  Party with respect to
the insurance required by the insurance required by this Paragraph 8.4 and shall
provide Lessor with written evidence that such insurance is in force.

         8.5  Insurance  Policies.  Insurance  required  hereunder  shall  be in
companies duly licensed to transact business in the state where the Premises are
located, and maintaining during the policy term a "General Policyholders Rating"
of at least B+, V, or such other rating as may be required by a Lender  having a
lien on the  Premises,  as set  forth  in the  most  current  issue  of  "Best's
Insurance  Guide." Lessee shall not do or permit to be done anything which shall
invalidate the insurance  policies referred to in this Paragraph 8. If Lessee is
the Insuring  Party,  Lessee  shall cause to be  delivered  to Lessor  certified
copies of policies of such  insurance or  certificates  evidencing the existence
and amounts of such  insurance  with the insureds  and loss  payable  clauses as
required  by this  Lease.  No such  policy  shall be  cancelable  or  subject to
modification  except  after  thirty  (30) days prior  written  notice to Lessor.
Lessee shall at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of such policies,
furnish  Lessor with  evidence of renewals  or  "insurance  binders"  evidencing
renewal thereof,  or Lessor may order such insurance and charge the cost thereof
to Lessee, which amount shall be payable by Lessee to Lessor upon demand. If the
Insuring  Party shall fail to procure and maintain the insurance  required to be
carried by the Insuring  Party under this  Paragraph 8, the other Party may, but
shall not be  required  to,  procure  and  maintain  the same,  but at  Lessee's
expense.

         8.6  Waiver of  Subrogation.  Without  affecting  any  other  rights or
remedies,  Lessee and Lessor  ("Waiving  Party") each hereby release and relieve
the other,  and waive their entire right to recover damages (whether in contract
or in tort)  against  the other,  for loss of or damage to the  Waiving  Party's
property arising out of or incident to the perils required to be insured against
under  Paragraph  8. The  effect of such  releases  and  waivers of the right to
recover  damages  shall not be  limited by the  amount of  insurance  carried or
required, or by any deductibles applicable thereto.

         8.7 Indemnity.  Except for Lessor's acts, omissions,  negligence and/or
default or breach of express warranties, Lessee shall indemnify, protect, defend
and hold harmless the Premises, Lessor and its agents, Lessor's master or ground
lessor, partners and Lenders, from and against any and all claims, loss of rents
and/or damages,  costs, liens,  judgments,  penalties,  permits,  attorney's and
consultant fee's,  expenses and/or liabilities arising out of, involving,  or in
dealing with,  the  occupancy of the Premises by Lessee,  the conduct of Lessees
business,  any act,  omission or neglect of Lessee,  its agents,  contractors or
employees  and out of any  Default or Breach by Lessee in the  performance  in a
timely  manner of any  obligation  on Lessee's  part to be performed  under this
Lease.  The  foregoing  shall  include,  but not be limited  to, the  defense or
pursuit of any claim or any action or proceeding  involved therein,  and whether
or not (in the case of claims made against Lessor)  litigated  and/or reduced to
judgment,  and whether well founded or not. In case any action or  proceeding be
brought  against Lessor by reason of any of the foregoing  matters,  Lessee upon
notice  from  Lessor  shall  defend  the same at  Lessee's  expense  by  counsel
reasonably satisfactory to Lessor and Lessor shall cooperate with Lessee in such
defense.  Lessor  need not  have  first  paid  any such  claim in order to be so
indemnified.

         8.8 Exemption of Lessor from Liability.  Lessor shall not be liable for
injury or damage to the person or goods, wares, merchandise or other property of
Lessee,  Lessee's  employees,  contractors,  invitees,  customers,  or any other
person in or about the  Premises,  except for the roof,  whether  such damage or
injury is caused by or results  from fire,  steam,  electricity,  gas,  water or
rain, or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of pipes, fire
sprinklers, wires, appliances,  plumbing, air conditioning or lighting fixtures,
or from any  other  cause,  whether  the  said  injury  or  damage  results  for
conditions  arising upon the Premises or upon other  portions of the building of
which the Premises are a part, or from other sources or places and regardless of
whether the cause of such damage or injury or the means of repairing the same is
accessible or not.  Lessor shall not be liable for any damages  arising from any
act  or  neglect  of  any  other  tenant  of  Lessor.  Notwithstanding  Lessor's
negligence  or breach of this Lease and  Lessor's  responsibility  for the roof,
Lessor shall under no circumstances be liable for injury to Lessee's business or
for any loss of income or profit therefrom.

9.       Damage or Destruction.

         9.1 Definitions.

                  (a) "Premises Partial Damage" shall mean damage or destruction
to the  improvements  on the Premises,  other than Lessee Owned  Alterations and
Utility  Installations,  the repair cost of which damage or  destruction is less
than 50% of the then replacement Cost of the Premises  immediately prior to such
damage or destruction, excluding from such calculation the value of the land and
Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations.

                  (b)  "Premises  Total   Destruction"   shall  mean  damage  or
destruction  to the premises,  other than Lessee Owned  Alterations  and Utility
Installations the repair
<PAGE>
cost of which damage or destruction is 50% or more of the then  Replacement Cost
of the Premises immediately prior to such damage or destruction,  excluding from
such calculation the value of the land and Lessee Owned  Alterations and Utility
Installations.

                  (c)  "Insured  Loss"  shall  mean  damage  or  destruction  to
improvements  on the Premises,  other than Lessee Owned  Alterations and Utility
Installations,  which  was  caused by an event  required  to be  covered  by the
insurance described in Paragraph 8.3(a),  irrespective of any deductible amounts
or coverage limits involved.

                  (d)  "Replacement  Cost"  shall  mean  the cost to  repair  or
rebuild the improvements  owned by Lessor at the time of the occurrence to their
condition  existing  immediately  prior thereto,  including  demolition,  debris
removal and upgrading  required by the operation of applicable  building  codes,
ordinances or laws, and without deduction for depreciation.

                  (e) "Hazardous  Substance Condition" shall mean the occurrence
or discovery of a condition  involving the presence of, or a contamination by, a
Hazardous Substance as defined in Paragraph 6.2(a), in on or under the Premises.

         9.2 Partial  Damage-Insured  Loss. If a Premises Partial Damage that is
an Insured Loss occurs,  than Lessor  shall,  at Lessor's  expense,  repair such
damage (but not Lessee's Trade Fixtures or Lessee Owned  Alterations and Utility
Installations)  as soon as reasonably  possible and this Lease shall continue in
full force and  effect;  provided;  however,  that  Lessee  shall,  at  Lessor's
election,  make the repair of any damage or destruction the total cost to repair
of which is $10,000 or less, and, in such event, Lessor shall make the insurance
proceeds   available  to  Lessee  on  a  reasonable   basis  for  that  purpose.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the required insurance was not in force or the
insurance  proceeds are not sufficient to effect such repair, the Insuring Party
shall promptly  contribute the shortage in proceeds (except as to the deductible
which is Lessee's responsibility) as and when required to complete said repairs.
In the event,  however,  the shortage in proceeds  was due to the fact that,  by
reason of the unique nature of the improvements, full replacement cost insurance
coverage was not  commercially  reasonable and  available,  Lessor shall have no
obligation to pay for the shortage in insurance proceeds or to fully restore the
unique aspects of the Premises  unless Lessee  provides Lessor with the funds to
cover  same,  or  adequate  assurance  thereof,  within ten (10) days  following
receipt of written  notice of such  shortage  and  request  therefor.  If Lessor
receives  said funds or  adequate  assurance  thereof  within  said ten (10) day
period, the party responsible for making the repairs shall complete them as soon
as reasonably  possible and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect. If
Lessor does not receive such funds or assurance  within said period,  Lessor may
nevertheless  elect by written notice to Lessee within ten (10) days  thereafter
to make such  restoration and repair as is  commercially  reasonable with Lessor
paying any shortage in  proceeds,  in which case this Lease shall remain in full
force and effect. If in such case Lessor does not so elect then this Lease shall
terminate sixty (60) days following the occurrence of the damage or destruction.
Unless  otherwise   agreed,   Lessee  shall  in  no  event  have  any  right  to
reimbursement from Lessor for any funds contributed by Lessee to repair any such
damage or destruction.  Premises Partial damage due to flood or earthquake shall
be subject to Paragraph  9.3 rather than  Paragraph  9.2,  notwithstanding  that
there may be some insurance coverage, but the net proceeds of any such insurance
shall be made available for the repairs if made by either party.

         9.3 Partial Damage-Uninsured Loss. If a Premises Partial Damage that is
not an Insured  Loss  occurs,  unless  caused by a  negligent  or willful act of
Lessee (in which event  Lessee  shall make the  repairs at Lessee's  expense and
this Lease  shall  continue  in full force and  effect,  but subject to Lessor's
rights under Paragraph 13), Lessor may at Lessor's  option,  either:  (i) repair
such damage as soon as reasonably  possible at Lessor's expense,  in which event
this Lease shall continue in full force and effect,  or (ii) give written notice
to Lessee  within  thirty (30) days after  receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the
occurrence of such damage of Lessor's  desire to terminate  this Lease as of the
date sixty (60) days  following  the giving of such notice.  In the event Lessor
elects to give such notice of Lessor's intention to terminate this Lease, Lessee
shall have the right  within ten (10) days after the  receipt of such  notice to
give written  notice to Lessor of Lessee's  commitment  to pay for the repair of
such damage totally at Lessee's expense and without  reimbursement  from Lessor.
Lessee shall provide  Lessor with the required funds or  satisfactory  assurance
thereof  within thirty (30) days  following  Lessee's said  commitment.  In such
event this Lease  shall  continue  in full force and  effect,  and Lessor  shall
proceed to make such  repairs as soon as  reasonably  possible  and the required
funds are  available.  If Lessee does not give such notice and provide the funds
or  assurance  thereof  within  the times  specified  above,  this  Lease  shall
terminate as of the date specified in Lessor's notice of termination.

         9.4 Total Destruction.  Notwithstanding any other provision thereof, if
a Premises Total Destruction  occurs (including any distinction  required by any
authorized public authority), this Lease shall terminate (60) days following the
date  of  such  Premises  Total  Destruction,  whether  or  not  the  damage  or
destruction  is an Insured  Loss or was caused by a negligent  or willful act of
Lessee.  In the event,  however,  that the damage or  distinction  was caused by
Lessee,  Lessor  shall have the right to recover  Lessor's  damages  from Lessee
except as released and waived in Paragraph 8.6. Rent will abate beginning on the
date of destruction.

         9.5  Damage  Near End of Term.  If at any time  during the last six (6)
months of the term of this Lease  there is a damage for which the cost to repair
exceeds one (1) month's Base Rent,  whether or not an insured Loss,  Lessor may,
at Lessor's option, terminate this Lease effective sixty (60) days following the
date of occurrence of such damage by giving written notice to Lessee of Lessor's
election to do so within  thirty (30) days after the date of  occurrence of such
damage.  Provided however,  if Lessee at that time has an exercisable  option to
extend this Lease or to purchase the  Premises,  then Lessee may  preserve  this
Lease by, within twenty (20) days  following  the  occurrence of the damage,  or
before the  expiration  of the time  provided in such  option for its  exercise,
whichever is earlier  ("Exercise  Period"),  (i) exercising such option and (ii)
providing Lessor with any shortage in insurance  proceeds (or adequate assurance
thereof) needed to make the repairs. If Lessee duly exercises such option during
said  Exercise  Period and  provides  Lessor with funds for  adequate  assurance
thereof) to cover any shortage in insurance proceeds,  Lessor shall, at Lessor's
expense  repair such damage as soon as reasonably  possible and this Lease shall
continue in full force and effect.  If Lessee fails to exercise  such option and
provide such funds or assurance during said Exercise Period,  then Lessor may at
Lessor's option terminate this Lease as of the expiration of said sixty (60) day
period  following  the  occurrence  of such damage by giving  written  notice to
Lessee of' Lessor's  election to do so within ten (10) days after the expiration
of the Exercise  Period,  notwithstanding  any term or provision in the grant of
option to the contrary.

         9.6 Abatement of Rent; Lessee's Remedies.

                  (a) in the event of damage described in Paragraph 9.2 (Partial
Damage-insured),  whether  or not  Lessor  or Lessee  repairs  or  restores  the
Premises,  the Base Rent, Real Property  Taxes,  insurance  premiums,  and other
charges,  if any,  payable by Lessee  hereunder for the period during which such
damage,  its repair or the  restoration  continues (not to exceed the period for
which rental value  insurance is required  tinder  Paragraph  8.3(b)),  shall be
abated in  Proportion  to the degree to which  Lessee's  use of the  Premises is
impaired.  Except for  abatement of Base Rent,  Real Property  Taxes,  insurance
premiums,  and other  charges,  if any, as aforesaid,  all other  obligations of
Lessee  hereunder  shall be performed by Lessee,  and Lessee shall have no claim
against  Lessor  for any  damage  suffered  by  reason  of any  such  repair  or
restoration.

                  (b) If Lessor  shall be  obligated  to repair or  restore  the
Premises  under the  provisions  of this  Paragraph  9 and  shall  not  promptly
commence and  diligently  pursue to completion in a substantial  and  meaningful
way, the repair or  restoration  of the Premises  within  ninety (90) days after
such obligation shall accrue,  Lessee may, at any time prior to the commencement
of such repair or restoration, give written notice to Lessor Find to any lenders
of which Lessee has actual notice of Lessee's  election to terminate  this Lease
on a date not less than sixty (60) days following the giving of such notice.  If
Lessee gives such notice to Lessor and such lenders and repair or restoration is
not commenced and diligently pursued to completion within thirty (30) days after
receipt of such notice,  this Lease shall  terminate as of the date specified in
said notice. If Lessor or lender commences and diligently  pursues to completion
the repair or restoration of tire Premises within thirty (30) days after receipt
of such notice,  this Lease shall continue in full force and effect.  "Commence"
as used in this Paragraph shall mean either the  unconditional  authorization of
the  preparation of the required  plans,  or the beginning of the actual work on
the Premises, whichever first occurs.

         9.7 Hazardous Substance Conditions.  If a Hazardous Substance Condition
occurs,  unless  Lessee is legally  responsible  therefor  (in which case lessee
shall make the investigation and remediation  thereof required by Applicable Law
and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect,  but subject to Lessor's
rights under Paragraph 13), Lessor may at Lessor's option either (i) investigate
and  remediate  such  Hazardous  Substance  Condition,  if required,  as soon as
reasonable  possible  at  Lessor's  expense,  in which  event this  Lease  shall
continue in full force and effect,  or (ii) if the estimated cost to investigate
and remediate  such  condition  exceeds  twelve (12) times the then monthly Base
Rent or $100,000,  whichever is greater,  give written  notice to Lessee  within
thirty (30) days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the  occurrence of such
Hazardous  Substance  Condition of Lessor's desire to terminate this Lease as of
the date  sixty (60) days  following  the  giving of such  notice.  In the event
Lessor elects to give such notice of Lessor's intention to terminate this Lease,
Lessee  shall  have the right  within  ten (10) days  after the  receipt of such
notice to give written  notice to Lessor of lessee's  commitment  to pay for the
investigation and remediation of such Hazardous  Substance  Condition totally at
Lessee's expense and without  reimbursement  from Lessor except to the extent of
an amount  equal to twelve (12) times the then  monthly  Base Rent or  $100,000,
whichever is greater.  Lessee shall  provide  Lessor with the funds  required of
Lessee or  satisfactory  assurance  thereof  within  thirty (30) days  following
Lessee's said commitment.  In such event this Lease shall continue in full force
and effect,  and Lessor shall proceed to make such investigation and remediation
as soon as reasonably  possible and the required funds are available.  If Lessee
does not give such notice and provide the required  funds or  assurance  thereof
within the times  specified  above,  this Lease shall  terminate  as of the date
specified in Lessor's notice of termination. If a Hazardous Substance Condition
<PAGE>
occurs for which Lessee is not legally responsible,  there shall be abatement of
Lessee's  obligations  under  this  Lease  to the same  extent  as  provided  in
Paragraph  9.6(a)  for a period  of not to exceed  twelve  months.  At  Lessee's
option,  the Lessor should  remedy as soon as practical any Hazardous  Condition
which would  negatively  impact  Lessee's  interests or present a health risk to
occupants of the  Premises,  otherwise  Lessee will have the option to terminate
the lease.

         9.8  Termination - Advance  Payments.  Upon  termination  of this Lease
pursuant to this Paragraph 9, an equitable  adjustment  shall be made concerning
advance  Base  Rent and any other  advance  payments  made by Lessee to  Lessor.
Lessor shall, in addition, return to Lessee so much of Lessee's Security Deposit
as has not been,  or is not then  required to be, used by Lessor under the terms
of this Lease.

         9.9 Waive  Statutes.  Lessor  and  Lessee  agree that the terms of this
Lease shall  govern the effect of any damage to or  destruction  of the Premises
with respect to the termination of this Lease and hereby waive the provisions of
any present or future statute to the extent inconsistent herewith.

10.      Real Property Taxes. 

         10.1     (a)  Payment  of Taxes.  Lessee  shall  pay the Real  Property
Taxes, as defined in Paragraph 10.2,  applicable to the Premises during the term
of this Lease.  Subject to Paragraph 10.l(b), all such payments shall be made at
least ten (10) days prior to the delinquency date of the applicable installment.
Lessee shall promptly furnish Lessor with satisfactory  evidence that such taxes
have been paid. If any such taxes to be paid by Lessee shall cover any period of
time prior to or after the expiration or earlier termination of the term hereof,
Lessee's  share of such  taxes  shall be  equitably  prorated  to cover only the
period of time  within the tax fiscal  year this Lease is in effect,  and Lessor
shall reimburse Lessee for any overpayment after such proration. If Lessee shall
fail to pay any Real Property Taxes required by this Lease to be paid by Lessee,
Lessor shall have the right to pay the same, and Lessee shall  reimburse  Lessor
therefor upon demand. See Paragraph for additional requirements,

                  (b) Advance  Payment.  In order to insure payment when due and
before delinquency of any or all Real Property Taxes, Lessor reserves the right,
at Lessor's  option,  to estimate the current Real Property Taxes  applicable to
the Premises,  and to require such current year's Real Property Taxes to be paid
in advance to Lessor by Lessee,  either:  (i) in a lump sum amount  equal to the
installment  due, at least twenty (20) days prior to the applicable  delinquency
date,  or (ii) monthly in advance  with the payment of the Base Rent.  If Lessor
elects to require payment monthly in advance,  the monthly payment shall be that
equal monthly amount which, over the number of months remaining before the month
in which the applicable tax  installment  would become  delinquent  (and without
interest  thereon),  would provide a fund large enough to fully discharge before
delinquency  the  estimated  installment  of taxes to be paid.  When the  actual
amount of the  applicable  tax bill is known,  the amount of such equal  monthly
advance  payment shall be adjusted as required to provide the fund needed to pay
the applicable taxes before delinquency. If the amounts paid to Lessor by Lessee
under the  provisions  of this  Paragraph  are  insufficient  to  discharge  the
obligations  of Lessee to pay such Real  Property  Taxes as the same become due,
Lessee shall pay to Lessor,  upon Lessor's  demand,  such additional sums as are
necessary  to pay  such  obligations.  All  moneys  paid to  Lessor  under  this
Paragraph  may be  intermingled  with other  moneys of Lessor and shall not bear
interest.  In  the  event  of a  Breach  by  Lessee  in the  performance  of the
obligations of Lessee under this Lease, then any balance of funds paid to Lessor
under the provisions of this Paragraph may,  subject to proration as provided in
Paragraph  10.1 (a),  at the  option of  Lessor,  be  treated  as an  additional
Security Deposit under Paragraph 5.

         10.2  Definition of "Real  Property  Taxes".  As used herein,  the term
"Real  Property  Taxes" shall include any form of real estate tax or assessment,
general,  special,  ordinary or extraordinary,  and any license fee,  commercial
rental tax,  improvement  bond or bonds,  levy or tax, (other than  inheritance,
personal,  income or estate  taxes)  imposed upon the Premises by any  authority
having the direct or indirect power to tax, including any city, state or federal
government,  or any school,  agricultural,  sanitary,  fire, street, drainage or
other  improvement  district  thereof,  or levied against any legal or equitable
interest of Lessor in the Premises or in the real property of which the Premises
are a part.  Lessor's right to rent or other income  therefrom,  and/or Lessor's
business  of leasing  the  Premises,  and any charge or  assessment  of any kind
whatsoever  resulting  front  the  Premises  inclusion  in any  property  owners
association.  The term "Real  Property  Taxes" shall also include any tax,  fee,
levy, assessment or charge, or any increase therein, imposed by reason of events
occurring,  or changes in applicable law taking effect,  during the term of this
Lease, including but not limited to a change in the ownership of the Premises or
in the improvements  thereon,  the execution of this Lease, or any modification,
amendment or transfer thereof, and whether or not contemplated by the Parties.

         10.3 Joint  Assessment.  If the Premises are not  separately  assessed,
Lessee's  liability shall be an equitable  proportion of the Real Property Taxes
for all of the land and  improvements  included within the tax parcel  assessed,
such  proportion  to be  determined  by Lessor  from the  respective  valuations
assigned  in the  assessor's  work  sheets or such other  information  as may be
reasonably available.  Lessor's reasonable determination thereof, in good faith,
shall be conclusive.

         10.4 Personal Property Taxes. Lessee shall pay prior to delinquency all
taxes  assessed  against  and levied  upon  Lessee  Owned  Alterations,  Utility
Installations.  Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all personal property
of Lessee  contained in the Premises or elsewhere.  When possible,  Lessee shall
cause its Trade Fixtures. furnishings, equipment and all other personal property
to be assessed and billed separately from the real property of Lessor. If any of
Lessee's  said  personal  property  shall be  assessed  with the  Lessor's  real
property.  Lessee shall pay Lessor the taxes  attributable  to Lessee within ten
(10)  days  after  receipt  of a  written  statement  setting  forth  the  taxes
applicable to Lessee's property or, at Lessor's option, as provided in Paragraph
10.1(b).

11.      Utilities.  Lessee shall pay for all water,  gas, heat,  light,  power,
telephone,  trash  disposal and other  utilities  and  services  supplied to the
Premises,  together  with  any  taxes  thereon.  If any  such  services  are not
separately metered to Lessee,  Lessee shall pay a reasonable  proportion,  to be
determined by Lessor, of all charges jointly metered with other Premises.

12.      Assignment and Subletting.

         12.1 Lessor's Consent Not Required. Lessor's consent is not required if
Lessee assigns this lease to MicroAge, Inc. or to any of its subsidiaries.

         12.2 Lessor's Consent Required.

                  (a)  Lessee  shall  not  voluntarily  or by  operation  of law
assign,  transfer,  mortgage or  otherwise  transfer  or encumber  (collectively
"assignment") or sublet all or any part of Lessee's interest in this Lease or in
the Premises  without  Lessor's prior written consent given under and subject to
the terms of Paragraph 36.

                  (b) struck

                  (c)  The   involvement   of  Lessee  or  its   assets  in  any
transactions,   or  series  of  transactions  (by  the  way  of  merger,   sale,
acquisition,  financing, refinancing,  transfer, leveraged buyout or otherwise),
whether or not a formal  assignment or  hypothecation  of this Lease or Lessee's
assets  occurs,  which results or will result in a reduction of the Net Worth of
Lessee,  as  hereinafter  defined,  by  an  amount  equal  to  or  greater  than
twenty-five  percent (25%) of such Net Worth of Lessee as it was  represented to
Lessor at the time of the  execution  by Lessor of this  Lease or at the time of
the most  recent  assignment  to which  Lessor  has  consented,  or as it exists
immediately prior to said transactions constituting such reduction, at whichever
time  said Net  Worth of  Lessee  was or is  greater,  shall  he  considered  an
assignment of this Lease by Lessee to which Lessor may  reasonably  withhold its
consent. "Net Worth of Lessee" for purposes of this Lease shall be the net worth
of Lessee  (excluding  any  guarantors)  established  under  generally  accepted
accounting principles consistently applied.

                  (d) An assignment  or subletting of Lessee's  interest in this
Lease without Lessor's specific prior written consent shall, at Lessor's option,
be a Default curable after notice per Paragraph 13.1(c),  or a noncurable Breach
without the necessity of any notice and grace period.  If Lessor elects to treat
such  unconsented  to assignment or  subletting as a noncurable  Breach,  Lessor
shall have the right to either:  (i) terminate  this Lease,  or (ii) upon thirty
(30) days written notice ("Lessor's Notice"),  increase the monthly Base Rent to
fair market  value or one  hundred  ten percent  (110%) of the Base Rent then in
effect,  whichever  is  greater.  Pending  determination  of the new fair market
value. if disputed by Lessee,  Lessee shall pay the amount set forth in Lessor's
Notice,  with any overpayment  credited against the next  installment(s) of Base
Rent  coming  due,  and any  underpayment  for the period  retroactively  to the
effective  date of the  adjustment  being due and payable  immediately  upon the
determination  thereof,  Further,  in the event of such Breach and market  value
adjustment.  (i) the purchase  price of any option to purchase the Premises held
by Lessee shall be subject to similar  adjustment  to the then fair market value
(without  the  Lease  being  considered  an  encumbrance  or  any  deduction  or
depreciation  or  obsolescence,  and considering the Premises at its highest and
best use and in good condition),  or one hundred ten percent (110%) of the price
previously in effect,  whichever is greater,  (ii) any index-oriented  rental or
price adjustment  formulas  contained in this Lease shall be adjusted to require
that the base index be determined with reference to the index  applicable to the
time of such adjustment, and (iii) any fixed rental adjustments scheduled during
the  remainder of the Lease term shall be increased in the same ratio as the new
market rental bears to the Base Rent in effect  immediately  prior to the market
value adjustment.

         12.3 Terms and Conditions Applicable to Assignment and Subletting.
<PAGE>
                  (a)  Regardless  of  Lessor's   consent,   any  assignment  or
subletting shall not (i) be effective without the express written  assumption by
such assignee or sublessee of the  obligations of Lessee under this Lease,  (ii)
release  Lessee  of any  obligations  hereunder,  or  (iii)  alter  the  primary
liability  of Lessee  for the  payment  of Base Rent and other  sums due  Lessor
hereunder or for the  performance  of any other  obligations  to be performed by
Lessee under this Lease.

                  (b)  Lessor may accept  any rent or  performance  of  Lessee's
obligations from any person other than Lessee pending approval or disapproval of
an assignment. Neither a delay in the approval of disapproval of such assignment
nor the  acceptance  of any rent or  performance  shall  constitute  a waiver or
estoppel of Lessor's right to exercise its remedies for the Default or Breach by
Lessee of any terms, covenants or conditions of this Lease.

                  (c) The  consent  of Lessor to any  assignment  or  subletting
shall not  constitute a consent to any  subsequent  assignment  or subletting by
Lessee or to any  subsequent  or  successive  assignment  or  subletting  by the
sublessee.  However,  Lessor my consent to subsequent subletting and assignments
of the  sublease of the  sublease or any  amendments  or  modifications  thereto
without  notifying  Lessee or anyone else  liable on the Lease or  sublease  and
without obtaining their consent,  and such action shall not relieve such persons
from liability under this Lease or sublease.

                  (d)  In the  event  of  any  Default  or  Breach  of  Lessee's
obligations  under this Lease,  Lessor may proceed directly against Lessee,  any
Guarantors  or any one else  responsible  for the  performance  of the  Lessee's
obligations under this Lease, including the sublessee,  without first exhausting
Lessor's  remedies  against any other person or entity  responsible  therefor to
Lessor, or any security held by Lessor or Lessee.

                  (e) Each request for consent to an  assignment  or  subletting
shall  be  in  writing,   accompanied  by   information   relevant  to  Lessor's
determination   as  to  the  financial  and   operational   responsibility   and
appropriateness of the proposed assignee or sublessee, including but not limited
to the intended use and/or required modification of the Premises, if any. Lessee
agrees to  provide  Lessor  with such  other or  additional  information  and/or
documentation as may be reasonably requested by Lessor.

                  (f) Any assignee of, or sublessee under,  this Lease shall, by
reason of accepting such  assignment or entering into such sublease,  be deemed,
for the benefit of Lessor, to have assumed and agreed to conform and comply with
each and every term, covenant, condition and obligation herein to be observed or
performed by Lessee during the term of said  assignment or sublease,  other than
such  obligations  as are  contrary to or  inconsistent  with  provisions  of an
assignment or sublease to which Lessor has specifically consented in writing.

                  (g) The  occurrence  of a  transaction  described in Paragraph
12.1(c) shall give Lessor the right (but not the obligation) to require that the
Security  Deposit  be  increased  to an  amount  equal to six (6) times the then
monthly  Base Rent,  and  Lessor  may make the  actual  receipt by Lessor of the
amount  required to  establish  such  Security  Deposit Ft condition to Lessor's
consent to such transaction.

         12.4  Additional  Terms and Conditions  Applicable to  Subletting.  The
following terms and conditions shall apply to any subletting by Lessee of all or
any part of the Premises  and shall be deemed  included in all  subleases  under
this Lease whether or not expressly incorporated therein:

                  (a)  Lessee  hereby  assigns  and  transfers  to Lessor all of
Lessee's  interest in all rentals and income arising from any sublease of all or
a portion of the Premises heretofore or hereafter made by Lessee, and Lessor may
collect such rent and income and apply same toward  Lessee's  obligations  under
this Lease; provided,  however, that until a Breach (as defined in Paragraph 13.
1) shall  occur in the  performance  of Lessee's  obligations  under this Lease.
Lessee may,  except as otherwise  provided in this Lease,  receive,  collect and
enjoy tire rents accruing  under such  sublease.  Lessor shall not, by reason of
this or any other  assignment of such  sublease to Lessor,  nor by reason of the
collection of the rents from a sublessee,  be deemed liable to the sublessee for
any failure of Lessee to perform and comply with any of Lessee's  obligations to
such sublessee  under such sublease.  Lessee hereby  irrevocably  authorizes and
directs any such sublessee, upon receipt of a written notice from Lessor stating
that a Breach  exists in the  performance  of  Lessee's  obligations  under this
Lease,  to pay to Lessor the rents and other charges due and to become due under
the  sublease.  Sublessee  shall rely upon any such  statement  and request from
Lessor  and  shall  pay such  rents and other  charges  to  Lessor  without  any
obligation  or right  to  inquire  as to  whether  such  Breach  exists  and not
withstanding any notice from or claim from Lessee to the contrary.  Lessee shall
have no right or claim  against  said  sublessee,  or, until the Breach has been
cured,  against  Lessor,  for any such  rents and other  charges so paid by said
sublessee to Lessor.

                  (b) In the event of a Breach by Lessee in the  performance  of
its  obligations  under  this  Lease,  Lessor,  at its option  and  without  any
obligation  to do so, may require any  sublessee  to attorn to Lessor,  in which
event  Lessor  shall  undertake  the  obligations  of the  sublessor  under such
sublease from the time of the exercise of said option to the  expiration of such
sublease; provided, however, Lessor shall not be liable for any prepaid rents or
security deposit paid by such sublessee to such sublessor or for any other prior
Defaults or Breaches of such sublessor under such sublease.

                  (c) Any matter or thing requiring the consent of the sublessor
under a sublease shall also require the consent of Lessor herein.

                  (d) No  sublessee  shall  further  assign or sublet all or any
part of the Premises without Lessor's prior written consent.

                  (e)  Lessor  shall  deliver a copy of any notice of Default or
Breach by Lessee to the sublessee,  who shall have the right to cure the Default
of Lessee  within  the grace  period,  if any,  specified  in such  notice.  The
sublessee shall have a right of reimbursement and offset from and against Lessee
for any such Defaults cured by the sublessee.

13.      Default; Breach; Remedies.

         13.1  Default,  Breach.  Lessor and Lessee agree that if an attorney is
consulted  by  Lessor  in  connection  with  a  Lessee  Default  or  Breach  (as
hereinafter  defined),  $350.00 is a reasonable  minimum sum per such occurrence
for legal  services  and costs in the  preparation  and  service  of a notice of
Default, and that Lessor may include the cost of such services and costs in said
notice as rent due and payable to cure said Default. A "Default" is defined as a
failure  by the Lessee to  observe,  comply  with or  perform  any of the terms,
covenants, conditions or rules applicable to Lessee under this Lease. A "Breach"
is defined as the occurrence of any one or more of the following Defaults,  and,
where a grace period for cure after notice is specified  herein,  the failure by
Lessee to cure such Default  prior to the  expiration  of the  applicable  grace
period,  and shall entitle Lessor to pursue the remedies set forth in Paragraphs
13.2 and/or 13.3:

                  (a) Except as expressly  otherwise provided in this Lease, the
failure by Lessee to make any payment of Base Rent or any other monetary payment
required to be made by Lessee  hereunder,  whether to Lessor or to a third party
within 10 days of receipt of written notice of nonpayment,  as and when due. the
failure by Lessee to provide  Lessor with  reasonable  evidence of  insurance or
surety bond required  under this Lease,  or the failure of Lessee to fulfill any
obligation under this Lease which endangers or threatens life or property, where
such failure continues for a period of three (3) business days following written
notice thereof by or on behalf of Lessor to Lessee.

                  (b) Except as expressly  otherwise provided in this Lease, the
failure to provide  Lessor with  reasonable  written  evidence (in duty executed
original  form,  if  applicable)  of (i)  compliance  with  applicable  law  per
Paragraph 6.3, (ii) the inspection,  maintenance and service contracts  required
under  Paragraph 7. I (b), (iii) the recision of an  unauthorized  assignment or
subletting per Paragraph 12.1(b),  (iv) a Tenancy Statement per Paragraphs 16 or
37, (v) the subordination or  non-subordination  of this Lease per Paragraph 30,
(vi) the guaranty of the performance of Lessee's obligations under this Lease if
required under  Paragraphs  1.11 and 37, and (vii) the execution of any document
requested under Paragraph 42 (easements).

                  (c) A Default by Lessee as to the terms, covenants, conditions
or provisions of this Lease,  or of the rules adopted under Paragraph 40 hereof,
that are to be observed,  complied with or performed by Lessee, other than those
described in subparagraphs  (a), (b) or (c) above,  where such Default continues
for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice thereof by or on behalf of
Lessor to Lessee;  provided,  however, that if the nature of Lessee's Default is
such that more than thirty (30 days are reasonably  required for its cure,  then
it  shall  not be  deemed  to be a Breach  of this  Lease by  Lessee  if  Lessee
commences such cure within said thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently
prosecutes such cure to completion.

                  (d) The  occurrence  of any of the following  events:  (i) The
making by Lessee of any general  arrangement  or  assignment  for the benefit of
creditors;  (ii) Lessee's  becoming a "debtor" as defined in 11 U.S.C.  S 101 or
any successor  statute thereto (unless,  in the case of a petition filed against
Lessee, the same is dismissed within sixty (60) days; (iii) the appointment of a
trustee or receiver to take possession of  substantially  all of Lessee's assets
located at the Premises or of Lessee's interest in this Lease,  where possession
is not  restored  to Lessee  within  thirty (30) days;  or (iv) the  attachment,
execution or other  judicial  seizure of  substantially  all of Lessee's  assets
located at the Premises or of Lessee's interest in the Lease, where such seizure
is not discharged within thirty (30) days; provided,  however, in the event that
any provision of this  subparagraph  (e) is contrary to any applicable law, such
provision  shall be of no force or effect,  and not affect the  validity  of the
remaining provisions.

                  (e) The discovery by Lessor that any financial statement given
to Lessor by Lessee or any  Guarantor  of  Lessee's  obligations  hereunder  was
materially false.

                  (f) If the  performance  of  Lessee's  obligations  under this
Lease is  guaranteed:  (i) the death of a guarantor,  (ii) the  termination of a
guarantor's
<PAGE>
liability with respect to this Lease other than in accordance  with the terms of
such  guaranty,  (iii) a  guarantor's  becoming  insolvent  or the  subject of a
bankruptcy filing , (iv) a guarantor's  refusal to honor the guaranty,  or (v) a
guarantor's breach of its guaranty  obligation on an anticipatory  breach basis,
and Lessee's  failure,  within sixty (60) days following written notice by or on
behalf of Lessor to Lessee of any such event,  to provide  Lessor  with  written
alternative  assurance or security,  which,  when coupled with the then existing
resources  of Lessee,  equals or exceeds the  combined  financial  resources  of
Lessee and the guarantors that existed at the time of execution of this Lease.

         13.2  Remedies.  If Lessee  fails to perform  any  affirmative  duty or
obligation of Lessee under this Lease, within ten (10) days after written notice
to Lessee (or in case of an emergency, without notice), Lessor may at its option
(but without  obligation to do so),  perform such duty or obligation on Lessee's
behalf, including but not limited to the obtaining of reasonably required bonds,
insurance policies, or governmental  licenses,  permits or approvals.  The costs
and  expenses  of any such  performance  by Lessor  shall be due and  payable by
Lessee to Lessor upon invoice therefore.  If any check given to Lessor by Lessee
shall not be honored by the bank upon which it is drawn,  Lessor, at its option,
may require All future payments to be made under this Lease by Lessee to be made
only by cashier's  check.  In the event of a Breach of this Lease by Lessee,  as
defined in  Paragraph  13. 1, with or  without  further  notice or  demand.  and
without  limiting Lessor in the exercise of any right or remedy which Lessor may
have by reason of such Breach, Lessor may:

                  (a) Terminate  Lessee's right to possession of the Premises by
any lawful means,  in which case this Lease and the term hereof shall  terminate
and Lessee shall immediately surrender possession of' the Premises to Lessor. In
such event Lessor shall be entitled to recover from Lessee: (i) the worth at the
time of the  award of the  unpaid  rent  which  had been  earned  at the time of
termination;  (ii) the  worth at the time of award of the  amount  by which  the
unpaid  rent which would have been earned  after  termination  until the time of
award  exceeds the amount of such  rental  loss that could have been  reasonably
avoided;  (iii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid
rent for the balance of term after the time of award  exceeds the amount of such
rental  loss  that  could be  reasonably  avoided;  and (iv)  any  other  amount
necessary to compensate Lessor for all the detriment  proximately  caused by the
Lessee's  failure to perform  its  obligations  under this Lease or which in the
ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, including but not
limited  to the cost of  recovering  possession  of the  Premises.  expenses  of
reletting,  including  necessary  renovation  and  alteration  of the  Premises,
reasonable  attorneys' fees, and that portion of the leasing  commission paid by
Lessor  applicable to the unexpired term of this Lease. The worth at the time of
award of the amount  referred to in provision  (iii) of the prior sentence shall
be  computed by  discounting  such  amount at the  discount  rate of the Federal
Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent.  Efforts by
Lessor to mitigate  damages  caused by Lessee's  Default or Breach of this Lease
shall not waive  Lessor's  right to recover  damages  under this  Paragraph.  If
termination of this Lease is obtained through the provisional remedy of unlawful
detainer,  Lessor shall have the right to recover in such  proceeding the unpaid
rent and damages as are recoverable  therein,  or Lessor may reserve therein the
right to recover all or any part thereof in a separate suit for such rent and/or
damages. If a notice and grace period required under subparagraphs 13. l(b), (c)
or (d) was not  previously  given,  a notice to pay rent or quit,  or perform or
quit,  a- the case may be,  given to Lessee  under any statute  authorizing  the
forfeiture of lease-q for unlawful detainer shall also constitute the applicable
notice for grace period purposes required by subparagraphs  13.1(b), (c) or (d).
In such case, the applicable grace period under subparagraphs 1 3. 1 (b), (c) or
(d) and under the unlawful detainer statue shall run concurrently  after the one
such statutory notice,  and the failure of Lessee to cure the Default within the
greater of the two such grace periods shall constitute both an unlawful detainer
and a Breach of this Lease entitling Lessor to the remedies provided for in this
Lease and/or by said statute.

                  (b)  Continue the Lease and Lessee's  right to  possession  in
effect (in California under California Civil Code Section 1951.4) after Lessee's
Breach and abandonment  and recover the rent as it becomes due,  provided Lessee
has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable  limitations.  See
Paragraphs 12 and 36 for the  limitations  on assignment  and  subletting  which
limitations  Lessee and Lessor  agree are  reasonable.  Acts of  maintenance  or
preservation, efforts to relet the Premises, or the appointment of a receiver to
protect  the  Lessor's  interest  under  the  Lease,   shall  not  constitute  a
termination of the Lessee's right to possession.

                  (c) Pursue  any other  remedy now or  hereafter  available  to
Lessor under the laws or judicial  decisions  of the state  wherein the Premises
are  located.  

                  (d) The  expiration or termination  of this  Lease and/or  the
termination  of  Lessee's  right to  possession  shall not  relieve  Lessee from
liability under any indemnity  provisions of this Lease as to matters  occurring
or accruing  during the term hereof or by reason of  Lessee's  occupancy  of the
Premises.

         13.3 Inducement  Recapture In Event Of Breach.  Any agreement by Lessor
for free or abated rent or other charges applicable to the Premises,  or for the
giving  or  paying  by  Lessor  to or for  Lessee  of any cash or  other  bonus,
inducement or consideration  for Lessee's entering into this Lease, all of which
concessions are  hereinafter  referred to as "Inducement  Provisions",  shall be
deemed  conditioned  upon Lessee's full and faithful  performance  of all of the
terms,  covenants  and  conditions of this Lease to he performed and observed by
Lessee during the term hereof as the same may be extended.  Upon the  occurrence
of a Breach of this Lease by  Lessee,  as  defined  in  Paragraph  13.1 any such
Inducement  Provision shall  automatically he deemed deleted from this Lease and
of no future force or effect, and any rent, other charge,  bonus,  inducement or
consideration  theretofore  abated,  given  or  paid  by  Lessor  under  such an
Inducement  Provision  shall be immediately due and payable by Lessee to Lessor.
and   recoverable   by  Lessor  as   additional   rent  due  under  this  Lease,
notwithstanding  any subsequent cure of said Breach by Lessee. The acceptance by
Lessor of rent or the cure of the Breach which  initiated  the operation of this
Paragraph  shall not be deemed a wavier  by  Lessor  of the  provisions  of this
Paragraph  unless  specifically  so stated in writing b),  Lessor at the time of
such acceptance.

         13.4 Late  Charges,  Lessee  hereby  acknowledges  that late payment by
Lessee to Lessor of rent and other sums due hereunder will cause Lessor to incur
costs  not  contemplated  by this  Lease,  the  exact  amount  of which  will be
extremely  difficult to ascertain.  Such costs include,  but are not limited to,
processing  and accounting  charges,  and late charges which may be imposed upon
Lessor  by terms of any  ground  lease,  mortgage  or trust  deed  covering  [he
Premises.  Accordingly,  if any  installment  of rent or any  other sum due from
Lessee shall not be received by Lessor or Lessor's  designee on the first day of
each month then, without any requirement for notice to Lessee.  Lessee shall pay
to Lessor a late charge equal to six percent (6%) of such  overdue  amount.  The
parties  hereby  agree that such late charge  represents  a fair and  reasonable
estimate  of the costs  Lessor  will incur by reason of late  payment by Lessee.
Acceptance  of such late charge by Lessor shall in no event  constitute a waiver
of Lessee's  Default or Breach with respect to such overdue amount,  not prevent
Lessor from exercising any of the other rights and remedies  granted  hereunder,
In the event that a late charge is payable hereunder,  whether or not collected,
for  three (3)  consecutive  installments  of Base  Rent,  then  notwithstanding
Paragraph 4.1 or any other  provision of this Lease to the  contrary,  Base Rent
shall, at Lessor's option, become due and payable quarterly in advance.

         13.5  Breach by  Lessor.  Lessor  shall not be deemed in breach of this
Lease unless  Lessor fails  within a  reasonable  time to perform an  obligation
required to be  performed  by Lessor.  For  purposes of this  Paragraph  13.3, a
reasonable time shall in no event be less than thirty (30) days after receipt by
Lessor,  and by the  holders  of any  ground  lease,  mortgage  or deed of trust
covering the Premises whose name and address shall have been famished  Lessee in
writing for such purpose,  of written notice specifying  wherein such obligation
of Lessor  has not been  performed:  provided,  however,  that if the  nature of
Lessor's  obligation  is such that more than  thirty (30) days after such notice
are reasonably required for its performance,  then Lessor shall not be in breach
of this Lease if performance is commenced within such thirty (30) day period and
thereafter  diligently pursued to completion.  If Lessor fails to take action to
correct the breach within thirty (30) days, then Lessee shall have the option to
terminate the lease or correct the breach at Landlord's expense.  The expiration
or  termination  of this Lease by Lessee shall not relieve Lessor from liability
under any indemnity provision of this Lease as to matters occurring or occurring
during the term hereof.

14.      Condemnation.  If the  Premises or any portion  thereof are taken under
the power of eminent  domain or sold under the  threat of the  exercise  of said
power  (all of  which  are  herein  called  "condemnation"),  this  Lease  shall
terminate as to the part so taken as of the date the condemning  authority takes
title or possession,  whichever first occurs.  If more than ten percent (10%) of
the floor area of the Premises,  or more than  twenty-five  percent (25%) of the
land area not occupied by any building, is taken by condemnation, Lessee may, at
Lessee's  option,  to be exercised in writing  within ten (10) days after Lessor
shall have given  Lessee,  written  notice of such  taking (or in the absence of
such notice,  within thirty (30) days after the condemning  authority shall have
taken possession)  terminate this Lease as of the date the condemning  authority
takes such  possession.  If Lessee does not  terminate  this Lease in accordance
with the  foregoing,  this Lease shall remain in full force and effect as to the
portion of the Premises remaining, except that the Base Rent shall be reduced in
the same  proportion as the rentable  floor area of the Premises  taken bears to
the total  rentable  floor  area of the  building  located on the  Premises.  No
reduction of Base Rent shall occur if the only portion of the Premises  taken is
land on which there is no building.  Any award for the taking of all or any part
of the  Premises  under the power of eminent  domain or any  payment  made under
threat of the  exercise of such power shall be the  property of Lessor,  whether
such  award  shall  be made as  compensation  for  diminution  in  value  of the
leasehold  or for the  taking of the fee,  or as  severance  damages;  provided,
however,  that Lessee shall he entitled to any compensation,  separately awarded
to Lessee  for  Lessee's  relocation  expenses  and/or  loss of  Lessee's  Trade
Fixtures  and/or  Utility  Installations.  In the event  that this  Lease is not
terminated by reason of such condemnation, Lessor shall to the extent of its net
severance damages received, over and above the legal and other expenses incurred
by Lessor in the condemnation  matter,  repair any damage to the Premises caused
by such  condemnation,  except to the extent  that  Lessee  has been  reimbursed
therefor
<PAGE>
by the condemning authority.  Lessee shall be responsible for the payment of any
amount in excess of such net severance damages required to complete such repair.

15.      Broker's Fee.

         15.1 The Brokers named in Paragraph  1.10 are the  procuring  causes of
this Lease.

         15.2 Upon execution of this Lease by both Parties,  Lessor shall pay to
said Brokers jointly,  or in such separate shares as they may mutually designate
in writing,  a fee as set forth in a separate written  agreement  between Lessor
and said Brokers (or in the event there is no separate written agreement between
Lessor and said Brokers,  the sum of (by separate agree.) for brokerage services
rendered by said Brokers to Lessor in this transaction.

         15.3 Unless Lessor and Brokers have otherwise agreed in writing, Lessor
further agrees that: (a) if Lessee exercises any Option (as defined in Paragraph
39. 1) or any Option subsequently  granted which is substantially  similar to an
Option granted to Lessee in this Lease,  or lb) if Lessee acquires any rights to
the Premises or other premises  described in this Lease which are  substantially
similar to what  Lessee  would have  acquired  had an Option  herein  granted to
Lessee been  exercised,  or (c) if Lessee remains in possession of the Premises,
with the  consent of Lessor,  after (he  expiration  of term of this Lease after
having  failed to exercise an Option,  or (d) if said Brokers are the  procuring
cause of another  lease or sale entered into between the Parties  pertaining  to
the Premises  and/or any adjacent  property in which Lessor has an interest,  or
(e) if  Base  Rent  is  increased,  whether  by  agreement  or  operation  of an
escalation clause herein, then as to any of said transactions,  Lessor shall pay
said Brokers a fee in accordance  with the schedule of said Brokers in effect at
the time of the execution of this Lease.

         15.4 Any  buyer or  transferee  of  Lessor's  interest  in this  Lease,
whether such transfer is by agreement or by operation of law, shall be deemed to
have assumed Lessor's obligation under this Paragraph 15. Each Broker shall be a
third party  beneficiary of the provisions of this Paragraph 15 to the extent of
its  interest in any  commission  arising  from this Lease and may enforce  that
right directly against Lessor and its successors.

         15.5 Lessee and Lessor each  represent and warrant to the other that it
has had no dealings  with any  person,  firm,  broker or tender  (other than the
Brokers,  if any named in Paragraph 1. 10) in connection with the negotiation of
this Lease and/or the consummation of the transaction  contemplated  hereby, and
that no broker or other person, firm, or entity other than said named Brokers is
entitled to any commission or Finder's fee in connection with said  transaction.
Lessee and Lessor do each hereby agree to  indemnify,  protect,  defend and hold
the other harmless from and against  liability for compensation or charges which
may be claimed by any such  unnamed  broker,  finder or other  similar  party by
reason of any  dealings  or actions of the  indemnifying  Party,  including  any
costs, expenses, attorneys' fees reasonably incurred with respect thereto.

         15.6  Lessor  and  Lessee  hereby  consent  to and  approve  all agency
relationships, including any dual agencies, indicated in Paragraph 1.10.

16.      Tenancy Statement.

         16.1 Each Party (as "Responding Party') shall within ten (10) days from
the other Party (the "Requesting Party") execute, acknowledge and deliver to the
Requesting Party a statement in writing in form similar to the then most current
'Tenancy  Statement"  form  published  by the  American  Industrial  Real Estate
Association , plus such additional  information,  confirmation and/or statements
as may be reasonably requested by the Requesting Party.

         16.2 If Lessor desire to finance,  refinance,  or sell the Premise, any
part thereof,  or the building of which the Premises are a part,  Lessee and all
Guarantors  of Lessee's  performance  hereunder  shall  deliver to any potential
lender or purchaser designated by Lessor such financial statements of Lessee and
such  Guarantors as may be  reasonably  required by such lender or purchaser and
are  reasonably  available  by Lessee,  including  but not  limited to  Lessee's
financial statements for the past three (3) years. All such financial statements
shall be received by Lessor and such tender or purchaser in confidence and shall
be used only for the purposes herein set forth.

17.      Lessor's  Liability.  The term  "Lessor" as used herein  shall mean the
owner or owners at the time in question of the fee title to the Premises, or, if
this is a sublease. of the lessee's interest in the prior lease. In the event of
a transfer  of  Lessor's  title or  interest  in the  Premises or in this Lease,
Lessor shall  deliver to the  transferee  or assignee (in cash or by credit) any
unused  Security  Deposit  held  by  Lessor  at the  time of  such  transfer  or
assignment. Except as provided in Paragraph 15, upon such transfer or assignment
and delivery of the Security  Deposit,  as aforesaid,  the prior Lessor shall be
relieved of all liability with respect to the obligations and/or covenants under
this Lease  thereafter to be performed by the Lessor.  Subject to the foregoing,
the  obligations  and/or  covenants  in this Lease to be performed by the Lessor
shall be binding only upon the Lessor as hereinafter defined.

18.      Severability.  The  invalidity  of any  provision  of  this  Lease,  as
determined  by a court of  competent  jurisdiction,  shall in no way  affect the
validity of another provision hereof.

19.      Interest  On  Past-Due  Obligations.  Any  monetary  payment due Lessor
hereunder,  other than late  charges,  not received by Lessor within thirty (30)
days  following  the  date of which it was due,  shall  bear  interest  from the
thirty-first  (31st) day after it was due at the rate of 12% per annum,  but not
exceeding  the  maximum  rate  allowed by law,  in  addition  to the late charge
provided for in Paragraph 13.4.

20.      Time of Essence. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance
of all  obligations to be performed or observed by the Parties under this Lease.
         *and except under the indemnity provisions of this Lease

21.      Rent Defined.  All monetary  obligations  of Lessee to Lessor under the
terms of this Lease are deemed to be rent.

22.      No Prior or Other Agreements;  Broker  Disclaimer.  This Lease contains
all agreements  between the Parties with respect to any matter mentioned herein,
and no other  prior  or  contemporaneous  agreement  or  understanding  shall be
effective. Lessor and Lessee each represents and warrants to the Brokers that is
has made, and is relying solely upon, its owner  investigation as to the nature,
quality, character and financial responsibility of the other Party to this Lease
and as to the nature,  quality and  character of the  Premises.  Brokers have no
responsibility  with  respect  thereto or with  respect to any default or breach
hereof by either Party.

23.      Notices.

         23.1 All  notices  required  or  permitted  by this  Lease  shall be in
writing  and may be  delivered  in person  (by hand or by  messenger  or courier
service) or may be sent by certified or registered  mail or U.S.  Postal Service
Express Mail. with postage prepaid, return receipt requested and shall be deemed
sufficiently  given if served in a manner  specified in this  Paragraph  21. The
addressees  noted  adjacent  to Party's  signature  on this Lease  shall be that
Party's address for delivery or mailing of notice purposes.  Either Party may by
written  notice to the other  specify a different  address for notice  purposes,
except that upon Lessee's taking possession of the Premises, tile Premises shall
constitute  Lessee's address for the purpose of mailing or delivering notices to
Lessee.  Reasonably a copy of all notices  required or permitted to lie given to
Lessor  hereunder shall be concurrently  transmitted to such party or parties at
such  Addresses as Lessor may from time to time  hereafter  designate by written
notice to Lessee.

         23.2 Any notice sent by registered or certified  mail,  return  receipt
requested,  shall be deemed  given on the date of delivery  shown on the receipt
card,  Notices  delivered by United State Express Mail or overnight courier that
guarantees next day delivery shall be deemed given  twenty-four (24) hours after
delivery of the same to the United States Postal Service or courier.

24.      Waivers.  No waiver by either Lessor or Lessee of the Default or Breach
of any term, covenant or condition hereto by Lessor or Lessee, shall be deemed a
waiver of any other term,  covenant or condition  hereof,  or of any  subsequent
Default or Breach by Lessee or Lessor of the same or of any other term, covenant
or condition  hereof.  Lessor's or Lessee's  consent to, or approval of, any act
shall not be deemed to render  unnecessary  the obtaining of such consent to, or
approval  of, any  subsequent  or similar act or be construed as the basis of an
estoppel to enforce the  provision or provisions  of this Lease  requiring  such
consent.  Regardless of Lessor's knowledge of a Default or Breach at the time of
accepting  rent,  the  acceptance of rent by Lessor shall not be a waiver of any
preceding  Default or Breach by Lessee of any provision  hereof,  other than the
failure of Lessee to pay the  particular  rent so  accepted.  Any payment  given
Lessor or Lessee by the other  party may be  accepted  on  account  of moneys or
damages due,
<PAGE>
notwithstanding any qualifying  statements or conditions made by the other party
in connection  therewith,  which such statement and/or conditions shall be of no
force or effect whatsoever unless specifically agreed to in writing by the other
party at or before the time of deposit such payment.

25.      Recording.  Either Lessor or Lessee  shall,  upon request of the other,
execute,  acknowledge  and deliver to the other a short form  memorandum of this
Lease  for  recording  purposes.  The  party  requesting  recordation  shall  be
responsible for payment of any fees or taxes applicable thereto.

26.      No Right To holdover.  Lessee has no right to retain  possession of the
Premises or any part thereof  beyond the  expiration or earlier  termination  of
this Lease.

27.      Cumulative  Remedies.  No remedy or election  hereunder shall be deemed
exclusive but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies at
law or in equity.

28.      Covenants and  Conditions.  All provisions of this Lease to be observed
or performed by Lessee are both covenants and conditions.

29. Binding  Effect;  Choice of Law.  This Lease shall be binding  upon the
parties, their personal  representatives,  successor and assigns and be governed
by the Laws of the State in which  the  Premises  are  located.  Any  litigation
between the Parties  hereto  concerning  this Lease  shall be  initiated  in the
county in which the Premises are located.

30.      Subordination; Attornment; Non-Disturbance.

         30.1  Subordination.  This Lease and any Option granted hereby shall be
subject and subordinate to any ground lease,  mortgage,  deed of trust, or other
hypothecation  or security  device  (collectively,  "Security  Device"),  now or
hereafter  placed by Lessor upon the real  property of which the  Premises are a
part, to any and all advances made on the security thereof, and to all renewals,
modifications,  consolidations,  replacements  and  extensions  thereof.  Lessee
agrees that the lenders  holding any such  Security  Device  shall have no duty,
liability or obligation to perform any of the  obligations  of Lessor under this
Lease,  but that in the  event of  Lessor's  default  with  respect  to any such
obligation,  Lessee  will  give any  Lender  whose  name and  address  have been
furnished  Lessee in writing for such  purpose  notice of  Lessor's  default and
allow such Lender thirty (30) days following  receipt of such notice the cure of
said default before invoking any remedies Lessee may have by reason thereof.  If
any Lender  shall  elect to have this Lease  and/or  any Option  granted  hereby
superior  to the lien of its  Security  Device  and shall  give  written  notice
thereof to Lessee,  this Lease and such  Options  shall be deemed  prior to such
Security  Device,  notwithstanding  the relative dates of the  documentation  or
recordation thereof.

         30.2 Attornment.  Subject to the non-disturbance provision of Paragraph
30.3,  Lessee  agrees to attorn  to a Lender  or any  other  party who  acquires
ownership of the Premises by reason of a foreclosure of a Security  Device,  and
that in the event of such  foreclosure,  such new owner shall not: (i) be liable
for any act or omission of any prior  lessor  with  respect to events  occurring
prior to  acquisition  of ownership,  (ii) be subject to any offsets or defenses
which  Lessee  might  have  against  any  prior  lessor,  or  (iii)  be bound by
prepayment of more than one month's rent.

         30.3 Non-Disturbance.  With respect to Security Devices entered into by
Lessor after the execution of this Lease,  Lessee's  subordination of this Lease
shall be subject to receiving assurance (a "Non-disturbance Agreement") from the
Lender that Lessee's possession and this Lease,  including any options to extend
the term hereof, will not be disturbed so long as Lessee is not in Breach hereof
and attorn to the record  owner of the  Premises.  Any  successor to the Lessor,
whether by voluntary or involuntary means is bound to the terms of the lease.

         30.4  Self-Executing.  The  agreements  contained in this  Paragraph 30
shall be effective  without the  execution of any further  documents;  provided,
however, that, upon written request from Lessor or a Lender in connection with a
sale, Financing or refinancing of the Premises,  Lessee and Lessor shall execute
such further writings as may be reasonably  required to separately  document any
such  subordination  or  non-subordination,  attornment  and/or  non-disturbance
agreement as provided herein.

31.      Attorney's  Fees. If any Party or Broker brings an action or proceeding
to enforce the terms hereof or declare rights  hereunder,  the Prevailing  Party
(as  hereafter  defined)  or Broker in Any such  proceeding,  action,  or appeal
thereon,  shall he  entitled to  reasonable  attorney's  fees.  Such fees may be
awarded in the same suit or  recovered in a separate  suit,  whether or not such
action or  proceeding is pursued to decision or judgment.  The term  "Prevailing
Party" shall include,  without  limitation,  a Party or Broker who substantially
obtains or defeats the relief sought, as the case may be, whether by compromise,
settlement,  judgment,  or the  abandonment  by the other Party or Broker of its
claim or defense.  The  attorney's fee award shall not be computed in accordance
with.any  court  fee  schedule,  but shall be such as to  full),  reimburse  all
attorney's  fees  reasonably  incurred.  Lessor shall be entitled to  attorney's
fees,  costs and expenses  incurred in the  preparation and service of notice of
Default and consultations in connection therewith, whether or not a legal action
is subsequently commenced in connection with such Default or resulting Breach.

32.      Lessor's Access; Showing Premises;  Repairs. Lessor and Lessor's agents
shall  have  the  right  to  enter  the  Premises  at any  time,  in the case of
emergency,  and otherwise at  reasonable  times upon  reasonable  notice for the
purpose of showing the same to prospective purchasers,  lenders, or lessees, and
making such alterations,  repairs,  improvements or additions to the Premises or
to the building of they are a part,  as Lessor may  reasonably  deem  necessary.
Lessor may at any time place on or about the  Premises or building  any ordinary
"For Sale" signs and Lessor may at any time  during the last one hundred  twenty
(120) days of the term hereof place on or about the  Premises any ordinary  "For
Lease" signs.  All such activities of Lessor shall be without  abatement of rent
or liability to Lessee.

33.      Auctions. Lessee shall not conduct, nor permit to be conducted,  either
voluntarily,  any  auction  upon the  Premises  without  first  having  obtained
Lessor's prior written consent. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this
Lease,  Lessor shall not be obligated to exercise any standard of reasonableness
in determining whether to grant such consent.

34.      Signs. Lessee shall not place any signs upon the Premises,  except that
Lessee may, with Lessor's prior written  consent,  install (but not on the roof)
such signs as are reasonably  required to advertise  Lessee's own business.  The
installation  of any sign on the  Premises by or for Lessee  shall be subject to
the  provisions of Paragraph 7  (Maintenance,  Repairs,  Utility  Installations,
Trade Fixtures and Alterations). The Lessor is prohibited from erecting, placing
or allowing signs on the Premises other than those referred to in Paragraph 32.

35.      Termination; Merger. Unless specifically stated otherwise in writing by
Lessor,  the  voluntary or other  surrender of this Lease by Lessee,  the mutual
termination or cancellation hereof, or a termination hereof by Lessor for Breach
by Lessee,  shall  automatically  terminate any sublease or lesser estate in the
Premises,  provided,  however, Lessor shall, in the event of any such surrender,
termination or  cancellation,  have the option to continue any one or all of any
existing subtenancies.

36.      Consents.

         (a) Except for Paragraph 33 hereof (Auctions) or as otherwise  provided
herein,  wherever  in this Lease the consent of a Party is required to an act by
or for the other  Party,  such  consent  shall not be  unreasonably  withheld or
delayed.  Lessor's  actual  reasonable  costs and  expenses  (including  but not
limited to  architects',  attorneys',  engineers'  or other  consultants'  fees)
incurred in the  consideration  of, or response  to, a request by Lessee for any
Lessor  consent  pertaining  to this Lease or the  Premises,  including  but not
limited to consents to an  assignment,  a subletting or the presence or use of a
Hazardous Substance, practice or storage tank, shall be paid by Lessee to Lessor
upon receipt of an invoice and  supporting  documentation  therefor.  Subject to
Paragraph  12.2(e)  (applicable to assignment or  subletting),  Lessor may, as a
condition to considering any such request by Lessee, require that Lessee deposit
with Lessor an amount of money ( in addition to the Security  Deposit held under
Paragraph 5), reasonably  calculated by Lessor to represent the cost Lessor will
incur in considering  and responding to Lessee's  re-quest.  Except as otherwise
provided, any unused portion of said deposit shall be refunded to Lessee without
interest. Lessor's consent to any act, assignment of this Lease or subletting of
the Premises by Lessee shall not constitute an  acknowledgement  that no Default
or Breach by Lessee of this Lease  exists,  nor shall  such  consent be deemed a
waiver of any then  existing  Default  or  Breach,  except  as may be  otherwise
specifically stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such consent.
<PAGE>
         (b) All  conditions  to Lessor's  consent  authorized by this Lease are
acknowledged  by Lessee as being  reasonable.  The failure to specify herein any
particular  condition to Lessor's  consent shall not preclude the  imposition by
Lessor at the time of consent of such  further or other  conditions  as are then
reasonable  with reference to the  particular  matter for which consent is being
given.

37.      Guarantor.

         37.1 If there are to be any  Guarantors  of this  Lease  per  Paragraph
1.11,  the form of the guaranty to be executed by each such  Guarantor  shall be
the form  most  recently  published  by the  American  industrial  Re-a]  Estate
Association  and each said Guarantor  shall have the same  obligations as Lessee
under this Lease,  including  but not limited to the  obligation  to provide the
Tenancy Statement and information called for by Paragraph 16.

         37.2 It shall  constitute  a Default of the Lessee  under this Lease of
any such Guarantor fails or refuses,  upon reasonable request by Lessor to give:
(a)  evidence of the due  execution  of the  guaranty  called for by this Lease,
including  the  authority  of  the  Guarantor  (and  of  the  party  signing  on
Guarantor's behalf to obligate such Guarantor on said guaranty, and including in
the case of a corporate Guarantor, a certified copy of a resolution of its board
of  directors  authorizing  the  making  of  such  guaranty,   together  with  a
certificate  of incumbency  showing the  signature of the persons  authorized to
sign on its behalf,  (b) current  financial  statements of Guarantor as may from
time to time be requested  by Lessor,  (c) a Tenancy  Statement,  or (d) written
confirmation that the guaranty is still in effect.

38.      Quiet  Possession.  Upon payment by Lessee of the rent for the Premises
and the observance and  performance  of all of the  covenants,  conditions,  and
provisions  on Lessee's  part to be  observed  and  performed  under this Lease,
Lessee  shall have quiet  possession  of the Premises for the entire term hereof
subject to all of the provisions of this Lease.

39.      Options.

         39.1 Definition. As used in this Paragraph 39 the word "Option" has the
following  meaning:  (a) the right to extend  the term of this Lease or to renew
this Lease or to extend or renew any lease that Lessee has on other  property of
Lessor;  (b) the right of first  refusal to lease the  Premises  or the right of
first offer to lease the  Premises or the right of first  refusal to lease other
property  of Lessor  or the  right of first  offer to lease  other  property  of
Lessor; (c) the right to purchase the Premises, or the right of first refusal to
purchase the Premises,  or the right of first offer to purchase the Premises, or
the right to purchase other property of Lessor, or the right of First refusal to
purchase other property of Lessor, or the right of first offer to purchase other
property of Lessor.

         39.2 Options Personal to Original Lessee. Each Option granted to Lessee
in this Lease is personal to the original Lessee named in Paragraph 1. I hereof,
and cannot be voluntarily or  involuntarily  assigned or exercised by any person
or entity other than said original  Lessee while the original  Lessee is in hill
and actual  possession  of the Premises and without the  intention of thereafter
assigning or subletting.  The Options,  if any, herein granted to Lessee are not
assignable,  either as a part of an  assignment  of this Lease or  separately or
apart  therefrom,  and no Option may be separated from this Lease in any manner,
by reservation or otherwise.

         39.3  Multiple  Options.  In the event  that  Lessee  has any  multiple
Options to extend or renew this Lease, a later option cannot be exercised unless
the prior Options to extend or renew this Lease have been validly exercised.

         39.4 Effect of Default on Options.

                  (a)  Lessee  shall  have  no  right  to  exercise  an  Option,
notwithstanding  any  provision  in the grant of Option  to tile  contrary;  (i)
during the  period  commencing  with (he  giving of any notice of Default  under
Paragraph 13.1 and continuing until the noticed Default is cured, or (ii) during
the period of time any  monetary  obligation  due Lessor  from  Lessee is unpaid
(without regard to whether notice thereof is given Lessee),  or (iii) during the
time  Lessee is in  material  Breach of this  Lease,  or (iv) in the event  that
Lessor has given to Lessee three (3) or more notices of Default under  Paragraph
1 3. 1,  whether or not the  Defaults  are cured,  during the twelve (I 2) month
period immediately preceding the exercise of the Option.

                  (b) The period of time within which an Option may be exercised
Shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Lessee's inability to exercise an
Option because of the provisions of Paragraph 39.4(a).

                  (c) All  rights of Lessee  under the  provisions  of an Option
shall terminate and be of no further force or effect,  notwithstanding  Lessee's
due and timely  exercise of the Option,  if, after such  exercise and during the
term of this Lease (i) Lessee  fails to pay to Lessor a monetary  obligation  of
Lessee for a period of thirty  (30) days after such  obligation  becomes due and
after  Lessor gives  notice  thereof to Lessee),  or (ii) Lessor gives to Lessee
three or more notices of Default  under  Paragraph  13.1 during any twelve month
period,  whether or not the  Defaults  are cured,  or (iii) if Lessee  commits a
material Breach of this Lease.

40.      Multiple  Buildings.  If the  Premises are part of a group of buildings
controlled by Lessor,  Lessee agrees that it will abide by, keep and observe all
reasonable rules and regulations which Lessor may make from time to time for the
management,  safety,  care,  and  cleanliness  of' the grounds,  the parking and
unloading of vehicles  and the  preservation  of good order,  as well as for the
convenience  of other  occupants  or tenants of such other  buildings  and their
invitees, and that Lessee will pay its fair share of common expenses incurred in
connection therewith.

41.      Security Measures.  Lessee hereby  acknowledges that the rental payable
to Lessor hereunder does not include (he cost of guard service or other security
measures,  and that Lessor shall have no obligation  whatsoever to provide same.
Lessee assumes all  responsibility  for the protection of the Premises,  Lessee,
its agents and invitees and their property from the acts of third parties.

42.      Reservations.  Lessor reserves to itself the right,  from time to time,
to grant, without the consent or joinder of Lessee, such easements,  rights, and
dedications that Lessor deems necessary,  and to cause the recordation of parcel
maps and restrictions,  so long as such easements, rights, dedications, maps and
restrictions  do not  interfere  with the use of the Premises by Lessee.  Lessee
agrees to sign any documents  reasonably  requested by Lessor top effectuate any
such easement rights, dedication, map or restrictions.

43.      Performance  Under Protest.  If at any time a dispute shall arise as to
any  amount  or sum of money  to be paid by one  Party to the  other  under  the
provisions  hereof,  the Party  against whom the  obligation to pay the money is
asserted  shall  survive  the right to make  payment  "under  protest"  and such
payment shall not be regarded as a voluntary payment and there shall survive the
right on the part of said Party to  institute  suit for recovery of such sum. If
it shall be  adjudged  that  there was no legal  obligation  on the part of said
Party to pay such sum or any part  thereof,  said  Party  shall be  entitled  to
recover such sum or so much thereof as it was not legally  required to pay under
the provisions of this Lease.

44.      Authority.  If either Party hereto is a corporation,  trust, or general
or limited  partnership,  each individual executing this Lease on behalf of such
entity  represents and warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute and
deliver  this  Lease  on its  behalf.  If  Lessee  is a  corporation,  trust  or
partnership,  Lessee  shall,  within  thirty (30) days after  request by Lessor,
deliver to Lessor evidence satisfactory to Lessor of such authority.

45.      Conflict. Any conflict between the printed provisions of this Lease and
the typewritten or handwritten provisions shall be controlled by the typewritten
or handwritten provisions,

46.      Offer.  Preparation  of this  Lease by  Lessor  or  Lessor's  agent and
submission  of same to Lessee  shall not be deemed an offer to lease to  Lessee.
This Lease is not intended to be binding until executed by all Parties hereto.

47.      Amendments.  This Lease may be modified only in writing,  signed by the
parties in interest  at the time of the  modification.  The parties  shall amend
this Lease from time to time to reflect any adjustment that are made to the Base
Rent or other rent payable under this Lease.  As long as they do not  materially
change Lessee's obligations
<PAGE>
or rights hereunder or Lessee's use of the Premises,  Lessee agrees to make such
reasonable  non-monetary  modifications  to  this  Lease  as may  be  reasonably
required  by an  institutional,  insurance  company,  or pension  plan Lender in
connection  with  (lie  obtaining  of normal  financing  or  refinancing  of the
property of which the Premises are a part.

48.      Multiple  Parties.  Except as otherwise  expressly  provided herein, if
more than one person or entity is named herein as either  Lessor or Lessee,  the
obligations   of  such   multiple   parties  shall  be  the  joint  and  several
responsibility of all persons or entities named herein as such Lessor or Lessee.

         LESSOR AND LESSEE HAVE  CAREFULLY READ AND REVIEWED THIS LEASE AND EACH
TERM AND  PROVISION  CONTAINED  HEREIN,  AND BY THE EXECUTION OF THIS LEASE SHOW
THEIR INFORMED AND VOLUNTARY CONSENT THERETO.  THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE THAT, AT
THE TIME  THIS  LEASE IS  EXECUTED,  THE TERMS OF THIS  LEASE  ARE  COMMERCIALLY
REASONABLE  AND  EFFECTUATE  THE  INTENT AND  PURPOSE OF LESSOR AND LESSEE  WITH
RESPECT TO THE PREMISES.

         IF THIS LEASE HAS BEEN FILLED IN, IT HAS BEEN  PREPARED FOR  SUBMISSION
TO YOUR  ATTORNEY  FOR HIS  APPROVAL.  FURTHER,  EXPERTS  SHOULD BE CONSULTED TO
EVALUATE THE CONDITION OF THE PROPERTY AS TO THE POSSIBLE  PRESENCE OF ASBESTOS,
STORAGE TANKS OR HAZARDOUS  SUBSTANCES.  NO  REPRESENTATION OR RECOMMENDATION IS
MADE BY THE AMERICAN  INDUSTRIAL  REAL ESTATE  ASSOCIATION OR BY THE REAL ESTATE
BROKER(S)  OR THEIR  AGENTS  OR  EMPLOYEES  AS TO THE LEGAL  SUFFICIENCY,  LEGAL
EFFECT,  OR TAX  CONSEQUENCES  OF THIS  LEASE  OR THE  TRANSACTION  TO  WHICH IT
RELATES.  THE PARTIES  SHALL RELY SOLELY UPON THE ADVICE OF THEIR OWN COUNSEL AS
TO THE LEGAL AND TAX  CONSEQUENCES  OF THIS LEASE.  IF THE  SUBJECT  PROPERTY IS
LOCATED IN A STATE OTHER THAN  CALIFORNIA,  AN ATTORNEY FROM THE STATE WHERE THE
PROPERTY IS LOCATED SHOULD BE CONSULTED.

The parties hereto have executed this Lease at the place oil the dates specified
above to their respective signatures.

Executed at______________________________
on_______________________________________

by LESSOR:

By:  James M. Chamberlain
Name Printed: James M. Chamberlain
Title:___________________________________
Address:_________________________________
Tel. No._________________________________
Fax No.__________________________________


Executed at 2400 S. MicroAge Way
on 5/12/95

by LESSEE:

By:  Alan R. Lyons
Name Printed:  Alan R. Lyons
Title: V.P., Administration
Address: 2400 S. MicroAge Way, Tempe, AZ 85282
Tel.  No. 602-968-3168
Fax No. 602-929-2444


ADDENDUM TO STANDARD INDUSTRIAL LEASE/COMMERCIAL
SINGLE-TENANT LEASE - NET

49.      PREMISES.

The Premises  shall include the real property  described in Exhibit "A" attached
hereto,  containing  approximately  369,559 square feet, together with an office
building (the "Building) to be erected thereon by Lessor.  The Building shall be
erected in accordance with the plans and specifications  prepared  substantially
in conformity with the site plan,  floor plan, and List of Components in Exhibit
"B"  attached  hereto  (the  "Approved  Plans and  Specifications")  (subject to
possible  minor  deviations  therefrom),  as they may be modified as hereinafter
provided.

50.      TERM.

The term of this  Lease  (the  "Term")  shall be for ten (10)  years  (plus  the
partial  month at the beginning of the Term if the Term  Commencement  Date is a
day other than the first day of a calendar  month),  unless this Lease is sooner
terminated  as  hereinafter  provided.  The Term shall  commence on the date the
Improvements  are deemed  completed in accordance  with  Paragraph 52 (the "Term
Commencement Date").  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  if Lessee takes possession
of or  begins  to use  the  Premises  or any  part  thereof  prior  to the  Term
Commencement Date (as defined herein),  the Term of this Lease shall commence on
the date such  possession  or use  begins.  Upon the  Commencement  of the Term,
Lessor and  Lessee  shall  execute an  amendment  to this Lease  specifying  the
commencement date and expiration date of the Term.

51.      CONSTRUCTION OF THE IMPROVEMENTS:

As soon as practicably possible, Lessor shall apply for all building permits and
other  governmental   permits  and  approvals  necessary  for  the  improvements
described  in  the  Approved  Plans  and  Specifications  (the  "Improvements").
Thereafter,  Lessor  at its  sole  expense  shall  proceed  diligently  with the
construction  and completion of the Improvements in accordance with the Approved
Plans and Specifications and all applicable  governmental  permits and approvals
and all applicable laws, ordinances,  regulations and court orders. Lessor shall
complete the  Improvements  and they shall be ready for  occupancy by Lessee not
later than November 1, 1995, as such date may be extended by Force Majeure.  The
term "Force  Majeure' as used herein shall include,  but not be limited to, acts
of God,  acts of any  civil or  military  authority,  acts of war or the  public
enemy,  legislation,  acts or orders of any  courts,  acts or failures to act of
regulatory agencies or administrative bodies having jurisdiction with respect to
the performance of this Agreement,  insurrections,  riots, strikes,  boycotts or
other labor  disturbances,  breakdown  of  necessary  equipment  or  facilities,
derailments,  fire, flood,  windstorm,  explosion,  delay or inability to obtain
water, power, fuel or other materials, any present or future laws or regulations
enacted. adopted, instituted or sponsored by any government or governmental
<PAGE>
corporation,  agency or bureau and any other  cause not  within  the  reasonable
control of the party  claiming  such Force  Majeure and which by the exercise of
due diligence  could not reasonably  have been avoided by such party:  provided,
however, that nothing herein shall require any party to settle any labor dispute
or strike in which it may be involved.  Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing of
any Force Majeure event within fifteen (15) days after it occurs.

Lessor hereby agrees to hold Lessee harmless from and against any liens filed in
connection with the Improvements (other than liens caused by Lessee),  including
without  limitation liens filed in connection with any repair or  reconstruction
of the  Premises by Lessor.  Lessor shall  reimburse  Lessee upon demand for any
costs and expenses incurred in connection with any such lien,  including without
limitation attorneys' fees.

52.      COMPLETION AND DELIVERY.

The Improvements shall be deemed completed when:

         (a) All  work of  construction  has  been  substantially  completed  in
accordance with the Approved Plans and  Specifications,  subject to normal minor
so-called  "Punch-list  Items"  (defined below) agreed to after an inspection by
Lessor and Lessee,  with a maximum  aggregate value of $25,000.00,  exclusive of
landscaping, which may be completed after the Commencement Date.

         (b)  The  architect  or  engineer  in  charge  of  construction  of the
Improvements  has  prepared,  certified by his signature and delivered to Lessor
and  Lessee a  written  statement  certifying  that the  Improvements  have been
completed in accordance with the Approved Plans and Specifications,  the working
drawings and any properly authorized  construction  changes,  and certifying the
date of such completion: and

         (c) A temporary or permanent  certificate of occupancy for the Building
has been delivered to Lessee.

Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  if issuance of a  certificate  of occupancy is
delayed by reason of Lessee's  work,  the Term of this Lease shall commence upon
substantial  completion of Lessor's work, as provided in  subparagraphs  (a) and
(b) above,  and the certificate of occupancy  shall be obtained  thereafter upon
completion of Lessee's work.

Lessor shall  diligently  complete any  Punch-List  Items as soon as  reasonably
possible.   "Punch-List   Items,"  as  used   herein,   shall  refer  to  minor,
non-structural  repairs  and/or minor,  non-structural  replacement  of work not
installed  (i) in a  workmanlike  manner  and/or  (ii) in  accordance  with  the
Approved  Plans  and   Specifications.   "Minor,   non-structural   repairs  and
replacements"  mean  repairs and  replacements  that do not  interfere  with the
occupancy  of the  Building and Premises or use of the Building and Premises for
their intended purposes.

If  Lessor's  work  shall not be  completed  within  thirty  (30) days after the
scheduled  completion date of December 1, 1995, as such date may change pursuant
to  Paragraph  51,  53, 54 or  otherwise  herein,  Lessor  shall be subject to a
penalty of $2,000.00 per day for each day of delay. Failure to complete the work
as  aforesaid  shall  not  affect  the  validity  of  this  Lease  nor  Lessee's
obligations  hereunder,  but the Term of this  Lease  shall not  commence  until
Lessor has completed such work except as provided in 3.3 above.

53.      LESSEE'S WORK.

Lessee,  at its own cost and  subject to all of the terms of this  Lease  (other
than the obligation to pay the Net Rent and other charges hereunder prior to the
commencement of the Term),  may perform work in the Building  concurrently  with
Lessor's  work, to fit the Building for Lessee's  occupancy,  provided  Lessee's
work does not  interfere  with  Lessor's  work;  Lessee's  work may be performed
through  Lessor's  contractor  or, if no labor discord would be caused  thereby,
through   Lessee's  own  contractor.   Lessee  shall  not  allow  any  liens  or
encumbrances  of any kind to lie  attached to or placed  upon the  Premises as a
result  of  Lessee's  work  and in the  event  such  liens or  encumbrances  are
discovered,  Lessee  agrees to promptly  satisfy and remove same,  Lessee hereby
agrees to hold Lessor harmless from and against any liens caused by Lessee,  and
Lessee shall reimburse Lessor upon demand for any costs and expenses incurred in
connection with any such lien, including without limitation attorneys' fees. Any
action by  Lessee to take full or  partial  occupancy  to fit the  Building  for
Lessee's  occupancy  pursuant  to  this  Paragraph  53  shall  not  advance  the
Commencement Date from what would otherwise apply pursuant to this lease.

54.      LESSEE REQUESTED CONSTRUCTION CHANGES.

Lessee may, at any time, by a written  request signed by one of Lessee's  Change
Representatives  and delivered or mailed in accordance with this Lease to one of
Lessor's Change Representatives at Lessor's address for notices, make any change
in the work  within  the  general  scope  of  construction  contemplated  by the
Approved Plans and Specifications, including, but not limited to changes:

         (a) in the plans, specifications or working drawings, including without
limitation the Approved Plans and  Specifications;  provided,  however,  that no
such  request  shall  result in any major  structural  change to the Building or
change the  'footprint'  of the Building as depicted in the  Approved  Plans and
Specifications; or

         (b) in the method or manner of performance of the work.

Lessee  requested  construction  changes will be  transmitted  to Lessor only by
means of written requests  ("Construction  Change Requests") given in accordance
with  this  Section.  "Lessee's  Change  Representatives"  will be those two (2)
persons  designated  by  Lessee  to  Lessor  in  writing  who  will be the  only
representatives of Lessee authorized to request construction changes. Until such
designation  is received by Lessor,  Lessor may send  requests for  construction
changes to Lessee's  address for notices without  reference to any Lessee Change
Representative, and Lessee may not make any Construction Change Requests.

Upon receipt of any Construction Change Request issued pursuant to this Section,
Lessor shall immediately proceed in accordance with the directions  contained in
the Requested  Construction  Change Request.  Lessor shall have the right to (i)
require  Lessee to pay, in addition to any other  payments due under this lease,
all of the increase in  construction  costs caused by the change as such changes
are  completed or (ii)  increase the annual rent payable under this Lease by One
Hundred  Ten and No/100  Dollars  ($110.00)  for every One  Thousand  and No/100
Dollars  ($1,000.00)  of increases in  construction  costs caused by the change;
provided, however, that such costs payable by Lessee for the Construction Change
Request or as  increased  rent shall be limited to Lessor's  actual,  reasonable
direct  costs  for labor  and  materials  (excluding  any and all  overhead  and
administration  costs and any profit  margin in excess of ten  percent  (10%) of
such direct costs).

If Lessee  shall have  requested  a  construction  change  and Lessor  elects to
increase  the  annual  rent,  then  within  thirty  (30)  days  after  the  Term
Commencement  Date,  Lessor and Lessee shall  execute an amendment to this lease
setting  forth the rent payable under this Lease,  as adjusted  pursuant to this
Section.  Lessee  shall not be  required  to pay  Lessor any  increases  in rent
pursuant  to this  Section  until such an  amendment  has been  executed  or any
arbitration  of the  increase  in rent  has been  concluded,  but  Lessee  shall
thereupon promptly pay any past due rent to Lessor.

Except as provided in this Section, no order,  statement, or conduct of Lessee's
Change  Representatives,  or of any  manager,  inspector,  engineer,  architect,
employee  representative,  or consultant of Lessee, shall be treated as a change
order under this Section.
<PAGE>
The time period specified above for the completion of the Improvements  shall be
extended by delays caused by Construction Change Requests.

55.      LESSOR REQUESTED CONSTRUCTION CHANGES.

Lessor may, at any time, by a written request  ("Lessor Change  Request") signed
by one of  Lessor's  Change  Representatives  which  expressly  refers  to  this
paragraph  and which is  delivered  or mailed in  accordance  with this Lease to
Lessee's Change  Representatives  at Lessee's  address for notices,  request any
reasonable  change in the work  within  the  general  scope of the  construction
necessary  to  comply  with law,  to obtain  required  governmental  permits  or
approvals, or to complete the Improvements in accordance with the Approved Plans
and Specifications, including changes:

         (a)  in the  plans,  specifications  or  working  drawings,  including,
without  limitation the Approved Plans and  Specifications;  provided,  however,
that no such request shall result in any major structural change to the Building
or change the  "footprint" of the Building as depicted in the Approved Plans and
Specifications; and

         (b) in the  method  or  manner  of  performance  of the work or type of
materials provided,  however that no such change will degrade the quality of the
Building and  provided,  further  that no change in  materials  may be requested
unless the change is necessary  because of any  inability to obtain the material
or the new  materials  is  necessary  to comply  with law or to obtain  required
governments[ permits or approvals.

"Lessor's Change  Representatives"  will be those two (2) persons  designated by
Lessor to  Lessee  in  writing  who will be the only  representatives  of Lessor
Authorized to make Lessor Change Requests. Until such designation is received by
Lessee,  Lessee may send  Construction  Change Requests to Lessor's  address for
notices without  reference to any Lessor Change  Representative,  and Lessor may
not make any Lessor Change Requests.  Lessor Change Requests will be transmitted
to Lessee by means of a written request describing in hill the requested change,
plus the reasons,  effects and results of the change as compared to the original
and/or existing working  drawings or plans  pertaining to the requested  change.
The Lessor Change Request will include drawings, documents,  specifications, and
all pertinent data relating to the requested change.

Upon  receipt of any Lessor  Change  Request,  Lessee  shall  immediately  begin
analysis of the Lessor Change Request.  Lessee will unilaterally have the option
to:

         (a) Accept the Lessor Change Request by issuing a  Construction  Change
Request referencing the specific Lessor Change Request.

         (b) Enter into  fact-finding or negotiations  with Lessor pertaining to
Lessor Change Request.

         (c) Reject the Lessor Change  Request in writing and require the Lessor
to perform the work in accordance with the Approved Plan and  Specifications  at
no delay to Lessee in Building occupancy.

Should  Lessee not act  within ten (10)  business  days after  submittal  of any
Lessor Change Request, the requested change will be considered to be rejected by
Lessee.  Under no  condition  will the Lessor  begin  work on any Lessor  Change
Request until after receipt of a fully executed Construction Change Request from
Lessee.

Except as provided in this Section,  no order,  statement or conduct of Lessor's
Change  Representatives  or of any manager,  inspector,  engineer,  architect or
other  employee  representative,  or  consultant of Lessor shall be treated as a
change request under this Section.

56.      RENTAL ADJUSTMENTS

Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary  contained in the Lease, the Base Rent
commencing  with the 61st month shall be  increased  to 115% of the Base Rent in
the immediately  preceding  month.  For example,  if there are no changes in the
Base Rent  pursuant to Paragraph 54 or otherwise  such that the Base Rent in the
60th months is $58,580.00, the Base Rent in the 61st month shall be increased to
$67,367.00 plus applicable sales tax.

57.      TENANT IMPROVEMENTS.

The Lessor  agrees to provide  $500,000.00  (inclusive of profit and overhead of
10% and sales tax) as an estimated budget for proposed tenant  improvements.  In
the event that Lessee's tenant  improvements are less than  $500,000.00,  Lessee
shall  be  entitled  to a  reduction  in  rent  equal  to 10% per  annum  of the
difference between the actual cost and this allowance.

58.      MOVING ALLOWANCE.

Notwithstanding  the  tenant  improvement  allowance,  Lessor  agrees to provide
Lessee  with a  $100,000  credit  for  costs  associated  with  moving  into the
building.  Such amount to be credited  against  the Base Rent  beginning  in the
first month and continuing until such credit has been fully used.

59.      BUILDING SIGNAGE.

Lessee shall have the right to provide and pay for its own sign on the building,
subject to City of Tempe sign code regulations.

60.      ADDITIONAL, MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS:

Lessee shall maintain a contract with a fire sprinkler  maintenance company that
provides  quarterly  inspections of the fire sprinklers on the Premises.  Lessee
shall  provide a copy of the  contract  and copies of the  quarterly  inspection
reports to Lessor.

This  Building  will have a limited  roof  warranty  of ten (10)  years from the
roofing  material  supplier.  Lessee  shall  maintain  a  contract  with  a roof
maintenance company that provides for two (2) yearly inspections, the sealing of
all roof protrusions,  and any necessary  repairs,  including without limitation
caulking or adhesive  work.  Lessee  shall  provide  copies of the  contract and
copies of all inspection reports to Lessor.

Lessee shall keep all roof drains and scuppers free of debris and shall promptly
notify  the  roof  warranty  company  and/or  roof  maintenance  company  of all
additional protrusions made by Lessee.

61.      PROPERTY TAXES:

Lessee will receive a bill in October of each year for the year's property taxes
to be paid to Lessor in two  installments.  This bill will include  sales tax on
the property taxes as required by the State and City.

Lessor and/or Lessee shall have (he option to appeal tax  valuations  each year.
In the event that the Full Cash Value is reduced by the tax appeal  service  for
the next year, Lessee
<PAGE>
shall reimburse  Lessor the fee paid to the tax service tip to the amount of the
savings.

EXAMPLE:

Property tax before appeal:   $10,000.00 
Property tax after appeal:    $ 9,000.00 
                              ---------- 
Tax savings:                  $ 1,000.00 
Tax service fee:              $   350.00 
                              ---------- 
Total tax savings for Lessee: $   650.00

62. BROKERS' COMMISSIONS.

Section 15 of the Lease (including  Paragraphs 15.1 through 15.6,  inclusive) is
hereby stricken in its entirety.  Lessor agrees to pay a brokers'  commission to
CB Commercial, Kit Tiedemann (the "Broker") for brokerage services in connection
with this Lease.  Lessor and Lessee hereby  represent and warrant to one another
that,  except for the Broker named  above,  neither has dealt with any person in
such a manner  to give  rise to a valid  claim  for a  brokerage  commission  in
connection  with this  Lease.  If any person  other than the Broker  named above
shall assert a claim to a fee,  commission or other  compensation  on account of
alleged employment as a broker,  finder, or intermediary in connection with this
transaction,  the party hereto under whom the broker, finder, or intermediary is
claiming shall  indemnify and hold harmless the other party against and from any
such claim and all costs,  expenses and liabilities  incurred in connection with
such claim or any action or proceeding brought thereon  (including,  but without
limitation,  counsel and witness fees and court costs in defending  against such
claim).

63.      RENEWAL OPTION.

Lessee  shall have the Option to extend  the  Expiration  Date of this Lease for
sixty  (60)  months by  giving  notice to  Lessor  six (6)  months  prior to the
Expiration  Date. In such event, the Base Rent shall be increased to 115% of the
Base Rent in the  immediately  preceding  period.  All other terms of this Lease
shall remain the same.

64.      TERMINATION OPTION.

Lessee shall have the Option  effective  after the sixtieth  (60th) month of the
Lease to cancel this Lease by providing notice to Lessor at least six (6) months
prior to the effective date of  cancellation  accompanied by a payment to Lessor
equal to one-half of the remaining unpaid rent. As an example,  if the Base Rent
in the  sixty-first  (61st) month is $67,367.00  and Lessee  provides  Notice of
Cancellation   during  the   sixty-first   (61st)  month   effective   with  the
sixty-seventh  (67th) month,  the remaining  rent on the effective date would be
$3,570,451.00 and the payment amount would be $1,785,225.50.

EXHIBIT "A"
LEGAL DESCRIPTION

Lots 25, 26, 27 and 28, and the West  100.00 feet of the North 67.49 feet of Lot
24, BROADWAY INDUSTRIAL PARK UNIT 4, a subdivision recorded in Book 210 of Maps,
Page 49, records of Maricopa County, Arizona;

EXCLUDING the South 20 feet of said Lot 25,  except  including the West 100 feet
thereof;

CONTAINING an area of 369,559 square feet (+/-) or 8.4839 acres, more or less.

                                 FIRST AMENDMENT

     That  certain  Lease  dated  March 31,  1995,  by and  between  Chamberlain
Development,  L.L.C.,  an Arizona  limited  liability  company,  as Lessor,  and
MicroAge  Computer  Centers,  Inc., a Delaware  corporation  and  subsidiary  of
MicroAge, Inc., as Lessee, is hereby amended as follows:

     1.  Paragraph  1.5  shall be  amended  such  that the  Base  Rent  shall be
increased from $58,580.00 to $65,050.00.

     2. Paragraph 57 shall be amended such that the Tenant Improvement allowance
shall be  increased  to  $1,000,000.00  (inclusive  of the amount of  additional
commission due to Broker on the Lease pursuant to this First Amendment).  In the
event that  Lessee's  tenant  improvements  are more than $500,000 but less than
$1,000,000,  Lessee  shall be entitled to a reduction in rent equal to 15.5% per
annum of the difference  between the actual cost and  $1,000,000).  In the event
that Lessee's  tenant  improvements  are less than $500,000,  Base Rent shall be
calculated as provided in the original Lease.
For example:

          (a) If  Tenant's  requested  tenant  improvements  are  $950,000,  the
     additional  commission  due Broker  will be  $31,597.13,  the total  tenant
     improvements  will  be  $981,597.13  and  the  revised  Base  Rent  will be
     $64,812.18.

          (b) If  Tenant's  actual  Tenant  Improvements  are  $450,000.00,  the
     revised Base Rent will be $58,163.00.

All other terms and conditions remain unchanged.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of August
29, 1995.

CHAMBERLAIN DEVELOPMENT, L.L.C.          MICROAGE COMPUTER CENTERS, INC.

By: /s/ James M. Chamberlain             By: /s/ Alan R. Lyons
- ------------------------------           -------------------------------
James M. Chamberlain, Member             Printed Name: Alan R. Lyons
                                         Its: Vice President
By: /s/ Patsy L. Chamberlain
- ------------------------------
Patsy L. Chamberlain, Member

                                     DERMODY
                               P R O P E R T I E S

                            STANDARD INDUSTRIAL LEASE     For Landlord Use Only:
                                  (NET-NET-NET)               Building #:  228CD
                                                                      L/A:   BPE
                                                           
Lease Preparation Date: September 27, 1996

Landlord:  Dermody Properties,  a Nevada corporation,  located at 1200 Financial
Boulevard, P. O. Box 7098, Reno, Nevada 89510

Tenant:  MicroAge Logistics Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation

Trade Name (dba):  MicroAge

1. LEASE TERMS

         1.01  Premises:   The  Premises  referred  to  in  this  Lease  contain
approximately 100,648 square feet as shown on Exhibit "A" attached.  The address
of the Leased  Premises  is: 1430 East Greg Street,  Units 103 and 104,  Sparks,
Nevada 89431.

         1.02 Project:  The Project in which the Premises are located consist of
approximately 201,295 square feet as shown in Exhibit A.

         1.03 Tenant's Notice Address: Tenant's Notice Address is the address of
the Leased Premises as defined in Section 1.01 unless otherwise  specified here:
2400 S. MicroAge Way, Attn: V.P. Administration, Tempe, AZ 85282.

         1.04 Landlord's Notice Address: P. O. Box 7098, Reno, Nevada 89510

         1.05 Tenant's Permitted Use: Computer warehousing,  configuration,  and
product clearance,  general office,  and call center  operations,  in compliance
with all applicable laws, rules, and regulations and this Lease.

         1.06 Lease Term: The Lease Term is for five (5) years and one (1) month
and commences on December 1, 1996, and expires December 31, 2001.

         1.07 Base  Monthly  Rent:  Shall be paid in lawful  money of the United
States of America based on the following schedule:

                 Month 1, December 1, 1996 - December 31, 1996:
         Free  of  Base  Monthly Rent; however,  Tenant shall be required to pay
                 "Additional Rent" pursuant to Article 5. herein; 
                 Months 2 - 13,January 1,1997 - December 31, 1997:
         TWENTY-TWO  THOUSAND,  FIVE  HUNDRED  TWENTY  FIVE AND  NO/100  DOLLARS
                 ($22,525.00) per month;  
                 Months 14 - 19, January 1, 1998 - June 30, 1998:
         TWENTY-THREE  THOUSAND,  THREE HUNDRED  SEVENTY FIVE AND NO/100 DOLLARS
                 ($23,375.00) per month; 
                 Months 20 - 25, July 1, 1998 - December 31, 1998:
         TWENTY-SEVEN  THOUSAND,  SIX HUNDRED  SEVENTY-EIGHT  AND 20/100 DOLLARS
                 ($27,678.20) per month;  
                 Months 26 - 43, January 1, 1999 - June 30, 2000:
         TWENTY-EIGHT  THOUSAND,  SIX  HUNDRED  EIGHTY-FOUR  AND 68/100  DOLLARS
                 ($28,684.68)  per  month;  and  
                 Months 44 - 61,  July 1, 2000 - December 21, 2001:
         TWENTY-NINE   THOUSAND  SIX  HUNDRED   NINETY-ONE  AND  16/100  DOLLARS
                 ($29,691.16) per month.

         1.08 Security  Deposit:  --$0-- in lawful money of the United States of
America.

         1.09 Proportionate  Share:  Tenant's  Proportionate  Share is 50% based
upon the total  square  footage of the Project and the square --- footage of the
Premises.

         1.11 Tenant is entitled to common vehicle parking spaces subject to the
provisions of Section 8 of the Lease.

         1.12 Tenant  Improvements:  Tenant  Improvements to be performed in the
Premises,  if any, will be performed in accordance with the terms and provisions
entitled  "Landlord's  Work"  contained in Exhibit "B"  attached if  applicable.
Thereafter during the Lease Term, Landlord will be under no obligation to alter,
change, decorate or improve the Premises.

         1.13  Guaranty:   Tenant's   obligations  under  this  Lease  shall  be
guaranteed by MicroAge Computer Centers, Inc., a Delaware corporation,  pursuant
to the Guaranty attached hereto as Exhibit "E" and made a part hereof.

2. DEMISE AND POSSESSION

         2.01  Landlord  leases to Tenant and Tenant  leases from  Landlord  the
Premises described in 1.01. By entering the Premises,  Tenant  acknowledges that
it has examined the Premises and accepts the Premises in their present condition
subject to any additional  work Landlord has agreed to do as stated on Exhibit B
if applicable.  Landlord  expressly  reserves its right to lease any other space
available  in the  Project  to  whom  ever  it  wishes,  further  Tenant  hereby
acknowledges  that it did not rely on any other tenant remaining a tenant in the
Project as a consideration for entering into this Lease.

         2.02  If for any  reason  Landlord  cannot  deliver  possession  of the
Premises on the date the Lease  commences,  Landlord shall not be subject to any
liability  nor shall the validity of this Lease be  affected.  If Tenant has not
caused such delay there shall be a  proportionate  reduction of the Base Monthly
Rent covering the period between the commencement of the Lease Term and the date
when Landlord can deliver possession. However, Tenant, unless it is the cause of
the  delay,  has the right to  cancel  this  Lease by  written  notification  if
possession of the Premises is not delivered  within ninety (90) days of the date
the Lease Term  commences.  Landlord may terminate  this Lease by giving written
notice to Tenant if possession  of the Premises is not  delivered  within ninety
(90) days of the date the lease is to commence.

3. BASE MONTHLY RENT

         3.01 Base Monthly Rent:  Commencing  January 1, 1997,  Tenant will pay,
without deduction or offset (except as set forth in Section 30.01), prior notice
or demand, Base Monthly Rent at the place designated by Landlord.  However,  the
first  month's  rent is due and payable  upon  execution  of this Lease.  In the
event,  that the Term of this  Lease  commences  or ends on a day other than the
first day of a calendar  month, a prorated  amount of Base Monthly Rent shall be
due upon execution and it will be calculated  using a thirty (30) day month.  In
the event this Lease is to commence  upon a date not  ascertained  on execution,
both parties agree to complete and execute a  Commencement  Date  Certificate in
the form of  Exhibit  "F"  within  ten (10) days of the  Commencement  Date,  if
applicable.
                                       -1-
<PAGE>
         3.02 See Section 1.07 herein for Rent Schedule.

         3.03 Any  installment  of rent or any other charge payable which is not
paid within ten (10) days after it becomes due will be  considered  past due and
Tenant  will pay to  Landlord  as  Additional  Rent a late  charge  equal to the
product of the variable  Prime Rate "Prime",  plus six percent (6%) per annum as
charged by Bank of America,  Nevada; times the amount of such installment amount
due,  or  eighteen  percent  (18%) per annum of such  installment  or the sum of
twenty-five dollars ($25.00), whichever is greater, for each month or fractional
month transpiring from the date due until paid.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,
no late charge for the first three (3) delinquent  payments of rent or any other
charge payable under this Lease shall be assessed unless such delinquent payment
is not made within ten (10) days of written  notice  from  Landlord to Tenant of
the delinquency.  A twenty-five  dollar ($25.00) handling charge will be paid by
Tenant to Landlord for each returned check and, thereafter,  Tenant will pay all
future payments of rent or other charges due by money order or cashier's  check.
In the event a late charge is assessed for three (3) consecutive rental periods,
whether or not it is collected, the rent shall without further notice become due
and payable quarterly in advance  notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to
the  contrary.  If Tenant  shall be served with a demand for the payment of past
due rent, any payments  tendered  thereafter to cure any default by Tenant shall
be made only by cashier's check or equivalent.

         3.04  The  amount  of  the  Base   Monthly  Rent   includes   projected
construction of Tenant's  improvements as indicated on Exhibit "B" attached.  In
the event that Tenant  requests  Landlord to construct  additional  improvements
and/or  final  construction  costs  exceed  original  estimates,  such  costs or
expenses upon itemized notice by Landlord,  shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord,
or Landlord  may  increase  the Base  Monthly  Rent  according  to the terms and
conditions outlined on Exhibit "B", or elsewhere in this Lease.

4.  COMMON AREAS

         4.01 Definitions: "Common Areas": "Common Area" is defined as all areas
and facilities outside the Premises and within the exterior boundary line of the
Project that are provided and designated by Landlord for the  non-exclusive  use
of  Landlord,  Tenant and other  lessees  of the  Project  and their  respective
employees,  agents,  customers and invitees.  Common Areas include,  but are not
limited to: all  parking  areas,  loading  and  unloading  areas,  trash  areas,
roadways, sidewalks, walkways, parkways, driveways,  corridors, landscaped areas
and any restrooms used in common by lessees.

         4.02 Tenant,  its  employees,  agents,  customers and invitees have the
non-exclusive  right (in common  with  other  Tenants,  Landlord,  and any other
person  granted use by Landlord) to use of the Common  Areas.  Tenant  agrees to
abide by and conform to, and to cause its employees,  contractors, and agents to
abide by and  conform  to all  rules and  regulations  established  by  Landlord
subject to  provisions of paragraph 24. Tenant agrees to cause its customers and
invitees to abide by and  conform to all rules and  regulations  established  by
Landlord  subject to the provisions of paragraph 24 with respect to the Premises
and to utilize its best efforts to cause its  customers and invitees to abide by
and conform to all rules and regulations  established by Landlord subject to the
provisions of paragraph 24. with respect to the Project.

         4.03 Landlord has the right, in its sole discretion, from time to time,
to: 1) make changes to the Common Areas,  including without limitation,  changes
in the location, size, shape and number of driveways, entrances, parking spaces,
parking areas, ingress,  egress,  direction of driveways,  entrances,  corridors
parking areas and  walkways;  2) close  temporarily  any of the Common Areas for
maintenance  purposes  so long as  reasonable  access  to the  Premises  remains
available;  3) add additional buildings and improvements to the Common Areas; 4)
use the Common Areas while engaged in making additional improvements, repairs or
alterations to the Project or any portion thereof; do and perform any other acts
or make any other changes in, to or with respect to the Common Areas and Project
as  Landlord  may,  in the  exercise  of sound  business  judgement,  deem to be
appropriate.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  (1) at no time will parking spaces
located  within  the  Project  and  available  for use by  Tenant  and  Tenant's
employees,  contractors,  agents, customers, and invitees be less than the total
number of parking spaces within the Project multiplied by Tenant's Proportionate
Share  percentage  specified  in  Section  1.09  above,  and (2) any  acts by or
authorized by Landlord  specified in this Section 4.03 shall not  materially and
unreasonably  interfere with the conduct of Tenant's business from the Premises,
except in the case of emergency.

5. ADDITIONAL RENT

         5.01 All charges  payable by Tenant  other than Base  Monthly  Rent are
called "Additional Rent". Unless this lease provides otherwise,  Additional Rent
is to be paid with the next  monthly  installment  of Base  Monthly  Rent and is
subject to the provisions of 3.03.  The term "rent"  whenever used in this Lease
means Base Monthly Rent and Additional Rent.

         5.02 Operating Costs

           A.  "Operating  Costs"  are all  costs  and  expenses  of  ownership,
operation,  maintenance,  management,  repair and insurance incurred by Landlord
for the Project  including,  but not  limited to the  following:  all  supplies,
materials,  labor  and  equipment,  used  in or  related  to the  operation  and
maintenance of the Common Areas;  all  utilities,  including but not limited to:
water, electricity, gas, heating, lighting, sewer, waste disposal related to the
maintenance  or  operation  of  the  Common  Areas;  all   air-conditioning  and
ventilating  costs related to the  maintenance or operation of the Project;  all
Landlord's costs in managing, maintaining, repairing, operating and insuring the
Project,  including, for example, clerical,  supervisory,  and janitorial staff;
all maintenance,  management and service  agreements,  including but not limited
to, janitorial,  security, trash removal related to the maintenance or operation
of the Project; all legal and accounting costs and fees for licenses and permits
related to the ownership and  operation of the Project;  all insurance  premiums
and  costs of  fire,  casualty,  and  liability  coverage,  rent  abatement  and
earthquake  insurance  and any other  type of  insurance  related  to the Entire
Project,  including any deductible for a loss attributable to the Premises;  all
operation,  maintenance and repair costs to the Common Areas,  including but not
limited to, sidewalks,  walkways, parkways, parking areas, loading and unloading
areas,  trash  areas,  roadways,  driveways,  corridors,  and  landscaped  area,
including for example,  costs of resurfacing and restriping  parking areas;  all
maintenance and repair costs of building exteriors (including painting,  asphalt
repair and replacement, and roof maintenance, repair and replacement), restrooms
used in common by Tenants and signs and directories of the Project; amortization
(along with reasonable  financing  charges) of capital  improvements made to the
Common  Areas which may be required by any  government  authority  or which will
improve the  operating  efficiency  of the  Project;  a  reasonable  reserve for
repairs and replacement;  a five percent (5%) fee for Landlord's  supervision of
the Common  Areas  (five  percent  (5%) of the total above  mentioned  costs and
expenses  incurred  in a calendar  year).  Operating  Costs will not include (1)
depreciation of the Project,  (2) lease,  mortgage,  or similar payments made by
Landlord,  (3) Real Project Taxes, or (4) late charges specified in Section 3.03
above.

         B. Tenant  shall pay to Landlord  Tenant's  Proportionate  Share of the
Operating Costs as indicated in 1.09. If there is a change in the square footage
of  either  the  Project  or the  Premises  during  the term of this  Lease  the
Proportionate Share of the Tenant shall be
                                       -2-
<PAGE>
adjusted accordingly.  Such payment shall be paid by Tenant with and in addition
to the  monthly  payment of Base  Monthly  Rent.  Tenant  shall,  if Landlord so
elects,  pay to  Landlord  on a monthly  basis,  in  advance,  the amount  which
Landlord  reasonably  estimates  to  be  Tenant's  Proportionate  Share  of  the
Operating  Costs.  In the event of such  election by  Landlord,  Landlord  shall
periodically  determine Tenant's share of the actual Operating Costs, and in the
event  that the  amount  which  Tenant  has paid to  Landlord  on account of the
estimated Operating Costs is less than his share of such actual Operating Costs,
Tenant shall pay such  difference  to Landlord on the next rent payment date. In
the event that  Tenant has paid to  Landlord  more than his share of such actual
Operating  Costs,  the  amount  of such  difference  shall be  credited  against
Tenant's payments of Operating Costs next due or if such period is at the end of
the Lease term the  amount of any  overpayment  shall be  promptly  refunded  to
Tenant.

           C.  Failure by Landlord to provide  Tenant with a statement  by April
1st of each year  shall not  constitute  a waiver  by  Landlord  of its right to
collect Tenant's share of Operating Costs or estimates for a particular calendar
year, Landlord's right to charge Tenant for such expenses in subsequent years is
not waived.  Upon reasonable  written notice to Landlord,  Tenant shall have the
right to audit  Landlord's  books and records with respect to Additional Rent at
Landlord's  offices at Tenant's sole cost and expense,  and not more  frequently
than annually.

         5.03  Taxes

           A. "Real Project Taxes" are: (i) any fee,  license fee,  license tax,
business license fee, commercial rental tax, levy, charge,  assessment,  penalty
or tax imposed by any taxing authority against the Project;  (ii) any tax or fee
on  Landlord's  right to  receive,  or the  receipt  of, rent or income from the
Project or against Landlord's business of leasing the Project,  (iii) any tax or
charge for fire protection,  streets,  sidewalks,  road  maintenance,  refuse or
other services provided to the Project by any governmental  agency; (iv) any tax
imposed upon this transaction,  or based upon a re-assessment of the Project due
to a change in  ownership or transfer of all of part or  Landlord's  interest in
the Project;  (v) any charge or fee replacing,  substituting for, or in addition
to any tax previously  included  within the definition of real property tax; and
(vi) the Landlord's cost of any tax protest  relating to any of the above.  Real
Project  Taxes do not,  however,  include  Landlord's  federal or state  income,
franchise, inheritance or estate taxes.

           B. Tenant shall pay to Landlord Tenant's  Proportionate  Share of the
Real Project  Taxes as  indicated  in 1.09 for Real  Project  Taxes which accrue
during the Lease term.  Such payment shall be paid by Tenant annually upon being
invoiced for such taxes in addition to the monthly payment of Base Monthly Rent.
Tenant  shall,  if Landlord so elects,  pay to Landlord on a monthly  basis,  in
advance,   the  amount  which  Landlord  reasonably  estimates  to  be  Tenant's
Proportionate  Share of the Real Project Taxes. In the event of such election by
Landlord,  Landlord shall  periodically  determine  Tenant's share of the actual
Real  Project  Taxes,  and in the event that the amount which Tenant has paid to
Landlord  on  account of the Real  Project  Taxes is less than his share of such
actual Real Project Taxes,  Tenant shall pay such  difference to Landlord on the
next rent payment  date. In the event that Tenant has paid to Landlord more than
his share of such actual Real Project Taxes, the amount of such difference shall
be credited  against  Tenant's  payment of Real  Project  Taxes next due. If the
Lease term is expired then Landlord  shall  promptly  refund any  overpayment to
Tenant.  Landlord shall exercise commercially  reasonable efforts to reduce Real
Project  Taxes as  determined  by  Landlord  in  Landlord's  sole  and  absolute
discretion.

           C. Personal Property Taxes: Tenant will pay all taxes charged against
trade fixtures,  furnishing,  equipment or any other personal property belonging
to Tenant.  Tenant will have personal  property taxes billed separately from the
Project. If any of Tenant's personal property is taxed with the Project,  Tenant
will pay Landlord the taxes for the personal property upon demand by Landlord.

         5.04 Based on  Tenant's  Proportionate  Share  defined in 1.09,  Tenant
agrees to pay as Additional  Rent to Landlord its share of any parking  charges,
utility surcharges,  occupancy taxes, or any other costs directly resulting from
the  statutes  or  regulations,  or  interpretations  thereof,  enacted  by  any
governmental authority in connection with the use or occupancy of the Project or
the parking facilities serving the Project, or any part thereof.

         5.05 Landlord by completing this paragraph may elect to have Tenant pay
a monthly  estimate of the Additional Rent due from Tenant of 5(cent) per square
foot, i.e, FIVE THOUSAND,  THIRTY-TWO AND 40/100 DOLLARS  ($5,032.40) per month.
Landlord  shall make  adjustments  to this estimate  based upon actual costs and
projected  future  costs.  Landlord  shall  periodically  determine  the balance
between  actual  Additional  Rent and  Additional  Rent paid by Tenant  and make
adjustments in accordance with 5.02 and 5.03 above.

7. USE OF PREMISES:  QUIET CONDUCT

         7.01 The Premises may be used and occupied only for Tenant's  Permitted
Use as  shown in 1.05 and for no other  purpose,  without  obtaining  Landlord's
prior written consent. Tenant will comply with all laws, ordinances,  orders and
regulations  affecting  Tenant's use and occupancy of the Premises.  Tenant will
not perform any act or carry on any practices that may injure the Project or the
Premises or be a nuisance or menace,  or disturb  the quiet  enjoyment  of other
lessees in the Project  including  but not  limited to  equipment  which  causes
vibration  in  excess  of  commercially  reasonable  standards  or is  otherwise
damaging to the  Premises,  or any portion or  component  thereof,  or any other
tenant,  use or storage of chemicals  other than minimal amounts in the ordinary
course of business  and in full  compliance  with all  "Environmental  Laws" (as
defined  in  Section  7.02  below),  or  heat or  noise  which  is not  properly
insulated.  Tenant will not cause,  maintain or permit any outside storage on or
about the Premises. In addition, Tenant will not allow any condition or thing to
remain on or about the Premises  which  diminishes  the  appearance or aesthetic
qualities of the Premises  and/or the Project or the surrounding  property.  The
keeping  of a dog  or  other  animal  on or  about  the  Premises  is  expressly
prohibited.

         7.02  As used in this section, the term "Hazardous Waste" means:

           A. Those  substances  defined as "hazardous  substances",  "hazardous
materials", "toxic substances",  "regulated substances", or "solid waste" in the
Toxic  Substance  Control Act, 15 U.S.C.  ss. 2601 et. seq.,  as now existing or
hereafter  amended   ("TSCA"),   the   Comprehensive   Environmental   Response,
Compensation,  and Liability  Act of 1980,  42 U.S.C.  ss. 9601 et. seq., as now
existing  or  hereafter  amended  ("CERCLA"),  the  Resource,  Conservation  and
Recovery  Act of 1976,  42 U.S.C.  Section  6901 et.  seq.,  as now  existing or
hereafter amended ("RCRA"),  the Federal Hazardous Substances Act, 15 U.S.C. ss.
1261 et. seq., as now existing or hereafter amended  ("FHSA"),  the Occupational
Safety and Health Act of 1970,  29 U.S.C.  ss. 651 et. seq.,  as now existing or
hereafter  amended  ("OSHA"),  the Hazardous  Materials  Transportation  Act, 49
U.S.C. ss. 1801 et. seq., as now existing or hereafter amended ("HMTA"), and the
rules and  regulations now in effect or promulgated  hereafter  pursuant to each
law referenced above;

           B.  Those  substances  defined  as  "hazardous   waste",   "hazardous
material",  or "regulated substances" in Nev. Rev. Stat. ch 459, 1989 Nev. Stat.
ch. 598 and 1989 Nev.  Stat.  ch 363,  or in the  regulations  now  existing  or
hereafter  promulgated  pursuant  thereto  or in the  Uniform  Fire  Code,  1988
edition;

           C.  Those  substances  listed  in the  United  States  Department  of
Transportation  table (49 CFR ss.  172.101  and  amendments  thereto)  or by the
Environmental   Protection   Agency  (or  any  successor  agency)  as  hazardous
substances (40 CFR Part 302 and amendments thereto); and
                                       -3-
<PAGE>
           D. Such other  substances,  mixtures,  materials  and waste which are
regulated under applicable local,  state or federal laws, rules, or regulations,
or which are  classified  as  hazardous or toxic under  federal,  state or local
laws,  rules,  or regulations  (all laws,  rules and  regulations  referenced in
paragraphs (a), (b), (c) and (d) are collectively  referred to as "Environmental
Laws").

         7.03 Tenant's Covenants. Tenant does not intend to and Tenant will not,
nor will Tenant allow any of Tenant's employees,  contractors, agents, visitors,
customers,  or invitees during the term of this Lease to  manufacture,  process,
store, distribute, use, discharge or dispose of any Hazardous Waste in, under or
on the Project,  the Common Areas, or any property  adjacent  thereto,  nor will
Tenant allow any other person  (including  partnerships,  corporations and joint
ventures),  during  the  term of this  Lease  to  manufacture,  process,  store,
distribute,  use,  discharge or dispose of any hazardous  waste in, under, or on
the  Premises,  except for minimal  amounts of  Hazardous  Waste in the ordinary
course of business and in full compliance with all Environmental Laws.

           A. Tenant shall notify Landlord promptly in the event of any spill or
release of  Hazardous  Waste  into,  on, or onto the Project  regardless  of the
source  of spill or  release,  whenever  Tenant  knows or  suspects  that such a
release occurred.

           B. Tenant will not be involved in  operations  at or near the Project
which could lead to the imposition on the Tenant or the Landlord of liability or
the creation of a lien on the Project, under the Environmental Laws.

           C. Tenant shall, upon twenty-four (24) hour prior notice by Landlord,
permit  Landlord  or  Landlord's  agent  access to the  Project  to  conduct  an
environmental site assessment with respect to the Project.

         7.04.  Tenant's  Indemnity.  Tenant for itself and its  successors  and
assigns undertakes to protect, indemnify, save and defend (by counsel reasonably
acceptable to Landlord) Landlord, its agents,  employees,  directors,  officers,
shareholders,   affiliates,   consultants,   independent  contractors,  lenders,
partners,   and  their  respective  successors  and  assigns  (collectively  the
"Indemnitees")  harmless from any and all claims,  judgments,  causes of action,
liabilities,  losses,  damages,  penalties,  fines,  taxes, costs, and expenses,
including reasonable  attorneys' fees, claims, suits and judgments that Landlord
or any other  Indemnitee,  whether as Landlord or  otherwise,  may suffer either
during or after the term of this Lease as a result of, or with respect to:

           A. The violation  affecting the Project by Tenant or Tenant's agents,
employees,   invitees,  licensees  or  contractors  of  any  Environmental  Law,
including the assertion of any lien  thereunder and any suit brought or judgment
rendered  regardless  of  whether  the  action was  commenced  by a citizen  (as
authorized under the Environmental Laws) or by a government agency;

           B. To the  extent  caused by Tenant or  Tenant's  agents,  employees,
invitees,  licensees or contractors,  any spill or release of or the presence of
any Hazardous  Waste affecting the Project whether or not the same originates or
emanates from the Project or any contiguous  real estate,  including any loss of
value of the Project as a result of a spill or release of or the presence of any
Hazardous Waste;

           C. To the  extent  caused by Tenant or  Tenant's  agents,  employees,
invitees,  licensees  or  contractors,  any other matter  affecting  the Project
within the jurisdiction of the United States  Environmental  Protection  Agency,
the Nevada State Environmental Commission, the Nevada Department of Conservation
and Natural Resources, or the Nevada Department of Commerce,  including costs of
investigations,  remedial action, or other response costs whether such costs are
incurred  by  the  United  States  Government,  the  State  of  Nevada,  or  any
Indemnitee;

           D. To the  extent  caused by Tenant or  Tenant's  agents,  employees,
invitees, licensees or contractors, liability for clean-up costs, fines, damages
or penalties incurred pursuant to the provisions of any applicable Environmental
Law; and

           E. To the  extent  caused by Tenant or  Tenant's  agents,  employees,
invitees,  licensees or  contractors,  liability for personal injury or property
damage arising under any statutory or common-law tort theory, including, without
limitation,  damages  assessed  for  the  maintenance  of a  public  or  private
nuisance, or for the carrying of an abnormally dangerous activity,  and response
costs.

           Landlord shall promptly provide notice of any claims for which Tenant
is to indemnify  Landlord  hereunder,  and Landlord and Tenant shall  reasonably
cooperate in the defense of the claims.  Tenant's obligations under this Article
7. shall survive the termination of this Lease.

         7.05  Remedial  Acts.  In the event of any spill or  release  of or the
presence of any Hazardous  Waste  affecting the Project,  caused by Tenant,  its
employees, agents, invitees, licensees, or contractors,  whether or not the same
originates or emanates from the Project or any contiguous real estate, and/or if
Tenant shall fail to comply with any of the  requirements  of any  Environmental
Law,  Landlord may, upon ten (10) business days notice to Tenant  (except in the
case of  emergency,  for which no  notice is  required),  at its  election,  but
without  obligation  so to do, give such  notices  and/or  cause such work to be
performed at the Project and/or take any and all other actions as Landlord shall
deem  necessary  or  advisable  in order to  remedy  said  spill or  release  of
Hazardous  Waste or cure said  failure of  compliance  and any amounts paid as a
result  thereof,  together with interest at the rate equal to the product of the
variable Prime Rate "Prime",  plus six percent (6%) per annum as charged by Bank
of America, Nevada; times the amount of such installment amount due, or eighteen
percent (18%) per annum of such  installment or the sum of  twenty-five  dollars
($25.00),  whichever is greater,  for each month or fractional month transpiring
from the date due until paid.

         7.06  Settlement.  Landlord  upon giving  Tenant ten (10) business days
prior notice,  shall have the right in good faith to pay,  settle or compromise,
or litigate any claim,  demand,  loss,  liability,  cost,  charge,  suit, order,
judgment or adjudication  under the belief that it is liable  therefor,  whether
liable or not,  without the consent or approval of Tenant  unless  Tenant within
said ten (10)  business day period shall  protest in writing and  simultaneously
with such protest  deposit with  Landlord  collateral  satisfactory  to Landlord
sufficient to pay and satisfy any penalty and/or  interest which may accrue as a
result of such protest and any  judgment or  judgments  as may result,  together
with attorney's fees and expenses,  including, but not limited to, environmental
consultants.

         7.07 Landlord's  Representations  and Indemnity.  Landlord shall comply
with all  Environmental  Laws and shall utilize its  reasonable  best efforts to
promptly notify Tenant of the violation of any  Environmental Law or presence of
any  Hazardous  Waste in  violation  of any  Environmental  Law on the  Premises
whenever Landlord knows or suspects of any such violation.  Landlord  represents
and warrants to Tenant that, as of the date of this Lease, Landlord has received
no  written  notice  from  any  governmental  or  administrative  entity  having
jurisdiction  over the  Premises  notifying  Landlord  that  Hazardous  Waste is
present on, in, or under the  Premises in violation  of any  Environmental  Law.
Landlord shall indemnify,  protect,  defend (by counsel reasonably acceptable to
Tenant)  and  hold  harmless  Tenant  and  its  partners,  directors,  officers,
employees,  shareholders,  lenders,  agents,  contractors,  and  each  of  their
respective  successors  and  assigns,  from  and  against  any and  all  claims,
judgments,   causes  of  action,  damages,   penalties,   fines,  taxes,  costs,
liabilities, losses and expenses arising at any time during or after the term of
this Lease as a result of (i) a breach of the  representation as is set forth in
the immediately  preceding sentence of this Section 7.07, or (ii) was authorized
by Landlord  or caused by the acts or  omissions  of  Landlord,  its  employees,
agents, contractors, or predecessors, and was not initially caused by Tenant, or
Tenant's employees,  agents,  invitees,  customers,  licensees,  or contractors.
Tenant  shall  promptly  provide  notice of any claims for which  Landlord is to
indemnify Tenant hereunder and Tenant and Landlord shall reasonably cooperate in
the  defense of the claims.  Landlord's  obligations  pursuant to the  foregoing
indemnity shall survive the termination of this Lease.

8. PARKING

         8.01 Tenant and Tenant's customers,  suppliers, employees, and invitees
have the non-exclusive right to park in common with other lessees in the parking
facilities  as  designated by Landlord and as otherwise set forth in this Lease.
Tenant agrees not to overburden  the parking  facilities and agrees to cooperate
with Landlord and other lessees in the use of the parking  facilities.  Landlord
reserves the right to, on an equitable  basis,  assign  specific  spaces without
charge to Tenant,  make changes in the parking  layout from time to time, and to
establish reasonable time limits on parking.

9.  UTILITIES
                                       -4-
<PAGE>
         9.01 Tenant will be responsible  for and shall pay for all water,  gas,
heat, light, power, sewer, electricity, or other services metered, chargeable to
or provided to the Premises  separate from and in addition to the costs outlined
in Section  5.02  dealing  with the utility  costs for Common Area  Maintenance.
Landlord reserves the right to install separate meters for any such utility.

         9.02  Landlord  will not be liable or deemed in  default  to Tenant nor
will  there  be any  abatement  of rent for any  interruption  or  reduction  of
utilities  or services  not caused by any act of Landlord or any act  reasonably
beyond  Landlord's  control.  Tenant  agrees to comply with energy  conservation
programs implemented by Landlord by reason of enacted laws or ordinances.

         9.03  Tenant will  contract  and pay for all  telephone  and such other
services for the Premises subject to the provisions of 10.03.

10. ALTERATIONS, MECHANIC'S LIENS

         10.01 Except for nonstructural changes, alterations, or additions which
do not decrease the value of the Premises,  Tenant will not make any alterations
to the Premises without  Landlord's prior written  consent.  Landlord's  consent
shall be contingent upon Tenant  providing  Landlord with the following items or
information,  all subject to Landlord's  approval  which  approval  shall not be
unreasonably  withheld in accordance with the provisions of this Article 10: (i)
Tenant's  contractor,  (ii) certificates of insurance by Tenant's contractor for
commercial  general  liability  insurance  with limits not less than  $2,000,000
General Aggregate,$1,000,000  Products/Complete Operations  Aggregate,$1,000,000
Personal & Advertising Injury, $1,000,000 Each Occurrence,  $50,000 Fire Damage,
$5,000  Medical  Expense,  $1,000,000  Auto  Liability  (Combined  Single Limit,
including  Hired/Non-Owned  Auto  Liability),  Workers  Compensation,  including
Employer's Liability,  as required by state statute endorsed to show Landlord as
an  additional  insured and for  worker's  compensation  as  required  and (iii)
detailed plans and specifications for such work. Tenant agrees that it will have
its contractor  execute a waiver of mechanic's  lien and that Tenant will remove
any  mechanic's  lien  placed  against  the  Project  or provide a bond or other
collateral  in an amount  and on such terms as are  acceptable  to  Landlord  in
Landlord's  reasonable  discretion  (it being  agreed that  Landlord may require
removal of and Tenant shall immediately  remove any such liens if so required by
Landlord's lenders or otherwise to finance or refinance the Project or Premises)
within  ten (10)  days of  receipt  of  notice  of  lien.  In  addition,  before
alterations  may begin,  valid  building  permits or other  permits or  licenses
required must be furnished to Landlord,  and, once the alterations begin, Tenant
will diligently and continuously pursue their completion.  At Landlord's option,
any  alterations  may become  part of the realty  and belong to  Landlord.  As a
further condition to giving such consent, Landlord may require Tenant to provide
Landlord,  at Tenant's sole cost and expense,  a payment and performance bond in
form  acceptable  to  Landlord,  in a  principal  amount  not less  than one and
one-half  times the  estimated  costs of such  alterations,  to ensure  Landlord
against any  liability  for  mechanic's  and  materialmen's  liens and to ensure
completion of work.  Tenant,  at Landlord's  option,  shall at Tenant's  expense
remove all alterations and repair all damage to the Premises.

         10.02  Notwithstanding  anything  in 10.01,  Tenant may,  with  written
consent of  Landlord,  install  trade  fixtures,  equipment,  and  machinery  in
conformance with the ordinances of the applicable city and county,  and they may
be removed upon  termination  of its Lease provided the Premises are not damaged
by their removal.

         10.03   Any   private    telephone   systems   and/or   other   related
telecommunications  equipment  and  lines  must  be  installed  within  Tenant's
Premises  and, if  requested in writing by Landlord,  upon  termination  of this
Lease  removed and the  Premises  restored to the same  condition as before such
installation.

         10.04  Tenant  will pay all  costs  for  alterations  and will keep the
Premises,  the Project and the  underlying  property free from any liens arising
out of work  performed  for,  materials  furnished to or obligation  incurred by
Tenant or otherwise  provide a bond or other collateral in an amount and on such
terms as are  acceptable to Landlord in  Landlord's  reasonable  discretion  (it
being agreed that  Landlord  may require  removal of and Tenant shall remove any
such liens if so  required  by  Landlord's  lenders or  otherwise  to finance or
refinance the Project or Premises).

         10.05 Landlord will have the right to construct or permit  construction
of tenant  improvements in or about the Project for existing and new Tenants and
to alter any public  areas in and around the Project.  Notwithstanding  anything
which may be contained in this Lease,  Tenant understands this right of Landlord
and agrees that such  construction  will not be deemed to constitute a breach of
this  Lease by  Landlord  and Tenant  waives any such claim  which it might have
arising  from such  construction.  Landlord  agrees to  conduct  or permit  such
construction  so that such  construction  shall not materially and  unreasonably
interfere  with Tenant's  ability to conduct its business on the Premises to the
extent reasonably possible.

11.  FIRE INSURANCE: HAZARDS AND LIABILITY INSURANCE

         11.01 Except as  expressly  provided as Tenant's  Permitted  Use, or as
otherwise  consented  to by Landlord in writing,  Tenant  shall not do or permit
anything  to be done  within  or  about  the  Premises  which  Tenant  knows  or
reasonably  believes will increase the existing rate of insurance on the Project
and  shall,  at its  sole  cost  and  expense,  comply  with  any  requirements,
pertaining to the Premises,  of any insurance  organization insuring the Project
and  Project-related  apparatus.  Upon prompt  notice of such  increase,  Tenant
agrees to pay to Landlord,  as  Additional  Rent,  any  increases in premiums on
policies  resulting  from  Tenant's  Permitted  Use or other use consented to by
Landlord which increases  Landlord's  premiums or requires  extended coverage by
Landlord  to insure  the  Premises.  Landlord  agrees to provide  Tenant  with a
reasonable opportunity to cure such condition.

         11.02  Tenant,  at all  times  during  the  term of this  Lease  and at
Tenant's  sole  expense,  will  maintain a policy of standard  fire and extended
coverage  insurance  with "all risk" coverage on all Tenant's  improvements  and
alterations in or about the Premises and on all personal  property and equipment
to the extent of at least ninety percent (90%) of their full replacement  value.
The  proceeds  from this  policy will be used by Tenant for the  replacement  of
personal  property and equipment and the  restoration  of Tenant's  improvements
and/or  alterations.  This policy will  contain an express  waiver,  in favor of
Landlord, of any right of subrogation by the insurer.

         11.03  Tenant,  at all  times  during  the  term on this  Lease  and at
Tenant's sole expense,  will maintain a policy of commercial  general  liability
coverage  with  limits of not less than  $2,000,000  combined  single  limit for
bodily injury and property damage  insuring  against all liability of Tenant and
its authorized representatives arising out of or in connection with Tenant's use
or occupancy of the Premises.

         11.04 All insurance  will name Landlord  and/or  Landlord's  designated
partners and  affiliates  as an  additional  insured and will include an express
waiver of  subrogation  by the insurer in favor of Landlord  and Tenant and will
release Landlord from any claims for damage to any person, to the Premises,  and
to the Project, and to Tenant's personal property,  equipment,  improvements and
alterations  in or on the Premises of the Project,  caused by or resulting  from
risks which are to be insured against by Tenant under this Lease.  All insurance
required  to be  provided  by Tenant  under  this Lease will (a) be issued by an
insurance  company  authorized to do business in the state in which the Premises
are located and which has and maintains a rating of A/X in the Best's  Insurance
Reports or the equivalent, (b) be primary and noncontributing with any insurance
carried by Landlord,  and (c) contain an  endorsement  requiring at least thirty
(30) days prior written notice of cancellation  to Landlord before  cancellation
or change in  coverage,  scope or limit of any  policy.  Tenant  will  deliver a
certificate of insurance or a copy of the policy to Landlord  within thirty (30)
days of execution of this Lease and will provide  evidence of renewed  insurance
coverage  at each  anniversary,  and  prior  to the  expiration  of any  current
policies;  however,  in no event will  Tenant be allowed to occupy the  Premises
before  providing  adequate and  acceptable  proof of insurance as stated above.
Tenant's  failure to provide  evidence of this  coverage to Landlord  within ten
(10) business days of notice from Landlord,  may, in Landlord's sole discretion,
constitute a default under this Lease.

12. INDEMNIFICATION AND WAIVER OF CLAIMS

         12.01 Except as caused by the negligence or  intentional  misconduct of
Landlord, its employees,  agents, visitors,  invitees, licenses, or contractors,
Tenant waives all claims against Landlord for damage to any property in or about
the Premises and for injury to any persons, including death resulting therefrom,
regardless  of cause or time of  occurrence.  Tenant will defend  (with  counsel
reasonably  acceptable to Landlord),  indemnify and hold Landlord  harmless from
and against  any and all claims,  actions,  proceedings,  expenses,  damages and
liabilities,  including  attorney's  fees,  arising out of,  connected  with, or
resulting  from  any use of the  Premises  by  Tenant,  its  employees,  agents,
visitors
                                       -5-
<PAGE>
or licensees,  including,  without  limitation,  any failure of Tenant to comply
fully with all of the terms and  conditions  of this Lease except for any damage
or injury which is the result of the  negligence  or  intentional  misconduct or
omission by Landlord, its employees, agents, visitors, licensees or contractors.
Landlord  shall give Tenant  prompt  notice of any claim for which  Tenant is to
indemnify,  defend,  and hold harmless  Landlord  hereunder  and Landlord  shall
reasonably cooperate with Tenant.

13.  REPAIRS

         13.01 Tenant shall, at its sole expense, keep and maintain the Premises
and every part thereof (excepting common use equipment, which Landlord agrees to
repair or replace pursuant to Section 5.02 unless damages are due to the neglect
or intentional acts of Tenant or its agents, employees, visitors, or licensees),
including interior windows,  skylights, doors, plate glass, any store fronts and
the interior of the Premises, in good and sanitary order,  condition and repair.
Tenant will,  also, at its sole cost keep and maintain all utilities,  fixtures,
plumbing and  mechanical  equipment  used by Tenant in good order and repair and
furnish all  expendables  (light bulbs,  paper goods,  soaps,  etc.) used in the
Premises.  The standard for  comparison and need of repair will be the condition
of the Premises at the time of  commencement  of this Lease and all repairs will
be made by a licensed and bonded contractor approved by Landlord.

         13.02 Except as specified in 13.01, Tenant will not make repairs to the
Premises at the cost of Landlord whether by deductions of rent or otherwise,  or
vacate the  Premises or terminate  the Lease if repairs are not made.  If during
the Term,  any  alteration,  addition  or change to the  Premises is required by
legal  authorities,  Tenant, at its sole expense,  shall promptly make the same.
Landlord  reserves the right to make any such repairs not made or  maintained in
good condition by Tenant and Tenant shall reimburse  Landlord for all such costs
upon demand.

         13.03  If  repairs  deemed  necessary  by  Landlord  or any  government
authority are not made by Tenant within the prescribed  time frame as reasonably
requested in writing, Tenant shall be in default of this Lease.

         13.04 Tenant  shall,  at its own expense,  within  thirty days of lease
commencement,  contract with a vendor acceptable to Landlord for the maintenance
service of the HVAC which will be  furnished to the Landlord  upon  request.  If
Tenant fails to obtain and maintain such a maintenance service contract Landlord
shall  have the right to  obtain  such a  maintenance  service  contract  at the
expense of Tenant.

14.  AUCTIONS, SIGNS, AND LANDSCAPING

         14.01  Tenant  will not conduct or permit to be  conducted  any sale by
auction on the Premises. Landlord will have the right to control landscaping and
approve the placement, size, and quality of signs pursuant to Exhibit "G", "Sign
Criteria".  Tenant will not make alterations or additions to the landscaping and
will not place any signs nor allow the placement of any signs, which are visible
from the outside, on or about any building of the Project,  nor in any landscape
area, without the prior written consent of Landlord,  which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld or delayed. Any signs not in conformity with this Lease or
in accordance  with the  provisions of Exhibit "G" may be removed by Landlord at
Tenant's expense.

15.  ENTRY BY LANDLORD

         15.01 Tenant will permit  Landlord and  Landlord's  agents to enter the
Premises at all reasonable times and upon reasonable  notice (except in the case
of  emergency)  for the purpose of  inspecting  the same,  or for the purpose of
maintaining the Project,  or for the purpose of making  repairs,  alterations or
additions to any portion of the Project,  including the erection and maintenance
of such scaffolding,  canopies,  fences and props as may be required, or for the
purpose of posting notices of  nonresponsibility  for alterations,  additions or
repairs , or for the purpose of showing  the  Premises  to  prospective  tenants
during the last six months of the Lease  Term,  or placing  upon the Project any
usual or ordinary "for sale" signs,  without any rebate of rents and without any
liability  to  Tenant  for any  loss of  occupation  or quiet  enjoyment  of the
Premises  thereby  occasioned.  Tenant will  permit  Landlord at any time within
sixty  (60)  days  prior to the  expiration  of this  Lease,  to place  upon the
Premises any usual or ordinary "to let" or "to lease"  signs.  Landlord  retains
the right to charge Tenant for  restoring  any altered doors to their  condition
prior to the installation of the new or additional locks.

16.  ABANDONMENT

         16.01  Tenant will not vacate or abandon the  Premises,  which shall be
deemed  to occur any time  during  the Lease  Term if  Tenant  does not  conduct
business  for a period of  fifteen  (15)  consecutive  days  and/or  leaves  the
Premises  unoccupied  for any  period of time.  If Tenant  abandons,  vacates or
surrenders the Premises, or is dispossessed by process of law, or otherwise, any
personal property belonging to Tenant left in or about the Premises will, at the
option of Landlord be deemed abandoned and may be disposed of by Landlord in the
manner provided for by the laws of the state in which the Premises are located.

17.  DESTRUCTION

         17.01 In the case of  destruction  of more than fifty  percent (50%) of
the Premises, or any portion thereof substantially interfering with Tenant's use
of the Premises,  whether by fire or other casualty,  not caused by the fault or
negligence of Tenant, its agents, employees, servants, contractors,  subtenants,
licensees,  customers or business invitees, this Lease shall terminate except as
herein provided.  If Landlord  notifies Tenant in writing within forty-five (45)
days of such  destruction of Landlord's  election to repair said damage,  and if
Landlord proceeds to and does repair such damage within One Hundred Eighty (180)
days of such damage, this Lease shall not terminate,  but shall continue in full
force and effect,  except that  Tenant  shall be entitled to a reduction  in the
minimum rent in an amount equal to that proportion of the minimum rent which the
number of square feet of floor space in the unusable  portion bears to the total
number of square feet of floor space in the Premises.  Said  reduction  shall be
prorated so that the rent shall only be reduced for those days any given area is
actually  unusable.  The time of  completion  of repair of such damage  shall be
extended for, delays caused by labor disputes,  civil  commotion,  war,  warlike
operations,  invasion,  rebellion,   hostilities,  military  or  usurped  power,
sabotage, governmental regulations or control, fire or other casualty, inability
to  obtain  any  materials  or  services,  acts of God and other  causes  beyond
Landlord's  control. If this Lease is terminated pursuant to this Section 17 and
if Tenant is not in default hereunder,  Rent shall be prorated as of the date of
termination,  any security  deposited with Landlord shall be returned to Tenant,
less any reasonable offsets and all rights and obligations hereunder shall cease
and terminate.

         17.02.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing  provisions,  in the  event the
Premises,  or any portion  thereof,  shall be damaged by fire or other  casualty
caused by the fault or negligence of Tenant,  its agents,  employees,  servants,
contractors,  subtenants,  licensees,  customers  or  business  invitees,  then,
without prejudice to any other rights and remedies of Landlord, this Lease shall
not terminate, the damage shall be repaired at Tenant's cost, and there shall be
no apportionment or abatement of any rent.

         17.03. In the event of any damage not limited to, or not including, the
Premises,  such that the  building of which the Premises is a part is damaged to
the extent of twenty-five  (25%) percent or more of the cost of replacement,  or
the buildings (taken in the aggregate) of the Project owned by Landlord shall be
damaged to the extent of more than  twenty-five  (25%) of the aggregate  cost of
replacement,  Landlord may elect to terminate  this Lease upon giving  notice of
such election in writing to Tenant within ninety (90) days after the  occurrence
of the event causing the damage.

         17.04. The provisions of this Section 17 with respect to Landlord shall
be limited to such repair as is necessary to place the Premises in the condition
specified for Landlord's  work by Exhibit B (if  applicable)  and when placed in
such  condition  the  Leased  Property  shall be deemed  restored  and  rendered
tenantable  promptly  following  which time Tenant,  at Tenant's  expense  shall
perform  Tenant's  work  required  by  Exhibit  B (if  applicable)  unless  such
destruction was caused by the negligence or intentional  misconduct of Landlord,
or Landlord's employees, agents, visitors,  contractors,  invitees, or licenses,
and Tenant shall also repair or replace its stock in trade, fixtures, furniture,
furnishings,  floor  coverings and equipment,  and if Tenant has closed,  Tenant
shall promptly reopen for business.
                                       -6-
<PAGE>
         17.05.  All insurance  proceeds  payable under any fire,  and/or rental
insurance  shall be payable solely to Landlord and Tenant shall have no interest
therein.  Tenant  shall in no case be  entitled to  compensation  for damages on
account of any annoyance or  inconvenience in making repairs under any provision
of this Lease. Except to the extent provided for in this Section 17, neither the
rent payable by Tenant nor any of Tenant's other obligations under any provision
of this Lease shall be affected by any damage to or  destruction of the Premises
or any portion thereof by any cause whatsoever.

18.  ASSIGNMENT, SUBLETTING AND TRANSFERS OF OWNERSHIP

         18.01 Except for a "Permitted  Assignment," as defined in Section 18.02
below,  Tenant will not,  without  Landlord's  prior  written  consent,  assign,
sublease sell, mortgage,  encumber, convey or otherwise transfer all or any part
of Tenant's  leasehold  estate,  or permit the Premises to be occupied by anyone
other than Tenant and  Tenant's  employees or sublet the Premises or any portion
thereof  (collectively called "Transfer").  Tenant must supply Landlord with any
and all documents deemed necessary by Landlord to evaluate any proposed Transfer
and with respect to a Permitted  Assignment  at least sixty (60) days in advance
of Tenant's proposed Transfer date or the date of a Permitted Assignment.

         18.02  Except for a  "Permitted  Assignment,"  as defined  hereinbelow,
Landlord need not consent to any Transfer for reasons including, but not limited
to, whether or not: (a) in the reasonable judgment of Landlord the transferee is
of a  character  or is engaged in a  business  which is not in keeping  with the
standard of Landlord for the Project; (b) in the reasonable judgment of Landlord
any  purpose  for which the  transferee  intends to use the  Premises  is not in
keeping with the standards of Landlord for the Project; provided in no event may
any purpose for which transferee  intends to use the Premises be in violation of
this  Lease;  (c) the  portion of the  Premises  subject to the  transfer is not
regular in shape with  appropriate  means of  entering  and  exiting,  including
adherence to any local,  county or other governmental codes, or is not otherwise
suitable for the normal purposes associated with such a Transfer;  or (d) Tenant
is in default under this Lease or any other Lease with Landlord. Notwithstanding
the  foregoing  provisions  of this  Section  18.02,  and  provided  that Tenant
complies with all other  provisions of this Article 18, Landlord hereby consents
to the assignment of the Lease to MicroAge, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any
wholly-owned   subsidiary   corporation   of   MicroAge,   Inc.  (a   "Permitted
Assignment"). No Permitted Assignment shall release or otherwise affect Tenant's
or any  guarantor's  obligations  under this Lease,  or constitute an express or
implied  consent to any other Transfer of all or any part of Tenant's  leasehold
estate, or the occupation by anyone other than Tenant or Tenant's employees.

         18.03 In the event Landlord consents to a Transfer or in the event of a
Permitted  Assignment,  Tenant  will pay  Landlord  fifty  percent  (50%) of the
excess,  if any,  of the rent and other  charges  reserved  in the  Transfer  or
Permitted  Assignment  over the allocable  portion of the rent and other charges
hereunder for that portion of the Premises  subject to the Transfer or Permitted
Assignment.  For the purpose of this section,  the rent reserved in the Transfer
will be deemed to include any lump sum payment or other  consideration  given to
Tenant in consideration  for the Transfer or Permitted  Assignment.  Tenant will
pay or cause the  transferee  to pay to Landlord this  additional  rent together
with the monthly installments of rent due.

         18.04 Any consent to any Transfer  which may be given by  Landlord,  or
any  Permitted  Assignment,  or the  acceptance  of any rent,  charges  or other
consideration by Landlord from Tenant or any third party,  will not constitute a
waiver by Landlord of the  provisions  of this Lease or a release of Tenant from
the full performance by it of the covenants stated herein; and any consent given
by Landlord  to any  Transfer,  or any  Permitted  Assignment,  will not relieve
Tenant (or any transferee of Tenant) from the above  requirements  for obtaining
the written consent of Landlord to any subsequent Transfer.

         18.05 If a default  under this Lease should occur while the Premises or
any  part  of the  Premises  are  Transferred,  assigned,  sublet  or  otherwise
transferred (including,  without limitation, a Permitted Assignment),  Landlord,
in addition to any other remedies  provided for within this Lease or by law, may
at  its  option  collect   directly  from  the  transferee  all  rent  or  other
consideration  becoming due to Tenant under the Transfer or Permitted Assignment
and apply these  monies  against any sums due to Landlord by Tenant;  and Tenant
authorizes  and  directs  any  transferee  to make  payments  of  rent or  other
consideration direct to Landlord upon receipt of notice from Landlord. No direct
collection by Landlord from any  transferee  should be construed to constitute a
novation  or a release of Tenant or any  guarantor  of Tenant  from the  further
performance of its obligations in connection with this Lease.

         18.06 If Tenant is a corporation or a partnership, the issuances of any
additional  stock  or  equity  interest  and/or  the  transfer,   assignment  or
hypothecation of any stock or interest in such corporation or partnership in the
aggregate in excess of Twenty-five percent (25%) of such interests,  as the same
may be constituted as of the date of this Lease, whether directly or indirectly,
shall be  deemed  to be a  Transfer  within  the  meaning  of this  Section  18.
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,   Tenant  may  issue  additional  stock  and/or
transfer,  assign,  or hypothecate  all or any portion of Tenant's stock, as the
same  may be  constituted  as of the date of this  Lease,  whether  directly  or
indirectly,  to MicroAge,  Inc. or any wholly owned subsidiary of MicroAge, Inc.
and the same shall not constitute a Transfer  within the meaning of this Article
18. In the event of any such  stock  issuance  or  transfer,  the same shall not
constitute  consent by Landlord to any further stock  issuance or transfer,  nor
shall it affect  this Lease or any of Tenant's  or any  guarantor's  obligations
hereunder.

         18.07 In the event Tenant requests Landlord's consent to an Assignment,
Sub-Let or Transfer of Tenant's  interest in the leased  Premises or in the case
of a  Permitted  Assignment,  Tenant  agrees  to  pay  Landlord  all  reasonable
attorney's  fees incurred by Landlord for any legal services for document review
of any and all  documents  deemed  necessary  by Landlord  and Tenant to Assign,
Sub-let or Transfer Tenant's interest in the leased Premises.

19.  BREACH BY TENANT

         19.01  Tenant will be in breach of this Lease if at any time during the
term  of  this  Lease  (and  regardless  of  the  pendency  of  any  bankruptcy,
reorganization,  receivership, insolvency or other proceedings in law, in equity
or before  any  administrative  tribunal  which have or might have the effect of
preventing Tenant from complying with the terms of this Lease):

           A. Tenant  fails to make payment of any  installment  of Base Monthly
Rent, Additional Rent, or of any other sum herein specified to be paid by Tenant
within  ten (10) days of the date such sum was due under this  Lease;  and after
three (3) days following notice from Landlord of such breach; or

           B.  Tenant  fails to observe or perform  any of its other  covenants,
agreements or  obligations  hereunder,  and such failure is not cured within ten
(10) business days after  Landlord's  written  notice to Tenant of such failure;
provided,  however,  that if the nature of Tenant's obligation is such that more
than ten (10) business days are required for  performance,  then Tenant will not
be in breach if Tenant commences  performance within such 10 business day period
and thereafter diligently prosecutes the same to completion; or

           C. Tenant,  Tenant's assignee,  subtenant,  guarantor, or occupant of
the  Premises  becomes  insolvent,  makes a transfer in fraud of its  creditors,
makes  a  transfer  for  the  benefit  of its  creditors,  is the  subject  of a
bankruptcy  petition,  is adjudged  bankrupt or insolvent in  proceedings  filed
against  Tenant,  a receiver,  trustee,  or custodian  is  appointed  for all or
substantially all of Tenant's assets, fails to pay its debts as they become due,
convenes a meeting of all or a portion of its creditors, or performs any acts of
bankruptcy or insolvency,  including the selling of its assets to pay creditors;
or

           D.  Tenant has  abandoned  the  Premises as defined in  paragraph  16
above.

20.  REMEDIES OF LANDLORD

         20.01 Nothing  contained herein shall constitute a waiver of Landlord's
right to recover damages by reason of Landlord's  efforts to mitigate the damage
to it by Tenant's  default;  nor shall anything in this Section adversely affect
Landlord's  right,  as in this  Lease  elsewhere  provided,  to  indemnification
against  liability for injury or damages to persons or property  occurring prior
to a termination of this Lease.
                                       -7-
<PAGE>
         20.02 All cure periods provided herein shall run concurrently  with any
periods provided by law.

         20.03 In the event of default,  as designated herein above, in addition
to any other  rights or  remedies  provided  for  herein or at law or in equity,
Landlord, at its sole option, shall have the following rights:

           A. The right to declare  the term of this Lease ended and reenter the
Premises and take  possession  thereof,  and to  terminate  all of the rights of
Tenant in and to the Premises.

           B. The right,  without  declaring  the term of this Lease  ended,  to
reenter the Premises and to occupy the same, or any portion there of, for and on
account of the Tenant as  hereinafter  provided,  and Tenant shall be liable for
and pay to  Landlord  on demand all such  expenses  as  Landlord  may have paid,
assumed  or  incurred  in  recovering  possession  of  the  Premises,  including
reasonable costs, expenses, attorney's fees and expenditures placing the same in
good order,  or  preparing  or altering  the same for  reletting,  and all other
reasonable expenses,  commissions and charges paid by the Landlord in connection
with reletting the Premises.  Any such reletting may be for the remainder of the
term of this Lease or for a longer or shorter  period.  Such reletting  shall be
for such rent and on such other terms and  conditions  as Landlord,  in its sole
discretion,  deems appropriate.  Landlord may execute any lease made pursuant to
the terms hereof either in the  Landlord's  own name or in the name of Tenant or
assume  Tenant's  interest  in  any  existing  subleases  to any  tenant  of the
Premises,  as Landlord  may see fit, and Tenant shall have no right or authority
whatsoever to collect any rent from such tenants,  subtenants,  of the Premises.
In any case,  and  whether  or not the  Premises  or any part  thereof is relet,
Tenant,  until the end of the Lease  term  shall be  liable to  Landlord  for an
amount equal to the amount due as Rent hereunder,  less net proceeds,  if any of
any reletting effected for the account of Tenant. Landlord reserves the right to
bring such  actions for the  recovery of any  deficits  remaining  unpaid by the
Tenant to the Landlord  hereunder as Landlord  may deem  advisable  from time to
time  without  being  obligated  to  await  the end of the  term  of the  Lease.
Commencement  of  maintenance  of one or more  actions by the  Landlord  in this
connection  shall not bar the Landlord from bringing any subsequent  actions for
further  accruals.  In no event  shall  Tenant be  entitled  to any excess  rent
received  by  Landlord  over and above that  which  Tenant is  obligated  to pay
hereunder; or

           C. The right, even though it may have relet all or any portion of the
Premises in accordance with the provisions of subsection B. above, to thereafter
at any time elect to terminate this Lease for such previous  default on the part
of the Tenant, and to terminate all the rights of Tenant in and to the Premises.

         20.04 Pursuant to the rights of re-entry  provided above,  Landlord may
remove all persons from the  Premises  and may,  but shall not be obligated  to,
remove all property  therefrom,  and may, but shall not be obligated to, enforce
any rights  Landlord  may have  against  said  property or store the same in any
public or private  warehouse  or  elsewhere  at the cost and for the  account of
Tenant or the owner or owners  thereof.  Tenant agrees to hold Landlord free and
harmless from any liability  whatsoever  for the removal  and/or  storage of any
such property,  whether of Tenant or any third party whomsoever.  Such action by
the Landlord shall not be deemed to have terminated this Lease.

         20.05 If Tenant  breaches  this Lease and abandons the Premises  before
the end of the term,  or if its right of  possession  is  terminated by Landlord
because of Tenant's  breach of this Lease,  then this Lease may be terminated by
Landlord at its option. On such Termination Landlord may recover from Tenant, in
addition to the remedies permitted at law:

           A. The worth,  at the time of the award,  of the unpaid Base  Monthly
Rents  and  Additional  Rents  which had been  earned at the time this  Lease is
terminated.

           B. The worth,  at the time of the  award,  of the amount by which the
unpaid  Base  Monthly  Rents and  Additional  Rents which would have been earned
after the date of  termination of this Lease until the time of award exceeds the
amount of the loss of rents that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided;

           C. The worth,  at the time of the  award,  of the amount by which the
unpaid Base Monthly Rent and Additional  Rents for the balance of the Lease Term
after the time of award  exceeds  the amount of such rental loss for such period
as the Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; and

           D. Any  other  amount,  and  court  costs,  necessary  to  compensate
Landlord  for  all  detriment  proximately  caused  by  Tenant's  breach  of its
obligations under this Lease, or which in the ordinary course of events would be
likely to result therefrom.  The detriment proximately caused by Tenant's breach
will  include,  without  limitation,   (i)  reasonable  expenses  for  cleaning,
repairing or restoring  the  Premises,  (ii)  reasonable  expenses for altering,
remodeling or otherwise  improving the Premises for the purpose of reletting the
Premises, (iii) reasonable brokers' fees and commissions,  and advertising costs
for the purpose of reletting  the  Premises,  and such other  expenses as may be
required by a new tenant,  , (iv) costs of carrying the Premises  such as taxes,
insurance premiums, utilities and security precautions, (v) expenses of retaking
possession of the Premises,  (vi)  reasonable  attorney's  fees and court costs,
(vii) any unearned  brokerage  commissions  paid in connection  with this Lease,
(viii)  reimbursement of any previously waived Base Rent,  Additional Rent, free
rent or reduced rental rate, and (ix) any concession made or paid by Landlord to
the benefit of Tenant in consideration of this Lease including,  but not limited
to, any moving  allowances,  contributions  or payments  by Landlord  for tenant
improvements  or build-out  allowances or  assumptions by Landlord of any of the
Tenant's previous lease obligations.

         20.06 In any  action  brought  by either  party to  enforce  any of its
rights under or arising from this Lease,  the prevailing party shall be entitled
to receive its costs and legal expenses  including  reasonable  attorneys' fees,
whether or not such action is prosecuted to judgment.

         20.07 The waiver by either  party of any breach or default of the other
party hereunder  shall not be a waiver of any preceding or subsequent  breach of
the  same or any  other  term.  Acceptance  of any  Rent  payment  shall  not be
construed to be a waiver of the Landlord of any preceding breach of the Tenant.

         20.08 All past due amounts  owed by Tenant or Landlord  under the terms
of this Lease  shall bear  interest  at twelve  percent  (12%) per annum  unless
otherwise stated.

21.  SURRENDER OF LEASE NOT MERGER

          21.01 The  voluntary or other  surrender  of this Lease by Tenant,  or
mutual cancellation  thereof,  will not work a merger and will, at the option of
Landlord,  terminate  all or any  existing  transfers,  or may, at the option of
Landlord, operate as an assignment to it of any or all of such transfers.

22.  ATTORNEYS FEES/COLLECTION CHARGES

         22.01 In the  event of any  legal  action  or  proceeding  between  the
parties hereto,  reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses of the prevailing party
in any such action or proceeding will be added to the judgment  therein.  Should
Landlord be named as defendant in any suit brought  against Tenant in connection
with or arising out of Tenant's occupancy hereunder and not caused by Landlord's
negligence or intentional misconduct,  Tenant will pay to Landlord its costs and
expenses incurred in such suit, including  reasonable  attorney's fees. Landlord
shall  promptly  notify  Tenant of any claim or expense  for which  Tenant is to
indemnify  Landlord  pursuant  to the  preceding  sentence  and  Landlord  shall
reasonably cooperate with Tenant.  Tenant's obligations  hereunder shall survive
the termination of this Lease.

         22.02 If Landlord  utilizes the services of any attorney at law for the
purpose of  collecting  any rent due and unpaid by Tenant after  receipt of five
(5) days written  notice to Tenant of such  nonpayment  of rent or in connection
with any other  breach of this Lease by Tenant,  Tenant  agrees to pay  Landlord
reasonable  attorneys'  fees  as  determined  by  Landlord  for  such  services,
regardless  of the  fact  that no  legal  action  may be  commenced  or filed by
Landlord
                                       -8-
<PAGE>
23.  CONDEMNATION

         23.01  If fifty  percent  (50%) or more of the  square  footage  of the
Premises or in the event any portion of the Premises  substantially  interfering
with Tenant's use thereof is taken for any public or quasi-public purpose by any
lawful government power or authority, by exercise of the right of appropriation,
reverse  condemnation,  condemnation or eminent domain,  or sold to prevent such
taking, and if the remaining portion of the Premises will be reasonably adequate
for the operation of Tenant's business after Landlord  completes such repairs or
alterations as Landlord elects to make, either Tenant or the Landlord may at its
option terminate this Lease by notifying the other party hereto of such election
in writing within twenty (20) days after such taking. Tenant will not because of
such taking  assert any claim  against the Landlord or the taking  authority for
any  compensation  because of such  taking,  and  Landlord  will be  entitled to
receive  the  entire  amount of any award  without  deduction  for any estate of
interest of Tenant.  If less than  twenty-five  percent (25%) of the Premises is
taken or if the taking does not substantially interfere with Tenant's use of the
Premises,  Landlord at its option may terminate this Lease. If Landlord does not
so  elect,   Landlord  will   promptly   proceed  to  restore  the  Premises  to
substantially its same condition prior to such partial taking,  allowing for any
reasonable  effects of such taking,  and a proportionate  allowance based on the
loss of square footage will be made to Tenant for the rent  corresponding to the
time during which, and to the part of the Premises, which, Tenant is deprived on
account of such taking and restoration.

24.  RULES AND REGULATIONS

         24.01  Tenant will  faithfully  observe and comply with any  reasonable
Rules and  Regulations  promulgated  by Landlord  for the  Project and  Landlord
reserves the right to modify and amend them as it deems necessary. Landlord will
not be  responsible  to Tenant  for the  nonperformance  by any other  Tenant or
occupant of the Project of any of said Rules and Regulations.

         24.02 In the event that  Tenant  fails to cure any  violations  of such
Rules  and  Regulations  following  ten (10)  business  days  written  notice by
Landlord,  such failure to cure shall be deemed a material  breach of this Lease
by Tenant.

25.  ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

         25.01  Tenant will  execute and  deliver to  Landlord,  within ten (10)
business days of Landlord's  written demand,  a statement in writing  certifying
that this Lease is in full force and effect,  and that the Base Monthly Rent and
Additional  Rent payable  hereunder is  unmodified  and in full force and effect
(or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification) and the date to which
rent and other charges are paid, if any, and  acknowledging  that there are not,
to Tenant's knowledge, any uncured defaults on the part of Landlord hereunder or
specifying  such defaults if they are claimed and such other matters as Landlord
may  reasonably  request and which do not  diminish  Tenant's  rights under this
Lease.  Any such statement may be  conclusively  relied upon by any  prospective
purchaser or  encumbrancer  of the  Premises.  Tenant's  failure to deliver such
statement  within such time shall be conclusive  upon Tenant that (1) this Lease
is in full force and effect,  without  modification except as may be represented
by  Landlord;  (2) to  Tenant's  knowledge  there  are no  uncured  defaults  in
Landlord's  performance,  and (3) not more than one (1)  month's  rents has been
paid in advance.

26.  SALE BY LANDLORD

         26.01  Provided  that any  successor  agrees in  writing to be bound as
Landlord  under this Lease,  in the event of a sale or conveyance by Landlord of
the Project the same shall operate to release  Landlord from any liability  upon
any of the covenants or conditions,  expressed or implied,  herein  contained in
favor of Tenant  which  accrue  or  occur,  or for  which  Landlord  may  become
obligated,  subsequent to such sale or transfer, and in such event Tenant agrees
to look solely to the responsibility of the successor in interest of Landlord in
and to this  Lease.  This Lease  will not be  affected  by any such  sale,  and,
provided that any successor agrees in writing to be bound as Landlord under this
Lease, Tenant agrees to attorn to the purchaser or assignee.

27.  NOTICES

         27.01 All notices, statements,  demands, requests, consents, approvals,
authorizations,  offers,  agreements,  appointments,  or designations under this
Lease by either  party to the other  will be in writing  and will be  considered
sufficiently  given  and  served  upon the other  party (1) five (5) days  after
mailing by certified or  registered  mail,  return  receipt  requested,  postage
prepaid,  (2) upon personal  delivery by any legitimate third party, or (3) upon
receipt from a national  overnight  delivery service for next day delivery,  and
addressed as indicated in Sections 1.03 and 1.04.

28.  WAIVER

         28.01 The  failure  of either  party to insist in any one or more cases
upon the strict performance of any term, covenant or condition of the Lease will
not be  construed  as a waiver of a  subsequent  breach of the same or any other
covenant, term or condition;  nor shall any delay or omission by the other party
to seek a remedy  for any  breach of this Lease be deemed a waiver by such party
of its remedies or rights with respect to such a breach.

29.  HOLDOVER

         29.01 If Tenant remains in the Premises after the Lease Expiration Date
with the  consent of the  Landlord,  and has not given prior  written  notice to
Landlord,  such  continuance  of  possession  by  Tenant  will be deemed to be a
month-to-month  tenancy at the sufferance of Landlord  terminable on thirty (30)
day notice at any time by either party.  All  provisions  of this Lease,  except
those  pertaining to term and rent,  will apply to the  month-to-month  tenancy.
Tenant will pay a new Base  Monthly  Rent in an amount equal to 125% of the Base
Monthly Rent payable for the last full calendar month during the regular term of
this Lease  (including any exercised  option  term(s)) for the first (1st) sixty
(60) days after the Lease  Expiration  Date,  and 150% of the Base  Monthly Rent
payable for the last full  calendar  month during the regular term of this Lease
(including any exercised option term(s)) thereafter.

30.  DEFAULT OF LANDLORD/LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

         30.01  Landlord  Default;  Tenant Set-Off  Rights:  In the event of any
default by Landlord hereunder,  Tenant agrees to give notice of such default, by
registered mail, to Landlord at Landlord's  Notice Address as stated in 1.04 and
to offer  Landlord  ten  (10)  business  days to cure  such  default;  provided,
however,  that if the nature of Landlord's obligation is such that more than ten
(10)  business days are required for  performance,  then Landlord will not be in
breach if  Landlord  commences  performance  within such ten (10)  business  day
period  and   thereafter   diligently   prosecutes   the  same  to   completion.
Notwithstanding any of the other provisions of this Lease, Tenant shall have the
right to set off up to a maximum cumulative amount during the term of this Lease
of Ten Thousand Dollars  ($10,000) of Tenant's  expenses incurred as a result of
the failure by Landlord to cure any default of Landlord in  accordance  with the
provisions  of this Section  30.01.  Prior to Tenant's  performing on Landlord's
behalf the obligations  hereunder and exercising Tenant's set-off rights, Tenant
shall provide  Landlord  with an additional  ten (10) business day notice of the
exercise of such rights  and,  if Landlord  objects in writing to such  exercise
within the foregoing  ten (10) business day period,  the parties agree to submit
the issue to binding  arbitration in Reno,  Nevada, in accordance with the rules
of the  American  Arbitration  Association  then in  effect.  The  costs  of the
arbitration  shall be borne equally by Landlord and Tenant.  In the event Tenant
has provided  Landlord with the required  notices  specified above, and Landlord
has not timely commenced  actions and diligently  prosecutes to cure the default
or notified  Tenant of  Landlord's  objection or difference of opinion as to the
nature of Landlord's  default within the time period specified above,  then, and
only then,  may Tenant  perform such  obligations  on  Landlord's  behalf and at
Landlord's  cost, and set off against the next payment(s) of rent due under this
Lease,  up to a maximum  cumulative  amount of Ten  Thousand  Dollars  ($10,000)
during the term of this Lease of such amount in accordance  with the  provisions
of  this  Section  30.01.   Tenant  shall  provide   Landlord  with  appropriate
substantiation  of the costs incurred by Tenant and any work performed by Tenant
shall be  performed  by a licensed  contractor  subject to the  requirements  of
Section 10.01 above.

         30.02  Limitation of  Liability.  In the event of any actual or alleged
failure,  breach or default  hereunder by Landlord,  Tenant's sole and exclusive
remedy will be against  Landlord's  interest in the Project,  and Landlord,  its
directors,  officers, employees and any partner of Landlord will not be sued, be
subject to service or  process,  or have a  judgement  obtained  against  him in
connection with any alleged breach
                                       -9-
<PAGE>
or default,  and no writ of execution  will be levied  against the assets of any
partner,  shareholder  or officer of Landlord.  The covenants and agreements are
enforceable  by  Landlord  and also by any  partner,  shareholder  or officer of
Landlord.

31.  SUBORDINATION

         31.01 Without the necessity of any  additional  document being executed
by Tenant for the purpose of effecting a  subordination,  and at the election of
Landlord or any  mortgagee  with a lien on the Project or any ground lessor with
respect to the Project,  this Lease will be subject and subordinate at all times
to (a) all ground leases or  underlying  leases which may now exist or hereafter
be executed  affecting the Project,  and (b) the lien of any mortgage or deed of
trust which may now exist or  hereafter  be executed in any amount for which the
Project, ground leases or underlying leases, or Landlord's interest or estate in
any of said items is specified  as security.  In the event that any ground lease
or underlying  lease  terminates for any reason or any mortgage or deed of trust
is  foreclosed or a conveyance  in lieu of  foreclosure  is made for any reason,
Tenant will, notwithstanding any subordination,  attorn to and become the Tenant
of the  successor  in interest to Landlord,  at the option of such  successor in
interest, provided that such successor-in-interest agrees in writing to be bound
as Landlord under this Lease. Tenant covenants and agrees to execute and deliver
to Landlord any document or instrument  reasonably  requested by Landlord or its
ground lessor,  mortgagee or beneficiary  under a deed of trust  evidencing such
subordination  of this Lease with respect to any such ground lease or underlying
leases  or the  lien  of any  such  mortgage  or deed of  trust.  Tenant  hereby
irrevocably appoints Landlord as attorney-in-fact of Tenant to execute,  deliver
and record any such  document in the name and on behalf of Tenant,  in the event
Tenant has failed to execute and deliver such document or instrument  within ten
(10)  business  days of  Landlord's  request  to  Tenant  and  provision  of the
requested form of document or instrument to Tenant  consistent with the terms of
Article 31.

32.  DEPOSIT AGREEMENT

         32.01  Landlord and Tenant  hereby agree that Landlord will be entitled
to  immediately  endorse  and cash  Tenant's  good faith  rent and the  Security
Deposit  check(s)  accompanying  this Lease. It is further agreed and understood
that such action will not guarantee  acceptance of this Lease by Landlord,  but,
in the event Landlord does not accept this Lease, such deposits will be promptly
refunded in full to Tenant.  This Lease will be effective  only after Tenant has
received a copy fully executed by both Landlord and Tenant.

33.  GOVERNING LAW

         33.01 This Lease is governed by and  construed in  accordance  with the
laws of the State of Nevada,  and venue of any suit will be in the county  where
the Premises are located  unless the Premises are not located in Nevada in which
case the venue will be Washoe County in the State of Nevada.

34.  NEGOTIATED TERMS

         34.01 This Lease is the result of the  negotiations  of the parties and
has been agreed to by both Landlord and Tenant after prolonged discussion.

35.  SEVERABILITY

         35.01 If any provision of this Lease is found to be unenforceable,  all
other provisions shall remain in full force and effect.

36.  BROKERS

         36.01 Tenant  warrants  that it has had no dealings  with any broker or
agent in connection with this Lease,  except Kit Tiedemann,  CB Commercial,  and
covenants to pay, hold harmless and indemnify  Landlord from and against any and
all cost,  expense or liability for any  compensation,  commissions  and charges
claimed by any broker or agent, other than any identified above, with respect to
this Lease or its negotiation.

37.  QUIET POSSESSION

         37.01  Tenant,  upon  paying  the  rentals  and other  payments  herein
required  from  Tenant,  and  upon  Tenant's  performance  of all of the  terms,
covenants and conditions of this Lease on its part to be kept and performed, may
quietly have,  hold and enjoy the Premises during the Term of this Lease without
disturbance from Landlord or from any other person claiming through Landlord.

38.  MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

         38.01  Whenever  the  singular  number  is used in this  Lease and when
required by the  context,  the same will include the plural,  and the  masculine
gender will include the feminine and neuter genders,  and the word "person" will
include corporation,  firm, partnership,  or association.  If there is more than
one Tenant,  the obligations  imposed upon Tenant under this Lease will be joint
and several.

         38.02 The headings or titles to paragraphs of this Lease are not a part
of this Lease and will have no effect upon the construction or interpretation of
any part of this Lease.

         38.03 This  instrument  contains all of the  agreements  and conditions
made  between  the  parties to this  Lease.  Tenant  acknowledges  that  neither
Landlord nor Landlord's  agents have made any  representation  or warranty as to
the  suitability  of the  Premises  to the  conduct of  Tenant's  business.  Any
agreements, warranties or representations not expressly contained herein will in
no way bind either Landlord or Tenant,  and Landlord and Tenant  expressly waive
all claims for  damages by reason of any  statement,  representation,  warranty,
promise or agreement, if any, not contained in this Lease.

         38.04  Time is of the essence of each term and provision of this Lease.

         38.05 Except as otherwise expressly stated, each payment required to be
made by Tenant is in addition to and not in  substitution  for other payments to
be made by Tenant.

         38.06 Subject to Article 18, the terms and provisions of this Lease are
binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs,  executors,  administrators,
successors and assigns of Landlord and Tenant.

         38.07 All covenants and  agreements to be performed by Tenant under any
of the terms of this Lease will be performed by Tenant at Tenant's sole cost and
expense  and  without  any  abatement  of rent  (except  as set forth in Section
30.01).

         38.08  In  consideration  of  the  parties'  respective  covenants  and
agreements hereunder, each party hereby covenants and agrees not to disclose any
terms,  covenants  or  conditions  of this Lease to any other party  without the
prior written consent of the other party except (1) as otherwise  represented in
the normal course of business for financing and in other business purposes,  (2)
as  required  by law or  court  order,  or (3) as  required  by  either  party's
independent auditors.

         38.09  Tenant  agrees  it  will  provide  to  Landlord  such  financial
information  as Landlord  may  reasonably  request for the purpose of  obtaining
construction and/or permanent  financing for the Premises.  Landlord agrees that
such financial information shall be subject to the Confidentiality  Agreement in
the form attached hereto as Exhibit H.

         38.10 If either  party  (the  "Requesting  Party")  shall  request  the
consent of the other party (the  "Non-requesting  Party") and the Non-requesting
Party shall fail or refuse to give such consent,  the Requesting Party shall not
be entitled to any damages for any  withholding by the  Non-requesting  Party of
its consent;  the Requesting Party's sole remedy shall be an action for specific
performance  or  injunction,  and such remedy shall be  available  only in those
cases where the Non-requesting
                                      -10-
<PAGE>
Party has expressly  agreed in writing not to unreasonably  withhold its consent
or  where as a  matter  of law the  Non-requesting  Party  may not  unreasonably
withhold its consent.

         38.11 Whenever a day is appointed  herein on which, or a period of time
is  appointed  in which,  either  party is required  to do or complete  any act,
matter or thing, the time for the doing or completion  thereof shall be extended
by a period of time equal to the number of days on or during which such party is
prevented  from, or is reasonably  interfered  with,  the doing or completion of
such act,  matter or thing  because of labor  disputes,  civil  commotion,  war,
warlike operation, sabotage,  governmental regulations or control, fire or other
casualty, inability to obtain materials, or to obtain fuel or energy, weather or
other acts of God,  or other  causes  beyond  such  party's  reasonable  control
(financial inability excepted); provided, however, that nothing contained herein
shall excuse  Tenant from the prompt  payment of any Rent or charge  required of
Tenant hereunder.

         38.12 No slot machine or other  gambling game shall be permitted on the
Premises  without the prior written consent of Landlord.  The Premises shall not
be used for any "adult  bookstore"  or "adult  motion  picture  theater" as said
terms are defined in NRS 278.0221, or any similar use, notwithstanding any local
zoning  codes or  ordinances  or any  other  provisions  of law to the  contrary
permitting such use.

39. CHANGE ORDERS.  In the event Tenant requests and\or approves  changes in the
scope the work being  provided by or through  Landlord  Tenant agrees to pay all
the  direct  and  indirect  costs of  additional  work at the time it gives such
approval. In the event that the aggregate cost of additional work provided under
this Lease is ten thousand  dollars  ($10,000.00)  or more,  or in excess of two
months rent,  whichever is less, then Landlord may accept payment of one half of
the cost of additional  work at the time of approval of said change order by the
Tenant, and payment of the balance to be paid at the time the additional work is
substantially completed.

40.  SPECIAL PROVISIONS

         40.01  Special  provisions  of this  Lease  number  41  through  44 and
Exhibits "A" (description of premises showing square footage),  "B" ("Landlord's
Work" -  tenant  improvements),  "C"  (Tenant  Questionnaire),  "D"  (Rules  and
Regulations), "E" (Guaranty), "F" ("Commencement Date Certificate"),  "G" ("Sign
Criteria"), and "H" ("Confidentiality  Agreement"), are attached hereto and made
a part hereof.

41.  OPTION TO EXTEND

         41.01 Tenant is hereby  granted one (1) option (the "Option") to extend
the  Lease  Term for an  additional  term of five (5) years  (the  "Extension"),
beginning  on January  1, 2002,  and  expiring  on  December  31,  2006  (unless
terminated  sooner  pursuant to any other terms or provisions of the Lease),  on
all of the same  terms  and  conditions  as set  forth in the  Lease,  but at an
adjusted  rent as set forth in Section  41.02 below (and without any  additional
option to extend the Lease  Term after the  expiration  of the  Extension).  The
Option  may be  exercised  by  Tenant  only by  delivery  of  written  notice to
Landlord,  which notice must be received by Landlord at least one hundred twenty
(120) days before the expiration of the original Lease Term set forth in Section
1.06 above.  If Tenant fails to timely deliver such written  notice,  or if this
Lease is  terminated  pursuant  to any other terms or  provisions  of this Lease
prior to the expiration of the original Lease Term, the Option shall lapse,  and
Tenant  shall  have no right to  extend  the Lease  Term.  The  Option  shall be
exercisable by Tenant on the express conditions that (i) at the time of delivery
of Tenant's  notice of its  election to  exercise  the Option,  and at all times
prior to the commencement of the Extension, Tenant shall not be in default under
this Lease,  (ii) Tenant has not previously been in default  (whether or not any
such  default  has been  timely  cured)  under this Lease on more than three (3)
occasions  during the Lease Term,  and (iii) Tenant has not assigned  this Lease
nor sublet all or any part of the Premises,  it being understood that the Option
is personal to the original  named Tenant under this Lease.  In the event of any
such  assignment or sublease,  the Option shall lapse and shall be null and void
and of no further force or effect.

         41.02  The  rental  during  this  Option  period  shall be at the "then
current market rate". In no event,  however,  shall the rental during the Option
period be less than the Base Rent due during the previous lease term.

42. FIRST RIGHT OF REFUSAL.  At any time during the initial  Lease term,  Tenant
shall have the right of first refusal to lease the adjacent  35,560  square-foot
unit in the  Premises.  Should  Landlord  receive a bonafide  offer from a third
party to lease this  adjacent  space,  Landlord will notify  Tenant,  and Tenant
shall then have five (5) business  days after receipt of notice from Landlord to
accept or reject the  adjacent  space on the same terms as  Landlord's  proposal
from a Third  Party.  If Tenant  does not  accept  the same  material  terms and
provisions by written notice to Landlord within five (5) days of receipt of such
notice,  then Landlord shall be free to enter into a lease with the Third Party.
In the  event  Tenant  elects  not to take the  adjacent  space at that time and
Landlord enters into a Lease with the Third Party for the adjacent space, Tenant
shall have a continuing option to expand into this space as follows. At any time
following the 18th month of the Third Party's lease, Tenant may provide Landlord
with not less than six (6) month's  written  notice of its intent to expand into
the adjacent space. Upon exercising this option,  Tenant shall be responsible to
pay the costs of moving  the Third  Party  tenant  to  another  facility  in the
Reno/Sparks,  Nevada area. In no event,  however,  shall Tenant be liable to pay
more than $35,560.00 in moving costs to the Third Party tenant.

43.  OPTION TO MOVE TO A LARGER  FACILITY.  After the 48th month of the  initial
Lease Term,  provided Tenant is not in default of this lease,  Tenant shall have
the option to move to a larger facility owned by Landlord  provided Tenant gives
Landlord a minimum of one hundred  eighty (180) days prior written notice of its
desire to do so; that the larger space is a minimum of 35% larger than the space
covered  in this  Lease  (i.e.,  a minimum of  135,875  square  feet),  and that
Landlord has such larger space  available for lease.  In the event Landlord does
not have such larger  space  available  for lease,  either in Tenant's  existing
building or within Landlord's portfolio,  Landlord and Tenant shall enter into a
build-to-suit  contract for a new facility.  Each of the above  expansions shall
constitute a new five-year  lease term on all of the Tenant's  space at the then
current  market rates.  The present  lease would  automatically  terminate  upon
commencement of the new lease for the larger facility.

44. OPTION TO TERMINATE. In the event Landlord is unable to accommodate Tenant's
expansion space  requirements  pursuant to Article 43 herein,  Tenant shall have
the option to terminate  the lease.  Upon  exercising  this option to terminate,
Tenant  shall pay to Landlord a  cancellation  fee equal to two (2) month's base
monthly rent at their then current rate.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease as of
the day and year indicated by Landlord's execution date as written below.

         Individuals  signing on behalf of a Tenant  warrant  that they have the
authority to bind their  principals.  In the event that Tenant is a corporation,
Tenant shall deliver to Landlord,  concurrently  with the execution and delivery
of this  Lease,  a certified  copy of  corporate  resolutions  adopted by Tenant
authorizing said corporation to enter into and perform the Lease and authorizing
the  execution  and  delivery of the Lease on behalf of the  corporation  by the
parties executing and delivering this Lease. THIS LEASE, WHETHER OR NOT EXECUTED
BY TENANT, IS SUBJECT TO ACCEPTANCE AND EXECUTION BY LANDLORD,  ACTING ITSELF OR
BY ITS AGENT ACTING THROUGH ITS PRESIDENT,  VICE  PRESIDENT,  OR ITS DIRECTOR OF
LEASING AND MARKETING.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                                                  <C>
Landlord:  Dermody Properties, a Nevada corporation                  Tenant:  MicroAge Logistics Services, Inc.



By:      /s/ Michael C. Dermody                                      By:      /s/ Alan R. Lyons
         -------------------------------------                                ----------------------------------
         Michael C. Dermody                                                   Alan R. Lyons

Its:     President                                                   Its:     V.P. Administration

Date:    11/1/96                                                     Date:    11/1/96
         (Execution date)                                                     (Execution date)
</TABLE>
                                      -11-

                                   EXHIBIT 21

                                 MICROAGE, INC.
                           ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
                         SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

I.      MicroAge Computer Centers, Inc., a Delaware corporation
        Subsidiaries:
        A.       MCSA, Inc., a Delaware corporation
        B.       MCSZ, Inc., a Delaware corporation
        C.       153000 Canada Limited, a Canadian corporation
II.     MicroAge Solutions, Inc., a Delaware corporation
        Subsidiaries:
        A.       MCSJ, Inc., a Delaware corporation
        B.       MCSP, Inc., a Delaware corporation
        C.       MCSQ, Inc., a Delaware corporation
        D.       MCSR, Inc., a Delaware corporation
        E.       MCSS, Inc., a Delaware corporation
        F.       MCST, Inc., a Delaware corporation
        G.       MCSY, Inc., a Delaware corporation
III.    BMUS Corporation, a Delaware corporation
IV.     ECadvantage, Inc., a Delaware corporation
V.      FirstSource Distribution, Inc., a Delaware corporation
VI.     Flynnco Inc., an Arizona corporation
        A.       Advanced Systems Consultants, Inc., an Arizona corporation
VII.    Intracom Marketing, Inc., a Delaware corporation
VIII.   MicroAge Administration, Inc., a Delaware corporation
IX.     MicroAge Infosystems Services Europe, Ltd., a United Kingdom corporation
X.      MicroAge Enterprises, Inc., a Delaware corporation
        A.       Image Choice, Inc. , a Delaware corporation
XI.     MicroAge Europe Limited, a United Kingdom corporation
XII.    MicroAge Federal, Inc., a Delaware corporation
XIII.   MicroAge Infinity, Inc., a Delaware corporation
XIV.    MicroAge Infosystems Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation
XV.     MicroAge International, Inc., a Delaware corporation
XVI.    MicroAge Integration Management, Inc., a Delaware corporation
XVII.   MicroAge Logistics Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation
XVIII.  MicroAge Paymaster, Inc., a Delaware corporation
XIX.    MicroAge Resellers, Inc., a Delaware corporation
XX.     MicroAge Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation
XXI.    MicroAge Technologies, Inc. a Delaware corporation
XXII.   MicroAge Ventures, Inc. a Delaware corporation
XXIII.  MicroSource Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation
<PAGE>
XXIV.   ConnectWorks, Inc. a Delaware corporation
        Subsidiaries:
        A.       PhoenixWorks, Inc. a Delaware corporation

                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS


We  hereby  consent  to the  incorporation  by  reference  in  the  Registration
Statements on Form S-8 (No. 33-18967,  No. 33-26351, No. 33-26565, No. 33-33370,
No. 33-51978, No. 33-58899,  No. 33-58901 and No. 33-81040).  We also consent to
the  incorporation  by  reference  in the  Prospectus  constituting  part of the
Registration  Statements on Form S-3 (No.  33-35674) and Form S-2 (No.  33-38764
and No.  33-33094)  of  MicroAge,  Inc. of our report  dated  December  11, 1996
appearing on page F-2 of this Form 10-K.





PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP

Phoenix, Arizona
January 30, 1997

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE>                     5
<LEGEND>
                              This   schedule    contains   summary    financial
                              information   extracted   from  the   Consolidated
                              Balance  Sheets as of November 3, 1996 and October
                              29, 1995 and the Consolidated Statements of Income
                              for the  fiscal  years  ended  November  3,  1996,
                              October 29, 1995,  and October 30, 1994  contained
                              in the Form 10-K and is  qualified in its entirety
                              by reference to such financial statements.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER>                  1,000
<CURRENCY>                    U.S. DOLLARS
       
<S>                           <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                 12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                                     NOV-03-1996
<PERIOD-START>                                        OCT-30-1995
<PERIOD-END>                                          NOV-03-1996
<EXCHANGE-RATE>                                                 1
<CASH>                                                     20,496
<SECURITIES>                                                    0
<RECEIVABLES>                                             260,474
<ALLOWANCES>                                               (7,254)
<INVENTORY>                                               325,213
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                          610,058
<PP&E>                                                    112,617
<DEPRECIATION>                                            (59,476)
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                            689,505
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                                     499,490
<BONDS>                                                         0
                                           0
                                                     0
<COMMON>                                                      147
<OTHER-SE>                                                185,976
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                              689,505
<SALES>                                                 3,516,446
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                        3,516,446
<CGS>                                                   3,331,610
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                           3,331,610
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                          148,388
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                                0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                          1,286
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                            23,131
<INCOME-TAX>                                                9,878
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                                        13,253
<DISCONTINUED>                                                  0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                                 0
<CHANGES>                                                       0
<NET-INCOME>                                               13,253
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                                0.89
<EPS-DILUTED>                                                0.86
        


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission